TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 28 , 2017

Registration No. 333-         

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
3560
46-2393770
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

222 East Erie Street , Suite 500
Milwaukee, W isconsin 53202
Telephone: 414-212-4700
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Andrew Schiesl, Esq.
General Counsel
222 East Erie Street , Suite 500
Milwaukee, W isconsin 53202
Telephone: 414-212-4700
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

With copies to:

Richard Fenyes, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3954
(212) 455-2000
Marc Jaffe, Esq.
Ian Schuman, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
885 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022-4834
(212) 906-1200

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
o
Accelerated filer
o
Non-accelerated filer
☒ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1)(2)
Amount of
Registration Fee
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
$
100,000,000
 
$
11,590
 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated February 28 , 2017.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

          Shares


Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. We are offering           shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We currently expect that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $          and $          per share. We intend to apply to list our common stock on           under the symbol “         ”.

After the completion of this offering, affiliates of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“KKR”) will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the applicable stock exchange. See “Principal Stockholders.”

Investing in our common stock involves risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
Per Share
Total
Initial public offering price
$
         
 
$
         
 
Underwriting discounts and commissions
$
         
 
$
         
 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)
$
         
 
$
         
 
(1) See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Intereset)” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than           shares of our common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional           shares from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about          , 2017.

KKR

Prospectus dated           , 2017.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we authorize to be delivered to you. We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, these securities only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the securities. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA

In addition to the industry, market and competitive position data referenced throughout this prospectus that are prepared from our own internal estimates relying on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate and our research, some market data and other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based in part upon information provided by independent research and advisory firms, none of which have been commissioned by us, but for certain of which we have paid a subscription fee. Third-party industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Our management’s knowledge and experience, in turn, are based on information obtained from our customers, distributors, suppliers, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets we operate. We are responsible for all of the disclosure in this prospectus and while we believe that each of the publications, studies and surveys used throughout this prospectus are prepared by reputable sources, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research and estimates are reliable, such research and estimates have not been verified by any independent source. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus contains some of our trademarks, trade names and service marks, including, among others, CompAir , Elmo Rietschle , Emco Wheaton , Gardner Denver , Nash , Robuschi and Thomas . Each one of these trademarks, trade names or service marks is either (i) our registered trademark, (ii) a trademark for which we have a pending application or (iii) a trade name or service mark for which we claim common law rights. All other trademarks, trade names or service marks of any other company appearing in this prospectus belong to their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are presented without the TM , SM and ® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, the financial statements and other data in this prospectus reflect the consolidated business and operations of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Gardner Denver, Inc., its principal operating subsidiary. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references herein to “Gardner Denver,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” refer to Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

All references to years in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted, refer to our fiscal years, which end on December 31.

Amounts in this prospectus are presented in U.S. dollars rounded to the nearest million, unless otherwise noted. Amounts in our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus are presented in U.S. dollars rounded to the nearest thousand, unless otherwise noted. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in various tables may not be arithmetic aggregations of the figures that precede them. The accounting policies set out in the audited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus have been consistently applied to all periods presented.

ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain significant aspects of our business and this offering. This is a summary of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making your investment decision. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the information presented under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, before making an investment decision. This summary contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.

Our Company

We are a leading global provider of mission-critical flow control and compression equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services, which we sell across multiple attractive end-markets within the industrial, energy and medical industries. We manufacture one of the broadest and most complete ranges of compressor, pump, vacuum and blower products in our markets, which, combined with our global geographic footprint and application expertise, allows us to provide differentiated product and service offerings to our customers. Our products are sold under a collection of premier, market-leading brands, including Gardner Denver, CompAir, Nash, Emco Wheaton, Robuschi, Elmo Rietschle and Thomas, which we believe are globally recognized in their respective end-markets and known for product quality, reliability, efficiency and superior customer service. These attributes, along with over 155 years of engineering heritage, generate strong brand loyalty for our products and foster long-standing customer relationships, which we believe have resulted in leading market positions within each of our operating segments. We have sales in more than 175 countries and our diverse customer base utilizes our products across a wide array of end-markets that have favorable near- and long-term growth prospects, including industrial manufacturing, energy (with particular exposure to the North American upstream land-based market), transportation, medical and laboratory sciences, food and beverage packaging and chemical processing. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we generated revenue of $1,939.4 million.

Our products and services are critical to the processes and systems in which they are utilized, which are often complex and function in harsh conditions where the cost of failure or downtime is high. However, our products and services typically represent only a small portion of the costs of the overall system. As a result, our customers place a high value on our application expertise, product reliability and the responsiveness of our service. We support our customers globally with 37 key manufacturing facilities, more than 30 complementary service and repair centers across six continents and approximately 6,200 employees worldwide as of December 31, 2016.

The process-critical nature of our product applications, coupled with the standard wear and tear replacement cycles associated with the usage of our products, generates opportunities to support customers with our broad portfolio of aftermarket parts, consumables and services. Customers place a high value on minimizing any time their operations are offline. As a result, the availability of replacement parts and our repair and support services are key components of our value proposition, and our large installed base of products provides a recurring revenue stream through our aftermarket parts, consumables and services offerings. Our aftermarket revenue is significant, representing 35% of total revenue and approximately 40% of our combined Industrials and Energy segments’ revenue.

We were acquired by an affiliate of KKR on July 30, 2013 (the “KKR Transaction”) and have undergone a significant transformation since that date. Our senior leadership team, led by our CEO Vicente Reynal, has been reconstituted and expanded, bringing together deep expertise from leading global industrial organizations. In addition, 45% of our top 100 business managers, including the senior management team, have joined since the KKR Transaction, injecting significant new levels of talent into our leadership team. As part of our transformation, we also reorganized our Company into three business segments because of the unique sales drivers and market characteristics of each. Together, our Industrials, Energy and Medical segments create a diverse portfolio with exposure to highly attractive end-markets, significant aftermarket revenues, upside from an upstream energy recovery and positive secular trends across all segments.

 
Industrials Segment
Energy Segment
Medical Segment
2016 Segment Revenue
$1,082 million
$628 million
$229 million
2016 Segment Adjusted EBITDA
$218 million
$144 million
$62 million
2016 Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin
20.1%
22.9%
27.1%

1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Industrials (56% of 2016 total revenue) : We design, manufacture, market and service one of the broadest portfolios of air compression, vacuum and blower products, including associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services, across a wide array of technologies and applications for use in diverse end-markets. Our ability to support custom industrial application needs from nearly full vacuum to approximately 7,000 pounds per square inch (psi) pressure levels makes us a partner of choice for many of our long-standing customers. Our large installed base also provides for a significant stream of recurring aftermarket revenue, which often cumulatively exceeds the original cost of the product.
Energy (32% of 2016 total revenue) : We design, manufacture, market and service a diverse range of positive displacement pumps, including drilling pumps and hydraulic fracturing pumps (“frac pumps”), liquid ring vacuum pumps, compressors and integrated systems, engineered fluid loading and transfer equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services. The highly engineered products offered by our Energy segment serve customers across upstream, midstream and downstream energy markets, as well as petrochemical processing, transportation and general industrial sectors. Many of the products in our Energy segment are highly aftermarket-intensive in nature, with some applications, such as certain products we sell into upstream energy, for which the cumulative aftermarket revenue stream can be multiples of the cost of the original pump.
Medical (12% of 2016 total revenue) : We design, manufacture and market a broad range of highly specialized gas, liquid and precision syringe pumps that are specified by medical equipment suppliers and integrated into their final equipment for use in applications such as oxygen therapy, blood dialysis, patient monitoring, laboratory sterilization and wound treatment, among others. We offer a comprehensive product portfolio across a breadth of technologies to address the medical and laboratory sciences pump and fluid handling industry, as well as a range of end-use vacuum products for laboratory science applications, and we recently expanded into liquid pumps and automated liquid handling components and systems.

Our business is diversified across geographic regions, end-markets and type of product specification:


(1) Our geographic regions are grouped into North and South America (the “Americas”); Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); and Asia Pacific (“APAC”).
(2) The classification of end-markets for sales made through independent distributors (rather than through direct sales to end-users) is based on an assessment of the distribution channels through which such sales are made.

Our top priority since the completion of the KKR Transaction has been the transformation of our business, which we have driven by investing in our corporate and business leadership team, expanding our commercial reach, improving our operational capabilities and creating a performance-oriented organization. As a result, we significantly improved our underlying operating performance and, we believe, have laid the foundation for ongoing value creation. Some examples of the improvement achieved from 2014 to 2016 include:

growing our Energy and Medical Segment Revenue by mid-single digit growth rates, excluding in each case the impact of the significant downturn in the upstream energy market and currency volatility;
growing Segment Adjusted EBITDA and meaningfully expanding Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margins each year across all of our segments, excluding the impact of the significant downturn in the upstream energy market and currency volatility;

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

successfully reducing corporate costs not allocated to our segments from $47.3 million in 2014 to $22.7 million in 2016, representing a 52% reduction in corporate overhead costs;
strengthening our customer service and connectivity by transitioning our sales team and realigning our product engineering and marketing teams in our Industrials segment into an integrated, global product and customer management structure;
transforming our upstream energy offering from being predominantly a pump manufacturer into a full service solutions provider that offers high quality, locally accessible aftermarket support; and
expanding our Industrials segment aftermarket revenues as a percentage of Industrials Segment Revenue from approximately 33% in 2014 to 35% in 2016.

We believe the establishment and continued execution of our operational and strategic growth initiatives have positioned our Company for substantial revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth with continued potential to expand margins.

Our Industries and Products

We operate in the global markets for flow control and air compression products for the industrial, energy and medical industries. Our highly engineered products and proprietary technologies are focused on serving specialized applications within these attractive and growing industries.

Industrials

Our Industrials segment designs, manufactures, markets and services a broad range of air compression, vacuum and blower products across a wide array of technologies and applications. Compression products are used to create varying levels of pressure in order to power machinery, industrial tools, material handling systems and automated equipment. Vacuum products create a range of pressures below atmospheric levels that are critical to many industrial and manufacturing processes such as drying, packaging, forming and aeration. Blower products are utilized to convey high volumes of air and gas at various flow rates and at low pressures, facilitating processes such as waste water aeration, biogas upgrading and conveying, pneumatic transport and dehydration.

Almost every manufacturing and industrial facility, and many service and process industry applications, use air compression, vacuum and blower products in a variety of process-critical applications. Within each of our compression, vacuum and blower product categories, we offer one of the broadest ranges of technologies in the market. The breadth and depth of our product offering creates incremental business opportunities by allowing us to cross-sell our full product portfolio and uniquely address customers’ needs in one complete solution.

Compression Technologies
Vacuum Technologies
Blower Technologies
•   Rotary Screw
•   Liquid Ring
•   Rotary Lobe
•   Reciprocating Piston
•   Claw
•   Screw
•   Scroll
•   Screw
•   Claw & Vane
•   Rotary Vane
•   Rotary Vane
•   Turbo
•   Centrifugal
•   Side Channel
•   Side Channel & Radial

We continue to build on our strong competitive positions across our Industrials product categories. According to Frost & Sullivan, we currently maintain a top three position in the global industrial air compressor market, which is estimated to be a $12.5 billion industry. Furthermore, our management believes that we hold a leading position in our addressable portion of the global markets for vacuum products and blower products.

The mission-critical nature of our industrial products across manufacturing processes drives a demand environment and outlook that are highly correlated with global and regional industrial production, capacity utilization and long-term GDP growth. In the United States and Europe, we are poised to continue benefiting from expected growth in real GDP, along with an expected rebound in industrial production activity in 2017 and 2018. In APAC, despite recent deceleration, GDP growth remains robust, and we believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from future growth in the region, which is estimated to be a multiple of anticipated growth in the Americas and EMEA through 2018.

Furthermore, key industry trends that we believe will drive continued growth for our Industrials business are: (i) continuing customer desire for innovation and new technologies; (ii) increasing demand for service and

3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

monitoring; (iii) growing focus on comprehensive solutions and total life cycle cost; (iv) rising need for adaptability of products to accommodate new applications; and (v) increasing customer expectations for product reliability combined with superior customer service, quick aftermarket support and regular maintenance to reduce downtime.

Energy

Our Energy segment is one of the largest suppliers of equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services for the energy market applications that we serve, spanning upstream, midstream, downstream and petrochemical end-markets. The high cost of failure in these applications makes quality and reliability key purchase criteria for end-users and drives demand for our highly engineered and differentiated products.

Upstream

Our sales to upstream energy end-markets consist of positive displacement pumps, fluid ends and other aftermarket parts, consumables and services that are used in oil and gas drilling, hydraulic fracturing and well servicing applications. We believe we are exposed to some of the highest growth market drivers in the context of an upstream energy recovery, particularly in the North American land-based market. First, a significant number of frac pumps were put into service during 2011 and 2012, the replacement of which, we believe, has been deferred beyond typical useful lives due to the recent downturn in upstream energy. We believe that this wave of needed replacements, coupled with widespread deferred maintenance on installed frac pumps, will drive demand in the near-term and over the next several years independent of an upstream energy recovery, and will provide an additional tailwind of growth in the context of such a recovery.

Furthermore, secular industry trends are driving increased demand for and utilization of newer, fit-for-purpose equipment that is highly engineered for demanding applications, and are increasing the frequency of replacement, refurbishment and upgrade cycles of pumping equipment. As a result of an improvement in crude oil prices and the threshold oil and gas prices at which wells are profitable to drill, an increased number of drilling rigs have reentered the market in 2016, which we expect to continue to drive growth. In turn, the associated usage of aftermarket parts and consumables used in drilling and hydraulic fracturing activity is also increasing. The number of wells drilled is growing at a faster rate than active rig count, with each active rig drilling more unconventional wells per unit of time than previously experienced. In addition, each unconventional well, on average, is being drilled with longer laterals and more hydraulic fracturing stages per lateral length, and a greater volume of proppant is being used per length of lateral. As a result, multiple industry trends are independently driving demand for frac pumps and frequently replaced aftermarket parts, notably fluid ends, and associated consumables, resulting in a growth profile that is exposed to, but also meaningfully more robust than, underlying growth in active rig count.

Midstream and Downstream

Sales to midstream and downstream energy end-markets consist of liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors and integrated systems, engineered fluid loading and transfer equipment and associated aftermarket parts and services. We focus on two basic types of midstream and downstream energy equipment: fluid transfer equipment and liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors, which are employed in the midstream and downstream markets, respectively.

The U.S. midstream and downstream industries significantly increased capital expenditures in 2016 ($28 billion and $15 billion for midstream and downstream, respectively). These large investments in midstream and downstream energy end-markets are expected to drive sales of our equipment and future sales of aftermarket parts and services as these facilities age. Further, deferred maintenance of downstream energy infrastructure is expected to drive increased future sales of our replacement products and aftermarket parts and services. Our midstream and downstream products are positioned to capitalize on these large and secularly growing applications, which provide relatively stable demand with attractive, long-term growth potential above GDP.

Petrochemical

Sales to petrochemical end-markets consist of vacuum and compression process systems, both of which are used in harsh, continuous-duty applications.

4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Demand for our petrochemical industry products correlates with growth in the development of new petrochemical plants as well as activity levels therein, which drive demand for aftermarket parts and services on our market-leading installed base of equipment. According to industry sources, U.S. chemical industry capital spending is expected to grow at a 7.5% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) from 2016 to 2018. Advancements in the development of unconventional oil and natural gas resources in North America over the past decade have resulted in the abundant availability of locally-sourced natural gas as feedstock for petrochemical plants in North America, supporting long-term growth. In addition, new petrochemical plants are becoming larger and more complex, driving increased demand for more equipment.

Key trends for the Energy segment end-markets include:

Upstream
Midstream and Downstream
Petrochemical
•   Deferred capital expenditures and frac     pump replacement cycle
•   Greater percentage of higher-
    specification drilling rigs (79% in
    2016 vs. 53% in 2010) (1)
•   Growth in U.S. land rig count
    compared to the rest of the world (31%
    U.S. land rig growth vs. 6% for the rest
    of the world on a cumulative basis
    expected through the fourth quarter of
    2017) (2)
•   More wells drilled per rig per year, with
    increasing lateral lengths per well
•   Growth in (and increasing profitability
    of) hydraulic fracturing activity
•   Increased hydraulic fracturing intensity
    (5.0 frac stages per 1,000 ft. expected in
    2017 vs. 3.9 in 2014) (2)
•   Greater volume of proppant used per
    length of lateral
•   Increased production (12% rise in U.S.
    oil and gas production from December
    2013 to December 2016)
•   Increased transportation of hydrocarbons
•   Deferred maintenance capital
    expenditures
•   Inclusion in initial specifications and
    increased size of projects
•   Increased environmental regulations
    creating higher cost of spillage and
    other environmental exposures
•   Petroleum products export growth
•   Increased production (U.S. chemical
    capital spending expected to reach
    $65 billion by 2021 – three times 2010
    spending) (3)
•   Inclusion in initial specifications and
    increased size of projects Petroleum
    products export growth
•   Abundant availability of locally-sourced
    oil and natural gas as feedstock, due to
    increased domestic U.S. production
(1) Baker Hughes, Inc., February 10, 2017
(2) Spears & Associates, Inc., February 2017
(3) Industry forecasts

Medical

The Medical segment designs, manufactures and markets a broad range of flow control products for the durable medical equipment, laboratory vacuum and automated liquid handling end-markets. Key technologies include gas, liquid and precision syringe pumps and compressors and automated liquid handling systems. We have established a history of innovation that enables us to work closely with our customers to create highly customized flow control solutions for their unique applications. These products are mission-critical in the ultimate device in which they are deployed and remain a key component over the entire life cycle of the end products. The regulated market structure and nature of long-tenured customer relationships enables us to have a highly visible, recurring revenue stream from key customers.

We are one of the largest product suppliers in the medical markets we serve. Based on internal estimates, the durable medical equipment pump market represents approximately a $1.2 billion opportunity globally and can be divided into two primary sub-markets: gas pumps and liquid pumps. We estimate the size of the global gas pump market to be approximately $700 million and we estimate the liquid pump market to be a $450 million market globally. Liquid pumps transfer and meter both neutral and chemically aggressive fluids. Further, we believe that overall demand for flow control products and services in the medical space will benefit from attractive secular growth trends, including: (i) aging demographics requiring greater access to medical care; (ii) growth in emerging economies with increased awareness of medical services and greater availability of treatment options; (iii) rising investment in health solutions and safety infrastructures driving demand for medical pump products; (iv) stronger demand for higher healthcare efficiency requiring premium and high performance systems; and (v) increasing demand for durable medical equipment providing significant opportunity for pump products to be incorporated into new applications.

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Business Transformation from Operational Execution and Strategic Investment

Our top priorities since the KKR Transaction have been creating a performance-driven organization and ensuring superior execution of our operating initiatives in order to transform our business and realize step-change improvements in our commercial and operational capabilities, financial characteristics and performance, pace of innovation and customer service. To support our business transformation, significant investment was dedicated to transformation initiatives across the Company’s three segments, primarily directed toward funding the Company’s growth strategies, further implementation of operational process efficiency actions and permanently reducing operating costs through structural reorganization changes.

Within the Industrials segment, we created an integrated salesforce and established a centralized demand generation team that allows us to maximize revenues across brands, customer accounts and geographies. We also strengthened our customer connectivity by realigning our product engineering and marketing teams into a single global product management structure, and have increased innovation via our new product management process. Furthermore, we significantly increased our profitability by optimizing our footprint and achieving structural cost reductions from back office and administrative areas.

Within the Energy segment, we transformed our upstream energy offering from being predominantly a pump manufacturer into a full-service solutions provider that offers high quality and locally accessible aftermarket support throughout the life cycle of our products. We invested significantly in our sales personnel, marketing strategy, supply chain and manufacturing capabilities, which will allow us to serve our customers better with greater profitability. In particular, we nearly doubled our sales personnel for upstream energy markets since 2012 and increased our service center footprint by 160%, which now covers approximately 85% of U.S. land-based activity. As a result, we believe that we will be even better positioned to capture market share and grow revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA independent of an upstream energy recovery, while positioning ourselves to realize significantly increased sales, profitability and customer responsiveness in the context of such a recovery.

The Medical segment was established as a standalone and strategic business in 2013 to accelerate growth, profitability and focused innovation. We upgraded our salesforce and enhanced demand generation efforts to better serve our customers and capture new business, including our recent expansion into automated liquid handling components and systems. Additionally, we also expanded the segment profitability by improving our global sourcing and supply chain strategies and optimizing our global footprint.

The significant operational improvements resulting from the execution of our business transformation initiatives have strengthened performance within each of our segments. We believe the establishment and continued execution of our operational and strategic growth initiatives has positioned our Company for substantial future revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth, as well as margin expansion.

Our Competitive Strengths

Market Leadership with Strong Brand Portfolio and Reputation Built over 155 Years

With a deep heritage of more than 155 years of leading engineering and application expertise, we believe our portfolio of highly engineered products and proprietary technologies is among the most trusted and recognized in the industry. Our product portfolio is sold under more than 20 well-respected brands, most notably Gardner Denver, CompAir, Nash, Emco Wheaton, Robuschi, Elmo Rietschle and Thomas. By utilizing a multi-brand go-to-market strategy, we leverage each specific brand’s leading market position in well-defined market segments or geographies. We believe each brand’s reputation for superior quality, reliability, efficiency and responsiveness, along with the often application-critical nature of our products within our customers’ operations, enhances our competitive position in the marketplace and is difficult to replicate given the length of time over which these brand reputations have developed. The strength of our brand portfolio is demonstrated by our leading global market share positions. We believe we have leading market positions within each of our operating segments.

Comprehensive Portfolio of Highly Engineered, Innovative and Application-Critical Equipment

We design, manufacture, market and service a broad array of application-critical flow control and compression equipment for customers seeking targeted solutions for specialized end-markets. Our products typically are part of large, complex systems and represent mission-critical components in the context of the broader systems in which they are utilized. In addition, our products often operate in harsh environments and

6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

specialized, precision applications such as in regulated end-markets, where customers require products capable of reliable performance in complex processes. Furthermore, while our products typically represent a low relative cost in the context of the broader applications in which they are employed, the high cost of failure in these applications makes quality and reliability key purchase criteria for end-users and drives demand for highly engineered and differentiated products. As a result, our customers value our product offerings on the basis of superior quality, reliability, efficiency and advanced technology. In addition, we believe the fact that we offer one of the broadest ranges of compressor, pump, vacuum and blower products in our markets allows us to provide differentiated product and service offerings to our customers, and creates incremental business opportunities by enabling us to cross-sell our full product portfolio. Finally, our product engineering teams are continuously enhancing our existing products and developing new applications to strengthen relationships with our growing base of customers that require advanced solutions.

Installed Base and Growing Aftermarket Platform Drives Highly Profitable Recurring Revenues

Our large installed base of products in our Industrials and Energy segments drives demand for recurring aftermarket revenue streams. Due to the critical applications in which our products are used and the high cost of failure or equipment downtime for our customers, we benefit from a consistent and time-sensitive demand for our portfolio of aftermarket parts, as well as service and repair capabilities. In the Industrials segment for example, on average, the life expectancy of a compressor is between 10 and 12 years. However, a customer typically services the compressor at regular intervals, starting within the first two years of purchase and continuing throughout the life of the product. The cumulative aftermarket revenue generated by a compressor over the product’s life cycle will typically exceed its original cost. In the Energy segment, for example, fluid ends, which are key aftermarket parts used in hydraulic fracturing operations, represent approximately 30% of the original cost of the pump and need to be replaced approximately four times per year on each operating pump (depending on the basin and operating nature of the hydraulic fracturing fleet). Other aftermarket parts, such as plungers, and consumables, such as valves, seats and packing, are replaced on even shorter time frames, creating aftermarket opportunities which, in aggregate, are often multiples of the cost of the original pump. Aftermarket sales in 2016 represented approximately 40% of our aggregate Industrials and Energy segments’ revenue.

Diversified Business with Attractive End-markets

Our revenue and earnings are diversified by product, geography, end-market and customer. In addition, we are well-positioned to benefit from secular trends in large, attractive developed economies and fast-growing emerging markets. We believe that our balanced revenue base across end-markets and exposure to early-, mid- and late-cycle growth drivers, along with the specialty nature of the applications on which we focus, enables us to reduce volatility in earnings across economic cycles. Many of our customers operate in attractive end-markets that benefit from secular trends including: (i) continued developed and emerging market growth and infrastructure build; (ii) accelerating land-based U.S. energy activity; (iii) efficiency driven upgrades of industrial systems; (iv) increasing demand for healthcare; (v) increasing complexity of oil and gas extraction; (vi) demand for improved water quality and access; and (vii) heightened environmental regulations. Our value-added services over the life cycle of our products reinforce our customer relationships and position our business for continued growth.

Expertise, Footprint and Expanded Product Portfolio to Capture Recovery in Upstream Energy

Our Energy business manufactures pumps and associated aftermarket parts and consumables used in oil and gas drilling, hydraulic fracturing and well servicing applications. Furthermore, our upstream energy service network now covers approximately 85% of active U.S. land drilling activity as a result of our investment in a 160% increase in our service and repair facility locations since 2012. Even during the recent upstream energy industry downturn, when many of our competitors were closing facilities and cutting back investments, we continued investing in our capabilities within the energy markets. As a result of our investments, as well as our estimated leading global frac pump market position based on new unit sales over the past three years, we believe that we will be even better positioned to capture market share and grow revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA independent of an upstream energy recovery, while positioning ourselves to realize significantly increased sales, profitability and customer responsiveness in the context of such a recovery.

Highly Attractive Financial Profile

We participate in markets with attractive near- and long-term growth trends, and our business generates strong Adjusted EBITDA margins. For the year ended December 31, 2016, each of our segments had Segment

7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Adjusted EBITDA margins above 20%: 20.1% in our Industrials segment, 22.9% in our Energy segment and 27.1% in our Medical segment. The power of our financial profile is evidenced by the Company maintaining approximately the same Adjusted EBITDA margins from 2014 to 2016, despite significant headwinds from external market factors, including the oil and gas depression and foreign exchange. Our financial profile and cash flow generation are further enhanced by our low capital requirements, as demonstrated by our capital expenditures averaging approximately 3% of revenues over the last three years. Our margin profile and low capital intensity have resulted in strong and stable free cash flows that we believe will enable us to continue to reduce our indebtedness, deploy our capital to fund strategic initiatives to drive innovation and organic growth opportunities and finance value-enhancing acquisitions. We believe that our financial profile, which has been enhanced by our business transformation, reflects a strong and attractive business with potential for significant earnings growth over time.

Strength of Our Diverse, Long-Standing Customer Relationships

We serve a large number of well-established blue-chip customers who are globally recognized in the industries in which they operate, as well as regional and local customers, across a wide array of end-markets. In 2016, no single customer represented more than 2% of our total revenues, and our top 10 customers represented less than 10% of total revenues. We are known for product quality, reliability, efficiency and superior customer service. These attributes, along with over 155 years of engineering heritage, generate strong brand loyalty for our products and foster long-standing customer relationships, as highlighted by the fact that our top 10 customers have been with the Company for an average of 26 years.

Strategically Positioned Global Manufacturing Footprint

We have one of the most extensive manufacturing and service networks in the industry with 37 key manufacturing facilities and an expansive network of more than 30 complementary service and repair centers across six continents. We believe our extensive manufacturing and service footprint is a competitive advantage that allows us to source new business, provide superior customer service and more efficiently develop new products to serve our customers’ needs. Our expansive global footprint also allows us to optimize our manufacturing cost structure, by combining local manufacturing assets with the capability to leverage our footprint in lower cost geographies. We believe our worldwide presence enables us to provide timely and responsive support to our customers, many of whom operate internationally, and to capitalize on growth opportunities in both developed and emerging markets. Because of the critical nature of the applications in which our products are used, expedient response times are important to capturing and retaining our customers’ business.

Proven Strategy to Drive Operational Excellence

Our top priorities since the KKR Transaction have been creating a performance-driven culture and ensuring superior execution of our operating initiatives in order to transform our business and realize step-change improvements in our commercial and operational capabilities, financial characteristics and performance, pace of innovation and customer service. The implementation of our operational excellence initiatives has significantly improved our performance. We view operational excellence as a holistic approach to continuous improvement that spans our entire organization from manufacturing to sales and marketing to customer service. We believe this approach will drive strong revenue and earnings growth.

Highly Experienced Management Team with Track Record of Success

We invested in attracting a high-caliber senior management team with an average of 23 years of experience in relevant industries. In addition, 45% of our top 100 business managers, including the senior management team, have joined the Company since the KKR Transaction, injecting a significant new level of talent into our leadership team. Our current management team comprises individuals with the extensive operational, financial and managerial experience needed to effectively navigate the key opportunities and challenges facing our business today and has been responsible for developing and executing our business transformation. Our management team has a demonstrated track record of growth via operational improvements and strategic growth initiatives, and we believe that we have a strong, deep bench of talented leaders who are well-positioned to continue driving the Company towards profitable growth and margin expansion.

Our Growth Strategies

We intend to continue to drive shareholder value through the pursuit of best-in-class financial performance, consistent improvement in profitability and our ability to develop and retain world-class talent. Across all three

8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of our segments, our comprehensive strategy to drive strong revenue and earnings growth is centered on five primary objectives: (i) enhancing commercial leadership by expanding our sales and service presence, adding product line adjacencies and accelerating our innovation funnel; (ii) driving aftermarket sales penetration of our large installed base; (iii) further improving our competitive position with our customers through salesforce effectiveness programs; (iv) executing our operational excellence initiatives to streamline our cost structure and support margin expansion, including through manufacturing footprint optimization, administrative expense efficiency and strategic sourcing; and (v) pursuing acquisitions focused on bolstering our product offerings and/or geographic or market presence. Specifically, we intend to focus on four primary growth strategies.

Accelerate Industrials Growth t hrough Salesforce Effectiveness and Innovation and Drive Continued Margin Expansions by Focusing on Operational Excellence

Our salesforce effectiveness initiatives continue to support our ability to be increasingly responsive to our customers and cross-sell our comprehensive portfolio of market-leading products and services into existing and new applications. In addition, our demand generation platform allows for increased connectivity with our customer base, as we are utilizing integrated technology to develop more actionable leads for our salesforce. Over time, we expect these efforts to enhance product awareness and generate new customer wins. We also expect to expand our market share by growing in key emerging markets, specifically Asia, the Middle East and South America, which were previously underserved regions for the Industrials segment. In addition, the redesigned approach to product management within the Industrials segment is resulting in a greater pace of innovation leading to a growing pipeline of new products that we expect to commercialize over the coming years. Supplementing our commercial and innovation efforts is a focus on continued margin expansion. We are building upon our global operational excellence programs with a distinct focus on simplifying the way we conduct business. We believe we have significant potential for near- and long-term revenue and earnings growth and margin expansion through the continued execution of these initiatives.

Capitalize on Transformative Investments i n Our Energy Segment and Benefit from a Recovery in Key Energy Markets

We optimized our Energy segment footprint and business model to sustain profitability while enhancing the upside of our earnings capacity in an upstream energy recovery. As a result of our substantial investment in the capabilities of our upstream energy business, we believe that we significantly increased our addressable market and overall earnings capacity relative to like-for-like activity levels in the 2014 and prior time period. Independent of an upstream energy recovery, we believe that we are poised to capture favorable trends including pent-up demand for repairs and new parts due to deferred maintenance during the downturn, a significant wave of replacement demand from pumps installed over five years ago and share gain due to our enhanced presence and new product capabilities. In the context of an upstream energy recovery, we believe that these factors will contribute to driving even more growth upside than from the activity growth alone, and that we will generate substantially more revenue and profitability given our increased earnings capacity and operational improvements, such as the expansion of our service network. In the midstream, downstream and process industries, we believe our business will benefit from attractive long-term secular trends, including the increased global movement of hydrocarbons and other liquid commodities and expanded capacity of process industries.

Accelerate Growth and Enhance Market Share and Industry Presence of Our Medical Segment

We strategically invested in our Medical segment in order to expand sales and profitability. We believe a combination of our enhanced sales force, improved demand creation and recently implemented CRM platform, combined with our global manufacturing and sales footprint, will continue to position our Company to expand market share. Building on our strength in gas pump applications, we recently expanded into the liquid pump and automated liquid handling markets to gain share in sizable markets that were previously unaddressed by us. We view this space as an attractive adjacency to our existing strategy and one in which we are able to capture share in line with current operations in the gas pump market, building momentum and scale for our Medical business.

Pursue Complementary Acquisitions

In addition to our organic initiatives for each of our segments, we plan to pursue select strategic acquisition opportunities as part of our growth strategy. Our markets are fragmented and there is opportunity for continued consolidation within our industrial, energy and medical markets. Based on management estimates, approximately

9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

half of each such market consists of smaller players who maintain less than 5% market share. We have consistently employed a disciplined approach to acquisitions focused on opportunities that (i) strengthen our existing portfolio through the addition of new technologies, (ii) allow us to establish new flow control platforms in attractive markets, (iii) enhance our aftermarket offerings, (iv) grow our presence in strategic geographies, such as select emerging markets and/or (v) provide opportunity to realize synergies while expanding or strengthening our capabilities.

Risks Related to Our Business and this Offering

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk, and our ability to successfully operate our business is subject to numerous risks. Risk factors related to our business include the following:

We have exposure to the risks associated with instability in the global economy and financial markets, which may negatively impact our revenues, liquidity, suppliers and customers.
More than half of our sales and operations are in non-U.S. jurisdictions and we are subject to the economic, political, regulatory and other risks of international operations.
Our revenues and operating results, especially in the Energy segment, depend on the level of activity in the energy industry, which is significantly affected by volatile oil and gas prices.
Our results of operations are subject to exchange rate and other currency risks. A significant movement in exchange rates could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows.
Potential governmental regulations restricting the use of hydraulic fracturing could reduce demand for our products.
We face competition in the markets we serve, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.
Large or rapid increases in the cost of raw materials and component parts, substantial decreases in their availability, or our dependence on particular suppliers of raw materials and component parts could materially and adversely affect our operating results.
Our operating results could be adversely affected by a loss or reduction of business with key customers or consolidation or the vertical integration of our customer base.
Our ongoing and expected restructuring plans and other cost savings initiatives may not be as effective as we anticipate, and we may fail to realize the cost savings and increased efficiencies that we expect to result from these actions. Our operating results could be negatively affected by our inability to effectively implement such restructuring plans and other cost savings initiatives.
If we are unable to develop new products and technologies, our competitive position may be impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our sales and market share.

Any of the factors set forth under “Risk Factors” may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our common stock.

Corporate History and Information

On July 30, 2013, we were acquired by an affiliate of KKR, pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.), Renaissance Acquisition Corp. and Gardner Denver, Inc. Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on March 1, 2013 by affiliates of KKR.

Our principal executive offices are located at 222 East Erie Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, Suite 500. The telephone number of our principal executive offices is (414) 212-4700. Our Internet address is www.gardnerdenver.com . Information on our web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute part of this prospectus.

About KKR

Founded in 1976 and led by Henry Kravis and George Roberts, KKR is a leading investment firm with $129.6 billion in assets under management as of December 31, 2016. With offices around the world, KKR

10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

manages assets through a variety of investment funds and accounts covering multiple asset classes. KKR seeks to create value by bringing operational expertise to its portfolio companies and through active oversight and monitoring of its investments. KKR complements its investment expertise and strengthens interactions with investors through its client relationships and capital markets platforms. KKR has been an active investor in the U.S. industrials sector since 2010, having acquired Capsugel, Capital Safety, Gardner Denver, The Crosby Group and CHI Overhead Doors for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $9.1 billion and total equity capital invested of approximately $3.6 billion. KKR & Co. L.P. is publicly traded on The New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: KKR).

11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Offering

Common stock offered by us
    shares.
Option to purchase additional shares of common stock
We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to     additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

    shares (or     shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).
Use of proceeds
We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the common stock that we are offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $    million (or approximately $    million, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. For sensitivity analysis as to the offering price and other information, see “Use of Proceeds.”

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay certain indebtedness.

Risk factors
See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.
Dividend policy
After completion of this offering, we do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock. We may, in the future, decide to pay dividends on our common stock, subject to the discretion of our board of directors and other factors. In the event we decide to pay dividends in the future, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our Senior Secured Credit Facilities (as defined below) and the indenture governing our Senior Notes (as defined below). See “Dividend Policy” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Description of Indebtedness.”
Conflicts of Interest
Affiliates of KKR beneficially own (through investment in KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.) in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Because KKR Capital Markets LLC, an affiliate of KKR, is an underwriter and affiliates of KKR beneficially own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock, KKR Capital Markets LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 (“Rule 5121”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Accordingly,

12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Proposed     ticker symbol
“   ”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of    , 2017 and excludes:

    shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of     at a weighted average exercise price of $    per share granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Stock Incentive Plan”); and
    shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) outstanding as of     at a weighted average strike price of $    per share granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

Unless we indicate otherwise or the context otherwise requires, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws immediately prior to the consummation of this offering;
an initial public offering price of $    per share, the mid-point of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;
our    -for-one reverse split of our common stock, which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering; and
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase     additional shares of our common stock.

13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data

Set forth below is our summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical financial data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the summary historical financial data as of December 31, 2014 have been derived from our historical consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The results of operations for any period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. See “Risk Factors” and the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary historical consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
2015
2014 (1)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
1,939.4
 
$
2,126.9
 
$
2,570.0
 
Cost of sales
 
1,222.7
 
 
1,347.8
 
 
1,633.2
 
Gross profit
 
716.7
 
 
779.1
 
 
936.8
 
Selling and administrative expenses
 
414.3
 
 
427.0
 
 
476.0
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
124.2
 
 
115.4
 
 
113.3
 
Impairment of goodwill
 
 
 
343.3
 
 
220.6
 
Impairment of other intangible assets
 
25.3
 
 
78.1
 
 
14.4
 
Other operating expense, net
 
48.6
 
 
20.7
 
 
64.3
 
Operating income (loss)
 
104.3
 
 
(205.4
)
 
48.2
 
Interest expense
 
170.3
 
 
162.9
 
 
164.4
 
Other income, net
 
(2.8
)
 
(1.6
)
 
(3.3
)
Loss before income taxes
 
(63.2
)
 
(366.7
)
 
(112.9
)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
 
(31.9
)
 
(14.7
)
 
23.0
 
Net loss
 
(31.3
)
 
(352.0
)
 
(135.9
)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
5.3
 
 
(0.8
)
 
(0.9
)
Net loss attributable to Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
$
(36.6
)
$
(351.2
)
$
(135.0
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per share, basic and diluted
$
   
 
$
   
 
$
   
 
Weighted average shares, basic and diluted
$
   
 
$
   
 
$
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows – operating activities
$
165.6
 
$
172.1
 
$
141.8
 
Cash flows – investing activities
 
(82.1
)
 
(84.0
)
 
(155.4
)
Cash flows – financing activities
 
(43.0
)
 
(35.0
)
 
(3.7
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
255.8
 
$
228.3
 
$
184.2
 
Total assets
 
4,316.0
 
 
4,462.0
 
 
5,107.1
 
Total liabilities
 
4,044.2
 
 
4,056.5
 
 
4,218.5
 
Total stockholders’ equity
 
271.8
 
 
405.5
 
 
888.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Financial Data :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA (2)
$
400.7
 
$
418.9
 
$
537.6
 
Adjusted Net Income (2)
 
57.2
 
 
54.1
 
 
154.4
 
Capital expenditures
 
74.4
 
 
71.0
 
 
73.5
 
Free Cash Flow (2)
 
91.2
 
 
101.1
 
 
68.3
 
(1) Debt issuance costs have been reclassified in the period ended December 31, 2014 from total assets to total liabilities in accordance with ASU 2015-13 to conform with the presentation the periods ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
(2) We report our financial results in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). To supplement this information, we also use the following measures in this prospectus: “Adjusted EBITDA,” “Adjusted Net Income” and “Free Cash Flow.” Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are helpful supplemental measures to assist

14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

us and investors in evaluating our operating results as they exclude certain items whose fluctuation from period to period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the operations of our business. Adjusted EBITDA represents net (loss) income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted to exclude certain non-cash, non-recurring and other adjustment items. We believe that the adjustments applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and about non-recurring items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future. Adjusted Net Income is defined as net income (loss) including interest, depreciation and amortization and excluding other items used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA and further adjusted for the tax effect of these exclusions.

    We use Free Cash Flow to review the liquidity of our operations. We measure Free Cash Flow as cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditures. We believe Free Cash Flow is a useful supplemental financial measure for us and investors in assessing our ability to pursue business opportunities and investments and to service our debt. Free Cash Flow is not a measure of our liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities.
    As a result, we and our board of directors regularly use these measures as tools in evaluating our operating and financial performance and in establishing discretionary annual compensation. Such measures are provided in addition to, and should not be considered to be a substitute for, or superior to, the comparable measure under GAAP. In addition, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow are frequently used by investors, analysts and other interested parties in the evaluation of issuers, many of which also present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow when reporting their results in an effort to facilitate an understanding of their operating and financial results and liquidity.
    Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or other performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider such measures either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP.
    Set forth below are the reconciliations of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income and cash flows from operating activities to Free Cash Flow.
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
2015
2014
Net loss
$
(31.3
)
$
(352.0
)
$
(135.9
)
Plus:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
170.3
 
 
162.9
 
 
164.4
 
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
 
(31.9
)
 
(14.7
)
 
23.0
 
Depreciation and amortization expense
 
172.7
 
 
163.0
 
 
160.4
 
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (a)
 
25.3
 
 
421.4
 
 
235.0
 
Sponsor fees (b)
 
4.8
 
 
4.6
 
 
3.7
 
Restructuring and related business transformation costs (c)
 
78.7
 
 
31.4
 
 
36.6
 
Acquisition related expenses and non-cash charges (d)
 
4.3
 
 
4.8
 
 
9.8
 
Environmental remediation loss reserve (e)
 
5.6
 
 
 
 
 
Other adjustments (f)
 
2.2
 
 
(2.5
)
 
40.6
 
Adjusted EBITDA
$
400.7
 
$
418.9
 
$
537.6
 
Minus:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
170.3
 
 
162.9
 
 
164.4
 
Income tax provision, as adjusted (g)
 
0.5
 
 
38.9
 
 
58.4
 
Depreciation and amortization expense
 
172.7
 
 
163.0
 
 
160.4
 
Adjusted Net Income
$
57.2
 
$
54.1
 
$
154.4
 
Free Cash Flow
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows – operating activities
$
165.6
 
$
172.1
 
$
141.8
 
Minus:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
74.4
 
 
71.0
 
 
73.5
 
Free Cash Flow
$
91.2
 
$
101.1
 
$
68.3
 
(a) Represents non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.
(b) Represents management fees paid to KKR pursuant to a monitoring agreement. In connection with the offering, the monitoring agreement will be terminated in accordance with its terms. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Arrangements with KKR—Monitoring Agreement.”
(c) Restructuring and related business transformation costs consist of the following:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
2015
2014
Restructuring charges
$
32.9
 
$
4.7
 
$
5.9
 
Severance, sign-on, relocation and executive search costs
 
22.4
 
 
18.4
 
 
15.5
 
Facility reorganization, relocation and other costs
 
8.7
 
 
1.6
 
 
0.4
 
Information technology infrastructure transformation
 
2.3
 
 
 
 
 
Losses (gains) on asset and business disposals
 
0.1
 
 
(4.5
)
 
1.0
 
Consultant and other advisor fees
 
9.7
 
 
10.1
 
 
13.8
 
Other, net
 
2.6
 
 
1.1
 
 
 
Total restructuring and related business transformation costs
$
78.7
 
$
31.4
 
$
36.6
 

15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(d) Represents costs associated with successful and/or abandoned acquisitions, including third-party expenses, post-closure integration costs and non-cash charges and credits arising from fair value purchase accounting adjustments.
(e) Represents estimated environmental remediation costs and losses relating to a former production facility.
(f) Includes (i) foreign exchange gains and losses, (ii) non-cash impact of net LIFO reserve adjustments, (iii) effects of amortization of prior service costs and amortization of gains in pension and other postemployment benefits (OPEB) expense, (iv) certain legal and compliance costs, (v) shareholder litigation settlement loss ($30.0 million in 2014), (vi) costs to exit and settle loss contracts ($10.1 million in 2014) and (vii) other miscellaneous adjustments.
(g) Represents our income tax provision adjusted for the tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted Net Income and the removal of the applicable discrete tax items. The tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted Net Income is computed using the statutory tax rate related to the jurisdiction that was impacted by the adjustment after taking into account the impact of permanent differences and valuation allowances. Discrete tax items include changes in tax laws or rates, changes in uncertain tax positions relating to prior years and changes in valuation allowances.

Income tax provisions, as adjusted for each of the periods presented below consists of the following:

 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
2015
2014
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
$
(31.9
)
$
(14.7
)
$
23.0
 
Tax impact of pre-tax income adjustments
 
37.6
 
 
43.7
 
 
37.6
 
Discrete tax items
 
(5.2
)
 
9.9
 
 
(2.2
)
Income tax provision, as adjusted
$
0.5
 
$
38.9
 
$
58.4
 

16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves risk. You should carefully consider the following risks as well as the other information included in this prospectus, including “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto, before investing in our common stock. Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The selected risks described below, however, are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such a case, the trading price of the common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have exposure to the risks associated with instability in the global economy and financial markets, which may negatively impact our revenues, liquidity, suppliers and customers.

Our financial performance depends, in large part, on conditions in the markets we serve and on the general condition of the global economy, which impacts these markets. Any sustained weakness in demand for our products and services resulting from a contraction or uncertainty in the global economy could adversely impact our revenues and profitability.

In addition, we believe that many of our suppliers and customers access global credit markets to provide liquidity, and in some cases, utilize external financing to purchase products or finance operations. If our customers are unable to access credit markets or lack liquidity, it may impact customer demand for our products and services.

Furthermore, our products are sold in many industries, some of which are cyclical and may experience periodic contractions. For example, weakness in upstream energy activity in North America significantly impacted our business in 2015 and 2016. Cyclical weakness in the industries that we serve could adversely affect demand for our products and affect our profitability and financial performance.

More than half of our sales and operations are in non-U.S. jurisdictions and we are subject to the economic, political, regulatory and other risks of international operations.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, approximately 64% of our revenues were from customers in countries outside of the United States. We have manufacturing facilities in Germany, the United Kingdom, China, Finland, Italy, India and other countries. We intend to continue to expand our international operations to the extent that suitable opportunities become available. Non-U.S. operations and United States export sales could be adversely affected as a result of: political or economic instability in certain countries; differences in foreign laws, including increased difficulties in protecting intellectual property and uncertainty in enforcement of contract rights; credit risks; currency fluctuations, in particular, changes in currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar, Euro, British Pound and the Chinese Renminbi; exchange controls; changes in tariff restrictions; significant changes in import/export trade restrictions; royalty and tax increases; nationalization of private enterprises; civil unrest and protests, strikes, acts of terrorism, war or other armed conflict; shipping products during times of crisis or war; and other factors inherent in foreign operations.

In addition, our expansion into new countries may require significant resources and the efforts and attention of our management and other personnel, which will divert resources from our existing business operations. As we expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these risks associated with our international operations.

Our revenues and operating results, especially in the Energy segment, depend on the level of activity in the energy industry, which is significantly affected by volatile oil and gas prices.

Demand for certain products of our Energy segment, particularly in the upstream energy market, depends on the level of activity in oil and gas exploration, development and production, and is primarily tied to the number of working and available drilling rigs, number of wells those rigs drill annually, the amount of hydraulic fracturing horsepower required on average to fracture each well and, ultimately, oil and natural gas prices overall. The energy market is volatile as the worldwide demand for oil and natural gas fluctuates. Generally, when

17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

worldwide demand or our customers’ expectations of future prices for these commodities are depressed, the demand for our products used in drilling and recovery applications is reduced. Other factors, including availability of quality drilling prospects, exploration success, relative production costs and political and regulatory environments are also expected to affect the demand for our products. Worldwide military, political and economic events have in the past contributed to oil and gas price volatility and are likely to do so in the future. Accordingly, our operating results for any particular period are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period as the markets for our products have historically experienced volatility. In particular, orders in the Energy segment have historically corresponded to demand for oil and gas and petrochemical products and have been influenced by prices and inventory levels for oil and natural gas, rig count, number of wells those rigs drill annually, the amount of hydraulic fracturing horsepower required on average to fracture each well and other economic factors which we cannot reasonably predict. The Energy segment generated approximately 32% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Our results of operations are subject to exchange rate and other currency risks. A significant movement in exchange rates could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows.

We conduct our business in many different currencies. A significant portion of our revenue, approximately 61% for the year ended December 31, 2016, is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, currency exchange rates, and in particular unfavorable movement in the exchange rates between U.S. dollars and Euros, British Pounds and Chinese Renminbi, affect our operating results. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations on our future operating results are unpredictable because of the number of currencies in which we do business and the potential volatility of exchange rates. We are also subject to the risks of currency controls and devaluations. Although historically not significant, if currency controls were enacted in countries where the Company generates significant cash balances, these controls may limit our ability to convert currencies into U.S. dollars or other currencies, as needed, or to pay dividends or make other payments from funds held by subsidiaries in the countries imposing such controls, which could adversely affect our liquidity. Currency devaluations could also negatively affect our operating margins and cash flows.

Potential governmental regulations restricting the use of hydraulic fracturing could reduce demand for our products.

Potential changes in the regulation of shale oil and gas exploration and extraction could also have a material adverse effect on our business. Oil and natural gas extracted from unconventional sources, such as shale, tight sands and coal bed methane frequently requires hydraulic fracturing. There have been recent initiatives to regulate or otherwise restrict hydraulic fracturing, which could impose operational delays, increase operating costs and regulatory burdens on our customers and generally decrease the level of oil and gas exploration among our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products, results of operations and financial condition.

We face competition in the markets we serve, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.

We actively compete with many companies producing similar products. Depending on the particular product and application, we experience competition based on a number of factors, including price, quality, performance and availability. We compete against many companies, including divisions of larger companies with greater financial resources than we possess. As a result, these competitors may be both domestically and internationally better able to withstand a change in conditions within the markets in which we compete and throughout the global economy as a whole.

In addition, our ability to compete effectively depends on how successfully we anticipate and respond to various competitive factors, including new competitors entering our markets, new products and services that may be introduced by competitors, changes in customer preferences, pricing pressures and new government regulations. If we are unable to anticipate our competitors’ development of new products and services, identify customer needs and preferences on a timely basis, or successfully introduce new products and services or modify existing products and service offerings in response to such competitive factors, we could lose customers to competitors. If we cannot compete successfully, our sales and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Large or rapid increases in the cost of raw materials and component parts, substantial decreases in their availability or our dependence on particular suppliers of raw materials and component parts could materially and adversely affect our operating results.

Our primary raw materials, directly and indirectly, are cast iron, aluminum and steel. We also purchase a large number of motors and, therefore, also have exposure to changes in the price of copper, which is a primary component of motors. We have long-term contracts with only a few suppliers of key components. Consequently, we are vulnerable to fluctuations in prices of such raw materials. Factors such as supply and demand, freight costs and transportation availability, inventory levels of brokers and dealers, the level of imports and general economic conditions may affect the price of raw materials. In addition, we use single sources of supply for certain iron castings, motors and other select engineered components that are critical in the manufacturing of our products. From time to time in recent years, we have experienced disruptions to our supply deliveries for raw materials and component parts and may experience further supply disruptions. Any such disruption could have a material adverse effect on our ability to timely meet our commitments to customers and, therefore, our operating results.

Our operating results could be adversely affected by a loss or reduction of business with key customers or consolidation or the vertical integration of our customer base.

We derive revenue from certain key customers, in particular with respect to our oilfield service products and services. The loss or reduction of significant contracts with any of these key customers could result in a material decrease of our future profitability and cash flows. In addition, the consolidation or vertical integration of key customers may result in the loss of certain customer contracts or impact demand or competition for our products. Any changes in such customers’ purchasing practices, or decline in such customers’ financial condition, may have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Some of our customers are significantly larger than we are, have greater financial and other resources and also have the ability to purchase products from our competitors. As a result of their size and position in the marketplace, some of our customers have significant purchasing leverage and could cause us to materially reduce the price of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and profitability. In addition, in the petroleum product market, lost sales may be difficult to replace due to the relative concentration of the customer base. We are unable to predict what effect consolidation in our customers’ industries may have on prices, capital spending by customers, selling strategies, competitive position, our ability to retain customers or our ability to negotiate favorable agreements with customers.

The loss of, or disruption in, our distribution network could have a negative impact on our abilities to ship products, meet customer demand and otherwise operate our business.

We sell a significant portion of our products through independent distributors and sales representatives. We rely in large part on the orderly operation of this distribution network, which depends on adherence to shipping schedules and effective management. We conduct all of our shipping through independent third parties. Although we believe that our receiving, shipping and distribution process is efficient and well-positioned to support our operations and strategic plans, we cannot provide assurance that we have anticipated all issues or that events beyond our control, such as natural disasters or other catastrophic events, labor disagreements, acquisition of distributors by a competitor, consolidation within our distributor network or shipping problems, will not disrupt our distribution network. If complications arise within a segment of our distribution network, the remaining network may not be able to support the resulting additional distribution demands. Any of these disruptions or complications could negatively impact our revenues and costs.

Our ongoing and expected restructuring plans and other cost savings initiatives may not be as effective as we anticipate, and we may fail to realize the cost savings and increased efficiencies that we expect to result from these actions. Our operating results could be negatively affected by our inability to effectively implement such restructuring plans and other cost savings initiatives.

We continually seek ways to simplify or improve processes, eliminate excess capacity and reduce costs in all areas of our operations, which from time to time includes restructuring activities. We have implemented significant restructuring activities across our global manufacturing, sales and distribution footprint, which include workforce reductions and facility consolidations. From 2014 to 2016, we incurred restructuring charges of approximately $43.5 million across our segments. Costs of these initiatives may be material and the savings

19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

associated with them are subject to a variety of risks, including our inability to effectively eliminate duplicative back office overhead and overlapping sales personnel, rationalize manufacturing capacity, synchronize information technology systems, consolidate warehousing and distribution facilities and shift production to more economical facilities. As a result, the contemplated costs to effect these initiatives may materially exceed estimates. The initiatives we are contemplating may require consultation with various employees, labor representatives or regulators, and such consultations may influence the timing, costs and extent of expected savings and may result in the loss of skilled employees in connection with the initiatives.

Although we have considered the impact of local regulations, negotiations with employee representatives and the related costs associated with our restructuring activities, factors beyond the control of management may affect the timing of these projects and therefore affect when savings will be achieved under the plans. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully implement these cost savings initiatives in the time frames contemplated (or at all) or that we will realize the projected benefits of these and other restructuring and cost savings initiatives. If we are unable to implement our cost savings initiatives, our business may be adversely affected. Moreover, our continued implementation of cost savings initiatives may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, as we consolidate facilities and relocate manufacturing processes to lower-cost regions, our success will depend on our ability to continue to meet customer demand and maintain a high level of quality throughout the transition. Failure to adequately meet customer demand or maintain a high level or quality could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Credit and counterparty risks could harm our business.

The financial condition of our customers could affect our ability to market our products or collect receivables. In addition, financial difficulties faced by our customers as a result of an adverse economic event or other market factors may lead to cancellation or delay of orders. Our customers may suffer financial difficulties that make them unable to pay for a product or solution when payments become due, or they may decide not to pay us, either as a matter of corporate decision-making or in response to changes in local laws and regulations. Although historically not material, we cannot be certain that, in the future, expenses or losses for uncollectible amounts will not have a material adverse effect on our revenues, earnings and cash flows.

If we are unable to develop new products and technologies, our competitive position may be impaired, which could materially and adversely affect our sales and market share.

The markets in which we operate are characterized by changing technologies and introductions of new products and services. Our ability to develop new products based on technological innovation can affect our competitive position and often requires the investment of significant resources. Difficulties or delays in research, development or production of new products and technologies, or failure to gain market acceptance of new products and technologies, may significantly reduce future revenues and materially and adversely affect our competitive position. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient resources to continue to make the investment required to maintain or increase our market share or that our investments will be successful. If we do not compete successfully, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

Cost overruns, delays, penalties or liquidated damages could negatively impact our results, particularly with respect to fixed-price contracts for custom engineered products.

A portion of our revenues and earnings is generated through fixed-price contracts for custom engineered products. Certain of these contracts provide for penalties or liquidated damages for failure to timely perform our obligations under the contract, or require that we, at our expense, correct and remedy to the satisfaction of the other party certain defects. Because substantially all of our custom engineered product contracts are at a fixed price, we face the risk that cost overruns, delays, penalties or liquidated damages may exceed, erode or eliminate our expected profit margin, or cause us to record a loss on our projects.

The risk of non-compliance with U.S. and foreign laws and regulations applicable to our international operations could have a significant impact on our results of operations, financial condition or strategic objectives.

Our global operations subject us to regulation by U.S. federal and state laws and multiple foreign laws, regulations and policies, which could result in conflicting legal requirements. These laws and regulations are

20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

complex, change frequently, have become more stringent over time and increase our cost of doing business. These laws and regulations include import and export control, environmental, health and safety regulations, data privacy requirements, international labor laws and work councils and anti-corruption and bribery laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, the U.N. Convention Against Bribery and local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to government officials.

We are subject to the risk that we, our employees, our affiliated entities, contractors, agents or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take actions determined to be in violation of any of these laws, for which we might be held responsible, particularly as we expand our operations geographically through organic growth and acquisitions. An actual or alleged violation could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil or criminal penalties, debarment from government contracts, curtailment of operations in certain jurisdictions, competitive or reputational harm, litigation or regulatory action and other consequences that might adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or strategic objectives.

A significant portion of our assets consists of goodwill and other intangible assets, the value of which may be reduced if we determine that those assets are impaired.

As a result of the KKR Transaction, we applied the acquisition method of accounting and established a new basis of accounting on July 30, 2013. Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest. Intangible assets, including goodwill, are assigned to our reporting units based upon their fair value at the time of acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are evaluated for impairment annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. In 2016, we recorded an impairment charge related to other intangible assets of $25.3 million primarily within the Industrials segment. In 2015, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $343.3 million within the Energy segment and recorded impairment charges related to other intangible assets of $78.1 million within our Industrials, Energy and Medical segments. In 2014, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $220.6 million within the Energy segment and recorded impairment charges related to other intangible assets of $14.4 million within our Industrials, Energy and Medical segments. As of December 31, 2016, the net carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets, net represented $2,624.6 million, or 61%, of our total assets. A future impairment, if any, could have a material adverse effect to our consolidated financial position or results of operations. See Note 8 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information related to impairment testing for goodwill and other intangible assets and the associated charges taken.

Our business could suffer if we experience employee work stoppages, union and work council campaigns or other labor difficulties.

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 6,200 employees of which approximately 1,800 were located in the United States. Of those employees located outside of the United States, a significant portion are represented by works councils and labor unions, and of those employees located in the United States, approximately 200 are represented by labor unions. Although we believe that our relations with employees are satisfactory and have not experienced any material work stoppages, work stoppages have occurred, and may in the future occur, and we may not be successful in negotiating new collective bargaining agreements. In addition, negotiations with our union employees may (1) result in significant increases in our cost of labor, (2) divert management’s attention away from operating our business or (3) break down and result in the disruption of our operations. The occurrence of any of the preceding conditions could impair our ability to manufacture our products and result in increased costs and/or decreased operating results.

We are a defendant in certain asbestos and silica-related personal injury lawsuits, which could adversely affect our financial condition.

We have been named as a defendant in many asbestos and silica-related personal injury lawsuits. The plaintiffs in these suits allege exposure to asbestos or silica from multiple sources, and typically we are one of approximately 25 or more named defendants. We believe that, given our financial reserves and anticipated insurance recoveries, the pending and potential future lawsuits are not likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity. However, future developments, including, without limitation, potential insolvencies of insurance companies or other defendants, an adverse determination in

21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Adams County Case (discussed below), or other inability to collect from our historical insurers or indemnitors, could cause a different outcome. In addition, even if any damages payable by us in any individual lawsuit are not material, the aggregate damages and related defense costs could be material and could materially adversely affect our financial condition if we were to receive an adverse judgment in a number of these lawsuits. Accordingly, the resolution of pending or future lawsuits may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity. See “Business—Legal Proceedings—Asbestos and Silica-Related Litigation.”

Acquisitions and integrating such acquisitions create certain risks and may affect our operating results.

We have acquired businesses in the past and may continue to acquire businesses or assets in the future. The acquisition and integration of businesses or assets involves a number of risks. The core risks are valuation (negotiating a fair price for the business), integration (managing the process of integrating the acquired company’s people, products, technology and other assets to extract the value and synergies projected to be realized in connection with the acquisition), regulation (obtaining necessary regulatory or other government approvals that may be necessary to complete acquisitions) and diligence (identifying undisclosed or unknown liabilities or restrictions that will be assumed in the acquisition).

In addition, acquisitions outside of the United States often involve additional or increased risks including, for example:

managing geographically separated organizations, systems and facilities;
integrating personnel with diverse business backgrounds and organizational cultures;
complying with non-U.S. regulatory requirements;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
enforcement of intellectual property rights in some non-U.S. countries;
difficulty entering new non-U.S. markets due to, among other things, consumer acceptance and business knowledge of these new markets; and
general economic and political conditions.

The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of one or more of our combined businesses and the possible loss of key personnel. The diversion of management’s attention and any delays or difficulties encountered in connection with acquisitions and the integration of an acquired company’s operations could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or prospects.

A natural disaster, catastrophe or other event could result in severe property damage, which could adversely affect our operations.

Some of our operations involve risks of, among other things, property damage, which could curtail our operations. For example, disruptions in operations or damage to a manufacturing plant could reduce our ability to produce products and satisfy customer demand. If one of more of our manufacturing facilities are damaged by severe weather or any other disaster, accident, catastrophe or event, our operations could be significantly interrupted. Similar interruptions could result from damage to production or other facilities that provide supplies or other raw materials to our plants or other stoppages arising from factors beyond our control. These interruptions might involve significant damage to, among other things, property, and repairs might take from a week or less for a minor incident to many months for a major interruption.

Information systems failure may disrupt our business and result in financial loss and liability to our customers.

Our business is highly dependent on financial, accounting and other data-processing systems and other communications and information systems, including our enterprise resource planning tools. We process a large number of transactions on a daily basis and rely upon the proper functioning of computer systems. If any of these systems fail, whether caused by fire, other natural disaster, power or telecommunications failure, acts of cyber terrorism or war or otherwise, or they do not function correctly, we could suffer financial loss, business

22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

disruption, liability to our customers, regulatory intervention or damage to our reputation. If our systems are unable to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions, our ability to grow could be limited. Although we have backup systems, procedures and capabilities in place, they may also fail or be inadequate. Further, to the extent that we may have customer information in our databases, any unauthorized disclosure of, or access to, such information could result in claims under data protection laws and regulations. If any of these risks materialize, our reputation and our ability to conduct our business may be materially adversely affected.

The nature of our products creates the possibility of significant product liability and warranty claims, which could harm our business.

Customers use some of our products in potentially hazardous applications that can cause injury or loss of life and damage to property, equipment or the environment. In addition, our products are integral to the production process for some end-users and any failure of our products could result in a suspension of operations. Although we maintain quality controls and procedures, we cannot be certain that our products will be completely free from defects. We maintain amounts and types of insurance coverage that we believe are currently adequate and consistent with normal industry practice for a company of our relative size, and we limit our liability by contract wherever possible. However, we cannot guarantee that insurance will be available or adequate to cover all liabilities incurred. We also may not be able to maintain insurance in the future at levels we believe are necessary and at rates we consider reasonable. We may be named as a defendant in product liability or other lawsuits asserting potentially large claims if an accident occurs at a location where our equipment and services have been or are being used.

Environmental compliance costs and liabilities could adversely affect our financial condition.

Our operations and properties are subject to increasingly stringent domestic and foreign laws and regulations relating to environmental protection, including laws and regulations governing air emissions, water discharges, waste management and workplace safety. Under such laws and regulations, we can be subject to substantial fines and sanctions for violations and be required to install costly pollution control equipment or put into effect operational changes to limit pollution emissions or decrease the likelihood of accidental hazardous substance releases.

We use and generate hazardous substances and waste in our manufacturing operations. In addition, many of our current and former properties are, or have been, used for industrial purposes. We have been identified as a potentially responsible party with respect to several sites designated for cleanup under U.S. federal “Superfund” or similar state laws that may impose joint and several liability for cleanup of certain waste sites and for related natural resource damages. An accrued liability on our balance sheet reflects costs that are probable and estimable for our projected financial obligations relating to these matters. If we have underestimated our remaining financial obligations, we may face greater exposure that could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, operating costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations. In addition, new laws and regulations, stricter enforcement of existing laws and regulations, the discovery of previously unknown contamination or the imposition of new cleanup requirements could require us to incur costs or become the basis for new or increased liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Third parties may infringe upon our intellectual property or may claim we have infringed their intellectual property, and we may expend significant resources enforcing or defending our rights or suffer competitive injury.

Our success depends in part on the creation, maintenance and protection of our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights. We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality provisions, contractual restrictions and licensing arrangements to establish and protect our proprietary rights. Our nondisclosure agreements and confidentiality agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our proprietary information, technologies and processes, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of breach of such agreements or unauthorized disclosure of such information, and if a competitor lawfully obtains or independently develops our trade secrets, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using such technology or information to compete with us, either of which could harm our competitive

23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

position. Our applications for patent and trademark protection may not be granted, or the claims or scope of such issued patents or registered trademarks may not be sufficiently broad to protect our products. In addition, effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited for some of our trademarks and patents in some foreign countries. We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and police our intellectual property rights, and we cannot guarantee that such efforts will be successful in preventing infringement or misappropriation. If we fail to successfully enforce these intellectual property rights, our competitive position could suffer, which could harm our operating results.

Although we make a significant effort to avoid infringing known proprietary rights of third parties, the steps we take to prevent misappropriation, infringement or other violation of the intellectual property of others may not be successful and from time to time we may receive notice that a third party believes that our products may be infringing certain patents, trademarks or other proprietary rights of such third party. Responding to and defending such claims, regardless of their merit, can be costly and time-consuming, can divert management’s attention and other resources, and we may not prevail. Depending on the resolution of such claims, we may be barred from using a specific technology or other rights, may be required to redesign or re-engineer a product which may require significant resources, may be required to enter into licensing arrangements from the third party claiming infringement (which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all), or may become liable for significant damages.

If any of the foregoing occurs, our ability to compete could be affected or our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We face risks associated with our pension and other postretirement benefit obligations.

We have both funded and unfunded pension and other postretirement benefit plans worldwide. As of December 31, 2016, our projected benefit obligations under our pension and other postretirement benefit plans exceeded the fair value of plan assets by an aggregate of approximately $124.4 million (“unfunded status”), compared to $115.5 million as of December 31, 2015. Estimates for the amount and timing of the future funding obligations of these benefit plans are based on various assumptions. These assumptions include discount rates, rates of compensation increases, expected long-term rates of return on plan assets and expected healthcare cost trend rates. If our assumptions prove incorrect, our funding obligations may increase, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

We have invested the plan assets of our funded benefit plans in various equity and debt securities. A deterioration in the value of plan assets could cause the unfunded status of these benefit plans to increase, thereby increasing our obligation to make additional contributions to these plans. An obligation to make contributions to our benefit plans could reduce the cash available for working capital and other corporate uses, and may have an adverse impact on our operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Our success depends on our executive management and other key personnel.

Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our executive management and other key personnel and their ability to provide us with uninterrupted leadership and direction. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers or a failure to provide adequate succession plans for key personnel could have an adverse impact. The availability of highly qualified talent is limited, and the competition for talent is robust. However, we provide long-term equity incentives and certain other benefits for our executive officers which provide incentives for them to make a long-term commitment to us. Our future success will also depend on our ability to have adequate succession plans in place and to attract, retain and develop qualified personnel. A failure to efficiently replace executive management members and other key personnel and to attract, retain and develop new qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our operations and implementation of our strategic plan.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial indebtedness could have important adverse consequences and adversely affect our financial condition.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2016, we had total indebtedness of $2,778.3 million, and as adjusted for this offering and the use of net proceeds therefrom, we would have had total indebtedness of $      million, and we had availability under the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined

24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

below) and the Receivables Financing Agreement (as defined below) of $344.3 million and $53.2 million, respectively. For a complete description of the Company’s credit facilities and definitions of capitalized terms used in this section, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Description of Indebtedness.”

Our high level of debt could have important consequences, including: making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt; limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or other general corporate requirements; requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions; exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities (as defined below), are at variable rates of interest; limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industries in which we compete; placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors; increasing our cost of borrowing; and hampering our ability to execute on our growth strategy.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or refinance, our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control (as well as and including those factors discussed under “—Risks Related to Our Business” above). We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flow from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.

If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we could face substantial liquidity problems and could be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures or to dispose of material assets or operations, seek additional debt or equity capital, or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to implement any such alternative measures on commercially reasonable terms or at all and, even if successful, those alternative actions may not allow us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we will be in default and the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility could terminate their commitments to loan money, and our secured lenders (including the lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) could foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Despite our level of indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, including off-balance sheet financing, contractual obligations and general and commercial liabilities. This could further exacerbate the risks to our financial condition described above.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future, including off-balance sheet financings, contractual obligations and general and commercial liabilities. Although the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. In addition, we can increase the borrowing availability under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities by up to $250 million in the form of additional commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility and/or incremental term loans plus an additional amount so long as we do not exceed a specified senior secured leverage ratio. We also can incur additional secured indebtedness under the Term Loan Facilities (as defined below) if certain specified conditions are met under the credit agreement governing the Term Loan Facilities. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.

The terms of the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us

25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our best interest, including restrictions on our ability to: incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; pay dividends, make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem capital stock; prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt; make loans, investments and other restricted payments; sell or otherwise dispose of assets; incur liens; enter into transactions with affiliates; enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets; make needed capital expenditures; make strategic acquisitions, investments or enter into joint ventures; plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business strategies; and engage in business activities, including future opportunities, that may be in our interest.

A breach of the covenants under the credit agreement governing the Senior Secured Credit Facilities or the indenture governing the Senior Notes could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt principal and/or related interest payments and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities would permit the lenders under our Revolving Credit Facility to terminate all commitments to extend further credit under that facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, those lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. In the event our lenders or noteholders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings and/or interest, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and our Receivables Financing Agreement are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed will remain the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease.

We utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness and we will be exposed to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness or non-performance of these instruments.

We have entered into pay-fixed interest rate swaps instruments to limit our exposure to changes in variable interest rates. Such instruments will result in economic losses should interest rates not rise above the pay-fixed interest rate in the derivative contracts. We will be exposed to credit-related losses which could impact the results of operations in the event of fluctuations in the fair value of the interest rate swaps due to a change in the credit worthiness or non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swaps. See Note 16 “Hedging Activities, Derivative Instruments and Credit Risk” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

If the financial institutions that are part of the syndicate of our Revolving Credit Facility fail to extend credit under our facility or reduce the borrowing base under our Revolving Credit Facility, our liquidity and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We have access to capital through our Revolving Credit Facility, which is part of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Each financial institution which is part of the syndicate for our Revolving Credit Facility is responsible on a several, but not joint, basis for providing a portion of the loans to be made under our facility. If any participant or group of participants with a significant portion of the commitments in our Revolving Credit Facility fails to satisfy its or their respective obligations to extend credit under the facility and we are unable to find a replacement for such participant or participants on a timely basis (if at all), our liquidity may be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

KKR will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

Upon the completion of this offering, affiliates of KKR will own approximately       % of the outstanding shares of our common stock (or       % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in

26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

full). As long as affiliates of KKR own or control a significant amount of our outstanding voting power, KKR and its affiliates have the ability to exercise substantial control over all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, irrespective of how our other stockholders may vote, including:

the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors;
any amendment of our articles of incorporation or bylaws; or
the approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions, including a sale of substantially all of our assets.

Moreover, ownership of our shares by affiliates of KKR may also adversely affect the trading price for our common stock to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning shares of a company with a controlling shareholder. In addition, KKR is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with our business, as well as businesses that are significant existing or potential customers. KKR may acquire or seek to acquire assets that we seek to acquire and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us or may be more expensive for us to pursue, and as a result, the interests of KKR may not coincide with the interests of our other stockholders.

Upon the listing of our shares on     , we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After completion of this offering, affiliates of KKR will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of    . Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

we have a board of directors that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;
we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and
director nominations be made, or recommended to the full board, by our independent directors or by a nominating and corporate governance committee that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

After we cease to be a “controlled company,” we will be required to comply with the above referenced requirements within one year.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize certain of these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors or our compensation committee. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of    .

Provisions of our corporate governance documents and Delaware law could make any change in our board of directors or in control of our Company more difficult.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and Delaware law contain provisions, such as provisions authorizing, without a vote of stockholders, the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock, that could make it difficult or expensive for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover attempt that is opposed by our management and board of directors even if such a transaction would be beneficial to our stockholders. We will also have a staggered board of directors that could make it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors in any one year. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public stockholders to change our management or board of directors, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

Prior stockholders have paid substantially less per share for our common stock than the price in this offering. The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book deficit per share of outstanding common stock prior to completion of the offering. Based on our net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2016 and upon the issuance and sale of shares of common stock by us at an initial public offering price of $       per share, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by our existing stockholders for their shares and you will suffer immediate dilution of approximately $       per share in net tangible book value. Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering will exceed the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock upon completion of this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, or if outstanding options to purchase our common stock are exercised, you will experience additional dilution. You may experience additional dilution upon future equity issuances or the exercise of SARS or stock options to purchase common stock granted to our employees, executive officers and directors under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan or other omnibus incentive plans. See “Dilution.”

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we intend to apply to list our common stock on     under the symbol “       ,” an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

Our operating results and share price may be volatile, and the market price of our common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future as a publicly traded company. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. We and the underwriters will negotiate to determine the initial public offering price. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price, or at all. Our operating results and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

market conditions in the broader stock market;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;
introduction of new products or services by us or our competitors;
the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
changes in, or failure to meet, earnings estimates or recommendations by research analysts who track our common stock or the stock of other companies in our industries;
strategic actions by us, our customers or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations or termination of coverage of our common stock by securities analysts;
guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance, or our failure to meet this guidance;
sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;
the granting or exercise of employee stock options;
volume of trading in our common stock;
additions or departures of key personnel;
regulatory or political developments;
litigation and governmental investigations;
changing economic conditions;
defaults on our indebtedness; and
exchange rate fluctuations.

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. While we believe that operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indication of future results, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. After this offering, we will have outstanding        shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016. This includes        shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately, and assumes no exercises of outstanding options or SARs. Substantially all of the shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period provided under agreements executed in connection with this offering. Under certain circumstances, these shares will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up agreements and other restrictions on transfer as described in the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” section of this prospectus. Affiliates of KKR have demand registration rights and they and certain of our stockholders have “piggyback” registration rights with respect to future registered offerings of our common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” for more detail. Affiliates of KKR and other stockholders, who collectively are expected to own       % of our common stock after this offering, may sell shares of our common stock after the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” section of this prospectus. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions contained in current or future financing instruments and other factors that our board of directors deem relevant. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends is limited by restrictions on the ability of our operating subsidiaries to make distributions, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our debt. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Dividend Policy” for more detail.

Because a significant portion of our operations is conducted through our subsidiaries, we are largely dependent on our receipt of distributions or other payments from our subsidiaries for cash to fund all of our operations and expenses, including to make future dividend payments, if any.

A significant portion of our operations is conducted through our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to service our debt or to make future dividend payments or other distributions, if any, is largely dependent on the earnings of our subsidiaries and the payment of those earnings to us in the form of dividends, loans or advances and through repayment of loans or advances from us. Payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings and other business considerations and may be subject to statutory or contractual restrictions. We do not currently expect to declare or pay dividends and other distributions on our common stock for the foreseeable future; however, to the extent that we determine in the future to pay dividends or other distributions on our common stock, the credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the indenture governing the Senior Notes significantly restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us. Further, there may be significant tax and other legal restrictions on the ability of non-U.S. subsidiaries or associates to remit money to us.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our Company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price could decline.

Our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet the standards required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.

As a privately-held company, we were not required to evaluate our internal control over financial reporting in a manner that meets the standards of publicly traded companies required by Section 404(a) (“Section 404”) of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes Oxley Act”). We anticipate being required to meet these standards in the course of preparing our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018, and our management will be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for such year. The rules governing the standards that must be met for our management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation.

In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving a favorable attestation in connection with the attestation provided by our independent registered public

30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accounting firm. In the event we are unable to receive a favorable attestation report in a timely manner, the market price of our common stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by       , the SEC or other regulatory agencies, which could require additional financial and management resources. Additionally, we will be unable to issue securities in the public markets through the use of a shelf registration statement if we are not in compliance with Section 404. Furthermore, failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business and share price and could limit our ability to report our financial results accurately and timely.

We will incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a privately-held company, we were not required to comply with certain corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. As a publicly traded company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we were not required to incur in the recent past. In addition, compliance with new and changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the rules and regulations promulgated and to be promulgated thereunder, as well as under the Sarbanes Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the SEC, and    , will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly. For example, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), will require us, among other things, to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. We also expect that being a public company and being subject to new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors may therefore strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a publicly traded company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a publicly traded company.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of our Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state court sitting in the State of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes provisions limiting the personal liabilityof our directors for breaches of fiduciary duty under the DGCL.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions permitted under the action asserting a claim arising under DGCL relating to the liability of directors. These provisions eliminate a director’s personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, subject to certain circumstances

The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. These provisions do not alter a director’s liability under federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders.

32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain matters we discuss in this prospectus may constitute forward-looking statements. You can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “could,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “potential,” “continue” or similar expressions which concern our strategy, plans, projections or intentions. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, all statements we make relating to revenue, Adjusted EBITDA, Free Cash Flow, earnings, margins, growth rates and other financial results for future periods, as well as business strategy, prospective products, capital expenditures, research and development costs and future investments, timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations and future results of current and anticipated products. By their nature, forward-looking statements: speak only as of the date they are made; are not statements of historical fact or guarantees of future performance; and are subject to risks, uncertainties, assumptions or changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict or quantify. Our expectations, beliefs and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, there can be no assurance that management’s expectations, beliefs and projections will result or be achieved and actual results may vary materially from what is expressed in or indicated by the forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements in this prospectus apply only as of the date made and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

There are a number of risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. Such risks, uncertainties and other important factors include, among others, the risks, uncertainties and factors set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties.

33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $       million from the sale of        shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $       per share, the mid-point of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the net proceeds to us will be approximately $       million.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay certain indebtedness.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, based on the mid-point of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $       million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares to be sold by us in this offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share, the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by $       million.

34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We may, in the future, decide to pay dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions contained in current or future financing instruments and other factors that our board of directors deem relevant. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends is limited by restrictions on the ability of our operating subsidiaries to make distributions, including restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our debt. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Description of Indebtedness” for a description of the restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. We did not declare or pay dividends to the holders of our common stock in the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest in us will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the shares of common stock held by existing stockholders.

Our net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2016 was approximately $(2,352.8) million, or $(      ) per share of our common stock. We calculate net tangible book value per share by taking the amount of our total tangible assets, reduced by the amount of our total liabilities, and then dividing that amount by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding.

After giving effect to our sale of the shares in this offering at an initial public offering price of $       per share, the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, our adjusted net tangible book deficit on December 31, 2016 would have been $(      ) million, or $(      ) per share of our common stock. This amount represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value (or a decrease in net tangible book deficit) of        per share to existing stockholders and an immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value of $       per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share
 
 
 
$
 
 
Net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2016
$
 
 
 
 
 
Increase in tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
$
         
 
 
 
 
Adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering
 
 
 
 
         
 
Dilution per share to new investors
 
 
 
$
 
 

Dilution is determined by subtracting adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock after the offering from the initial public offering price per share of common stock.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after giving effect to the offering would be $(      ) per share. This represents an increase in adjusted net tangible book value (or a decrease in net tangible book value deficit) of $       per share to the existing stockholders and results in dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value of $       per share to new investors.

Assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, a $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial offering price of $       per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net tangible book value attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering by $       per share and the dilution to new investors by $       per share and increase or decrease the adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering by $       per share.

36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2016, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors. As the table shows, new investor purchasing shares in this offering will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid. The table below assumes an initial public offering price of $       per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, for shares purchased in this offering and excludes underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
Shares Purchased
Total Consideration
Average/
Share
 
Number
%
Amount
$
Existing stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
New investors
 
         
 
 
      
%
 
         
 
 
      
%
 
         
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
%
$
 
 
 
 
%
 
 
 

If the underwriters were to fully exercise the underwriters’ option to purchase        additional shares of our common stock, the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders who are directors, officers or affiliated persons would be       % and the percentage of shares of our common stock held by new investors would be       %.

The foregoing tables and calculations are based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of                 , 2016 and excludes:

       shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of        at a weighted average exercise price of $       per share granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan; and
       shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of SARS outstanding as of        at a weighted average strike price of $       per share under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

To the extent any of these outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. To the extent all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of December 31, 2016, the as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering would be $      , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $      .

37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2016:

on an actual basis; and
on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (1) the sale of approximately        shares of our common stock in this offering and (2) the application of the estimated proceeds from the offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $       per share, the mid-point of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read this table in conjunction with the information contained in “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
As of December 31, 2016
(in millions, except shares)
Actual
As Adjusted (1)
Cash and cash equivalents
$
255.8
 
$
         
 
Debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Secured Credit Facility (2) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revolving Credit Facility (3)
$
 
$
 
 
Dollar Term Loan Facility (4)
 
1,833.2
 
 
 
 
Euro Term Loan Facility (5)
 
405.5
 
 
 
 
Receivables Financing Agreement (6)
 
 
 
 
 
Senior Notes
 
575.0
 
 
 
 
Second Mortgages (7)
 
1.9
 
 
 
 
Capitalized leases
 
21.6
 
 
 
 
Unamortized debt issuance costs (8)
 
(58.9
)
 
 
 
Total debt
$
2,778.3
 
$
 
 
Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value (1,000,000,000 shares authorized,           shares issued and           shares outstanding, actual ;           shares authorized and           shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted )
$
2.5
 
$
 
 
Capital in excess of par value
 
1,221.5
 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(342.4
)
 
 
 
Treasury stock at cost;           shares, actual
 
(19.4
)
 
 
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(596.2
)
 
 
 
Noncontrolling interests
 
5.8
 
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
$
271.8
 
 
 
 
Total capitalization
$
3,050.1
 
$
 
 
(1) To the extent we change the number of shares of common stock sold by us in this offering from the shares we expect to sell or we change the initial public offering price from the assumed initial offering price of $       per share, the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, or any combination of these events occurs, the net proceeds to us from this offering and each of the total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization may increase or decrease. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share of the common stock, assuming no change in the number of shares of common stock to be sold, would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $      . An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the expected number of shares to be sold in the offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial offering price per share, would increase or decrease our net proceeds from this offering and our total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $      .
(2) The Senior Secured Credit Facility provides senior secured financing in the equivalent of approximately $2,785.0 million, initially consisting of: (i) a senior secured term loan facility (the “Dollar Term Loan Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $1,900.0 million; (ii) a senior secured term loan facility (the “Euro Term Loan Facility” and, together with the Dollar Term Loan Facility, the “Term Loan Facilities”) in an aggregate principal amount of €400.0 million; and (iii) a senior secured revolving credit

38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million available to be drawn in U.S. dollars, Euros, British Pound and other acceptable foreign currencies, subject to certain sublimits for the foreign currencies and subject to reductions in the aggregate principal amount. See footnote (3) below.

(3) The Revolving Credit Facility provides for aggregate borrowings of up to $360.0 million through July 30, 2018, after which the aggregate borrowing capacity decreases to $269.9 million, due to the maturity of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility provided by lenders that elected not to extend the maturity date of their commitments to July 30, 2020. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had no borrowings and $15.7 million of letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility and there was $344.3 million of availability under the Revolving Credit Facility.
(4) Net of $5.0 million of unamortized original issue discounts.
(5) Net of $1.4 million of unamortized original issue discounts.
(6) The receivables financing agreement (“Receivables Financing Agreement”) provides for aggregate borrowings of up to $75.0 million governed by a borrowing base. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had no borrowings and $21.8 million of letters of credit outstanding under the Receivables Financing Agreement and there was $53.2 million of availability under the Receivables Financing Agreement.
(7) Represents a fixed-rate commercial loan secured by the Company’s facility in Neustadt, Germany.
(8) As adjusted column gives effect to the write-off of approximately $    million of unamortized debt issuance costs in connection with the repayment of $    million of our     with net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Set forth below is our selected historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the period from July 30, 2013 through December 31, 2013 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto not included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of July 29, 2013 and December 31, 2012, for the period from January 1, 2013 through July 29, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 have been derived from the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto of Gardner Denver, Inc., our “accounting predecessor,” not included in this prospectus.

Selected historical consolidated financial data are presented for two periods: Predecessor and Successor, which relate to the period preceding the KKR Transaction and the period succeeding the KKR Transaction, respectively. The Company refers to the operations of our accounting predecessor and its subsidiaries for the Predecessor period and the operations of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and subsidiaries for the Successor periods. The financial Successor and Predecessor financial statements are not comparable as a result of the application of acquisition accounting and changes in the Company’s capital structure resulting from the KKR Transaction.

The selected historical consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
Successor
Predecessor
(in millions)
Year ended
December 31,
2016
Year ended
December 31,
2015
Year ended
December 31,
2014 (1)
July 30, 2013 –
December 31,
2013 (1) (2)
January 1,
2013 – July 29,
2013 (2)
Year ended
December 31,
2012 (2)
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
1,939.4
 
$
2,126.9
 
$
2,570.0
 
$
978.4
 
$
1,231.6
 
$
2,355.5
 
Cost of sales
 
1,222.7
 
 
1,347.8
 
 
1,633.2
 
 
666.5
 
 
799.5
 
 
1,525.5
 
Gross profit
 
716.7
 
 
779.1
 
 
936.8
 
 
311.9
 
 
432.1
 
 
830.0
 
Selling and administrative expenses
 
414.3
 
 
427.0
 
 
476.0
 
 
193.7
 
 
263.8
 
 
408.2
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
124.2
 
 
115.4
 
 
113.3
 
 
111.9
 
 
9.9
 
 
20.1
 
Impairment of goodwill
 
 
 
343.3
 
 
220.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment of other intangible assets
 
25.3
 
 
78.1
 
 
14.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other operating expense, net
 
48.6
 
 
20.7
 
 
64.3
 
 
76.9
 
 
46.5
 
 
28.9
 
Operating income (loss)
 
104.3
 
 
(205.4
)
 
48.2
 
 
(70.6
)
 
111.9
 
 
372.8
 
Interest expense
 
170.3
 
 
162.9
 
 
164.4
 
 
65.4
 
 
6.6
 
 
14.7
 
Other income, net
 
(2.8
)
 
(1.6
)
 
(3.3
)
 
(2.1
)
 
(2.0
)
 
(3.5
)
(Loss) income before income taxes
 
(63.2
)
 
(366.7
)
 
(112.9
)
 
(133.9
)
 
107.3
 
 
361.6
 
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
 
(31.9
)
 
(14.7
)
 
23.0
 
 
(59.4
)
 
35.4
 
 
97.1
 
Net (loss) income
 
(31.3
)
 
(352.0
)
 
(135.9
)
 
(74.5
)
 
71.9
 
 
264.5
 
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
5.3
 
 
(0.8
)
 
(0.9
)
 
(1.1
)
 
0.7
 
 
1.2
 
Net (loss) income attributable to Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
$
(36.6
)
$
(351.2
)
$
(135.0
)
$
(73.4
)
$
71.2
 
$
263.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per share, basic and diluted
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
Weighted average shares, basic and diluted
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 

40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Successor
Predecessor
(in millions)
Year ended
December 31,
2016
Year ended
December 31,
2015
Year ended
December 31,
2014 (1)
July 30, 2013 –
December 31,
2013 (1) (2)
January 1,
2013 – July 29,
2013 (2)
Year ended
December 31,
2012 (2)
Statement of Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows – operating activities
$
165.6
 
$
172.1
 
$
141.8
 
$
(15.2
)
$
77.4
 
$
288.8
 
Cash flows – investing activities
 
(82.1
)
 
(84.0
)
 
(155.4
)
 
(3,806.7
)
 
(15.1
)
 
(40.7
)
Cash flows – financing activities
 
(43.0
)
 
(35.0
)
 
(3.7
)
 
3,929.5
 
 
(205.0
)
 
(151.6
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
255.8
 
$
228.3
 
$
184.2
 
$
218.7
 
$
107.4
 
$
254.0
 
Total assets
 
4,316.0
 
 
4,462.0
 
 
5,107.1
 
 
5,420.7
 
 
2,376.4
 
 
2,501.8
 
Total liabilities
 
4,044.2
 
 
4,056.5
 
 
4,218.5
 
 
4,226.4
 
 
847.3
 
 
1,047.6
 
Total stockholders’ equity
 
271.8
 
 
405.5
 
 
888.6
 
 
1,194.3
 
 
1,529.1
 
 
1,454.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Financial Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA (3)
$
400.7
 
$
418.9
 
$
537.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted Net Income (3)
 
57.2
 
 
54.1
 
 
154.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
74.4
 
 
71.0
 
 
73.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Free Cash Flow (3)
 
91.2
 
 
101.1
 
 
68.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Debt issuance costs have been reclassified in the Successor periods ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 from total assets to total liabilities in accordance with ASU 2015-13 to conform with the presentation for the periods ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.
(2) During 2016, the Company modified its presentation of research and development expenditures within the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Under the modified presentation, research and development expenditures are included within the operating expense line “Selling and administrative expenses”, whereas they were previously included in “Cost of Sales”. All periods presented conform to the modified presentation. The amounts reclassified were $10.7 million, $14.9 million and $25.6 million for the period July 30, 2013 to December 31, 2013, the period January 1, 2013 to July 29, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.
(3) We report our financial results in accordance with GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use the following measures in this prospectus: “Adjusted EBITDA,” “Adjusted Net Income” and “Free Cash Flow.” Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are helpful supplemental measures to assist us and investors in evaluating our operating results as they exclude certain items whose fluctuation from period to period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the operations of our business. Adjusted EBITDA represents net (loss) income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted to exclude certain non-cash, non-recurring and other adjustment items. We believe that the adjustments applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and about non-recurring items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future. Adjusted Net Income is defined as net income (loss) including interest, depreciation and amortization and excluding other items used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA and further adjusted for the tax effect of these exclusions.

We use Free Cash Flow to review the liquidity of our operations. We measure Free Cash Flow as cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditures. We believe Free Cash Flow is a useful supplemental financial measure for us and investors in assessing our ability to pursue business opportunities and investments and to service our debt. Free Cash Flow is not a measure of our liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities.

As a result, we and our board of directors regularly use these measures as tools in evaluating our operating and financial performance and in establishing discretionary annual compensation. Such measures are provided in addition to, and should not be considered to be a substitute for, or superior to, the comparable measure under GAAP. In addition, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow are frequently used by investors, analysts and other interested parties in the evaluation of issuers, many of which also present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow when reporting their results in an effort to facilitate an understanding of their operating and financial results and liquidity.

Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or other performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider such measures either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP.

41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Set forth below are the reconciliations of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income and cash flows from operating activities to Free Cash Flow.

 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
2015
2014
Net loss
$
(31.3
)
$
(352.0
)
$
(135.9
)
Plus:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
170.3
 
 
162.9
 
 
164.4
 
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
 
(31.9
)
 
(14.7
)
 
23.0
 
Depreciation and amortization expense
 
172.7
 
 
163.0
 
 
160.4
 
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (a)
 
25.3
 
 
421.4
 
 
235.0
 
Sponsor fees (b)
 
4.8
 
 
4.6
 
 
3.7
 
Restructuring and related business transformation costs (c)
 
78.7
 
 
31.4
 
 
36.6
 
Acquisition related expenses and non-cash charges (d)
 
4.3
 
 
4.8
 
 
9.8
 
Environmental remediation loss reserve (e)
 
5.6
 
 
 
 
 
Other adjustments (f)
 
2.2
 
 
(2.5
)
 
40.6
 
Adjusted EBITDA
$
400.7
 
$
418.9
 
$
537.6
 
Minus:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
170.3
 
 
162.9
 
 
164.4
 
Income tax provision, as adjusted (g)
 
0.5
 
 
38.9
 
 
58.4
 
Depreciation and amortization expense
 
172.7
 
 
163.0
 
 
160.4
 
Adjusted Net Income
$
57.2
 
$
54.1
 
$
154.4
 
Free Cash Flow
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows — operating activities
$
165.6
 
$
172.1
 
$
141.8
 
Minus:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
74.4
 
 
71.0
 
 
73.5
 
Free Cash Flow
$
91.2
 
$
101.1
 
$
68.3
 
(a) Represents non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.
(b) Represents management fees paid to KKR pursuant to a monitoring agreement. In connection with this offering, the monitoring agreement will be terminated in accordance with its terms. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Arrangements with KKR—Monitoring Agreement.”
(c) Restructuring and related business transformation costs consist of the following:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
2015
2014
Restructuring charges
$
32.9
 
$
4.7
 
$
5.9
 
Severance, sign-on, relocation and executive search costs
 
22.4
 
 
18.4
 
 
15.5
 
Facility reorganization, relocation and other costs
 
8.7
 
 
1.6
 
 
0.4
 
Information technology infrastructure transformation
 
2.3
 
 
 
 
 
Losses (gains) on asset and business disposals
 
0.1
 
 
(4.5
)
 
1.0
 
Consultant and other advisor fees
 
9.7
 
 
10.1
 
 
13.8
 
Other, net
 
2.6
 
 
1.1
 
 
 
Total restructuring and related business transformation costs
$
78.7
 
$
31.4
 
$
36.6
 
(d) Represents costs associated with successful and/or abandoned acquisitions, including third-party expenses, post-closure integration costs and non-cash charges and credits arising from fair value purchase accounting adjustments.
(e) Represents estimated environmental remediation costs and losses relating to a former production facility.
(f) Includes (i) foreign exchange gains and losses, (ii) non-cash impact of net LIFO reserve adjustments, (iii) effects of amortization of prior service costs and amortization of gains in pension and other postemployment benefits (OPEB) expense, (iv) certain legal and compliance costs, (v) shareholder litigation settlement loss ($30.0 million in 2014), (vi) costs to exit and settle loss contracts ($10.1 million in 2014) and (vii) other miscellaneous adjustments.
(g) Represents our income tax provision adjusted for the tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted Net Income and the removal of the applicable discrete tax items. The tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted Net Income is computed using the statutory tax rate related to the jurisdiction that was impacted by the adjustment after taking into account the impact of permanent differences and valuation allowances. Discrete tax items include changes in tax laws or rates, changes in uncertain tax positions relating to prior years and changes in valuation allowances.

Income tax provision, as adjusted for each of the periods presented below consists of the following:

 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
2015
2014
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
$
(31.9
)
$
(14.7
)
$
23.0
 
Tax impact of pre-tax income adjustments
 
37.6
 
 
43.7
 
 
37.6
 
Discrete tax items
 
(5.2
)
 
9.9
 
 
(2.2
)
Income tax provision, as adjusted
$
0.5
 
$
38.9
 
$
58.4
 

42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion contains management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations and should be read together with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Executive Overview

Our Company

We are a leading global provider of mission-critical flow control and compression equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services, which we sell across multiple attractive end-markets within the industrial, energy and medical industries. We manufacture one of the broadest and most complete ranges of compressor, pump, vacuum and blower products in our markets, which, combined with our global geographic footprint and application expertise, allows us to provide differentiated product and service offerings to our customers. Our products are sold under a collection of premier, market-leading brands, including Gardner Denver, CompAir, Nash, Emco Wheaton, Robuschi, Elmo Rietschle and Thomas, which we believe are globally recognized in their respective end-markets and known for product quality, reliability, efficiency and superior customer service. These attributes, along with over 155 years of engineering heritage, generate strong brand loyalty for our products and foster long-standing customer relationships, which we believe have resulted in leading market positions within each of our operating segments. We have sales in more than 175 countries and our diverse customer base utilizes our products across a wide array of end-markets that have favorable near- and long-term growth prospects, including industrial manufacturing, energy (with particular exposure to the North American upstream land-based market), transportation, medical and laboratory sciences, food and beverage packaging and chemical processing.

Our products and services are critical to the processes and systems in which they are utilized, which are often complex and function in harsh conditions where the cost of failure or downtime is high. However, our products and services typically represent only a small portion of the costs of the overall systems or functions that they support. As a result, our customers place a high value on our application expertise, product reliability and the responsiveness of our service. To support our customers and market presence, we maintain significant global scale with 37 key manufacturing facilities, more than 30 complementary service and repair centers across six continents and approximately 6,200 employees worldwide as of December 31, 2016.

The process-critical nature of our product applications, coupled with the standard wear and tear replacement cycles associated with the usage of our products, generates opportunities to support customers with our broad portfolio of aftermarket parts, consumables and services. Customers place a high value on minimizing any time their operations are offline. As a result, the availability of replacement parts, consumables and our repair and support services are key components of our value proposition. Our large installed base of products provides a recurring revenue stream through our aftermarket parts, consumables and services offerings. As a result, our aftermarket revenue is significant, representing 35% of total Company revenue and approximately 40% of our combined Industrials and Energy segments’ revenue.

Our Segments

We report our results of operations through three reportable segments: Industrials, Energy and Medical.

Industrials

We design, manufacture, market and service a broad range of air compression, vacuum and blower products, including associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services, across a wide array of technologies and applications for use in diverse end-markets. Compressors are used to increase the pressure of air or gas, vacuum products are used to remove air or gas in order to reduce the pressure below atmospheric levels and blower products are used to produce a high volume of air or gas at low pressure. Almost every manufacturing and

43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

industrial facility, and many service and process industry applications, use air compression, vacuum and blower products in a variety of process-critical applications, such as the operation of power industrial air tools, vacuum packaging of food products and aeration of waste water, among others. We offer one of the broadest portfolios of compression, vacuum and blower technology in our markets, which we believe, alongside our geographic footprint, allows us to provide differentiated service to our customers globally and maintain leading positions in many of our end-markets. We sell our Industrials products through an integrated network of direct sales representatives and independent distributors, which is strategically tailored to meet the dynamics of each target geography or end-market. In 2016, the Industrials segment generated Segment Revenue of $1,082.4 million and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $217.6 million, reflecting a Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin of 20.1%.

Energy

We design, manufacture, market and service a diverse range of positive displacement pumps, liquid ring vacuum pumps, compressors and integrated systems, engineered fluid loading and transfer equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services. The highly-engineered products offered by our Energy segment serve customers across upstream, downstream and midstream energy markets, as well as petrochemical processing, transportation and general industrial sectors. Our positive displacement pumps are fit-for-purpose to meet the demands and challenges of modern unconventional drilling and hydraulic fracturing activity, particularly in the major basins in the North American land market. The products we sell into upstream energy applications are highly aftermarket-intensive, and so we support these products in the field with one of the industry’s most comprehensive service networks, which encompasses locations across all major basins and shale plays in the North American land market. Our liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors are highly-engineered products specifically designed for continuous duty in harsh environments to serve a wide range of applications, including oil and gas refining and processing, mining, chemical processing, petrochemical and industrial applications. Finally, our engineered fluid loading and transfer equipment and systems ensure the safe and efficient transportation and transfer of petroleum products as well as certain other liquid commodity products to serve a wide range of industries. In 2016, the Energy segment generated Segment Revenue of $628.4 million and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $143.8 million, reflecting a Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 22.9%.

Medical

We design, manufacture and market a broad range of highly specialized gas, liquid and precision syringe pumps and compressors that are specified by medical and laboratory equipment suppliers and integrated into their final equipment for use in applications, such as oxygen therapy, blood dialysis, patient monitoring, laboratory sterilization and wound treatment, among others. We offer a comprehensive product portfolio across a breadth of pump technologies to address the medical and laboratory sciences pump and fluid handling industry, as well as a range of end-use vacuum products for laboratory science applications, and we recently expanded into liquid pumps and automated liquid handling components and systems. Our product performance, quality and long-term reliability are often mission-critical in healthcare applications. We are one of the largest product suppliers in the markets we serve and have long-standing customer relationships with industry-leading medical and laboratory equipment providers. In 2016, the Medical segment generated Segment Revenue of $228.7 million and Segment Adjusted EBITDA of $61.9 million, reflecting a Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin of 27.1%.

Components of Our Revenue and Expenses

Revenues

We generate revenue from sales of our highly-engineered, application-critical products and by providing associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services. We sell our products and deliver aftermarket services both directly to end-users and through independent distribution channels, depending on the product line and geography. Below is a description of our revenues by segment and factors impacting total revenues.

Industrials Revenue

Our Industrials Segment Revenues are generated primarily through sales of air compression, vacuum and blower products to customers in multiple industries and geographies. A significant portion of our sales in the Industrials segment are made to independent distributors. Revenue is recognized when products are shipped or delivered, title and risk of loss are passed to the customer and collection is reasonably assured. Our large

44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

installed base of products in our Industrials segment drives demand for recurring aftermarket support services primarily composed of replacement parts sales to our distribution partners and, to a lesser extent, by directly providing replacement parts and repair and maintenance services to end customers. Revenue for services is recognized when services are performed. Historically, our shipments and revenues have peaked during the fourth quarter as our customers seek to fully utilize annual capital spending budgets.

Energy Revenue

Our Energy Segment Revenues are generated primarily through sales of positive displacement pumps, liquid ring vacuum pumps, compressors and integrated systems and engineered fluid loading and transfer equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services for use primarily in upstream, midstream, downstream and petrochemical end-markets across multiple geographies. Certain contracts with customers in the mid- and downstream and petrochemical markets are higher sales value and often have longer lead times and involve more application specific engineering. Revenue is recognized when products are shipped or delivered, title and risk of loss are passed to the customer. As a result, the timing of these contracts can result in significant variation in reported revenue from quarter to quarter. Our large installed base of products in our Energy segment drives demand for recurring aftermarket support services to customers, including replacement parts, consumables and repair and maintenance services. Revenue for services is recognized when services are performed. In response to customer demand for faster access to aftermarket parts and repair services, we expanded our direct aftermarket service locations in our Energy segment, particularly in North American markets driven by upstream energy activity. Energy segment products and aftermarket parts, consumables and services are sold both directly to end customers and through independent distributors, depending on the product category and geography.

Medical Revenue

Our Medical Segment Revenues are generated primarily through sales of highly specialized gas, liquid and precision syringe pumps that are specified by medical and laboratory equipment suppliers for use in medical and laboratory applications. Our products are often subject to extensive collaborative design and specification requirements, as they are generally components specifically designed for, and integrated into, our customers’ products. Revenue is recognized when products are shipped or delivered, title and risk of loss pass to the customer, and collection is reasonably assured. Our Medical segment has no substantive aftermarket revenues.

Expenses

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes the costs we incur, including purchased materials, labor and overhead related to manufactured products and aftermarket parts sold during a period. Depreciation related to manufacturing equipment and facilities is included in cost of sales. Purchased materials represent the majority of costs of sales, with steel, aluminum, copper and partially finished castings representing our most significant materials inputs. We have instituted a global sourcing strategy to take advantage of coordinated purchasing opportunities of key materials across our manufacturing plant locations.

Cost of sales for services includes the direct costs we incur, including direct labor, parts and other overhead costs including depreciation of equipment and facilities, to deliver repair, maintenance and other field services to our customers.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses consist of (i) salaries and other employee-related expenses for our selling and administrative functions and other activities not associated with the manufacture of products or delivery of services to customers; (ii) facility operating expenses for selling and administrative activities, including office rent, maintenance, depreciation and insurance; (iii) marketing and direct costs of selling products and services to customers including internal and external sales commissions; (iv) professional and consultant fees; (v) sponsor fees and expenses; and (vi) other miscellaneous expenses. Certain corporate expenses, including those related to our shared service centers in the United States and Europe, that directly benefit our businesses are allocated to our business segments. Certain corporate administrative expenses, including corporate executive compensation, treasury, certain information technology, internal audit and tax compliance, are not allocated to the business segments.

45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization of intangible assets includes the periodic amortization of intangible assets recognized when an affiliate of KKR acquired us on July 30, 2013 and intangible assets recognized in connection with businesses we acquired since July 30, 2013, including customer relationships and trademarks.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets includes non-cash charges we recognized for the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.

Other Operating Expense, net

Other operating expense, net includes foreign currency gains and losses, restructuring charges, certain litigation and contract settlement losses, environmental remediation and other miscellaneous operating expenses.

Benefit or Provision for Income Taxes

The benefit or provision for income taxes includes U.S. federal, state and local income taxes and all non-U.S. income taxes. We are subject to income tax in approximately 30 jurisdictions outside of the United States. Because we conduct operations on a global basis, our effective tax rate depends, and will continue to depend, on the geographic distribution of our pre-tax earnings among several different taxing jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate can also vary based on changes in the tax rates of the different jurisdictions, the availability of tax credits and non-deductible items.

Items Affecting our Reported Results

General Economic Conditions and Capital Spending in the Industries We Serve

Our financial results closely follow changes in the industries and end-markets we serve. Demand for most of our products depends on the level of new capital investment and planned and unplanned maintenance expenditures by our customers. The level of capital expenditures depends, in turn, on the general economic conditions as well as access to capital at reasonable cost. In particular, demand for our Industrials products generally correlates with the rate of total industrial capacity utilization and the rate of change of industrial production. Capacity utilization rates above 80% have historically indicated a strong demand environment for industrial equipment. In our Energy segment demand for our products are influenced heavily by energy prices and the expectation as to future trends in those prices. Energy prices have historically been cyclical in nature and are affected by a wide range of factors. As energy prices start improving from low levels observed in the first half of 2016, we expect global land rig count, wells and footage drilled as well as drilling and completion capital expenditures to positively impact our results of operations. In our Medical segment we expect demand for our products to be driven by favorable trends, including the growth in healthcare spend and expansion of healthcare systems due to an aging population requiring medical care and increased investment in health solutions and safety infrastructures in emerging economies. Over longer time periods, we believe that demand for all of our products also tends to follow economic growth patterns indicated by the rates of change in the GDP around the world. Our ability to grow and our financial performance will also be affected by our ability to address a variety of challenges and opportunities that are a consequence of our global operations, including efficiently utilizing our global sales, manufacturing and distribution capabilities and engineering innovative new product applications for end-users in a variety of geographic markets.

Foreign Currency Fluctuations

A significant portion of our revenues, approximately 61% for the year ended December 31, 2016, was denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Because much of our manufacturing facilities and labor force costs are outside the United States, a significant portion of our costs are also denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Changes in foreign exchange rates can therefore impact our results of operations and are quantified when significant to our discussion.

Seasonality

Historically, our shipments and revenues have peaked during the fourth quarter as our customers seek to fully utilize annual capital spending budgets. Also, our EMEA operations generally experience a slowdown during July, August and December holiday seasons. General economic conditions may, however, impact future seasonal variations.

46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations

As a result of a number of factors, our historical results of operations are not comparable from period to period and may not be comparable to our financial results of operations in future periods. Key factors affecting the comparability of our results of operations are summarized below.

Significant Downturn in Upstream Energy in 2015 and 2016

Decline in the upstream energy industry since 2014 has negatively impacted our financial results. As the annual average daily closing West Texas Intermediate spot market crude oil prices declined from $92.89 in 2014 to $48.80 in 2015 and $43.42 in 2016, many exploration and production companies scaled back drilling activity. As a result, according to Baker Hughes, Inc., the annual average weekly U.S. land rig count declined from 1,804 in 2014 to 943 in 2015 and 486 in 2016, and, according to Spears & Associates, Inc., the annual average monthly new wells drilled in the United States declined from 3,857 in 2014 to 2,398 in 2015 and 1,093 in 2016. With these precipitous declines in exploration and production activity, many oilfield service companies deferred maintenance and growth capital expenditures.

We sell products and provide services to customers in upstream energy markets, primarily in the United States. For the upstream energy end-market, in our Energy segment we manufacture pumps and associated aftermarket products and services used in drilling, hydraulic fracturing and well service applications, while in our Industrials segment we sell dry bulk frac sand blowers, which are used in hydraulic fracturing operations. We refer to these products and services in the Energy and Industrial segments as “upstream energy.” Our Medical segment is not exposed to the upstream energy industry.

Our exposure to upstream energy production levels, coupled with reduced exploration activity and the deferral of maintenance and growth capital expenditures by upstream energy companies, negatively impacted our financial results in 2015 and 2016. We believe it is helpful to consider the impact of our exposure to upstream energy in evaluating our 2014, 2015 and 2016 Segment Revenue and Segment Adjusted EBITDA, in order to better understand other drivers of our performance during those periods, including operational improvements from the execution of our business transformation. For the Energy segment, we assess the impact of our exposure to upstream energy as the portion of Energy Segment Adjusted EBITDA of the business unit serving the upstream energy market. For the Industrials segment, we assess the impact as the standard profit on the specific upstream energy market products.

Foreign Currency

The value of the U.S. dollar has strengthened significantly relative to many currencies during the period from 2014 to 2016. For example, the rate of exchange of the U.S. dollar to Euro changed from an average rate of approximately $1.32 to €1 during 2014 to an average rate of approximately $1.10 to €1 during 2016. More than 60% of our 2016 revenues were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Consequently, changes in foreign exchange rates have significantly impacted our results of operations and financial position during 2014 through 2016. We believe it is helpful to consider the impact of changes in foreign currencies in evaluating the 2016, 2015 and 2014 financial performance of our Company and our three segments.

See “—Segment Results—Segment Results for Years Ended 2016, 2015 and 2014.”

Restructuring and Other Business Transformation Initiatives

Our top priority since the completion of the KKR Transaction in 2013 has been the transformation of our business. As a result of our operational excellence initiatives that commenced in 2014 to streamline our cost structure and support margin expansion, including through manufacturing footprint reduction, selling and administrative expense efficiency, and strategic sourcing, we have achieved during the periods presented, and expect to continue to achieve in future periods, significant structural cost reductions in our Industrials, Energy and Medical segments. We incurred expenses of $32.9 million, $4.7 million and $5.1 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, in connection with the implementation of these initiatives.

Acquisitions

Given our global reach, market leading position in our various product categories, strong channel access and aftermarket presence and operational excellence competency, our Company provides an attractive acquisition

47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

platform in the flow control and compression equipment sectors. Part of our strategy for growth is to acquire complementary flow control and compression equipment businesses, which provide access to new technologies or geographies or improve our aftermarket offerings.

In October 2014, we acquired a manufacturer of liquid ring compressors and packaged systems for approximately $81.8 million, which allowed us to broaden our liquid ring technology offerings in our Energy segment. In April 2015, we acquired a manufacturer of precision syringe pumps and related technologies for approximately $30.8 million, creating a new automated liquid handling platform within our Medical segment. In August 2016, we built further upon our new automated liquid handling platform and acquired a manufacturer of highly specialized consumable micro-syringes and valves that are used in liquid handling instruments in our Medical segment for approximately $18.8 million.

The revenues for these acquisitions subsequent to the respective dates of acquisition included in our financial results were $89.1 million, $59.8 million and $10.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The operating income (loss) for these acquisitions subsequent to the respective dates of acquisition, including organic growth since acquisition, included in our financial results was $19.6 million, $13.9 million and $(0.8) million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Sponsor Management Fees and Expenses

KKR charges an annual management fee, as well as fees and expenses for services provided. These fees and charges were $4.8 million, $4.6 million and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

Most of our outstanding stock-based compensation awards vest upon the later of a service condition, a liquidity event, such as this offering, or termination of employment. In connection with this offering, we expect to incur $       million in stock-based compensation expense. Furthermore, we expect stock-based compensation to be higher in the future as our awards will be expensed over the requisite service period. See Note 15 “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information about our stock-based compensation plans.

Outlook

Industrials Segment

The mission-critical nature of our Industrials products across manufacturing processes drives a demand environment and outlook that are highly correlated with global and regional industrial production, capacity utilization and long-term GDP growth. In the United States and Europe, we are poised to continue benefiting from expected growth in real GDP, along with an expected rebound in industrial production activity in 2017 and 2018. In APAC, despite the recent deceleration, GDP growth remains robust and we believe we are well-positioned to benefit from the expected GDP growth, which is estimated to be a multiple of anticipated growth in the Americas and EMEA through 2018.

Energy Segment

Our Energy segment has a diverse range of equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services for a number of market sectors with energy exposure, spanning upstream, midstream, downstream and petrochemical applications. Demand for certain of our Energy products has historically corresponded to the supply and demand dynamics related to oil and natural gas products, and has been influenced by oil and natural gas prices, rig count, drilling activity, the level and intensity of hydraulic fracturing activity and other economic factors. These factors have caused the level of demand for certain of our Energy products to change at times (both positively and negatively) and we expect these trends to continue in the future.

An increased number of drilling rigs have reentered the market as crude oil prices have improved from low points observed during the first half of 2016, and this trend is expected to continue. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from the expected growth in drilling rigs and improvements in crude oil prices. In addition, secular industry trends that are driving increased demand of newer, fit-for-purpose equipment with innovations that increase productivity and are increasing the frequency of replacement, refurbishment and upgrade cycles of pumping equipment and associated consumable products used in drilling and hydraulic fracturing activity.

48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our midstream and downstream products provide relatively stable demand with attractive, long-term growth trends related to an expected increase in the production and transportation of hydrocarbons. Demand for our petrochemical industry products correlates with growth in the development of new petrochemical plants as well as activity levels therein. Advancements in the development of unconventional natural gas resources in North America over the past decade have resulted in the abundant availability of locally-sourced natural gas as feedstock for petrochemical plants in North America, supporting long-term growth.

Medical Segment

We believe that demand for products and services in the Medical space will continue to benefit from attractive secular growth trends in the aging population requiring medical care, emerging economies modernizing and expanding their healthcare systems and increased investment globally in health solutions. In addition, we expect growing demand for higher healthcare efficiency, requiring premium and high performance systems. During 2016, we focused on the development and introduction of new products and applications to access the liquid pump market, leveraging our technology and expertise in gas pumps. As a result, we expect 2017 to be a transition year as we expand into the liquid pump market and diversify our customer base.

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

We manage operations through the three business segments described above. In addition to our consolidated GAAP financial measures, we review various non-GAAP financial measures, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are helpful supplemental measures to assist us and investors in evaluating our operating results as they exclude certain items whose fluctuation from period to period do not necessarily correspond to changes in the operations of our business. Adjusted EBITDA represents net (loss) income before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and certain non-cash, non-recurring and other adjustment items. We believe that the adjustments applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain material non-cash items and about non-recurring items that we do not expect to continue at the same level in the future. Adjusted Net Income is defined as net income (loss) including interest, depreciation and amortization and excluding the other items used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA and further adjusted for the tax effect of these exclusions.

We use Free Cash Flow to review the liquidity of our operations. We measure Free Cash Flow as cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditures. We believe Free Cash Flow is a useful supplemental financial measure for us and investors in assessing our ability to pursue business opportunities and investments and to service our debt. Free Cash Flow is not a measure of our liquidity under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities.

Management and our board of directors regularly use these measures as tools in evaluating our operating and financial performance and in establishing discretionary annual compensation. Such measures are provided in addition to, and should not be considered to be a substitute for, or superior to, the comparable measures under GAAP. In addition, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow are frequently used by investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of issuers, many of which also present Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow when reporting their results in an effort to facilitate an understanding of their operating and financial results and liquidity.

Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP, or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as a measure of our liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider such measures either in isolation or as substitutes for analyzing our results as reported under GAAP.

Included in our discussion of our consolidated and segment results below are changes in revenues and Adjusted EBITDA on a Constant Currency basis. Constant Currency information compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period over period. We define Constant Currency revenues and Adjusted EBITDA as total revenues and Adjusted EBITDA excluding the impact of foreign exchange rate movements and use it to determine the Constant Currency revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth on a year-over-year basis. Constant Currency revenues and Adjusted EBITDA are calculated by translating current

49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

period revenues and Adjusted EBITDA using corresponding prior period exchange rates. These results should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results reported in accordance with GAAP. Results on a Constant Currency basis, as we present them, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not a measure of performance presented in accordance with GAAP.

For further information regarding these measures, see Note (1) under “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

Results of Operations

Consolidated results should be read in conjunction with segment results and the Segment Information notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which provide more detailed discussions concerning certain components of our consolidated statements of operations. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated within the consolidated results.

Consolidated Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

The following table presents selected consolidated results of operations of our business for the periods indicated:

 
Year Ended December 31,
( dollars in millions)
2016
2015
2014
Consolidated Statements of Operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
1,939.4
 
$
2,126.9
 
$
2,570.0
 
Cost of sales
 
1,222.7
 
 
1,347.8
 
 
1,633.2
 
Gross profit
 
716.7
 
 
779.1
 
 
936.8
 
Selling and administrative expenses
 
414.3
 
 
427.0
 
 
476.0
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
124.2
 
 
115.4
 
 
113.3
 
Impairment of goodwill
 
 
 
343.3
 
 
220.6
 
Impairment of other intangible assets
 
25.3
 
 
78.1
 
 
14.4
 
Other operating expense, net
 
48.6
 
 
20.7
 
 
64.3
 
Operating income (loss)
 
104.3
 
 
(205.4
)
 
48.2
 
Interest expense
 
170.3
 
 
162.9
 
 
164.4
 
Other income, net
 
(2.8
)
 
(1.6
)
 
(3.3
)
Loss before income taxes
 
(63.2
)
 
(366.7
)
 
(112.9
)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
 
(31.9
)
 
(14.7
)
 
23.0
 
Net loss
 
(31.3
)
 
(352.0
)
 
(135.9
)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
5.3
 
 
(0.8
)
 
(0.9
)
Net loss attributable to Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
$
(36.6
)
$
(351.2
)
$
(135.0
)
Percentage of Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit
 
37.0
%
 
36.6
%
 
36.5
%
Selling and administrative expenses
 
21.4
%
 
20.1
%
 
18.5
%
Operating income (loss)
 
5.4
%
 
(9.7
)%
 
1.9
%
Net loss
 
(1.6
)%
 
(16.5
)%
 
(5.3
)%
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
 
20.7
%
 
19.7
%
 
20.9
%
Other Financial Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
$
400.7
 
$
418.9
 
$
537.6
 
Adjusted Net Income (1)
 
57.2
 
 
54.1
 
 
154.4
 
Cash flows – operating activities
 
165.6
 
 
172.1
 
 
141.8
 
Cash flows – investing activities
 
(82.1
)
 
(84.0
)
 
(155.4
)
Cash flows – financing activities
 
(43.0
)
 
(35.0
)
 
(3.7
)
Free Cash Flow (1)
 
91.2
 
 
101.1
 
 
68.3
 

(1) See Note (1) under “Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

Revenues

Revenues for 2016 were $1,939.4 million, a decrease of $187.5 million, or 8.8%, compared to $2,126.9 million in 2015. The decrease in revenues was due primarily to lower revenues from upstream energy exposed markets (6.9% or $146.8 million), lower volume in other markets in our Energy segment as well as in

50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our Industrials and Medical segments (2.0% or $43.1 million), and the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies, especially the Euro and British Pound relative to the U.S. Dollar (1.4% or $28.9 million), partially offset by improved pricing in other markets in our Energy segment as well as in our Industrials and Medical segments (1.2% or $25.3 million) and the impact of acquisitions in 2016 and 2015 (0.3% or $6.0 million).

Revenues for 2015 were $2,126.9 million, a decrease of $443.1 million, or 17.2%, compared to $2,570.0 million in 2014. The decrease in revenues was due primarily to lower revenues from upstream energy exposed markets (11.9% or $304.9 million), lower volume in other markets in our Energy segment as well as in our Industrials segment (2.6% or $66.4 million), and the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies, especially the Euro and British Pound, relative to the U.S. Dollar (6.5% or $166.0 million), partially offset by improved pricing in other markets in our Energy segment as well as in our Industrials and Medical segments (1.5% or $37.5 million), higher volume in our Medical segment (0.3% or $7.2 million), and the impact of acquisitions in 2015 and 2014 (1.9% or $49.5 million).

See further analysis in the segment results below.

Gross Profit

Gross profit in 2016 was $716.7 million, a decrease of $62.4 million, or 8.0%, compared to $779.1 million in 2015, and as a percentage of revenues was 37.0% in 2016 and 36.6% in 2015. The decrease reflects lower sales volume and the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies, partially offset by improved pricing and reduced material and other manufacturing costs.

Gross profit in 2015 was $779.1 million, a decrease of $157.7 million, or 16.8%, compared to $936.8 million in 2014, and as a percentage of revenues was 36.6% in 2015 and 36.5% in 2014. The decrease reflects lower sales volumes and unfavorable impact of foreign currencies, partially offset by improved pricing and reduced material and other manufacturing costs.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses were $414.3 million in 2016, a decrease of $12.7 million, or 3.0%, compared to $427.0 million in 2015. The decrease in selling and administrative expenses primarily reflects reduced sales commissions and related expenses, reduced facilities operating expenses and the favorable impact of foreign currencies, partially offset by increased salaries and other employee-related expenses and professional and consultant fees. Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased to 21.4% in 2016 from 20.1% in 2015, primarily due to lower revenues.

Selling and administrative expenses were $427.0 million in 2015, a decrease of $49.0 million, or 10.3%, compared to $476.0 million in 2014. The decrease in selling and administrative expenses reflects reduced sales commissions and related expenses, reduced salaries and other employee-related expenses, reduced facilities operating expenses and lower professional and consultant fees. Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue increased to 20.1% in 2015 from 18.5% in 2014, primarily due to lower revenues.

Amortization of Intangible Assets

Amortization of intangible assets was $124.2 million, $115.4 million and $113.3 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase of $8.8 million in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to tradenames that were determined to no longer have an indefinite useful life in the fourth quarter of 2015 and that have been amortized prospectively. The increase of $2.1 million in 2015 compared to 2014 was primarily due to increased intangible assets from businesses acquired in 2015 and 2014, partially offset by changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In 2016, we recorded a non-cash charge for the impairment of other intangible assets of $25.3 million, primarily related to trademarks in our Industrials segment. In 2015, we recorded non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets of $421.4 million, primarily related to the Petroleum and Industrial Pump (“P&IP”) reporting unit of our Energy segment. The impairment of goodwill within the P&IP reporting unit resulted from the adverse impact of declining oil prices on our customer base and the corresponding demand for our products. In 2014, we recorded non-cash charges for the impairment of goodwill

51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and other intangible assets of $235.0 million, primarily related to the Nash reporting unit of the Energy segment. The impairment of goodwill within the Nash reporting unit resulted from reduced sales and profitability performance and expectations for the Nash reporting unit as compared to the assumptions used as of July 30, 2013, the date we applied the acquisition method of accounting relating to the KKR Transaction.

Other Operating Expense, Net

Other operating expense, net was $48.6 million in 2016, an increase of $27.9 million compared to $20.7 million in 2015, primarily due to an increase in restructuring charges of $28.2 million and a charge for environmental remediation expenses of $5.6 million in 2016 related to a former production facility.

Other operating expense, net was $20.7 million in 2015, a decrease of $43.6 million compared to $64.3 million in 2014, primarily due a non-recurring shareholder litigation settlement of $30.0 million and costs to exit and settle loss contracts of $10.1 million in 2014, partially offset by reduced foreign currency losses, net and restructuring charges.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $170.3 million, $162.9 million and $164.4 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase of $7.4 million in 2016 compared to 2015 primarily resulted from a higher weighted average interest rate of approximately 6.1% in 2016 compared to 5.8% in 2015 due to an increase in the amount of variable rate debt swapped to fixed rates that were higher than the variable rates in the prior year. The decrease of $1.5 million in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily resulted from lower average borrowings.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net, was $2.8 million, $1.6 million and $3.3 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and consists primarily of investment income and realized and unrealized gains and losses on investments.

(Benefit) Provision for Income Taxes

The benefit for income taxes was $31.9 million resulting in a 50.5% effective tax rate in 2016 compared to a benefit of $14.7 million resulting in a 4.0% effective tax rate in 2015. The decrease in the tax provision and increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the increase of pre-tax loss in the United States when compared to the pre-tax income produced in countries with income tax rates lower than the U.S. statutory rate.

The benefit for income taxes was $14.7 million resulting in a 4.0% effective tax rate in 2015 compared to a provision of $23.0 million resulting in an effective tax rate of (20.4)% in 2014. The decrease in the tax provision primarily reflects a lower level of taxable income in 2015 compared to 2014, as well as a decrease in the proportion of our pre-tax income generated in the United States when compared to countries with income tax rates lower than the U.S. statutory rate. The effective tax rate of 4.0% in 2015 was primarily the result of a non-cash charge for the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets without an associated tax benefit. The effective tax rate in 2015 increased from 2014 due to the smaller overall impact of this impairment charge on the 2015 rate.

Net Loss

Net loss was $31.3 million in 2016 compared to $352.0 million in 2015. The reduced net loss was primarily due to lower charges for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets in 2016, lower selling and administrative expenses and increased benefit for income taxes, offset by lower gross profit on lower revenues, increased other operating expense, net and higher interest expense.

Net loss was $352.0 million in 2015 compared to $135.9 million in 2014. The increased net loss was primarily due to higher charges for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets in 2015 and by lower gross profit on reduced revenues, offset by lower selling and administrative expenses, increased benefit for income taxes, decreased other operating expense, net and lower interest expense.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA decreased $18.2 million to $400.7 million in 2016 compared to $418.9 million in 2015. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues increased 100 basis points to 20.7% in 2016 from 19.7% in 2015. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to reduced revenues in upstream energy exposed markets

52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

($61.6 million), reduced volume in other markets in our Energy segment as well as in our Industrials and Medical segments ($14.3 million) and the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies ($6.4 million), partially offset by improved pricing in other markets in our Energy segment as well as in our Industrials and Medical segments ($25.4 million), reduced material and other manufacturing costs ($18.5 million) and lower selling and administrative expenses ($20.2 million).

Adjusted EBITDA decreased $118.7 million to $418.9 million in 2015 compared to $537.6 million in 2014. Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenues decreased 120 basis points to 19.7% in 2015 from 20.9% in 2014. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to reduced revenues in upstream energy exposed markets ($146.3 million), reduced volume in other markets in our Energy segment as well as in our Industrials and Medical segments ($24.9 million) and the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies ($31.1 million), partially offset by improved pricing in other markets in our Energy segment as well as in our Industrials and Medical segments ($37.5 million), the impact of acquisitions in 2015 and 2014 ($16.4 million), reduced material and other manufacturing costs ($15.3 million) and lower selling and administrative expenses ($14.4 million).

Adjusted Net Income

Adjusted Net Income increased $3.1 million to $57.2 in 2016 compared to $54.1 million in 2015. The increase was primarily due to a lower income tax provision, as adjusted, partially offset by higher interest expense and depreciation and amortization expense.

Adjusted Net Income decreased $100.3 million to $54.1 million in 2015 compared to $154.4 million in 2014. The decrease was primarily due to reduced Adjusted EBITDA, excluding interest expense and depreciation and amortization expense.

Segment Results

We classify our businesses into three segments: Industrials, Energy and Medical. Our Corporate operations (as described below) are not discussed separately as any results that had a significant impact on operating results are included in the consolidated results discussion above.

We evaluate the performance of our segments based on Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA. Segment Adjusted EBITDA is indicative of operational performance and ongoing profitability. Our management closely monitors Segment Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate past performance and identify actions required to improve profitability.

The segment measurements provided to, and evaluated by, the chief operating decision maker are described in Note 20 “Segment Information” of the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Included in our discussion of our segment results below are changes in Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA on a Constant Currency basis. Constant Currency information compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period over period. We define Constant Currency as changes in Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA excluding the impact of foreign exchange rate movements. We use these measures to determine the Constant Currency Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA growth on a year-on-year basis. Constant Currency Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA are calculated by translating current period Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA using prior period exchange rates. These results should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results reported in accordance with GAAP. Results on a constant currency basis, as we present them, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not a measure of performance presented in accordance with GAAP.

Segment Results for Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014

The following tables display Segment Revenues, Segment Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin (Segment Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Segment Revenues) for each of our segments and illustrates, on a percentage basis, the impact of foreign currency fluctuations on Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA growth. Changes in Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margins are shown in basis points (“bps”).

53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Industrials Segment Results

 
Year Ended December 31,
Percent Change
Constant Currency Percent Change
(dollars in millions)
2016
2015
2014
2016 vs. 2015
2015 vs. 2014
2016 vs. 2015
2015 vs. 2014
Segment Revenues
$
1,082.4
 
$
1,149.7
 
$
1,306.1
 
 
(5.9
)%
 
(12.0
)%
 
(4.0
)%
 
(3.2
)%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
$
217.6
 
$
197.6
 
$
223.2
 
 
10.1
%
 
(11.5
)%
 
12.0
%
 
(2.3
)%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin
 
20.1
%
 
17.2
%
 
17.1
%
290 bps
10 bps
 
 

Segment Revenues for 2016 were $1,082.4 million, a decrease of $67.3 million, or 5.9%, compared to $1,149.7 million in 2015. The decrease in Segment Revenues was due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies (1.9% or $21.7 million), lower volume (4.6% or $53.3 million, including $21.9 million from upstream energy exposed markets) and revenues from business divestitures in 2016 (1.0% or $11.4 million), partially offset by improved pricing (1.7% or $19.1 million). The percentage of Segment Revenues derived from aftermarket parts, consumables and services was 34.7% in 2016 compared to 34.3% in 2015.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA in 2016 was $217.6 million, an increase of $20.0 million, or 10.1%, from $197.6 million in 2015. Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin increased 290 basis points to 20.1% from 17.2% in 2015. The increase in Segment Adjusted EBITDA was due primarily to improved pricing ($19.1 million), lower material and other manufacturing costs ($13.9 million) and selling and administrative expenses ($20.9 million), partially offset by reduced volume ($30.3 million, including $11.7 million from upstream energy exposed markets) and the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies ($3.6 million).

Segment Revenues for 2015 were $1,149.7 million, a decrease of $156.4 million, or 12.0%, compared to $1,306.1 million in 2014. The decrease in Segment Revenues was due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies (8.8% or $114.9 million), lower volume (4.9% or $63.7 million, including $19.0 million from upstream energy exposed markets), partially offset by improved pricing (1.7% or $22.2 million). The percentage of our Segment Revenues derived from aftermarket parts, consumables and services was 34.3% in 2015 compared to 32.7% in 2014.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA in 2015 was $197.6 million, a decrease of $25.6 million, or 11.5%, from $223.2 million in 2014. Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin increased 10 basis points to 17.2% in 2015 from 17.1% in 2014. The decrease in Segment Adjusted EBITDA was due to reduced volume ($28.9 million, including $11.2 million upstream energy exposed markets), the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies ($20.6 million) and higher selling and administrative expenses ($6.6 million), partially offset by improved pricing ($22.2 million) and lower material and other manufacturing costs ($8.3 million).

Energy Segment Results

 
Year Ended December 31,
Percent Change
Constant Currency Percent Change
(dollars in millions)
2016
2015
2014
2016 vs. 2015
2015 vs. 2014
2016 vs. 2015
2015 vs. 2014
Segment Revenues
$
628.4
 
$
753.5
 
$
1,045.0
 
 
(16.6
)%
 
(27.9
)%
 
(15.6
)%
 
(23.9
)%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
$
143.8
 
$
186.8
 
$
309.1
 
 
(23.0
)%
 
(39.6
)%
 
(21.5
)%
 
(36.2
)%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin
 
22.9
%
 
24.8
%
 
29.6
%
(190) bps
(480) bps
 
 

Segment Revenues for 2016 were $628.4 million, a decrease of $125.1 million, or 16.6%, compared to $753.5 million in 2015. The decrease in Segment Revenues was primarily due to lower revenues from upstream energy exposed markets (16.6% or $124.9 million) and the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies (0.9% or $7.0 million), partially offset by improved pricing and higher volume in other markets in our Energy segment (0.9% or $6.8 million). The percentage of Segment Revenues derived from aftermarket parts, consumables and services was 47.3% in 2016 compared to 48.2% in 2015.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA in 2016 was $143.8 million, a decrease of $43.0 million, or 23.0%, from $186.8 million in 2015. Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin decreased 190 basis points to 22.9% in 2016 from 24.8% in 2015. The decrease in Segment Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to reduced revenues from upstream energy exposed markets ($49.9 million), and the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies ($2.8 million), partially offset by improved pricing and higher volume in other markets in our Energy segment ($9.0 million) and reduced manufacturing, selling and administrative expenses ($0.7 million).

54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Segment Revenues for 2015 were $753.5 million, a decrease of $291.5 million, or 27.9%, compared to $1,045.0 million in 2014. The decrease in Segment Revenues was due primarily to lower revenues from upstream energy exposed markets (27.4% or $285.9 million), the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies (3.1% or $32.8 million) and lower volume in other markets in our Energy segment (2.1% or $21.6 million), partially offset by the impact of an acquisition in 2014 (3.5% or $36.1 million) and improved pricing in other markets in our Energy segment (1.2% or $12.7 million). The percentage of Segment Revenues derived from aftermarket parts, consumables and services was 48.2% in 2015 compared to 48.3% in 2014.

Segment Adjusted EBITDA in 2015 was $186.8 million, a decrease of $122.3 million, or 39.6%, from $309.1 million in 2014. Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin decreased 480 basis points to 24.8% in 2015 from 29.6% in 2014. The decrease in Segment Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to reduced revenues from upstream energy exposed markets ($135.1 million), lower volume in other markets in our Energy segment ($10.9 million), the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies ($7.9 million) and higher selling and administrative expenses ($3.4 million), partially offset by improved pricing in other markets in our Energy segment ($12.7 million), the impact of an acquisition in 2014 ($12.5 million) and lower material and other manufacturing costs ($9.8 million).

Medical Segment Results

 
Year Ended December 31,
Percent Change
Constant Currency Percent Change
(dollars in millions)
2016
2015
2014
2016 vs. 2015
2015 vs. 2014
2016 vs. 2015
2015 vs. 2014
Segment Revenues
$
228.7
 
$
223.7
 
$
218.9
 
 
2.2
%
 
2.2
%
 
2.3
%
 
10.6
%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA
$
61.9
 
$
59.5
 
$
52.6
 
 
4.0
%
 
13.1
%
 
4.3
%
 
23.6
%
Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin
 
27.1
%
 
26.6
%
 
24.0
%
50 bps
260 bps
 
 

Segment Revenues for 2016 were $228.7 million, an increase of $5.0 million, or 2.2%, compared to $223.7 million in 2015. The increase in Segment Revenues was due to improved pricing (0.5% or $1.1 million) and higher volume, including the impact of 2016 and 2015 acquisitions (1.7% or $4.0 million), partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies ($0.1 million).

Segment Adjusted EBITDA in 2016 was $61.9 million, an increase of $2.4 million, or 4.0%, from $59.5 million in 2015. Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin increased 50 basis points to 27.1% in 2016 from 26.6% in 2015. The increase in Segment Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to improved pricing ($1.1 million), higher volume, including the impact of 2016 and 2015 acquisitions ($0.6 million), lower selling and administrative expenses ($0.2 million) and lower material and other manufacturing costs ($0.6 million), partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies ($0.1 million).

Segment Revenues for 2015 were $223.7 million, an increase of $4.8 million, or 2.2%, compared to $218.9 million in 2014. The increase in Segment Revenues was due to higher volume, including a 2015 acquisition (9.4% or $20.7 million), improved pricing (1.2% or $2.5 million), partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies (8.4% or $18.4 million).

Segment Adjusted EBITDA in 2015 was $59.5 million, an increase of $6.9 million, or 13.1%, from $52.6 million in 2014. Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin increased 260 basis points to 26.6% from 24.0% in 2014. The increase in Segment Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to increased revenue from higher volume, including a 2015 acquisition ($7.7 million), improved pricing ($2.5 million), and lower selling and administrative expenses ($2.2 million) partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currencies ($5.5 million).

Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations

 
Year ended December 31, 2016
Year ended December 31, 2015
Year ended December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Revenues
$
437.1
 
$
462.0
 
$
462.6
 
$
577.7
 
$
556.8
 
$
526.4
 
$
523.6
 
$
520.1
 
$
569.3
 
$
641.4
 
$
662.1
 
$
697.2
 
Gross Profit
 
158.8
 
 
171.5
 
 
164.2
 
 
222.2
 
 
215.5
 
 
194.3
 
 
186.4
 
 
182.9
 
 
199.8
 
 
234.2
 
 
240.2
 
 
262.6
 
Operating Income
 
19.6
 
 
26.0
 
 
20.2
 
 
38.5
 
 
81.7
 
 
47.0
 
 
45.5
 
 
(379.6
)
 
47.8
 
 
49.5
 
 
87.9
 
 
(137.0
)
Net (Loss) Income
 
(9.9
)
 
(4.1
)
 
(13.0
)
 
(4.3
)
 
29.6
 
 
7.6
 
 
0.5
 
 
(389.7
)
 
6.9
 
 
9.5
 
 
36.8
 
 
(189.1
)
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
 
76.8
 
 
86.6
 
 
89.0
 
 
148.3
 
 
119.7
 
 
105.9
 
 
101.0
 
 
92.3
 
 
98.6
 
 
132.7
 
 
145.0
 
 
161.3
 
(1) Set forth below are the reconciliations of Net (loss) Income to Adjusted EBITDA.

55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Year ended December 31, 2016
Year ended December 31, 2015
Year ended December 31, 2014
(in millions)
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Net (Loss) Income
$
(9.9
)
$
(4.1
)
$
(13.0
)
$
(4.3
)
$
29.6
 
$
7.6
 
$
0.5
 
$
(389.7
)
$
6.9
 
$
9.5
 
$
36.8
 
$
(189.1
)
Plus:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense
 
43.0
 
 
42.7
 
 
43.0
 
 
41.6
 
 
40.9
 
 
40.3
 
 
40.7
 
 
41.0
 
 
40.8
 
 
41.0
 
 
41.0
 
 
41.6
 
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
 
(13.2
)
 
(10.9
)
 
(9.1
)
 
1.3
 
 
12.0
 
 
(1.1
)
 
4.7
 
 
(30.3
)
 
0.8
 
 
 
 
10.7
 
 
11.5
 
Depreciation and amortization expense
 
41.2
 
 
42.7
 
 
42.9
 
 
45.9
 
 
40.6
 
 
41.4
 
 
39.6
 
 
41.4
 
 
39.7
 
 
40.4
 
 
39.9
 
 
40.4
 
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (a)
 
 
 
1.5
 
 
 
 
23.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.2
 
 
414.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
235.0
 
Sponsor fees and expenses (b)
 
1.0
 
 
1.0
 
 
1.8
 
 
1.0
 
 
1.6
 
 
1.1
 
 
1.0
 
 
1.0
 
 
0.9
 
 
0.9
 
 
0.9
 
 
1.0
 
Restructuring and related business transformation costs (c)
 
9.3
 
 
18.7
 
 
18.2
 
 
32.5
 
 
2.0
 
 
12.2
 
 
1.8
 
 
15.4
 
 
10.8
 
 
9.9
 
 
9.6
 
 
6.3
 
Acquisition related expenses and non-cash charges (d)
 
0.8
 
 
0.8
 
 
2.0
 
 
0.6
 
 
0.2
 
 
1.4
 
 
1.8
 
 
1.3
 
 
(0.6
)
 
1.1
 
 
0.7
 
 
8.6
 
Environmental remediation loss reserve (e)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.6
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other adjustments (f)
 
4.6
 
 
(5.8
)
 
3.2
 
 
0.3
 
 
(7.2
)
 
3.0
 
 
3.7
 
 
(2.0
)
 
(0.7
)
 
29.9
 
 
5.4
 
 
6.0
 
Adjusted EBITDA
 
76.8
 
 
86.6
 
 
89.0
 
 
148.3
 
 
119.7
 
 
105.9
 
 
101.0
 
 
92.3
 
 
98.6
 
 
132.7
 
 
145.0
 
 
161.3
 
(a) Represents non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.
(b) Represents management fees paid to KKR pursuant to a monitoring agreement. In connection with this offering, the monitoring agreement will be terminated in accordance with its terms. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Arrangements with KKR—Monitoring Agreement.”
(c) Restructuring and related business transformation costs consist of (i) restructuring charges, (ii) severance, sign-on, relocation and executive search costs, (iii) facility reorganization, relocation and other costs, (iv) information technology infrastructure transformation, (v) gains and losses on asset and business disposals, (vi) consultant and other advisor fees and (vii) other miscellaneous costs. These restructuring and related business transformation costs amounted to $78.7 million, $31.4 million and $36.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(d) Represents costs associated with successful and/or abandoned acquisitions, including third-party expenses, post-closure integration costs and non-cash charges and credits arising from fair value purchase accounting adjustments.
(e) Represents estimated environmental remediation costs and losses relating to a former production facility.
(f) Includes (i) foreign exchange gains and losses, (ii) non-cash impact of net LIFO reserve adjustments, (iii) effects of amortization of prior service costs and amortization of gains in pension and other postemployment benefits (OPEB) expense, (iv) certain legal and compliance costs, (v) shareholder litigation settlement loss ($30.0 million in 2014), (vi) costs to exit and settle loss contracts ($10.1 million in 2014) and (vii) other miscellaneous adjustments.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our operations and strategic objectives require continuing investment. Our resources include cash generated from operations and borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and Receivables Financing Agreement.

Description of Indebtedness

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Overview

In connection with the KKR Transaction, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into a senior secured credit agreement with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents and lenders party thereto (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) on July 30, 2013.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities entered into on July 30, 2013 provided senior secured financing in the equivalent of approximately $2,825.0 million, consisting of: (i) a senior secured term loan facility (the “Dollar Term Loan Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $1,900.0 million; (ii) a senior secured term loan facility (the “Euro Term Loan Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of €400.0 million; and (iii) a senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million available to be drawn in U.S. dollars, EUR, British Pound and other acceptable foreign currencies, subject to certain sublimits for the foreign currencies.

We and certain of our subsidiaries entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents, lenders and parties thereto on March 4, 2016 (the “Amendment”). The Amendment reduced the aggregate principal borrowing capacity of the

56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Revolving Credit Facility by $40.0 million to $360.0 million, extended the term of the Revolving Credit Facility to April 30, 2020 with respect to consenting lenders and provided for customary bail-in provisions to address certain European regulatory requirements, in addition to other modifications. On July 30, 2018, the Revolving Credit Facility principal amount will decrease to $269.9 million resulting from the maturity of the tranches of the Revolving Credit Facility which are owned by lenders which elected not to extend the original Revolving Credit Facility maturity date and any amounts then outstanding in excess of $269.9 million will be required to be paid. Any principal amounts outstanding as of April 30, 2020 will be due at that time and required to be paid in full.

The borrower of the Dollar Term Loan Facility and the Euro Term Loan Facility is Gardner Denver, Inc. Prior to our entering into the Amendment, GD German Holdings II GmbH became an additional borrower and successor in interest to Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co. KG. GD German Holdings II GmbH, GD First (UK) Limited and Gardner Denver, Inc. are the listed borrowers under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit up to $200.0 million and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. At December 31, 2016, we had $15.7 million of outstanding letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility and unused availability of $344.3 million.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities provide that we will have the right at any time to request incremental term loans and/or revolving commitments in an aggregate principal amount of up to (i) if as of the last day of the most recently ended test period the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) is equal to or less than 5.50 to 1.00, $250.0 million plus (ii) voluntary prepayments and voluntary commitment reductions of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities prior to the date of any such incurrence plus (iii) an additional amount if, after giving effect to the incurrence of such additional amount, we do not exceed a Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio of 4.50 to 1.00. The lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are not under any obligation to provide any such incremental commitments or loans, and any such addition of, or increase in commitments or loans, will be subject to certain customary conditions.

To the extent that revolving credit loans and swingline loans plus non-cash collateralized letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility are outstanding in an amount exceeding $300.0 million, pro forma compliance with a Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio of 7.00 to 1.00 is required for borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our Consolidated EBITDA was $400.7 million and our Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio was 4.90 to 1.00. Consolidated EBITDA as calculated under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities is substantially similar to our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA as presented herein.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the Dollar Term Loan Facility, Euro Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, either (a) (1) in respect of the Dollar Term Loan Facility and Euro Term Loan Facility, the greater of LIBOR for the relevant interest period or 1.00% per annum and (2) in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, the greater of LIBOR for the relevant interest period or 0.00% per annum, in each case adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin or (b) a base rate (the “Base Rate”) equal to the highest of (1) the rate of interest publicly announced by the administrative agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in Stamford, Connecticut, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) LIBOR for an interest period of one month, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus 1.00%, in each case, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin as of December 31, 2016 for (i) the Dollar Term Loan Facility is 3.25% for LIBOR loans and 2.25% for Base Rate loans, (ii) the Revolving Credit Facility is 3.25% for LIBOR loans and 2.25% for Base Rate loans and (ii) the Euro Term Loan is 3.75% for LIBOR loans.

The applicable margins under the Revolving Credit Facility may decrease based upon our achievement of certain Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratios.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee rate will be reduced to 0.375% if our Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0. We must also pay customary letter of credit fees.

57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prepayments

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with: (i) 50% of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (which percentage will be reduced to 25% if our Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 but greater than 3.00 to 1.00, and which prepayment will not be required if the Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00); (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property, subject to reinvestment rights; and (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt, other than proceeds from debt permitted under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

The foregoing mandatory prepayments will be applied to the scheduled installments of principal of the Term Loan Facilities in direct order of maturity.

We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities at any time without premium or penalty, subject to certain customary conditions, including reimbursements of the lenders’ redeployment costs actually incurred in the case of a prepayment of LIBOR borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period.

Amortization and Final Maturity

The Dollar Term Loan Facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of the Dollar Term Loan Facility, with the balance being payable on July 30, 2020.

The Euro Term Loan Facility includes repayments in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of the Euro Term Loan Facility, with the balance being payable on July 30, 2020.

Principal amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility are due and payable in full at maturity on July 30, 2018, in the case of portions held by non-consenting lenders, and April 30, 2020 with respect to all other borrowings thereunder. The aggregate principal amount of commitments will be reduced to $269.9 million on July 30, 2018.

The Amendment reduced the minimum aggregate principal amount for extension amendments to the facilities from $50.0 million to $35.0 million.

Guarantee and Security

All obligations of the borrowers under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by us and all of our material, wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries, with customary exceptions including where providing such guarantees is not permitted by law, regulation or contract or would result in adverse tax consequences.

All obligations of the borrowers under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and the guarantees of such obligations, are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and each guarantor, including but not limited to: (i) a perfected pledge of the capital stock issued by the borrowers and each subsidiary guarantor and (ii) perfected security interests in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of the borrowers and the guarantors (subject to certain exceptions and exclusions).

The obligations of the non-U.S. borrowers are secured by certain assets in jurisdictions outside of the United States.

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to: incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; create or incur liens; engage in mergers or consolidations; sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets; create limitations on subsidiary distributions; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase its own capital stock; and make investments, loans or advances, prepayments of junior financings, or other restricted payments. In addition,

58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

subsequent to the Amendment, certain restricted payments constituting dividends or distributions (subject to certain exceptions) are subject to pro forma compliance with a Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) of 5.00 to 1.00. Investments in unrestricted subsidiaries are permitted up to an aggregate amount that does not exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 25% of Consolidated EBITDA.

The Revolving Credit Facility also requires our Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio to not exceed 7.50 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter, when outstanding revolving credit loans and swingline loans plus non-cash collateralized letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility (excluding (i) letters of credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $80.0 million existing on the date of the closing of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and any extensions thereof, replacement letters of credit or letters of credit issued in lieu thereof, in each case, to the extent the face amount of such letters of credit is not increased above the face amount of the letter of credit being extended, replaced or substituted and (ii) other non-cash collateralized letters of credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million, provided that the aggregate amount of non-cash collateralized letters of credit outstanding excluded pursuant to this provision shall not exceed $50.0 million) exceed $120.0 million.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including a change of control.

Our ability to satisfy the requirements of these covenants in future periods will depend on events that may be beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. A breach of any of these covenants in the future could result in a default under, or an inability to undertake certain activities in compliance with, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Senior Notes

Overview

In connection with the KKR Transaction, on July 30, 2013, our direct subsidiary, Gardner Denver, Inc., issued $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.875% senior notes due 2021 (the “Senior Notes”), which mature on August 15, 2021 pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 30, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among Renaissance Acquisition Corp. (which merged into Gardner Denver, Inc. in connection with the KKR Transaction), the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

Interest Rate

Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at a rate of 6.875% per annum. The interest is payable on February 15 and August 15 of each year.

Ranking

The Senior Notes are Gardner Denver, Inc.’s senior unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of payment to Gardner Denver, Inc.’s future subordinated debt, equally in right of payment with all of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s existing and future unsubordinated debt, and structurally subordinated to all liabilities of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s existing and future subsidiaries, including all of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s foreign non-guarantor subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to Gardner Denver, Inc.’s and the guarantors’ secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, including borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Guarantees

The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by each of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s existing and future wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantee, or is a borrower under, Gardner Denver, Inc.’s obligations under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Each subsidiary guarantee of the Senior Notes ranks senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantor; ranks equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantor; is effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future secured debt (including the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s

59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

guarantee under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness and is effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any subsidiary of a subsidiary guarantor that is not also a guarantor of the Senior Notes.

Optional Redemption

Gardner Denver, Inc. may redeem the Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and additional interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of Senior Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on August 15 of each of the years indicated below:

Year
Percentage
2016
 
105.156
%
2017
 
103.438
%
2018
 
101.719
%
2019 and thereafter
 
100.000
%

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, which is defined in the Indenture, each holder of the Senior Notes has the right to require Gardner Denver, Inc. to repurchase some or all of such holder’s senior notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

Covenants

The Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, Gardner Denver, Inc.’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to (subject to certain exceptions): incur additional debt, issue disqualified stock or issue certain preferred stock; pay dividends on or make certain distributions and other restricted payments; create certain liens or encumbrances; sell assets; enter into transactions with affiliates; limit ability of restricted subsidiaries to make payments to Gardner Denver, Inc.; consolidate, merge, sell, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s assets; designate Gardner Denver, Inc.’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and events of default. Our ability to satisfy the requirements of these covenants in future periods will depend on events that may be beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. A breach of any of these covenants in the future could result in a default under, or an inability to undertake certain activities in compliance with, the Indenture.

Receivables Financing Agreement

In May 2016, we entered into the Receivables Financing Agreement, providing for aggregated borrowing of up to $75.0 million governed by a borrowing base. The Receivables Financing Agreement provides for a lower cost alternative in the issuance of letters of credit with the remaining unused capacity providing additional liquidity. As of December 31, 2016, we had no outstanding borrowings under the Receivables Financing Agreement and $21.8 million of letters of credit outstanding.

Borrowings under the Receivables Financing Agreement accrue interest at a reserve-adjusted LIBOR or a base rate, plus 1.6%. Letters of credit accrue interest at 1.6%. We may prepay borrowings or letters of credit or draw on the Receivables Financing Agreement upon one business day prior written notice and may terminate the Receivables Financing Agreement with 15 days’ prior written notice.

As part of the Receivables Financing Agreement, eligible accounts receivable of certain of our subsidiaries are sold to a wholly owned “bankruptcy remote” special purpose vehicle (“SPV”). The SPV pledges the receivables as security for loans and letters of credit. The SPV is included in our consolidated financial statements and therefore, the accounts receivable owned by it are included in our consolidated balance sheet. However, the accounts receivable owned by the SPV are separate and distinct from our other assets and are not available to our other creditors should we become insolvent.

60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Receivables Financing Agreement contains various customary representations and warranties and covenants, and default provisions which provide for the termination and acceleration of the commitments and loans under the agreement in circumstances including, but not limited to, failure to make payments when due, breach of representations, warranties or covenants, certain insolvency events or failure to maintain the security interest in the trade receivables, a change in control and defaults under other material indebtedness.

The Receivables Financing Agreement terminates on May 17, 2019, unless terminated earlier pursuant to its terms. At December 31, 2016 there was $53.2 million of capacity available under the Receivables Financing Agreement.

Liquidity

We are highly leveraged, with significant scheduled debt maturities during the next five years. A substantial portion of our liquidity needs arise from debt service requirements, and from the ongoing cost of operations, working capital and capital expenditures.

 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
2015
2014
Cash and cash equivalents
$
255.8
 
$
228.3
 
$
184.2
 
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
 
24.5
 
 
25.4
 
 
35.1
 
Long-term debt
 
2,753.8
 
 
2,769.5
 
 
2,825.6
 
Total debt
$
2,778.3
 
$
2,794.9
 
$
2,860.7
 

At December 31, 2016, we had cash and cash equivalents of $255.8 million, of which $2.6 million was pledged to financial institutions as collateral to support issued standby letters of credit and similar instruments. We also had $344.3 million of unused availability under our Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2016 and $53.2 million of capacity available under the Receivables Financing Agreement.

We can increase the borrowing availability under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities by up to $250.0 million in the form of additional commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility and/or incremental term loans plus an additional amount so long as we do not exceed a specified senior secured leverage ratio. We can incur additional secured indebtedness under the Term Loan Facilities if certain specified conditions are met under the credit agreement governing the Term Loan Facilities. Our liquidity requirements are significant primarily due to debt service requirements. See “—Description of Indebtedness” and, for a complete description of our credit facilities, refer to Note 10 “Debt” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Since the consummation of the KKR Transaction and related financing transactions, our principal sources of liquidity have been existing cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from operations and borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Our principal uses of cash following the consummation of the KKR Transaction and related financing transactions have been to provide working capital, meet debt service requirements, fund capital expenditures and finance strategic plans, including possible acquisitions. We may also seek to finance capital expenditures under capital leases or other debt arrangements that provide liquidity or favorable borrowing terms. We continue to consider acquisition opportunities, but the size and timing of any future acquisitions and the related potential capital requirements cannot be predicted. In the event that suitable businesses are available for acquisition upon acceptable terms, we may obtain all or a portion of the necessary financing through the incurrence of additional long-term borrowings. As market conditions warrant, we and our major equity holders, including KKR and its affiliates, may from time to time, seek to repurchase debt securities that we have issued or loans that we have borrowed, including the notes and borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise. Based on our current level of operations and available cash, we believe our cash flow from operations, together with availability under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Receivables Financing Agreement, will provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements, debt service requirements and capital spending requirements for the foreseeable future. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flows from operations or future borrowings may not be available to us under our Revolving Credit Facility or the Receivables Financing Agreement in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. Our ability to do so depends on, among other factors, prevailing economic conditions, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change in control, we could be required to

61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

repay or refinance our indebtedness. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Any future acquisitions, joint ventures, or other similar transactions may require additional capital and there can be no assurance that any such capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

The majority of our cash is in jurisdictions outside of the United States. However, we believe our U.S. operations will generate sufficient cash flows from operations along with our availability under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Receivables Financing Agreement to satisfy our cash needs in the United States. As a result of the KKR Transaction and the significant increase in our long-term debt balance as of July 30, 2013, we modified our former assertion concerning the permanent reinvestment of undistributed earnings for non-U.S. subsidiaries in these foreign operations. We intend to repatriate certain foreign earnings for the purpose of servicing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, which will result in net U.S. tax liabilities as these foreign earnings are distributed. Accordingly, we recorded a deferred income tax liability in the amount of $77.3 million as of December 31, 2016 associated with the repatriation of certain foreign earnings based upon accumulated earnings of approximately $200 million.

Working Capital

 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
2015
2014
Net Working Capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets
$
1,188.5
 
$
1,157.4
 
$
1,203.4
 
Less: Current liabilities
 
497.8
 
 
431.3
 
 
473.7
 
Net working capital
$
690.7
 
$
726.1
 
$
729.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Working Capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
$
441.6
 
$
403.3
 
$
509.1
 
Plus: Inventories
 
443.9
 
 
475.0
 
 
473.0
 
Less: Accounts payable
 
214.9
 
 
156.9
 
 
213.4
 
Operating working capital
$
670.6
 
$
721.4
 
$
768.7
 

Net working capital decreased $35.4 million to $690.7 million at December 31, 2016 from $726.1 million at December 31, 2015. Operating working capital decreased $50.8 million to $670.6 million at December 31, 2016 from $721.4 million at December 31, 2015, due to lower inventories and higher accounts payable, partially offset by higher accounts receivable. During 2016, management proactively focused on reducing inventory levels while maintaining product availability and improving delivery times. Also, centralized processes were redesigned to improve the timing of customer cash collections and to standardize vendor payment terms resulting in the improvement of accounts receivable and accounts payable performance. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily due to higher levels of sales in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared to the fourth quarter of 2015. The increase in accounts payable was primarily due to the timing of vendor cash disbursements.

Net working capital decreased $3.6 million to $726.1 million at December 31, 2015 from $729.7 million at December 31, 2014. Operating working capital decreased $47.3 million to $721.4 million at December 31, 2015 from $768.7 million at December 31, 2014, due to lower accounts receivable, partially offset by lower accounts payable. The decrease in accounts receivable was primarily due to lower levels of sales in the fourth quarter, 2015, compared to the fourth quarter, 2014. The decrease in accounts payable was primarily due to the timing of vendor cash disbursements.

62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cash Flows

The following table reflects the major categories of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
2015
2014
Cash flows – operating activities
$
165.6
 
$
172.1
 
$
141.8
 
Cash flows – investing activities
$
(82.1
)
$
(84.0
)
$
(155.4
)
Cash flows – financing activities
$
(43.0
)
$
(35.0
)
$
(3.7
)

Operating activities

Cash provided by operating activities decreased $6.5 million to $165.6 million in 2016 from $172.1 million in 2015, primarily due to lower net income (excluding non-cash charges for impairments of goodwill and other intangible assets, depreciation and amortization and foreign currency transaction (gains) losses), offset by cash generated from reduced operating working capital. Operating working capital provided cash of $32.8 million in 2016 compared to $9.3 million in 2015. Changes in accounts receivable used cash of $48.8 million in 2016 and generated cash of $83.9 million in 2015. Changes in inventory generated cash of $23.5 million in 2016 and used cash of $27.8 million in 2015. Changes in accounts payable generated cash of $58.1 million in 2016 and used cash of $46.8 million in 2014.

Cash flows from operating activities increased $30.3 million to $172.1 million in 2015 from $141.8 million in 2014. This increase was primarily due to cash generated from reduced operating working capital, partially offset by lower net income (excluding non-cash charges for depreciation and amortization and foreign currency transaction (gains) losses, net). Operating working capital provided cash of $9.3 million in 2015 and used cash of $108.8 million in 2014. Changes in accounts receivable generated cash of $83.9 million in 2015 and used cash of $70.0 million in 2014. Changes in inventory used cash of $27.8 million and $51.0 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Changes in accounts payable used cash of $46.8 million in 2015 and generated cash of $12.2 million in 2014.

Investing activities

Cash flows from investing activities included capital expenditures of $74.4 million (3.8% of consolidated revenues), $71.0 million (3.3% of consolidated revenues) and $73.5 million (2.9% of consolidated revenues), in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, invested primarily to support sales growth initiatives and increase operating efficiency. We currently expect capital expenditures to total approximately $60 to $70 million in 2017. Cash paid in business combinations was $18.8 million in 2016, $26.2 million in 2015 and $82.3 million in 2014. Net proceeds from business divestitures and disposals of property, plant and equipment were $11.1 million, $13.1 million and $0.5 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014 million respectively.

Financing activities

Cash used in financing activities of $43.0 million in 2016, reflects scheduled principal payments on long-term borrowings of $25.5 million, purchases of treasury stock of $14.1 million, a $4.7 payment of contingent consideration related to an acquisition, payments of debt issuance costs of $1.1 million and other items of $0.9 million, partially offset by issuances of common stock of $3.3 million.

Cash used in financing activities of $35.0 million in 2015 reflects scheduled principal payments on long-term borrowings of $26.5 million, net payments on short-term borrowings of $6.7 million, purchases of treasury stock of $2.1 million, a $3.0 million payment of contingent consideration related to an acquisition and other items of $0.9 million, partially offset by issuances of common stock of $4.2 million.

Cash used in financing activities of $3.7 million in 2014 reflects scheduled principal payments on long-term borrowings of $23.5 million, purchases of treasury stock of $3.2 million and other items of $1.3 million, partially offset by the net proceeds from short-term borrowings of $8.4 million and issuances of common stock of $15.9 million.

Free Cash Flow

Free Cash Flow decreased $9.9 million to $91.2 million in 2016 from $101.1 million in 2015 due to a decrease in cash provided by operating activities of $6.5 million in 2016 compared to 2015 and an increase in

63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

capital expenditures of $3.4 million in 2016 compared to 2015. Free Cash Flow increased $32.8 million to $101.1 million in 2015 from $68.3 million in 2014 due to an increase in cash flows provided by operating activities of $30.3 million in 2015 compared to 2014 and a decrease in capital expenditures of $2.5 million in 2015 compared to 2014.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are materially likely to have a current or future material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our future minimum payments as of December 31, 2016 for all contractual obligations for years subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2016:

 
 
Payments Due by Period
(in millions)
Total
2017
2018–2019
2020–2021
More than
5 years
Contractual Obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt
$
2,815.5
 
$
21.8
 
$
43.4
 
$
2,750.0
 
$
0.3
 
Estimated interest payments (1)
 
668.3
 
 
161.6
 
 
349.0
 
 
157.2
 
 
0.5
 
Capital leases
 
21.6
 
 
2.1
 
 
4.3
 
 
4.5
 
 
10.7
 
Operating leases
 
77.8
 
 
22.5
 
 
29.4
 
 
11.4
 
 
14.5
 
Purchase obligations (2)
 
201.9
 
 
190.6
 
 
11.3
 
 
 
 
 
Total
$
3,785.1
 
$
398.6
 
$
437.4
 
$
2,923.1
 
$
26.0
 
(1) Estimated interest payments for long-term debt were calculated as follows: for fixed-rate debt and term debt, interest was calculated based on applicable rates and payment dates; for variable-rate debt and/or non-term debt, interest rates and payment dates were estimated based on management’s determination of the most likely scenarios for each relevant debt instrument. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay certain indebtedness. We anticipate that this will reduce our annual interest expense by approximately $       million.
(2) Purchase obligations consist primarily of agreements to purchase inventory or services made in the normal course of business to meet operational requirements. The purchase obligation amounts do not represent the entire anticipated purchases in the future, but represent only those items for which we are contractually obligated as of December 31, 2016. For this reason, these amounts will not provide a complete and reliable indicator of our expected future cash outflows.

Total pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities recognized on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 were $124.4 million and represented the unfunded status of our defined benefit plans at the end of 2016. The total pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheet line items “Accrued liabilities” and “Pensions and other postretirement benefits.” Because these liabilities are impacted by, among other items, plan funding levels, changes in plan demographics and assumptions and investment return on plan assets, it does not represent expected liquidity needs. Accordingly, we did not include these liabilities in the “Contractual Obligations” table above.

We fund our U.S. qualified pension plans in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 regulations for the minimum annual required contribution and Internal Revenue Service regulations for the maximum annual allowable tax deduction. We are committed to making the required minimum contributions and expect to contribute a total of approximately $0.1 million to our U.S. qualified pension plans during 2017. Furthermore, we expect to contribute a total of approximately $0.3 million to our postretirement life insurance benefit plans during 2017. Future contributions are dependent upon various factors including the performance of the plan assets, benefit payment experience and changes, if any, to current funding requirements. Therefore, no amounts were included in the “Contractual Obligations” table related to expected plan contributions. We generally expect to fund all future contributions to our plans with cash flows from operating activities.

Our non-U.S. pension plans are funded in accordance with local laws and income tax regulations. We expect to contribute a total of approximately $5.8 million to our non-U.S. qualified pension plans during 2017. No amounts have been included in the “Contractual Obligations” table related to these plans due to the same reasons noted above.

64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Disclosure of amounts in the “Contractual Obligations” table regarding expected benefit payments in future years for our pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans cannot be properly reflected due to the ongoing nature of the obligations of these plans. We currently anticipate the annual benefit payments for the U.S. plans to be in the range of approximately $4.5 million to $5.0 million in 2017 and to remain at those levels for the next several years, and the annual benefit payments for the non-U.S. plans to be in the range of approximately $8.0 million to $8.5 million in 2017 and to gradually increase to an annual level in the range of $8.5 million to $10.5 million for the next several years.

Contingencies

We are a party to various legal proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions, which are of an ordinary or routine nature for a company of our size and in our sector. We believe that such proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions will not materially adversely affect our operations, financial condition, liquidity or competitive position. We have accrued liabilities and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet to include a total litigation reserve of $108.5 million as of December 31, 2016 with respect to potential liability arising from our asbestos-related litigation. Other than our asbestos-related litigation reserves, we only have de minimis accrued liabilities and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet with respect to other legal proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions. A more detailed discussion of certain of these proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions is set forth in “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk as a result of our variable-rate borrowings. We manage our exposure to interest rate risk by maintaining a mixture of fixed and variable debt, and from time to time, use pay-fixed interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of our variable rate debt in order to adjust the relative fixed and variable portions.

As of December 31, 2016, we had variable rate debt outstanding of $1,076.4 million at a current weighted average interest rate of 3.3%, substantially all of which was incurred under our $2,785.0 million Senior Secured Credit Facility, under which $1,833.2 million was outstanding under the $1,900.0 million Dollar Term Loan Facility and €387.0 million was outstanding under the €400.0 million Euro Term Loan Facility. The Dollar Term Loan Facility and the Euro Term Loan Facility bear interest primarily based on LIBOR and EURIBOR, respectively, plus a spread. However, both facilities are subject to a 1.0% LIBOR base rate floor, and thus the interest rate on the Dollar Term Loan Facility and the Euro Term Loan Facility will not begin to fluctuate until LIBOR or EURIBOR, respectively, exceeds that percentage. At December 31, 2016, LIBOR and EURIBOR were lower than the 1.0% LIBOR minimum rate.

We use interest rate swaps to offset our exposure to interest rate movements. These outstanding interest rate swaps qualify and are designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted LIBOR-based interest payments. At December 31, 2016, we were a fixed rate payer on 16 fixed-floating interest rate swap contracts that effectively fixed the LIBOR-based index used to determine the interest rates charged on our LIBOR-based variable rate borrowings. See Note 16 “Hedging Activities, Derivative Instruments, and Credit Risk” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table presents the impact of hypothetical changes in market interest rates across the yield curve by 100 basis points, including the effect of our interest rate swaps for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 on our interest expense:

 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2016
2015
Increase (decrease) in market interest rates
 
 
 
 
 
 
100 basis points
$
1.8
 
$
4.4
 
(100) basis points (1)
 
 
 
 
(1) A decrease in interest rates would not have impacted our interest expense in 2016 or 2015 because LIBOR and EURIBOR were lower than the 1.0% base rate floors under the Senior Secured Credit Facility for the entirety of both years.

65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from our global business operations. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates affect the translation of local currency balances of foreign subsidiaries, transaction gains and losses associated with intercompany loans with foreign subsidiaries and transactions denominated in currencies other than a subsidiary’s functional currency. In 2016 and 2015, the relative strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies had an unfavorable impact on our revenues and results of operations. While future changes in foreign currency exchange rates are difficult to predict, our revenues and earnings may be adversely affected if the U.S. dollar further strengthens.

We seek to minimize our exposure to foreign currency risks through a combination of normal operating activities, including by conducting our international business operations primarily in their functional currencies to match expenses with revenues and the use of foreign currency forward exchange contracts and net investment cross-currency interest rate swaps. In addition, to mitigate the risk arising from entering into transactions in currencies other than our functional currencies, we typically settle intercompany trading balances monthly.

The table below presents the percentage of revenues and gross profit by principal currency for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
U.S. Dollar
Euro
British
Pound
Chinese
Renminbi
Other
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
 
39
%
 
34
%
 
6
%
 
6
%
 
14
%
Gross Profit
 
36
%
 
38
%
 
7
%
 
7
%
 
12
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
 
45
%
 
29
%
 
7
%
 
7
%
 
12
%
Gross Profit
 
42
%
 
33
%
 
8
%
 
8
%
 
10
%

We entered into cross currency interest rate swaps and foreign currency denominated debt obligations to selectively hedge portions of our investment in non-U.S. subsidiaries. The currency effects of the cross currency interest rate swaps and debt obligations are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income within our stockholders’ equity, where they partially offset the currency translation effects of our investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries, which in turn partially offset gains and losses recorded on our net investments globally. These currency translation effects and offsetting impacts of our derivatives for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are summarized in Note 13 “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We also enter into foreign currency forward contracts to manage the risk arising from transaction gains and losses associated with intercompany loans with foreign subsidiaries. Our foreign currency forward contracts are typically short-term and are rolled forward as necessary upon settlement. As of December 31, 2016, we were party to three foreign currency forward contracts, all of which are carried on our balance sheet at fair value. See Note 16 “Hedging Activities, Derivative Instruments, and Credit Risk” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The table below presents, for the year ended December 31, 2016, the hypothetical effect of a 10% appreciation in the average exchange rate of the U.S. dollar relative to the principal foreign currencies in which our revenues and gross profit are denominated:

 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
(in millions)
Euro
British
Pound
Chinese
Renminbi
Revenues
$
(60
)
$
(11
)
$
(11
)
Gross profit
$
(26
)
$
(5
)
$
(5
)

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Accounting estimates and assumptions discussed in this section are those that we consider to be the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements because they involve significant judgments and uncertainties. Certain of these estimates include determining fair value. All of these estimates reflect our best

66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

judgment about current, and for some estimates, future economic and market conditions and their effect based on information available as of the date of these financial statements. If these conditions change from those expected, it is reasonably possible that the judgments and estimates described below could change, which may result in future impairments of goodwill, intangibles and long-lived assets, increases in reserves for contingencies, establishment of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and increase in tax liabilities, among other effects. Also see Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, which discusses the significant accounting policies that we have selected from acceptable alternatives.

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Identified Intangible Assets

We test goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each year using data as of October 1 of that year. The impairment test consists of two steps: in step one, the carrying value of the reporting unit is compared with its fair value; in step two, which is applied when the carrying value is more than its fair value, the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, is derived by deducting the fair value of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities from the fair value of its equity and comparing that amount with the carrying amount of goodwill. We determined fair values for each of the reporting units using a combination of the income and market multiples approaches which are weighted 75% and 25%, respectively.

Under the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. We use our internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and include an estimate of long-term future growth rates based on our most recent views of the long-term outlook for each business. Actual results may differ from those assumed in our forecasts. We derive our discount rates using a capital asset pricing model and analyzing published rates for industries relevant to our reporting units to estimate the cost of equity financing. We use discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in our internally developed forecasts. Discount rates used in our reporting unit valuations ranged from 10.4% to 11.4%. Additionally, we assumed 3.0% terminal growth rates for all reporting units.

Under the market multiples approach, fair value is determined based on multiples derived from the stock prices of publically traded guideline companies to develop a business enterprise value (“BEV”) for our reporting units. The application of the market multiples method entails the development of book value multiples based on the market value of the guideline companies. The multiples are developed by first calculating the market value of equity of the guideline companies and then adjusting these multiples for cash and debt to arrive at a BEV multiple. Identifying appropriate guideline companies and computing appropriate market multiples is subjective. We considered various public companies that had reasonably similar qualitative factors as our reporting units while also considering quantitative factors such as revenue growth, profitability and total assets.

For all reporting units, the excess of the estimated fair value over carrying value (expressed as a percentage of carrying value) was a minimum of 84.0% with the exception of the P&IP reporting unit which had a cushion of 17.9%. P&IP had a fair value in excess of book value of $125.4 million and allocated goodwill of $186.0 million. Estimating the fair value of reporting units requires the use of estimates and significant judgments that are based on a number of factors including actual operating results. Key assumptions used in determining the estimated fair value of the P&IP reporting unit included the annual operating plan, successful execution of identified strategic initiatives, a short-term stabilization and mid- to long-term improvement of the macroeconomic conditions of the oil and gas market and a relatively stable world gross domestic product. Increasing discount rates, coupled with a prolonged decline in oil and gas prices and rig counts and moderating global demand for oil could potentially put the goodwill of the P&IP reporting unit at risk of future impairment. While the Company has concluded that there is no impairment of goodwill related to P&IP as of December 31, 2016, we will monitor the performance of the reporting unit closely for impairment indicators and reassess as necessary.

We annually test intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment utilizing a discounted cash flow valuation referred to as the relief from royalty method. We estimated forecasted revenues for a period of five years with discount rates ranging from 11.4% to 12.4%, a terminal growth rate of 3.0%, and royalty rates ranging from 3.0% to 4.0%.

We review identified intangible assets with defined useful lives and subject to amortization for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable.

67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Determining whether an impairment loss occurred requires comparing the carrying amount to the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.

Also see Note 8 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Pension Benefits

Pension assumptions are significant inputs to the actuarial models that measure pension benefit obligations and related effects on operations. Two assumptions—discount rate and expected return on assets—are important elements of plan expense and asset/liability measurement. We evaluate these critical assumptions at least annually on a plan and country-specific basis. We periodically evaluate other assumptions involving demographic factors such as retirement age, mortality and turnover, and update them to reflect our experience and expectations for the future. Actual results in any given year will often differ from actuarial assumptions because of economic and other factors.

Accumulated and projected benefit obligations are measured as the present value of expected payments. We discount those cash payments using the weighted average of market-observed yields for high-quality fixed-income securities with maturities that correspond to the payment of benefits. Lower discount rates increase present values and subsequent-year pension expense; higher discount rates decrease present values and subsequent-year pension expense.

Our weighted average discount rates used to determine benefit obligations for U.S. pension plans were 4.0%, 4.1% and 3.8% and for non-U.S. Plans were 2.3%, 3.3% and 3.1% at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The discount rate in both the United States and the United Kingdom was determined by projecting the plans’ expected future benefit payments, discounting those expected payments using a theoretical zero-coupon spot yield curve derived from a universe of high-quality bonds as of the measurement date, and solving for the single equivalent discount rate that results in the same projected benefit obligation. In all other countries, the discount rate was based on appropriate published indices with recognition of the plan liability durations.

To determine the expected weighted average long-term rate of return on pension plan assets, we consider current and target asset allocations, as well as historical and expected returns on various categories of plan assets. In developing future long-term return expectations for our principal benefit plans’ assets, we formulate views on the future economic environment, both in the United States and abroad. We evaluate general market trends and historical relationships among a number of key variables that impact asset class returns such as expected earnings growth, inflation, valuations, yields and spreads, using both internal and external sources. We also take into account expected volatility by asset class and diversification across classes to determine expected overall portfolio results given current and target allocations. Based on our analysis of future expectations of asset performance, past return results and our current and target asset allocations, for cost recognition in 2017, we have assumed a long-term expected return on assets of 7.75% for U.S. Plans and 4.95% for non-U.S. Plans.

The table below illustrates the sensitivity of the significant pension assumptions on a combined basis for the Company’s U.S. and non-U.S. Plans.

 
Change in
Discount Rate
Change in
Expected Return
Change in Market
Value of Assets
(in millions)
Plus
100 bps
Minus
100 bps
Plus
100 bps
Minus
100 bps
Plus
5%
Minus
5%
(Decrease) increase in 2016 net benefit cost
$
(1.7
)
$
2.9
 
$
(2.4
)
$
2.5
 
$
(1.5
)
$
1.6
 
(Decrease) increase in projected benefit obligation
 
(54.6
)
 
65.3
 
 
(2.6
)
 
3.4
 
 
0.0
 
 
0.0
 
Increase (decrease) in funded status
 
52.6
 
 
(62.6
)
 
0.5
 
 
(0.7
)
 
13.1
 
 
(13.1
)

Income Taxes

Our annual tax rate is based on our income, statutory tax rates and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and respective governmental taxing authorities. Significant judgment is required in determining our tax expense and in evaluating our tax positions, including evaluating uncertainties. We review our tax positions quarterly and adjust the balances as new information becomes available.

68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our income tax rate is significantly affected by the tax rate on our global operations. In addition to local country tax laws and regulations, this rate depends on the extent earnings are indefinitely reinvested outside the United States. Indefinite reinvestment is determined by management’s judgment about and intentions concerning the future operations of the Company. We recorded a deferred tax liability of approximately $114.0 million for the anticipated repatriation of a limited amount of unremitted foreign earnings generated prior to the KKR Transaction on July 30, 2013. These accumulated earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries amounting to approximately $287.0 million are expected to supplement our projected U.S. operating cash flow in meeting our debt service requirements along with other U.S. cash flow needs during the term of our credit agreement. This deferred tax liability was adjusted to $94.1 million at December 31, 2014, $94.6 million at December 31, 2015 and $77.3 million at December 31, 2016, based upon accumulated earnings of approximately $200 million. The reduction in the tax liability was due to our Company's decision to deduct our foreign taxes on future remitted earnings and eliminate the related taxable inclusion on the foreign tax credit gross up amount. We had previously established a valuation against all foreign tax credits. With the exception of this limited repatriation, we will continue to be permanently reinvested with respect to its other undistributed earnings of the non-U.S. subsidiaries, including such earnings generated after the date of acquisition, as these earnings are expected to be utilized to fund the future growth of our non-U.S. operations. Determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability associated with these unremitted earnings is not practicable. Deferred income tax assets represent amounts available to reduce income taxes payable on taxable income in future years. Such assets arise because of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We evaluate the recoverability of these future tax deductions and credits by assessing the adequacy of future expected taxable income from all sources, including reversal of taxable temporary differences, forecasted operating earnings and available tax planning strategies. These sources of income rely heavily on estimates. To the extent we do not consider it more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will be recovered, a valuation allowance is established. Amounts recorded for deferred tax assets related to net operating losses, net of valuation allowances, were $40.6 million and $17.4 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Stock Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation plans under the fair value recognition and measurement provisions in accordance with applicable accounting standards, which require all stock-based payments to employees and non-employees, including grants of stock options, to be measured based on the grant date fair value of the awards. We use the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model to estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees and non-employees. The model requires certain assumptions including the estimated expected term of the stock options, the risk-free interest rate and the exercise price, of which certain assumptions are highly complex and subjective. The expected option life represents the period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding based on management's best estimate of the timing of a liquidity event and the contractual term of the stock option. As there is not sufficient trading history of our common stock, we use a group of our competitors which we believe are similar to us, adjusted for our capital structure, in order to estimate volatility. Our exercise price is the stock price on the date in which shares were granted.

Our stock price is calculated based on a combination of the income approach and the market approach. Under the income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method, forecasted cash flows are discounted to the present value at a risk-adjusted discount rate. The valuation analyses determine discrete free cash flows over several years based on forecast financial information provided by management and a terminal value for the residual period beyond the discrete forecast, which are discounted at an appropriate rate to estimate the Company's enterprise value. Under the market approach, specifically the guideline public company method, we select publicly traded companies with similar financial and operating characteristics as the Company and calculate valuation multiples based on the guideline public company’s financial information and market data. The estimate of our stock price will no longer be necessary once the Company goes public as we will rely on the market price to determine the market value of our common stock. For additional information related to the assumptions used, see Note 15 “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Loss Contingencies

Loss contingencies are uncertain and unresolved matters that arise in the ordinary course of business and result from events or actions by others that have the potential to result in a future loss. Such contingencies include, but are not limited to, environmental obligations, litigation, regulatory proceedings, product quality and losses resulting from other events and developments.

When a loss is considered probable and reasonably estimable, we record a liability in the amount of our best estimate for the ultimate loss. When there appears to be a range of possible costs with equal likelihood, liabilities are based on the low-end of such range. However, the likelihood of a loss with respect to a particular contingency is often difficult to predict and determining a meaningful estimate of the loss or a range of loss may not be practicable based on the information available and the potential effect of future events and decisions by third parties that will determine the ultimate resolution of the contingency. Moreover, it is not uncommon for such matters to be resolved over many years, during which time relevant developments and new information must be continuously evaluated to determine both the likelihood of potential loss and whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of possible loss. When a loss is probable but a reasonable estimate cannot be made, disclosure is provided.

Disclosure also is provided when it is reasonably possible that a loss will be incurred or when it is reasonably possible that the amount of a loss will exceed the recorded provision. We regularly review all contingencies to determine whether the likelihood of loss has changed and to assess whether a reasonable estimate of the loss or range of loss can be made. As discussed above, development of a meaningful estimate of loss or a range of potential loss is complex when the outcome is directly dependent on negotiations with or decisions by third parties, such as regulatory agencies, the court system and other interested parties. Such factors bear directly on whether it is possible to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss and boundaries of high and low.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . Amendments in this update will replace most of the existing GAAP revenue recognition guidance. The core principle of this ASU is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services equal to the amount that it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods or services. The ASU requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments, and changes in judgments. The ASU is effective for public companies beginning in the first quarter of 2018 and private companies beginning in the first quarter of 2019. The ASU allows for full retrospective adoption applied to all periods presented or modified retrospective adoption with the cumulative effect of initially applying the update recognized at the date of initial application. The Company has engaged a third party, formed an internal working group, and is in the process of completing a diagnostic to assess the potential impacts of this standard. As we progress towards completion of the diagnostic, the method and timing of adoption will be further determined.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . The amendments in this update will replace most of the existing GAAP lease accounting guidance in order to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The ASU is effective for public companies beginning in the first quarter of 2019 and private companies beginning with the fiscal year end of 2020. The ASU requires lessees and lessors to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. This approach allows a Company to elect to use a number of optional practical expedients. We are currently assessing the impact of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements and evaluating the method and timing of adoption.

Effective September 30, 2016, we adopted ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , which confirmed our classifications within our consolidated cash flow statements, and did not impact previously issued financial results.

Effective December 31, 2016, we adopted ASU 2015-03, Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”) on a retrospective basis. As required by ASU 2015-03, all debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are classified as a direct deduction

70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts, which is a change from our historical presentation whereby our debt issuance costs were classified as an asset. Upon adoption of ASU 2015-03, debt issuance costs simultaneously reduced “Other assets” and “Long-term debt, less current maturities” by $71.9 million as of December 31, 2015. Debt issuance costs presented as a deduction from the carrying amount of debt as of December 31, 2016 was $58.9 million.

71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a leading global provider of mission-critical flow control and compression equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services, which we sell across multiple attractive end-markets within the industrial, energy and medical industries. We manufacture one of the broadest and most complete ranges of compressor, pump, vacuum and blower products in our markets, which, combined with our global geographic footprint and application expertise, allows us to provide differentiated product and service offerings to our customers. Our products are sold under a collection of premier, market-leading brands, including Gardner Denver, CompAir, Nash, Emco Wheaton, Robuschi, Elmo Rietschle and Thomas, which we believe are globally recognized in their respective end-markets and known for product quality, reliability, efficiency and superior customer service. These attributes, along with over 155 years of engineering heritage, generate strong brand loyalty for our products and foster long-standing customer relationships, which we believe have resulted in leading market positions within each of our operating segments. We have sales in more than 175 countries and our diverse customer base utilizes our products across a wide array of end-markets that have favorable near- and long-term growth prospects, including industrial manufacturing, energy (with particular exposure to the North American upstream land-based market), transportation, medical and laboratory sciences, food and beverage packaging and chemical processing.

Our products and services are critical to the processes and systems in which they are utilized, which are often complex and function in harsh conditions where the cost of failure or downtime is high. However, our products typically represent only a small portion of the costs of the overall systems or functions that they support. As a result, our customers place a high value on our application expertise, product reliability and the responsiveness of our service. To support our customers and market presence, we maintain significant global scale with 37 key manufacturing facilities, more than 30 complementary service and repair centers across six continents and approximately 6,200 employees worldwide as of December 31, 2016.

The process-critical nature of our product applications, coupled with the standard wear and tear replacement cycles associated with the usage of our products, generates opportunities to support customers with our broad portfolio of aftermarket parts, consumables and services. Customers place a high value on minimizing any time their operations are offline. As a result, the availability of replacement parts, consumables and our repair and support services are key components of our value proposition. Our large installed base of products provides a recurring revenue stream through our aftermarket parts, consumables and services offerings. As a result, our aftermarket revenue is significant, representing 35% of total Company revenue and approximately 40% of our combined Industrials and Energy segments’ revenue.

Our top priority since the completion of the KKR Transaction has been the transformation of our business, which we have driven by investing in our corporate and business leadership team, expanding our commercial reach, improving our operational capabilities and creating a performance-driven organization. We focused heavily on adding executive talent to our Company. Led by our CEO, Vicente Reynal, our senior leadership team was significantly reconstituted and expanded, bringing together deep expertise from leading global industrial organizations. With the senior leadership team in place, our focus turned to driving strong revenue and earnings growth centered on five primary objectives: (i) enhancing commercial leadership by expanding our sales and service presence, adding product line adjacencies and accelerating our innovation funnel; (ii) driving aftermarket sales penetration of our large installed base; (iii) further improving our competitive position with our customers through salesforce effectiveness programs; (iv) executing our operational excellence initiatives to streamline our cost structure and support margin expansion, including through manufacturing footprint optimization, administrative expense efficiency and strategic sourcing; and (v) pursuing acquisitions focused on bolstering our product offerings and/or geographic or market presence. These initiatives have significantly improved our underlying operating performance since the KKR Transaction and we believe they have laid the foundation for ongoing value creation. Some examples of the improvement achieved from 2014 to 2016 include:

growing our Energy and Medical Segment Revenue by mid-single digit growth rates, excluding in each case the impact of the significant downturn in the upstream energy market and currency volatility;
growing Segment Adjusted EBITDA and meaningfully expanding Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margins each year across all of our segments, excluding the impact of the significant downturn in the upstream energy market and currency volatility;

72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

successfully reducing corporate costs not allocated to our segments from $47.3 million in 2014 to $22.7 million in 2016, representing a 52% reduction in corporate overhead costs;
strengthening our customer service and connectivity by transitioning our sales team and realigning our product engineering and marketing teams in our Industrials segment into an integrated, global product and customer management structure;
transforming our upstream energy offering from being predominantly a pump manufacturer into a full service solutions provider that offers high quality, locally accessible aftermarket support, with our upstream energy service network expanding coverage by 160% since 2012 to now cover approximately 85% of all current North American land drilling activity; and
expanding our Industrials segment aftermarket revenues as a percentage of Industrials Segment Revenue from approximately 33% in 2014 to 35% in 2016.

We believe the establishment and continued execution of our operational and strategic growth initiatives have positioned our Company for substantial revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth with continued potential to expand margins.

In 2016, the Company generated approximately $2 billion of revenue. The following charts depict our 2016 revenues by geographic region, business segment, end-market and product specification:


(1) Our geographic regions are grouped into the Americas; EMEA; and APAC.
(2) The classification of end-markets for sales made through independent distributors (rather than through direct sales to end-users) is based on an assessment of the distribution channels through which such sales are made.

As part of our business transformation, we reorganized our Company into three business segments because of the unique sales drivers and market characteristics of each. Our Industrials segment has strong aftermarket revenues and a growth profile that is driven predominantly by industrial production and GDP growth across both

73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

developed and emerging markets, as well as by customer demand for energy efficiency, a lower total cost of ownership and improved functionality. Our Energy segment also benefits from strong aftermarket revenues, but has growth characteristics that are driven by upstream, midstream and downstream energy dynamics and, as such, is well-positioned to capitalize on a recovery in the upstream market. Finally, our Medical segment growth is driven by medical equipment and laboratory end-markets, which experience different dynamics than our Industrials and Energy segments, but which demand products that share the same mission-critical flow control attributes. Together, our Industrials, Energy and Medical segments create a diverse portfolio with exposure to highly attractive end-markets, significant aftermarket revenues, upside from an upstream energy recovery and positive secular trends across all segments.

An overview of select financial metrics and key product categories for each of our segments follows:

 
Industrials Segment
Energy Segment
Medical Segment
2016 Segment Revenue
$1,082 million
$628 million
$229 million
2016 Segment Adjusted EBITDA
$218 million
$144 million
$62 million
2016 Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margin
20.1%
22.9%
27.1%
 
 
 
 
Key Product Categories
   •   Compressors
   •   Vacuum Products
   •   Blower Products
   •   Drilling, Frac and
       Well Servicing
       Pumps
   •   Liquid Ring Pumps
       and Compressors
   •   Engineered Loading
       Systems
   •   Compressors
   •   Vacuum Products
   •   Liquid Pumps
Industrials : We design, manufacture, market and service a broad range of air compression, vacuum and blower products, including associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services, across a wide array of technologies and applications for use in diverse end-markets. Compressors are used to increase the pressure of air or gas, vacuum products are used to remove air or gas in order to reduce the pressure below atmospheric levels, and blower products are used to produce a high volume of air or gas at low pressure. Almost every manufacturing and industrial facility, and many service and process industry applications, use air compression, vacuum and blower products in a variety of process-critical applications such as the operation of industrial air tools, vacuum packaging of food products and aeration of waste water, among others.

We offer one of the broadest portfolios of compression, vacuum and blower technology in our markets which we believe, alongside our geographic footprint, allows us to provide differentiated service to our customers globally and maintain leading positions in many of our end-markets. Our compression products cover the full range of technologies, including rotary screw, reciprocating piston, scroll, rotary vane and centrifugal compressors. Our vacuum products and blowers also cover the full technology spectrum; vacuum technologies include side channel, liquid ring, claw vacuum, screw and rotary vane vacuum pumps among others, while blower technologies include rotary lobe blowers, screw, claw and vane, turbo, side channel and radial blowers. Our ability to support custom industrial application needs from nearly full vacuum to approximately 7,000 pounds per square inch (psi) pressure levels makes us a partner of choice for many of our long-standing customers. The breadth and depth of our product offering creates incremental business opportunities by allowing us to cross-sell our full product portfolio and uniquely address customers’ needs in one complete solution.

We sell our industrial products through an integrated network of direct sales representatives and independent distributors, which is strategically tailored to meet the dynamics of each target geography or end-market. Our large installed base also provides for a significant stream of recurring aftermarket revenue. For example, on average, the useful life of a compressor is between 10 and 12 years. However, a customer typically services the compressor at regular intervals, starting within the first two years of purchase and continuing throughout the life of the product. The cumulative aftermarket revenue generated by a compressor over the product’s life cycle will typically exceed its original cost. Industrial air compressors represent the largest market in which we compete in our Industrials segment and is a product category for which we believe there is significant potential to drive increased sales of our aftermarket parts, consumables and services. We use our direct salesforce and strong distributor

74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

relationships, the majority of which are exclusive to our business for the products that we sell through them, to sell our broad portfolio of aftermarket parts, consumables and services. Within our Industrials segment, we primarily sell through the Gardner Denver, CompAir, Elmo Rietschle and Robuschi brands, as well as other leading brand names.

Energy : We design, manufacture, market and service a diverse range of positive displacement pumps, liquid ring vacuum pumps, compressors and integrated systems, engineered fluid loading and transfer equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services. The highly engineered products offered by our Energy segment serve customers across upstream, midstream and downstream energy markets, as well as petrochemical processing, transportation and general industrial sectors. We are one of the largest suppliers of equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services for the energy market applications that we serve.

Our positive displacement pumps are fit-for-purpose to meet the demands and challenges of modern unconventional drilling and hydraulic fracturing activity, particularly in the major basins and shale plays in the North American land market. Our positive displacement pump offering includes mission-critical oil and gas drilling pumps, frac pumps and well servicing pumps, in addition to sales of associated consumables used in the operation of our pumps and aftermarket parts, consumables and services. The products we sell into upstream energy applications are highly aftermarket-intensive, and so we support these products in the field with one of the industry’s most comprehensive service networks, which encompasses locations across all major basins and shale plays in the North American land market. This North American land-based service network is critical to serving our customers and, by supporting them in the field, to generating demand for new original equipment sales. For example, fluid ends are key aftermarket parts used in hydraulic fracturing operations that represent approximately 30% of the original cost of the pump and need to be replaced approximately four times per year on each operating pump (depending on the basin and operating nature of the hydraulic fracturing fleet). Other aftermarket parts, such as plungers, and consumables, such as valves, seats and packing, are replaced on even shorter time frames, creating aftermarket opportunities which in aggregate are often multiples of the cost of the original pump.

Our liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors are highly engineered products specifically designed for continuous duty in harsh environments to serve a wide range of applications, including oil and gas refining and processing, mining, chemical processing, petrochemical and industrial applications. Our liquid ring technology utilizes a service liquid to evacuate or compress gas by forming a rotating ring of liquid that acts like a piston to deliver an uninterrupted flow of gas without pulsation. In addition, our engineered fluid loading and transfer equipment and systems ensure the safe and efficient transportation and transfer of petroleum products as well as certain other liquid commodity products to serve a wide range of industries. Similar to our positive displacement pumps business, we complement these products with a broad array of aftermarket parts, service and repair capabilities by leveraging our global network of manufacturing and service locations to meet the diverse needs of our customers. Within our Energy segment, we primarily sell through the Gardner Denver, Nash and Emco Wheaton brands, as well as other leading brand names.

Medical : We design, manufacture and market a broad range of highly specialized gas, liquid and precision syringe pumps and compressors that are specified by medical and laboratory equipment suppliers and integrated into their final equipment for use in applications, such as oxygen therapy, blood dialysis, patient monitoring, laboratory sterilization and wound treatment, among others. We offer a comprehensive product portfolio across a breadth of technologies to address the medical and laboratory sciences pump and fluid handling industry, as well as a range of end-use vacuum products for laboratory science applications, and we recently expanded into liquid pumps and automated liquid handling components and systems. Our product performance, quality and long-term reliability are often mission-critical in healthcare applications. We are one of the largest product suppliers in the medical markets we serve and have long-standing customer relationships with industry-leading medical and laboratory equipment providers. Additionally, many of our Medical segment gas and liquid pumps are also used in other technology applications beyond the medical and laboratory sciences. Within our Medical segment, we primarily sell through the Thomas brand, as well as other leading brand names.

75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Industries and Products

We operate in the global markets for flow control and air compression products for the industrial, energy and medical industries. Our highly engineered products and proprietary technologies are focused on serving specialized applications within these attractive and growing industries.

Industrials

Our Industrials segment designs, manufactures, markets and services a broad range of air compression, vacuum and blower products across a wide array of technologies. Compression, vacuum and blower products are used in a wide spectrum of applications in nearly all manufacturing and industrial facilities and many service and process industries in a variety of end-markets, including infrastructure, construction, transportation, food and beverage packaging and chemical processing.

Compression Products

Sales to industrial end-markets include industrial air compression products, as well as associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services. Industrial air compressors compress air to create pressure to power machinery, industrial tools, material handling systems and automated equipment. Compressed air is also used in applications as diversified as snow making and fish farming, on high-speed trains and in hospitals. Compressors can be either stationary or portable, depending on the requirements of the application or customer. Because compressed air is utilized as a core component in manufacturing operations in nearly every manufacturing plant, it is often referred to as the “fourth utility” (in addition to electricity, gas and water). The global industrial air compressor market is an estimated $12.5 billion industry, and according to Frost & Sullivan, we currently maintain a top three position in this market.

We focus on five basic types of air compression technologies: rotary screw, reciprocating piston, scroll, rotary vane and centrifugal compressors. Rotary screw compressors are a newer technology than reciprocating compressors and exhibit better suitability for continuous processes due to a more compact size, less maintenance and better noise profile. We believe our reciprocating piston compressors provide one of the broadest ranges of pressures in the market and are supported by increasing demand across wide-ranging attractive end-markets. Scroll compressors are most commonly seen where less oil-free air is needed, and is most commonly used in medical and food applications where the need for pure, clean and precise air is of great importance. Rotary vane compressors feature high efficiency, compact compression technology and can be found throughout all sectors of industry, including automotive, food and beverage, energy and manufacturing with specialist solutions within transit, gas and snow making. Centrifugal compressors are most effective when in applications that demand larger quantities of oil-free air and are utilized across a wide range of industries.

Vacuum Products

Industrial vacuum products are integral to manufacturing processes in applications for packaging, pneumatic conveying, drying, holding / lifting, distillation, evacuation, forming / pressing, removal and coating. Within each of these processes are a multitude of sub-applications. As an example of one such end-process, within packaging, a vacuum will be used on blister packaging, foil handling, labeling, carton erection, stacking and palletizing, as well as central vacuum supply for entire packaging departments. Management believes that we hold a leading position in our addressable portion of the global vacuum products market.

We focus on five basic types of vacuum technologies: side channel, liquid ring, claw vacuum, screw and rotary vane vacuum pumps. Side channel vacuum pumps are used for conveying gases and gas-air mixtures in a variety of applications, including laser printers, packaging, soil treatment, textiles and food and beverage products. Liquid ring vacuum pumps are used for extreme conditions, which prevail in humid and wet processes across ceramics, environmental, medical and plastics applications. Claw vacuum pumps efficiently and economically generate contact-free vacuum for chemical, environmental and packaging applications. Screw vacuum pumps are a dry running technology used to reduce the carbon footprint and life cycle costs in drying and packaging applications. Rotary vane vacuum pumps are used for vacuum and combined pressure and vacuum applications in the environmental, woodworking, packaging and food and beverage end-markets.

Blower Products

Blower products are used for conveying high volumes of air and gas at various flow rates and at low pressures, and are utilized in a broad range of industrial and environmental applications, including waste water

76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

aeration, biogas upgrading and conveying, pneumatic transport and dehydrating applications for food and beverage, cement, pharmaceutical, petrochemical and mobile industrial applications. We also design, manufacture, market and service frac sand blowers within our Industrials segment. In many cases, blowers are a core component for the operation of the entire end-users’ systems. Management believes that we hold a leading position in our addressable portion of the global vacuum products market.

We focus on several key technologies within blower products: rotary lobe, screw, claw and vane, turbo, side channel and radial blowers. Rotary lobe blowers, screw blowers and claw and vane blowers are positive displacement technologies that have the ability to consistently move the same volume of gas or air and vary the volume flow according to the speed of the machine itself enabling it to adapt the flow condition in a flexible manner despite pressure in the system. Turbo blowers and side channel and radial blowers are dynamic technologies that have the ability to accelerate gas or air through an impeller and transform their kinetic energy at the discharge with some limitation on flexibility.

Key Trends, Regional Macro Drivers and Outlook

Key trends for the Industrials segment include:

Increased Innovation – Continuing customer desire for innovation and new technologies, such as remote monitoring, dry running technology and, generally, improvements in noise reduction, energy efficiency and savings, energy recovery and reduced CO 2 emissions;
Product Monitoring – Increasing demand for service and monitoring of compressed air installations;
Value Placed on Total Cost – Growing focus on comprehensive solutions and total life cycle cost;
Desire for Product Adaptability – Rising need for adaptability of products to accommodate new applications for compressed air, compressed gas and vacuum; and
Maximized Product Uptime – Increasing customer expectations for product reliability combined with superior customer service, quick aftermarket support and regular maintenance to reduce downtime.

The mission-critical nature of our industrial products across manufacturing processes drives a demand environment and outlook that are highly correlated with global and regional industrial production, capacity utilization and long-term GDP growth. In the United States and Europe, we are poised to continue benefiting from expected growth in real GDP, along with an expected rebound in industrial production activity in 2017 and 2018. In APAC, despite the recent deceleration, GDP growth remains robust and we believe we are well-positioned to benefit from the expected GDP growth, which is estimated to be a multiple of anticipated growth in the Americas and EMEA through 2018.

77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The charts below highlight the expectations for global GDP growth and U.S. industrial production according to the IMF’s World Economic Outlook database and the U.S. Energy Information Administration as of January 2017. We expect the U.S. industrial market to accelerate in 2017 and 2018 from a challenging 2015 and 2016.



Competition

The industrial end-markets we serve are competitive, with an increasing focus on product quality, performance, energy efficiency, customer service and local presence. Although there are several large manufacturers of compression, vacuum and blower products, the marketplace for these products remains highly fragmented due to the wide variety of product technologies, applications and selling channels. Our principal competitors in sales of compression, vacuum and blower products in our Industrials segment include Atlas Copco AB, Ingersoll-Rand PLC, Colfax Corp., Flowserve Corporation, IDEX Corporation, Accudyne and Kaeser Compressors, Inc.

Energy

Our Energy segment designs, manufactures, markets and services a diverse range of positive displacement pumps, liquid ring vacuum pumps, compressors and integrated systems, engineered fluid loading and transfer equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services for a number of attractive, growing market sectors with energy exposure, spanning upstream, midstream, downstream and petrochemical applications. The

78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

high cost of failure in these applications makes quality and reliability key purchase criteria for end-users and drives demand for our highly engineered and differentiated products.

Upstream

Through the manufacture and aftermarket service of pumps and manufacture of associated aftermarket parts and consumables used in drilling, hydraulic fracturing and well servicing applications, our Energy segment is well-positioned to capitalize on an upstream recovery, particularly in the North American land-based market, where our customers include market-leading hydraulic fracturing (also known as pressure pumping) and contract drilling service companies, as well as certain other types of well service companies. Sales to upstream energy end-markets consist of positive displacement pumps and associated aftermarket parts, most notably fluid ends, as well as consumables and services.

Positive displacement pumps in the upstream energy end-market primarily move fluid to assist in drilling, hydraulic fracturing and well servicing applications. The majority of positive displacement pumps we sell are frac pumps, which experience significant service intensity during use in the field and, as such, typically have useful life spans of approximately four to six years before needing to be replaced. During that useful life, such pumps will need to receive intermittent repairs as well as major overhauls. In addition, we also sell positive displacement pumps that are used in drilling and well servicing applications. Spears & Associates, Inc. estimates that we have the second largest market share in the global frac pump market based on installed base, and, according to management estimates, the largest market share based on new unit sales in the last three years from 2014 to 2016.
Fluid ends are a key component of positive displacement pumps that generate the pumping action, along with other parts, such as plungers, and consumables, such as valves, seats and packing, which pressurizes the fluid, in the case of drilling or well servicing applications, or fluid and proppant mixture, in the case of hydraulic fracturing, and propels such fluid or mixture out of the pump and into a series of flow lines that distribute the fluid or mixture into the well. Fluid ends are incorporated in original equipment pumps, and due to the highly corrosive nature of the fluids and the abrasive nature of the proppants used in hydraulic fracturing operations, need to be frequently replaced. Specifically, fluid ends used in hydraulic fracturing operations represent approximately 30% of the original cost of the pump and need to be replaced approximately four times per year on each operating pump, depending on the basin and the operating nature of the hydraulic fracturing fleet. As such, fluid ends, other aftermarket parts and consumables represent a significant source of aftermarket product sales.

The level of profitability at which new wells can be drilled is a primary driver of drilling and completions activities, including hydraulic fracturing. Thus, demand for our Energy and Industrials products exposed to the upstream energy industry generally correlates with the prices of crude oil and natural gas and the number of working drilling rigs in the market. Importantly, according to industry reports, the threshold oil price at which wells are profitable to drill has significantly decreased by an average across all U.S. shale plays of 47% from 2014 to 2016. As a result of this improvement in well profitability and the crude oil price improvement since the low points observed during the first half of 2016, an increased number of drilling rigs have reentered the market, which we expect to continue going forward and to drive demand for our upstream energy products and services. However, it is important to note that while the crude oil price level has a meaningful impact on the level of activity in our upstream energy applications, the growth in demand for our products into such applications is significantly heightened by numerous other market dynamics and drivers (detailed below). We believe that these additional market dynamics result in our exposure to the upstream energy industry being among the most attractive in the present environment and in a potential upstream energy recovery.

We believe we are exposed to some of the highest growth market drivers in the context of an upstream energy recovery. Secular industry trends are driving increased demand for and utilization of newer, fit-for-purpose equipment with innovations that increase productivity and are increasing the frequency of replacement, refurbishment and upgrade cycles of pumping equipment and associated consumable products used in drilling and hydraulic fracturing activity. The number of wells drilled is growing at a faster rate than active rig count with each active rig drilling more unconventional wells per unit of time than previously experienced. Further, each unconventional well, on average, is being drilled with longer laterals and more hydraulic fracturing stages per well. Moreover, this quickly growing demand for hydraulic fracturing horsepower, in conjunction with the usage of more volume of abrasive proppant per well, is resulting in accelerated wear and tear on frac pumps

79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and associated aftermarket parts and consumables. As a result, there are multiple drivers of growth in frac pumps and associated aftermarket parts, including fluid ends, consumables and services that are incremental to active rig count, creating a growth profile that is leveraged to, but meaningfully accelerated relative to, the active rig count.

Key trends include:

Deferred Capital Expenditures and Frac Pump Replacement Cycle – During the broader industry downturn, many companies have deferred capital expenditures on maintenance and replacement of capital equipment, including pumps used in hydraulic fracturing and drilling applications. According to Spears & Associates, Inc., a large and growing percentage of the installed base of hydraulic fracturing is more than five years old and so may be operating beyond useful life according to industry best practices and safety standards, particularly in light of maintenance deferral that is likely to have reduced useful lives of components. Much of this capital equipment will require aftermarket parts, service or replacement before being safely put back into service.


Greater Percentage of Higher-Specification Drilling Rigs – Land-based drilling activity is trending towards using higher-specification drilling rigs that are more efficient in drilling shale oil and gas wells than older drilling rigs. Higher-specification drilling rigs are required for horizontal drilling operations, which increased to 79% of the active U.S. land-based drilling fleet in 2016 up from 53% in 2010. Higher-specification rigs that typically command higher day rates and utilization often have three to four drilling pumps per rig, as compared to two for older and less efficient drilling rigs, and the pumps used are often specified at higher flow pressures, which results in greater technical requirements. This trend is favorable for our premium-positioned drilling pumps, both in terms of volume from new rigs as well as upgrades to higher capability drilling pumps and fluid ends on existing rigs.


80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Growth in U.S. Land Rig Count Compared to the Rest of the World – Land rig count in the United States has increased 72% from 384 rigs in May 2016 to 659 rigs in January 2017 compared to approximately flat rig count in the rest of the world over this same time period. This trend is expected to continue as Spears & Associates, Inc. projects the U.S. land rig count to grow 31% from the fourth quarter of 2016 to the fourth quarter of 2017, compared to 6% for the rest of the world (excluding Canada) over this same time period. This trend is expected to benefit our upstream energy product lines.


More Wells Drilled Per Rig Per Year – Higher-specification drilling rigs are capable of pad drilling operations, which have become more prevalent in North American drilling activity, enabling the operator to drill more wells per rig per year than older rigs. As a result, the active rig count in today’s environment and going forward in an upstream energy recovery combined with the growing use of higher specification rigs corresponds to more wells per rig being drilled than during 2014 or before. This trend is favorable for our frac pump and associated aftermarket parts and consumables business, as an average single active rig is now expected to generate more demand for hydraulic fracturing, as each unconventional well needs to be fractured. The result of these improved techniques and technologies have reduced the average days required to drill a well, which according to Coras Research, LLC, has dropped from 28 days in 2014 to 21 days in 2016.

81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Growth in Hydraulic Fracturing – Hydraulic fracturing is a mission-critical service required for the continued development of shale resources in North America and internationally. The hydraulic fracturing sector is expected to have among the highest growth rates of any subsector within the energy services and equipment space. Industry reports have forecasted that the North American onshore stimulation sector, which includes hydraulic fracturing, will increase 30% from 2016 through 2020. Further, demand for hydraulic fracturing horsepower, which is a measure of frac pump demand, is expected to increase more than 100% from the fourth quarter of 2016 to the fourth quarter of 2018, driving increased demand for our premium equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services.


Increasing Lateral Lengths – Horizontal lateral lengths increased from 2014 to 2016 and are expected to continue increasing through 2018. This trend is driving demand for higher pressure-rated fluid pumping equipment and consumable products used during hydraulic fracturing operations and is resulting in even more usage and wear and tear on the frac pump, thus reducing useful life and driving demand for aftermarket parts, consumables and services.
Increasing Hydraulic Fracturing Intensity – Increasing number of hydraulic fracturing stages per foot per well drilled requires higher pressure-rated fluid pumping equipment and consumable products and also results in usage and wear and tear on the frac pump, further reducing useful life and driving additional demand for aftermarket parts, consumables and services.
Increasing Volume of Proppant Used – Increasing volume of proppant (e.g., frac sand) used per hydraulic fracturing stage results in increased volume of fluid to convey proppant through the wellbore, which requires higher pressure-rated fluid pumping equipment, and given that proppant is abrasive material, this further reduces the equipment’s useful life and drives additional demand for aftermarket parts, consumables and services, which is incremental to the drivers described above.


82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Increasing End Customer Requirements – We believe end customers are demanding redundancy on mission-critical components to improve operational efficiency. In addition, we believe end customers are demanding higher standards on preventative maintenance and safety. This trend is causing upstream energy producers to drive customers of these products to use premium equipment and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services.

Midstream and Downstream

Sales to midstream and downstream energy end-markets consist of liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors and integrated systems, engineered fluid loading and transfer equipment and associated aftermarket parts and services. Industry reports indicate the U.S. midstream and downstream industries are estimated to have spent $28 billion and $15 billion on capital expenditures in 2016, respectively. These large investments in midstream and downstream energy end-markets are expected to drive sales of our equipment and future sales in aftermarket parts and services as these facilities age. Further, deferred maintenance of downstream energy infrastructure is expected to drive increased future sales in our replacement products and aftermarket parts and services. Our downstream energy business contributes a larger share of revenue and profitability than our midstream energy business.

We focus on two basic types of midstream and downstream energy equipment: fluid transfer equipment and liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors, which are employed in the midstream and downstream markets, respectively.

Fluid transfer equipment, including fluid loading systems, tank truck and fleet fueling products and couplers: Fluid loading systems are used in the transfer and loading of hydrocarbons and certain other liquid commodity products in marine and land applications. Tank truck and fleet fueling products allow for safe transfer of liquid products without spillage or contamination while safeguarding the operator and the environment. Operators use Dry-Break® technology couplers and adapters to provide a secure connection for the transfer of liquid products without spillage or contamination while safeguarding the operator and the environment.
Liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors: Liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors are designed for continuous duty in harsh environments, including vapor and flare gas recovery equipment, primarily in downstream applications. The liquid ring technology utilizes a service liquid, typically water, oil or fuel, to evacuate or compress gas by forming a rotating ring of liquid that follows the contour of the body of the pump or compressor and acts like a piston to deliver an uninterrupted flow of gas without pulsation.

Our midstream and downstream products are positioned to capitalize on large and secularly growing applications, which provide relatively stable demand with attractive, long-term growth supported by the following trends.

Key trends include:

Increas ing Production – Increased U.S. oil and gas production, which has risen by 12% from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2016, has driven an increased demand for U.S. refined product production. U.S. oil and gas production is expected to continue to grow at a 3% CAGR from 2016 to 2020.
Increas ing Transportation of Hydrocarbons – Transportation of crude oil and natural gas, both domestically and internationally, has increased and is projected to continue to increase due to crude oil production and global refined product imbalances. International and domestic movement of hydrocarbons drives demand for our fluid loading systems and tank truck and fleet fueling equipment.
Deferred Maintenance Capital Expenditures – In 2015 and 2016, the combination of increased demand for refined products and depressed crude oil prices resulted in attractive profitability for U.S. refiners and deferral of routine and periodic turnaround maintenance. We expect the resumption of ongoing maintenance of refineries and other downstream infrastructure to drive steady product sales and growing aftermarket support as the downstream industry maintains and upgrades its facilities.

83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Inclusion in Initial Specifications and Increased Size of Projects – Midstream and downstream projects have long lead times, and operators often include our products in the initial specifications for the design and construction of these facilities. As facilities become larger and more complex, more of our products are required.
Increas ing Environmental Regulations – Environmental regulations and sensitivities are becoming more stringent within the global midstream and downstream industries, creating high costs and penalties for spills, leakage and other environmental exposure, including vapor and flare gas. This trend is favorable for our marine and land liquid product loading systems, tank truck and fleet fueling equipment, our highly engineered coupler products and vapor and flare gas recovery equipment.
Petroleum Products Export Growth – Robust domestic U.S. natural gas production and the U.S. government’s passage of regulations in 2015 to remove a legacy ban on petroleum exports have spurred construction of export facilities to meet new demand.

Petrochemical

Our Energy segment is positioned to capitalize on the large and growing petrochemical industry. Sales to petrochemical end-markets consist of vacuum and compression process systems, both of which are used in harsh, continuous-duty applications. According to industry sources, U.S. chemical industry capital spending reached $44 billion in 2015 and is expected to grow 10% in 2016, 8% in 2017 and 7% in 2018, largely driven by facility expansions and investments to improve operating efficiencies. Further, industry sources forecast the annual U.S. capital spending by the petrochemical industry to reach $65 billion by 2021, triple the level of spending in 2010.

Demand for our petrochemical industry products correlates with growth in the development of new petrochemical plants as well as activity levels therein, which drive demand for aftermarket parts and services on our market-leading installed base of equipment. Attractive secular trends in the petrochemical market provide additional sources of growth. Advancements in the development of unconventional natural gas resources in North America over the past decade have resulted in the abundant availability of locally-sourced natural gas as feedstock for petrochemical plants in North America, supporting long-term growth. In addition, new petrochemical plants are becoming larger, driving increased demand for more equipment within larger systems.

Competition

Across our product lines exposed to the energy industry, the competitive landscape is specific to the end-markets served. Our principal competitor for drilling pumps is National Oilwell Varco Inc., and for frac pumps is The Weir Group plc. Within upstream energy, we additionally compete with certain smaller, regional manufacturers of pumps and aftermarket parts, although these are not direct competitors for most of our products. Our principal competitors in sales of fluid transfer equipment include Dover Corporation, SVT GmbH and TechnipFMC plc. Our principal competitors in the sale of liquid ring pumps and compressors are Flowserve Corporation and Busch-Holding GmbH.

Medical

The Medical segment designs, manufactures and markets a broad range of flow control products for the durable medical equipment, laboratory vacuum and automated liquid handling end-markets. Key technologies include gas, liquid and precision syringe pumps and automated liquid handling systems.

Based on internal estimates, the durable medical equipment pump market represents approximately a $1.2 billion opportunity globally and can be divided into two primary sub-markets: gas pumps and liquid pumps. In both markets, energy efficiency, ultra-low vibration, reduced noise levels and compactness to flow rates are key application considerations. Customers are mainly medium and large durable medical equipment manufacturers who integrate our products into their devices for a wide range of applications, such as aspirators, blood analyzers, blood pressure monitors, compression therapy, dental carts, dialysis machines, gas monitors and ventilators. Gas pumps transfer and compress gases and generate vacuum to enable precise flow conditions. We estimate the size of the global gas pump market to be approximately $700 million. Building on our strength in gas pump applications, we recently expanded into the liquid pump and automated liquid handling markets to gain share in sizable markets that were previously unaddressed by us. We estimate the liquid pump market to be a $450 million market globally. Our liquid pump products are primarily used to meter and transfer both neutral and

84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

chemically aggressive fluids. We view this space as an attractive adjacency to our existing strategy and one in which we are able to capture share in line with current operations in the gas pump market, building momentum and scale for our Medical business. We believe both gas and liquid pump markets present attractive long-term growth profiles based on strong secular trends.

Our products are also used in the laboratory vacuum equipment space which includes end-use chemically resistant devices used in research and commercial laboratories which is a highly attractive niche market. In addition, we recently expanded into the automated liquid handling end-market, which includes syringe pumps, systems and accessories that are integrated into large scale automated liquid handling systems primarily for clinical, pharmaceutical and environmental analyses.

Customers in the durable medical pump end-market and the automated liquid handling end-market develop and manufacture equipment used in a highly regulated environment requiring highly specialized technologies. As a result, relationships with customers are built based on a supplier’s long-term reputation and expertise and deep involvement throughout a product’s evolution, from concept to long-term commercialization. Customers value suppliers that can provide global research and development, regulatory and manufacturing support, as well as sales footprint and expertise to foster close relationships with key decision makers at their company. Combined with the long product life cycle in the regulated medical device space, these factors create a strong, recurring base of business. As a leading pump manufacturer in these markets, we have established a history of innovation that enables us to work closely with our customers to create highly customized flow control solutions for their unique applications. These products are mission-critical in the ultimate device in which they are deployed and remain a key component over the entire life cycle of the end products. The regulated market structure and nature of long-tenured customer relationships enables pump manufacturers to have a highly visible, recurring revenue stream from key customers.

Key Trends, Regional Macro Drivers and Outlook

We believe that overall demand for flow control products and services in the medical space will benefit from attractive secular growth trends, including:

Aging Demographics Requiring Greater Access to Medical Care – More than 20% of the U.S. population is expected to be over the age of 65 by 2030, compared to approximately 15% of the population today; furthermore, the 65 and older demographic is projected to grow at three to four times the rate of the U.S. population as a whole over the next 25 years.
Growth in Emerging Economies – Economic growth in emerging economies and rising per capita income levels support modernization of healthcare systems, increased awareness of medical services and greater availability of treatment options.
Increasing Demand for Healthcare – Increased investment in health solutions and safety infrastructures drives demand for medical pump products; annual healthcare spend per capita in the U.S. is projected to grow at a 4.7% CAGR from 2015 through 2025, according to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
Focus on Healthcare Efficiency – Increased demand for higher healthcare efficiency requires premium and high performance systems.
Medical Equipment Innovation – Increasing demand for durable medical equipment provides significant opportunity for pump products to be incorporated into new applications; annual healthcare equipment spend per capita in the United States is projected to grow at a 4.7% CAGR from 2015 through 2025, according to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.

Competition

Competition in the medical pump market is primarily based on product quality and performance, as most products must be qualified by the customer for a particular use. Further, there is an increasing demand for more efficient healthcare solutions, which is driving the adoption of premium and high performance systems. Our primary competitors in medical pumps include IDEX Corporation, Watson-Marlow, Inc., KNF Neuberger, Inc. and Thermo Fisher Scientific, as well as other regional and local manufacturers.

85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Business Transformation from Operational Execution and Strategic Investment

Our top priorities since the KKR Transaction have been creating a performance-driven organization and ensuring superior execution of our operating initiatives in order to transform our business and realize step-change improvements in our commercial and operational capabilities, financial characteristics and performance, pace of innovation and customer service. We have focused on adding executive talent as well as building out the core strategic functions underneath them. Led by our CEO, Vicente Reynal, the senior management team has been significantly reconstituted and expanded, bringing together deep expertise from leading global industrial organizations. For example, 45% of our top 100 business managers, including the senior management team, have joined the Company since the KKR Transaction, injecting a significant new level of talent into our leadership team. To support our business transformation, significant investment was dedicated to transformational initiatives across the Company’s three segments, primarily directed toward funding the Company’s growth strategies, further implementation of operational process efficiency actions and permanently reducing operating costs through structural reorganization changes.

With the senior leadership team in place, we have focused on driving strong revenue and earnings growth centered on five primary objectives: (i) enhancing commercial leadership by expanding our sales and service presence, adding product line adjacencies and accelerating our innovation funnel; (ii) driving aftermarket sales penetration of our large installed base; (iii) further improving our competitive position with our customers through salesforce effectiveness programs; (iv) executing our operational excellence initiatives to streamline our cost structure and support margin expansion, including through manufacturing footprint optimization, administrative expense efficiency and strategic sourcing; and (v) pursuing acquisitions focused on bolstering our product offerings and/or geographic or market presence. These initiatives have improved our underlying operating performance since the KKR Transaction and we believe they have laid the foundation for ongoing value creation.

Within the Industrials segment, we transitioned our sales team, which had previously been organized around individual brands, into an integrated salesforce that provides complete solutions to our customers by selling our entire portfolio of market-leading brands. In addition, we strengthened our customer connectivity by realigning our product engineering and marketing teams into a single global product management structure. This team is now able to directly access customer feedback, recognize the unmet needs of the market and then translate this critical information into customer-centric innovation that can be leveraged globally. Our new product management process spurred accelerated innovation cycles and has led to the development of several next-generation products, such as the two-stage Dryclon oil-free compressor and our Mechanical Vapor Recovery (MVR) system. We also established a centralized demand generation team that provides integrated tools and technology solutions for our local marketing teams to capture more end-user contacts, develop and execute targeted campaigns and generate more actionable leads for our sales teams. In addition, we executed on our European profitability plan by optimizing our footprint to enhance our flexibility and responsiveness to customer needs. Finally, within this segment, we achieved structural cost reductions by centralizing and streamlining back office, processing, fulfillment and information technology operations in order to simplify the business and accelerate strategic decision-making, continuing to execute direct sourcing programs from low-cost countries, divesting non-core or underperforming assets, strengthening our operational and supply chain infrastructure and implementing lean initiatives. These improvements strengthened our customer service and connectivity by transitioning our sales team and realigning our product engineering and marketing teams into an integrated, global product and customer management structure.

Within the Energy segment, we transformed our upstream energy offering from being predominantly a pump manufacturer into a full-service solutions provider that offers high quality and locally accessible aftermarket support throughout the life cycle of our products. Even during the recent upstream energy industry downturn, when many of our competitors and customers were closing facilities and cutting back investments, we continued investing in our capabilities within the energy markets. As a result, we believe that we will be even better positioned to capture market share and grow revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA independent of an upstream energy recovery, while positioning ourselves to realize significantly increased sales, profitability and customer responsiveness in the context of such a recovery. We nearly doubled our sales personnel for upstream energy markets since 2012 to increase customer interaction and enhance market penetration, and we optimized our supply chain with tactical insourcing and outsourcing initiatives. We also developed a solutions-focused sales approach with dedicated applications engineering to support our salesforce efforts within each of our product lines. This hands-on approach to product marketing and sales helps our customers understand how our products

86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and solutions can address complex needs and drive ongoing efficiency in the variety of energy and other process-related end-markets within which they operate. We believe that this specialized technical sales approach will help us better capture differentiated high-margin solutions for our customers and capitalize on market opportunities. In addition, we made significant investments in manufacturing capacity expansion and operational efficiency gains, implementing manufacturing best practices and advanced robotic automation within key manufacturing facilities that have the potential to be high-volume in mid-cycle or higher environments due to the consumable nature of the products manufactured. These one-time investments position us to harvest meaningful recurring cost savings, improve on-time delivery and provide significant operating leverage and flow-through of sales into earnings in a market recovery.

We invested in establishing a leading aftermarket presence that now covers the vast majority of North American land-based oil and gas basins. For example, in November 2015, we opened a state-of-the-art, dedicated repair center in Odessa, Texas, to service the Permian Basin, the most active oil and gas region in the United States. Before we opened this facility, we did not have a regional aftermarket presence in the Permian Basin, which now accounts for 40% of U.S. drilling activity, according to Baker Hughes, Inc. To further capitalize on this investment in our aftermarket footprint, we organically engineered, designed and brought to market premium new aftermarket parts which are frequently replaced in the field, such as state-of-the-art fluid ends with enhanced durability and performance, plungers, as well as innovative valves, seats and packing, which are consumable products used during the operation of our pumps. These high-frequency products are often procured by customers as-needed in regional service centers, allowing us to further partner with our customers throughout the life cycle of their equipment. Our aftermarket products and service centers can also address customers’ needs regardless of the brand of the pump, enabling market share gains on aftermarket parts and catalyzing competitive conversions on the eventual pump replacement. Our regional aftermarket presence helps to expand our addressable market and overall installed base as customers prioritize support in the field as a deciding factor when choosing an original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) for new products due to the significant wear and tear on the equipment and meaningful aftermarket parts and consumables requirements during operation.

The Medical segment was established as a standalone and strategic business in 2013 to accelerate growth, profitability and focused innovation. We upgraded our salesforce with deeper technical expertise, which further strengthened our customer relationships with industry-leading durable medical equipment providers. We also enhanced and centralized demand generation efforts to provide our sales force access to more actionable leads. Our upgraded salesforce, combined with our global manufacturing and sales footprint, has delivered sales and profitable growth in gas, liquid and precision syringe pumps for medical and laboratory markets. We recently expanded into liquid pumps and automated liquid handling components and systems, which provide new opportunities for future growth in highly complementary products to our existing Medical segment product offerings. Finally, we also expanded the segment profitability by improving our global sourcing and supply chain strategies, investing in lower cost manufacturing and optimizing our global footprint.

In addition, we have introduced a company-wide procurement organization to leverage our scale and generate strategic sourcing savings. This group both spans our segments at a corporate level and is embedded within them in purchasing roles, and seeks to optimize and reduce our costs in both direct and indirect spend categories. This procurement function has achieved success in reducing our costs and continues to progress through new categories of spend with a long runway for incremental future spend reductions.

87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The significant operational improvements resulting from the execution of our business transformation initiatives have strengthened performance within each of our segments. Given the recent (i) significant downturn in the upstream energy markets and (ii) volatility in the effects of changes in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, we believe that it is helpful for us and investors to evaluate the performance of our segments excluding these factors. Excluding these two items, Segment Revenue was stable and Segment Adjusted EBITDA demonstrated strong growth, resulting in margin improvements in each of our three segments, as illustrated in the table below.

 
Industrials Segment
Energy Segment
Medical Segment
( in millions)
2014
2015
2016
2014
2015
2016
2014
2015
2016
Segment revenues (1)
$
1,306.1
 
$
1,149.7
 
$
1,082.4
 
$
1,045.0
 
$
753.5
 
$
628.4
 
$
218.9
 
$
223.7
 
$
228.7
 
Upstream energy (2)(4)
 
(63.2
)
 
(44.2
)
 
(22.3
)
 
(604.0
)
 
(318.1
)
 
(193.2
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency impact (3)(4)
 
(139.0
)
 
(23.3
)
 
 
 
(43.3
)
 
(7.4
)
 
 
 
(17.4
)
 
(0.1
)
 
 
 
$
1,103.9
 
$
1,082.2
 
$
1,060.1
 
$
397.7
 
$
428.0
 
$
435.2
 
$
201.5
 
$
223.6
 
$
228.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment Adjusted EBITDA (1)
$
223.2
 
$
197.6
 
$
217.6
 
$
309.1
 
$
186.8
 
$
143.8
 
$
52.5
 
$
59.5
 
$
61.9
 
Upstream energy (2)(4)
 
(35.6
)
 
(24.4
)
 
(12.7
)
 
(221.9
)
 
(86.8
)
 
(36.9
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency impact (3)(4)
 
(23.3
)
 
(2.6
)
 
 
 
(9.6
)
 
(2.2
)
 
 
 
(5.0
)
 
(0.1
)
 
 
 
$
164.3
 
$
170.6
 
$
204.9
 
$
77.6
 
$
97.8
 
$
106.9
 
$
47.5
 
$
59.4
 
$
61.9
 
(1) As reported Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Results of Operations—Segment Results.”
(2) Represents the amount of Segment Revenue and Segment Adjusted EBITDA for Industrials and Energy segment products and services with exposure to upstream energy markets. Our Medical segment does not have exposure to upstream energy markets. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Factors Affecting the Comparability of our Results of Operations—Significant Downturn in Upstream Energy in 2015 and 2016” for a description of our Industrials and Energy segment products and services exposed to upstream energy markets.
(3) Represents the impact of translating 2014 and 2015 Segment Revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA into a Constant Currency for 2014, 2015 and 2016, using the average foreign currency exchange rates in 2016.
(4) Amounts adjusted for the impact of upstream energy markets and the impacts of foreign currency changes are non-GAAP financial measures should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. The following discussion of our results of operations should be read in conjunction with the information provided in “Non-GAAP Measures” included elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors Affecting the Comparability of Results of Operations.”

From 2014 to 2016, as we implemented our business operational transformation and strategic investment plan:

our Energy and Medical segments experienced mid-single digit revenue growth, excluding in each case the impact of the recent significant downturn in the upstream energy market and currency volatility;
we grew Segment Adjusted EBITDA and expanded Segment Adjusted EBITDA Margins, each year across all of our segments, excluding the impact of the recent significant downturn in the upstream energy market and currency volatility with our Industrials segment’s margin expanding by approximately 440 basis points, our Energy segment’s margin expanding by approximately 500 basis points and our Medical segment’s margin expanding by approximately 350 basis points; and
we successfully reduced corporate expenses not allocated to our segments from $47.3 million in 2014 to $22.7 million in 2016, a decrease of approximately 52%.

We believe the establishment and continued execution of our operational and strategic growth initiatives has positioned our Company for substantial revenue and Adjusted EBITDA growth with continued potential to expand margins.

Our Competitive Strengths

Market Leadership with Strong Brand Portfolio and Reputation Built over 155 Years

With a deep heritage of more than 155 years of leading engineering and application expertise, we believe our portfolio of highly engineered products and proprietary technologies is among the most trusted and recognized in the industry. We are a globally recognized leading provider of air compression, vacuum and blower

88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

products; drilling and frac pumps; liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors; liquid and dry bulk transfer equipment; gas, liquid and precision compressors and syringe pumps and associated aftermarket parts, consumables and services. By utilizing a multi-brand go-to-market strategy, we leverage each specific brand’s leading market position in well-defined market segments or geographies. Our product portfolio consists of more than 20 well-respected brands, most notably Gardner Denver, CompAir, Nash, Emco Wheaton, Robuschi, Elmo Rietschle and Thomas. Collectively, our brands provide a comprehensive product offering that is well-positioned in global end-markets with favorable near- and long-term growth prospects, including industrial manufacturing, energy, transportation, medical and laboratory sciences, food and beverage packaging and chemical processing. We believe each brand’s reputation for superior quality, reliability, efficiency and responsiveness, along with the often application critical nature of our products within our customers’ operations, enhances our competitive position in the marketplace and is difficult to replicate given the length of time over which these brands have developed their reputation.

The strength of our brand portfolio is demonstrated by our leading global market share positions. We believe we have leading market positions within each of our operating segments. According to Frost & Sullivan, our Industrials segment has a #3 market share in the approximately $12.5 billion global industrial air compressor market and we believe, based on internal estimates, that we are the market share leader (#1) in the global industrial vacuum and pump market ($6 billion industry; $2.5 billion addressable market) and a leading global provider in the global blowers markets ($2 billion addressable market). In addition, in our Energy segment, Spears & Associates, Inc. estimates that we have the second largest market share in the global frac pump market based on installed base and the largest market share based on new unit sales in the last three years from 2014 to 2016. We believe our notable momentum in this space will continue, benefiting our overall share of the global frac pump market. Finally, our Medical segment is a leader in the highly engineered air and gas pumps components market and one of the largest providers of parts used for the manufacture of oxygen concentrators globally. We believe our leading market position provides us with a solid foundation for future growth.


89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Comprehensive Portfolio of Highly Engineered, Innovative and Application-Critical Equipment

We design, manufacture, market and service a broad array of application-critical flow control and compression equipment for customers seeking targeted solutions for specialized end-markets. Our products typically are part of large, complex systems and represent mission-critical components in the context of the broader systems in which they are utilized. In addition, our products often operate in harsh environments and specialized, precision applications such as in regulated end-markets, where customers require products capable of reliable performance in complex processes. Furthermore, while our products typically represent a low relative cost in the context of the broader applications in which they are employed, the high cost of failure in these applications makes quality and reliability key purchase criteria for end-users and drives demand for highly engineered and differentiated products. As a result, our customers value our product offerings on the basis of superior quality, reliability, efficiency and advanced technology. Further, our customer-centric approach to product development is focused on developing energy efficient and reliable solutions that reduce the total life cycle cost of our customers’ equipment. These high performing products create customer loyalty helping us to retain existing business and capture additional business opportunities.

We believe the fact that we offer one of the broadest and most complete ranges of compressor, pump, vacuum and blower products in our markets is a competitive advantage, allowing us to provide differentiated product and service offerings to our customers. Our ability to support custom application needs from nearly full vacuum to 40,000 pounds per square inch (psi) pressure levels makes us a partner of choice for many of our long-standing customers. Finally, the breadth and depth of our product offering creates incremental business opportunities by allowing us to cross-sell our full product portfolio and uniquely address customers’ needs in one complete solution.

A continuous emphasis on product innovation allows us to develop highly configured solutions tailored to our customers’ specific needs. As a strategic priority, we continue to invest in refining our existing and developing new innovative equipment and product offerings. Our demonstrated track record of product development has resulted in bringing new products to market, adapting existing applications to meet unmet customer needs in existing and adjacent categories and enhancing existing product categories to replace products currently in use. Our product development expertise allows us to focus on developing new solutions that enhance and expand product quality and reliability, improve energy efficiency, reduce noise levels, reduce size and/or weight, lower life cycle costs for our customers and maintain compliance with changing environmental regulations. Additionally, our focus on product development creates an established base of proprietary components and institutional knowledge that supports our aftermarket business. For example:

Within our Industrials segment, we responded to our customers’ growing need for energy efficiency, noise reduction and contaminant-free operating environments by developing our two-stage Dryclon oil-free air compressors, which achieved a 40% footprint reduction, best-in-class noise level and up to 4% improvement in efficiency.
Within our Energy segment, we recently introduced the Thunder Series pump for the hydraulic fracturing market. The Thunder pump utilizes a state-of-the-art power end design and stainless steel fluid end construction that provides the user with more power and increased durability while reducing operating costs.
Within our Medical segment, we are developing a series of liquid pumps, as well as entering the automated liquid handling segment of the market. Our Medical segment has previously not operated within this market, and our equipment will be designed for continuous and smooth flow for chemically aggressive liquids in targeted applications within the medical, laboratory and life sciences.

Our product engineering teams are continuously enhancing our existing products and developing new applications to strengthen relationships with our growing base of customers that require advanced solutions. We believe our customer-centric approach to product development and robust innovation creates a sustainable competitive advantage.

Installed Base and Growing Aftermarket Platform Drives Highly Profitable Recurring Revenues

Our large installed base of products in our Industrials and Energy segments drives demand for recurring aftermarket revenue streams. Due to the critical applications in which our products are used and the high cost of failure or equipment downtime for our customers, we benefit from a consistent and time-sensitive demand for

90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our portfolio of aftermarket parts, as well as service and repair capabilities. We invested significant resources to continue to develop our aftermarket platform with a focus on continuous improvement and innovation in our aftermarket product offerings, as well as increased presence to service our customer base in the field. In the Industrials segment, we leverage both our direct salesforce and strong distributor relationships, the majority of whom are exclusive to our business for the products that we sell through them, to sell our broad portfolio of aftermarket parts, consumables and services. In the Energy segment, we have a strong global footprint to service our installed base, and we invested substantially in our presence to be closer to our customer base in the field where they need us most. For example, in our upstream energy business, we invested in our strategic network of service and repair facilities, expanding the number of locations by 160% since 2012. We now have presence in every major land-based basin in North America and have coverage of approximately 85% of all active North American land rigs and 95% of expected new North American rig additions in 2017 and 2018. In addition, we continued to invest in aftermarket product innovation and organically developed such aftermarket product offerings as enhanced durability fluid ends, plungers, and innovative consumables, such as valves seats and packing. This opens attractive market adjacencies for us to pursue organically with disruptive, premium products, while also lowering our cost base for our original equipment as many of these parts are featured in the original machinery in addition to being sold in the aftermarket. Aftermarket support is also a key decision factor for many of our customers when choosing OEM products given the significant wear and tear and aftermarket part needs in the field. Overall, aftermarket sales in our Industrials and Energy segments contributed approximately 40% of our annual sales in 2016. We believe our aftermarket platform provides the opportunity to leverage our existing installed base to increase our aftermarket business and provides us with significant growth potential.

Example Maintenance Schedule for Compressor with 10 to 12 Year Overall Life Expectancy
(Assumes 4,000 Hours of Operation / Year)
Year 0–2: maintenance only. Typically oil filter, separator, air filter and lubricant changes
Year 3–5: maintenance in line with years 0–2 and replacement of wear items such as valves, gaskets and hoses
Year 6–8: maintenance in line with years 0–5 plus usually one more larger scale item
Year 9–11: maintenance in line with years 0–8 plus likely another potential large item
Year 12+: likely all the major package components have been replaced by this point
Cumulative aftermarket revenue received over the product’s life cycle will typically exceed its original cost
Example Maintenance Schedule for an Upstream Hydraulic Fracturing Pump
with 4 to 6 Year Overall Life Expectancy
Year 0–1: replacement of fluid ends (approximately four times / year) and associated consumables (at least weekly)
Years 1–3: replacement of fluid ends (approximately four times / year) and associated consumables (at least weekly), plus likely repair and maintenance work
Years 3–6: replacement of fluid ends (approximately four times / year) and associated consumables (at least weekly), plus likely significant repair, maintenance and potentially overhaul work
Cumulative aftermarket revenue received over the product’s life cycle will typically represent a multiple of its original cost
Example Maintenance Schedule for a Downstream Liquid Ring Pump with 20+ Year Life Expectancy
Years 0–2: inspection services performed
Year 3: replacement parts likely needed
Year 4: inspection services performed
Year 5: inspection services performed plus replacement parts likely needed
Year 6: replacement parts likely needed
Year 7: complete overhaul likely required
Cumulative aftermarket revenue received over the product’s life cycle will likely amount to nearly two times its original cost

Source: Management estimates

91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Diversified Business with Attractive End-markets

Our revenue and earnings are diversified by product, geography, end-market and customer. In addition, we are well-positioned to benefit from secular trends in large, attractive developed economies and fast-growing emerging markets. We believe that our balanced revenue base across end-markets and exposure to early-, mid- and late-cycle growth drivers, along with the specialty nature of the applications on which we focus, enables us to reduce volatility in earnings across economic cycles, mitigate the impact of a downturn in any single market and capitalize on opportunities in an upturn. Many of our customers operate in attractive end-markets that benefit from secular trends including: (i) continued developed and emerging market growth and infrastructure build; (ii) accelerating land-based U.S. energy activity; (iii) efficiency driven upgrades of industrial systems; (iv) increasing demand for healthcare; (v) increasing complexity of oil and gas extraction; (vi) demand for improved water quality and access; and (vii) heightened environmental regulations. In addition, our growing aftermarket parts, consumables and services business generates recurring revenue through the sale of parts and consumables, which enable us to mitigate earnings volatility across economic cycles. Our value-added services over the life cycle of our products reinforce our customer relationships and position our business for continued growth.

Expertise, Footprint and Expanded Product Portfolio to Capture Recovery in Upstream Energy

In the upstream market, our Energy business manufactures pumps and associated aftermarket parts and consumables used in oil and gas drilling, hydraulic fracturing, and well servicing applications, and its service network now covers approximately 85% of all active North American land rigs following a 160% increase in our service and repair facility locations for upstream energy since 2012. Even during the recent upstream energy industry downturn, when many of our competitors and customers were closing facilities and cutting back investments, we continued investing in our capabilities within the energy markets. Our new locations are strategically located in many of the most active oil and gas basins, such that we expect to have service coverage of 95% of the new North American rig additions during 2017 and 2018 based on Spears & Associates, Inc. estimates. In addition, to our expanded footprint, we invested to expand our product portfolio into highly recurring aftermarket parts and consumables, which gives us more high sales frequency products to sell through our expanded customer service network and also lowers our cost to manufacture our pumps given all of these aftermarket and consumable products are also included in the original pump. Furthermore, we have leveraged these new investments to create a holistic sales and customer service framework that allows us to provide full lifetime support and coverage for our customers. As a result of this investment, as well as our estimated leading global frac pump market position based on new unit sales over the past three years, we believe that we will be even better positioned to capture market share and grow revenues and Segment Adjusted EBITDA independent of an upstream energy recovery, while positioning ourselves to realize significantly increased sales, profitability and customer responsiveness in the context of such a recovery.

Highly Attractive Financial Profile

We participate in markets with attractive near- and long-term growth trends, and our business generates strong Adjusted EBITDA margins. This margin profile is very similar across our three segments, with 2016 Segment Adjusted EBITDA margins of 20.1% in our Industrials segment, 22.9% in our Energy segment and 27.1% in our Medical segment. We maintain and continue to improve our margins through a commitment to operational excellence initiatives and continued cost discipline. The power of our financial profile is evidenced by the Company maintaining approximately the same Adjusted EBITDA margins from 2014 to 2016, despite significant headwinds from external market factors including the oil and gas depression and foreign exchange. Our financial profile and cash flow generation are further enhanced by our low capital requirements, as demonstrated by our capital expenditures averaging approximately 3% of revenues over the last three years. Our margin profile and low capital intensity have resulted in strong and stable free cash flows that we believe will enable us to continue to reduce our indebtedness, deploy our capital to fund strategic initiatives to drive innovation and organic growth opportunities and finance value-enhancing acquisitions. We believe that our financial profile, which has been enhanced by our business transformation, reflects a strong and attractive business with potential for significant earnings growth over time.

Strength of Our Diverse, Long-Standing Customer Relationships

We serve a large number of well-established blue-chip customers who are globally recognized in the industries in which they operate, as well as regional and local customers, across a wide array of end-markets.

92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our customers serve diverse industries spanning industrial manufacturing, energy, transportation, medical and laboratory sciences, food and beverage packaging and chemical processing, among many others. In 2016, no single customer represented more than 2% of our total revenues, and our top 10 customers represented less than 10% of total revenues. We have further diversified our customer base with sales initiatives targeting new customer relationships in new and existing end-markets. As a result of these efforts, we have more than 100,000 distinct customers in more than 175 countries today.

We serve our customer base via a geographically tailored go-to-market strategy in which we deploy our salesforce to engage directly with end-use customers, while fulfilling sales either directly or through a network of independent distributors globally depending on the product category and the unique requirements of a particular geography. Our coordinated sales and marketing strategy allows us to maintain a global go-to-market strategy, while preserving a localized presence that ensures a targeted approach to key customer partnerships. We have established decades-long relationships with our top customers. For example, our top 10 customers have been with the Company for an average of 26 years.

Strategically Positioned Global Manufacturing Footprint

We have one of the most extensive manufacturing and service networks in the industry with 37 key manufacturing facilities and an expansive network of more than 30 complementary service and repair centers across six continents. We believe our extensive manufacturing and service footprint is a competitive advantage that allows us to source new business, provide superior customer service and more efficiently develop new products to serve our customers’ needs. For example, we recently added two facilities in India, which supplement our established facilities in China and Brazil and will help drive and support increased sales in these key end-markets. Our expansive global footprint also allows us to optimize our manufacturing cost structure, by combining local manufacturing assets with the capability to leverage our footprint in lower cost geographies. We believe our worldwide presence enables us to provide timely and responsive support to our customers, many of whom operate internationally, and to capitalize on growth opportunities in both developed and emerging markets. Because of the critical nature of the applications in which our products are used, expedient response times are important to capturing and retaining our customers’ business.

Proven Strategy to Drive Operational Excellence

Our top priorities since the KKR Transaction have been creating a performance-driven culture and ensuring superior execution of our operating initiatives in order to transform our business and realize step-change improvements in our commercial and operational capabilities, financial characteristics and performance, pace of innovation and customer service. We view operational excellence as a holistic approach to continuous improvement that spans our entire organization from manufacturing to sales and marketing to customer service. Select examples of recent operational successes include: (i) the institution of a sophisticated, best-in-class marketing process intended to facilitate additional market share capture; (ii) the accelerated adoption of Lean Manufacturing principles across our manufacturing facilities and throughout our supply chain; (iii) the execution of our shared support service program, which includes consolidated back office accounting and administrative support in the Americas and Europe; and (iv) the implementation of our accelerated new product development program, which delivered unique innovation opportunities across each of our segments while reducing the time to develop new products. We believe this approach will drive strong revenue and earnings growth.

Highly Experienced Management Team with Track Record of Success

We invested in attracting a high-caliber senior management team with an average of 23 years of experience in relevant industries. In addition, 45% of our top 100 business managers, including the senior management team, have joined the Company since the KKR Transaction, injecting a significant new level of talent into our leadership team. Our current management team comprises individuals with the extensive operational, financial and managerial experience needed to effectively navigate the key opportunities and challenges facing our business today and has been responsible for developing and executing our business transformation. Our management team has a demonstrated track record of growth via operational improvements and strategic growth initiatives, and we believe that have a strong, deep bench of talented leaders who are well-positioned to continue driving the Company towards profitable growth and margin expansion.

93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our Growth Strategies

We intend to continue to drive shareholder value through the pursuit of best-in-class financial performance, consistent improvement in profitability and our ability to develop and retain world-class talent. Across all three of our segments, our comprehensive strategy to drive strong revenue and earnings growth is centered on five primary objectives:

i. enhancing commercial leadership by expanding our sales and service presence, adding product line adjacencies and accelerating our innovation funnel;
ii. driving aftermarket sales penetration of our large installed base;
iii. further improving our competitive position with our customers through salesforce effectiveness programs;
iv. executing our operational excellence initiatives to streamline our cost structure and support margin expansion, including through manufacturing footprint optimization, administrative expense efficiency and strategic sourcing; and
v. pursuing acquisitions focused on bolstering our product offerings and/or geographic or market presence.

Specifically, we intend to focus on: (1) driving Industrials growth through salesforce effectiveness and innovation and continued margin expansion by focusing on operational excellence, (2) capitalizing on the transformative investments made in our energy footprint and capabilities and benefiting from a recovery in upstream energy markets, (3) accelerating our Medical segment’s growth and enhancing our market share and industry presence through our expanded product portfolio and (4) pursuing complementary acquisitions.

Accelerate Industrials Growth t hrough Salesforce Effectiveness and Innovation and Drive Continued Margin Expansion by Focusing on Operation Excellence

Through the addition of considerable senior level talent and the successful implementation of the key elements of our revenue and earnings growth strategy, we transformed our Industrials segment into a higher-growth, higher-margin business and are well-positioned to accelerate the growth profile of this segment. Our salesforce effectiveness initiatives continue to support our ability to be increasingly responsive to our customers and cross-sell our comprehensive portfolio of market-leading products and services into existing and new applications. By leveraging the broad portfolio of compressor, vacuum and blower technologies available to our customers, we transitioned our commercial team from a product focus to a solutions mindset. In addition, our demand generation platform allows for increased connectivity with our customer base as we are utilizing integrated technology to develop more actionable leads for our salesforce. Over time, we expect these efforts to enhance our product awareness and generate new customer wins. We also expect to expand our market share by growing in key emerging markets, specifically Asia, the Middle East and South America. These areas were previously underserved regions for the Industrials segment. However, with our global manufacturing footprint and recent investments in enhancing our local sales coverage, we expect to significantly grow our presence in these emerging markets and expand our installed base of products.

In addition, we overhauled the Industrials segment’s approach to product management, resulting in a greater pace of innovation and enhanced connectivity to customer needs. Specifically, we introduced a global product management organization to integrate product management and marketing with engineering, creating a global organization focused on hastening the pace of innovation and developing a growing pipeline of new products that we expect to commercialize over the coming years. For example, our first-to-market two-stage Dryclon oil-free compressor, with a 40% footprint reduction, best-in-class noise level and up to 4% improvement in efficiency, was successfully developed from concept to customer trials in less than eight months. With these improvements in innovation and enhanced market focus, we also expect to be able to increase our aftermarket penetration of our large installed base of compression, vacuum and blower products.

Supplementing our commercial and innovation efforts is a significant runway for continued margin expansion. We are building upon our global operational excellence programs with a distinct focus on simplifying the way we conduct business. In addition, we have initiatives underway focused on efficiencies within our manufacturing footprint, such as lean and productivity enhancements, material savings from procurement

94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

programs, continuous product enhancement via value engineering and general structural cost reductions. We believe we have significant potential for near- and long-term revenue, earnings and margin expansion by continuing our commercial and operational transformation.

Capitalize on Transformative Investments in Our Energy Segment and Benefit from a Recovery in Key Energy Markets

We optimized our Energy segment footprint and business model to sustain profitability while preserving the upside of our earnings capacity in an upstream energy recovery. As a result of our substantial investment in the capabilities of our upstream energy business, we believe that we significantly increased our addressable market and overall earnings capacity relative to like-for-like activity levels in the 2014 and prior time period. Independent of an upstream energy recovery, we believe that we are poised to capture favorable trends including pent-up demand for repairs and new parts due to deferred maintenance during the downturn, a significant wave of replacement demand from pumps installed over five years ago and share gain due to our enhanced presence and new product capabilities. In the context of an upstream energy recovery, we believe that these factors will contribute to driving even more growth upside than from the activity growth alone. Recent trends driving revenue growth and margin expansion in our upstream energy business include:

A significant frac pump replacement cycle stemming from the aging fleet currently in service. During the recent downturn, many operators delayed the replacement of frac pumps put into service over the last five or more years, and as a result, a significant number of frac pumps are operating well beyond their useful lives per industry best practices and safety standards, which tends to be approximately four to six years. According to Spears & Associates, Inc., approximately 48% of frac pumps currently in the field were installed during 2011 and 2012 (approximately five to six years ago).
Deferred maintenance and the now limited ability of customers to cannibalize equipment from stacked fleets are driving a growing need for fleet refurbishment, investment in aftermarket parts and service and complete pump replacement.
Market demand is increasing for newer, fit-for-purpose equipment with higher specifications. Specifically, we expect continued improvements in demand for higher pressure-rated frac and drilling pumps and consumable products due to increased horizontal footage drilled, fracturing stages and volume of abrasive proppant used.

We believe that a recovery in upstream energy activity levels would generate substantial revenue growth and profitability given our increased earnings capacity and operational improvements, such as the expansion of the service network. We invested throughout the downturn by expanding our aftermarket service presence in the major basins and shale plays in the North American land market, upgrading our advanced manufacturing capabilities to drive customer responsiveness and organically innovating new aftermarket and consumable product lines. Through these investments in commercial and operational capabilities as well as strategic add-on acquisitions, our earnings capacity is much larger today than it was during 2014 at similar activity levels. As illustrated in the chart below, our upstream energy orders experienced accelerating growth on a year-over-year basis with 111% growth in the fourth quarter of 2016 compared to the same period in 2015. We believe that this performance is indicative of the beginning of a recovery in our upstream energy markets.

95

TABLE OF CONTENTS


In the midstream, downstream and process industries, we believe our business will benefit from attractive long-term secular trends, including the increased global movement of hydrocarbons and other liquid commodities and expanded capacity of process industries. We are focused on capitalizing on our significant installed base of pumps in process industries to drive greater market share of aftermarket sales and service, while continuing to grow new equipment and systems sales.

Accelerate Growth and Enhance Market Share and Industry Presence of Our Medical Segment

We strategically invested in our Medical segment in order to expand sales and profitability. We believe a combination of our enhanced sales force, improved demand creation and recently implemented CRM platform, combined with our global manufacturing and sales footprint, will continue to position our Company to expand market share.

Building on our strength in gas pump applications, we recently expanded into the liquid pump and automated liquid handling markets to gain share in sizable markets that were previously unaddressed by us. We estimate the liquid pump market to be a $450 million market globally. Our liquid pump products are primarily used to meter and transfer both neutral and chemically aggressive fluids. We view this space as an attractive adjacency to our existing strategy and one in which we are able to capture share in line with current operations in the gas pump market, building momentum and scale for our Medical business.

We also intend to further expand our comprehensive medical, laboratory and life sciences product portfolio into attractive market adjacencies and key, higher-growth emerging markets as well as enhancing our presence into new mature markets, including the United States, China and Japan. Finally, we remain focused on executing specific initiatives to maximize profitability by improving our global sourcing and supply chain strategies and optimizing our global production facilities footprint.

Pursue Complementary Acquisitions

In addition to our organic initiatives for each of our segments, we plan to pursue select strategic acquisition opportunities as part of our growth strategy. Our markets are fragmented and there is opportunity for continued consolidation within our industrial, energy and medical markets. Based on management estimates, approximately half of each such market consists of smaller players who maintain less than 5% market share.

We have consistently employed a disciplined approach to acquisitions focused on opportunities that (i) strengthen our existing portfolio through the addition of new technologies, (ii) allow us to establish new flow control platforms in attractive markets, (iii) enhance our aftermarket offerings, (iv) grow our presence in strategic geographies, such as select emerging markets and/or (v) provide opportunity to realize synergies while expanding or strengthening our capabilities.

We have a strong track record of successfully identifying and executing on attractive acquisitions. The addition of top talent to our team has enabled us to dedicate additional personnel and resources to the creation of

96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a robust, disciplined and sophisticated approach to business development which has allowed us to develop a differentiated process for the identification and diligence of potential targets. In addition, over the last three years we focused on developing successful integration processes for acquisitions, which allows us to extract significant cost and revenue synergies. We intend to continue to be strategic and diligent in our acquisition strategy, and maintain an active funnel of opportunities at each of our segments.

Customers and Customer Service

We consider superior customer service to be one of our primary pillars of future success and view it as being built upon a foundation of critical application expertise, an industry leading range of compressor, pump, vacuum and blower products, a global manufacturing and sales presence and a long-standing reputation for quality and reliability. Intense customer focus is at the center of our vision of becoming the industry’s first choice for innovative and application-critical flow control and compression equipment, services and solutions. We strive to collaborate with our customers and become an essential part of their engineering process by drawing on our deep industry and application engineering experience to develop best-in-class products that are critical to the processes and systems in which they operate.

We have established strong and long-standing customer relationships with numerous industry leaders. We sell our products directly to end-use customers and to certain OEMs, and indirectly through independent distributors and sales representatives. Our Energy and Medical products are primarily sold directly to end-use customers and OEMs, while approximately 40% of our Industrials sales in 2016 were fulfilled through independent distributors and sales representatives.

We use a direct sales force to serve end-use customers and OEMs because these customers typically require higher levels of technical assistance, more coordinated shipment scheduling and more complex product service than customers that purchase through distributors. We have distribution centers and warehouses that stock parts, accessories and certain products to provide adequate and timely availability. In addition, we provide direct aftermarket support through our service and remanufacturing facilities in the United States, Germany, Finland, France, Spain, the United Kingdom, China and Australia.

In addition to our direct sales force, we are also committed to developing and supporting our global network of over 1,000 distributors and representatives who we believe provide us with a competitive advantage in the markets and industries we serve. These distributors maintain an inventory of complete units and parts and provide aftermarket services to end-users. While most distributors provide a broad range of products from different suppliers, we view our distributors as exclusive at the product category level (e.g. compressor, vacuum and blower). For example, a distributor may exclusively carry our compressor technologies, and also source additional components of the broader industrial system in which those products operate from other suppliers. Our service personnel and product engineers provide the distributors’ service representatives with technical assistance and field training, particularly with respect to installation and repair of equipment. We also provide our distributors with sales and product literature, advertising and sales promotions, order-entry and tracking systems and an annual restocking program. Furthermore, we participate in major trade shows and directly market our offerings to generate sales leads and support the distributors’ sales personnel.

Our customer base is diverse, and we did not have any customers that individually provided more than 2% of 2016 consolidated revenues.

Research and Development

Our R&D expenditures focus on developing new products and new product applications to, among other things, enhance and expand existing product capabilities and performance, improve efficiency, reduce size, weight and noise levels, increase application flexibility and maintain compliance with changing regulatory requirements.

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, we spent approximately $22 million, $26 million and $26 million, respectively, on research activities relating to the development of new products and new product applications. All such expenditures were funded by us and were expensed as incurred.

Patents, Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. While, in the aggregate, patents and

97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

trademarks are of considerable importance to the manufacture and marketing of many of our products, we believe that the success of our business depends more on the technical competence, creativity and marketing abilities of our employees than on any individual patent or trademark, and therefore we do not consider any single patent or trademark, group of patents or trademarks, copyright or trade secret to be material to our business as a whole, except for the Gardner Denver trademark. We have registered our trademarks in the countries we deem necessary or in our best interest. We also rely upon trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information and techniques, and we routinely enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees as well as our suppliers and other third parties receiving such information.

Pursuant to trademark license agreements, Cooper Industries has exclusive rights to use the Gardner Denver trademark for certain power tools and their components, meaning that we are prevented from using our mark in connection with those products.

Raw Materials and Suppliers

We purchase a wide variety of raw materials to manufacture our products. Our most significant commodity exposures are to cast iron, aluminum and steel. Additionally, we purchase a large number of motors and, therefore, are also exposed to changes in the price of copper, which is a primary component of motors. Most of our raw materials are generally available from a number of suppliers. We have a limited number of long-term contracts with some suppliers of key components, but we believe that our sources of raw materials and components are reliable and adequate for our needs. We use single sources of supply for certain castings, motors and other select engineered components. A disruption in deliveries from a given supplier could therefore have an adverse effect on our ability to meet commitments to our customers. Nevertheless, we believe that we have appropriately balanced this risk against the cost of maintaining a greater number of suppliers. Moreover, we have sought, and will continue to seek, cost reductions in purchases of materials and supplies by consolidating purchases and pursuing alternate sources of supply.

Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 6,200 employees of which approximately 1,800 are located in the United States. Of those employees located outside of the United States, a significant portion are represented by works councils and labor unions, and of those employees located in the United States, approximately 200 are represented by labor unions. We believe that our current relations with employees are satisfactory.

98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Significant Properties

Our corporate headquarters is a leased facility located at 222 East Erie Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. The number of significant properties used by each of our segments is summarized by segment, type and geographic location in the tables below:

 
Type of Significant Property
 
Manufacturing
Warehouse
Other
Total
Industrials
Americas
3
1
0
4
EMEA
8
1
15
24
APAC
2
1
8
11
Industrials Total
13
3
23
39
   
 
Energy
Americas
8
2
10
20
EMEA
4
0
2
6
APAC
3
0
1
4
Energy Total
15
2
13
30
   
 
Medical
Americas
4
0
0
4
EMEA
4
0
1
5
APAC
1
0
0
1
Medical Total
9
0
1
10
   
 
Total (All Segments)
Americas
15
3
10
28
EMEA
16
1
18
35
APAC
6
1
9
16
Company Total (1)
37
5
37
79
(1) Two facilities are shared between our segments and each is counted once, in the Industrials segment, to avoid double counting.

We believe that our properties, taken as a whole, are in good operating condition and are suitable for our business operations.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to numerous federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the storage, handling, emission and disposal of materials and discharge of materials into the environment. We believe that our existing environmental control procedures are adequate and we have no current plans for substantial capital expenditures in this area. We have an environmental policy that confirms our commitment to a clean environment and compliance with environmental laws. We have an active environmental management program aimed at complying with existing environmental regulations and reducing the generation of pollutants in the manufacturing processes. We are also subject to laws concerning the cleanup of hazardous substances and wastes, such as the U.S. federal “Superfund” and similar state laws that impose liability for cleanup of certain waste sites and for related natural resource damages. We have been identified as a potentially responsible party with respect to several sites designated for cleanup under the “Superfund” or similar state laws. See “—Legal Proceedings—Environmental Liabilities.”

Legal Proceedings

We are a party to various legal proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions, which are of an ordinary or routine nature for a company of our size and in our sector. We believe that such proceedings, lawsuits and

99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

administrative actions will not materially adversely affect our operations, financial condition, liquidity or competitive position. A more detailed discussion of certain of these proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions is set forth below.

Asbestos and Silica-Related Litigation

We have been named as a defendant in many asbestos-related and silica-related personal injury lawsuits. The plaintiffs in these suits allege exposure to asbestos or silica from multiple sources and typically we are one of approximately 25 or more named defendants. Our predecessors sometimes manufactured, distributed and/or sold products allegedly at issue in these pending asbestos and silica-related lawsuits (the “Products”). However, neither we nor our predecessors ever mined, manufactured, mixed, produced or distributed asbestos fiber or silica sand, the materials that allegedly caused the injury underlying the lawsuits. Moreover, the asbestos-containing components of the Products, if any, were enclosed within the subject Products.

Although we have never mined, manufactured, mixed, produced or distributed asbestos fiber or silica, many of the companies that did engage in such activities or produced such products are no longer in operation. This has led to law firms seeking potential alternative companies to name in lawsuits where there has been an asbestos or silica related injury. However, in our opinion, based on our experience to date, the substantial majority of the plaintiffs have not suffered an injury for which we bear responsibility.

We believe that the pending and future asbestos and silica-related lawsuits are not likely to, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity, based on: our anticipated insurance and indemnification rights to address the risks of such matters; the limited potential asbestos exposure from the Products described above; our opinion, based on our experience to date, that the vast majority of plaintiffs are not impaired with a disease attributable to alleged exposure to asbestos or silica from or relating to the Products or for which we otherwise bear responsibility; various potential defenses available to us with respect to such matters; and our prior disposition of comparable matters. However, inherent uncertainties of litigation and future developments, including, without limitation, potential insolvencies of insurance companies or other defendants, an adverse determination in the Adams County Case (discussed below), or other inability to collect from our historical insurers or indemnitors, could cause a different outcome. While the outcome of legal proceedings is inherently uncertain, based on presently known facts, experience and circumstances, we believe that the amounts accrued on the Company’s balance sheet are adequate and that the liabilities arising from the asbestos and silica-related personal injury lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity. We have accrued liabilities and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet to include a total litigation reserve of $108.5 million and $94.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively, with respect to potential liability arising from our asbestos-related litigation (with the increase in reserve resulting from a change in certain actuarial assumptions used in our projection of potential liability, without which we believe the reserve as of December 31, 2016 would have been less than the December 31, 2015 reserve of $94.1 million). Asbestos-related defense costs are excluded from the asbestos claims liability and are recorded separately as an operating expense as services are incurred. We currently expect to continue to incur significant asbestos-related defense costs. In the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters may be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operation or liquidity, and defense costs may be material. However, at this time, based on presently available information, we view this possibility as remote.

We have entered into a series of agreements with certain of the Company’s or the Company’s predecessors’ legacy insurers and certain potential indemnitors to secure insurance coverage and/or reimbursement for the costs associated with the asbestos and silica-related lawsuits filed against us. We have also pursued litigation against certain insurers or indemnitors where necessary. We have an insurance recovery receivable for probable asbestos related recoveries of approximately $97.3 million, which is included on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016.

The largest such recent action, Gardner Denver, Inc. v. Certain Underwriters at Lloyd’s, London, et al., was filed on July 9, 2010, in the Eighth Judicial Circuit, Adams County, Illinois, as case number 10-L-48 (the “Adams County Case”). In the lawsuit, we seek, among other things, to require certain excess insurer defendants to honor their insurance policy obligations to us, including payment in whole or in part of the costs associated with the asbestos-related lawsuits filed against us. In October 2011, we reached a settlement with one of the insurer defendants, which had issued both primary and excess policies, for approximately the amount of such

100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

defendant’s policies which were subject to the lawsuit. Since then, the case has been proceeding through the discovery and motions process with the remaining insurer defendants. On January 29, 2016, we prevailed on the first phase of that discovery and motions process (“Phase I”). Specifically, the Court in the Adams County Case ruled that we have rights under all of the policies in the case, subject to their terms and conditions, even though the policies were sold to our former owners rather than to the Company itself. On June 9, 2016, the Court denied a motion by several of the insurers who sought permission to appeal the Phase I ruling now rather than waiting until the end of the whole case as is normally required. The case has now begun proceeding through the discovery and motions process regarding the remaining issues in dispute.

A majority of our expected future recoveries of the costs associated with the asbestos-related lawsuits are the subject of the Adams County Case.

The amounts we recorded for asbestos-related liabilities and insurance recoveries are based on currently available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable based on our evaluation of relevant factors with input from a third party actuarial expert. Our actual liabilities or insurance recoveries could be higher or lower than those recorded if actual results vary significantly from the assumptions. There are a number of key variables and assumptions including the number and type of new claims to be filed each year, the resolution or outcome of these claims, the average cost of resolution of each new claim, the amount of insurance available, allocation methodologies, the contractual terms with each insurer with whom we have reached settlements, the resolution of coverage issues with other excess insurance carriers with whom we have not yet achieved settlements and the solvency risk with respect to our insurance carriers. Other factors that may affect our future liability include uncertainties surrounding the litigation process from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and from case to case, legal rulings that may be made by state and federal courts and the passage of state or federal legislation. We make the necessary adjustments for our asbestos liability and corresponding insurance recoveries on an annual basis unless facts or circumstances warrant assessment as of an interim date.

Environmental Liabilities

We have been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) with respect to several sites designated for cleanup under U.S. federal “Superfund” or similar state laws that impose liability for cleanup of certain waste sites and for related natural resource damages. Persons potentially liable for such costs and damages generally include the site owner or operator and persons that disposed or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances found at those sites. Although these laws impose joint and several liability on PRPs, in application, the PRPs typically allocate the investigation and cleanup costs based upon the volume of waste contributed by each PRP. Based on currently available information, our Company was only a small contributor to these waste sites, and we have, or are attempting to negotiate, de minimis settlements for our cleanup. The cleanup of the remaining sites is substantially complete and our future obligations entail a share of the sites’ ongoing operating and maintenance expense. We are also addressing four on-site cleanups for which we are the primary responsible party. Three of these cleanup sites are in the operation and maintenance stage and one is in the implementation stage.

We have an accrued liability on our consolidated balance sheet of $7.6 million as of December 31, 2016, to the extent costs are known or can be reasonably estimated for our remaining financial obligations for the environmental matters discussed above and which does not anticipate that any of these matters will result in material additional costs beyond amounts accrued. Based upon consideration of currently available information, we do not anticipate any material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or competitive position as a result of compliance with federal, state, local or foreign environmental laws or regulations, or cleanup costs relating to these matters.

101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

Below is a list of our executive officers and directors and their respective ages and a brief account of the business experience of each of them.

Name
Age
Position
Vicente Reynal
42
Director and Chief Executive Officer
Philip T. Herndon
51
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Andrew Schiesl
45
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, General Counsel and Secretary
Patrick W. Bennett
52
President, Medical Group
Mark Sweeney
55
Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller
Neil Snyder
44
Senior Vice President, Strategy, Business Development and Planning
Kimberly J. Rubottom
53
Vice President, Human Resources
Enrique Miñarro Viseras
39
Vice President and General Manager, Industrials Group EMEA
Peter Stavros
42
Director, Chairman of the Board
Brandon F. Brahm
32
Director
William E. Kassling
73
Director
Michael V. Marn
64
Director
Nickolas Vande Steeg
74
Director
Pastor Velasco
57
Director
Joshua T. Weisenbeck
35
Director

Vicente Reynal has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2016, and has also been a member of our Board since February 2017 and a member of the Board of Gardner Denver, Inc. since January 2016. Mr. Reynal is responsible for leading the Company and driving its overall growth and profitability as a global supplier of innovative and application-critical flow control products, services and solutions. Mr. Reynal joined Gardner Denver in May 2015 as the President of our Industrials segment. Before joining Gardner Denver, Mr. Reynal spent 11 years at Danaher Corporation, a designer and manufacturer of professional, medical, industrial and commercial products and services, where he most recently served as the Group President of Dental Technologies from December 2013 to May 2015, leading the KaVo Kerr Group. Mr. Reynal also held various other executive positions at Danaher Corporation, including as the President of the Ormco business from October 2011 to December 2013, President of the Pelton & Crane, KaVo business from 2007 to 2011 and Vice President of Global Operations for the Danaher Motion Platform from 2004 to 2007. Prior to joining Danaher, Mr. Reynal served in various operational and executive roles at Thermo Fisher Scientific and AlliedSignal Corp. (which merged with Honeywell, Inc. to become Honeywell International, Inc. in 1999). Mr. Reynal holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering from Georgia Institute of Technology and Master of Science degrees in both Mechanical Engineering and Technology & Policy from Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Philip T. Herndon has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2016. Mr. Herndon joined Gardner Denver in January 2016 as Chief Financial Officer of our Industrials segment. Mr. Herndon is responsible for leading the Company’s financial and accounting operations, information technology on a global basis and global pricing excellence. Prior to joining Gardner Denver, Mr. Herndon served as the Chief Financial Officer of Capital Safety, Inc., the nation’s top producer of fall safety equipment, from November 2012 to August 2015. Prior to joining Capital Safety, Mr. Herndon was Vice President of Finance for Sealed Air Corporation, a packaging manufacturer, from 2011 to 2012. From 2007 to 2011, Mr. Herndon was Vice President of Business Development and Corporate Controller at Diversey, Inc. Prior to 2007, Mr. Herndon held various financial and general management roles within Diversey, Inc. Mr. Herndon graduated from the Indiana University of Bloomington with a Bachelor of Business Administration and holds a Master of Business from Marquette University.

Andrew Schiesl has served as our Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary since joining Gardner Denver in December 2013. Mr. Schiesl is responsible for leading the Company’s legal, compliance, governance and risk management functions and has global oversight for human resource and compensation matters. Mr. Schiesl served as Vice President and General Counsel of Quad/Graphics, Inc., a

102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

commercial printing business, from 2003 until he joined Gardner Denver. Prior to Quad/Graphics, he was Senior Counsel at Harley-Davidson, Inc., after beginning his career practicing law with Foley & Lardner LLP in Milwaukee. Mr. Schiesl received a bachelor’s degree in Political Science and History from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and graduated from the University of Pennsylvania School of Law. He holds a Master of Business Administration from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

Enrique Miñarro Viseras has served as our Vice President and General Manager, Industrials segment EMEA Region since joining Gardner Denver in May 2016. Mr. Miñarro Viseras is responsible for leading all Industrials segment operations including sales, service and manufacturing within Europe and India. Prior to Gardner Denver, Mr. Miñarro Viseras had an extensive fifteen year career at Emerson Network Power and Emerson Industrial Automation, most recently serving as the Managing Director, Emerson Network Power from May 2015 to April 2016. Prior to Managing Director, Mr. Miñarro Viseras held the position of President, Control Techniques for Emerson Industrial Automation from July 2012 to April 2015. Mr. Miñarro Viseras holds a degree in Industrial Engineering from Universidad Politécnica of Valencia, Spain, a Master of Business Administration and a Master of Engineering and Management from Cranfield University, United Kingdom and a Doctorate in Engineering.

Patrick Bennett has served as the President of our Medical segment since he joined Gardner Denver in August 2013. Mr. Bennett is responsible for leading the Medical segment, which includes sales, service and manufacturing sites in North America, Europe and Asia. Prior to joining Gardner Denver, Mr. Bennett had an extensive career at Mold-Masters, a leading plastics technology company where he served most recently as President – EMEAI from February 2011 to May 2013 and prior to that, as Executive Vice President of the company’s global headquarters based in Toronto, Canada. Mr. Bennett has a degree in Industrial Engineering from Ryerson University and a Master of Business Administration degree from Athabasca University.

Mark Sweeney has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since January 2017. Mr. Sweeney joined Gardner Denver as Corporate Controller in May 2014 and is responsible for controllership, accounting, financial reporting, financial systems and global shared-services for the Company. Prior to joining Gardner Denver, Mr. Sweeney served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of J.C. Penney Company from September 2012 to September 2013. Prior to J.C. Penney, Mr. Sweeney served as Vice President and Operational Controller at General Electric from 2008 to 2012 and held multiple finance positions with increasing responsibility in General Electric’s Energy Division from 1997 through 2008. Mr. Sweeney graduated from the University of Missouri-Columbia with a degree in Accountancy and is a certified public accountant.

Neil Snyder has served as our Senior Vice President in charge of Strategy, Business Development and Planning since January 2017. Mr. Snyder joined Gardner Denver in March 2016 as Vice President Strategy & Planning, Industrials segment. Prior to joining Gardner Denver, Mr. Snyder served as Vice President, Head of Financial Planning and Analysis from June 2012 to January 2016 and President, Europe, Middle East and Africa from September 2013 to May 2014 for Capital Safety Inc. the global top producer of fall safety equipment. Previously, Mr. Snyder held various executive roles of increasing responsibility at United Technologies Corporation from 2007 to 2012 and Hewlett-Packard Company from 2002 to 2006. Mr. Snyder began his career at Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Snyder holds a Bachelor of Science in Accounting from the University of Southern California and a Master of Business Administration from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University, and is a certified public accountant.

Kimberly J. Rubottom has served as our Vice President of Human Resources since January 2015. Ms. Rubottom joined Gardner Denver in January 2014 as Vice President, Industrials segment focusing on Organization Management & Strategy. Prior to joining Gardner Denver, Ms. Rubottom served most recently as Underground Hard Rock Drilling Global Product Manager for Caterpillar Inc. from July 2011 to December 2013. Ms. Rubottom previously held multiple roles with increasing responsibility in Human Resources, Corporate Control, Business Management and Operations/Lean Management at Caterpillar Inc., Bucyrus International, Inc. and DBT GmbH from 1999 through 2011. Ms. Rubottom earned a Bachelor of Business Administration, Accounting and Finance from Clarion University of Pennsylvania.

Peter Stavros has been a member of our Board since July 2013. Mr. Stavros joined KKR in 2005 and is a Member of KKR and head of its Industrials investment team. He also became a member of KKR’s Americas Investment Committee in September 2013 and KKR’s Healthcare Growth Investment Committee in 2016. Prior to taking over responsibility for the Industrials sector in 2010, Mr. Stavros was a member of KKR’s Healthcare

103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investment team. During that time, he was actively involved with the investment in HCA and, since assuming responsibility for the Industrials sector, has been actively involved with the investments in Capsugel, Capital Safety, Gardner Denver, The Crosby Group and CHI Overhead Doors. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Stavros was with GTCR Golder Rauner from 2002 to 2005, where he was involved in the execution of numerous investments in the health care sector. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, magna cum laude , from Duke University and a Master of Business Administration with high distinction, Baker Scholar, from Harvard Business School.

Brandon F. Brahm has been a member of our Board since July 2013. Mr. Brahm has been a member of the Industrials team at KKR since 2010. He has been actively involved with the investments in Capital Safety, Gardner Denver and The Crosby Group. In addition, he serves on the board of directors of The Crosby Group and was formerly a director of Capital Safety. Prior to joining KKR, he was with Goldman Sachs in New York, where he was involved in a variety of merger, acquisition, financing and other corporate advisory transactions in the financial institutions group. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Finance from the Leonard N. Stern School of Business at New York University.

William E. Kassling has been a member of our Board since February 2017 and a member of the Board of Gardner Denver, Inc. since August 2013. He has served as Lead Director of Wabtec Corporation, a manufacturer of braking equipment and other parts for locomotives, freight cars and passenger rail cars, since 2013. Mr. Kassling also previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Wabtec Corporation from 1990 until 2001 and 2004 to 2006, and served as Chairman from 2009 to 2013. Before leading a management group in the purchase of Wabtec Corporation from American Standard in 1990, Mr. Kassling spent six years overseeing its operations as American Standard’s Vice President, Group Executive, Railway Products Group. Prior to that, between 1978 and 1984, he served American Standard Incorporated first as Vice President, Strategic Planning and Development and later as Vice President, Group Executive and Building Specialties Group. In addition to Wabtec Corporation, Mr. Kassling is a board member of The Crosby Group, Pacific Design Technologies, the Pittsburgh Penguins and the Texas Rangers and served as a board member of Parker Hannifin Corporation from 2001 to 2015. He is also a member of the advisory board of the University of Pittsburgh Cancer Institute. Mr. Kassling holds a Master of Business Administration from the University of Chicago and a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Management from Purdue University.

Michael V. Marn has been a member of our Board since February 2017 and a member of the Board of Gardner Denver, Inc. since August 2013. Mr. Marn has served as a Senior Advisor in KKR’s Industrials team, specializing in industrial marketing since 2010. From 1977 until his retirement in 2010, he was a Partner at McKinsey & Company. As a leader in McKinsey's worldwide marketing practice, Mike focused primarily on business-to-business clients, and split his time between assisting clients and leading research and development efforts. He also served as the Chairman of the American Red Cross Northeast Ohio Region. Mr. Marn holds a Bachelor of Arts from Hiram College and a Masters in Management Science from Case Western Reserve University.

Nickolas Vande Steeg has been a member of our Board since February 2017 and a member of the Board of Gardner Denver, Inc. since August 2013. He served for 34 years at Parker Hannifin Corporation, a global supplier of innovative engineered products, in positions of increasing responsibility culminating as President, Chief Operating Officer and Board Member from 2004 to 2007. Mr. Vande Steeg currently serves on the board of Trimble, Inc. since 2006 and is a trustee of an APU/ UC University, board member of several non-profits, and a minority partner in a Major League Baseball team. He is also a director and partial owner of Pacific Design Technologies, an Aerospace thermal management supplier, since 2015. He obtained a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Technology from the University of California and a Master of Business Administration with highest honors from Pepperdine University. Mr. Vande Steeg was awarded the Shingo Lean Leadership Management Award in 2006.

Pastor Velasco has been a member of our board since February 2017 and a member of the Board of Gardner Denver, Inc. since August 2013. Mr. Velasco served as BrightView Landscape, LLC’s interim Chief Executive Officer from July 2016 to December 2016. In this interim role, Mr. Velasco transformed the company’s management structure and led efforts to create and execute a long-term strategic vision emphasizing client service and retention, new client acquisition and growth and team member safety. Before BrightView, he served at Capital Safety, Inc., the global top producer of fall safety equipment, from January of 2002 until August of 2015, where his roles included Chief Executive Officer from 2002 and also Chairman of the Board

104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

from January 2013. Mr. Velasco helped guide the company through multiple private equity sales, ultimately leading to the sale by KKR to 3M in August 2015. In addition to Gardner Denver, Mr. Velasco sits on the boards of The Crosby Group and PurePOWER Technologies, as well as The Gary Sinise Foundation. Mr. Velasco holds a bachelor’s degree in International Business.

Joshua T. Weisenbeck has been a member of our Board since July 2013. Mr. Weisenbeck has been a Member of the Industrials team at KKR since 2008. He has been actively involved with the investments in Gardner Denver, Capsugel and Capital Safety, in addition to having portfolio company responsibility for BrightView. In addition, he serves on the board of directors of Capsugel and BrightView and was formerly a director of Capital Safety. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Weisenbeck was with Onex Corporation from 2006 to 2008, focusing on Industrials private equity transactions, including Onex's investment in Allison Transmission. Prior to Onex, he worked for Lazard Freres & Co. in its Power & Energy group from 2004 to 2006, where he was involved in a number of merger and acquisition transactions. He holds a Bachelor of Arts with honors, magna cum laude , from Williams College.

Composition of our Board of Directors

Background and Experience of Directors

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focused primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business. Once appointed, directors serve until they resign or are removed by the stockholders.

In particular, the members of our board of directors considered the following important characteristics: (i) Vicente Reynal, our Chief Executive Officer, has 22 years of experience in corporate strategy, new product development, general management processes and operations leadership with companies in the industrial, energy and medical industries, (ii) Peter Stavros, Joshua T. Weisenbeck and Brandon F. Brahm are representatives appointed by affiliates of KKR, our principal stockholder, and have significant financial, investment and operational experience from their involvement in KKR’s investment in numerous portfolio companies and have played active roles in overseeing those businesses, (iii) William E. Kassling has many years of experience at manufacturing companies, including experience as chief executive officer and chairman of the board of a publicly held company, (iv) Michael V. Marn has many years of experience as senior partner at a consulting company and has been involved in KKR’s investments in industrial companies, (v) Nickolas Vande Steeg has many years of experience as president, chief operating officer and board member of a publicly held engineered products company and (vi) Pastor Velasco has many years of executive experience at industrial products and service companies.

Director Independence

Our board of directions has affirmatively determined that        qualifies as an “independent” director in accordance with the listing requirements of       . After completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of       . Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company.” Affiliates of KKR hold more than 50% of our common stock. Accordingly, we may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

we have a board of directors that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;
we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and
director nominations be made or recommended to the full board by our independent directors or by a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

After we cease to be a “controlled company,” we will be required to comply with the above-referenced requirements, subject to the transition periods for companies that cease to qualify as controlled companies.

105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Following this offering, we intend to utilize certain of these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors, will have no independent directors on our compensation committee and will have no nominating and corporate governance committee.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the consummation of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

the Class I directors will be       , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018;
the Class II directors will be       , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019; and
the Class III directors will be       , and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2020.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our Company. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law.”

Leadership Structure of our Board of Directors

Our amended and restated bylaws provide our board of directors with flexibility to combine or separate the positions of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer in accordance with its determination that utilizing one or the other structure would be in the best interests of our Company. Upon completion of this offering, Peter Stavros will serve as Chairman of the Board. Vicente Reynal, our Chief Executive Officer, also serves as a director.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight

Our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers will regularly report to the non-executive directors and the audit committee to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls. Internal audit will report functionally and administratively to our Chief Financial Officer and directly to the audit committee. We believe that the leadership structure of our board of directors provides appropriate risk oversight of our activities given the controlling interests held by affiliates of KKR.

Committees of our Board of Directors

Upon the listing of our shares on       , our board of directors will have an audit committee and a compensation committee, each of which will operate under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Upon the listing of our shares on       , copies of each committee’s charter will be posted on our website, www.gardnerdenver.com.

Audit Committee

Upon the completion of this offering, we expect to have an audit committee, consisting of at least one director, who qualifies as an independent director under        corporate governance standards and the

106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. To the extent that our audit committee is not already composed of a majority of independent directors, our board of directors will appoint one or more additional independent directors to the audit committee within 90 days of the effective date of this registration statement and, to the extent our audit committee is not then already entirely composed of independent directors, again within one year of the effective date of this registration statement. The non-independent members of the audit committee will resign from the audit committee as the additional independent directors are added, so that, within one year of the effective date of this registration statement, all of our audit committee members will be independent as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and under        Listing Rules. Our board of directors has determined that        qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.

The purpose of the audit committee will be to prepare the audit committee report required by the SEC to be included in our proxy statement and to assist our board of directors in overseeing and monitoring (1) the quality and integrity of our financial statements, (2) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence and (3) the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

Upon the completion of the offering, we expect to have a compensation committee, consisting of       . The purpose of the compensation committee is to assist our board of directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to (1) setting our compensation program and compensation of our executive officers and directors, (2) monitoring our incentive and equity-based compensation plans and (3) preparing the compensation committee report required to be included in our proxy statement under the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. Following the consummation of this offering, we will post a current copy of the code on our website, www.gardnerdenver.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of        concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The information presented in this section does not reflect the        -for-one reverse split of our common stock, which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering.

Introduction

Our executive compensation philosophy is designed to attract and retain individuals with the qualifications to lead the Company and create value for our shareholders. Additionally, our philosophy is structured to engage the executive team to develop professionally and continue to contribute to the achievement of our financial goals as we grow.

Our named executive officers (the “NEOs”) for 2016 are:

Vicente Reynal, our Chief Executive Officer;
Philip T. Herndon, our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (appointed October 1, 2016);
Our three other most highly compensated executive officers who served in such capacities as of December 31, 2016, namely:
Patrick W. Bennett, President of our Medical segment;
Andrew Schiesl, our Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary; and

107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Enrique Miñarro Viseras, Vice President and General Manager, Industrials Segment EMEA (appointed May 10, 2016);
Jeff Likosar, our former Chief Financial Officer (through September 30, 2016); and
Saeid Rahimian, the former Chief Executive Officer of our Energy segment (through October 31, 2016), who would have been among our three most highly compensated executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer had he been serving as an executive officer as of December 31, 2016.

Leadership Developments in 2016

On September 30, 2016, Mr. Likosar stepped down as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. At that time, Mr. Herndon, who had been serving in the role of Chief Financial Officer of our Industrials segment, took on the additional role of Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Mr. Herndon continues to serve in those dual roles.

In addition, on October 31, 2016, Mr. Rahimian stepped down as the Chief Executive Officer of our Energy segment. Mr. Reynal and the Vice President of Finance & Operations of our Energy segment now jointly manage our Energy segment. This change strategically aligns our senior leadership closer to our customers across our energy market exposures.

Executive Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

Our compensation philosophy aligns our executives’ pay with our growth objectives through equity participation and annual incentive compensation. The value of each is driven by our performance over the long and short term, respectively. All of our NEOs maintain a significant equity stake in the Company, either through stock options and/or investments in our common stock.

Moreover, to achieve our objectives, we deliver executive compensation through a combination of the following components:

Base salary – Provides a fixed level of compensation to our NEOs and recognizes the NEO’s leadership role;
Annual cash incentive opportunity – Ties pay to relevant company performance for the fiscal year;
Long-term equity compensation – Aligns compensation with the creation of equity value and achievement of business goals;
Broad-based employee benefits – Intended to attract and retain employees while providing them with retirement and health and welfare security; and
Severance and other benefits payable upon certain terminations of employment or a change in control – Encourages the continued attention and dedication of our NEOs and provides reasonable individual security to enable our NEOs to focus on our best interests, particularly when considering strategic alternatives.

Compensation Determination Process

Prior to this offering, our Compensation Committee historically made all executive compensation decisions, including determinations as to the compensation of our NEOs. From the date of this offering, the Compensation Committee will be responsible for determining the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and other executive officers and approving or recommending such compensation to the Board of Directors. From the date of this offering, we expect that our management will work closely with the Compensation Committee in managing our executive compensation program. Because of his daily involvement with the executive team, we expect that our CEO will make recommendations to the Compensation Committee regarding compensation for the executive officers other than himself. No member of management will participate in discussions with the Compensation Committee regarding his or her own compensation.

The Compensation Committee did not benchmark any of its compensation determinations against a peer group prior to this offering. In connection with this offering, we intend to review, and have engaged, Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC, a compensation consulting firm, to assist us in evaluating the elements and levels of our executive compensation, including base salaries, annual cash incentive awards and equity-based incentives for our executive officers.

108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Employment Agreements

We do not typically enter into employment agreements with our NEOs; however, we entered into an employment agreement and offer letter with Mr. Miñarro Viseras and offer letters setting forth initial compensation and benefits, as well as severance terms, with each of our NEOs other than Mr. Miñarro Viseras. In addition, in 2016 we entered into separation agreements with Messrs. Likosar and Rahimian in connection with their separations from the Company. Full descriptions of the material terms of the employment agreement and offer letter we entered into with Mr. Miñarro Viseras and the offer letters we entered into with Messrs. Reynal, Herndon, Schiesl and Bennett are presented below in “―Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016.” Full descriptions of the separation agreements we entered into with Messrs. Likosar and Rahimian are presented below in “―Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”

Executive Compensation Program Elements

Base Salaries

Base salary compensates our executives for performing the requirements of their positions and provides them with a level of cash income predictability and stability with respect to a portion of their total compensation. The Compensation Committee believes that base salaries for executives should reflect competitive levels of pay and factors unique to each executive such as experience and breadth of responsibilities, performance, individual skill set, time in the role and pay relative to peers within the Company. Initial base salaries for our NEOs are agreed with the NEO at the time of hiring. Base salaries may be adjusted at times to deal with competitive pressures or changes in job responsibilities. The following table reflects the base salaries of our NEOs (other than Messrs. Likosar and Rahimian, who were no longer employed by the Company) as of December 31, 2016.

 
Base Salary as of
December 31, 2016
Vicente Reynal, Chief Executive Officer (1)
$750,000
Philip T. Herndon, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (2)
$400,000
Patrick W. Bennett, President, Medical Segment (3)
$304,288
Andrew Schiesl, Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary
$450,000
Enrique Miñarro Viseras, Vice President and General Manager, Industrials Segment EMEA (3)
$304,288
(1) Mr. Reynal’s base salary was increased from $500,000 to $750,000 effective January 1, 2016 in connection with his promotion to Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
(2) Mr. Herndon’s base salary was increased from $350,000 to $400,000 effective October 31, 2016 in connection with his promotion to Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
(3) Messrs. Bennett and Miñarro Viseras are based in Europe and are compensated in Euros. We converted their 2016 base salaries (which, in each case, was 275,000 Euros) to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.1065, which was the average monthly translation rate for 2016.

Cash Bonus Opportunities

Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity

In order to provide additional incentive for our NEOs to achieve short-term performance goals and tie a portion of their cash compensation to actual performance, each NEO is eligible for an annual cash bonus award under our management incentive plan (“MIP”) based on the achievement of our strategic growth objectives.

A target annual bonus, expressed as a percentage of an NEO’s base salary in effect at year end, is established within certain NEOs’ offer letters and may be adjusted from time to time by the Compensation Committee in connection with an NEO’s promotion or performance. The target annual bonus for 2016 for Messrs. Reynal and Herndon was 100% of their respective base salaries, for Mr. Schiesl was 75% of his base salary, for Mr. Bennett was 65% of his base salary and for Mr. Miñarro Viseras was 45% of his base salary. The 2016 bonus opportunities for Messrs. Herndon and Miñarro Viseras were pro-rated for the respective portions of the year they were employed by us. The target annual bonus for 2016 for Messrs. Likosar and Rahimian was 100% of their respective base salaries; however, in connection with their separations from the Company, they were not eligible to receive any payment in respect of the 2016 MIP.

109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We generally believe that tying our corporate level NEOs’ bonuses to company-wide performance goals encourages those NEOs to focus on company-wide priorities, and that tying the bonuses of our NEOs at the business segment and business unit level to business segment goals and business unit goals, respectively, rewards these NEOs for achievements with respect to their business segments and units. In 2016, the Compensation Committee decided to base MIP awards for Messrs. Reynal and Herndon on the performance of our Industrials segment rather than company-wide performance for a number of reasons, including that Mr. Reynal began his tenure with the Company in 2015 as the Chief Executive Officer of the Industrials segment and Mr. Herndon began 2016 as the Chief Financial Officer of the Industrials segment and the Compensation Committee wanted both of them to continue to focus on the objectives of the Industrials segment since it typically accounts for more than 50% of our total revenue. A detailed description of the 2016 MIP metrics and the calculation of the actual amounts paid to each of our NEOs are provided below.

We chose to use Adjusted EBITDA, as that term is defined elsewhere in this prospectus, and Core Operating Cash Flow, defined as the sum of (i) Adjusted EBITDA and (ii) the change in accounts receivable, accounts payable, inventory and advance payments, as measures of financial performance under the 2016 MIP, because we believe that they provide reliable indicators of our strategic growth and the strength of our cash flow and overall financial results.

Actual amounts paid to Messrs. Reynal and Herndon under the 2016 MIP were calculated by multiplying their target annual bonus for 2016 by the sum of (1) 80% multiplied by the payout percentage associated with our achievement against the Industrials Segment Adjusted EBITDA target and (2) 20% multiplied by the payout percentage associated with our achievement against the Industrials segment Core Operating Cash Flow target; provided that no amounts would be paid if threshold Industrials Segment Adjusted EBITDA performance was not met. We believe the Industrials Segment Adjusted EBITDA and Core Operating Cash Flow targets set in 2016 provided reasonably achievable, but challenging goals for our NEOs and other MIP participants in the Industrials segment.

Actual amounts paid to Mr. Bennett, our Medical segment leader, under the 2016 MIP were calculated by multiplying Mr. Bennett’s target annual bonus for 2016 by the sum of (1) 80% multiplied by the payout percentage associated with our achievement against the Medical Segment Adjusted EBITDA target and (2) 20% multiplied by the payout percentage associated with our achievement against the Medical segment Core Operating Cash Flow target; provided that no amounts would be paid if threshold Medical Segment Adjusted EBITDA performance was not met. We believe the Medical Segment Adjusted EBITDA and Core Operating Cash Flow targets set in 2016 provided reasonably achievable, but challenging goals Mr. Bennett and other MIP participants in the Medical segment.

For our NEO at the corporate level, Mr. Schiesl, the MIP award is tied to the weighted average of the financial results of the following business units measured by Adjusted EBITDA and Core Operating Cash Flow: Energy P&IP, Energy Nash, Energy Garo, Energy Emco, Industrials Americas, Industrials EMEA, Industrials North Asia, Industrials South Asia, Industrial’s Global Specialty Solutions, and Medical (the “MIP Business Units”). The weighted average of the business unit results is equal to the sum of the achievement factors for each MIP Business Unit where the achievement factor for each MIP Business Unit is calculated by multiplying the payout percentage associated with our achievement against the business unit target by a percentage determined by dividing management’s fiscal 2016 Adjusted EBITDA budget for the business unit by the sum of management’s fiscal 2016 Adjusted EBITDA budgets for all the MIP Business Units. We believe the Adjusted EBITDA and Core Operating Cash Flow targets set for these business units in 2016 provided reasonably achievable, but challenging goals for Mr. Schiesl and other MIP participants at the corporate level.

Actual amounts paid to Mr. Schiesl under the 2016 MIP were calculated by multiplying his target annual bonus for 2016 by the sum of (1) 80% multiplied by the weighted average of the payout percentages associated with our achievement against the Adjusted EBITDA targets for the MIP Business Units and (2) 20% multiplied by the weighted average of the payout percentages associated with our achievement against the Core Operating Cash Flow targets for the MIP Business Units; provided that no amounts would have been paid if the threshold Adjusted EBITDA performance was not met at least one of the MIP Business Units.

For our NEO at the business unit level, Mr. Miñarro Viseras, the MIP award is tied to the financial results of his business segment and his business unit measured by Adjusted EBITDA and Core Operating Cash Flow. The actual amount paid to Mr. Miñarro Viseras under the 2016 MIP was calculated by multiplying his target

110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

annual bonus for 2016 by the sum of (x) 80% multiplied by the sum of (1) 50% multiplied by the payout percentage associated with our achievement against the Industrials Segment Adjusted EBITDA target and (2) 50% multiplied by the payout percentage associated with our achievement against the Industrials EMEA Adjusted EBITDA target and (y) 20% multiplied by the sum of (1) 50% multiplied by the payout percentage associated with our achievement against the Industrials segment Core Operating Cash Flow target and (2) 50% multiplied by the payout percentage associated with our achievement against the Industrials EMEA Core Operating Cash Flow target. We believe the Industrials EMEA Adjusted EBITDA and Core Operating Cash Flow targets set in 2016 provided reasonably achievable, but challenging goals for Mr. Miñarro Viseras and other MIP participants at our Industrials EMEA business unit.

The Adjusted EBITDA and Core Operating Cash Flow payout percentages for each of our segments and business units were determined by calculating actual achievement against the Adjusted EBITDA performance targets or Core Operating Cash Flow performance targets based on the pre-established scale set forth in the table below.

Achievement of Performance Target
Payout Percentage
Less than 95%
0%
95%
75%
100%
100%
110%
200%

No cash incentive award would have been paid to our NEOs unless actual performance for fiscal 2016 was at or above 95% of the applicable Adjusted EBITDA target (or, in the case of Mr. Schiesl, at or above 95% of the applicable Adjusted EBITDA target for at least one of the MIP Business Units, and in the case of Mr. Miñarro Viseras, at or above the applicable Adjusted EBITDA target for our Industrials segment). For performance percentages between the levels set forth above, the resulting payout percentage would be adjusted on a linear basis. In addition to setting Adjusted EBITDA and Core Operating Cash Flow targets for our business units, we set an annual corporate expense budget each year and any difference between actual and budgeted corporate expense is allocated to the Adjusted EBITDA at our business units at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. While there are no individual goals for purposes of MIP award payments, the Compensation Committee, on the recommendation of Mr. Reynal, may adjust an incentive payment upward or downward for performance-related reasons. In addition, the Compensation Committee has discretion to adjust MIP award payments for unanticipated events and Adjusted EBITDA results will be adjusted to the extent that actual foreign exchange rates by country differ by more than 5% of budgeted foreign exchange rates.

In 2016, as part of the overall negotiations with Mr. Miñarro Viseras regarding his initial employment with the Company, the Compensation Committee adjusted the MIP payment made to Mr. Miñarro Viseras so that he received the amount he would have received had he been employed by the Company for the entire year. In addition, in accordance with the terms of the 2016 MIP, we made foreign exchange-related adjustments to the Adjusted EBITDA results at our Industrials and Medical segments, adjusting the Adjusted EBITDA results for our Industrials segment upward by $1.3 million and adjusting the Adjusted EBITDA results for our Medical segment downward by $0.2 million.

111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth our actual payout percentage achieved with respect to each performance metric applicable to our NEOs and illustrates the calculation of the annual cash incentive awards payable to our NEOs under the 2016 MIP in light of these performance results.

 
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
Payout Percentage (80% of Total)
Core Operating Cash Flow
Payout Percentage (20% of Total)
 
 
Name (1)
2016
Base
Salary
Target
Bonus
%
Target
Bonus
Amount
Industrials
Industrials
EMEA
Medical
Wtd.
Average
of
Business
Units (2)
Industrials
Industrials
EMEA
Medical
Wtd.
Average
of
Business
Units (2)
Weighted
Payout
Percentage
Actual
Bonus
Paid
Vicente Reynal
$
750,000
 
 
100
%
$
750,000
 
 
111
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
145
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
117
%
$
877,500
 
Philip T. Herndon (3)
$
400,000
 
 
100
%
$
381,421
 
 
111
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
145
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
117
%
$
446,262
 
Patrick W. Bennett (4)
$
304,288
 
 
65
%
$
197,782
 
 
 
 
 
 
90
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0
%
 
 
 
72
%
$
142,407
 
Andrew Schiesl
$
450,000
 
 
75
%
$
337,500
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106
%
 
109
%
$
367,875
 
Enrique Miñarro Viseras (4)(5)
$
304,288
 
 
45
%
$
88,293
 
 
111
%
 
152
%
 
 
 
 
 
145
%
 
87
%
 
 
 
 
 
128
%
$
175,269
 
(1) In connection with their respective separations from the Company, Messrs. Likosar and Rahimian were not eligible for payments under the 2016 MIP.
(2) Represents the weighted average of the payout percentages associated with our achievement against the Adjusted EBITDA targets or Core Operating Cash Flow targets, as applicable, for the MIP Business Units.
(3) Mr. Herndon’s 2016 MIP opportunity was pro-rated for the portion of the year he was employed by us.
(4) Messrs. Bennett and Miñarro Viseras are based in Europe and compensated in Euros. We converted their MIP award amount to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.1065, which is the average monthly translation rate for 2016.
(5) Mr. Miñarro Viseras’s 2016 MIP opportunity was based on 80% on the average of the Industrials Segment Adjusted EBITDA and Industrials EMEA business unit Adjusted EBITDA and 20% on the average of the Industrials segment Core Operating Cash Flow and Industrials EMEA business unit Core Operating Cash Flow. His bonus target was pro-rated for the portion of the year he was employed by us, however the Compensation Committee, in its discretion, adjusted Mr. Miñarro Viseras’s 2016 MIP payment so that he received the payment he would have received had he been employed by us for the full year. Such extra amount ($62,254) is set forth in the “Bonus” column of the Summary Compensation Table.

Sign-on Bonuses

From time to time, we may award sign-on bonuses in connection with the commencement of an NEO’s employment with us. Sign-on bonuses are used only when necessary to attract highly skilled officers to the Company. Generally they are used to provide an incentive to candidates to leave their current employers or may be used to offset the loss of unvested compensation that they may forfeit as a result of leaving their current employers. Sign-on bonuses are typically subject to a clawback obligation if the officer voluntarily terminates his or her employment with us prior to the first anniversary of the employment commencement date.

In 2016, we awarded a sign-on bonus in the amount of $470,263 (which amount was paid to Mr. Miñarro Viseras in Euros and converted to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.1065, which is the average monthly translation rate for 2016) to Mr. Miñarro Viseras. Mr. Miñarro Viseras’s sign-on bonus was payable on or about two months following his date of hire, which was May 10, 2016, and is subject to clawback if Mr. Miñarro Viseras’s employment with us terminates for any reason, other than a termination by us without cause, prior to May 10, 2017.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards

Prior to this offering, we granted long-term equity-based awards to our executives that were designed to align executives’ and shareholders’ interests and to promote performance through a broad ownership mindset by providing our executives with the opportunity to acquire equity interests as an incentive for remaining in our service and aligning the interests of our executives with those of our ultimate equity holders. The awards we granted to our NEOs under our long-term incentive program (our “Long-Term Incentive Program”) were in the form of stock options, with 50% of each award vesting based on time-based vesting conditions (“Time Options”) and 50% of each award vesting based on performance-based vesting conditions (“Performance Options”). The stock options generally vest, if at all, ratably over a three- to five-year period, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date and, in the case of the Performance Options, achievement of the applicable performance criteria. See “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016―Terms of Equity Awards―Long-Term Incentive Plan Grants.” The Compensation Committee determined that granting our NEOs stock options would meet our goals of fostering a culture of performance and commitment to our Company. Stock options serve as components of performance-based compensation because they only provide value to our NEOs if the value of our stock appreciates. All equity-based awards under our Long-Term Incentive Program were granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

In addition to granting them long-term equity-based awards, we have given our executive officers the opportunity to, and in some cases, in connection with the commencement of their employment with us, have required them to, make meaningful investments in our common stock, subject to satisfaction of applicable securities law requirements, and each NEO has done so. See “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016―Summary of NEO Offer Letters and Employment Agreements.” We repurchased the shares of our common stock purchased by Messrs. Likosar and Rahimian in connection with their separations from the Company. See “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control―Separation Agreement with Mr. Likosar” and “―Separation Agreement with Mr. Rahimian.”

Fiscal 2016 Grants

In May 2016, Messrs. Reynal, Herndon, Bennett and Miñarro Viseras each received a grant of stock options. Mr. Reynal’s stock option grant was made in connection with his promotion to Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Mr. Herndon’s grant was made in connection with the commencement of his employment with the Company, Mr. Bennett’s grant was made in connection with his overall job performance and Mr. Miñarro Viseras’s grant was made in connection with the commencement of his employment. In December 2016, Mr. Herndon received an additional grant of stock options in connection with his promotion to Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The Compensation Committee did not use any specific formula in determining the sizes of the stock option grants to our NEOs or assign any particular relative weightings to the various factors it considered (which included their existing equity holdings, the vesting dates/terms of such existing holdings, if any, and our recent experience in hiring executives, as well as a desire to provide awards to our executive officers that would be reasonable and equitable in light of their respective roles and responsibilities within the Company) but awarded these long-term equity incentives in amounts that it believed were fair and reasonable in light of the circumstances and would ensure that our NEOs have a continuing stake in our long-term success.

Of the options granted to Messrs. Reynal, Herndon, Bennett and Miñarro Viseras in 2016, 50% of each award consists of Time Options and 50% consists of Performance Options. For a description of the vesting and other terms applicable to the Time Options and Performance Options granted to Messrs. Reynal, Herndon, Bennett and Miñarro Viseras in 2016, see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016―Terms of Equity Awards―Long-Term Incentive Plan Grants.”

Modification of Prior Year Grants

In February 2016, after considering the macroeconomic challenges facing the Company, including a significant decline in the price of oil, the adverse impact of foreign currency translation rates and weakness in certain other markets, and in order to ensure that the Long-Term Incentive Plan reflected current macroeconomic conditions, the Compensation Committee determined to modify the performance-based vesting conditions for the vesting years remaining under the Performance Options granted to our NEOs and other officers and employees in 2013, 2014 and 2015. Accordingly, the performance-based vesting conditions were modified to reflect the performance-based vesting conditions of the Performance Options we granted in 2016. The incremental fair value in connection with the modification of these awards is reflected in the “Option Awards” column of the Summary Compensation Table and the “Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards” column of the Grants of Plan Based Awards in 2016 Table and the vesting terms applicable to these awards is described in “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016―Terms of Equity Awards―Long-Term Incentive Plan Grants.”

In addition, in connection with his separation from the Company, subject to and as inducement for his providing reasonable business and transition assistance to the Company, we agreed to provide Mr. Rahimian continued vesting of his unvested options, which would have expired upon his termination, in accordance with their terms, through December 31, 2016. See “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers upon

113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Termination of Employment or Change in Control—Separation Agreement with Mr. Rahimian” below. The incremental fair value in connection with such modification is reflected in the “Option Awards” column of the Summary Compensation Table and the “Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards” column of the Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016 table.

Benefits and Perquisites

While our compensation philosophy is to focus on performance-based forms of compensation while providing only minimal executive benefits and perquisites, we provide to all of our employees, including our NEOs, broad-based employee benefits that are intended to attract and retain employees while providing them with retirement and health and welfare security, which include:

a 401(k) savings plan; and
medical, dental, vision, life and disability insurance coverage, and dependent care and healthcare flexible spending accounts.

401(k) Plan

Our U.S. eligible employees, including our NEOs, participate in the Gardner Denver, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) plan”), which is a tax-qualified retirement savings plan. For employees hired after January 1, 2014, enrollment in the 401(k) plan is automatic for employees who meet eligibility requirements unless they decline participation. Under the 401(k) plan, we match 100% of the first 6% of a participant’s salary contributions to the 401(k) plan. Participants are 100% vested in employee and matching contributions. The maximum contribution to the 401(k) plan is 100% of an employee's annual eligible compensation, subject to regulatory and plan limitations.

Supplemental Excess Defined Contribution Plan

In addition to the 401(k) plan, U.S. employees receiving a base pay of $150,000 or higher, including the NEOs other than Mr. Bennett and Mr. Miñarro Viseras, are eligible to participate in the Gardner Denver, Inc. Supplemental Excess Defined Contribution Plan (the “Excess Contribution Plan”), which is funded through a Rabbi Trust. This plan provides participants with a similar level of benefits afforded to all other eligible employees who are not subject to the limitations imposed by the IRS on our tax-qualified 401(k) plan.

Eligible employees may contribute to the Excess Contribution Plan when they exceed the annual IRS pre-tax contribution limits and the annual catch-up contribution limit for participants age 50 or over. Under the Excess Contribution Plan, we match 100% of the first 6% of a participant’s salary contributions to the Excess Contribution Plan. Company matching contributions under the Excess Contribution Plan are contributed in the form of cash rather than our common stock. All employee and Company matching contributions are fully vested immediately.

Limited Perquisites

Executive perquisites are not part of our general compensation philosophy, however we provide limited perquisites and personal benefits that are not generally available to all employees when necessary to attract top talent. Per his offer letter, Mr. Reynal was provided with certain expatriate benefits for the period during 2016 when he was stationed outside the United States; these benefits are described below under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016―Summary of NEO Offer Letters and Employment Agreements―Offer Letter with Mr. Reynal.” Per his employment agreement, Mr. Miñarro Viseras was provided with relocation benefits and is entitled to international school assistance and use of a company car. Mr. Bennett is also provided with use of a company car. In addition, from time to time, we provide tax gross-ups on perquisites we provide in order to allow our NEOs to enjoy the full benefit of the perquisite we are providing.

Severance and Change in Control Agreements

The Company believes that reasonable and appropriate severance and change in control benefits are necessary in order to be competitive in the Company’s executive attraction and retention efforts. As discussed above, the offer letters we enter into with our NEOs provide for certain payments, rights and benefits to the NEOs upon an involuntary termination of employment without Cause (as defined in “Potential Payments to

114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Named Executive Officers Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control—Severance Arrangements and Restrictive Covenants” below) from the Company or a termination by the NEO for Good Reason (as defined in “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control—Severance Arrangements and Restrictive Covenants” below). As also discussed above, in 2016, in recognition of their services to the Company and as inducement for their release and wavier of claims against the Company, we entered into separation agreements with Messrs. Likosar and Rahimian in connection with their separations from the Company. In addition, our equity award agreements provide for accelerated vesting upon a change in control in certain circumstances, as more fully described above under “―Executive Compensation Program Elements―Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards.”

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code

Following this offering, we expect to be able to claim the benefit of a special exemption rule that applies to compensation paid (or compensation in respect of equity awards such as stock options or restricted stock granted) during a specified transition period. This transition period may extend until the first annual stockholders meeting that occurs after the end of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which this offering occurs, unless the transition period is terminated earlier under the Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), post-offering transition rules. At such time as we are subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code, we expect that the Compensation Committee will take the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code into account in its compensation decisions; however, the Compensation Committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that are not exempt under Section 162(m) of the Code when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract or retain talent.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning compensation of our NEOs for services rendered to us during 2016.

Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary
($) (1)
Bonus
($) (2)
Option
Awards
($) (3)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (4)
All Other
Compensation
($) (5)
Total
($)
Vicente Reynal, Chief Executive Officer
2016
 
750,000
 
 
 
 
4,568,331
 
 
877,500
 
 
233,614
 
 
6,429,445
 
Philip T. Herndon, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
2016
 
347,917
 
 
 
 
3,257,821
 
 
446,262
 
 
7,897
 
 
4,059,972
 
Jeff Likosar, former Chief Financial Officer
2016
 
412,500
 
 
 
 
1,676,060
 
 
 
 
600,981
 
 
2,689,541
 
Patrick W. Bennett, President, Medical Segment (6)
2016
 
304,288
 
 
 
 
1,043,087
 
 
142,407
 
 
23,600
 
 
1,513,382
 
Andrew Schiesl, Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Secretary
2016
 
450,000
 
 
 
 
610,717
 
 
367,875
 
 
49,565
 
 
1,478,082
 
Enrique Miñarro Viseras, Vice President and General Manager, Industrials Segment EMEA (6)
2016
 
195,943
 
 
532,517
 
 
691,114
 
 
113,015
 
 
155,548
 
 
1,684,817
 
Saeid Rahimian, former Chief Executive Officer, Energy Segment
2016
 
416,667
 
 
 
 
2,397,128
 
 
 
 
166,214
 
 
2,980,009
 
(1) In connection with his promotion to Chief Financial Officer of the Company, Mr. Herndon’s base salary was increased from $350,000 to $400,000 and his base salary earned in 2016 also reflects the commencement of his employment with the Company on January 18, 2016. Mr. Miñarro Viseras’s base salary earned in 2016 reflects the commencement of his employment with the Company on May 10, 2016. Mr. Likosar and Mr. Rahimian’s base salaries earned in 2016 reflect their termination of employment with the Company on September 30, 2016 and October 31, 2016, respectively.
(2) Amount shown for Mr. Miñarro Viseras reflects his sign-on bonus ($470,263) and the additional amount the Compensation Committee, in its discretion, elected to pay to him under our 2016 MIP ($62,254). See “―Executive Compensation Program Elements―Cash Bonus Opportunities―Sign-on Bonuses” and “―Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity.”

115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(3) Amounts reflect the grant date fair value of all stock options awarded under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan in 2016, calculated in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718 (“FASB ASC Topic 718”). For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts reported, please see the discussion of stock option awards contained in Note 15 “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Amounts reported in the table above with respect to the Performance Options are based upon the probable outcome of the performance conditions as of the grant date. The amounts of the option awards in the table above differ from the compensation expense reported in our audited consolidated financial statements. As disclosed in Note 15 “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we have certain repurchase rights on stock acquired through the exercise of a stock option that creates an implicit service period and creates a condition in which an option holder may not receive the economic benefits of the option until the repurchase rights are eliminated. The repurchase rights creating the implicit service period are eliminated at the earlier of an initial public offering or change of control event (and will be eliminated upon the consummation of this offering). Because an initial public offering or change of control is not currently probable of occurring, no compensation expense has been recorded for equity awards. The Performance Options have no maximum grant date fair values that differ from the grant date fair values presented in the table.

The amounts reported in this column also include the incremental fair value in connection with the modification in 2016 of awards granted to certain of our NEOs in prior years computed as of the modification date in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 as follows: Mr. Reynal: $1,595,099; Mr. Likosar: $1,676,060; Mr. Bennett: $745,761; Mr. Schiesl: $610,717; and Mr. Rahimian: $2,397,128. See “—Executive Compensation Program Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards” and “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016—Terms of Equity Awards—Long-Term Incentive Plan Grants.

(4) Amounts shown reflect amounts earned under our 2016 MIP.
(5) Amounts reported under All Other Compensation reflect the following:
(a) as to Mr. Reynal, a cost of living adjustment, a housing allowance ($35,700), reimbursement for school-sponsored transportation for his dependent children, rent allowance, reimbursement for tax preparation expenses, actual Company expenditures for use, including business use, of a Company car, including expenditures for the car lease and gas, reimbursement of storage expenses, reimbursement of relocation expenses ($41,227), Company-paid life insurance premiums ($2,070), Company 401(k) match ($15,900) and Company Excess Contribution Plan match ($81,750) and a tax gross-up relating to the reimbursement of relocation expenses ($4,819). Mr. Reynal is also entitled to a tax equalization payment with respect to his cash compensation earned during his service in Europe; provided that the annual cost to the Company of such tax equalization payment shall not exceed $137,500. The amount of such tax equalization payment, if any, is not yet determinable. The Company expects to determine such amount, if any, in October 2017.
(b) as to Mr. Herndon, company-paid life insurance premiums ($822) and Company 401(k) match ($7,075).
(c) as to Mr. Likosar, company-paid life insurance premiums ($673), Company 401(k) match ($15,900) and Company Excess Contribution Plan match ($8,850). Amounts shown for Mr. Likosar also include amounts paid or accrued during the year ended December 31, 2016 pursuant to the terms of Mr. Likosar’s separation agreement ($570,058). In addition, in September 2016, pursuant to the terms of his separation agreement, Mr. Likosar received a cash payment of $1,414,380 for the cancellation of his vested options, and $230,000 that represents the gain on his shares of our common stock repurchased by the Company in 2016. Additional amounts and benefits to which Mr. Likosar is entitled under his separation agreement, subject to his compliance with specified covenants, are described under “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control—Jeff Likosar Separation Agreement.”
(d) as to Mr. Bennett, actual Company expenditures for use, including business use of a Company car, including expenditures for the car lease and gas and company-paid life insurance premiums ($4,898).
(e) as to Mr. Schiesl, company-paid life insurance premiums ($897), Company 401(k) match ($15,900, of which $1,713 relates to a contribution to a Roth IRA) and Company Excess Contribution Plan match ($32,768).
(f) as to Mr. Miñarro Viseras, reimbursement for tax preparation expenses, actual Company expenditures for use, including business use, of a Company car, including expenditures for the car lease and gas, a housing allowance, reimbursement of school fees for Mr. Miñarro Viseras’s children ($51,811), a tax gross-up relating to his housing allowance ($15,998) and a tax gross-up relating to our reimbursement of school fees ($46,827).
(g) as to Mr. Rahimian, Company 401(k) match ($15,900) and Company Excess Contribution Plan match ($9,100). Amounts shown for Mr. Rahimian also include amounts paid or accrued during the year ended December 31, 2016 pursuant to the terms of Mr. Rahimian’s separation agreement (including $133,333 in severance payments, $2,381 for continued group health coverage, and $5,500 in outplacement services; Mr. Rahimian elected to forego any outplacement services). Additional amounts and benefits to which Mr. Rahimian is entitled under his separation agreement, subject to his compliance with specified covenants, are described under “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control—Saeid Rahimian Separation Agreement.”
(6) Messrs. Bennett and Miñarro Viseras are based in Europe and compensated in Euros. We converted their 2016 cash compensation, their amounts earned under our 2016 MIP, and amounts shown in the “All Other Compensation” column for them to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.1065, which was the average monthly translation rate for 2016, except that amounts relating to the reimbursement to Mr. Miñarro Viseras for tax preparation were converted from British pounds to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.4248, which was the average monthly translation rate for 2016, and amounts relating to company-paid life insurance premiums for Mr. Bennett were converted from Canadian dollars to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 0.7553, which was the average monthly translation rate for 2016.

116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016

 
 
Estimated Possible Payouts
under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (1)
Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive
Plan Awards (2)
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh) (6)
Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock
and
Option
Awards
($) (7)
Name
Grant Date
Threshold
($)
Target
($)
Maximum
($)
Threshold
(#)
Target
(#)
Maximum
(#)
Vicente Reynal
 
 
450,000
 
 
750,000
 
 
1,500,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2/2/2016 (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44,756
 
 
537,070
 
 
537,070
 
 
 
 
 
6.50
 
 
1,595,099
 
 
5/10/2016 (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
39,834
 
 
478,011
 
 
478,011
 
 
478,012
 
 
6.50
 
 
2,973,232
 
Philip T. Herndon
 
 
228,853
 
 
381,421
 
 
762,842
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5/10/2016 (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31,867
 
 
382,409
 
 
382,409
 
 
382,410
 
 
6.50
 
 
2,378,587
 
 
12/9/2016 (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,769
 
 
115,385
 
 
115,385
 
 
115,385
 
 
7.00
 
 
879,234
 
Jeff Likosar
 
 
330,000
 
 
550,000
 
 
1,100,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2/2/2016 (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44,238
 
 
530,393
 
 
530,393
 
 
 
 
 
5.00
 
 
1,676,060
 
Patrick W. Bennett
 
 
118,672
 
 
197,787
 
 
395,574
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2/2/2016 (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19,855
 
 
238,262
 
 
238,262
 
 
 
 
 
5.00
 
 
745,761
 
 
5/10/2016 (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,983
 
 
47,801
 
 
47,801
 
 
47,802
 
 
6.50
 
 
297,325
 
Andrew Schiesl
 
 
202,500
 
 
337,500
 
 
675,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2/2/2016 (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16,105
 
 
193,265
 
 
193,265
 
 
 
 
 
5.00
 
 
610,717
 
Enrique Miñarro Viseras
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5/10/2016 (4)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22,222
 
 
111,111
 
 
111,111
 
 
 
 
 
6.50
 
 
691,114
 
Saeid Rahimian
 
 
300,000
 
 
500,000
 
 
1,000,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2/2/2016 (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44,890
 
 
538,681
 
 
538,681
 
 
 
 
 
5.00
 
 
1,686,070
 
 
10/31/2016 (5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
179,560
 
 
179,560
 
 
179,560
 
 
179,560
 
 
5.00
 
 
711,058
 
(1) Reflects the possible payouts of cash incentive compensation under the 2016 MIP. Amounts reported in the “Threshold” column assume that there is no payout under the Core Operating Cash Flow component of the annual cash incentive program and that the NEO only earns the threshold payout for the Adjusted EBITDA component. The actual amounts earned are described in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the “Summary Compensation Table.” Messrs. Bennett and Miñarro Viseras are based in Europe and compensated in Euros. Their Estimated Possible Non-Equity Incentive Plan Payout amounts were converted to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.1065, which was the average monthly translation rate for 2016. In connection with their respective separations from the Company, Messrs. Likosar and Rahimian were not eligible to receive payments in respect of the 2016 MIP awards.
(2) Amounts presented in this column do not reflect the       -for-one reverse split of our common stock, which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering.
(3) Reflects Performance Options granted under our Long-Term Incentive Program, the vesting terms of which were modified on February 2, 2016. For more information about the modification and the new vesting terms, see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016—Long-Term Incentive Plan Grants.” The amount in the “Threshold” column assumes that 1/4 of the Performance Options eligible to vest on December 31st of a single year vest and the amounts in the “Target” and “Maximum” columns assume that all the Performance Options vest.
(4) Reflects awards of Time Options and Performance Options granted under our Long-Term Incentive Program. 50% of each award consists of Time Options and 50% consists of Performance Options. For more information on the Time Options and Performance Options, see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016—Long-Term Incentive Plan Grants.” For Performance Options for our NEOs other than Mr. Miñarro Viseras, the amount in the “Threshold” column assumes that 1/4 of the Performance Options eligible to vest on December 31st of a single year vest and the amounts in the “Target” and “Maximum” columns assume that all the Performance Options vest. For the Performance Options for Mr. Miñarro Viseras, the amount in the “Threshold” column assumes that all the Performance Options eligible to vest on December 31st of a single year vest and the amounts in the “Target” and “Maximum” columns assume that all the Performance Options vest.
(5) In connection with his separation, the terms of Mr. Rahimian’s option award were modified so that the unvested portion of his options remained outstanding following his termination and eligible to vest in accordance with their terms through December 31, 2016. Amounts shown reflect the portion of Mr. Rahimian’s outstanding option award that was eligible to vest through December 31, 2016. See “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016—Long-Term Incentive Plan Grants.”
(6) The exercise price of the stock options was determined at the time of the grant by the Board of Directors based on the most recent independent valuation of the Company pursuant to its authority under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.
(7) Represents the grant date fair value or the incremental fair value, as applicable, of the awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 based upon the probable outcome of the performance conditions as of the grant date, using the assumptions discussed in Note 15 “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The amounts shown in the table above differ from the compensation expense reported in our audited consolidated financial statements. As disclosed in Note 15 “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we have certain repurchase rights on stock acquired through the exercise of a stock option that creates an implicit service period and creates a condition in which an option holder may not receive the economic benefits of the option until the repurchase rights are eliminated. The repurchase rights creating the implicit service period are eliminated at the earlier of an initial public offering or change of control event (and will be eliminated upon the consummation of this offering). Because an initial public offering or change of control is not currently probable of occurring, no compensation expense has been recorded for equity awards.

117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016

The information presented in this section does not reflect the       -for-one reverse split of our common stock, which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering.

Summary of NEO Offer Letters and Employment Agreements

In general, the Company does not enter into employment agreements with employees, including our executive officers, however we do enter into offer letters with many of our executive officers. In addition, we did enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Miñarro Viseras as well as an offer letter. Descriptions of the offer letters we entered into with Messrs. Reynal, Herndon, Bennett and Schiesl and the employment agreement and offer letter we entered into with Mr. Miñarro Viseras are provided below. All current NEOs serve at the will of our Board of Directors.

Offer Letter with Mr. Reynal

The Company entered into an offer letter with Mr. Reynal, dated April 17, 2015, which was modified by a letter, dated November 19, 2015, we entered into with Mr. Reynal in connection with his promotion to Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the offer letter, dated April 17, 2015, as so modified, the “Reynal Offer Letter”). The Reynal Offer Letter provides that, as of January 1, 2016, Mr. Reynal is entitled to receive a base salary of $750,000 and that Mr. Reynal is entitled to participate in our annual MIP with a target award opportunity of 100% of his annual base salary. The Reynal Offer Letter further provides that, in 2016, Mr. Reynal’s MIP award will be based on the achievement of performance goals comparable to those that typically would be assigned to the Chief Executive Officer of the Industrials segment; however, following Mr. Reynal’s transition to devoting more of his business time and attention to the performance of duties as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, his annual MIP award will transition to being based on the achievement of Company performance goals.

Mr. Reynal was eligible to receive two option grants under our Long-Term Incentive Program: one grant of 1,432,188 options upon commencement of his employment as the Chief Executive Officer of our Industrials segment, which he received in May 2015; and one grant of 956,023 options in connection with his promotion to Chief Executive Officer of the Company, which he received in May 2016. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Reynal Offer Letter, Mr. Reynal was expected to invest a minimum of $2,000,000, and was given the opportunity to invest significantly more, into our common stock, subject to satisfaction of applicable securities law requirements.

During the time Mr. Reynal was based in Munich, Germany (the “Expat Period”), the Reynal Offer Letter provides that he was entitled to certain expatriate benefits, including an annual cost of living adjustment of $26,000, a monthly housing allowance of $5,533, payment or reimbursement of tuition to an international school for his dependent children, payment or reimbursement of school-sponsored transportation for his dependent children, reimbursement of expenses related to tax preparation performed by a tax preparation firm, use of a company car, reimbursement for expenses in connection with storage of household goods in the United States and reimbursement for business class travel to the United States or a comparable location for Mr. Reynal and his immediate family once per year. Mr. Reynal was also entitled to tax equalization on his cash compensation and expatriate benefits during the Expat Period; provided that the annual cost to the Company of such tax equalization shall not exceed $275,000.

Mr. Reynal is also eligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k), Excess Contribution, medical, dental, life insurance and disability plans, along with a comprehensive wellness program.

The Reynal Offer Letter also contains severance arrangements, which are discussed below under “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”

Offer Letter with Mr. Herndon

The Company entered into an offer letter with Mr. Herndon, dated November 18, 2015, which was modified by an offer letter, dated September 2, 2016, we entered into with Mr. Herndon in connection with his promotion to Chief Financial Officer of the Company (the offer letter, dated November 18, 2015, as so modified, the “Herndon Offer Letter”). The Herndon Offer Letter provides that Mr. Herndon is entitled to receive a base salary of $400,000 and is eligible to participate in the annual MIP with a target award opportunity of 100% of his base salary.

118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mr. Herndon was eligible to receive a grant of 764,819 options under our Long-Term Incentive Program, which he received in May 2016. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Herndon Offer Letter, Mr. Herndon was expected to invest a minimum of $1,000,000, and was given the opportunity to invest significantly more, into our common stock, subject to satisfaction of applicable securities law requirements, no later than two months following the date his employment with us commenced.

Mr. Herndon is also eligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k), Excess Contribution, medical, dental, life insurance and disability plans, along with a comprehensive wellness program.

The Herndon Offer Letter also contains severance arrangements, which are discussed below under “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”

Offer Letter with Mr. Bennett

The Company entered into an offer letter with Mr. Bennett, dated June 9, 2013 (the “Bennett Offer Letter”). The Bennett Offer Letter provides that Mr. Bennett is entitled to receive a base salary of $304,288 (converted from Euros to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.1065, which is the average monthly translation rate for 2016), subject to increase at the discretion of our Chief Executive Officer, and is eligible to participate in the annual MIP with a target award opportunity of 65% of his base salary.

Mr. Bennett was eligible to receive a grant of 794,208 options under our Long-Term Incentive Program, which he received in December 2013. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Bennett Offer Letter, Mr. Bennett was expected to invest an amount meaningful to him into our common stock, subject to satisfaction of applicable securities law requirements.

Under the Bennett Offer Letter, Mr. Bennett is also provided with coverage under all retirement and welfare benefit and perquisite programs that the Company makes available to its senior management from time to time, as well as an annual car allowance.

The Offer Letter provides that Mr. Bennett must give the Company at least 60 days advance written notice of any voluntary termination of his employment, and provides for arbitration of disputes arising out of or relating to the Offer Letter or breach thereof.

The Bennett Offer Letter also contains severance and change in control arrangements, which are discussed below under “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”

Offer Letter with Mr. Schiesl

The Company entered into an offer letter with Mr. Schiesl, dated November 25, 2013 (the “Schiesl Offer Letter”). The Schiesl Offer Letter provides that Mr. Schiesl is entitled to receive a base salary of $450,000 and is eligible to participate in the annual MIP with a target award opportunity of 75% of his base salary.

Mr. Schiesl was eligible to receive (i) a grant of 644,216 options under our Long-Term Incentive Program, which he received in March 2014, and (ii) a grant of 60,000 options (the “Investment Options”) which he received in lieu of a sign-on bonus in March 2014 and which vested on June 16, 2014.

Mr. Schiesl is also eligible to participate in the Company’s 401(k), Excess Contribution, medical, dental, life insurance and disability plans, along with a comprehensive wellness program.

The Schiesl Offer Letter also contains severance arrangements, which are discussed below under “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control.”

Employment Agreement and Offer Letter with Mr. Miñarro Viseras

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Miñarro Viseras, dated April 29, 2016 and commencing on May 10, 2016 (the “Miñarro Viseras Employment Agreement”). The Miñarro Viseras Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Miñarro Viseras is entitled to receive a base salary of $304,288 (converted from Euros to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.1065, which is the average monthly translation rate for 2016), is eligible to participate in the annual MIP with an award opportunity of up to 45% of his base salary and is eligible to participate in our Management Equity Program.

119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Under the Miñarro Viseras Employment Agreement, Mr. Miñarro Viseras received a lump sum cash signing bonus of $470,263 (which amount was paid to Mr. Miñarro Viseras in Euros and has been converted to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.1065, which is the average monthly translation rate for 2016) in August 2016. Such bonus is subject to a repayment obligation upon certain terminations of Mr. Miñarro Viseras’s employment.

Under the Miñarro Viseras Employment Agreement, Mr. Miñarro Viseras is eligible for relocation benefits, use of a company car, and international school assistance for his children in the amount of $50,899 (converted from Euros to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.1065, which is the average monthly translation rate for 2016) for the first year of his employment and for $38,728 (converted from Euros to U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of 1.1065, which is the average monthly translation rate for 2016) for each year thereafter. Such relocation benefits are subject to a repayment obligation if Mr. Miñarro Viseras is terminated within 24 months by the Company for cause or by Mr. Miñarro Viseras without good reason.

Under the Miñarro Viseras Employment Agreement, Mr. Miñarro Viseras is also covered under the standard group accident insurance of the Company.

The Miñarro Viseras Employment Agreement provides for a mutual three-month advance notice period for a termination of employment not for cause or without good reason, during which Mr. Miñarro Viseras may be released from his work duties but will still be entitled to remuneration.

Under the terms of the Miñarro Viseras Employment Agreement, Mr. Miñarro Viseras is subject to certain restrictive covenants, including a perpetual confidentiality covenant, violation of which will constitute “cause” under such agreement, and a noncompetition covenant for the duration of the employment relationship. Mr. Miñarro Viseras may be required to pay certain contractual penalties for each breach of either restrictive covenant.

We also entered into an offer letter with Mr. Miñarro Viseras, dated March 16, 2016 (the “Miñarro Viseras Offer Letter”). The terms of the Miñarro Viseras Offer Letter are generally identical to those of the Miñarro Viseras Employment Agreement except that it does not contain any restrictive covenants, nor does it provide for a mutual three-month advance notice period for a termination of employment not for cause or without good reason. In addition, the Miñarro Viseras Offer Letter provided that Mr. Miñarro Viseras was eligible to receive a grant of 222,223 stock options under our Long-Term Incentive Plan, which he received in May 2016. The Miñarro Viseras Offer Letter also provided that Mr. Miñarro Viseras was expected to invest a minimum of $60,000, and he was given the opportunity to invest significantly more, into our common stock, subject to satisfaction of applicable securities law requirements.

Terms of Equity Awards

Long-Term Incentive Plan Grants

Time Option Vesting Schedule . 2016 Awards . The Time Options granted in May 2016 to Messrs. Reynal, Herndon and Bennett vest and become exercisable over time with respect to 33.3% of such Time Options on December 31st of each of 2016, 2017 and 2018, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date. The Time Options granted in May 2016 to Mr. Miñarro Viseras and December 2016 to Mr. Herndon vest and become exercisable over time with respect to 20% or such Time Options on December 31st of each of 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

Awards Granted in Prior Years . We granted Time Options to Messrs. Bennett and Rahimian in 2013, to Mr. Schiesl in 2014, and to Mr. Reynal in 2015. The Time Options granted to Messrs. Bennett and Rahimian in 2013 and to Mr. Schiesl in 2014 vest and become exercisable over time with respect to 20% of such Time Options on December 31st of each of 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date. The Time Options granted to Mr. Reynal in 2015 vest and become exercisable over time with respect to 33.3% of such Time Options on December 31st of each of 2016, 2017 and 2018, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

Performance Option Vesting Schedule . 2016 Awards . The Performance Options granted in May 2016 to Messrs. Reynal, Herndon and Bennett are eligible to vest and become exercisable with respect to up to 33.3% of such Performance Options on December 31st of each of 2016, 2017 and 2018 and the Performance Options granted in May 2016 and December 2016 to Mr. Miñarro Viseras and Mr. Herndon, respectively, are eligible to vest and become exercisable with respect to up to 20% of such Performance Options on December 31st of each of 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date, if and

120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

only to the extent that the Company achieves the annual EBITDA performance targets set by the Compensation Committee, where “EBITDA” refers to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus transaction, management and/or similar fees paid to our Sponsor and/or its affiliates; provided that such performance targets may be fairly and appropriately adjusted by the Company’s Board of Directors, after consultation with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, in connection with acquisitions and divestitures of the Company. The fiscal 2016 EBITDA performance target for purposes of determining vesting of Performance Options was $400 million and our actual EBITDA performance for fiscal 2016 was $400.6 million. Therefore, 33.3% of the Performance Options granted in May 2016 to Messrs. Reynal, Herndon and Bennett and 20% of the Performance Options granted in May 2016 and December 2016 to Mr. Miñarro Viseras and Mr. Herndon, respectively, vested on December 31, 2016.

If the Company does not achieve the EBITDA performance target in 2017 or 2018, but the Company’s EBITDA in respect of fiscal year 2017 or fiscal year 2018 equals or exceeds the EBITDA performance threshold set by the Compensation Committee for fiscal year 2017 or fiscal year 2018, as applicable, then one-quarter (1/4) of the Performance Options granted to our NEOs other than Mr. Miñarro Viseras eligible to vest on December 31st of such year shall vest on December 31st of such year and with respect to the remaining three-quarters (3/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest on December 31st of such year, one-half (1/2) of such Performance Options shall vest on December 31, 2019 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of fiscal year 2019 equals or exceeds the EBITDA target set by the Compensation Committee for fiscal year 2019 and one-half (1/2) of such Performance Options shall vest on December 31, 2020 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of fiscal year 2020 equals or exceeds the EBITDA target set by the Compensation Committee for fiscal year 2020.

At the end of the yearly measurement period with respect to any award of Performance Options, any then outstanding Performance Options that were not vested and exercisable in any previous year in accordance with their terms shall become vested and exercisable to the extent that the cumulative performance objectives have been satisfied in respect of the applicable performance period.

Awards Granted in Prior Years . We granted Performance Options to Messrs. Bennett and Rahimian in 2013, to Messrs. Schiesl and Likosar in 2014, and to Mr. Reynal in 2015. The Performance Options granted to Messrs. Bennett and Rahimian in 2013 and to Messrs. Schiesl and Likosar in 2014 were eligible to vest and become exercisable with respect to up to 20% of such Performance Options on December 31st of each of 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date, if and only to the extent that the Company achieves the annual EBITDA performance targets set by the Compensation Committee. The Performance Options granted to Mr. Reynal in 2015 were eligible to vest and become exercisable with respect to up to 33.3% of such Performance Options on December 31st of each of 2016, 2017 and 2018, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date, if and only to the extent that the Company achieves the annual EBITDA performance targets set by the Compensation Committee. In February 2016, the Compensation Committee determined to modify the performance vesting conditions of these Performance Options for the 2016, 2017 and 2018 years so that they are identical to the performance vesting conditions of the Performance Options granted in May 2016 to Messrs. Reynal, Herndon and Bennett described above. As discussed above, our actual EBITDA performance for fiscal 2016 was $400.6 million. Therefore, the 20% of the Performance Options granted to Messrs. Bennett and Rahimian in 2013 and to Mr. Schiesl in 2014 and the 33.3% of the Performance Options granted to Mr. Reynal in 2015 that were eligible to vest based on fiscal 2016 performance vested.

We believe that the EBITDA performance targets in all periods provide reasonably achievable, but challenging goals for our NEOs and other Long-Term Incentive Program participants and are intended to incentivize all participants to maximize their performance for the long-term benefit of our stockholders.

In addition to the modification discussed above, in connection with his separation from the Company, we agreed to provide Mr. Rahimian continued vesting of his unvested options, which would have expired upon his termination, in accordance with their terms, through December 31, 2016. See “Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control—Separation Agreement with Mr. Rahimian” below. The incremental fair value in connection with such modification is reflected in the “Option Awards” column of the Summary Compensation Table and the “Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards” column of the Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016 table.

121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Effect of Change in Control on Vesting of Options . Notwithstanding the foregoing, immediately prior to any Change in Control (as defined below), any unvested portion of the Time Options shall vest and become immediately exercisable as to 100% of such Time Options. In addition, immediately prior to any Change in Control, the Performance Options shall vest and become immediately exercisable as to 100% of such Performance Options but only if, and to the extent that, as of such Change in Control, our Sponsor achieves (x) a Sponsor IRR (as defined below) of 22.5% and (y) a Sponsor MOIC (as defined below) of 2.5x. No option will become exercisable as to any additional shares of the Company’s common stock following the termination of employment of an NEO for any reason and any option that is unexercisable as of the NEO’s termination of employment will immediately expire without payment.

“Sponsor IRR” means, as of a Change in Control, the cumulative internal rate of return of the Sponsor, excluding any fees paid to the Sponsor or expenses reimbursed to the Sponsor from time to time (“Sponsor Fees”), on the Sponsor’s aggregate investment in the Company determined on a fully diluted basis, assuming inclusion of all shares of the Company’s common stock underlying all then outstanding Time Options and Performance Options.

“Sponsor MOIC” means, as of a Change in Control, the result obtained by dividing (i) the cash consideration received by the Sponsor (other than any Sponsor Fees) as of the Change in Control by (ii) the aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment.

A “Change in Control” means, (i) in one or a series of related transactions, the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any person (or group of persons acting in concert), other than to (x) the Sponsor or one or more of its controlled affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company or its controlled affiliates; or (ii) a merger, recapitalization, or other sale by the Company, the Sponsor, or any of their respective affiliates, to a person (or group of persons acting in concert) of the Company’s common stock that results in more than 50% of the common stock of the Company (or any resulting company after a merger) being held by a person (or group of persons acting in concert) that does not include (x) the Sponsor or its affiliates or (y) an employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Company or its controlled affiliates; and in any event of clause (i) or (ii), which results in the Sponsor and its controlled affiliates or such employee benefit plan ceasing to hold the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Expiration of Vested Options . Except as provided in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement described below under “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2016,” all vested options will expire upon the earliest to occur of the following events: (1) the tenth anniversary of the date such options were granted, so long as the NEO remains employed with the Company through such date; (2) the first anniversary of the termination of the NEO’s employment with the Company because of death or Disability (as defined in the option award agreement); (3) one hundred eighty (180) days after the termination of the NEO’s employment with the Company without Cause (as defined in the option award agreement) (except due to death or Disability) or the NEO’s resignation for Good Reason (as defined in the option award agreement); (4) the date the NEO’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause; or (5) thirty (30) days after the NEO’s employment is terminated by the NEO without Good Reason. In addition, at the discretion of the Company, options may be cancelled at the effective date of a merger, consolidation, or other transaction or capital change of the Company, in accordance with the terms of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, in exchange for a payment (payable in cash or other consideration depending on the terms of the transaction) per share equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the per share consideration paid to stockholders of the Company in the transaction over (y) the exercise price of the option.

General Provisions for Options and Shares under the Management Stockholder’s Agreement

In connection with their initial equity awards, each of our NEOs became party to a Management Stockholder’s Agreement.

Under the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, if an NEO’s service to the Company terminates for any reason, all stock and vested options, to the extent not forfeited, are subject to call rights by the Company and the NEOs are entitled to put rights in the event of death or Disability (as defined in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement). These put and call rights will expire upon the consummation of this offering.

122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Shares of our common stock beneficially owned by our NEOs are generally nontransferable prior to the earlier of (x) a Change in Control and (y) the later to occur of the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the consummation of an IPO except in the limited circumstances set forth in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement.

Our NEOs have limited “piggyback” registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, provided that in lieu of piggyback rights where such rights would otherwise be available, our Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive the transfer restrictions (other than any such restrictions contained in an underwriters’ lock-up or in connection with a public offering) on the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to such piggyback rights

Pursuant to the terms of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, the NEOs are subject to covenants not to (1) disclose confidential information, (2) solicit customers and certain employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Company, (3) compete with the Company and (4) disparage the Company.

Bennett Equity Agreement

In connection with his initial Long-Term Incentive Plan grant, we entered into an agreement, dated August 15, 2013 (the “Bennett Equity Agreement”) with Mr. Bennett regarding the treatment of Mr. Bennett’s options in the event of a sale of 100% of the common stock of Thomas Industries, Inc. or all of its business and assets to a third party unaffiliated with us (the “Sale of Thomas”). Under the Bennett Equity Agreement, in the event Mr. Bennett is still employed by us at the time of the closing of the Sale of Thomas (the “Closing Date”) and his employment with us ceases following such date due to his continuing employment with the acquiror: (i) upon the Closing Date, all of Mr. Bennett’s Time Options will become immediately vested and exercisable; (ii) upon the Closing Date, all of Mr. Bennett’s then unvested Performance Options will become immediately vested and exercisable; (iii) the termination of Mr. Bennett’s employment with us on the Closing Date will be treated as a termination without Cause by us for all purposes under the agreement relating to Mr. Bennett’s options, except that the termination date is extended to the tenth anniversary of the grant date; and (iv) we will not exercise our call rights under the Management Stockholder’s Agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2016 Fiscal Year End

 
 
Option Awards (1)
Name
Grant Date
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable ( 2 )
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable ( 3 )
Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#) ( 4 )
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Vicente Reynal
5/10/2015
 
537,071
 
 
358,047
 
 
 
 
 
6.50
 
5/10/2025
 
5/10/2015
 
179,024
 
 
 
 
 
358,047
 
 
6.50
 
5/10/2025
 
5/10/2016
 
159,337
 
 
318,675
 
 
 
 
 
6.50
 
5/10/2026
 
5/10/2016
 
159,337
 
 
 
 
 
318,674
 
 
6.50
 
5/10/2026
Philip T. Herndon
5/10/2016
 
127,470
 
 
254,940
 
 
 
 
 
6.50
 
5/10/2026
 
5/10/2016
 
127,470
 
 
 
 
 
254,939
 
 
6.50
 
5/10/2026
 
12/9/2016
 
23,077
 
 
92,308
 
 
 
 
 
7.00
 
12/9/2026
 
12/9/2016
 
23,077
 
 
 
 
 
92,308
 
 
7.00
 
12/9/2026
Jeff Likosar (5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Patrick W. Bennett
12/18/2013
 
238,262
 
 
158,842
 
 
 
 
 
5.00
 
12/18/2023
 
12/18/2013
 
238,262
 
 
 
 
 
158,842
 
 
5.00
 
12/18/2023
 
5/10/2016
 
15,934
 
 
31,868
 
 
 
 
 
6.50
 
5/10/2026
 
5/10/2016
 
15,934
 
 
 
 
 
31,867
 
 
6.50
 
5/10/2026
Andrew Schiesl
3/7/2014
 
193,265
 
 
128,843
 
 
 
 
 
5.00
 
3/7/2024
 
3/7/2014
 
193,265
 
 
 
 
 
128,843
 
 
5.00
 
3/7/2024
 
3/7/2014
 
60,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5.00
 
3/7/2024

123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
Option Awards (1)
Name
Grant Date
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Exercisable ( 2 )
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
Unexercisable ( 3 )
Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
(#) ( 4 )
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
Option
Expiration
Date
Enrique Miñarro Viseras
5/10/2016
 
22,222
 
 
88,890
 
 
 
 
 
6.50
 
5/10/2026
 
5/10/2016
 
22,222
 
 
 
 
 
88,889
 
 
6.50
 
5/10/2026
Saeid Rahimian (6)
12/18/2013
 
538,681
 
 
359,120
 
 
 
 
 
5.00
 
12/18/2023
 
12/18/2013
 
538,681
 
 
 
 
 
359,120
 
 
5.00
 
12/18/2023
(1) Amounts presented in this column do not reflect the       -for-one reverse split of our common stock, which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering.
(2) Reflects vested and exercisable Time Options, Performance Options and, in the case of Mr. Schiesl, Investment Options. 33.3% of the Time Options granted on 12/18/2013 and 3/7/2014 shown in this column vested on each of December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016. 50% of the Time Options granted on 5/10/2015 shown in this column vested on each of December 31, 2015 and 2016. All of the Time Options granted on 5/10/2016 and 12/9/2016 shown in this column vested on December 31, 2016. 50% of the Performance Options granted on 12/18/2013 and 3/7/2014 shown in this column vested on each of December 31, 2014 and 2015. All of the Performance Options granted on 5/10/2016 and 12/9/2016 shown in this column vested on December 31, 2016.
(3) Reflects unvested Time Options. The unvested Time Options granted on each of December 18, 2013, March 7, 2014, May 10, 2015 and May 10, 2016 shown in this column (other than those granted to Mr. Miñarro Viseras on May 10, 2016) will vest and become exercisable with respect to 50% of such Time Options on December 31st of each of 2017 and 2018, subject to the NEO’s continued employment through such date. The unvested Time Options granted on December 9, 2016 and to Mr. Miñarro Viseras on May 10, 2016 shown in this column will vest and become exercisable with respect to 25% of such Time Options on December 31st of each of 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, subject to the NEO’s continued employment through such date.
(4) Reflects unvested Performance Options. As described in further detail under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Executive Compensation Program Elements—Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards,” the unvested Performance Options shown in this column will vest and become exercisable with respect to 50% of such Performance Options granted to Messrs. Reynal, Herndon and Bennett on May 10, 2016, to Messrs. Bennett and Rahimian on December 18, 2013, to Mr. Schiesl on March 7, 2014 and to Mr. Reynal on March 10, 2015 on December 31st of each of 2017 and 2018, and with respect to 25% of such Performance Options granted to Mr. Herndon on December 9, 2016 and Mr. Miñarro Viseras on May 10, 2016 on December 31st of each of 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, subject to the NEO’s continued employment through such date and our achievement of the relevant EBITDA target, or in full upon a Change in Control if we have achieved the Sponsor IRR and Sponsor MOIC targets at such time. The Performance Options eligible to vest on December 31st of each of 2017 and 2018 (other than those granted to Mr. Miñarro Viseras) will vest and become exercisable with respect to 1/4 of such Performance Options on such dates, subject to the NEO’s continued employment through such dates and our achievement of the relevant threshold EBITDA performance, and with respect to 3/8 of such Performance options on each of December 31st 2019 and 2020, subject to the NEO’s continued employment through such dates and our achievement of the relevant EBITDA targets. At the end of the yearly measurement period with respect to any award of Performance Options, any then outstanding Performance Options that were not vested and exercisable in any previous year in accordance with their terms shall become vested and exercisable to the extent that the cumulative performance objectives have been satisfied in respect of the applicable performance period. We achieved the fiscal 2016 EBITDA target; accordingly the amounts reflected in the table reflect target performance.
(5) In connection with his separation from the Company, on September 30, 2016 Mr. Likosar forfeited all of his unvested options and all of his vested options were cancelled. In consideration of such cancellation, Mr. Likosar received a payment in respect of each such vested option equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value (as defined in Mr. Likosar’s award agreement) per share of our common stock on such date over the exercise price per share of such vested option.
(6) Pursuant to the terms of Mr. Rahimian’s separation agreement, his options remained outstanding and continued to vest in accordance with their terms through December 31, 2016. In January 2017, Mr. Rahimian forfeited all of his unvested options and all of his vested options were cancelled. In consideration of such cancellation, Mr. Rahimian received a payment in respect of each such vested option equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value (as defined in Mr. Rahimian’s award agreement) per share of our common stock on the date of such cancellation over the exercise price per share of such vested option.

124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2016

 
Option Awards
Name
Number of Shares Acquired
on Exercise (#) (1)
Value Realized
on Exercise ($) (2)
Vicente Reynal
 
 
 
 
Philip T. Herndon
 
 
 
 
Jeff Likosar
 
 
 
1,414,380
 
Patrick W. Bennett
 
 
 
 
Andrew Schiesl
 
 
 
 
Enrique Miñarro Viseras
 
 
 
 
Saeid Rahimian
 
 
 
 
(1) In September 2016, Mr. Likosar received a cash payment equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value (as defined in Mr. Likosar’s award agreement) per share over the exercise price per share of such vested options for the cancellation of his vested options pursuant to the terms of his separation agreement.
(2) Represents the excess between the Fair Market Value (as defined in Mr. Likosar’s award agreement) per share over the exercise price per share of such vested options.

Pension Benefits – Fiscal 2016

During 2016, no NEOs participated in either a tax-qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plan sponsored by the Company.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation – Fiscal 2016

Name
Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($) (1)
Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($) (2)
Aggregate
Earnings
in Last FY
($) (3)
Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
Aggregate
Balance
at Last FYE
($)
Vicente Reynal
 
759,750
 
 
81,750
 
 
18,306
 
 
 
 
939,007
 
Philip T. Herndon
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Jeff Likosar
 
8,850
 
 
8,850
 
 
20,136
 
 
 
 
198,758
 
Patrick W. Bennett
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Andrew Schiesl
 
32,768
 
 
32,768
 
 
7,774
 
 
 
 
172,735
 
Enrique Miñarro Viseras
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Saeid Rahimian
 
13,650
 
 
9,100
 
 
16,683
 
 
 
 
311,257
 
(1) The amounts in this column are reported as compensation for fiscal 2016 in the “Base Salary” and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” columns of the Summary Compensation Table.
(2) Represents the amount of the matching contribution made by us in accordance with our Excess Contribution Plan. Matching contributions are reported for the year in which the compensation against which the applicable deferral election is applied has been earned (regardless of whether such matching contribution is actually credited to the NEO’s non-qualified deferred compensation account in that year or the following year). The amounts in this column are reported as compensation for fiscal 2016 in the “All Other Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table.
(3) Amounts in this column are not reported as compensation for fiscal 2016 in the Summary Compensation Table since they do not reflect above-market or preferential earnings.

Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

In addition to the 401(k) plan, U.S. employees receiving a base pay of $150,000 or higher, including the NEOs other than Mr. Bennett, are eligible to participate in the Excess Contribution Plan. Once a participant in the Excess Contribution Plan reaches the IRS annual limits for the 401(k) plan, contributions will be made to the Excess Contribution Plan based on the deferral percentage under the 401(k) plan. Such deferral percentage is selected at the time of enrollment in the Excess Contribution Plan or once per year in December for the following year. A separate election to defer from the annual MIP awards is made in December for the MIP award earned the following year and payable in the year thereafter. The Company matches each participant’s contributions with Company matching contributions. The Company match consists of $1 for each $1 contributed by a participant, up to the first 6% of a participant’s annual compensation. The Company match is credited in the form of cash.

125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Historically, the NEOs were also credited with a nonelective Company contribution of 12% of recognized compensation in excess of the IRS annual limit. The Company nonelective contributions were also contributed in cash and became fully vested after three years of employment. We discontinued the nonelective Company contributions in 2014.

Mr. Schiesl is fully vested in the nonelective Company contribution portion of the Excess Contribution Plan, and Messrs. Reynal and Herndon joined the Company after the nonelective contribution had been discontinued. Prior to his separation, Mr. Rahimian was fully vested in the nonelective Company contribution portion of the Excess Contribution Plan. Mr. Likosar was not fully vested in the nonelective Company contribution, however we paid an amount equal to his unvested nonelective Company contribution to him as an additional severance payment in connection with his separation from the Company.

Participants in the Excess Contribution Plan may elect to receive distributions in either (x) a lump sum to be paid on the March 1 of the calendar year following the year of separation from the Company or (y) in a lump sum to be paid within 90 days after separation from service, subject to the terms and conditions of the Excess Contribution Plan. Loans and in-service withdrawals are not permitted under the Excess Contribution Plan.

The investment options available to the named executive officers under the Excess Contribution Plan are virtually the same as those offered to all of the participants in the 401(k) plan. Because some investment options available under the 401(k) plan are not available for the nonqualified plan, the Company has made similar investment options available to the nonqualified plan participants. The table below shows the funds available under the Excess Contribution Plan and their annual rate of return for the calendar year ended December 31, 2016, as reported by the administrator of the 401(k) plan.

Name of Investment Fund
Ticker
Symbol/Index
Type
Annual
Rate of
Return %
American Century Small Cap Value-Inv
ASVIX
 
26.02
%
American Funds EuroPacific Growth-R6
RERGX
 
1.02
%
American Funds Growth Fund of America-R6
RGAGX
 
8.82
%
Artisan Mid Cap-Inst
APHMX
 
(0.65
)%
Dodge & Cox Stock
DODGX
 
21.29
%
Dreyfus Mid Cap Index
PESPX
 
20.23
%
JPMorgan Core Bond-R6
JCBUX
 
2.52
%
JPMorgan Equity Index-Select
HLEIX
 
11.72
%
JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2020-Inst
JTTIX
 
5.85
%
JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2025-Inst
JNSIX
 
6.11
%
JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2030-Inst
JSMIX
 
6.15
%
JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2035-Inst
SRJIX
 
6.48
%
JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2040-Inst
SMTIX
 
6.80
%
JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2045-Inst
JSAIX
 
6.76
%
JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2050-Inst
JTSIX
 
6.74
%
JPMorgan SmartRetirement 2055-Inst
JFFIX
 
6.81
%
JPMorgan SmartRetirement Income-Inst
JSIIX
 
5.24
%
MFS International New Discovery-R6
MIDLX
 
0.66
%
Vanguard Federal Money Market-Inv
VMFXX
 
0.31
%
Vanguard Small Cap Growth Index-Inst
VSGIX
 
10.74
%

Potential Payments to Named Executive Officers upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control

The following table describes the potential payments and benefits that would have been payable to our NEOs under existing plans and arrangements assuming a qualifying termination if a termination or change in control occurred on December 30, 2016, the last business day of our 2016 fiscal year. A description of the provisions governing such payments under our agreements and any material conditions or obligations applicable to the receipt of payments is described below under “Severance Arrangements and Restrictive Covenants.”

126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The amounts shown in the table do not include payments and benefits to the extent they are provided generally to all salaried employees upon termination of employment and do not discriminate in scope, terms or operation in favor of the NEOs. These include accrued but unpaid salary and distributions of plan balances under our 401(k) savings plan.

Name
Cash
Severance
Payment
($) (1)
Continuation
of Group
Health
Coverage
($) (2)
Accrued
but
Unused
Vacation
($) (3)
Value of Time
Option and
Performance
Option
Acceleration
($) (4)
Total
($)
Vicente Reynal
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Qualifying Termination
 
1,083,333
 
 
20,052
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,103,385
 
Change in Control
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
855,745
 
 
855,745
 
Philip T. Herndon
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Qualifying Termination
 
400,000
 
 
20,052
 
 
 
 
 
 
420,052
 
Change in Control
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
254,939
 
 
254,939
 
Patrick W. Bennett
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Qualifying Termination
 
664,108
 
 
30,078
 
 
 
 
 
 
694,186
 
Change in Control
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,302,600
 
 
1,302,600
 
Sale of Thomas Industries, Inc. (5)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,605,200
 
 
2,605,200
 
Andrew Schiesl
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Qualifying Termination
 
618,750
 
 
20,052
 
 
 
 
 
 
638,803
 
Change in Control
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,150,744
 
 
1,150,744
 
Enrique Miñarro Viseras
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Qualifying Termination
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in Control
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66,667
 
 
66,667
 
(1) Cash severance payment includes the following:
Mr. Reynal – continued payment in substantially equal monthly installments over a 12-month period of the sum of (x) his annual base salary and (y) his annual incentive award under the MIP earned in fiscal 2015.
Mr. Herndon – continued payment in substantially equal monthly installments over a 12-month period of his annual base salary.
Mr. Bennett – continued payment in substantially equal monthly installments over an 18-month period of the sum of (x) his annual base salary and (y) his annual incentive award under the MIP earned in fiscal 2015.
Mr. Schiesl – continued payment in substantially equal monthly installments over a 12-month period of the sum of (x) his annual base salary and (y) his annual incentive award under the MIP earned in fiscal 2015
(2) With respect to Messrs. Reynal, Herndon and Schiesl, reflects the cost of providing continued group health coverage (on the same basis as actively employed employees of the Company), subject to the executive’s electing to receive benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), for a period of 12 months, assuming 2016 rates. With respect to Mr. Bennett, reflects the cost of providing continued group health coverage (on the same basis as actively employed employees of the Company), subject to the executive’s electing to receive such benefits, for a period of 18 months, assuming 2016 U.S. rates.
(3) Amounts reported in this column reflect zero accrued but unused vacation days for each of our NEOs.
(4) Immediately prior to a Change in Control, all of our NEOs’ unvested Time Options would vest and become immediately exercisable. In addition, immediately prior to a Change in Control, all of our NEOs’ Performance Options would vest and become immediately exercisable but only if, and to the extent that, our Sponsor achieves (x) a Sponsor IRR of 22.5% and (y) a Sponsor MOIC of 2.5. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis―Executive Compensation Program Elements―Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards.” The amount reported in the table assumes that our Sponsor does not achieve the required Sponsor IRR and Sponsor MOIC.
(5) Upon a sale of 100% of the common stock of Thomas Industries, Inc., Mr. Bennett’s unvested Time Options will become immediately vested and exercisable, and his unvested Performance Options will become immediately vested and exercisable.

Separation Agreement with Mr. Likosar

On September 21, 2016, we entered into a separation and release agreement (the “Likosar Separation Agreement”) with Mr. Likosar. Under the Likosar Separation Agreement, subject to Mr. Likosar’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants therein and his execution of a release and waiver of claims, he became entitled to:

A cash payment in the amount $1,176,231 payable over a 12-month period in equal monthly installments, consisting of severance in the amount of $1,100,000 and a $76,231 payment relating to his unvested non-elective contribution amounts under the Excess Contribution Plan;

127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Subject to his electing to receive benefits under COBRA and his continued payment of the COBRA premiums, during the 12-month period following the date of his termination, which was September 30, 2016, (or such earlier time that he commences employment with another employer and is eligible for health insurance coverage at such employer), reimbursement of the COBRA premiums paid by him, less the amount of the premiums that he would have paid under the Company’s health insurance plan had he remained actively employed with the Company ($20,052);
A cash payment of $1,414,380 for the cancellation of his vested options, which represents the excess of the Fair Market Value (as defined in Mr. Likosar’s award agreement) per share over the exercise price per share of such vested options and $320,000 that represents the gain on his shares of our common stock that we repurchased pursuant to the terms of the Likosar Separation Agreement; and
Distribution of amounts held by him under the Excess Contribution Plan – see “—Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation – Fiscal 2016.”

The foregoing payments are generally consistent with the payments to which Mr. Likosar would have been entitled under his offer letter and agreements relating to his equity except that, in recognition of his service to the Company and as inducement for Mr. Likosar to enter into a release and waiver of claims, we agreed to pay him an additional $76,231 relating to his unvested non-elective contribution amounts under the Excess Contribution Plan.

Under the Likosar Separation Agreement, Mr. Likosar is subject to cooperation and non-disparagement covenants, as well as a covenant not to sue regarding any of the claims released in such agreement; Mr. Likosar also continues to be subject to the covenants in his Management Stockholder’s Agreement.

Separation Agreement with Mr. Rahimian

On October 6, 2016, we entered into a separation and release agreement (the “Rahimian Separation Agreement”) with Mr. Rahimian. Under the Rahimian Separation Agreement, subject to Mr. Rahimian’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants therein and his execution of a release and waiver of claims, he became entitled to:

A cash severance payment in the amount $1,333,333 payable over a 20-month period in equal monthly installments;
Subject to his electing to receive benefits under COBRA, continued group health coverage (on the same basis as actively employed employees of the Company) for 20 months following his termination date, which was October 31, 2016, (or, if earlier, through the date that he becomes employed by another employer and eligible for health insurance coverage at such employer) ($23,820);
A cash payment of $2,154,722 for the cancellation of his vested options, which represents the excess of the Fair Market Value (as defined in Mr. Rahimian’s award agreement) per share over the exercise price per share of such vested options, and which amount Mr. Rahimian received in January 2017, and $500,000 that represents the gain on his shares of our common stock that we repurchased pursuant to the terms of the Rahimian Separation Agreement;
Outplacement services for a period of 12 months ($5,500);
Subject to his providing reasonable business and transition assistance to the Company, continued vesting of his options, in accordance with their terms, through December 31, 2016 ($718,240, which amount is included in the amount described above that Mr. Rahimian received in January 2017 in respect of the cancellation of his vested options); and
Distribution of amounts held by him under the Excess Contribution Plan – see “—Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation – Fiscal 2016.”

The foregoing payments are generally consistent with the payments to which Mr. Rahimian would have been entitled under his offer letter and agreements relating to his equity except that, in recognition of his service to the Company and his agreement to extend his severance payment period from 18 months to 20 months and as inducement for Mr. Rahimian to provide reasonable business and transition assistance to the Company and to enter into a release and waiver of claims, we agreed to extend the period of his group health coverage from 18 months to 20 months following his termination date, provide him with outplacement services for a period of

128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

12 months, and, subject to his providing reasonable business and transition assistance to the Company, allow his options to remain outstanding and continue to vest in accordance with their terms through December 31, 2016.

Under the Rahimian Separation Agreement, Mr. Rahimian is subject to cooperation and non-disparagement covenants, as well as a covenant not to sue regarding any of the claims released in such agreement; Mr. Rahimian also continues to be subject to the covenants in his Management Stockholder’s Agreement.

Severance Arrangements and Restrictive Covenants

We entered into offer letters with each of our NEOs, other than Mr. Miñarro Viseras, that contain severance terms. Mr. Miñarro Viseras is not eligible for any severance pay and benefits not provided generally to all salaried employees upon termination of employment, however his employment agreement requires that we provide three months’ notice in the event of his termination, with the option to terminate him immediately with a lump sum payment of three months’ salary.

Messrs. Reynal and Schiesl

Under the terms of their offer letters, if the Company terminates either of Messrs. Reynal’s or Schiesl’s employment without Cause (as defined below) or either of Messrs. Reynal or Schiesl terminates his employment with us for Good Reason (as defined below), subject in Mr. Reynal’s case to his continued compliance with the restrictive covenants in his management equity agreements, in Mr. Schiesl’s case to certain provisions in the Severance Plan, and in either case to the NEO’s execution of a customary waiver and release agreement, he will be entitled to receive:

Continued payment over a 12-month period (the “Severance Period”) of the sum of (x) his annual base salary and (y) the annual incentive award under the MIP, if any, earned in respect of our fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the termination date occurs, payable in substantially equal monthly installments over the Severance Period; and
Continued group health coverage (on the same basis as actively employed employees of the Company), subject to the NEO’s electing to receive benefits under COBRA, for 12 months following the date his employment terminates (or, if earlier, through the date the NEO becomes employed by another employer and eligible for health insurance coverage at such employer).

Mr. Herndon

Under the terms of Mr. Herndon’s offer letter, if the Company terminates Mr. Herndon’s employment without Cause or if Mr. Herndon terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, subject to Mr. Herndon’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants in his management equity agreements and his execution of a customary waiver and release agreement, he will be entitled to receive:

Continued payment over a 12-month period (the “Severance Period”) of his annual base salary, payable in substantially equal monthly installments over the Severance Period; and
Continued group health coverage (on the same basis as actively employed employees of the Company), subject to his electing to receive benefits under COBRA, for 12 months following the date his employment terminates (or, if earlier, through the date that he becomes employed by another employer and eligible for health insurance coverage at such employer).

Mr. Bennett

Under the terms of Mr. Bennett’s offer letter, if the Company terminates Mr. Bennett’s employment without Cause or if Mr. Bennett terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, subject to Mr. Bennett’s continued compliance with the restrictive covenants in his management equity agreements and his execution of a customary waiver and release agreement, he will be entitled to receive:

Continued payment over an 18-month period (the “Severance Period”) of the sum of (x) his annual base salary and (y) the annual incentive award under the MIP, if any, earned in respect of our fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the termination date occurs, payable in substantially equal monthly installments over the Severance Period; and

129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Continued group health coverage (on the same basis as actively employed employees of the Company), subject to the his electing to receive such benefits, for 18 months following the date his employment terminates (or, if earlier, through the date that he becomes employed by another employer and eligible for health insurance coverage at such employer).

In addition to the payments described above, each of our NEOs is entitled to receive a distribution of all vested amounts under our Excess Contribution Plan. See “―Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation – Fiscal 2016.”

For purposes of each of the severance arrangements described above:

“Cause” means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to an NEO: (1) a material breach by the NEO of the terms of the Company’s policies, the terms of which have previously been provided to such NEO; (2) any act of theft, misappropriation, embezzlement, fraud or similar conduct by the NEO involving the Company or any of its affiliates; (3) the NEO’s failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful instructions given to the NEO by the Board of Directors (or any committee thereof) in connection with the performance of the NEO’s duties for the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) business days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the NEO by the Company (the “Cure Period”); (4) any damage of a material nature to the business or property of the Company or any affiliate caused by NEO’s willful or grossly negligent conduct which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board of Directors’ reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured); (5) any intentional misconduct by the NEO which is reasonably likely to be materially damaging to the Company without a reasonable good faith belief by the NEO that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (6) the conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud by the NEO; or (7) a knowing and material breach of any written agreement with the Company to which the NEO is a party, which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board of Directors’ reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured). A termination for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given the NEO written notice of its intention to terminate for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and has given the NEO the Cure Period within which to respond.

“Good Reason” means any of the following actions if taken without an NEO’s prior written consent (which will be deemed to have been given if the NEO does not provide written notification of an event described in clauses (1) and (2) within 90 days after the NEO knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any such event): (1) a material adverse change in the NEO’s position causing it to be of materially less stature, responsibility, or authority or the assignment to the NEO of any material duties inconsistent with the customary duties of the NEO’s position, in each case without the NEO’s written consent (provided that if, after an initial public offering of equity securities of the Company, at a later date the Company or its successor entity ceases to be a publicly traded entity, such fact shall not constitute a change in the NEO’s existing position); (2) the relocation of the offices at which the NEO is principally employed to a location which is more than 50 miles from the offices at which the NEO is principally employed immediately prior to such relocation; or (3) a reduction, without the NEO’s written consent, in the NEO’s base salary or the target bonus amount the NEO is eligible to earn under the MIP; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to guarantee the NEO’s MIP award payable for any fiscal year if the applicable performance targets are not met; and provided, further, that it shall not constitute Good Reason if the Company makes an appropriate pro rata adjustment to the applicable amount payable and targets under the MIP in the event of a change in the fiscal year.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any event described in clauses (1) or (2) above must be an event that would result in a material negative change in the Executive’s employment relationship with the Company and thus effectively constitute an involuntary termination of employment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Director Compensation in Fiscal 2016

Name
Fees Earned or
Paid In Cash
($) (1)
Option
Awards
($) (1)
Total
($)
Brandon F. Brahm
 
 
 
 
 
 
William Kassling
 
75,000
 
 
 
(2)
 
75,000
 
Michael Marn
 
75,000
 
 
 
(2)
 
75,000
 
Peter M. Stavros
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nickolas Vande Steeg
 
75,000
 
 
 
(2)
 
75,000
 
Pastor Velasco
 
75,000
 
 
 
(2)
 
75,000
 
Joshua T. Weisenbeck
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Amounts received by our non-employee directors in 2016 and prior years related to their service on the Board of Directors of our direct subsidiary, Gardner Denver, Inc.
(2) In December 2013, we granted 93,959 time-vesting options (the “Director Time Options”) to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share to each non-employee director who was not associated with our Sponsor. Of the Director Time Options, 56,375 are fully vested and exercisable. Of the remaining 37,584 Director Time Options, 50% will vest and become exercisable on each of December 31, 2017 and 2018.

Description of Director Compensation

This section contains a description of the material terms of our compensation arrangements for our non-employee directors in 2016.

Sponsor Directors

Our non-employee directors associated with our Sponsor, including Messrs. Brahm, Stavros and Weisenbeck, received no compensation for their service on our Board of Directors in 2016.

Messrs. Kassling, Marn, Vande Steeg and Velasco

Each of Messrs. Kassling, Marn, Vande Steeg and Velasco received a $75,000 cash retainer for his service on the Board of Directors in fiscal 2016 as well as reimbursement of his reasonable travel and related expenses associated with attendance at board or committee meetings. In addition, in December 2013, we granted each of Messrs. Kassling, Marn, Vande Steeg and Velasco 93,959 Director Time Options pursuant to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. We have also given our non-employee directors not associated with our sponsor the opportunity to make investments in our common stock, subject to satisfaction of applicable securities law requirements, and each of Messrs. Marn and Vande Steeg has done so.

The Director Time Options vested and became exercisable or will vest and become exercisable with respect to 20% of such Director Time Options on December 31st of each of 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, subject to the director’s continued service through such date. Vested Director Time Options expire upon the earliest to occur of the following events: (1) the tenth anniversary of the date such options were granted; (2) the first anniversary of the cessation of the director’s service to the Company because of death or Disability (as defined in the option award agreement); (3) one hundred eighty (180) days after the cessation of the director’s service to the Company without Cause (as defined in the option award agreement) (except due to death or Disability); (4) the date the director’s service is terminated by the Company for Cause; or (5) pursuant to the repurchase rights in the Director Stockholder’s Agreement described below. In addition, at the discretion of the Company, options may be cancelled at the effective date of a merger, consolidation, or other transaction or capital change of the Company, in accordance with the terms of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, in exchange for a payment (payable in cash or other consideration depending on the terms of the transaction) per share equal to the excess of (x) the per share consideration paid to stockholders of the Company in the transaction over (y) the exercise price of the option.

The Director Time Options will not become exercisable as to any additional shares following the cessation of director’s service to the Company for any reason except in connection with a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, immediately prior to any Change in Control (as defined in “―Executive Compensation Program Elements―Long-Term Equity Awards”), any unvested portion of the Director Time Options shall vest and become immediately exercisable as to 100% of such Time Options.

131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In connection with their option awards, each of Messrs. Kassling, Marn, Vande Steeg and Velasco became party to a Director Stockholder’s Agreement.

Under the Director Stockholder’s Agreement, if a director’s service to the Company terminates for any reason, all stock and vested options, to the extent not forfeited, are subject to call rights by the Company and the directors are entitled to put rights in the event of death or Disability (as defined in the Director Stockholder’s Agreement). These put and call rights will expire upon the consummation of this offering.

Shares of our common stock beneficially owned by our directors are generally nontransferable prior to the earlier of (x) a Change in Control and (y) the later to occur of the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the Director Stockholder’s Agreement and the consummation of an IPO except in the limited circumstances set forth in the Director Stockholder’s Agreement.

Our directors party to a Director Stockholder’s Agreement have limited “piggyback” registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, provided that in lieu of piggyback rights where such rights would otherwise be available, our Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive the transfer restrictions (other than any such restrictions contained in an underwriters’ lock-up or in connection with a public offering) on the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to such piggyback rights.

Pursuant to the terms of the Director Stockholder’s Agreement, the directors party to such agreement are subject to covenants not to (1) disclose confidential information, (2) solicit customers and certain employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Company, (3) compete with the Company and (4) disparage the Company.

Equity Plan

2013 Stock Incentive Plan

Our Board of Directors initially adopted the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan on October 14, 2013 and it was approved by our stockholders on October 14, 2013, as amended on April 27, 2015. The principal purpose of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan is to promote our long-term financial interests and growth by attracting and retaining management and other personnel and key service providers, motivate management personnel by means of growth-related incentives to achieve long range goals and further the alignment of interests of participants with those of our stockholders.

Types of awards . The 2013 Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options and other stock-based awards to employees, non-employee members of our Board of Directors, and key advisors to the Company.

Share reserve . We have reserved an aggregate of 34,157,069 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 2016, options to purchase a total of 21,861,407 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding, no shares of common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 12,295,662 shares remained available for future grants.

Administration . Our Board of Directors or a committee thereof administers our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. The Board of Directors may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer and to other senior officers (if any) duties under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, subject to applicable law and such conditions and limitations as the Board of Directors prescribes, except that only the Board of Directors may designate and make grants to participants.

Awards . Our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan provides that the committee may grant or issue stock options or other stock-based awards. Each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will set forth the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to the award.

Stock Options provide for the right to purchase shares of our common stock at a specified price, which may not be less than fair market value on the date of grant, and usually will become exercisable (at the discretion of the committee) in one or more installments after the grant date, subject to the participant's continued employment or service with us and/or subject to the satisfaction of corporate performance targets and individual performance targets established by the committee. Stock options may be granted for any term specified by the committee that does not exceed ten years from the grant date.

132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Stock-Based Awards may include awards of shares, awards of restricted shares and/or awards that are valued by reference to, or otherwise based on the fair market value of, shares (including, without limitation, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, and dividend equivalent rights).

Payment . The exercise price of stock options granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan may be paid for in cash, by wire transfer, or if the participant so elects, through the withholding of shares (any such shares valued at fair market value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the stock option.

Transfer . Our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

Certain events . In the event of any stock split, spin-off, share combination, reclassification, change of the legal form, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, merger, change in control, payment of a dividend (other than a cash dividend paid as part of a regular dividend program) or other similar transaction or occurrence which affects our equity securities or the value thereof, the committee shall make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares available under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, the share prices related to outstanding grants, and/or such other action as it deems necessary to address.

Change in control . In the event of a “change in control” (as defined below), the committee (in its sole discretion) may provide that all awards outstanding, unexercised or otherwise unvested or subject to lapse restrictions as of immediately prior to such change in control may automatically become fully exercisable or otherwise vested or no longer subject to lapse restrictions, as the case may be. In addition, the committee (in its sole discretion) may provide prior to the occurrence of a change in control either (i) that the awards shall be cancelled for fair market value, (ii) for the issuance of substitute awards that will preserve in no less favorable a manner the otherwise applicable terms of any affected grants, or (iii) that for a period of at least ten business days prior to the change in control, any stock options shall be exercisable and that upon the occurrence of the change in control, such stock options shall terminate. “Change in control” under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan means (i) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, the assets of Gardner Denver, Inc., or the assets of KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P. (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) to any person (or group of persons acting in concert), other than to (x) KKR or its controlled affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by us, Gardner Denver, Inc. or our or their respective affiliates; or (ii) a merger, recapitalization or other sale by us, KKR or any of our or their respective affiliates to a person (or group of persons acting in concert) of our stock that results in more than 50% of our common stock (or the equity securities of any resulting company after a merger) being held by a person (or group of persons acting in concert) that does not include (x) KKR or its controlled affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by us, Gardner Denver, Inc. or our or their respective affiliates; and in any event of clause (i) or (ii), which results in KKR and its controlled affiliates or such employee benefit plan ceasing to hold the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors.

Amendment; termination . Our Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, but no amendment, suspension or termination will materially impair the rights of a holder of an outstanding option without the holder's consent. In addition, other than with respect to certain actions in connection with adjustments or a change in control, no such action may be taken which would, without approval of our stockholders, increase the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, decrease the price of outstanding grants, change the requirements relating to the committee, or extend the term of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. Unless terminated sooner by our Board of Directors, our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan will terminate on October 14, 2023. No awards may be granted under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan after it is terminated, but the terms of grants made on or before such termination shall extend beyond such termination in accordance with their terms.

Securities Laws and U.S. Federal Income Taxes . Our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan is designed to comply with various securities and U.S. federal tax laws as follows:

Securities Laws . Our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan is intended to conform to all provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the Exchange Act and any and all regulations and rules promulgated by the SEC thereunder, including without limitation, Rule 16b-3. Our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan will be administered, and options will be granted and may be exercised, only in such a manner as to conform to such laws, rules and regulations.

133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 409A of the Code . Certain awards under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan may be considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, which imposes certain additional requirements regarding the payment of deferred compensation. Generally, if at any time during a taxable year a nonqualified deferred compensation plan fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A, or is not operated in accordance with those requirements, all amounts deferred under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and all other equity incentive plans for the taxable year and all preceding taxable years by any participant with respect to whom the failure relates are includible in gross income for the taxable year to the extent not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and not previously included in gross income. If a deferred amount is required to be included in income under Section 409A, the amount also is subject to interest and an additional income tax. The interest imposed is equal to the interest at the underpayment rate plus one percentage point, imposed on the underpayments that would have occurred had the compensation been includible in income for the taxable year when first deferred, or if later, when not subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. The additional U.S. federal income tax is equal to 20% of the compensation required to be included in gross income. In addition, certain states, including California, have laws similar to Section 409A, which impose additional state penalty taxes on such compensation.

Section 162(m) of the Code . In general, under Section 162(m) of the Code, income tax deductions of publicly held corporations may be limited to the extent total compensation (including, but not limited to, base salary, annual bonus and income attributable to stock option exercises and other non-qualified benefits) for certain executive officers exceeds $1,000,000 (less the amount of any “excess parachute payments” as defined in Section 280G of the Code) in any taxable year of the corporation. However, under Section 162(m), the deduction limit does not apply to certain “performance-based compensation” established by an independent compensation committee that is adequately disclosed to and approved by stockholders. In particular, options will generally satisfy the “performance-based compensation” exception if the awards are made by a qualifying compensation committee, our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan sets the maximum number of shares that can be granted to any person within a specified period and the compensation is based solely on an increase in the stock price after the grant date. Specifically, the option exercise price must be equal to or greater than the fair market value of the stock subject to the award on the grant date. Under a Section 162(m) transition rule for compensation plans of corporations that are privately held and that become publicly held in an initial public offering, our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan will not be subject to Section 162(m) until a specified transition date, which is the earlier of:

the material modification of our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan;
the issuance of all of the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan;
the expiration of our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan; or
the first meeting of our stockholders at which members of our Board of Directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which our initial public offering occurs.

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering our shares of common stock issuable under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

Management Stockholder s Agreement

Each of our executives officers and directors have entered into the Management Stockholder’s Agreement dated as of the date of the participant’s initial option grant, between the company and certain other parties thereto, or the Management Stockholder’s Agreement. The Management Stockholder’s Agreement provides the company with certain rights that effectively restrict the transfer of our shares except for (1) transfers pursuant to this offering, (2) transfers effected to the public pursuant to Rule 144 after this offering, (3) transfers effected by participants pursuant to our bring along rights, (4) transfers effected by participants pursuant to their tag alone rights, (5) transfers effected pursuant to our rights of first refusal and (6) any permitted transfer that is a gift to a participant's immediate family. The Management Stockholder’s Agreement also contain agreements among the parties with respect to, among other things, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including tag-along rights and drag-along rights, registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions) and call options.

134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Arrangements with our Executive Officers , Directors and Advisors

We have entered into letter agreements with certain members of management, including each of our executive officers, and our directors and certain advisors, pursuant to which such individuals agreed to invest in our stock and/or through the purchase of our shares with cash. In addition, our board of directors granted options to purchase shares of our common stock to certain members of management and key employees, including to our executive officers. In connection with the grants of new options described above, the participating members of our management, including our executive officers, were required to enter into a Management Stockholder's Agreement and a Sale Participation Agreement, as well as a stock option agreement, as applicable.

Below is a brief summary of the principal terms of the Management Stockholder's Agreements, the Director Stockholder’s Agreements and the Advisor Stockholder’s Agreements and the Sale Participation Agreements, which are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements themselves, forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Management, Director and Advisor Stockholder’s Agreements

The Management Stockholder's Agreements impose significant restrictions on transfers of shares of our common stock. Generally, shares held by our management are nontransferable by any means at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Management Stockholder's Agreements) or (ii) the later to occur of (a) the fifth anniversary of the execution of the applicable Management Stockholder’s Agreement or (b) the consummation of an Initial Public Offering (as defined in the Management Stockholder's Agreements). These transfer restrictions are subject to certain exceptions, including transfers approved by our board of directors; transfers upon the death or Disability (as defined in the Management Stockholder's Agreements) of the holder; transfers to immediate family members or estate planning vehicles, provided such transferees become party to the applicable Management Stockholder’s Agreement; or repurchases of such shares by the Company.

Additionally, following the initial public offering of our common stock, management stockholders will have limited “piggyback” registration rights with respect to certain registered offerings conducted by the Company. The maximum number of shares of common stock which a management stockholder may register is generally proportionate with the percentage of common stock being sold by certain affiliates of KKR (relative to their holdings thereof). The Management Stockholder’s Agreements also contain certain lock-up provisions in the event that any shares are offered to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

The Director Stockholder’s Agreements and Advisor Stockholder’s Agreements are substantially similar to the Management Stockholder’s Agreements. In addition to certain exceptions to transfer restrictions related to piggyback rights available to Management Stockholders, the Director and Advisor Stockholder’s Agreements further provide that in lieu of piggyback registration rights in connection with a public offering in which such piggyback rights would otherwise be available, the board of directors may waive transfer restrictions with respect to the number of shares that would have been subject to such piggyback rights.

Sale Participation Agreements

The Sale Participation Agreements grant management, director and advisor stockholders the right to participate in any private direct or indirect sale of shares of common stock by certain affiliates of KKR (such right being referred to herein as the “Tag-Along Right”), and require all management, director and advisor stockholders to participate in any such private sale if so elected by such affiliates of KKR in the event that they are proposing to sell stock in a transaction that would constitute a Change in Control (as defined in the Management, Director or Advisor Stockholder’s Agreements, as applicable) (such right being referred to herein as the “Drag-Along Right”). The number of shares of common stock which would be required to be sold by such management, director or advisor stockholder pursuant to the exercise of the Drag-Along Right would be the sum of the number of shares of common stock then owned by such stockholder and his or her affiliates plus all shares of common stock such stockholder is entitled to acquire under any unexercised options (to the extent such options are exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the proposed sale), multiplied by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the aggregate number of shares of common stock

135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

proposed to be transferred by certain affiliates of KKR in the proposed sale and (y) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of common stock owned by such affiliates of KKR. Management, director and advisor stockholders would bear their pro rata share of any fees, commissions, adjustments to purchase price, expenses or indemnities in connection with any sale under the Sale Participation Agreement. Upon completion of this offering, the Sale Participation Agreements will be terminated in accordance with their terms.

Arrangements with KKR

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a stockholders agreement with certain affiliates of KKR. We intend to describe the material terms of this agreement in a subsequent pre-effective amendment to this registration statement.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the KKR Transaction, certain affiliates of KKR entered into a registration rights agreement with us. Pursuant to this agreement, such affiliates of KKR can cause us to register shares of our common stock held by it under the Securities Act and, if requested, to use our reasonable best efforts (if we are not eligible to use an automatic shelf registration statement at the time of filing) to maintain a shelf registration statement effective with respect to such shares. Certain affiliates of KKR are also entitled to participate on a pro rata basis in any registration of our common stock under the Securities Act that we may undertake. The registration rights agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and indemnify certain affiliates of KKR and members of management participating in any offering against certain liabilities, which may arise under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to us.

Monitoring Agreement

In connection with the KKR Transaction, we entered into a monitoring agreement with KKR pursuant to which KKR provides various management and advisory services to us and our direct and indirect divisions, subsidiaries, parent entities and controlled affiliates and receives fees and reimbursements of related out-of-pocket expenses. Under certain circumstances in which we terminate the monitoring agreement or in which the monitoring agreement automatically terminates, we would be required to pay KKR a termination fee based on the net present value of future payment obligations under the monitoring agreement, payable upon the consummation of this offering. We paid management fees of $4.8 million, $4.6 million and $3.7 million to KKR during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In connection with this offering, the monitoring agreement will be terminated in accordance with its terms.

Indemnification Agreement

In connection with entering into the monitoring agreement, we also entered into a separate indemnification agreement with KKR and certain of its affiliates, which provides customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of KKR and such affiliates in connection with the services provided to us under the monitoring, transaction fee and syndication fee agreements.

Relationship with KKR Capstone Americas LLC

We have utilized and may continue to utilize KKR Capstone Americas LLC and/or its affiliates (“KKR Capstone”), a consulting company that works exclusively with KKR’s portfolio companies, for consulting services, and have paid to KKR Capstone related fees and expenses. KKR Capstone is not a subsidiary or affiliate of KKR. KKR Capstone operates under several consulting agreements with KKR and uses the “KKR” name under license from KKR.

Relationship with KKR Credit

Since 2014, investment funds or accounts managed or advised by the global credit business of KKR (“KKR Credit”) were participating lenders under our existing credit agreements and holders of notes issued by us, and as of December 31, 2016, had received in aggregate principal payments of approximately $0.4 million and interest payments of approximately $3.7 million. As of December 31, 2016, investment funds or accounts managed or advised by KKR Credit did not hold any positions in the debt of the Company.

136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person.

137

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of December 31, 2016 by:

each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
each of our directors;
each of our named executive officers; and
all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

A person is a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting or investment power over the security or if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Unless otherwise noted, these persons may be contacted at our executive offices and, to our knowledge, have sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Percentage computations are based on              shares of our common stock outstanding as of             , 2017 and           shares of common stock expected to be outstanding following this offering, including the           shares of our common stock offered by us hereby. As of December 31, 2016, there were 232 holders of record of our common stock.

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc., 222 East Erie Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.

 
 
Shares Beneficially Owned After the Offering
 
Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
Assuming No Exercise
of the Underwriters’
Option
Assuming Full Exercise of
the Underwriters’
Option
Name of Beneficial Owner
Number
Percentage (2)
Number
Percentage
Number
Percentage
5% Stockholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment funds affiliated with KKR (1)
 
98.5%
 
 
 
 
Named Executive Officers and Directors :
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vicente Reynal
 
*
 
 
 
 
Philip T. Herndon
 
*
 
 
 
 
Andrew Schiesl
 
*
 
 
 
 
Patrick W. Bennett
 
*
 
 
 
 
Enrique Miñarro Viseras
 
*
 
 
 
 
Peter Stavros (3)
 
 
 
 
 
Brandon Brahm (3)
 
 
 
 
 
William E. Kassling
 
*
 
 
 
 
Michael V. Marn
 
*
 
 
 
 
Nickolas Vande Steeg
 
*
 
 
 
 
Pastor Velasco
 
*
 
 
 
 
Joshua Weisenbeck (3)
 
 
 
 
 
Jeff Likosar
 
 
 
 
Saeid Rahimian
 
 
 
 
All directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons)
 
*
 
 
 
 
* Less than one percent.
(1) Includes              shares directly owned by KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P. KKR Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC, as the general partner of KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P., KKR North America Fund XI L.P., as the sole member of KKR Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC, KKR Associates North America XI L.P., as the general partner of KKR North America Fund XI L.P., KKR North America XI Limited, as the general partner of KKR Associates North America XI L.P., KKR Fund Holdings L.P., as the sole shareholder of KKR North America XI Limited, KKR Fund Holdings GP Limited, as a general partner of KKR Fund Holdings L.P., KKR Group Holdings L.P., as the sole shareholder of KKR Fund Holdings GP Limited and a general partner of KKR Fund Holdings L.P., KKR Group Limited, as the general partner of KKR Group Holdings L.P., KKR & Co. L.P., as the sole shareholder of KKR Group Limited, KKR Management LLC, as the general partner of KKR & Co. L.P., and Messrs. Henry R. Kravis and George R. Roberts, as the designated

138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

members of KKR Management LLC may be deemed to be the beneficial owners having shared voting and investment power with respect to the shares described in this footnote. The principal business address of each of the entities and persons identified in this paragraph, except Mr. Roberts, is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 9 West 57th Street, Suite 4200, New York, NY 10019. The principal business address for Mr. Roberts is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 2800 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(2) The number of shares reported includes shares covered by options that are exercisable and restricted stock that is vested and delivered within 60 days as follows: Mr. Reynal,       ; Mr. Herndon,    ; Mr. Schiesl,    ; Mr. Bennett,       ; Mr. Miñarro Viseras,       ; and all directors and executive officers as a group,       .
(3) The principal business address of each of Messrs. Stavros, Weisenbeck and Brahm is c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., 9 West 57th Street, New York, New York 10019.

139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a description of the material terms of, and is qualified in its entirety by, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect upon the consummation of this offering, the forms of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Our purpose is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the DGCL.

Authorized Capital

At the time of the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of:

       shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which        shares are issued and outstanding as of        , 2017; and
       shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding.

As of December 31, 2016, there were 232 holders of record of our common stock.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, there are expected to be        shares of common stock issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Unless our board of directors determines otherwise, we will issue all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Common Stock

Voting Rights . Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors. The holders of our common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Dividends . The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by the board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equals the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors. The time and amount of dividends will be dependent upon our financial condition, operations, cash requirements and availability, debt repayment obligations, capital expenditure needs and restrictions in our debt instruments, industry trends, the provisions of Delaware law affecting the payment of dividends to stockholders and any other factors our board of directors may consider relevant.

Liquidation . Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

Rights and Preferences. Holders of our common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessment by us. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All shares of our common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, powers, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or by       , the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by you. Our board of directors may determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative participations, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of that series, including, without limitation:

the designation of the series;
the number of shares of the series, which our Board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);
whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;
the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;
the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;
the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;
the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our Company;
whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our Company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;
restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and
the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

We could issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of you might believe to be in your best interests or in which you might receive a premium for your common stock over the market price of the common stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our common stock by restricting dividends on the common stock, diluting the voting power of the common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the DGCL, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of our Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of        , which would apply if and so long as our common stock remains listed on        , require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting

141

TABLE OF CONTENTS

power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

Our board of directors may generally issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our Company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors are elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors are fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors.

Business Combinations

We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL; however, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

prior to such time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or
at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2 3 % of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with that person’s affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our voting stock. For purposes of this section only, “voting stock” has the meaning given to it in Section 203 of the DGCL.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring our Company to negotiate in advance with our board of directors because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our board of directors and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that KKR and its affiliates and any of their respective direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

142

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2 3 % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding or the rights granted under the stockholders agreement with affiliates of KKR, any vacancies on our board of directors are filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders).

No Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors are able to elect all our directors.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors; provided, however, so long as KKR and its affiliates own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors at the request of KKR and its affiliates. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our Company.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions do not apply to KKR and its affiliates so long as KKR and its affiliates own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of our Company.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or

143

TABLE OF CONTENTS

consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation precludes stockholder action by written consent at any time when KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; provided, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of preferred stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken by written consent to the extent provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series.

Supermajority Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For as long as KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal. At any time when KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 3 % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that at any time when KKR and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2 3 % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

the provision requiring a 66 2 3 % supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our bylaws;
the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);
the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;
the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;
the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;
the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;
the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;
the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly created directorships;
the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and
the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2 3 % supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

144

TABLE OF CONTENTS

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying, or preventing changes in control of our management or our Company, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our Company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of our Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, creditors or other constituents, (iii) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (iv) action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, that, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware dismisses any such action for lack of subject matter jurisdiction, such action may be brought in another state court sitting in the State of Delaware. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be unenforceable.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each of KKR or any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates has no duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that KKR or any of its affiliates or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person

145

TABLE OF CONTENTS

will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends, repurchases or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must generally indemnify, and advance expenses to, our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is       .

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on        under the symbol “       ”.

146

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on       , we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of        shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of        shares of common stock offered by us in this offering and no exercise of options or SARs after             , 2017. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining        shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Subject to the lock-up agreement described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Date
Number of Shares
On the date of this prospectus
 
 
 
90 days after the date of this prospectus
 
 
 
180 days after the date of this prospectus
 
 
 

In addition, of the           shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of       , options to purchase        shares of common stock were vested as of       , and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our officers, directors and holders of all or substantially all our outstanding capital stock have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Exchange Act, or
otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or
publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of        days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of        .

This restriction terminates after the close of trading of the common stock on and including the 180th day after the date of this prospectus.

       may, in its sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the 180-day period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our shareholders who will execute a lock-up agreement, providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

Rule 144

Affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in

147

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three month period that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately        shares immediately after this offering; or
the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on        during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and        concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our equity incentive plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our equity incentive plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144, other than the holding period requirement.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of        shares of common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act.

Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

148

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management, Director and Advisor Stockholder's Agreements

Our Management, Director and Advisor Stockholder's Agreements impose significant restrictions on transfers of shares of common stock. Generally, shares held by our management, directors and certain advisors are nontransferable by any means at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the Management, Director and Advisor Stockholder's Agreements) or (ii) the later to occur of (a) the fifth anniversary of the execution of the applicable Management, Director and Advisor Stockholder’s Agreement, which was executed in most cases on the date of the first equity award, or (b) the consummation of an Initial Public Offering (as defined in the Management, Director and Advisor Stockholder's Agreements), except as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Arrangements with our Executive Officers—Management, Director and Advisor Stockholder's Agreement.” Exceptions include management, director and advisor stockholders’ limited “piggyback” registration rights with respect to certain registered offerings we conduct, following the initial public offering of our common stock. The maximum number of shares of common stock which a management, director or advisor stockholder may register is generally proportionate with the percentage of common stock being sold by certain affiliates of KKR (relative to their holdings thereof).

149

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset.

A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes, such as the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

In the event that we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock) in respect of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain subject to the rules discussed below under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder) are not subject to withholding, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such

150

TABLE OF CONTENTS

effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA below, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);
the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or
we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and certain other conditions are met.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale or other disposition under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to such holder as if it were a United States person as defined under the Code. In addition, if a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting generally will apply to the amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder and any tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

151

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock made within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock, and, for a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2018, the gross proceeds from such disposition, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code) that does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner that avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code) that does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial U.S. beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.

152

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING (Conflicts of Interest)

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table.        and        are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
Number of Shares
KKR Capital Markets LLC
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional        shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase        additional shares.

Paid by the Company
No Exercise
Full Exercise
Per Share
$
       
 
$
       
 
Total
$
 
 
$
 
 

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $        per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The Company and its officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock will agree with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date        days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list our common stock on        under the symbol “       ”.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short

153

TABLE OF CONTENTS

position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on       , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $       . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $       .

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Conflicts of Interest

Affiliates of KKR beneficially owns (through investment in KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.) in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Because KKR Capital Markets LLC, an affiliate of KKR, is an underwriter and affiliates of KKR beneficially own in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common stock, KKR Capital Markets LLC is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under Rule 5121 of FINRA. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the requirements of Rule 5121. Pursuant to that rule, the appointment of a “qualified independent underwriter” is not required in connection with this offering as the members primarily responsible for managing the public offering do not have a conflict of interest, are not affiliates of any member that has a conflict of interest and meet the requirements of paragraph (f)(12)(E) of Rule 5121. KKR Capital Markets LLC will not confirm sales of the securities to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the account holder.

154

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), an offer of shares to the public may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer of shares to the public may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;
(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer;
(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive.

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in a Relevant Member State and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom an offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, such financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed as qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

155

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any shares, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principals that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

156

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

157

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

Certain partners of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, members of their respective families, related persons and others have an indirect interest, through limited partnerships that are investors in funds affiliated with KKR, in less than 1% of our common stock.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement. Such consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act. Our filings with the SEC will be available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Those filings will also be available to the public on, or accessible through, our website at www.gardnerdenver.com . The information we file with the SEC or contained on or accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You may read also and copy, at SEC prescribed rates, any document we file with the SEC, including the registration statement (and its exhibits) of which this prospectus is a part, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330.

158

TABLE OF CONTENTS

F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
Milwaukee, Wisconsin

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) (formerly Renaissance Parent Corp.) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 16. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 28, 2017

F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
2015
2014
Revenues
$
1,939,436
 
$
2,126,885
 
$
2,570,005
 
Cost of sales
 
1,222,705
 
 
1,347,806
 
 
1,633,224
 
Gross Profit
 
716,731
 
 
779,079
 
 
936,781
 
Selling and administrative expenses
 
414,339
 
 
426,958
 
 
476,000
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
124,178
 
 
115,398
 
 
113,265
 
Impairment of goodwill
 
 
 
343,300
 
 
220,600
 
Impairment of other intangible assets
 
25,252
 
 
78,125
 
 
14,423
 
Other operating expense, net
 
48,618
 
 
20,673
 
 
64,260
 
Operating Income (Loss)
 
104,344
 
 
(205,375
)
 
48,233
 
Interest expense
 
170,338
 
 
162,861
 
 
164,376
 
Other income, net
 
(2,844
)
 
(1,544
)
 
(3,214
)
Loss Before Income Taxes
 
(63,150
)
 
(366,692
)
 
(112,929
)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
 
(31,860
)
 
(14,704
)
 
22,996
 
Net Loss
 
(31,290
)
 
(351,988
)
 
(135,925
)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
5,330
 
 
(835
)
 
(902
)
Net Loss Attributable to Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
$
(36,620
)
$
(351,153
)
$
(135,023
)
Basic and diluted loss per share
$
(0.15
)
$
(1.44
)
$
(0.56
)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(Dollars in thousands)

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
2015
2014
Comprehensive Loss Attributable to Gardner Denver
Holdings, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss attributable to Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
$
(36,620
)
$
(351,153
)
$
(135,023
)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net
 
(76,135
)
 
(136,319
)
 
(160,755
)
Foreign currency gains, net
 
13,586
 
 
32,627
 
 
45,808
 
Unrecognized losses on cash flow hedges, net
 
(987
)
 
(15,899
)
 
(28,541
)
Pension and other postretirement prior service cost and gain or loss, net
 
(13,318
)
 
(10,676
)
 
(35,120
)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
 
(76,854
)
 
(130,267
)
 
(178,608
)
Comprehensive loss attributable to Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
$
(113,474
)
$
(481,420
)
$
(313,631
)
Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
$
5,330
 
$
(835
)
$
(902
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net
 
1,362
 
 
(1,987
)
 
(2,644
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
1,362
 
 
(1,987
)
 
(2,644
)
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Noncontrolling interests
$
6,692
 
$
(2,822
)
$
(3,546
)
Total Comprehensive Loss
$
(106,782
)
$
(484,242
)
$
(317,177
)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands)

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
2015
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
255,803
 
$
228,322
 
Accounts receivable, net
 
441,578
 
 
403,250
 
Inventories
 
443,949
 
 
474,950
 
Other current assets
 
47,183
 
 
50,836
 
Total current assets
 
1,188,513
 
 
1,157,358
 
Property, plant, and equipment, net
 
358,391
 
 
340,765
 
Goodwill
 
1,154,652
 
 
1,191,005
 
Other intangible assets, net
 
1,469,922
 
 
1,644,179
 
Deferred tax assets
 
1,376
 
 
9,438
 
Other assets
 
143,094
 
 
119,301
 
Total assets
$
4,315,948
 
$
4,462,046
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long-term debt
$
24,465
 
$
25,388
 
Accounts payable
 
214,856
 
 
156,868
 
Accrued liabilities
 
258,528
 
 
249,023
 
Total current liabilities
 
497,849
 
 
431,279
 
Long-term debt, less current maturities
 
2,753,794
 
 
2,769,459
 
Pensions and other postretirement benefits
 
122,710
 
 
114,065
 
Deferred income taxes
 
487,632
 
 
578,958
 
Other liabilities
 
182,205
 
 
162,750
 
Total liabilities
 
4,044,190
 
 
4,056,511
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders' equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 245,867,122 and 245,369,363 shares issued at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively
 
2,459
 
 
2,454
 
Capital in excess of par value
 
1,221,469
 
 
1,218,216
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(596,233
)
 
(559,613
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(342,364
)
 
(265,510
)
Treasury stock at cost; 3,098,733 and 944,839 at
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively
 
(19,423
)
 
(5,314
)
Total Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. stockholders' equity
 
265,908
 
 
390,233
 
Noncontrolling interests
 
5,850
 
 
15,302
 
Total stockholders’ equity
 
271,758
 
 
405,535
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
4,315,948
 
$
4,462,046
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Dollars in thousands)

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
2015
2014
Number of Common Shares Issued (in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
245,369
 
 
244,728
 
 
241,665
 
Stock issued for management
 
498
 
 
641
 
 
3,063
 
Balance at end of period
 
245,867
 
 
245,369
 
 
244,728
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
2,454
 
$
2,447
 
$
2,417
 
Stock issued for management
 
5
 
 
7
 
 
30
 
Balance at end of period
$
2,459
 
$
2,454
 
$
2,447
 
Capital in Excess of Par Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
1,218,216
 
$
1,214,054
 
$
1,198,196
 
Stock issued for management
 
3,253
 
 
4,162
 
 
15,858
 
Balance at end of period
$
1,221,469
 
$
1,218,216
 
$
1,214,054
 
Accumulated Deficit
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
(559,613
)
$
(208,460
)
$
(73,437
)
Net loss attributable to Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
 
(36,620
)
 
(351,153
)
 
(135,023
)
Balance at end of period
$
(596,233
)
$
(559,613
)
$
(208,460
)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
(265,510
)
$
(135,243
)
$
43,365
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net
 
(76,135
)
 
(136,319
)
 
(160,755
)
Foreign currency gains, net
 
13,586
 
 
32,627
 
 
45,808
 
Unrecognized losses on cash flow hedges, net
 
(987
)
 
(15,899
)
 
(28,541
)
Pension and other postretirement prior service cost and gain or loss, net
 
(13,318
)
 
(10,676
)
 
(35,120
)
Balance at end of period
$
(342,364
)
$
(265,510
)
$
(135,243
)
Treasury Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
(5,314
)
$
(3,210
)
$
 
Purchases of treasury stock
 
(14,109
)
 
(2,104
)
 
(3,210
)
Balance at end of period
$
(19,423
)
$
(5,314
)
$
(3,210
)
Total Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. Stockholders’ Equity
$
265,908
 
$
390,233
 
$
869,588
 
Noncontrolling Interests
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
15,302
 
$
19,002
 
$
23,806
 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
5,330
 
 
(835
)
 
(902
)
Dividends to minority stockholders
 
(889
)
 
(878
)
 
(1,159
)
Acquisition of noncontrolling interests
 
 
 
 
 
(99
)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net
 
1,362
 
 
(1,987
)
 
(2,644
)
Correction of purchase accounting allocation (Note 1)
 
(15,255
)
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of period
$
5,850
 
$
15,302
 
$
19,002
 
Total Stockholders’ Equity
$
271,758
 
$
405,535
 
$
888,590
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
2015
2014
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(31,290
)
$
(351,988
)
$
(135,925
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of intangible assets
 
124,178
 
 
115,398
 
 
113,265
 
Depreciation in cost of sales
 
41,080
 
 
39,590
 
 
40,123
 
Depreciation in selling and administrative expenses
 
7,467
 
 
8,036
 
 
6,962
 
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
 
25,252
 
 
421,425
 
 
235,023
 
Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses, net
 
(5,867
)
 
1,054
 
 
1,884
 
Net loss (gain) on asset dispositions
 
124
 
 
(4,510
)
 
1,033
 
Non-cash change in LIFO reserve
 
(2,210
)
 
(1,983
)
 
(2,571
)
Deferred income taxes
 
(84,359
)
 
(63,507
)
 
(25,140
)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Receivables
 
(48,802
)
 
83,938
 
 
(69,981
)
Inventories
 
23,455
 
 
(27,754
)
 
(51,008
)
Accounts payable
 
58,099
 
 
(46,774
)
 
12,193
 
Accrued liabilities
 
21,186
 
 
30,679
 
 
(7,597
)
Other assets and liabilities, net
 
37,331
 
 
(31,538
)
 
23,544
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
 
165,644
 
 
172,066
 
 
141,805
 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures
 
(74,416
)
 
(70,973
)
 
(73,546
)
Net cash paid in business combinations
 
(18,780
)
 
(26,179
)
 
(82,319
)
Net cash received in business divestitures
 
4,897
 
 
 
 
 
Disposals of property, plant, and equipment
 
6,223
 
 
13,138
 
 
459
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
(82,076
)
 
(84,014
)
 
(155,406
)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Principal payments on short-term borrowings
 
 
 
(7,186
)
 
(5,693
)
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
 
 
 
479
 
 
14,144
 
Principal payments on long-term debt
 
(26,482
)
 
(73,592
)
 
(400,704
)
Proceeds from long-term debt
 
992
 
 
47,100
 
 
377,157
 
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock
 
3,258
 
 
4,168
 
 
15,888
 
Purchases of treasury stock
 
(14,109
)
 
(2,104
)
 
(3,210
)
Payments of contingent consideration
 
(4,658
)
 
(3,000
)
 
 
Payments of debt issuance costs
 
(1,104
)
 
 
 
 
Purchase of shares from noncontrolling interests
 
 
 
 
 
(121
)
Other
 
(899
)
 
(887
)
 
(1,159
)
Net cash used in financing activities
 
(43,002
)
 
(35,022
)
 
(3,698
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
 
(13,085
)
 
(8,865
)
 
(17,208
)
Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
27,481
 
 
44,165
 
 
(34,507
)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
 
228,322
 
 
184,157
 
 
218,664
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
255,803
 
$
228,322
 
$
184,157
 
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for income taxes
$
35,472
 
$
53,782
 
$
56,624
 
Cash paid for interest
$
153,932
 
$
144,588
 
$
151,732
 
Capital expenditures in accounts payable
$
7,204
 
$
2,143
 
$
3,680
 
Property and equipment acquired under capital leases
$
7,716
 
$
 
$
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts and amounts described in millions)

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Overview and Basis of Presentation

Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. is an affiliate of Kohlberg Kravis and Roberts & Co. L.P. (“KKR”) and a holding company whose operating subsidiary is Gardner Denver, Inc. Gardner Denver Inc. is a diversified, global manufacturer of highly engineered, application-critical flow control products and provider of related aftermarket parts and services.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to herein as “Gardner Denver” or the “Company”). The Company was previously reported as Gardner Denver, Inc. On July 30, 2013, Gardner Denver, Inc. was acquired by an affiliate of KKR. The acquisition (also referred to as the “Merger”) was effected by the merger of Renaissance Acquisition Corp., a subsidiary of the Company, with and into Gardner Denver, Inc., with Gardner Denver, Inc. being the surviving corporation. As a result of the Merger, Gardner Denver, Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Renaissance Parent Corp. Effective February 23, 2017 the name of the Company was changed from Renaissance Parent Corp. to Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.

Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. has no independent operations and accordingly, there were no items attributable to Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. which affected the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2016. Apart from a de minimis cash balance as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the only asset of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. consisted of its equity interest in Gardner Denver, Inc.

During the first quarter of 2016, the Company modified its presentation of research and development expenditures within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under the modified presentation, research and development expenditures are included within the operating expense line “Selling and administrative expenses,” whereas they were previously included in “Cost of sales.” Including research and development expenditures in “Selling and administrative expenses” better classifies the expenditures as incurred for the development, marketing, and selling of the Company’s products.

The Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 have been reclassified to reflect this change in presentation. The impact of this reclassification on the year ended December 31, 2015 was a decrease in “Cost of sales” of $25.9 million with a corresponding increase to “Selling and administrative expenses,” of $25.9 million. The impact of this reclassification on the year ended December 31, 2014 was a decrease in “Cost of sales” of $25.6 million with a corresponding increase to “Selling and administrative expenses,” of $25.6 million. This reclassification has no impact on any other line item of the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded an adjustment of $15.3 million to decrease goodwill and non-controlling interest to correct an immaterial error made in the original purchase price allocation of the Merger. As a result of an error in the allocation of intangible assets to the subsidiary with the non-controlling interest, amortization expense attributed in the determination of non-controlling interest was overstated subsequent to July 30, 2013. As such, net income attributable to non-controlling interest for the year ended December 31, 2016 includes an adjustment to reverse $4.7 million of amortization, net of tax, for periods from the date of acquisition on July 30, 2013 through December 31, 2015 which was erroneously attributed to the non-controlling interest.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through February 28, 2017.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and

F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. The Company regularly evaluates the estimates and assumptions related to the allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, warranty reserves, fair value of stock-based awards, goodwill, intangible asset, and long-lived asset valuations, employee benefit plan liabilities, income tax liabilities and deferred tax assets and related valuation allowances, uncertain tax positions, restructuring reserves, and litigation and other loss contingencies. Actual results could differ materially and adversely from those estimates and assumptions, and such results could affect the Company’s consolidated net income, financial position, or cash flows.

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, where the functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar (“USD”), are translated at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date, while revenues and expenses are translated at average rates prevailing during the year. Adjustments resulting from the translation of the assets and liabilities of foreign operations into USD are excluded from the determination of net income, and are reported in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and included as a component of other comprehensive (loss) income. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries that are denominated in currencies other than the subsidiaries’ functional currency are remeasured into the functional currency using end of period exchange rates, or historical rates for certain balances, where applicable. Gains and losses related to these remeasurements are recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of “Other operating expense, net.”

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of products and services under the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification 605, Revenue Recognition. Accordingly, revenue is recognized only when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, and collectability of the fixed or determinable sales price is reasonably assured. In arrangements that include customer-specific acceptance criteria, revenue is recognized after formal customer acceptance occurs or at delivery if the Company has reliably demonstrated that all specified customer acceptance criteria have been met.

Service revenue is recognized when services are performed and collection is reasonably assured. For maintenance and extended warranty arrangements with customers, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract, unless sufficient historical evidence indicates that the cost of providing these services is incurred on an other than straight-line basis. Service revenue represents less than 10% of consolidated revenue.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes the costs the Company incurs, including purchased materials, labor and overhead related to manufactured products and aftermarket parts sold during a period. Depreciation related to manufacturing equipment and facilities is included in cost of sales. Purchased materials represents the majority of cost of sales, with steel, aluminum, copper and partially finished castings representing the most significant materials inputs.

Cost of sales for services includes the direct costs the Company incurs including direct labor, parts and other overhead costs including depreciation of equipment and facilities used to deliver repair, maintenance, and other field services activities to the Company’s customers.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses consist of (i) employee related salary, benefits and other expenses for selling, administrative functions and other activities not associated with the manufacture of products or delivery of services to customers including research and development; (ii) the costs of marketing and direct costs of selling products and services to customers including internal and external sales commissions; (iii) facilities costs including office rent, maintenance, depreciation, and insurance for selling and administrative activities; and (iv) sponsor fees and expenses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are highly liquid investments primarily consisting of demand deposits and have original maturities of three months or less. Accordingly, the carrying amount of such instruments is considered a

F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reasonable estimate of fair value. As of December 31, 2016, cash of $2.6 million was pledged to financial institutions as collateral to support the issuance of standby letters of credit and similar instruments on behalf of the Company.

Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable consist of amounts owed for products shipped to or services performed for customers. Reviews of customers’ creditworthiness are performed prior to order acceptance or order shipment.

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value. This value includes an appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses that may result from the Company’s inability to fully collect amounts due from its customers. The allowance is determined based on a combination of factors, including the length of time that the trade receivables are past due, history of write-offs, and the Company’s knowledge of circumstances relating to specific customers’ ability to meet their financial obligations.

Inventories

Inventories, which consist primarily of raw materials and finished goods, are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Fixed manufacturing overhead is allocated to the cost of inventory based on the normal capacity of production facilities. Unallocated overhead during periods of abnormally low production levels is recognized as cost of sales in the period in which it is incurred.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment includes the historical cost of land, buildings, equipment, and significant improvements to existing plant and equipment or in the case of acquisitions, a fair market value appraisal of such assets completed at the time of acquisition. Repair and maintenance costs that do not extend the useful life of an asset are recorded as an expense as incurred. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which are generally as follows: buildings — 10 to 50 years; machinery and equipment — 7 to 15 years; office furniture and equipment — 3 to 10 years; and tooling, dies, patterns, etc. — 3 to 7 years.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and non-controlling interests, if any. Intangible assets, including goodwill, are assigned to the Company’s reporting units based upon their fair value at the time of acquisition. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles such as trademarks are not subject to amortization but are assessed for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired or that there is a probable reduction in the fair value of a reporting unit below its aggregate carrying value.

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each year using data as of October 1 of that year. The impairment test consists of two steps: in step one, the carrying value of the reporting unit is compared with its fair value; in step two, which is applied when the carrying value is more than its fair value, the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, is derived by deducting the fair value of the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities from the fair value of its equity, and comparing that amount with the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company determined fair values for each of the reporting units using a combination of the income and market multiple approaches which are weighted 75% and 25%, respectively.

Under the market approach, the Company applies performance multiples from comparable public companies, adjusted for relative risk, profitability, and growth considerations, to the reporting units to estimate fair value. Under the income approach, fair value is determined based on the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate. The Company uses its internal forecasts to estimate future cash flows and includes an estimate of long-term future growth rates based on its most recent views of the long-term outlook for each reporting unit. Actual results may differ from those assumed in the Company’s forecasts. The Company derives its discount rates using a capital asset pricing model and analyzing published rates for industries relevant to its reporting units to estimate the cost of equity financing. The Company uses discount rates that are commensurate with the risks and uncertainty inherent in the respective businesses and in its internally developed forecasts.

F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company tests intangible assets with indefinite lives annually for impairment using a relief from royalty discounted cash flow fair value model. The quantitative impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The relief from royalty method requires the Company to estimate forecasted revenues and determine appropriate discount rates, royalty rates, and terminal growth rates.

See Note 8 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for additional information related to impairment testing for goodwill and other intangible assets.

Long-Lived Assets Including Intangible Assets With Finite Useful Lives

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which vary depending on the type of intangible assets. The estimated useful lives are as follows: customer lists and relationships — 12-13 years, acquired technology — 12, 15, or 25 years, certain trademarks — 10 years, and other intangibles —predominately 5 years.

The Company reviews long-lived assets, including identified intangible assets with finite useful lives and subject to amortization for impairment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Determining whether an impairment loss occurred requires comparing the carrying amount to the sum of undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. Such events and circumstances include the occurrence of an adverse change in the market involving the business employing the related long-lived assets or a situation in which it is more likely than not that the Company will dispose of such assets. If the comparison indicates that there is impairment, the impairment loss to be recognized as a non-cash charge to earnings is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds their fair value and the impaired assets are written down to their fair value or, if fair value is not readily determinable, to an estimated fair value based on discounted expected future cash flows. Assets to be disposed are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to dispose.

Warranty Reserves

Most of the Company’s product sales are covered by warranty provisions that generally provide for the repair or replacement of qualifying defective items for a specified period after the time of sale, typically 12 months. The Company establishes reserves for estimated product warranty costs at the time revenue is recognized based upon historical warranty experience and additionally for any known product warranty issues. The Company’s warranty obligation has been and may in the future be affected by product failure rates, repair or field replacement costs, and additional development costs incurred in correcting any product failure.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured for all stock-based equity awards made to employees and non-employee directors based on the estimated fair value as of the grant date. The determination of the fair values of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment, including estimating the expected term of the relevant stock-based payment awards and the expected volatility of the Company’s stock. The fair value of each stock option grant under the Stock-Based Compensation Plan is estimated on the date of grant or modification using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The expected stock volatility assumption was based on an average of the historical volatility of certain of our competitors’ stocks over the expected term of the stock options.

The Company recognized an immaterial amount of stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 related to a subset of the plan that converted to a liability plan as described in Note 15 “Stock-based Compensation Plans”.

See Note 15 “Stock-Based Compensation Plans” for additional information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

The Company sponsors a number of pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans worldwide. The calculation of the pension and other postretirement benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost under these plans requires the use of actuarial valuation methods and assumptions. These assumptions include the discount

F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

rates used to value the projected benefit obligations, future rate of compensation increases, expected rates of return on plan assets and expected healthcare cost trend rates. The discount rates selected to measure the present value of the Company’s benefit obligations as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were derived by examining the rates of high-quality, fixed income securities whose cash flows or duration match the timing and amount of expected benefit payments under the plans. In accordance with GAAP, actual results that differ from the Company’s assumptions are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amortized through net periodic benefit cost over future periods. While management believes that the assumptions are appropriate, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions may affect the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit obligations and future net periodic benefit cost.

See Note 11 “Benefit Plans” for disclosures related to Gardner Denver’s benefit plans, including quantitative disclosures reflecting the impact that changes in certain assumptions would have on service and interest costs and benefit obligations.

Income Taxes

The Company has determined income tax expense and other deferred income tax information based on the asset and liability method. Deferred income taxes are provided on temporary differences between assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes as measured by enacted tax rates expected to apply when temporary differences are settled or realized. A valuation allowance is established for the portion of deferred tax assets for which it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be realized.

Tax benefits are recognized only for tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Unrecognized tax benefits are tax benefits claimed in the Company’s tax returns that do not meet these recognition and measurement standards. The Company believes that its income tax liabilities, including related interest, are adequate in relation to the potential for additional tax assessments. There is a risk, however, that the amounts ultimately paid upon resolution of audits could be materially different from the amounts previously included in income tax expense and, therefore, could have a material impact on the Company’s tax provision, net income, and cash flows. The Company reviews its liabilities quarterly, and may adjust such liabilities due to proposed assessments by tax authorities, changes in facts and circumstances, issuance of new regulations or new case law, negotiations between tax authorities of different countries concerning transfer prices, the resolution of audits, or the expiration of statutes of limitations. Adjustments are most likely to occur in the year during which major audits are closed.

Research and Development

For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company spent approximately $22 million, $26 million, and $26 million, respectively, on research activities relating to the development of new products and new product applications. All such expenditures were funded by the Company and were expensed as incurred.

Derivative Financial Instruments

All derivative financial instruments are reported on the balance sheet at fair value. For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges, any gain or loss on the derivatives is recognized in earnings in the current period. A derivative instrument may be designated as a hedge of the exposure to: (1) changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment, or (2) variability in expected future cash flows, if the hedging relationship is expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk during the period of designation or as a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. If a derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative and the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged asset, liability, or firm commitment are recognized in earnings. For derivative instruments designated as a cash flow hedge or an eligible net investment in a foreign operation, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings in the same period that the hedged transaction affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is immediately recognized in earnings. Gains or losses on derivative instruments recognized in earnings are reported in the same line item as the associated hedged transaction in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when (1) it is determined that a derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of a hedged item; (2) the derivative is sold,

F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

terminated, or exercised; (3) the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (4) it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur within two months of the originally specified time period.

When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair-value hedge, the derivative continues to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value. When cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued because the derivative is sold, terminated, or exercised, the net gain or loss remains in accumulated other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same period that the hedged transaction affects earnings or until it becomes unlikely that a hedged forecasted transaction will occur within two months of the originally scheduled time period. When hedge accounting is discontinued because a hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the derivative continues to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and any asset or liability that was recorded pursuant to recognition of the firm commitment is removed from the balance sheet and recognized as a gain or loss currently in earnings. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur within two months of the originally specified time period, the derivative continues to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses reported in accumulated other comprehensive income are recognized immediately in earnings.

Comprehensive Loss

The Company’s comprehensive loss consists of net loss and other comprehensive loss, consisting of (i) unrealized foreign currency net gains and losses on the translation of the assets and liabilities of its foreign operations; (ii) realized and unrealized foreign currency gains and losses on intercompany notes of a long-term nature and hedges of net investments in foreign operations, net of income taxes; (iii) unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges (consisting of interest rate swaps), net of income taxes; and (iv) pension and other postretirement prior service cost and actuarial gains or losses, net of income taxes. See Note 13 “Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss.”

Restructuring Charges

The Company incurs costs in connection with the closure and consolidation of facilities and other actions. Such costs include employee termination benefits (one-time arrangements and benefits attributable to prior service), termination of contractual obligations, and other direct incremental costs.

A liability is established through a charge to operations for (i) one-time employee termination benefits when management commits to a plan of termination; (ii) employee termination benefits that accumulate or vest based on prior service when it becomes probable that such termination benefits will be paid and the amount of the payment can be reasonably estimated; and (iii) contract termination costs when the contract is terminated or the Company becomes contractually obligated to make such payment. If an operating lease is not terminated, a liability is established when the Company completely ceases use of the leased property. Other direct incremental costs are charged to operations as incurred.

Charges recorded in connection with restructuring plans are included in “Other operating expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations by applying the acquisition method. The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the operating results of acquired entities from the respective dates of acquisition. The Company recognizes and measures the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest as of the acquisition date at fair value. The excess, if any, of total consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest is recognized as goodwill in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Costs incurred by the Company to effect a business combination other than costs related to the issuance of debt or equity securities are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in the period the costs are incurred.

Loss (Earnings) per Share

The calculation of loss (earnings) per share (“EPS”) is based on the weighted-average number of the Company’s shares outstanding for the applicable period. The calculation of diluted loss (earnings) per share

F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reflects the effect of all dilutive potential shares that were outstanding during the respective periods, unless the effect of doing so is antidilutive. The Company uses the treasury stock method to calculate the effect of outstanding share-based compensation awards.

Note 2: New Accounting Standards

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . Amendments in this update will replace most of the existing GAAP revenue recognition guidance. The core principle of this ASU is that an entity should recognize revenue for the transfer of goods or services equal to the amount that it expects to be entitled to receive for those goods or services. The ASU requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments, and changes in judgments. The ASU is effective for public companies beginning in the first quarter of 2018 and private companies beginning in the first quarter of 2019. The ASU allows for full retrospective adoption applied to all periods presented or modified retrospective adoption with the cumulative effect of initially applying the update recognized at the date of initial application. The Company has engaged a third party, formed an internal working group, and is in the process of completing a diagnostic to assess the potential impacts of this standard. As the Company progresses towards completion of the diagnostic, the method and timing of adoption will be further determined.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) . The amendments in this update will replace most of the existing GAAP lease accounting guidance in order to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The ASU is effective for public companies beginning in the first quarter of 2019 and private companies beginning with the fiscal year end of 2020. The ASU requires lessees and lessors to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. This approach allows a Company to elect to use a number of optional practical expedients. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this ASU on the consolidated financial statements and evaluating the method and timing of adoption.

Effective September 30, 2016, the Company adopted ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments , which confirmed its classifications within the consolidated cash flow statements, and did not impact previously issued financial results.

Effective December 31, 2016, the Company adopted ASU 2015-03, Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”) on a retrospective basis. As required by ASU 2015-03, all debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are classified as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts, which is a change from the historical presentation whereby the debt issuance costs were classified as an asset. Upon adoption of ASU 2015-03, debt issuance costs simultaneously reduced “Other assets” and “Long-term debt, less current maturities” by $71.9 million as of December 31, 2015. Debt issuance costs presented as a deduction from the carrying amount of debt as of December 31, 2016 was $58.9 million.

Note 3: Business Combinations

The Company acquired three businesses during the three years ended December 31, 2016. Proforma information regarding these acquisitions is not considered significant and has not been disclosed.

Acquisitions of ILS Innovative Laborsysteme GmbH and Zinsser Analytic GmbH

On August 31, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the stock of ILS Innovative Laborsysteme GmbH (“ILS”) and Zinsser Analytic GmbH (“Zinsser Analytic”). ILS is a leading manufacturer of highly specialized micro-syringes and valves that are used in liquid handling instruments and is a global supplier to the world’s leading laboratory equipment manufacturers, laboratories, and laboratory consumables distributors. Zinsser Analytic is an established provider of customized automated liquid handling systems, and also offers consumable products including polyethylene that are used in diagnostic or clinical labs. The Company acquired all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of ILS and Zinsser Analytic for approximately $18.8 million, net of cash

F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

acquired. The operating results of ILS and Zinsser Analytic are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date and are included in the Medical segment. None of the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

Acquisition of TriContinent Scientific, Inc.

On April 30, 2015, the Company acquired 100% of the stock of TriContinent Scientific, Inc (“TriContinent”), a manufacturer of OEM precision syringe pumps and related technologies. This acquisition extended the customer offerings of Medical to include liquid handling systems for the medical diagnostics and biotechnology diagnostic and analytics industries. The Company acquired all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of TriContinent for total consideration of $30.8 million. Total consideration is comprised of cash of $28.8 million and equity of $2.0 million. Included in the cash consideration was an indemnity holdback of $4.7 million that was paid in the fourth quarter of 2016. The operating results of TriContinent are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date and are included in the Medical segment. None of the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

Acquisition of Garo S.p.A

On October 30, 2014, the Company acquired 100% of the stock of Garo S.p.A. (“Garo”), a manufacturer of liquid ring compressors and packaged systems. The Company acquired all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Garo for total cash consideration of $81.8 million, net of cash acquired, consisting entirely of payments to the former shareholders. The operating results of Garo are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date and are included in the Energy segment. None of the goodwill resulting from this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

Acquisition Revenues and Operating Income (Loss)

The revenue included in the financial statements for these acquisitions subsequent to their date of acquisition was $89.1 million, $59.8 million, and $10.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 operating income included in the financial statements for the acquisitions described above, subsequent to their date of acquisition was $19.6 million and $13.9 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2014 operating loss included in the financial statements for the acquisitions described above, subsequent to their date of acquisition was $0.8 million.

Note 4: Restructuring

Industrials Restructuring Program

During the second quarter of 2016, the Company revised and expanded the Industrials restructuring program announced in the third quarter of 2014. The revised program maintains the focus on rationalizing the European manufacturing footprint of the Industrials segment, including the consolidation of manufacturing and distribution operations in Europe and the relocation of certain production to China. The revised program also includes employee and other actions designed to reduce selling, administrative, and other expenses. The Company expects to generate significant cost savings from these efforts.

As of December 31, 2016, $32.7 million has been charged to expense through “Other operating expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, related to the Industrials restructuring program. Additionally, in the second quarter of 2016, a $1.5 million charge was made for the impairment of a trademark that will be discontinued and is included in “Impairment of other intangible assets” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company expects to incur approximately $40 to $45 million in restructuring charges relating to the Industrials restructuring program. The Company expects the Industrials restructuring program to conclude in 2017.

F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Energy Restructuring Program

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company committed to a restructuring program in the Energy segment (“Energy restructuring program”) to rationalize manufacturing facilities and to otherwise reduce operating costs. Actions include employee reductions primarily in North America, Europe, and China and the closure of a production facility in North America. The Company expects to generate significant cost savings from these actions.

As of December 31, 2016, $5.8 million has been charged to expense through “Other operating expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, related to the Energy restructuring program. The Company expects to incur approximately $6 to $7 million in restructuring charges related to the Energy restructuring program. The Company expects the Energy restructuring program to conclude in 2017.

Medical Restructuring Program

In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Company committed to a restructuring program in the Medical segment (“Medical restructuring program”) to rationalize manufacturing facilities and to otherwise reduce operating costs. Actions include employee reductions primarily in North America, Europe, and China and the closure of a production facility in North America.. The Company expects to generate significant cost savings from these actions.

As of December 31, 2016, $4.2 million has been charged to expense through “Other operating expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, related to the Medical restructuring program. The Company expects to incur approximately $5 to $6 million in restructuring charges related to the Medical restructuring program. The Company expects the Medical restructuring program to conclude in 2017.

The following table summarizes the activity associated with the Company’s restructuring programs by segment for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 respectively:

 
Industrials
Program
Energy
Program
Medical
Program
Total
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
Charged to expense - Termination benefits
 
4,705
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,705
 
Charged to expense - Other
 
391
 
 
 
 
 
 
391
 
Payments
 
(2,392
)
 
 
 
 
 
(2,392
)
Other, net
 
(152
)
 
 
 
 
 
(152
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
2,552
 
$
 
$
 
$
2,552
 
Charged to expense - Termination benefits
 
3,814
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,814
 
Charged to expense - Other
 
921
 
 
 
 
 
 
921
 
Payments
 
(5,123
)
 
 
 
 
 
(5,123
)
Other, net
 
(129
)
 
 
 
 
 
(129
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
2,035
 
$
 
$
 
$
2,035
 
Charged to expense - Termination benefits
 
21,000
 
 
4,937
 
 
4,200
 
 
30,137
 
Charged to expense - Other
 
1,912
 
 
849
 
 
 
 
2,761
 
Payments
 
(13,330
)
 
(310
)
 
 
 
(13,640
)
Other, net
 
(471
)
 
150
 
 
5
 
 
(316
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
11,146
 
$
5,626
 
$
4,205
 
$
20,977
 

As of December 31, 2016, restructuring reserves of $20.2 million are included in “Accrued liabilities” and restructuring reserves of $0.7 million are included in “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2015 all restructuring reserves were recorded in “Accrued liabilities.”

F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 5: Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful trade accounts receivable for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 consisted of the following:

 
2016
2015
2014
Balance at beginning of the period
$
19,338
 
$
16,802
 
$
10,668
 
Provision charged to expense
 
2,679
 
 
5,737
 
 
8,861
 
Write-offs, net of recoveries
 
(2,360
)
 
(2,039
)
 
(1,935
)
Charged to other accounts (1)
 
(962
)
 
(1,162
)
 
(792
)
Balance at end of the period
$
18,695
 
$
19,338
 
$
16,802
 
(1) Primarily includes the effect of foreign currency translation adjustments for the Company's subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the USD.

Note 6: Inventories

Inventories as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following:

 
2016
2015
Raw materials, including parts and subassemblies
$
312,974
 
$
347,925
 
Work-in-process
 
45,278
 
 
42,291
 
Finished goods
 
69,789
 
 
71,036
 
 
 
428,041
 
 
461,252
 
Excess of LIFO costs over FIFO costs
 
15,908
 
 
13,698
 
Inventories
$
443,949
 
$
474,950
 

As of December 31, 2016, $322.9 million (73%) of the Company’s inventory is accounted for on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis and the remaining $121.0 million (27%) is accounted for on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis. As of December 31, 2015, $351.1 million (74%) of the Company’s inventory was accounted for on a FIFO basis and the remaining $123.8 million (26%) is accounted for on a LIFO basis.

Note 7: Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment, net as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following:

 
2016
2015
Land and land improvements
$
34,422
 
$
36,904
 
Buildings
 
122,675
 
 
110,258
 
Machinery and equipment
 
217,264
 
 
185,962
 
Tooling, dies, patterns, etc.
 
42,935
 
 
35,830
 
Office furniture and equipment
 
26,557
 
 
23,079
 
Other
 
9,792
 
 
8,695
 
Construction in progress
 
50,825
 
 
44,438
 
 
 
504,470
 
 
445,166
 
Accumulated depreciation
 
(146,079
)
 
(104,401
)
Property, plant and equipment, net
$
358,391
 
$
340,765
 

F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 8: Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill attributable to each reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 
Industrials
Energy
Medical
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2014
$
575,890
 
$
811,031
 
$
190,323
 
$
1,577,244
 
Acquisitions
 
 
 
6,942
 
 
13,374
 
 
20,316
 
Impairment
 
 
 
(343,300
)
 
 
 
(343,300
)
Foreign currency translation
 
(25,013
)
 
(33,283
)
 
(4,959
)
 
(63,255
)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
 
550,877
 
 
441,390
 
 
198,738
 
 
1,191,005
 
Acquisitions
 
 
 
 
 
4,021
 
 
4,021
 
Correction of purchase accounting allocation (Note 1)
 
(15,255
)
 
 
 
 
 
(15,255
)
Foreign currency translation
 
(19,836
)
 
(1,465
)
 
(3,818
)
 
(25,119
)
Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
515,786
 
$
439,925
 
$
198,941
 
$
1,154,652
 

In 2016, the Company acquired two entities in the Medical Segment as described in Note 3, “Business Combinations.” This acquisition resulted in $4.1 million of goodwill based on the preliminary purchase price allocation.

In 2015, the Company recorded an increase to goodwill as a result of a measurement period adjustment to its calculation of the fair value of Garo’s acquisition date assets. This measurement period adjustment resulted in a $6.9 million increase in goodwill and is reflected as an adjustment in the acquisition line in the above table. Garo is included in the Energy segment. Also in 2015, the Company acquired TriContinent as described in Note 3, “Business Combinations”. This acquisition was in the Medical segment and resulted in $13.4 million of goodwill based on the preliminary purchase price allocation. The Company finalized the purchase accounting for TriContinent during the first quarter of 2016.

In 2016, each reporting unit’s fair value was in excess of its net carrying value, and therefore, a step two assessment was not required.

In 2015, step one determined that the carrying value of the Petroleum and Industrial Pumps (“P&IP”) reporting unit of the Energy segment exceeded its fair value indicating a potential impairment of goodwill. The decline in the fair value resulted from the adverse impact of declining oil prices on the Company’s customer base and the corresponding demand for the Company’s products. A step two measurement was performed and the fair value of this reporting unit was allocated to its assets and liabilities as if it was acquired in a business combination at October 1, 2015. The excess fair value of the reporting unit over the fair value of its identifiable assets and liabilities represents the implied fair value of goodwill. In the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $343.3 million for the amount that the carrying value exceeded the implied fair value of the P&IP reporting unit’s goodwill.

In 2014, step one determined that the carrying value of the Nash reporting unit of the Energy segment exceeded its fair value indicating a potential impairment of goodwill. The decline in fair value resulted from reduced sales and profitability performance and expectations for the Nash reporting unit as compared to those assumptions at the date of the Merger. A step two measurement was performed and the fair value of this reporting unit was allocated to its assets and liabilities as if it was acquired in a business combination at October 1, 2014. The excess fair value of the reporting unit over the fair value of its identifiable assets and liabilities represents the implied fair value of goodwill. In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $220.6 million for the amount that the carrying value exceeded the implied fair value of the Nash reporting unit’s goodwill.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, goodwill included a total of $563.9 million of accumulated impairment losses within the Energy segment since the date of the Merger.

F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following:

 
2016
2015
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Amortized intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer lists and relationships
$
1,160,520
 
$
(345,491
)
$
1,178,045
 
$
(251,381
)
Acquired technology
 
7,140
 
 
(2,236
)
 
7,357
 
 
(926
)
Trademarks
 
27,358
 
 
(6,860
)
 
30,002
 
 
(1,241
)
Backlog
 
60,279
 
 
(60,279
)
 
60,606
 
 
(58,650
)
Other
 
36,412
 
 
(16,373
)
 
26,728
 
 
(5,937
)
Unamortized intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trademarks
 
609,452
 
 
 
 
659,576
 
 
 
Total other intangible assets
$
1,901,161
 
$
(431,239
)
$
1,962,314
 
$
(318,135
)

Amortization of intangible assets was $124.2 million, $115.4 million, and $113.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Amortization of intangible assets is anticipated to be approximately $113.0 million annually in 2017 through 2021 based upon currency exchange rates as of December 31, 2016.

The Company tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each year using data as of October 1 of that year. The Company determines fair values for each of the indefinite-lived intangible assets using a relief from royalty methodology.

In the fourth quarter of 2016, as a result of the annual impairment test of indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $24.4 million related to indefinite-lived trademarks, including $23.2 million related to three trademarks in the Industrials segment and $1.2 million related to an indefinite-lived trademark in the Energy segment.

In the second quarter of 2016, as a result of the Industrials restructuring program, a $1.5 million charge was made for the impairment of a trademark that will be discontinued and is included in “Impairments of other intangible assets” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 4 “Restructuring.”

In the fourth quarter of 2015, as a result of the annual impairment test of indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $71.1 million related to indefinite-lived trademarks, including $13.5 million related to the Gardner Denver trademark in the Energy segment, $5.0 million related to the Gardner Denver trademark in the Industrials segment, $10.8 million related to the Nash trademark in the Energy segment, and $41.8 million related to six trademarks in the Industrials segment.

Furthermore, in the third quarter of 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $7.2 million including $3.5 million related to a customer relationship intangible asset in the Energy segment and $3.7 million related to an indefinite-lived trademark in the Medical segment.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, as a result of the annual impairment test of indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $13.9 million, including $11.4 million related to the Nash trademark in the Energy segment, $2.4 million related to four trademarks in the Industrials segment, and $0.1 million related to one trademark in the Medical segment.

F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 9: Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following:

 
2016
2015
Salaries, wages, and related fringe benefits
$
56,503
 
$
54,032
 
Restructuring
 
20,238
 
 
2,035
 
Taxes
 
37,117
 
 
29,098
 
Advance payments on sales contracts
 
42,999
 
 
58,005
 
Product warranty
 
21,743
 
 
27,649
 
Accrued interest
 
15,497
 
 
15,463
 
Other
 
64,431
 
 
62,741
 
Total accrued liabilities
$
258,528
 
$
249,023
 

A reconciliation of the changes in the accrued product warranty liability for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 are as follows:

 
2016
2015
2014
Beginning balance
$
27,649
 
$
22,918
 
$
23,514
 
Product warranty accruals
 
18,240
 
 
26,157
 
 
23,377
 
Settlements
 
(22,702
)
 
(20,377
)
 
(22,790
)
Charged to other accounts (1)
 
(1,444
)
 
(1,049
)
 
(1,183
)
Ending balance
$
21,743
 
$
27,649
 
$
22,918
 
(1) Includes primarily the effects of foreign currency translation adjustments for the Company’s subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the USD, and changes in the accrual related to acquisitions or divestitures of businesses.

Note 10: Debt

Debt as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following:

 
2016
2015 (4)
Short-term borrowings
$
 
$
 
Long-term debt:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit line, due 2020
$
 
$
 
Receivables financing agreement, due 2019
 
 
 
 
Term loan denominated in U.S. dollars, due 2020 (1)
 
1,833,213
 
 
1,850,872
 
Term loan denominated in Euros, due 2020 (2)
 
405,450
 
 
422,858
 
Senior notes, due 2021
 
575,000
 
 
575,000
 
Second mortgages (3)
 
1,856
 
 
2,236
 
Capitalized leases and other long-term debt
 
21,603
 
 
15,735
 
Unamortized debt issuance costs
 
(58,863
)
 
(71,854
)
Total long-term debt, net, including current maturities
 
2,778,259
 
 
2,794,847
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
 
24,465
 
 
25,388
 
Total long-term debt, net
$
2,753,794
 
$
2,769,459
 
(1) At December 31, 2016, the applicable interest rate was 4.25%, and the weighted-average rate was 4.25% for the year ended December 31, 2016. This amount is shown net of unamortized discounts of $5,037 and $6,379 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(2) At December 31, 2016, the applicable interest rate was 4.75%, and the weighted-average rate was 4.75% for the year ended December 31, 2016. This amount is shown net of unamortized discounts of $1,403 and $1,772 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
(3) This amount consists of a fixed-rate 4.80% commercial loan with an outstanding balance of €1,765 at December 31, 2016. This loan is secured by the Company’s facility in Bad Neustadt, Germany.
(4) Effective December 31, 2016, the Company adopted ASU 2015-03 and reclassified unamortized debt issuance costs from “Other assets” to a direct deduction of the carrying value of long-term debt thus reducing “Long-term debt, less current maturities” by $71,854 as of December 31, 2015 from the amount previously reported in order to conform with current year presentation.

F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

In connection with the Merger, the Company entered into a new senior secured credit agreement with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents and lenders party thereto (the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) on July 30, 2013.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities entered into on July 30, 2013 provided senior secured financing in the equivalent of approximately $2,825.0 million, consisting of: (i) a senior secured term loan facility (the “Dollar Term Loan Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $1,900.0 million; (ii) a senior secured term loan facility (the “Euro Term Loan Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of €400.0 million; and (iii) a senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million available to be drawn in U.S. dollars (“USD”), Euros (“EUR”), and Great British Pounds (“GBP”), subject to certain sublimits for the foreign currencies.

The Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities with UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents, lenders and parties thereto on March 4, 2016 (the “Amendment”). The Amendment reduces the aggregate principal borrowing capacity of the Revolving Credit Facility by $40.0 million to $360.0 million, extends the term of the Revolving Credit Facility to April 30, 2020 with respect to consenting lenders, and provides for customary bail-in provisions to address certain European regulatory requirements, in addition to other modifications described within this footnote. On July 30, 2018, the Revolving Credit Facility principal amount decreases to $269.9 million resulting from the maturity of the tranches of the Revolving Credit Facility which are owned by lenders which elected not to modify the original Revolving Credit Facility maturity date. Any principal amounts outstanding as of April 30, 2020 are due and required to be paid in full.

The borrower of the Dollar Term Loan Facility and the Euro Term Loan Facility is Gardner Denver, Inc. On February 29, 2016, prior to the Company’s entering into the Amendment, GD German Holdings II GmbH became an additional borrower and successor in interest to Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co. KG.

GD German Holdings II GmbH, GD First (UK) Limited, and Gardner Denver, Inc. are the listed borrowers under the Revolving Credit Facility with borrowing availability denominated in USD, EUR, and GBP. The Revolving Credit Facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit up to $200.0 million and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans. The Company had $15.7 million of outstanding letters of credit written against the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2016 and unused availability under the Revolving Credit Facility of $344.3 million.

Subsequent to the Amendment, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities provide that the Company will have the right at any time to request incremental term loans and/or revolving commitments in an aggregate principal amount of up to (i) if as of the last day of the most recently ended test period the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (“EBITDA”) Ratio (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) is equal to or less than 5.50 to 1.00, $250.0 million plus (ii) voluntary prepayments and voluntary commitment reductions of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities prior to the date of any such incurrence plus (iii) an additional amount if, after giving effect to the incurrence of such additional amount, the Company does not exceed a Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio of 4.50 to 1.00 pro forma for such incremental facilities. The lenders under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities will not be under any obligation to provide any such incremental commitments or loans, and any such addition of or increase in commitments or loans will be subject to certain customary conditions.

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the Dollar Term Loan Facility, Euro Term Loan Facility, and the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) (1) in respect of the Dollar Term Loan Facility and Euro Term Loan Facility, the greater of LIBOR for the relevant interest period or 1.00% per annum and (2) in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, subsequent to the Amendment, the greater of LIBOR for the relevant interest period or 0.00% per annum, in each case adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin or (b) a base rate (the “Base Rate”) equal to the highest of (1) the rate of interest publicly announced by the administrative agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in Stamford, Connecticut, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (3) LIBOR for an interest period of one month, adjusted for

F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

statutory reserve requirements, plus 1.00%, in each case, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin as of December 31, 2016 for (i) the Dollar Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility is 3.25% for LIBOR loans and 2.25% for Base Rate loans and (ii) the Euro Term Loan is 3.75% for LIBOR loans.

The applicable margins under the Revolving Credit Facility may decrease based upon the Company’s achievement of certain Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratios.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum to the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The commitment fee rate will be reduced to 0.375% if the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00. The Company must also pay customary letter of credit fees.

Prepayments

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities require the Company to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with: (i) 50% of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, this percentage will be reduced to 25% if the Company’s Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 but greater than 3.00 to 1.00. Such prepayment will not be required if the Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00; (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of all non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of property in excess of a specified amount and subject to reinvestment rights; and (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt, other than proceeds from debt permitted under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

The foregoing mandatory prepayments will be applied to the scheduled installments of principal of the Term Loan Facilities in direct order of maturity.

The Company may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities at any time without premium or penalty, subject to certain customary conditions, including reimbursements of the lenders’ redeployment costs actually incurred in the case of a prepayment of LIBOR borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period.

Amortization and Final Maturity

The Dollar Term Loan Facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of the Dollar Term Loan Facility, with the balance being payable on the date that is seven years after the closing of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

The Euro Term Loan Facility includes repayments in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount of the Euro Term Loan Facility, with the balance being payable on the date that is seven years after the closing of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Principal amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility are due and payable in full at maturity.

The Amendment reduced the minimum aggregate principal amount for extension amendments to the facilities from $50.0 million to $35.0 million.

Guarantee and Security

All obligations of the U.S. borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and all material, wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries, with customary exceptions including where providing such guarantees is not permitted by law, regulation, or contract or would result in adverse tax consequences.

All obligations of the borrower under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities, and the guarantees of such obligations, are secured, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions, by substantially all of the assets of the borrower and each guarantor, including but not limited to: (i) a perfected pledge of all of the capital stock issued by the borrower and each subsidiary guarantor and (ii) perfected security interests in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of the borrower and the guarantors (subject to certain exceptions and exclusions).

The obligations of the non-U.S. borrowers are secured by certain assets in jurisdictions outside of the U.S.

F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain Covenants and Events of Default

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s ability to: incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness; create or incur liens; engage in mergers or consolidations; sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets; create limitations on subsidiary distributions; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase its own capital stock; and make investments, loans or advances, prepayments of junior financings, or other restricted payments.

Subsequent to the Amendment, certain restricted payments constituting dividends or distributions (subject to certain exceptions) are subject to pro forma compliance with a net total debt leverage ratio of 5.00 to 1.00. Investments in unrestricted subsidiaries are permitted up to an aggregate amount that does not exceed the greater of $100.0 million and 25% of consolidated EBITDA.

In addition, subsequent to the Amendment, the Revolving Credit Facility requires the Company’s Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio to not exceed 7.50 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter when outstanding loans plus non-cash collateralized letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility (excluding (i) letters of credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $80.0 million existing on the date of the closing of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and any extensions thereof, replacement letters of credit or letters of credit issued in lieu thereof, in each case, to the extent the face amount of such letters of credit is not increased above the face amount of the letter of credit being extended, replaced or substituted and (ii) other non-cash collateralized letters of credit in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million, provided that the aggregate amount of non-cash collateralized letters of credit outstanding excluded pursuant to this provision shall not exceed $50.0 million) exceed $120.0 million.

Subsequent to the Amendment, to the extent that revolving credit loans plus non-cash collateralized letters of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility are outstanding in an amount exceeding $300.0 million, a Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio of 7.00 to 1.00 for borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is required.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities also contain certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default, including a change of control.

Senior Notes

In connection with the Merger, on July 30, 2013, Renaissance Acquisition Corp. issued $575.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.875% senior notes due 2021 (the “Senior Notes”), which mature on August 15, 2021 pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 30, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among Renaissance Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. Upon consummation of the Merger, Gardner Denver, Inc., by operation of law, assumed all of the obligations of Renaissance Acquisition Corp. under the Senior Notes and the Indenture.

Interest on the Senior Notes commenced on February 15, 2014 and accrues at a rate of 6.875% per annum. The interest is payable on February 15 and August 15 of each year.

Ranking

The Senior Notes are Gardner Denver, Inc.’s senior unsecured obligations and rank senior in right of payment to Gardner Denver, Inc.’s future subordinated debt, equally in right of payment with all of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s existing and future unsubordinated debt, and structurally subordinated to all liabilities of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s existing and future subsidiaries, including all of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s foreign non-guarantor subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are effectively subordinated to Gardner Denver, Inc.’s and the guarantors’ secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, including borrowings under Gardner Denver, Inc.’s Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Guarantees

The Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by each of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s existing and future wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that guarantees, or is a borrower under, Gardner Denver, Inc.’s obligations under its Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Each subsidiary guarantee of the Senior Notes ranks senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantor; ranks equally in right of payment with all existing and

F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

future senior indebtedness of the subsidiary guarantor; is effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future secured debt (including the applicable subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness and is effectively subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any subsidiary of a subsidiary guarantor that is not also a guarantor of the Senior Notes.

Optional Redemption

Gardner Denver, Inc. may redeem the Senior Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and additional interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of Senior Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on August 15 of each of the years indicated below:

2016
105.156%
2017
103.438%
2018
101.719%
2019 and thereafter
100.000%

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence of a change of control, which is defined in the Indenture, each holder of the Senior Notes has the right to require Gardner Denver, Inc. to repurchase some or all of such holder’s senior notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

Covenants

The Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, Gardner Denver, Inc.’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to (subject to certain exceptions): incur additional debt, issue disqualified stock or issue certain preferred stock; pay dividends on or make certain distributions and other restricted payments; create certain liens or encumbrances; sell assets; enter into transactions with affiliates; limit ability of restricted subsidiaries to make payments to Gardner Denver, Inc.; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s assets; designate Gardner Denver, Inc.’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries; and events of default.

Receivables Financing Agreement

In May 2016, the Company entered into a receivables financing agreement (the “RFA”) providing for aggregated borrowing of up to $75.0 million governed by a borrowing base. The RFA provides for a lower cost alternative in the issuance of letters of credit with the remaining unused capacity providing additional liquidity. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had no borrowings on the RFA and $21.8 million in letters of credit outstanding against the RFA.

Borrowings under the RFA accrue interest at a reserve-adjusted LIBOR or a base rate, plus 1.6%. Letters of credit accrue interest at 1.6%. The Company may prepay borrowings or letters of credit or draw on the RFA upon one business day prior written notice and may terminate the RFA with 15 days’ prior written notice.

The RFA contains various customary representations and warranties and covenants, and default provisions which provide for the termination and acceleration of the commitments and loans under the agreement in circumstances including, but not limited to, failure to make payments when due, breach of representations, warranties or covenants, certain insolvency events or failure to maintain the security interest in the trade receivables, a change in control, and defaults under other material indebtedness.

The RFA terminates on May 17, 2019, unless terminated earlier pursuant to its terms. At December 31, 2016 there was $53.2 million of capacity available under the RFA.

Total Debt Maturities

Total debt maturities for the five years subsequent to December 31, 2016 and thereafter are approximately $23.8 million, $23.8 million, $23.9 million, $2,177.0 million, $577.6 million and $11.0 million, respectively.

F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating Lease Commitments

The annual rental payments for operating leases were $32.3 million, $34.4 million, and $35.0 million, in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Future minimum rental payments for operating leases for the five years subsequent to December 31, 2016 and thereafter are approximately $22.5 million, $16.9 million, $12.4 million, $7.7 million, $3.7 million, and $14.5 million, respectively.

Note 11: Benefit Plans

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors a number of pension and postretirement plans worldwide. Pension plan benefits are provided to employees under defined benefit pay-related and service-related plans, which are non-contributory in nature. The Company’s funding policy for the U.S. defined benefit pension plans is to contribute at least the minimum required contribution required by Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”), as amended by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (as amended by MAP-21, HAFTA, and BBA 15). The Company intends to make additional contributions, as necessary, to prevent benefit restrictions in the plans. The Company’s annual contributions to the non-U.S. pension plans are consistent with the requirements of applicable local laws.

The Company also provides postretirement healthcare and life insurance benefits in the United States and South Africa to a limited group of current and retired employees. All of the Company’s postretirement benefit plans are unfunded.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligations (the projected benefit obligation in the case of the pension plans and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation in the case of the other postretirement plans) and in the fair value of the plan assets for the periods described below. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for its pension and other postretirement benefit plans.

 
Pension Benefits
 
 
 
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S. Plans
Other Postretirement Benefits
 
2016
2015
2016
2015
2016
2015
Reconciliation of Benefit Obligations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
67,053
 
$
73,327
 
$
310,374
 
$
322,426
 
$
3,292
 
$
3,631
 
Service cost
 
 
 
 
 
1,608
 
 
1,786
 
 
10
 
 
14
 
Interest cost
 
2,542
 
 
2,597
 
 
8,810
 
 
9,454
 
 
155
 
 
153
 
Participant contributions
 
 
 
 
 
22
 
 
23
 
 
 
 
 
Actuarial (gains) losses
 
(4,109
)
 
(3,723
)
 
51,479
 
 
7,928
 
 
(26
)
 
(183
)
Plan amendments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
316
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit payments
 
(2,930
)
 
(5,148
)
 
(9,219
)
 
(8,887
)
 
(222
)
 
(186
)
Plan curtailments
 
 
 
 
 
(56
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Plan settlements
 
(2,899
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes
 
 
 
 
 
(39,322
)
 
(22,672
)
 
51
 
 
(137
)
Benefit obligations ending balance
$
59,657
 
$
67,053
 
$
323,696
 
$
310,374
 
$
3,260
 
$
3,292
 
Reconciliation of Fair Value of Plan Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
60,853
 
$
66,050
 
$
204,398
 
$
216,564
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actual return on plan assets
 
4,187
 
 
(157
)
 
32,785
 
 
3,808
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employer contributions
 
99
 
 
108
 
 
5,225
 
 
5,827
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Participant contributions
 
 
 
 
 
22
 
 
23
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Plan settlements
 
(2,899
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit payments
 
(2,930
)
 
(5,148
)
 
(9,219
)
 
(8,887
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes
 
 
 
 
 
(30,276
)
 
(12,937
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets ending balance
$
59,310
 
$
60,853
 
$
202,935
 
$
204,398
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded Status as of Period End
$
(347
)
$
(6,200
)
$
(120,761
)
$
(105,976
)
$
(3,260
)
$
(3,292
)

F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Amounts recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at December 31, 2016 and 2015 that have not been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost are presented in the following table:

 
U.S. Pension Plans
Non-U.S. Pension Plans
Other Postretirement Benefits
 
2016
2015
2016
2015
2016
2015
Net actuarial losses (gains)
$
2,435
 
$
6,429
 
$
78,868
 
$
60,541
 
$
(250
)
$
(221
)
Prior-service cost
 
 
 
 
 
(4
)
 
55
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
$
2,435
 
$
6,429
 
$
78,864
 
$
60,596
 
$
(250
)
$
(221
)

For defined benefit pension plans, the Company estimates that $4.8 million of net losses and $0.0 million of prior service costs will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income into net periodic benefit cost during the year ending December 31, 2017. For other postretirement benefit plans, the Company estimates no net losses and prior service costs will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income into net periodic benefit cost during the year ending December 31, 2017.

Total pension and other postretirement benefit liabilities are included in the following captions in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
2016
2015
Accrued liabilities
$
(1,658
)
$
(1,404
)
Pension and other postretirement benefits
 
(122,710
)
$
(114,065
)
Total pension and other postretirement benefit liability
$
(124,368
)
$
(115,469
)

The following table provides information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
U.S. Pension Plans
Non-U.S. Pension Plans
 
2016
2015
2016
2015
Projected benefit obligations
$
1,052
 
$
67,053
 
$
311,870
 
$
309,667
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
$
1,052
 
$
67,053
 
$
307,201
 
$
302,540
 
Fair value of plan assets
$
 
$
60,853
 
$
193,300
 
$
203,651
 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $59.7 million and $67.1 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for all non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans was $316.8 million and $303.2 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income, before income tax effects, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

 
U.S. Pension Plans
 
2016
2015
2014
Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Income):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
$
 
$
 
$
 
Interest cost
 
2,542
 
 
2,597
 
 
2,861
 
Expected return on plan assets
 
(4,427
)
 
(4,812
)
 
(4,768
)
Amortization of prior-service cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of net loss
 
1
 
 
1
 
 
 
Net periodic benefit income
 
(1,884
)
 
(2,214
)
 
(1,907
)
Loss due to settlement
 
124
 
 
 
 
 
Total net periodic benefit income recognized
$
(1,760
)
$
(2,214
)
$
(1,907
)
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial (gain) loss
$
(3,869
)
$
1,246
 
$
7,287
 
Amortization of net actuarial loss
 
(125
)
 
(1
)
 
 
Prior service cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of prior service cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income
$
(3,994
)
$
1,245
 
$
7,287
 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive (loss) income
$
(5,754
)
$
(969
)
$
5,380
 
 
Non-U.S. Pension Plans
 
2016
2015
2014
Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Income):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
$
1,608
 
$
1,786
 
$
1,400
 
Interest cost
 
8,810
 
 
9,454
 
 
11,729
 
Expected return on plan assets
 
(10,885
)
 
(12,984
)
 
(12,904
)
Amortization of prior-service cost
 
32
 
 
15
 
 
11
 
Amortization of net loss
 
2,819
 
 
1,602
 
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost (income)
$
2,384
 
$
(127
)
$
236
 
Loss due to curtailments
 
25
 
 
 
 
 
Total net periodic benefit cost (income) recognized
$
2,409
 
$
(127
)
$
236
 
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial loss
$
29,523
 
$
17,104
 
$
43,456
 
Amortization of net actuarial loss
 
(2,819
)
 
(1,602
)
 
 
Prior service cost
 
 
 
316
 
 
174
 
Amortization of prior service cost
 
(58
)
 
(15
)
 
(11
)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes
 
(8,379
)
 
(4,038
)
 
(3,556
)
Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income
$
18,267
 
$
11,765
 
$
40,063
 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive (loss) income
$
20,676
 
$
11,638
 
$
40,299
 

F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Other Postretirement Benefits
 
2016
2015
2014
Net Periodic Benefit Cost:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
$
10
 
$
14
 
$
16
 
Interest cost
 
155
 
 
153
 
 
183
 
Expected return on plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of prior-service cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net periodic benefit cost
$
165
 
$
167
 
$
199
 
Loss due to curtailments or settlements
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total net periodic benefit cost recognized
$
165
 
$
167
 
$
199
 
Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net actuarial gain
$
(26
)
$
(183
)
$
(138
)
Amortization of net actuarial loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prior service cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of prior service cost
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes
 
(3
)
 
5
 
 
1
 
Total recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income
$
(29
)
$
(178
)
$
(137
)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive (loss) income
$
136
 
$
(11
)
$
62
 

The discount rate selected to measure the present value of the Company’s benefit obligations was derived by examining the rates of high-quality, fixed income securities whose cash flows or duration match the timing and amount of expected benefit payments under a plan. The Company selects the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets in consultation with the plans’ actuaries. This rate is intended to reflect the expected average rate of earnings on the funds invested or to be invested to provide plan benefits and the Company’s most recent plan assets target allocations. The plans are assumed to continue in force for as long as the assets are expected to be invested. In estimating the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, appropriate consideration is given to historical performance of the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the plans and to current forecasts of future rates of return for those asset classes. Because assets are held in qualified trusts, expected returns are not adjusted for taxes.

The following weighted-average actuarial assumptions were used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:

 
Pension Benefits - U.S. Plans
 
2016
2015
2014
Discount rate
 
4.1
%
 
3.8
%
 
4.5
%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
 
7.75
%
 
7.75
%
 
7.75
%
 
Pension Benefits - Non-U.S. Plans
 
2016
2015
2014
Discount rate
 
3.3
%
 
3.1
%
 
4.2
%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
 
6.2
%
 
6.2
%
 
6.3
%
Rate of compensation increases
 
2.9
%
 
3.0
%
 
3.0
%
 
Other Postretirement Benefits
 
2016
2015
2014
Discount rate
 
4.7
%
 
4.5
%
 
5.1
%

F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following weighted-average actuarial assumptions were used to determine benefit obligations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:

 
Pension Benefits - U.S. Plans
 
2016
2015
2014
Discount rate
 
4.0
%
 
4.1
%
 
3.8
%
 
Pension Benefits - Non-U.S. Plans
 
2016
2015
2014
Discount rate
 
2.3
%
 
3.3
%
 
3.1
%
Rate of compensation increases
 
2.8
%
 
2.9
%
 
3.0
%
 
Other Postretirement Benefits
 
2016
2015
2014
Discount rate
 
4.7
%
 
4.7
%
 
4.5
%

The following actuarial assumptions were used to determine other postretirement benefit plans costs and obligations for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.

 
Other Postretirement Benefits
 
2016
2015
2014
Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year
 
8.7
%
 
8.7
%
 
9.9
%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
 
8.7
%
 
8.7
%
 
8.1
%
Year that the date reaches the ultimate trend rate
2018
2017
2016

The following table provides the effects of a one-percentage-point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates as of December 31, 2016:

 
1% Increase
1% Decrease
Effect on total of service and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost - increase (decrease)
$
4
 
$
(4
)
Effect on the postretirement benefit obligations - increase (decrease)
$
43
 
$
(37
)

The following table reflects the estimated benefit payments for the next five years and for the years 2022 through 2026. The estimated benefit payments for the non-U.S. pension plans were calculated using foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2016.

 
Pension Benefits
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 
U.S. Plans
Non-U.S.
Plans
2017
$
4,580
 
$
8,391
 
$
260
 
2018
$
4,814
 
$
8,157
 
$
254
 
2019
$
4,800
 
$
9,287
 
$
248
 
2020
$
4,565
 
$
10,247
 
$
242
 
2021
$
4,803
 
$
10,443
 
$
235
 
Aggregate 2022-2026
$
21,124
 
$
60,655
 
$
1,080
 

In 2017, the Company expects to contribute approximately $0.1 million to the U.S. pension plans and approximately $5.8 million to the non-U.S. pension plans.

Plan Asset Investment Strategy

The Company’s overall investment strategy and objectives for its pension plan assets is to (i) meet current and future benefit payment needs through diversification across asset classes, investing strategies and investment managers to achieve an optimal balance between risk and return and between income and growth of assets through capital appreciation, (ii) secure participant retirement benefits, (iii) minimize reliance on contributions as a source of benefit security, and (iv) maintain sufficient liquidity to pay benefit obligations and proper expenses.

F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The composition of the actual investments in various securities changes over time based on short and long-term investment opportunities. None of the plan assets of Gardner Denver’s defined benefit plans are invested in the Company’s common stock. The Company uses both active and passive investment strategies.

Plan Asset Risk Management

The Company’s Benefits Committee, with oversight from the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, is responsible for the ongoing monitoring and review of the investment program including plan asset performance, current trends and developments in capital markets, and appropriateness of the overall investment strategy. The Benefits Committee meets regularly with representatives of the Company’s investment advisor to consider potential changes in the plan asset allocation and monitor the performance of investment managers.

The target financial objectives for the pension plans are established in conjunction with periodic comprehensive reviews of each plan’s liability structure. The Company’s asset allocation policy is based on detailed asset and liability model (“ALM”) analyses. A formal ALM study of each major plan is undertaken every 2-5 years or whenever there has been a material change in plan demographics, benefit structure, or funded status. In order to determine the recommended asset allocation, the advisors model varying return and risk levels for different theoretical portfolios, using a relative measure of excess return over treasury bills, divided by the standard deviation of the return (the “Sharpe Ratio”). The Sharpe Ratio for different portfolio options was used to compare each portfolio’s potential return, on a risk-adjusted basis. The Company selected a recommended portfolio that achieved the targeted composite return with the least amount of risk.

The Company’s primary pension plans are in the U.S. and UK which together comprise approximately 76% of the total benefit obligations and 90% of total plan assets as of December 31, 2016. The following table presents the long-term target allocations for these two plans as of December 31, 2016:

 
U.S. Plan
UK Plan
Asset category:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
1
%
 
4
%
Equity
 
52
%
 
50
%
Fixed income
 
37
%
 
26
%
Real estate and other
 
10
%
 
20
%
Total
 
100
%
 
100
%

F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present the fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 by asset category within the ASC 820 hierarchy (as defined in Note 17 Fair Value Measurements):

 
December 31, 2016
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Investments
Measured at
NAV (5)
Total
Asset Category
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents (1)
$
1,901
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
1,901
 
Equity funds:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. large-cap
 
 
 
9,615
 
 
 
 
18,224
 
 
27,839
 
U.S. mid-cap and small-cap
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,940
 
 
2,940
 
International (2)
 
15,317
 
 
63,634
 
 
 
 
41,496
 
 
120,447
 
Total equity funds
 
15,317
 
 
73,249
 
 
 
 
62,660
 
 
151,226
 
Fixed income funds:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds - domestic
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,083
 
 
12,083
 
Corporate bonds - international
 
 
 
17,997
 
 
 
 
 
 
17,997
 
UK index-linked gilts
 
 
 
30,477
 
 
 
 
 
 
30,477
 
Diversified domestic securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9,472
 
 
9,472
 
Total fixed income funds
 
 
 
48,474
 
 
 
 
21,555
 
 
70,029
 
Other types of investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. real estate (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,297
 
 
6,297
 
International real estate (3)
 
 
 
18,634
 
 
 
 
 
 
18,634
 
Other (4)
 
 
 
 
 
14,158
 
 
 
 
14,158
 
Total
$
17,218
 
$
140,357
 
$
14,158
 
$
90,512
 
$
262,245
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Investments
Measured at
NAV (5)
Total
Asset Category
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents (1)
$
2,445
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
$
2,445
 
Equity funds:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. large-cap
 
 
 
10,330
 
 
 
 
18,680
 
 
29,010
 
U.S. mid-cap and small-cap
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,010
 
 
3,010
 
International (2)
 
16,752
 
 
67,226
 
 
 
 
40,519
 
 
124,497
 
Total equity funds
 
16,752
 
 
77,556
 
 
 
 
62,209
 
 
156,517
 
Fixed income funds:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate bonds - domestic
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14,750
 
 
14,750
 
Corporate bonds - international
 
 
 
19,705
 
 
 
 
 
 
19,705
 
UK index-linked gilts
 
 
 
27,320
 
 
 
 
 
 
27,320
 
Diversified domestic securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9,769
 
 
9,769
 
Total fixed income funds
 
 
 
47,025
 
 
 
 
24,519
 
 
71,544
 
Other types of investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. real estate (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,133
 
 
4,133
 
International real estate (3)
 
 
 
17,753
 
 
 
 
 
 
17,753
 
Other (4)
 
 
 
 
 
12,859
 
 
 
 
12,859
 
Total
$
19,197
 
$
142,334
 
$
12,859
 
$
90,861
 
$
265,251
 
(1) Cash and cash equivalents consist of traditional domestic and foreign highly liquid short-term securities with the goal of providing liquidity and preservation of capital while maximizing return on assets.

F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) The International category consists of investment funds focused on companies operating in developed and emerging markets outside of the U.S. These investments target broad diversification across large and mid/small-cap companies and economic sectors.
(3) U.S. and International real estate consists primarily of equity and debt investments made, directly or indirectly, in various interests in unimproved and improved real properties.
(4) Other investments consist of insurance and reinsurance contracts securing the retirement benefits. The fair value of these contracts was calculated at the discount value of premiums paid by the Company, less expenses charged by the insurance providers. The insurance providers with which the Company has placed these contracts are well-known financial institutions with an established history of providing insurance services.
(5) The Company adopted ASU 2015-07 “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value Per Share (Or Its Equivalent).” Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) practical expedient have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The prior year fair value hierarchy was reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Defined Contribution Plans

The Company also sponsors defined contribution plans at various locations throughout the world. Benefits are determined and funded regularly based on terms of the plans or as stipulated in a collective bargaining agreement. The Company’s full-time salaried and hourly employees in the U.S. are eligible to participate in Company-sponsored defined contribution savings plans, which are qualified plans under the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company’s contributions to the savings plans are in the form of cash. The Company’s total contributions to all worldwide defined contribution plans for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were $12.8 million, $17.2 million, and $18.1 million respectively.

Other Benefit Plans

The Company offers a long-term service award program for qualified employees at certain of its non-U.S. locations. Under this program, qualified employees receive a service gratuity (“Jubilee”) payment once they have achieved a certain number of years of service. The Company’s actuarially calculated obligation equaled $3.5 million and $3.8 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

There are various other employment contracts, deferred compensation arrangements, covenants not to compete, and change in control agreements with certain employees and former employees. The liabilities associated with such arrangements are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Note 12: Stockholders’ Equity

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, 1,000,000,000 shares of voting common stock were authorized. Shares of common stock outstanding were 242,768,389 and 244,424,524 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company is governed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. All authorized shares of voting common stock have a par value of $0.01. Shares of common stock reacquired are considered authorized and reported as Treasury shares.

Note 13: Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

The Company’s other comprehensive (loss) income consists of (i) unrealized foreign currency net gains and losses on the translation of the assets and liabilities of its foreign operations; (ii) realized and unrealized foreign currency gains and losses on intercompany notes of a long-term nature and certain hedges of net investments in foreign operations, net of income taxes; (iii) unrealized gains and losses on cash flow hedges (consisting of interest rate swaps), net of income taxes; and (iv) pension and other postretirement prior service cost and actuarial gains or losses, net of income taxes. See Note 11 “Benefit Plans” and Note 16 “Hedging Activities, Derivative Instruments, and Credit Risk.”

F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The before tax (loss) income, related income tax effect and accumulated balances are as follows:

 
Cumulative
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
Foreign
Currency
Gains and
(Losses)
Unrealized
(Losses) Gains
on Cash Flow
Hedges
Pension and
Postretirement
Benefit Plans
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Balance at December 31, 2013
 
49,030
 
 
(3,386
)
 
3,188
 
 
(5,467
)
 
43,365
 
Before tax (loss) income
 
(160,755
)
 
71,412
 
 
(46,034
)
 
(47,005
)
 
(182,382
)
Income tax effect
 
 
 
(25,604
)
 
17,493
 
 
11,885
 
 
3,774
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(160,755
)
 
45,808
 
 
(28,541
)
 
(35,120
)
 
(178,608
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
 
(111,725
)
 
42,422
 
 
(25,353
)
 
(40,587
)
 
(135,243
)
Before tax (loss) income
 
(136,319
)
 
56,854
 
 
(25,644
)
 
(13,270
)
 
(118,379
)
Income tax effect
 
 
 
(24,227
)
 
9,745
 
 
2,594
 
 
(11,888
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(136,319
)
 
32,627
 
 
(15,899
)
 
(10,676
)
 
(130,267
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
(248,044
)
$
75,049
 
$
(41,252
)
$
(51,263
)
$
(265,510
)
Before tax (loss) income
 
(76,135
)
 
20,966
 
 
(1,592
)
 
(14,278
)
 
(71,039
)
Income tax effect
 
 
 
(7,380
)
 
605
 
 
960
 
 
(5,815
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(76,135
)
 
13,586
 
 
(987
)
 
(13,318
)
 
(76,854
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
 
(324,179
)
 
88,635
 
 
(42,239
)
 
(64,581
)
 
(342,364
)

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income by component for the periods described below are presented in the following table (1) :

 
Cumulative
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
Foreign
Currency
(Losses) and
Gains
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
on Cash Flow
Hedges
Pension and
Postretirement
Benefit Plans
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2014
$
(111,725
)
$
42,422
 
$
(25,353
)
$
(40,587
)
 
(135,243
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications
 
(136,319
)
 
32,627
 
 
(16,684
)
 
(11,406
)
 
(131,782
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
785
 
 
730
 
 
1,515
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(136,319
)
 
32,627
 
 
(15,899
)
 
(10,676
)
 
(130,267
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
(248,044
)
$
75,049
 
$
(41,252
)
$
(51,263
)
$
(265,510
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications
 
(76,135
)
 
13,586
 
 
(8,186
)
 
(15,179
)
 
(85,914
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
7,199
 
 
1,861
 
 
9,060
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income
 
(76,135
)
 
13,586
 
 
(987
)
 
(13,318
)
 
(76,854
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
(324,179
)
$
88,635
 
$
(42,239
)
$
(64,581
)
$
(342,364
)
(1) All amounts are net of tax. Amounts in parentheses indicate debits.

F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 are presented in the following table.

Amount Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Details about Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Income Components
2016
2015
Affected Line in the
Statement Where Net
Income is Presented
Loss on cash flow hedges Interest rate swaps
$
11,612
 
$
1,266
 
Interest expense
 
 
11,612
 
 
1,266
 
Total before tax
 
 
(4,413
)
 
(481
)
Income tax benefit
 
$
7,199
 
$
785
 
Net of tax
Amortization of defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit items
$
3,001
 
$
1,177
 
(1)
 
 
3,001
 
 
1,177
 
Total before tax
 
 
(1,140
)
 
(447
)
Income tax benefit
 
$
1,861
 
$
730
 
Net of tax
Total reclassifications for the period
$
9,060
 
$
1,515
 
Net of tax
(1) These components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 11 “Benefit Plans” for additional details).

Note 14: Income Taxes

Loss before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 consists of the following:

 
2016
2015
2014
U.S.
$
(149,364
)
$
(449,998
)
$
(145,147
)
Non-U.S.
 
86,214
 
 
83,306
 
 
32,218
 
Loss before income taxes
$
(63,150
)
$
(366,692
)
$
(112,929
)

The following table details the components of the (benefit) provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.

 
2016
2015
2014
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. federal
$
(6,610
)
$
32
 
$
15,628
 
U.S. state and local
 
1,277
 
 
1,612
 
 
5,103
 
Non-U.S.
 
57,832
 
 
46,731
 
 
41,968
 
Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. federal
 
(61,384
)
 
(31,546
)
 
(20,359
)
U.S. state and local
 
(3,395
)
 
(9,298
)
 
(1,089
)
Non-U.S.
 
(19,580
)
 
(22,235
)
 
(18,255
)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
$
(31,860
)
$
(14,704
)
$
22,996
 

The U.S. federal corporate statutory rate is reconciled to the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 as follows:

 
2016
2015
2014
U.S. federal corporate statutory rate
 
35.0
%
 
35.0
%
 
35.0
%
State and local taxes, less federal tax benefit
 
4.0
 
 
2.3
 
 
(2.0
)
Foreign income taxes
 
19.9
 
 
1.5
 
 
16.2
 
Sale of subsidiary
 
(17.1
)
 
 
 
 
Manufacturing benefit
 
 
 
 
 
1.5
 
Repatriation expenses
 
30.7
 
 
(2.3
)
 
5.2
 
Valuation allowance adjustments
 
(15.9
)
 
(0.5
)
 
(7.5
)
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets
 
(0.6
)
 
(31.7
)
 
(64.1
)
Uncertain tax positions
 
(7.0
)
 
(0.4
)
 
(0.1
)
Other, net
 
1.5
 
 
0.1
 
 
(4.6
)
Effective income tax rate
 
50.5
%
 
4.0
%
 
(20.4
)%

F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The principal items that gave rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:

 
2016
2015
Deferred Tax Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reserves and accruals
$
38,192
 
$
33,416
 
Postretirement benefits other than pensions
 
1,075
 
 
1,239
 
Postretirement benefits - pensions
 
20,885
 
 
22,200
 
Tax loss carryforwards
 
57,990
 
 
27,227
 
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
 
11,621
 
 
12,076
 
Other
 
33,093
 
 
32,298
 
Total deferred tax assets
 
162,856
 
 
128,456
 
Valuation allowance
 
(33,582
)
 
(23,780
)
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIFO inventory
 
(17,049
)
 
(14,909
)
Property, plant, and equipment
 
(28,617
)
 
(28,968
)
Intangibles
 
(444,263
)
 
(488,562
)
Unremitted foreign earnings
 
(77,277
)
 
(94,592
)
Other
 
(48,324
)
 
(47,165
)
Total deferred tax liabilities
 
(615,530
)
 
(674,196
)
Net deferred income tax liability
$
(486,256
)
$
(569,520
)

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will realize its deferred tax assets through the reduction of future taxable income, other than for the deferred tax assets reflected below.

Tax attributes and related valuation allowances at December 31, 2016 were as follows:

 
Tax Benefit
Valuation
Allowance
Carryforward
Period Ends
Tax Attributes to be Carried Forward
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Federal Net Operating Loss
$
33,246
 
$
(3,580
)
2035-2036
U.S. Federal Capital Loss
 
10,855
 
 
(10,855
)
2021
U.S. Federal Tax Credit
 
13,951
 
 
(11,621
)
2023-2036
U.S. State and Local Net Operating Losses
 
4,904
 
 
(196
)
2034-2036
U.S. State and Local Tax Credit
 
304
 
 
(66
)
2018-2034
Non U.S. Net Operating Losses
 
1,568
 
 
(915
)
2017-2036
Non U.S. Net Operating Losses
 
4,917
 
 
(4,045
)
Unlimited
Non U.S. Capital Losses
 
632
 
 
(566
)
Unlimited
Other Deferred Tax Assets
 
3,821
 
 
(1,738
)
Unlimited
Total Tax Carryforwards
$
74,198
 
$
(33,582
)
 

A reconciliation of the changes in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 are as follows:

 
2016
2015
2014
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets at beginning of the period
$
23,780
 
$
27,464
 
$
20,718
 
Charged to tax expense
 
12,513
 
 
4,821
 
 
8,934
 
Charged to other accounts
 
(87
)
 
 
 
 
 
Deductions (1)
 
(2,624
)
 
(8,505
)
 
(2,188
)
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets at end of the period
$
33,582
 
$
23,780
 
$
27,464
 
(1) Deductions relate to the realization of net operating losses or the removal of deferred tax assets.

F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Total unrecognized tax benefits were $6.8 million, $4.8 million, and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The net increase in this balance primarily relates to recording $3.1 million for tax positions in prior years, which were partially offset by the benefits associated with the lapse of applicable statutes of limitations of $0.7 million. Included in total unrecognized benefits at December 31, 2016 is $6.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the Company's effective tax rate if recognized, of which $1.4 million would be offset by a reduction of a corresponding deferred tax asset. The balance of total unrecognized tax benefits is not expected to significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months. Below is a tabular reconciliation of the changes in total unrecognized tax benefits during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:

 
2016
2015
2014
Beginning balance
$
4,780
 
$
3,991
 
$
4,129
 
Gross increases for tax positions of prior years
 
3,121
 
 
 
 
106
 
Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years
 
 
 
(364
)
 
(370
)
Gross increases for tax positions of current year
 
2
 
 
1,749
 
 
887
 
Settlements
 
(363
)
 
(14
)
 
(8
)
Lapse of statute of limitations
 
(703
)
 
(582
)
 
(724
)
Changes due to currency fluctuations
 
 
 
 
 
(29
)
Ending balance
$
6,837
 
$
4,780
 
$
3,991
 

The Company includes interest expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of the provision for income taxes. The Company's income tax liabilities at December 31, 2016 and 2015 include accrued interest and penalties of $3.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

The statutes of limitations for U.S. Federal tax returns are open beginning with the 2013 tax year, and state returns are open beginning with the 2012 tax year. The Company remains under IRS audit of the short tax year ending December 31, 2013 as of the end of fiscal year 2016.

The Company is subject to income tax in approximately 32 jurisdictions outside the U.S. The statute of limitations varies by jurisdiction with 2005 being the oldest year still open. The Company's significant operations outside the U.S. are located in the United Kingdom and Germany. In the United Kingdom, tax years prior to 2012 are closed. However, the Company is currently under audit in the United Kingdom, which has been expanded to include years 2012 to 2014. The audit has not been completed as of the date of these financial statements. In Germany, generally, the tax years 2008 and beyond remain open to examination and the general field tax audit of fiscal years 2008 to 2010 commenced in April 2013 with all findings to date appropriately reserved for. This audit has not been completed as of the date of these financial statements. The Company has also been notified that a general tax audit for the tax years 2011 to 2014 will commence in 2017 for Germany. Additionally, in Italy, the tax years 2011 to 2014 remain under audit as of the date of these financial statements.

The Company recorded a deferred tax liability of approximately $114 million for the anticipated repatriation of a limited amount of unremitted foreign earnings generated prior to date of acquisition, July 30, 2013. These accumulated earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries amounting to approximately $287 million are expected to supplement the Company’s projected U.S. operating cash flow in meeting the Company’s debt service requirements along with other U.S. cash flow needs during the term of its credit agreement. This deferred tax liability was adjusted to $94.6 million at December 31, 2015, and to $77.3 million at December 31, 2016, based upon the estimated need to repatriate accumulated earnings of approximately $200.0 million. The reduction in the tax liability was due to the company’s decision to deduct its foreign taxes on future remitted earnings and eliminate the related taxable inclusion on the foreign tax credit gross up amount. The Company had previously established a valuation allowance against all foreign tax credits. With the exception of this limited repatriation, the Company will continue to be permanently reinvested with respect to its other undistributed earnings of the non-U.S. subsidiaries, including such earnings generated after the date of acquisition, as these earnings are expected to be utilized to fund the future growth of its non-U.S. operations. Determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability associated with these unremitted earnings is not practicable.

F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 15: Stock-Based Compensation Plans

A summary of the Company’s stock-based award plan activity, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, is presented in the following table (underlying shares in thousands):

Stock-based Compensation Awards
 
 
 
Shares
Outstanding
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
(per share)
Wtd. Avg.
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
of In-The-Money
Options (in thousands)
Outstanding at December 31, 2013
 
11,412
 
$
5.00
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
22,411
 
$
5.05
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Settled
 
 
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
(4,076
)
$
5.00
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2014
 
29,747
 
$
5.04
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
1,757
 
$
6.50
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Settled
 
(498
)
$
5.10
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
(3,188
)
$
5.16
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
 
27,818
 
$
5.12
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Granted
 
3,965
 
$
6.58
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Settled
 
(3,235
)
$
5.01
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
(4,788
)
$
5.09
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Converted to liability
 
(2,065
)
$
5.00
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2016
 
21,695
 
$
5.42
 
 
7.68
 
$
34,302
 
Vested at December 31, 2016
 
11,669
 
$
5.28
 
 
7.50
 
$
20,020
 

All stock options were granted to certain of its employees and advisors with an exercise price equal to the fair value of the Company’s per share common stock. The stock options allow each holder to purchase a specific number of common shares of the Company. Management has been granted the stock options pursuant to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The per-share weighted average fair value of stock options granted or modified during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $3.17, $3.08 and $3.10, respectively.

Stock options awards vest over either five, four, or three years with 50% of each award vesting based on time and 50% of each award vesting based on the achievement of certain financial targets. With respect to awards vesting over five years: (i) 20% of the time based portion of the award vests at the end of each calendar year, and (ii) 20% of the performance based portion of the award has the potential to vest at the end of each calendar year, contingent upon the achievement of annual or cumulative EBITDA targets. With respect to awards vesting over four years: (i) 25% of the time based portion of the award vests at the end of each calendar year, and (ii) 25% of the performance based portion of the award has the potential to vest at the end of each calendar year, contingent upon the achievement of annual or cumulative EBITDA targets. With respect to awards vesting over three years: (i) 33.33% of the time based portion of the award vests at the end of each calendar year, and (ii) 33.33% of the performance based portion of the award has the potential to vest at the end of each calendar year, contingent upon the achievement of annual or cumulative EBITDA targets. Management believes the performance targets will be met. Newly granted stock options expire ten years from the date of the grant. Upon a change of control, all unvested time-based stock options vest immediately, and unvested performance-based stock options vest if certain returns are achieved by KKR on its investment in the Company. The Company has certain repurchase rights on stock acquired through the exercise of a stock option that creates an implicit service period and creates a condition in which an optionee may not receive the economic benefits of the option until the repurchase rights are eliminated. The repurchase rights creating the implicit service period are eliminated at the earlier of an initial public offering or change of control event. Because an initial public offering or change of control is not currently probable of occurring, no compensation expense has been recorded for equity awards. The Company recognizes a liability for compensation expense measured at intrinsic value when it becomes probable that an employee will receive benefits under the terms of the plan due to termination of employment. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 the Company recognized stock compensation expense of $7.8 million and $2.4 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2016 $6.4 million was recorded in

F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Selling and administrative expenses” and $1.4 million was recorded in “Other operating expenses, net” within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. For the year ended December 31, 2015 all stock compensation expense was recorded within “Selling and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. No stock compensation expense was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2014.

In December 2015, after considering the macroeconomic challenges the Company faced that year, including a significant decline in the price of oil, the adverse impact of foreign currency translation rates, and weakness in certain other markets, and in order to ensure that the Long-Term Incentive Plan reflected current macroeconomic conditions, the performance-based vesting conditions were modified to vest the 2015 performance vesting options for all option holders as of December 16, 2015. As a result of this modification, vested stock options at a value of $5.8 million are included in total unrecognized compensation cost as of December 31, 2016.

In February 2016, after considering the macroeconomic challenges facing the Company, including a significant decline in the price of oil, the adverse impact of foreign currency translation rates, and weakness in certain other markets, and in order to ensure that the Long-Term Incentive Plan reflected current macroeconomic conditions, the performance-based vesting conditions were modified for the vesting years remaining under the Performance Options granted prior to the date of modification. This modification impacted all option holders that held outstanding options as of February 2, 2016. As a result of this modification, stock options with a value of $17.2 million are included in total unrecognized compensation cost as of December 31, 2016.

As of December 31, 2016 $68.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock-based compensation arrangements. Recognition of that stock compensation cost will begin at the earlier of an initial public offering or a change in control.

Valuation Assumptions

The fair value of each stock option grant under the Stock-Based Compensation Plan was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The expected stock volatility assumption was based on an average of the historical volatility of certain of our competitors’ stocks over the expected term of the stock options. The expected option life represents the period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding based on management’s best estimate of the timing of a liquidity event and the contractual term of the stock option. The assumed risk-free rate over the expected life of the options was based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the date of grant. The Company’s stock price is calculated based on a combination of the income approach and the market approach. Under the income approach, specifically the discounted cash flow method, forecast cash flows are discounted to the present value at a risk-adjusted discount rate. The valuation analyses determine discrete free cash flows over several years based on forecast financial information provided by management and a terminal value for the residual period beyond the discrete forecast, which are discounted at an appropriate rate to estimate the Company’s enterprise value. Under the market approach, specifically the guideline public company method involves selecting publicly traded companies with similar financial and operating characteristics as the Company, and calculating valuation multiples based on the guideline public company’s financial information and market data. Based on the observed valuation multiples, an appropriate multiple was selected to apply to the Company’s financial information.

The weighted-average assumptions used in the valuation of stock option awards granted or modified for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 are presented in the table below.

 
2016
2015
2014
Assumptions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exercise Price
$
5.78
 
$
5.81
 
$
5.04
 
Risk-free interest rate
 
1.31
%
 
1.58
%
 
1.98
%
Dividend yield
 
0.0
%
 
0.0
%
 
0.0
%
Volatility factor
 
49.5
 
 
49.9
 
 
67.6
 
Expected life (in years)
 
5.1
 
 
4.8
 
 
6.1
 

F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 16: Hedging Activities, Derivative Instruments, and Credit Risk

Hedging Activities

The Company is exposed to certain market risks during the normal course of its business arising from adverse changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company’s exposure to these risks is managed through a combination of operating and financing activities. The Company selectively uses derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”), including foreign currency forward contracts and interest rate swaps, to manage the risks from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates, respectively. The Company does not purchase or hold derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. Fluctuations in commodity prices, interest rates, and foreign currency exchange rates can be volatile, and the Company’s risk management activities do not totally eliminate these risks. Consequently, these fluctuations could have a significant effect on the Company’s financial results.

The Company’s exposure to interest rate risk results primarily from its variable-rate borrowings. The Company manages its debt centrally, considering tax consequences and its overall financing strategies. The Company manages its exposure to interest rate risk by maintaining a mixture of fixed and variable rate debt and, from time to time, using pay-fixed interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges of variable rate debt in order to adjust the relative fixed and variable proportions.

A substantial portion of the Company’s operations is conducted by its subsidiaries outside of the United States in currencies other than the USD. Almost all of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries conduct their business primarily in their local currencies, which are also their functional currencies. Other than the USD, the EUR, GBP, and Chinese Yuan are the principal currencies in which the Company and its subsidiaries enter into transactions. The Company is exposed to the impacts of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on the translation of its non-U.S. subsidiaries’ assets, liabilities, and earnings into USD. The Company has certain U.S. subsidiaries borrow in currencies other than the USD.

The Company and its subsidiaries are also subject to the risk that arises when they, from time to time, enter into transactions in currencies other than their functional currency. To mitigate this risk, the Company and its subsidiaries typically settle intercompany trading balances monthly. The Company also selectively uses forward currency contracts to manage this risk. These contracts for the sale or purchase of European and other currencies generally mature within one year.

The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts and net investment hedge contracts to manage certain foreign currency risks. The Company also uses interest rate swap contracts to manage risks associated with interest rate fluctuations.

Derivative Instruments

The following table summarizes the notional amounts, fair values, and classification of the Company’s outstanding derivatives by risk category and instrument type within the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 
December 31, 2016
 
Derivative
Classification
Notional
Amount (1)
Fair Value (1)
Other Current
Assets
Fair Value (1)
Other Assets
Fair Value (1)
Accrued
Liabilities
Fair Value (1)
Other
Liabilities
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross Currency interest rate swap contracts
Net Investment
$
200,000
 
$
 
$
26,828
 
$
 
$
 
Interest rate swap contracts
Cash Flow
$
1,125,000
 
$
 
$
 
$
16,258
 
$
47,224
 
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency forwards
Fair Value
$
78,998
 
$
884
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
Foreign currency forwards
Fair Value
$
42,759
 
$
 
$
 
$
152
 
$
 

F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
December 31, 2015
 
Derivative
Classification
Notional
Amount (1)
Fair Value (1)
Other Current
Assets
Fair Value (1)
Other Assets
Fair Value (1)
Accrued
Liabilities
Fair Value (1)
Other
Liabilities
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cross Currency interest rate swap contracts
Net Investment
$
200,000
 
$
 
$
23,142
 
$
 
$
 
Interest rate swap contracts
Cash Flow
$
1,125,000
 
$
 
$
 
$
8,961
 
$
52,711
 
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency forwards
Fair Value
$
159,795
 
$
3,348
 
$
 
$
 
$
 
Foreign currency forwards
Fair Value
$
25,277
 
$
 
$
 
$
826
 
$
 
(1) Notional amounts represent the gross contract amounts of the outstanding derivatives excluding the total notional amount of positions that have been effectively closed through offsetting positions. The net gains and net losses associated with positions that have been effectively closed through offsetting positions but not yet settled are included in the asset and liability derivatives fair value columns, respectively.

Gains and losses on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges included in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 are as presented in the table below:

 
2016
2015
2014
Interest Rate Swap Contracts (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss recognized in AOCI on derivatives (effective portion)
$
(13,203
)
$
(26,910
)
$
(40,753
)
Loss reclassified from AOCI into income (effective portion)
$
(11,612
)
$
(1,266
)
$
 
Gain (loss) recognized in income on derivatives (ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing)
$
219
 
$
272
 
$
(173
)
(1) Losses on derivatives reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) into income (effective portion) were included in “Interest expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings and included in “Interest expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

At December 31, 2016, the Company is the fixed rate payor on 16 interest rate swap contracts that effectively fix the LIBOR-based index used to determine the interest rates charged on a total of $1,125.0 million of the Company’s LIBOR-based variable rate borrowings. These contracts carry fixed rates ranging from 2.4% to 4.4% and have expiration dates ranging from 2017 to 2020. These swap agreements qualify as hedging instruments and have been designated as cash flow hedges of forecasted LIBOR-based interest payments. Based on LIBOR-based swap yield curves as of December 31, 2016, the Company expects to reclassify losses of $18.8 million out of AOCI into earnings during the next 12 months. The Company’s LIBOR-based variable rate borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2016 were $1,838.3 million and €387.0 million.

The Company had three foreign currency forward contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2016 with notional amounts ranging from $18.2 million to $79.0 million. These contracts are used to hedge the change in fair value of recognized foreign currency denominated assets or liabilities caused by changes in currency exchange rates. The changes in the fair value of these contracts generally offset the changes in the fair value of a corresponding amount of the hedged items, both of which are included in the “Other operating expense, net,” line on the face of the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company’s foreign currency forward contracts are subject to master netting arrangements or agreements between the Company and each counterparty for the net settlement of all contracts through a single payment in a single currency in the event of default on or termination of any one contract with that certain counterparty. It is the Company’s practice to recognize the gross amounts in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The amount available to be netted is not material.

F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company’s gains (losses) on derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges and total net foreign currency gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were as follows:

 
2016
2015
2014
Gain on cross currency interest rate swaps not designated as hedges
$
 
$
8,024
 
$
1,127
 
Gain (loss) on foreign currency forward contracts
$
19,223
 
$
(452
)
$
(332
)
Net foreign currency gains (losses)
$
5,867
 
$
(1,054
)
$
(1,884
)

The Company has a significant investment in consolidated subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the USD, particularly the EUR. The Company designated its Euro Term Loan due in 2020 of approximately €387.0 million and €391.0 million at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, as a hedge of the Company’s net investment in subsidiaries with EUR functional currencies. Accordingly, changes in the USD equivalent value of the Euro Term Loan were recorded through other comprehensive income. In December 2014, the Company entered into two cross currency interest rate swaps each with a USD notional amount of $100 million to further hedge the risk of changes in the USD equivalent value of its net investment in EUR functional currency subsidiaries.

For the period ended December 31, 2016 both of the $100 million cross currency interest rate swaps were designated as a hedge of the Company’s net investment in EUR functional subsidiaries. For the period ended December 31, 2014, one of the $100 million cross currency interest rate swaps was designated as a hedge of the Company’s net investment in Euro functional subsidiaries and the change in the value from inception to December 31, 2014 was recorded through other comprehensive income. The second $100 million cross currency swap was determined not to be an effective hedge for accounting purposes as of December 31, 2014 and the gain from the change in fair value from inception to December 31, 2014 was included in foreign exchange (gains) losses, net in “Other operating expense, net,” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During 2015 the Company assessed its Euro equity position on a quarterly basis and incrementally designated additional portions of the second $100 million cross currency swap as a hedge for accounting purposes. By the end of December 31, 2015 both cross currency interest rate swaps were designated effective hedges for accounting purposes.

The losses and gains from the change in fair value related to the effective portions of the net investment hedges were recorded through other comprehensive income. The losses and gains from changes in fair value of the ineffective portion of the hedge for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were included in foreign currency exchange (gains) losses, net in “Other operating expense, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company’s gains and (losses), net of income tax, associated with changes in the value of debt and designated interest rate swaps for the periods described below, and the net balance of such gains and (losses) included in accumulated other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 
2016
2015
Gain, net of income tax, recorded through other comprehensive income
$
12,605
 
$
40,083
 
Balance included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively
$
82,315
 
$
69,710
 

All cash flows associated with derivatives are classified as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

There were no off-balance sheet derivative instruments as of December 31, 2016 or 2015.

Credit Risk

Credit risk related to derivatives arises when amounts receivable from a counterparty exceed those payable. Because the notional amount of the derivative instruments only serves as a basis for calculating amounts receivable or payable, the risk of loss with any counterparty is limited to a fraction of the notional amount. The Company minimizes the credit risk related to derivatives by transacting only with multiple, high-quality counterparties that are major financial institutions with investment-grade credit ratings. The Company has not

F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

experienced any financial loss as a result of counterparty nonperformance in the past. The majority of the derivative contracts to which the Company is a party, settle monthly or quarterly, or mature within one year. Because of these factors, the Company believes it has minimal credit risk related to derivative contracts at December 31, 2016.

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the wide variety of customers and industries to which the Company’s products and services are sold, as well as their dispersion across many different geographic areas. As a result, the Company does not believe it has any significant concentrations of credit risk at December 31, 2016 or 2015.

Note 17: Fair Value Measurements

A financial instrument is defined as cash or cash equivalents, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity, or a contract that creates a contractual obligation or right to deliver or receive cash or another financial instrument from another party. The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivables, trade accounts payables, deferred compensation assets and obligations, derivatives, and debt instruments. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivables, trade accounts payables, and variable rate debt instruments are a reasonable estimate of their respective fair values. The Company’s Senior Notes, valued utilizing Level 2 inputs, had a carrying value of $575.0 million and an estimated fair value of $573.6 million as of December 31, 2016; and a carrying value of $575.0 million and an estimated fair value of $457.3 million as of December 31, 2015.

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value as follows:

Level 1 Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.
Level 2 Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.
Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, goodwill with a carrying value of $529.3 million in the P&IP reporting unit was written down to its estimated implied fair value of $186.0 million, resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $343.3 million. In order to arrive at the implied fair value of goodwill, the Company calculated the fair value of all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if it had been acquired in a business combination. After assigning fair value to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, the result was the implied fair value of goodwill of $186.0 million, which represented a Level 3 asset measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to its original recognition. The fair value was determined using a combination of discounted cash flows and a market multiple approach using comparable companies.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, goodwill with a carrying value of $445.3 million in the Nash reporting unit was written down to its estimated implied fair value of $224.7 million, resulting in a non-cash impairment charge of $220.6 million. In order to arrive at the implied fair value of goodwill, the Company calculated the fair value of all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit as if it had been acquired in a business combination. After assigning fair value to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, the result was the implied fair value of goodwill of $224.7 million, which represented a Level 3 asset measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to its original recognition. The fair value was determined using a combination of discounted cash flows and market multiple approach using comparable companies.

The Company assessed indefinite-lived intangible assets, trademarks, in conjunction with the 2016 annual goodwill impairment test. The valuation of trademarks was based upon current sales projections and the relief

F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

from royalty method was applied. As a result of this analysis, trademarks with carrying amounts aggregating to $179.3 million were written down to their estimated fair value of $154.9 million. These represented Level 3 assets measured on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to their original recognition. This resulted in a total non-cash impairment charge of $24.4 million. The fair value was determined using the relief from royalty method.

The Company assessed indefinite-lived intangible assets, trademarks, in conjunction with the 2015 annual goodwill impairment test. The valuation of trademarks was based upon current sales projections and the relief from royalty method was applied. As a result of this analysis, trademarks with carrying amounts aggregating to $560.1 million were written down to their estimated fair value of $489.0 million. These represented Level 3 assets measured on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to their original recognition. This resulted in a total non-cash impairment charge of $71.1 million. The fair value was determined using the relief from royalty method.

The Company assessed indefinite-lived intangible assets, trademarks, in conjunction with the 2014 annual goodwill impairment test. The valuation of trademarks was based upon current sales projections and the relief from royalty was applied. As a result of this analysis, trademarks with carrying amounts aggregating to $206.0 million were written down to their estimated fair value of $192.1 million. These represented Level 3 assets measured on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to their original recognition. This resulted in a total non-cash impairment charge of $13.9 million. The fair value was determined using the relief from royalty method.

Refer to Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for discussion of the valuation assumptions utilized in the valuation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.

The following table summarizes the Company’s application of the fair value hierarchy to its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 
December 31, 2016
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Financial Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency forwards (1)
$
 
$
884
 
$
 
$
884
 
Interest rate swaps (2)
 
 
 
26,828
 
 
 
 
26,828
 
Trading securities held in deferred compensation plan (3)
 
4,207
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,207
 
Total
$
4,207
 
$
27,712
 
$
 
$
31,919
 
Financial Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency forwards (1)
$
 
$
152
 
$
 
$
152
 
Interest rate swaps (2)
 
 
 
63,482
 
 
 
 
63,482
 
Deferred compensation plan (3)
 
4,207
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,207
 
Total
$
4,207
 
$
63,634
 
$
 
$
67,841
 
 
December 31, 2015
 
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Financial Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency forwards (1)
$
 
$
3,348
 
$
 
$
3,348
 
Interest rate swaps (2)
 
 
 
23,142
 
 
 
 
23,142
 
Trading securities held in deferred compensation plan (3)
 
3,748
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,748
 
Total
$
3,748
 
$
26,490
 
$
 
$
30,238
 
Financial Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency forwards (1)
$
 
$
826
 
$
 
$
826
 
Interest rate swaps (2)
 
 
 
61,672
 
 
 
 
61,672
 
Deferred compensation plan (3)
 
3,748
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,748
 
Total
$
3,748
 
$
62,498
 
$
 
$
66,246
 
(1) Based on calculations that use readily observable market parameters as their basis, such as spot and forward rates.
(2) Measured as the present value of all expected future cash flows based on the LIBOR-based swap yield curves as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The present value calculation uses discount rates that have been adjusted to reflect the credit quality of the Company and its counterparties.
(3) Based on the quoted price of publicly traded mutual funds which are classified as trading securities and accounted for using the mark-to-market method.

F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 18: Contingencies

The Company is a party to various legal proceedings, lawsuits, and administrative actions, which are of an ordinary or routine nature for a company of its size and sector. The Company believes that such proceedings, lawsuits and administrative actions will not materially adversely affect its operations, financial condition, liquidity or competitive position. A more detailed discussion of certain of these proceedings, lawsuits, and administrative actions is set forth below.

Asbestos and Silica Related Litigation

The Company has been named as a defendant in a number of asbestos-related and silica-related personal injury lawsuits. The plaintiffs in these suits allege exposure to asbestos or silica from multiple sources and typically the Company is one of approximately 25 or more named defendants.

Predecessors to the Company sometimes manufactured, distributed and/or sold products allegedly at issue in these pending asbestos and silica-related lawsuits (the “Products”). However, neither the Company nor its predecessors ever mined, manufactured, mixed, produced or distributed asbestos fiber or silica sand, the materials that allegedly caused the injury underlying the lawsuits. Moreover, the asbestos-containing components of the Products, if any, were enclosed within the subject Products.

Although we have never mined, manufactured, mixed, produced or distributed asbestos fiber or silica sand nor sold products that could result in a direct asbestos or silica exposure, many of the companies that did engage in such activities or produced such products are no longer in operation. This has led to law firms seeking potential alternative companies to name in lawsuits where there has been an asbestos or silica related injury.

The Company believes that the pending and future asbestos and silica-related lawsuits are not likely to, in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity, based on: the Company’s anticipated insurance and indemnification rights to address the risks of such matters; the limited potential asbestos exposure from the Products described above; the Company’s experience that the vast majority of plaintiffs are not impaired with a disease attributable to alleged exposure to asbestos or silica from or relating to the Products or for which the Company otherwise bears responsibility; various potential defenses available to the Company with respect to such matters; and the Company’s prior disposition of comparable matters. However, inherent uncertainties of litigation and future developments, including, without limitation, potential insolvencies of insurance companies or other defendants, an adverse determination in the Adams County Case (discussed below), or other inability to collect from the Company’s historical insurers or indemnitors, could cause a different outcome. While the outcome of legal proceedings is inherently uncertain, based on presently known facts, experience, and circumstances, the Company believes that the amounts accrued on its balance sheet are adequate and that the liabilities arising from the asbestos and silica-related personal injury lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity. “Accrued liabilities” and “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet include a total litigation reserve of $108.5 million and $94.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively, with respect to potential liability arising from the Company’s asbestos-related litigation. The increase in the reserve was primarily the result in changes in actuarial assumptions used in the Company’s projection of potential liability. Asbestos related defense costs are excluded from the asbestos claims liability and are recorded separately as services are incurred. In the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters may be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operation or liquidity.

The Company has entered into a series of agreements with certain of its or its predecessors’ legacy insurers and certain potential indemnitors to secure insurance coverage and/or reimbursement for the costs associated with the asbestos and silica-related lawsuits filed against the Company. The Company has also pursued litigation against certain insurers or indemnitors, where necessary. The Company has an insurance recovery receivable for probable asbestos related recoveries of approximately $97.3 million and $79.3, which are included in “Other assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The largest such recent action, Gardner Denver, Inc. v. Certain Underwriters at Lloyd’s, London, et al., was filed on July 9, 2010, in the Eighth Judicial Circuit, Adams County, Illinois, as case number 10-L-48 (the “Adams County Case”). In the lawsuit, the Company seeks, among other things, to require certain excess insurer defendants to honor their insurance policy obligations to the Company, including payment in whole or in part of the costs associated with the asbestos-related lawsuits filed against the Company. In October 2011, the Company

F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reached a settlement with one of the insurer defendants, which had issued both primary and excess policies, for approximately the amount of such defendant’s policies which were subject to the lawsuit. Since then, the case has been proceeding through the discovery and motions process with the remaining insurer defendants. On January 29, 2016, the Company prevailed on the first phase of that discovery and motions process (“Phase I”). Specifically, the Court in the Adams County Case ruled that the Company has rights under all of the policies in the case, subject to their terms and conditions, even though the policies were sold to the Company’s former owners rather than to the Company itself. On June 9, 2016, the Court denied a motion by several of the insurers who sought permission to appeal the Phase I ruling now rather than waiting until the end of the whole case as is normally required. The case now has begun proceeding through the discovery and motions process regarding the remaining issues in dispute (“Phase II”).

On October 4, 2013, the Company filed a suit in the Eighth Judicial Circuit, Adams County, Illinois, styled as Gardner Denver, Inc. v. National Indemnity Company (“NICO”), Resolute Management, Inc., and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, case number 13-L-45 (the “National Union Case”). The case alleged interference with contract, deceptive trade practices, and bad faith breach of contract against the defendants arising out of National Union’s failure to perform its duties under a 2003 Settlement Agreement with the Company. In February 2014, all three defendants filed motions to dismiss the case; NICO and Resolute filed one motion based on issues unique to them, and National Union filed its own motion. On June 6, 2014, the Court denied National Union’s motion, and granted the motion filed by NICO and Resolute. The Court also denied a subsequent motion by National Union to have the case proceed in arbitration rather than in court. National Union appealed that decision and the Illinois Appellate Court affirmed the trial court decision on April 13, 2015. The Company separately appealed the order dismissing NICO and Resolute and, on May 21, 2015, the Illinois Appellate Court reversed the order and reinstated the Company’s claims against NICO and Resolute. On December 16, 2015, the parties settled the dispute and thus the Court dismissed the National Union Case by agreement of the parties on January 5, 2016.

A majority of the Company’s expected future recoveries of the costs associated with the asbestos-related lawsuits are the subject of the Adams County Case.

The amounts recorded by the Company for asbestos-related liabilities and insurance recoveries are based on currently available information and assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable based on an evaluation of relevant factors. The actual liabilities or insurance recoveries could be higher or lower than those recorded if actual results vary significantly from the assumptions. There are a number of key variables and assumptions including the number and type of new claims to be filed each year, the resolution or outcome of these claims, the average cost of resolution of each new claim, the amount of insurance available, allocation methodologies, the contractual terms with each insurer with whom the Company has reached settlements, the resolution of coverage issues with other excess insurance carriers with whom the Company has not yet achieved settlements, and the solvency risk with respect to the Company’s insurance carriers. Other factors that may affect the future liability include uncertainties surrounding the litigation process from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and from case to case, legal rulings that may be made by state and federal courts, and the passage of state or federal legislation. The Company makes the necessary adjustments for the asbestos liability and corresponding insurance recoveries on an annual basis unless facts or circumstances warrant assessment as of an interim date.

Environmental Matters

The Company has been identified as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) with respect to several sites designated for cleanup under U.S. federal “Superfund” or similar state laws that impose liability for cleanup of certain waste sites and for related natural resource damages. Persons potentially liable for such costs and damages generally include the site owner or operator and persons that disposed or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances found at those sites. Although these laws impose joint and several liability on PRPs, in application the PRPs typically allocate the investigation and cleanup costs based upon the volume of waste contributed by each PRP. Based on currently available information, the Company was only a small contributor to these waste sites, and the Company has, or is attempting to negotiate, de minimis settlements for their cleanup. The cleanup of the remaining sites is substantially complete and the Company’s future obligations entail a share of the sites’ ongoing operating and maintenance expense. The Company is also addressing four on-site cleanups for which it is the primary responsible party. Three of these cleanup sites are in the operation and maintenance stage and one is in the implementation stage.

F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Company has undiscounted accrued liabilities of $7.6 million on its balance sheet to the extent costs are known or can be reasonably estimated for its remaining financial obligations for the environmental matters discussed above and does not anticipate that any of these matters will result in material additional costs beyond amounts accrued. Based upon consideration of currently available information, the Company does not anticipate any material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or competitive position as a result of compliance with federal, state, local or foreign environmental laws or regulations, or cleanup costs relating to these matters.

Shareholder Litigation

In connection with the Company’s entry into the definitive merger agreement with KKR (the “Merger”), four purported shareholders filed suit in the Delaware Court of Chancery and the Court of Common Pleas in Chester County, Pennsylvania asserting substantially identical claims for breach of fiduciary duty against the Company's former directors and aiding and abetting against the Company and KKR. The Delaware Court of Chancery consolidated the three Delaware actions under the caption In re Gardner Denver, Inc. Shareholders Litigation, No. 8505-VCN, which the Company refers to as the Consolidated Action. The case caption of the action in the Court of Common Pleas in Chester County, Pennsylvania is: Jack Carson v. Gardner Denver, Inc., et al., No. 13-02341, which the Company refers to as the Carson Action. On June 26, 2014, the plaintiff in the Carson Action filed a Praecipe for Voluntary Discontinuance Without Prejudice dismissing the Carson Action. On June 28, 2014, the parties in the Consolidated Action entered into a Stipulation and Agreement of Compromise, Settlement and Release (the “Settlement”) to dismiss the Consolidated Action and release all claims by the Company's former shareholders that were asserted or could have been asserted concerning the Merger in exchange for a total settlement payment by the Company of $29.0 million and an additional payment by the Company of up $1.0 million in attorney’s fees, subject to the approval of the Delaware Court of Chancery. On September 3, 2014, the Delaware Court of Chancery entered an order approving the Settlement and the time to appeal that order expired on October 3, 2014 without the filing of an appeal. The Company made cash payments totaling $30.0 million in the three-month period ended September 30, 2014. The Company denies committing or aiding and abetting any violation of law or breach of any duty to the plaintiffs, the Company’s shareholders, or any other person or entity. The Company entered into the Settlement solely to eliminate the uncertainty, distraction, burden, and expense of further litigation. The Company is pursuing a recovery from certain insurers in connection with the payments it has made pursuant to the Settlement.

Note 19: Other Operating Expense

The components of “Other operating expense, net” for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
2015
2014
Other Operating Expense, Net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency (gains) losses, net
$
(5,867
)
$
1,054
 
$
1,884
 
Restructuring charges (1)
 
32,898
 
 
4,735
 
 
5,878
 
Shareholder litigation settlement loss (2)
 
 
 
 
 
30,000
 
Costs to exit and settle loss contracts (3)
 
 
 
 
 
10,123
 
Environmental remediation expenses (4)
 
5,570
 
 
 
 
 
Other, net
 
16,017
 
 
14,884
 
 
16,375
 
Total other operating expense, net
$
48,618
 
$
20,673
 
$
64,260
 
(1) See Note 4 “Restructuring.”
(2) Settlement of suit filed by certain purported shareholders in connection with the Company’s entry into the definitive merger agreement with KKR in 2013. See Note 18 “Contingencies.”
(3) The Company recognized losses totaling $16.2 million related to certain contracts during the year ended December 31, 2014, including $10.1 million in estimated costs to exit and settle the contracts. The remaining losses are reported in gross profit.
(4) Estimated environmental remediation costs recorded on an undiscounted basis for a former production facility.

F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 20: Segment Information

A description of the Company’s three reportable segments, including the specific products manufactured and sold follows below.

In the Industrials segment, the Company designs, manufactures, markets, and services a broad range of air compression, vacuum, and blower products across a wide array of technologies and applications. Almost every manufacturing and industrial facility, and many service and process industries, use air compression and vacuum products in a variety of applications such as operation of pneumatic air tools, vacuum packaging of food products, and aeration of waste water. The Company maintains a leading position in its markets and serves customers globally. The Company offers comprehensive aftermarket parts and an experienced direct and distributor-based service network world-wide to complement all of its products.

In the Energy segment, the Company designs, manufactures, markets, and services a diverse range of positive displacement pumps, liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors, and engineered loading systems and fluid transfer equipment, consumables and associated aftermarket parts and services. It serves customers in the upstream, midstream, and downstream oil and gas markets, and various other markets including petrochemical processing, power generation, transportation, and general industrial. The Company is one of the largest suppliers in these markets and has long-standing customer relationships. Its positive displacement pumps are used in the oilfield for drilling, hydraulic fracturing, completion, and well servicing. Its liquid ring vacuum pumps and compressors are used in many power generation, mining, oil and gas refining and processing, chemical processing, and general industrial applications including flare gas and vapor recovery, geothermal gas removal, vacuum de-aeration, enhanced oil recovery, water extraction in mining and paper, and chlorine compression in petrochemical operations. Its engineered loading systems and fluid transfer equipment ensure the safe handling and transfer of crude oil, liquefied natural gas, compressed natural gas, chemicals, and bulk materials.

In the Medical segment, the Company designs, manufactures, and markets a broad range of highly specialized gas, liquid, and precision syringe pumps and compressors primarily for use in the medical, laboratory and biotechnology end markets. The Company’s customers are mainly medium and large durable medical equipment suppliers that integrate the Company’s products into their final equipment for use in applications such as oxygen therapy, blood dialysis, patient monitoring, wound treatment, and others. Further, with the recent acquisitions, the Company has expanded into liquid handling components and systems used in biotechnology applications including clinical analysis instrumentation. The Company also has a broad range of end use deep vacuum products for laboratory science applications.

The Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) evaluates the performance of its reportable segments based on, among other measures, Segment Adjusted EBITDA. Management closely monitors the Segment Adjusted EBITDA of each reportable segment to evaluate past performance and actions required to improve profitability. Inter-segment sales and transfers are not significant. Administrative expenses related to the Company’s corporate offices and shared service centers in the United States and Europe, which includes transaction processing, accounting, and other business support functions, are allocated to the business segments. Certain administrative expenses, including senior management, compensation, treasury, internal audit, tax compliance, and other corporate functions, are not allocated to the business segments. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

In the first quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company modified its methodology of allocating certain Corporate costs that directly benefit the business segments. The segment results below for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 have been restated to conform to the methodology used in the year ended December 31, 2016.

F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
2016
2015
2014
Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Industrials
$
1,082,357
 
$
1,149,704
 
$
1,306,058
 
Energy
 
628,405
 
 
753,504
 
 
1,045,001
 
Medical
 
228,674
 
 
223,677
 
 
218,946
 
Total Revenue
$
1,939,436
 
$
2,126,885
 
$
2,570,005
 
Segment Adjusted E BITDA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Industrials
$
217,647
 
$
197,554
 
$
223,230
 
Energy
 
143,770
 
 
186,810
 
 
309,129
 
Medical
 
61,932
 
 
59,493
 
 
52,543
 
Total Segment Adjusted E BITDA
 
423,349
 
 
443,857
 
 
584,902
 
Less items to reconcile Segment Adjusted EBITDA to
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss Before Income Taxes (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate expenses not allocated to segments
 
22,696
 
 
24,974
 
 
47,325
 
Interest expense
 
170,338
 
 
162,861
 
 
164,376
 
Depreciation and amortization expense
 
172,725
 
 
163,024
 
 
160,350
 
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (a)
 
25,252
 
 
421,425
 
 
235,023
 
Sponsor fees and expenses (b)
 
4,816
 
 
4,613
 
 
3,723
 
Restructuring and related business transformation costs (c)
 
78,677
 
 
31,409
 
 
36,551
 
Acquisition related expenses and non-cash charges (d)
 
4,258
 
 
4,764
 
 
9,831
 
Environmental remediation loss reserve (e)
 
5,570
 
 
 
 
 
Other adjustments (f)
 
2,167
 
 
(2,521
)
 
40,652
 
Loss Before Income Taxes
$
(63,150
)
$
(366,692
)
$
(112,929
)
(1) In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company modified its methodology for presenting reconciling items from Loss Before Income Taxes. The reconciling items for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 have been restated to conform to the methodology used in the year ended December 31, 2016, and include the following:
(a) Represents non-cash charges for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.
(b) Represents management fees and expenses paid to KKR.
(c) Restructuring and related business transformation costs consist of the following:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2016
2015
2014
Restructuring charges
$
32,898
 
$
4,735
 
$
5,878
 
Severance, sign-on, relocation and executive search costs
 
22,364
 
 
18,404
 
 
15,517
 
Facility reorganization, relocation, and other costs
 
8,670
 
 
1,583
 
 
362
 
Information technology infrastructure transformation
 
2,297
 
 
 
 
 
(Losses) gains on asset and business disposals
 
124
 
 
(4,510
)
 
1,033
 
Consultant and other advisor fees
 
9,729
 
 
10,120
 
 
13,739
 
Other, net
 
2,595
 
 
1,077
 
 
22
 
Total restructuring and related business transformation costs
$
78,677
 
$
31,409
 
$
36,551
 
(d) Represents third party costs associated with successful and/or abandoned acquisitions, including post-closure integration, and non-cash charges and credits arising from fair value purchase accounting adjustments.
(e) Represents estimated environmental remediation costs and losses of a former production facility.
(f) Includes (i) foreign exchange gains and losses, (ii) non-cash impact of net LIFO reserve adjustments, (iii) effects of amortization of prior service costs and amortization of gains in pension and other postemployment benefits (OPEB) expense, (iv) certain legal and compliance costs, (v) shareholder litigation settlement loss ($30.0 million in 2014), (vi) costs to exit and settle loss contracts ($10.1 million in 2014), and (vii) other miscellaneous adjustments.

F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables provide summarized information about the Company’s reportable segments.

Identifiable Assets:

 
2016
2015 (1)
2014 (1)
Industrials
$
1,943,623
 
$
2,078,883
 
$
2,324,118
 
Energy
 
1,501,027
 
 
1,572,814
 
 
2,040,561
 
Medical
 
486,231
 
 
469,613
 
 
473,346
 
Total
 
3,930,881
 
 
4,121,310
 
 
4,838,025
 
General corporate (unallocated)
 
385,067
 
 
340,736
 
 
269,096
 
Total assets
$
4,315,948
 
$
4,462,046
 
$
5,107,121
 
(1) General corporate identifiable assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were restated to reclassify the unamortized debt issuance cost asset from “Other assets” in accordance with the adoption of ASU 2015-03. See “Note 2: New Accounting Standards” for further discussion on the adoption.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense:

 
2016
2015
2014
Industrials
$
96,034
 
$
89,152
 
$
94,023
 
Energy
 
55,509
 
 
53,763
 
 
46,589
 
Medical
 
21,182
 
 
20,109
 
 
19,738
 
Total
$
172,725
 
$
163,024
 
$
160,350
 

Capital Expenditures:

 
2016
2015
2014
Industrials
$
44,746
 
$
25,820
 
$
19,829
 
Energy
 
21,402
 
 
38,598
 
 
44,269
 
Medical
 
8,268
 
 
6,555
 
 
9,448
 
Total
$
74,416
 
$
70,973
 
$
73,546
 

The following table presents revenues and property, plant, and equipment by geographic region. Revenues have been attributed based on the products’ shipping destination. No country other than the United States comprises greater than 10% of consolidated revenue. Aggregating global revenues by product is currently not practical.

 
Revenues
Property, Plant, and Equipment, net
 
2016
2015
2014
2016
2015
2014
United States
$
695,781
 
$
865,683
 
$
1,127,960
 
$
197,902
 
$
187,134
 
$
171,076
 
Other Americas
 
106,203
 
 
140,198
 
 
151,122
 
 
7,177
 
 
5,825
 
 
7,780
 
Total Americas
 
801,984
 
 
1,005,881
 
 
1,279,082
 
 
205,079
 
 
192,959
 
 
178,856
 
EMEA (1)
 
800,241
 
 
751,300
 
 
872,371
 
 
125,330
 
 
116,313
 
 
130,038
 
Asia Pacific
 
337,211
 
 
369,704
 
 
418,552
 
 
27,982
 
 
31,493
 
 
34,633
 
Total
$
1,939,436
 
$
2,126,885
 
$
2,570,005
 
$
358,391
 
$
340,765
 
$
343,527
 
(1) Europe, Middle East, and Africa (“EMEA”)

F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note 21: Related Party

Affiliates of KKR participated as (i) a lender in the Company’s Senior Secured Credit Facilities discussed in Note 10, “Debt” with a position of $41.0 million as of December 31, 2014, (ii) an initial investor in the Company’s Senior Notes discussed in Note 10, “Debt” with a position of $18.7 million as of December 31, 2014, and (iii) advisors in the Merger. KKR exited their positions in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the Senior Notes during 2015 and did not hold a position in either as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016.

The Company entered into a monitoring agreement, dated July 30, 2013, with KKR pursuant to which KKR will provide management, consulting and financial advisory services to the Company and its divisions, subsidiaries, parent entities and controlled affiliates. Under the terms of the monitoring agreement the Company is, among other things, obligated to pay KKR (or such affiliate(s) as KKR designates) an aggregate annual management fee in the initial annual amount of $3.5 million, payable in arrears at the end of each fiscal quarter, plus upon request all reasonable out of pocket expenses ($0.7 million, $0.7 million, and $0.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 respectively) incurred in connection with the provision of services under the agreement. The management fee increases at a rate of 5% per year effective on January 1, 2014. The Company incurred management fees to KKR of $4.1 million, $3.9 million, and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 respectively. Management fees are scheduled to be $4.3 million in 2017. KKR also is entitled to charge the Company a customary fee for services rendered in connection with any subsequent financing, acquisition, disposition, and change in control transactions, as well as a termination fee in the event of an initial public offering or under certain other circumstances. In addition, on July 30, 2013, the Company entered into a separate indemnification agreement with KKR and certain of its affiliates, pursuant to which the Company agreed to provide customary indemnification to KKR and such affiliates.

Note 22: Loss Per Share

The computations of basic and diluted loss per share are as follows (shares in thousands):

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
2015
2014
Net Loss
$
(31,290
)
$
(351,988
)
$
(135,925
)
Less: Net Loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
 
5,330
 
 
(835
)
 
(902
)
Net Loss Attributable to Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
$
(36,620
)
$
(351,153
)
$
(135,023
)
Average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
243,632
 
 
244,387
 
 
243,140
 
Diluted
 
243,632
 
 
244,387
 
 
243,140
 
Loss per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
(0.15
)
$
(1.44
)
$
(0.56
)
Diluted
$
(0.15
)
$
(1.44
)
$
(0.56
)

There were 21,695, 27,818, and 29,747 stock options outstanding at December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, that were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive but that could potentially dilute basic EPS in the future.

F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

          Shares


Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock

Prospectus

KKR

           , 2017

Through and including the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligations to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the expenses payable by the Registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of common stock being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fee and the           listing fee.

SEC registration fee
$
11,590
 
FINRA filing fee
 
15,500
 
          listing fee
 
 
*
Printing fees and expenses
 
 
*
Legal fees and expenses
 
 
*
Blue sky fees and expenses
 
 
*
Registrar and transfer agent fees
 
 
*
Accounting fees and expenses
 
 
*
Miscellaneous expenses
 
 
*
Total
$
 
*
* To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for this limitation of liability. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors that provide for us to indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Section 145 of the DGCL, or Section 145, provides, among other things, that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided further that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify such person under Section 145.

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify, and advance expenses to, our directors and officers to the full extent authorized by the DGCL.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we shall not be obligated to indemnify a director or officer in respect of a proceeding (or part thereof) instituted by such director or officer, unless such proceeding (or part thereof) has been authorized by the board of directors pursuant to the applicable procedure outlined in the amended and restated bylaws.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director, who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption, may be held jointly and severally liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

We maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors, and by us of the underwriters, for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Within the past three years, the Registrant has granted or issued the following securities of the Registrant which were not registered under the Securities Act.

The following does not reflect the       -for-one reverse split of the Registrant’s common stock, which will occur prior to the consummation of the offering to which this Registration Statement relates.

On March 19, 2014, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 1,241,260 shares of common stock at a price of $5.00 per share to certain employees and directors in connection with services provided by such parties.

On June 30, 2014, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 1,250,445 shares of common stock at a price of $5.00 per share to certain employees in connection with services provided by such parties.

On September 4, 2014, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 571,656 shares of common stock at a price of $6.00 per share to certain employees, directors and advisors in connection with services provided by such parties.

On May 7, 2015, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 619,692 shares of common stock at a price of $6.50 per share to certain employees in connection with services provided by such parties.

On October 1, 2015, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 21,614 shares of common stock at a price of $6.50 per share to certain employees in connection with services provided by such parties.

On May 10, 2016, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 451,991 shares of common stock at a price of $6.50 per share to certain employees in connection with services provided by such parties.

On December 1, 2016, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 45,768 shares of common stock at a price of $7.00 per share to certain employees in connection with services provided by such parties.

The issuances of stock described in this Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, and directors, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements

II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or the exemption set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required.

All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All certificates representing the issued shares of capital stock described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities have not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)    Exhibits . See the Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pages hereto, which is incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.

(b)    Financial Statement Schedules .

The following Financial Statement Schedule is included herein:

Schedule I – Condensed Financial Information of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(4) In a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, Wisconsin, on February 28, 2017.

 
Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Vicente Reynal
 
 
Name: Vicente Reynal
 
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Vicente Reynal, Philip T. Herndon and Andrew Schiesl and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign in any and all capacities (including, without limitation, the capacities listed below), the registration statement, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to the registration statement and any and all successor registration statements of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc., including any filings pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and anything necessary to be done to enable Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and all the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, as fully to all intents and purposes as the undersigned might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his or her substitute, or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following person in the capacities indicated on February 28, 2017:

Signature
Capacity
   
 
/s/ Vicente Reynal
Vicente Reynal
(principal executive officer)
Vicente Reynal
   
 
/s/ Philip T. Herndon
Philip T. Herndon
(principal financial officer)
Philip T. Herndon
   
 
/s/ Mark Sweeney
Mark Sweeney
(principal accounting officer)
Mark Sweeney
   
 
/s/ Peter Stavros
Director
Peter Stavros
 
   
 
/s/ Brandon F. Brahm
Director
Brandon F. Brahm
 
   
 
/s/ William E. Kassling
Director
William E. Kassling
 
   
 
/s/ Michael V. Marn
Director
Michael V. Marn
 

II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Signature
Capacity
   
 
/s/ Pastor Velasco
Director
Pastor Velasco
 
   
 
/s/ Nickolas Vande Steeg
Director
Nickolas Vande Steeg
 
   
 
/s/ Joshua T. Weisenbeck
Director
Joshua T. Weisenbeck
 

II-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number
Exhibit Description
1.1**
Form of Underwriting Agreement by and among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. and the underwriters named therein
3.1**
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
3.2**
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
4.1**
Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.2*
Indenture, dated as of July 30, 2013, among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Acquisition Corp.), as issuer, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee
4.3**
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, by and among KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.; KKR Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC; Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and each of the other parties thereto
5.1**
Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
10.1†*
2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries
10.2*
Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, among Renaissance Acquisition Corp., the foreign borrowers described therein, Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.), UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents and lenders party thereto
10.3*
Amendment No. 1 to the Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2016, among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.), Gardner Denver, Inc., GD German Holdings II GmbH (as successor in interest to Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co. KG), GD First (UK) Limited, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, and other agents and lenders party thereto
10.4*
Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.), Renaissance Acquisition Corp., the subsidiary pledgors identified therein and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent
10.5*
Security Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.), Renaissance Acquisition Corp., the subsidiary grantors identified therein and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent
10.6*
Guarantee Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, among Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.), the subsidiary guarantors identified therein and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent.
10.7*
Receivables Financing Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2016, by and among Gardner Denver Finance II LLC, Gardner Denver, Inc., as initial servicer, the various lenders and LC participants from time to time party thereto, PNC Bank, National Association, as LC bank and administrative agent, and PNC Capital Markets LLC, as structuring agent.
10.8**
Monitoring Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, by and between Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
10.9**
First Amendment, dated as of June 9, 2014, to the Monitoring Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, by and between Garner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
10.10*
Indemnification Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013, by and among KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.; KKR Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC; Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.); Gardner Denver, Inc. and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
10.11*
Transaction Fee Letter, dated as of July 30, 2013, by and between Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. and Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.)
10.12**
Form of Stockholders Agreement
10.13†*
Form of Management Stockholder’s Agreement
10.14*
Form of Director Stockholder’s Agreement
10.15*
Form of Advisor Stockholder’s Agreement

II-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit Number
Exhibit Description
10.16*
Form of Director Stock Option Agreement under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries
10.17†*
Form of Management Stock Option Agreement (December 2013) under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries
10.18†*
Form of Management Stock Option Agreement (May 2015) under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries
10.19†*
Form of Management Stock Option Agreement (May 2016, 3 year vesting) under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries
10.20†*
Form of Management Stock Option Agreement (May 2016, 5 year vesting) under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries
10.21†*
Form of Management Stock Option Agreement (December 2016) under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries
10.22†*
Form of Amendment to Stock Option Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right Agreement under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and its Subsidiaries
10.23†*
Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2014, between under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) between Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and Andrew Schiesl.
10.24†*
Form of Sale Participation Agreement
10.25†*
Offer Letter, dated April 17, 2015, between Vicente Reynal and Gardner Denver, Inc.
10.26†*
Offer Letter, dated November 19, 2015, between Vicente Reynal and Gardner Denver, Inc.
10.27†*
Offer Letter, dated November 18, 2015, between Todd Herndon and Gardner Denver, Inc.
10.28†*
Offer Letter, dated September 2, 2016, between Todd Herndon and Gardner Denver, Inc.
10.29†*
Offer Letter, dated June 9, 2013, between Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.) and Patrick Bennett
10.30†*
Letter Agreement, dated August 15, 2013, between Patrick Bennett and Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Renaissance Parent Corp.)
10.31†*
Offer Letter, dated November 25, 2013, between Gardner Denver, Inc. and Andy Schiesl
10.32†*
Employment Contract, dated April 29, 2016, between Gardner Denver Deutschland GmbH and Enrique Miñarro Viseras
10.33†*
Offer Letter, dated March 16, 2016, between Gardner Denver Deutschland GmbH and Enrique Miñarro Viseras
10.34†*
Separation and Release Agreement, dated September 21, 2016, between Gardner Denver, Inc. and Jeff Likosar
10.35†*
Separation and Release Agreement, dated October 6, 2016, between Gardner Denver, Inc. and Saeid Rahimian
21.1*
Subsidiaries of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.
23.1**
Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2*
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
24.1*
Power of Attorney (included on signature pages to this Registration Statement)
* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by amendment.
Identifies exhibits that consist of a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

II-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SCHEDULE I - CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS, INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(Dollars in thousands)

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
2015
2014
Revenues
$
 
$
 
$
 
Cost of sales
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating expense
 
12,948
 
 
7,362
 
 
3,930
 
Loss before income taxes
 
(12,948
)
 
(7,362
)
 
(3,930
)
Income tax benefit
 
(4,510
)
 
(2,498
)
 
(1,333
)
Loss of Parent Company
 
(8,438
)
 
(4,864
)
 
(2,597
)
Equity in undistributed loss of subsidiaries
 
(28,182
)
 
(346,289
)
 
(132,426
)
Net loss
 
(36,620
)
 
(351,153
)
 
(135,023
)
Other comprehensive loss
 
(76,854
)
 
(130,267
)
 
(178,608
)
Comprehensive loss
$
(113,474
)
$
(481,420
)
$
(313,631
)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SCHEDULE I - GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS, INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands)

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
2015
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
305
 
$
92
 
Other current assets
 
 
 
53
 
Total current assets
 
305
 
 
145
 
Equity in net assets of subsidiaries
 
276,880
 
 
378,836
 
Intercompany receivables
 
 
 
8,754
 
Deferred tax assets
 
7,008
 
 
2,498
 
Total assets
$
284,193
 
$
390,233
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intercompany payables
$
18,230
 
$
 
Other liabilities
 
54
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
 
18,284
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
18,284
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 245,867,122 and 245,369,363 shares issued at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively)
 
2,459
 
 
2,454
 
Capital in excess of par value
 
1,221,469
 
 
1,218,216
 
Accumulated deficit
 
(596,233
)
 
(559,613
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
 
(342,364
)
 
(265,510
)
Treasury stock at cost: 3,098,733 and 944,389 at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively
 
(19,423
)
 
(5,314
)
Total Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. stockholders’ equity
 
265,908
 
 
390,233
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
284,193
 
$
390,233
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SCHEDULE I - GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS, INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)

 
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
2015
2014
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$
11,064
 
$
(2,018
)
$
(25,460
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of treasury stock
 
(14,109
)
 
(2,104
)
 
(3,210
)
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock
 
3,258
 
 
(4,168
)
 
15,888
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
 
(10,851
)
 
2,064
 
 
12,678
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
213
 
 
46
 
 
(12,782
)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
 
92
 
 
46
 
 
12,828
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
$
305
 
$
92
 
$
46
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SCHEDULE I - GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS, INC.
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Overview and Basis of Presentation

On July 30, 2013, Gardner Denver, Inc. was acquired by an affiliate of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“KKR”). The acquisition (also referred to as the “Merger”) was effected by the merger of Renaissance Acquisition Corp. with and into Gardner Denver, Inc., with Gardner Denver, Inc. being the surviving corporation. As a result of the Merger, Gardner Denver, Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. (formerly Renaissance Parent Corp.)

Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. Parent Company only financial information has been derived from its consolidated financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included in this Form S-1. The accounting policies for the registrant are the same as those described in Note 1 in the section, “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements”.

2. Subsidiary Transactions

Investment in Subsidiaries. Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc.’s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries.

Dividends and Capital Distributions. There were no dividends received from subsidiaries during the periods ending December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014.

3. Debt

A discussion of long-term debt, including the five-year debt maturity schedule, can be found in Note 10 in the section, “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements”. Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. had no long-term debt obligations at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

4. Contingencies

For a summary of contingencies, see Note 18 in the section, “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements”.

Exhibit 4.2  

 

RENAISSANCE ACQUISITION CORP. ( to be merged with and into GARDNER DENVER, INC.)

 

as Issuer

 

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

 

and

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

as Trustee,

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of July 30, 2013

$575,000,000

6.875% Senior Notes Due 2021

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

Page

 

ARTICLE One

 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

SECTION 101.           Rules of Construction 1
SECTION 102.           Definitions 2
SECTION 103.           Compliance Certificates and Opinions 37
SECTION 104.           Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee 37
SECTION 105.           Acts of Holders 38
SECTION 106.           Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuer, any Guarantor and Agent 39
SECTION 107.           Notice to Holders; Waiver 39
SECTION 108.           Effect of Headings and Table of Contents 40
SECTION 109.           Successors and Assigns 40
SECTION 110.           Severability Clause 40
SECTION 111.           Benefits of Indenture 40
SECTION 112.           Governing Law 40
SECTION 113.           Legal Holidays 40
SECTION 114.           No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees and Stockholders 40
SECTION 115.           [Reserved] 40
SECTION 116.           Counterparts 41
SECTION 117.           USA PATRIOT Act 41
SECTION 118.           Waiver of Jury Trial 41
SECTION 119.           Force Majeure 41

 

ARTICLE Two

 

NOTE FORMS

 

SECTION 201.           Form and Dating 41
SECTION 202.           Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating 41

 

ARTICLE Three

 

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 301.           Title and Terms 43
SECTION 302.           Note Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent 44
SECTION 303.           Denominations 44
SECTION 304.           Temporary Notes 44
SECTION 305.           Registration of Transfer and Exchange 45
SECTION 306.           Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes 45
SECTION 307.           Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved . 46
SECTION 308.           Persons Deemed Owners 47
SECTION 309.           Cancellation 47
SECTION 310.           Computation of Interest 47
SECTION 311.           Transfer and Exchange 47
SECTION 312.           CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers 47
SECTION 313.           Issuance of Additional Notes 48

 

- i -

 

 

 

Page

 

ARTICLE Four

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

SECTION 401.           Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture 48
SECTION 402.           Application of Trust Money 49

 

ARTICLE Five

 

REMEDIES

 

SECTION 501.           Events of Default 50
SECTION 502.           Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment 51
SECTION 503.           Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee 52
SECTION 504.           Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 53
SECTION 505.           Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes 54
SECTION 506.           Application of Money Collected 54
SECTION 507.           Limitation on Suits 54
SECTION 508.           Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest 55
SECTION 509.           Restoration of Rights and Remedies 55
SECTION 510.           Rights and Remedies Cumulative 55
SECTION 511.           Delay or Omission Not Waiver 55
SECTION 512.           Control by Holders 55
SECTION 513.           Waiver of Past Defaults 56
SECTION 514.           Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws 56
SECTION 515.           Undertaking for Costs 56

 

ARTICLE Six

 

THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 601.           Duties of the Trustee 56
SECTION 602.           Notice of Defaults 57
SECTION 603.           Certain Rights of Trustee 58
SECTION 604.           Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes 59
SECTION 605.           May Hold Notes 59
SECTION 606.           Money Held in Trust 60
SECTION 607.           Compensation and Reimbursement 60
SECTION 608.           Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility 61
SECTION 609.           Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor 61
SECTION 610.           Acceptance of Appointment by Successor 62
SECTION 611.           Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business 62
SECTION 612.           Appointment of Authenticating Agent 62

 

ARTICLE Seven

 

HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUER

 

SECTION 701.           Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses 63
SECTION 702.           Reports by Trustee 64

 

- ii -

 

 

Page
   

ARTICLE Eight

 

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE

OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS

 

SECTION 801.           Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms 64
SECTION 802.           Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms 65
SECTION 803.           Successor Substituted 66
   

ARTICLE Nine

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

SECTION 901.           Amendments or Supplements Without Consent of Holders 66
SECTION 902.           Amendments, Supplements or Waivers with Consent of Holders 67
SECTION 903.           Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers 68
SECTION 904.           Effect of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers 68
SECTION 905.           [Reserved] 68
SECTION 906.           Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures 68
SECTION 907.           Notice of Supplemental Indentures 69

 

ARTICLE Ten

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 1001.           Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest 69
SECTION 1002.           Maintenance of Office or Agency 69
SECTION 1003.           Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust 69
SECTION 1004.           Organizational Existence 70
SECTION 1005.           Payment of Taxes and Other Claims 71
SECTION 1006.           Maintenance of Properties 71
SECTION 1007.           Insurance 71
SECTION 1008.           Statement by Officer as to Default 71
SECTION 1009.           Reports and Other Information 72
SECTION 1010.           Limitation on Restricted Payments 73
SECTION 1011.           Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock 81
SECTION 1012.           Liens 86
SECTION 1013.           Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates 87
SECTION 1014.           Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries 89
SECTION 1015.           Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries 91
SECTION 1016.           Change of Control 92
SECTION 1017.           Asset Sales 94
SECTION 1018.           Suspension of Covenants 97

 

ARTICLE Eleven

 

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

 

SECTION 1101.           Right of Redemption 98
SECTION 1102.           Applicability of Article 99
SECTION 1103.           Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee 99
SECTION 1104.           Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed 99
SECTION 1105.           Notice of Redemption 99
SECTION 1106.           Deposit of Redemption Price 101
SECTION 1107.           Notes Payable on Redemption Date 101
SECTION 1108.           Notes Redeemed in Part 101
SECTION 1109.           [Reserved] 101
SECTION 1110.          Mandatory Redemption 101

 

- iii -

 

 

Page
   

 

ARTICLE Twelve

 

GUARANTEES

 

SECTION 1201.           Guarantees 101
SECTION 1202.           Severability 103
SECTION 1203.           Restricted Subsidiaries 103
SECTION 1204.           Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability 103
SECTION 1205.           Contribution 103
SECTION 1206.           Subrogation 104
SECTION 1207.           Reinstatement 104
SECTION 1208.           Release of a Guarantor 104
SECTION 1209.           Benefits Acknowledged 105
SECTION 1210.           Effectiveness of Guarantees 105

 

ARTICLE Thirteen

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 1301.           Issuer’s Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 105
SECTION 1302.           Legal Defeasance and Discharge 105
SECTION 1303.           Covenant Defeasance 105
SECTION 1304.           Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 106
SECTION 1305.           Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust Other Miscellaneous Provisions 107
SECTION 1306.           Reinstatement 108

 

- iv -

 

 

 

APPENDIX & EXHIBITS

 

ANNEX I      ― Rule 144A / Regulation S 

EXHIBIT 1 to Rule 144A / Regulation S – Form of Initial Note 

EXHIBIT 2 to Rule 144A / Regulation S – Form of Transferee 

Letter of Representation 

EXHIBIT A      –      Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors 

EXHIBIT B      –      Form of Incumbency Certificate

 

- v -

 

 

INDENTURE dated as of July 30, 2013 (this “Indenture”), among RENAISSANCE ACQUISITION CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), which shall be merged with and into GARDNER DENVER, INC., a Delaware corporation, upon consummation of the Acquisition (as defined below) and GARDNER DENVER, INC. shall from and after such Acquisition be the “Issuer” hereunder, the Guarantors (as defined herein) listed on the signature pages hereto, and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS OF THE ISSUER

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the creation of an issue of 6.875% Senior Notes due 2021 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and to provide therefor the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.

 

All things necessary have been done to make the Notes, when executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer and to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Issuer and the Guarantors, in accordance with their and its terms.

 

Each of the parties hereto is entering into this Indenture for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of (i) the Issuer’s Initial Notes and (ii) any Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued from time to time under this Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders, as follows:

 

ARTICLE One

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS
OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

SECTION 101.            Rules of Construction .

 

(a)            For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)            the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(2)            all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP (as herein defined);

 

(3)            the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

 

(4)            all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Appendices shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Appendices to, this Indenture;

 

(5)            “or” is not exclusive;

 

- 1 -

 

 

(6)            “including” means including without limitation; and

 

(7)            all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall refer to the Issue Date.

 

(b)            This Indenture incorporates certain provisions of the TIA (as herein defined) by reference. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

 

(1)            “Commission” means the SEC;

 

(2)            “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees;

 

(3)            “indenture security holder” means a Holder;

 

(4)            “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

(5)            “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

 

(6)            “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, each Guarantor and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

 

All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

 

SECTION 102.           Definitions .

 

“Acceptable Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 1017 of this Indenture.

 

“ACH” means Automated Clearing House or any successor thereto.

 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

(1)              Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and

 

(2)              Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

“Acquisition” means the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement.

 

“Acquisition Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated March 7, 2013, among Renaissance Acquisition Corp., Renaissance Parent Corp. and Gardner Denver, Inc, as may be amended prior to the Issue Date.

 

“Act”, when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 105 of this Indenture.

 

“Additional Notes” means any Notes issued by the Issuer pursuant to Section 313.

 

- 2 -

 

 

“Adjusted Net Assets” has the meaning specified in Section 1205 of this Indenture.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

“Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 1013 of this Indenture.

 

“Agent” means any Note Registrar, Transfer Agent, co-registrar, Paying Agent or other agent appointed in accordance with this Indenture to perform any function that this Indenture authorized such agent to perform.

 

“Appendix” has the meaning specified in Section 201 of this Indenture.

 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of:

 

(1)             1.0% of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

(2)              the excess, if any, of:

 

(A)             the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the Redemption Price (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 1101) of such Note at August 15, 2016, plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date) through August 15, 2016, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over

 

(B)              the principal amount of such Note.

 

Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate; provided that such calculation or the correctness thereof shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

 

“Applicable Calculation Date” means the applicable date of calculation for (i) the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio, (ii) the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio, (iii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or (iv) EBITDA.

 

“Applicable Measurement Period” means the most recently ended four fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Applicable Calculation Date for which internal financial statements are available.

 

“Asset Sale” means:

 

(1)             the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction) of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “ disposition ”), or

 

- 3 -

 

 

(2)            the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with the covenant described under Section 1011), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in each case, other than:

 

(A)             any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged, unnecessary, unsuitable or worn out equipment or other assets in the ordinary course of business, or any disposition of inventory, immaterial assets or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;

 

(B)              the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 801 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this Indenture;

 

(C)              the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 1010;

 

(D)              any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $25.0 million;

 

(E)              any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(F)              to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(G)              the lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sub-license of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(H)             any issuance, sale or pledge of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(I)               foreclosures, condemnation, eminent domain or any similar action on assets;

 

(J)               sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

(K)             any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations permitted by this Indenture;

 

(L)              any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(M)          the sale, lease, assignment, license, sublease or discount of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, notes receivable, or other current assets in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable or other dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

 

- 4 -

 

 

(N)          the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business, other than the licensing of intellectual property on a long-term basis;

 

(O)          the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

 

(P)          sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

(Q)          the lapse or abandonment of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer are not material to the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

 

(R)          the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other third parties as required by applicable law.

 

“Asset Sale Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 1017(c) of this Indenture.

 

“Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period” has the meaning specified in Section 1017 of this Indenture.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or any similar United States federal or state law and the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors or any amendment to, succession to or change in any such law.

 

“Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the Board of Directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person does not have such a Board of Directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a single entity, the Board of Directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors or other governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “ Board of Directors ” means the board of managers of the Issuer.

 

“Board Resolution” means with respect to the Issuer, a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any committee of such Board of Directors.

 

“Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

 

- 5 -

 

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)              in the case of a corporation, corporate stock,

 

(2)              in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock,

 

(3)              in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and

 

(4)              any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)              United States dollars,

 

(2)              Canadian dollars,

 

(3)              (A) euro, pounds sterling or any national currency of any participating member state in the European Union, or

 

(B) local currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

 

(4)              securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any country that is a member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(5)             certificates of deposit, time deposits and dollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million in the case of United States banks and $100.0 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of foreign banks,

 

(6)              repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (4) and (5) above, entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (5) above,

 

(7)             commercial paper rated at least P-1 by Moody’s or at least A-1 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(8)             marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(9)              investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above and (10) through (12) below,

 

(10)            readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

- 6 -

 

 

(11)            Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(12)            Investments with average maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, and

 

(13)            in the case of Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Foreign Subsidiary, Investments of comparable tenor and credit quality to those described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (12) customarily utilized in countries in which such Foreign Subsidiary operates for short term cash management purposes.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) through (3) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) through (3) above, as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

“Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight overdraft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:

 

(1)              the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Permitted Holder in connection with which any Person other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be, provided that (x) so long as such transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a Permitted Parent, no Person shall be deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such transferee Person unless such Person shall be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Permitted Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the beneficial owner shall not in any case be included in the calculation of any Voting Stock of which any such Person first referred to above in this clause (1) is the beneficial owner; or

 

(2)             at any time, the Issuer becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; provided that (x) so long as the Issuer is a Subsidiary of a parent company, no Person shall be deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer unless such Person shall be or become a beneficial owner of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent company and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the beneficial owner shall not in any case be included in calculating the Voting Stock of which any such Person first referred to above in this clause (2) is the beneficial owner.

 

- 7 -

 

 

“Change of Control Offer” has the meaning specified in Section 1016 of this Indenture.

 

“Change of Control Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 1016 of this Indenture.

 

“Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1016 of this Indenture.

 

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

 

“consolidated” or “Consolidated” means, with respect to any Person, such Person on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, but excluding from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)             consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount or premium resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than or greater than par, as applicable, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Indebtedness or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (r) any one time cash costs associated with breakage in respect of hedging agreements for interest rates, (s) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (t) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (u) interest expense attributable to a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting, (v) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, (w) any “additional interest” owing pursuant to a registration rights agreement, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, and original issue discount with respect to Indebtedness issued in connection with the Transactions or any intercompany Indebtedness, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); plus

 

- 8 -

 

 

(2)             consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, less

 

(3)              interest income for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,

 

(1)             any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions), severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefits plans, start-up, transition, integration and other restructuring and business optimization costs, charges, reserves or expenses (including related to acquisitions after the Issue Date and to the start-up, closure and/or consolidation of facilities), new product introductions, and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded,

 

(2)             the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period,

 

(3)             any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4)             any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Issuer, shall be excluded,

 

(5)             the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

(6)             solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C)(1) of Section 1010(a), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

- 9 -

 

 

(7)             effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting, including in relation to the Transactions, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(8)              (i) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid), (ii) any non-cash income (or loss) related to currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances and other balance sheet items and to Hedging Obligations pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging formerly Financing Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133) and its related pronouncements and interpretations (or any successor provision) and (iii) any non-cash expense, income or loss attributable to the movement in mark-to-market valuation of foreign currencies, Indebtedness or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

 

(9)             any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141) shall be excluded,

 

(10)            (i) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock, units or other rights to officers, directors, managers or employees and (ii) non-cash income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts, shall be excluded,

 

(11)           any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, recapitalization, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12)           accruals and reserves, contingent liabilities and any gains or losses on the settlement of any pre existing contractual or non-contractual relationships that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Issue Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded,

 

(13)           to the extent covered by insurance or indemnification and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier or indemnifying party in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded,

 

- 10 -

 

 

(14)           any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowance related to such item, shall be excluded, and

 

(15)           any costs or expenses incurred during such period relating to environmental remediation, litigation or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Issue Date shall be excluded.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 1010 only (other than clause (C)(4) of Section 1010(a)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clause (C)(4) of Section 1010(a).

 

“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Secured Indebtedness minus cash and Cash Equivalents of the Issuer and the Guarantors, in each case, as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Applicable Calculation Date to (2) EBITDA of the Issuer for the Applicable Measurement Period, with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Secured Indebtedness, Cash Equivalents and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;” provided that, for purposes of the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio, in connection with (x) the Incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to Section 1011(b)(1) or (y) the Incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (20) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,” the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness which is to be Incurred or secured by such Lien, as the case may be, as being Incurred as of the Applicable Calculation Date and any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment that was so treated shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence of additional Indebtedness or an additional Lien at such subsequent time.

 

“Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness minus cash and Cash Equivalents of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the Applicable Calculation Date to (2) EBITDA of the Issuer for the Applicable Measurement Period, with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness, Cash Equivalents and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

 

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Hedging Obligations) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Issuer and all preferred stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and preferred stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and their Maximum Fixed Repurchase Prices, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

- 11 -

 

 

For purposes hereof, the “Maximum Fixed Repurchase Price” of any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock means the price at which such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock could be redeemed or repurchased by the issuer thereof in accordance with its terms or, if such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock cannot be so redeemed or repurchased, the Fair Market Value of such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, in each case, determined on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined; provided that the amount of any Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility on any date shall be deemed to be the average daily amount of such Indebtedness thereunder for the most recent twelve month period ending on the Applicable Calculation Date (or, prior to the one year anniversary of the Issue Date, during the period from the Issue Date to such date).

 

“Consolidated Total Secured Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, the amount of Consolidated Total Indebtedness that is Secured Indebtedness as of such date.

 

“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent,

 

(1)              to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

 

(2)              to advance or supply funds:

 

(A)             for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

 

(B)              to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 

(3)              to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business in relation to this Indenture shall be administered, which office at the date of execution of this Indenture is located at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 150 East 42 nd Street, 40 th Floor, New York, New York, 10017, except that with respect to presentation of the Notes for payment or for registration of transfer or exchange, such term shall mean the office or agency of the Trustee at which, at any particular time, its corporate agency business in relation to this Indenture shall be conducted.

 

“Covenant Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1303 of this Indenture.

 

“Covenant Suspension Event” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a) of this Indenture.

 

“Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that Refinance any part of the loans, notes or other securities, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such Refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof ( provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 1011) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

- 12 -

 

 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307(b) of this Indenture.

 

“Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

 

“Designated Preferred Stock” means preferred stock of the Issuer, any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Issuer or such parent company thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (C) of Section 1010(a).

 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale, casualty or condemnation event in whole or in part, in each case, prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Issuer or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

“EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(1)           increased (without duplication) by:

 

(A)          provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, U.S. Federal, state, non-U.S., franchise, excise, value added and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period, including any penalties and interest relating to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

- 13 -

 

 

(B)           Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses 1(t) through 1(z) thereof, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(C)           Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(D)          any fees, expenses, charges or losses (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Senior Credit Facilities or other Indebtedness and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(E)           any other non-cash charges, including any write offs, or write downs, expenses, losses or items to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be deducted from EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus

 

(F)           the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(G)           the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, plus

 

(H)          costs of surety bonds incurred in such period in connection with financing activities, plus

 

(I)            the amount of net cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Issuer in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken (which cost savings or synergies shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and (B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 24 months after the date of determination to take such action, plus

 

- 14 -

 

 

(J)            the amount of loss or discount on sales of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility, plus

 

(K)          any costs or expense incurred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (C) of Section 1010(a); and have not been relied on for purposes of any incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (12)(A) of Section 1011(b), plus

 

(L)           the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Indenture, plus

 

(M)          with respect to any joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (A) and (C) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to the Issuer’s and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

 

(N)           costs associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and Public Company Costs; plus

 

(O)           the amount of any loss attributable to a new plant or facility until the date that is 24 months after the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition thereof, as the case may be; provided that (A) such losses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable and certified by a responsible officer of the Issuer and (B) losses attributable to such plant or facility after 24 months from the date of commencement of construction or the date of acquisition of such plant or facility, as the case may be, shall not be included in this clause (o), plus

 

(p)          cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) not included in EBITDA in any period to the extent non cash gains relating to such receipts were deducted in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (2) below for any previous period and not added back; and

 

(2)          decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any prior period; provided that, to the extent non cash gains are deducted pursuant to this clause (2) for any previous period and not otherwise added back to EBITDA, EBITDA shall be increased by the amount of any cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) in respect of such non cash gains received in subsequent periods to the extent not already included therein; and

 

- 15 -

 

 

(3)           increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

(A)          any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances and other balance sheet items, plus or minus , as the case may be, and

 

(B)           any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations, and the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging (formerly Financing Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133), and its related pronouncements and interpretations (or any successor provision).

 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or preferred stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than

 

(1)          public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or any of its direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

 

(2)          issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and

 

(3)          any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

 

“euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

 

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501 of this Indenture.

 

“Excess Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 1017 of this Indenture.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or the Fair Market Value of Qualified Proceeds received by the Issuer from:

 

(1)          contributions to its common equity capital, and

 

(2)          the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Issuer) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (C) of Section 1010(a).

 

- 16 -

 

 

“Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date, plus interest accruing (or the accretion of discount) thereon.

 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any Investment, asset or property, the fair market value of such Investment, asset or property, determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Issuer, whose determination will be conclusive for all purposes under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person as of any Applicable Calculation Date, the ratio of (1) EBITDA of such Person for the Applicable Measurement Period to (2) the Fixed Charges of such Person for such Applicable Measurement Period. In the event that the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the Applicable Measurement Period but on or prior to the Applicable Calculation Date, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (in each case, including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period; provided , however, that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness Incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in Section 1011(b) (other than Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 1011(b)(14); provided further that, for purposes of the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, in connection with the Incurrence of any Indebtedness pursuant to Section 1011(a) the Issuer may elect, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness which is to be Incurred, as being Incurred as of the Applicable Calculation Date and any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment that was so treated shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence of additional Indebtedness.

 

For purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary during the Applicable Measurement Period or subsequent to such Applicable Measurement Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Applicable Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Applicable Measurement Period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such Applicable Measurement Period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period.

 

- 17 -

 

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Applicable Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account for such entire period, any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of 12 months or longer, and in the case of any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of less than 12 months, taking into account such Hedging Obligation to the extent of its remaining term). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under revolving credit facilities computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period; or, if lower, the maximum commitments under such revolving credit facilities as of the Applicable Calculation Date. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate.

 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of

 

(1)          Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period,

 

(2)          all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock (including any Designated Preferred Stock) or any Refunding Capital Stock of such Person made during such period, and

 

(3)          all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock made during such period.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary.

 

“Funding Guarantor” has the meaning specified in Section 1205 of this Indenture.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on the Issue Date. At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP and GAAP concepts shall thereafter be construed to refer to IFRS and corresponding IFRS concepts (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture); provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided further , any calculation or determination in this Indenture that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuer’s election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Issuer shall give written notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the holders of Notes. For the avoidance of doubt, solely making an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

“Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States, a member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof, and the payment for which such government pledges its full faith and credit, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt.

 

- 18 -

 

 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.

 

“Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuer’s Obligations under this Indenture.

 

“Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees the Notes under this Indenture.

 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

“Holder” means a holder of the Notes.

 

“incur” has the meaning specified in Section 1011 of this Indenture.

 

“incurrence” has the meaning specified in Section 1011 of this Indenture.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person,

 

(1)          any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(A)          in respect of borrowed money,

 

(B)           evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof),

 

(C)           representing the balance, deferred and unpaid, of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation, after 60 days of becoming due and payable, that has not been paid and is reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or

 

(D)           representing any Hedging Obligations,

 

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent company appearing upon the balance sheet of the Issuer solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded,

 

- 19 -

 

 

(2)           to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(3)           to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person secured by a Lien on any assets owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person provided, however , that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such assets at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

 

provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (A) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business; or (B) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities.

 

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed and as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this Indenture and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively.

 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the first recital of this Indenture.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital, Inc., Mizuho Securities USA Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, KKR Capital Markets LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., and SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on the Notes.

 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

“Investment Grade Securities” means:

 

(1)          securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),

 

- 20 -

 

 

(2)           debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries,

 

(3)           investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) above, which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution, and

 

(4)           corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 1010,

 

(1)           “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

 

(A)          the Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

 

(B)           the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)           any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

 

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

“Investors” means Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. LP and each of its Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

“Issue Date” means July 30, 2013.

 

“Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

- 21 -

 

 

“Issuer Request” or “Issuer Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Issuer by two Officers or one Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Legal Defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1302 of this Indenture.

 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

“Maturity” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal of such Note or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption or otherwise.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of any Cash Equivalents received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (including in connection with any repatriation of funds and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary required (other than pursuant to Section 1017(b)(1)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, any costs associated with unwinding any related Hedging Obligations in connection with such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

“Note Register” and “Note Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 302.

 

- 22 -

 

 

“Notes” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Notes authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes; provided that Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP, if any, as Initial Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with Initial Notes for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee.

 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

“Offering Document” means the confidential offering memorandum dated July 22, 2013, pursuant to which the Initial Notes were offered to potential purchasers.

 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, any Manager or Director, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer, the Controller or the Secretary of the Issuer or any other Person, as the case may be.

 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Issuer or any other Person, as the case may be, who must be a Manager or Director, the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Issuer (or of a Subsidiary of the Issuer acting in such capacity for the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, as determined by the Issuer) or such other Person, that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee from legal counsel (which may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions). The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer.

 

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(1)           Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(2)           Notes, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Issuer) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Issuer (if the Issuer shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, written notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

 

(3)           Notes, except to the extent provided in Sections 1302 and 1303, with respect to which the Issuer has effected Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance as provided in Article Thirteen; and

 

- 23 -

 

 

(4)           Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held by a Protected Purchaser in whose hands the Notes are valid obligations of the Issuer;

 

provided that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, consent, notice or waiver hereunder Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

“Paying Agent” means any Person (including the Issuer acting as Paying Agent) authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

 

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary and another Person; provided, that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 1017.

 

“Permitted Holders” means each of (i) the Investors and their respective Affiliates and members of management of the Issuer (or its direct or indirect parent) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Issuer (or its direct or indirect parent company) on the Issue Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Investors, their respective Affiliates and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and (ii) any Permitted Parent. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

 

“Permitted Investments” means:

 

(1)           any Investment in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)           any Investment in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

(3)           any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment

 

(A)          such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or

 

(B)           such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

- 24 -

 

 

(4)           any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 1017, or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(5)           any Investment existing on the Issue Date;

 

(6)           any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary

 

(A)          in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or

 

(B)           as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(7)           Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 1011(b)(10);

 

(8)           any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $125.0 million and (y) 2.50% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (8) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (8) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(9)           Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C) of Section 1010(a);

 

(10)         guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 1011;

 

(11)         any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 1013(b) (except transactions described in Section 1013(b)(2), (5), (9) and (15));

 

(12)         Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or other similar assets in the ordinary course of business, or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

 

- 25 -

 

 

(13)         additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $150.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (13) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (13) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(14)         Investments relating to any Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility or any repurchases in connection therewith;

 

(15)         advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees in the aggregate not to exceed at any one time outstanding the greater of (x) $20.0 million and (y) 0.50% of Total Assets at the time of such advance or guarantee;

 

(16)         loans and advances to officers, directors, managers and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses, payroll expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

 

(17)         advances, loans or extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business by the Parent Guarantor or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(18)         intercompany current liabilities owed to Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries.

 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)           pledges, deposits or security by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws, employers’ health tax, and other social security laws or similar legislation or other insurance related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety, stay customs or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (including letters of credit issued in lieu of any such bonds or to support the issuance thereof and including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)           Liens imposed by law or regulation, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, mechanics’, contractors’, architects’ and other similar Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

- 26 -

 

 

(3)           Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

 

(4)           Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)           minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)           Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 1011(b)(1), (2), (4), (12), or (18); provided that, (x) in the case of Section 1011(b)(4), such Lien may not extend to any property or equipment (or assets affixed or appurtenant thereto) other than the property or equipment being financed or Refinanced under such Section 1011(b)(4), and (y) in the case of Section 1011(b)(18), such Lien may not extend to any assets other than the assets owned by the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring such Indebtedness;

 

(7)           Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens incurred in connection with the Senior Credit Facilities);

 

(8)           Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(9)           Liens on property at the time the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(10)         Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 1011 hereof;

 

- 27 -

 

 

(11)         Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted under this Indenture to be, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations;

 

(12)         Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or trade letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(13)         leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including of intellectual property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(14)         Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statute) financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15)         Liens in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(16)         Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiaries’ client at which such equipment is located;

 

(17)         Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(18)         Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6) (solely with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (4), (12) or (18) of Section 1011(b)), (7), (8), (9), (10), (18) and (20) of this definition of “Permitted Liens”; provided that (A) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus accessions, additions and improvements on such property), and (B) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6) (solely with respect to Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clauses (2), (4), (12) or (18) of Section 1011(b)), (7), (8), (9), (10), (18) and (20) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, and accrued and unpaid interest related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

(19)         deposits made or other security provided to secure liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20)         Liens to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the covenant described under Section 1011; provided that (x) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the incurrence of such Indebtedness or after giving effect thereto and (y) the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio, calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the incurrence of such Lien, the related Indebtedness and the application of net proceeds therefrom would be no greater than 4.50 to 1.00;

 

- 28 -

 

 

(21)         other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations at any one time outstanding do not exceed the greater of (x) $125.0 million and (y) 2.50% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence;;

 

(22)         Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 501(5) so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(23)         Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(24)         Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to pooling, commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking or other financial institutions or electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry;

 

(25)         Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 1011; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(26)         Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(27)         Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(28)         Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Indenture;

 

(29)         the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

(30)         restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided that the covenants are complied with;

 

- 29 -

 

 

(31)         security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

 

(32)         zoning by-laws and other land use restrictions, including, without limitation, site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements;

 

(33)         Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(34)         any Lien granted pursuant to a security agreement between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and a licensee of their intellectual property to secure the damages, if any, of such licensee resulting from the rejection by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of such licensee in a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens , do not cover any assets other than the intellectual property subject to such license;

 

(35)         Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(36)         any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; and

 

(37)         Liens on property or assets used to defease or to irrevocably satisfy and discharge Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance or satisfaction and discharge is not prohibited by the Indenture.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (x) a Lien need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described in this definition but may be incurred under any combination of such categories (including in part under one such category and in part under any other such category), (y) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of such categories of Permitted Liens, the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Lien (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition, and (z) in the event that a portion of Indebtedness secured by a Lien could be classified as secured in part pursuant to clause (20) of this definition (giving effect to the incurrence of such portion of such Indebtedness), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, may classify such portion of such Indebtedness (and any Obligations in respect thereof) as having been secured pursuant to clause (20) of this definition and thereafter the remainder of the Indebtedness as having been secured pursuant to one or more of the other clauses of this definition.

 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

 

“Permitted Parent” means (a) any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer formed not in connection with, or in contemplation of, a transaction (other than Transactions) that, assuming such parent was not formed, after giving effect thereto would constitute a Change of Control and (b) any Public Company (or Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Public Company) to the extent and until such time as any Person or group is deemed to be or become a beneficial owner of Voting Stock of such Public Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Public Company.

 

- 30 -

 

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for a mutilated Note or in lieu of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

 

“preferred stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

“Protected Purchaser” has the meaning specified in Section 306 of this Indenture.

 

“Public Company” means any Person with a class or series of Voting Stock that is traded on a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market.

 

“Public Company Costs” shall mean costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, directors’ or managers’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, costs relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders, directors and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees.

 

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

 

“Rating Agencies” mean Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Issuer which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

 

“Receivables Facility” means any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the Obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.

 

“Receivables Fee” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

 

- 31 -

 

 

“Receivables Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

“Redemption Date”, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Redemption Price”, when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, purchase, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” has the meaning specified in Section 1011 of this Indenture.

 

“Refunding Capital Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 1010 of this Indenture.

 

“Regular Record Date” has the meaning specified in Section 301 of this Indenture.

 

“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Issuer or the Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for assets transferred by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

“Responsible Officer”, means any vice president, any assistant treasurer, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee within the Corporate Trust Office customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

“Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

“Restricted Payments” has the meaning specified in Section 1010 of this Indenture.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.”

 

“Retired Capital Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 1010 of this Indenture.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

“Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

- 32 -

 

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency thereto.

 

“Second Commitment” has the meaning specified in Section 1017 of this Indenture.

 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

“Senior Credit Facilities” means the credit facilities provided under the Credit Agreement dated as of the Issue Date among the Issuer, Renaissance Parent Corp. and the other borrowers and guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto from time to time in their capacities as lenders thereunder, and UBS Loan Finance LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, replacements, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

“Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person:

 

(1)           Indebtedness of such Person, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred; and

 

(2)           all other Obligations of such Person (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of Indebtedness described in clause (1) above in the case of both clauses (1) and (2), to the extent permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided that such Indebtedness or other Obligations are subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Person, as the case may be;

 

provided that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

 

(1)           any obligation of such Person to the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(2)           any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

 

(3)           any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(4)           any Capital Stock;

 

- 33 -

 

 

(5)           any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

 

(6)           that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

 

“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means Senior Indebtedness that is Secured Indebtedness.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

 

“Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

 

“Sponsor Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Investors, and the Issuer and/or a direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer.

 

“Stated Maturity”, when used with respect to any Note or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Notes as the fixed date on which the principal of such Notes or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means:

 

(1)           with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 

(2)           with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor under this Indenture.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person,

 

(1)           any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof and

 

(2)           any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

 

(A)          more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as the case may be, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and

 

- 34 -

 

 

(B)           such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

 

“Successor Company” has the meaning specified in Section 801 of this Indenture.

 

“Suspended Covenants” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a) of this Indenture.

 

“Suspension Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a) of this Indenture.

 

“Suspension Period” has the meaning specified in Section 1018(a) of this Indenture.

 

“Total Assets” means the total assets of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Issuer or such other Person as may be expressly stated, as the case may be.

 

“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, the issuance of the Notes and the borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to August 15, 2016; provided that if the period from the redemption date to August 15, 2016 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed.

 

“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

 

“Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

 

(1)           any Subsidiary of the Issuer which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as provided below) and

 

(2)           any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

 

- 35 -

 

 

(1)           any Unrestricted Subsidiary must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer,

 

(2)           such designation complies with Section 1010, and

 

(3)           each of

 

(A)          the Subsidiary to be so designated and

 

(B)           its Subsidiaries

 

has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

The Board of Directors of the Issuer may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either:

 

(1)           the Issuer could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test described under Section 1011(a), or

 

(2)           the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than such ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation,

 

in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be notified by the Issuer to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Vice President”, when used with respect to the Issuer or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”.

 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)           the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

 

- 36 -

 

 

(2)           the sum of all such payments.

 

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

SECTION 103.           Compliance Certificates and Opinions . Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture (including any covenant compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) relating to the proposed action have been complied with and, other than in connection with the addition of a new Guarantor or parent guarantor, an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 1008(a)) shall include:

 

(1)            a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

(2)            a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)            a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)            a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 104.          Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee . In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

- 37 -

 

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

SECTION 105.           Acts of Holders .

 

(a)            Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

 

(b)            The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c)            The principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held by any Person, and the date of holding the same, shall be proved by the Note Register.

 

(d)            If the Issuer shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Issuer may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so. Such record date shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided, that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Issuer or any Guarantor in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

 

- 38 -

 

 

SECTION 106.            Notices, Etc., to Trustee, Issuer, any Guarantor and Agent . Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

 

(1)            the Trustee by any Holder or by the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing via facsimile, email in PDF format or mailed, first class postage prepaid, or delivered by recognized overnight courier, to or with the Trustee at Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 150 East 42 nd Street, 40 th Floor, Attention: Administrator for Gardner Denver, Inc. (fax: (917) 260-1593), or

 

(2)            the Issuer or any Guarantor by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if made, given, furnished or delivered in writing via facsimile, or email in PDF or mailed, first class postage prepaid, or delivered by recognized overnight courier, to the Issuer or such Guarantor addressed to Renaissance Acquisition Corp., c/o Gardner Denver, Inc., 1500 Liberty Ridge Drive, Suite 3000, Wayne, PA 19087 (fax: (610) 249-2095), or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer or such Guarantor.

 

A copy of all notices to any Agent shall be sent to the Trustee at the address show above. Any Person may change it address by giving notice of such change as set forth herein.

 

SECTION 107.            Notice to Holders; Waiver . Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders by the Issuer or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and delivered electronically or mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Notices given by publication shall be deemed given on the first date on which publication is made, notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, shall be deemed given five calendar days after mailing; notices sent by overnight delivery service will be deemed given when delivered; and notices given electronically shall be deemed given when sent. Any notices required to be given to the holders of Notes that are in global form will be given to the Depository.

 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, pdf, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that the Trustee shall have received an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to give such instructions or directions and containing specimen signatures of such designated persons, which such incumbency certificate shall be amended and replaced whenever a person is to be added or deleted from the listing. If the Issuer elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

 

In case by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impracticable to mail notice of any event to Holders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice for every purpose hereunder.

 

- 39 -

 

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

SECTION 108.           Effect of Headings and Table of Contents . The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

SECTION 109.            Successors and Assigns . All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 1208 hereof.

 

SECTION 110.            Severability Clause . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 111.            Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder and the Holders any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 112.            Governing Law . This Indenture, the Notes and any Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES .

 

SECTION 113.            Legal Holidays . In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided, that no interest shall accrue for purposes of such payment for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 114.            No Personal Liability of Directors, Managers, Officers, Employees and Stockholders . No director, manager, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their parent companies shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 115.            [Reserved]  

 

- 40 -

 

 

SECTION 116.            Counterparts . This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. . The exchange of copies of the Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of the Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

SECTION 117.            USA PATRIOT Act . The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The Issuer agrees that it will provide the Trustee with information about the Issuer as the Trustee may reasonably request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

SECTION 118.            Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE ISSUER, ANY GUARANTOR AND THE TRUSTEE AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, THEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY OR HEREBY.

 

SECTION 119.            Force Majeure . In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

ARTICLE Two

NOTE FORMS

 

SECTION 201.            Form and Dating . Provisions relating to the Initial Notes are set forth in Annex I attached hereto (the “Appendix”) which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made part of, this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to the Appendix which is hereby incorporated in, and expressly made a part of, this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer is subject, if any, or usage ( provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Note set forth in the Appendix are part of the terms of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 202.            Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating . The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by at least one Officer. The signature of any Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Notes.

 

- 41 -

 

 

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was at any time the proper officer of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

 

On the Issue Date, the Issuer shall deliver the Initial Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $575,000,000 executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, specifying the principal amount and registered holder of each Note, directing the Trustee to authenticate the Notes and deliver the same to the persons named in such Issuer Order and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Initial Notes. At any time and from time to time after the Issue Date, the Issuer may deliver Additional Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and delivery of such Additional Notes, specifying the principal amount of and registered holder of each Note, directing the Trustee to authenticate the Additional Notes and deliver the same to the persons in such Issuer Order and the Trustee in accordance with such Issuer Order shall authenticate and deliver such Additional Notes. In each case, the Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer that it may reasonably require in connection with such authentication of Notes. Such Issuer Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated.

 

Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

In case the Issuer or any Guarantor, pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have executed a supplemental indenture hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article Eight of this Indenture, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon Issuer Request of the successor Person, shall authenticate and deliver Notes as specified in such request for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section in exchange or substitution for or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time Outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

 

- 42 -

 

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an affiliate of the Issuer.

 

ARTICLE Three

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 301.            Title and Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and issued under this Indenture is not limited; provided that any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture are issued in accordance with Sections 202, 312 and 1011 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “6.875% Senior Notes Due 2021” of the Issuer. The Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be August 15, 2021, and the Notes shall bear interest at the rate of 6.875% per annum from the Issue Date, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, payable on February 15, 2014 and semi annually thereafter on February 15 and August 15 in each year and at said Stated Maturity, until the principal thereof is paid or duly provided for and to the Person in whose name the Note (or any Predecessor Note) is registered at the close of business on February 1 and August 1 immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date (each, a “Regular Record Date”).

 

The principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the offices or agencies of the Issuer set forth in Section 302, or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register of Holders; provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to Notes represented by one or more permanent Global Notes registered in the name of or held by the Depositary or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Depository.

 

Holders shall have the right to require the Issuer to purchase their Notes, in whole or in part, in the event of a Change of Control pursuant to Section 1016. The Notes shall be subject to repurchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 1017.

 

The Notes shall be redeemable as provided in Article Eleven.

 

The due and punctual payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes payable by the Issuer is irrevocably unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth herein, by each of the Guarantors.

 

- 43 -

 

 

SECTION 302.            Note Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall maintain one or more paying agents (each, a “Paying Agent”) for the Notes in New York. The Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as the initial Paying Agent.

 

The Issuer shall be responsible for making calculations called for under the Notes, including but not limited to determination of redemption price or other amounts payable on the Notes. The Issuer will make the calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, its calculations will be final and binding on the Holders. The Issuer will provide a schedule of its calculations to the Trustee when requested by the Trustee, and the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on the accuracy of the Issuer’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee shall forward the Issuer’s calculations to any Holder of the Notes upon the written request of such Holder.

 

The Issuer will also maintain one or more registrars (each, a “Note Registrar”) with offices in New York. The Issuer will also maintain a transfer agent (each, a “Transfer Agent”) in New York. The Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as the initial Note Registrar and Transfer Agent. The Note Registrar and the Transfer Agent shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency designated pursuant to Section 1002 being herein sometimes referred to as the “Note Register”). The Note Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times, the Note Register shall be open to inspection by the Trustee. The Issuer may change the Paying Agents, the Note Registrars or the Transfer Agents without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Note Registrar” includes any co-registrars.

 

The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Note Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Note Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 607. The Issuer or any Affiliate thereof may act as Paying Agent or Note Registrar.

 

The Issuer acknowledges that neither the Trustee nor any Agent makes any representations as to the interpretation or characterization of the transactions herein undertaken for tax or any other purpose, in any jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 303.            Denominations . The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

SECTION 304.            Temporary Notes . Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Notes may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

 

If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer designated for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes.

 

- 44 -

 

 

SECTION 305.            Registration of Transfer and Exchange .

 

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer designated pursuant to Section 1002, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by written instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of Notes, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any taxes, fees or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Sections 202, 304, 906, 1016, 1017 or 1108 not involving any transfer.

 

SECTION 306.            Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes . If (1) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or (2) the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such security or indemnity to save each of them harmless from any claim, loss, cost or liability resulting from such lost or stolen Note, then, in the absence of written notice to the Issuer or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a Protected Purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code) (a “Protected Purchaser”), the Issuer shall execute and upon Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

 

- 45 -

 

 

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer and each Guarantor, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

SECTION 307.            Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved .

 

(a)            Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002; provided that, subject to Section 301 hereof, each installment of interest may at the Issuer’s option be paid by (1) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 308, to the address of such Person as it appears in the Note Register or (2) transfer to an account maintained by the payee; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on, all Notes in global form and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer and the Paying Agent.

 

(b)            Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) may be paid by the Issuer, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

 

(1)            the Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 107, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

 

- 46 -

 

 

(2)            the Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

(c)            Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

SECTION 308.            Persons Deemed Owners . Prior to the due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

SECTION 309.            Cancellation . All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Issuer has not issued and sold, and all Notes so delivered shall be cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures. If the Issuer shall so acquire any of the Notes, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures.

 

SECTION 310.            Computation of Interest . Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 311.            Transfer and Exchange . The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Note Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Note Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Note Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Note Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met.

 

SECTION 312.            CUSIP, ISIN and Common Code Numbers . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) in addition to serial numbers, and, if so, the Trustee shall use such “CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in addition to serial numbers in notices of redemption, repurchase or other notices to Holders as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such “CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or repurchase and that reliance may be placed only on the serial or other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or repurchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers applicable to the Notes.

 

- 47 -

 

 

SECTION 313.            Issuance of Additional Notes . The Issuer may, subject to Section 1011 of this Indenture, issue additional Notes having identical terms and conditions to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date (the “Additional Notes”). The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes subsequently issued shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture; provided , that Additional Notes will not be issued with the same CUSIP, if any, as Initial Notes unless such Additional Notes are fungible with Initial Notes for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

 

ARTICLE Four

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

SECTION 401.            Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture shall upon Issuer Request and at the Issuer’s expense cease to be of further effect (except as set forth in the last paragraph of this Section and as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto) and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture when:

 

(1)            either,

 

(A)            all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(B)             all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,

 

(i)            have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption pursuant to Section 1105 or otherwise, or

 

(ii)           will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 

(iii)          are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer,

 

and the Issuer or any Guarantor, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollar, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any and accrued interest to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

- 48 -

 

 

(2)            no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

(3)            the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture;

 

(4)            the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at the Stated Maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be; and

 

(5)            the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Issuer to any Authenticating Agent under Section 612 and, if money or Government Securities shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 

SECTION 402.            Application of Trust Money . Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities in accordance with Section 401 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 401 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities in accordance with Section 401; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

- 49 -

 

 

ARTICLE Five

REMEDIES

 

SECTION 501.           Events of Default . “Event of Default”, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

 

(1)            default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes issued under this Indenture;

 

(2)            default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes issued under this Indenture;

 

(3)            failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after the receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(4)            default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both

 

(A)            such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and

 

(B)             the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

 

(5)            failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (net of amounts covered by insurance policies issued by reputable insurance companies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

 

(6)            any of the following events with respect to the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary:

 

- 50 -

 

 

(A)            the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(i)            commences a voluntary case;

 

(ii)           consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

(iii)          consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;

 

(iv)          takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; or

 

(B)             a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(i)            is for relief against the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

 

(ii)          appoints a custodian of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or

 

(iii)         orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary;

 

(iv)            and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

 

(7)            the Guarantee of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be in full force (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or hereof) and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary denies that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of the related Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.

 

SECTION 502.            Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .

 

(a)            If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 501(6) above with respect to the Issuer) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes issued under this Indenture may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the Outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders).

 

(b)            Upon the effectiveness of a declaration under 502(a), such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under Section 501(6) with respect to the Issuer, all Outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default, except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. In addition, the Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes.

 

- 51 -

 

 

(c)            At any time after a declaration of acceleration has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, so long as such recission and annulment would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, if:

 

(1)            the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

 

(A)           all overdue interest on all Outstanding Notes,

 

(B)            all unpaid principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Outstanding Notes which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest on such unpaid principal at the rate borne by the Notes,

 

(C)            to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue interest at the rate borne by the Notes, and

 

(D)           all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

 

(2)            Events of Default, other than the non payment of amounts of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on Notes, which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513,

 

no such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, in the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 501(4) above, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose,

 

(1)            the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, or

 

(2)            the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default, or

 

(3)            if the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

SECTION 503.           Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee . The Issuer covenants that if:

 

(1)            default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Note when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

 

(2)            default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at the Maturity thereof, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, and interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installment of interest, at the rate borne by the Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

- 52 -

 

 

If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders under this Indenture and the Guarantees by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem necessary to protect and enforce any such rights, including seeking recourse against any Guarantor, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy, including seeking recourse against any Guarantor.

 

SECTION 504.           Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Issuer or any other obligor including any Guarantor, upon the Notes or the property of the Issuer or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Issuer for the payment of overdue principal, premium, if any, or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

 

(1)            to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

 

(2)            to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors’ committee or other similar committee.

 

- 53 -

 

 

SECTION 505.            Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes . All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

SECTION 506.           Application of Money Collected . Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

FIRST : To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee) under Section 607;

 

SECOND : To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

 

THIRD: The balance, if any, to the Issuer or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct in writing; provided that all sums due and owing to the Holders and the Trustee have been paid in full as required by this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 506.

 

SECTION 507.           Limitation on Suits . Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest when due, no Holder of a Note shall pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, unless:

 

(1)            such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)            Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)            such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)            the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense; and

 

(5)            Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period,

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture or the Guarantees to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture or the Guarantees, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders (it being further understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

 

- 54 -

 

 

SECTION 508.           Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment, as provided herein (including, if applicable, Article Eleven) and in such Note of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 307) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 509.            Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Guarantees and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, any Guarantor, any other obligor of the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 510.            Rights and Remedies Cumulative . Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 511.            Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 512.            Control by Holders . The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided that:

 

(1)            such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and such Holders have complied with Section 603(6),

 

(2)            the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and

 

- 55 -

 

 

(3)            the Trustee need not take any action which might involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not consenting.

 

SECTION 513.            Waiver of Past Defaults . Subject to Sections 508 and 902, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all such Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder (except (1) a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any such Note held by a non-consenting Holder, or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof or in any Guarantee which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected which shall require the consent of all Holder of the Notes) and rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Notes; provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 514.            Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . Each of the Issuer, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each of the Issuer, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

SECTION 515.            Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorney's fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 515 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder relating to right to payment hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE Six

THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 601.            Duties of the Trustee .

 

(a)            Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

 

(1)            the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

- 56 -

 

 

(2)            in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions specifically required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but not to verify the contents thereof.

 

(b)            If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge or of which written notice of such Event of Default shall have been given to a Responsible Officer by the Issuer, any other obligor of the Notes or by Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

 

(c)            No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that

 

(1)            this paragraph (c) shall not be construed to limit the effect of paragraph (a) of this Section;

 

(2)            the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Agent, unless it shall be proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)            the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;

 

(d)            Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

 

(e)            No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

SECTION 602.            Notice of Defaults . Within 90 days after the earlier of receipt from the Issuer of notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder or the date when such Default or Event of Default becomes known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall transmit notice of such Default or Event of Default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived; provided that, except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the best interest of the Holders.

 

- 57 -

 

 

SECTION 603.            Certain Rights of Trustee .

 

(1)            the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

 

(2)            any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a certified Board Resolution and an Opinion of Counsel;

 

(3)            whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel;

 

(4)            the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any fact, Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes unless either (i) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (ii) written notice of such fact, Default or Event of Default shall have been received by a Responsible Officer and references this Indenture and the Notes. Delivery of reports to the Trustee pursuant to Section 1009 shall not constitute knowledge of, or notice to, the Trustee of the information contained therein;

 

(5)            the Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel or Opinion of Counsel;

 

(6)            the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(7)            the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, or inquire as to the performance by the Issuer or the Guarantors of any of their covenants in this Indenture or inquire as to the performance by the Issuer or the Guarantors of any of their covenants in this Indenture, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Issuer and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation;

 

(8)            the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

 

- 58 -

 

 

(9)            the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

 

(10)          the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder whether as an Agent or otherwise, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

 

(11)          the Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Incumbency Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto setting forth the names of individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Incumbency Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded;

 

(12)          the Trustee shall not be required to give any note, bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture;

 

(13)          in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunction of utilities, third-party communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances;

 

(14)          the permissive right of the Trustee to take actions permitted by this Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so; and

 

(15)          in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, punitive, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action except that it shall be liable for damages that arise out of the Trustee’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

SECTION 604.            Trustee Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes . The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except for the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and neither the Trustee nor any Agent assumes responsibility for their correctness. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent makes representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of Notes or the proceeds thereof or the Offering Document or any other documents used in connection with the sale or distribution of the Notes.

 

SECTION 605.            May Hold Notes . The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer or of the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent; provided , that, if it acquires any “conflicting interest” (within the meaning of TIA Section 310(b)), it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue or resign.

 

- 59 -

 

 

SECTION 606.            Money Held in Trust . Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Issuer.

 

SECTION 607.            Compensation and Reimbursement . The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree:

 

(1)            to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be agreed in writing between the Issuer and the Trustee for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

 

(2)            except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; and

 

(3)            to indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, including taxes (other than the taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim regardless of whether the claim is asserted by the Issuer, a Guarantor, a Holder or any other Person or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or a Guarantee against the Issuer or a Guarantor (including this Section 607).

 

The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section to compensate the Trustee, to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances and to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee. As security for the performance of such obligations of the Issuer, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders entitled thereto for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 501(6), the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) of and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Bankruptcy Law. “Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 607 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder as permitted by this Indenture; provided , however , that the negligence or willful misconduct of any predecessor Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other successor Trustee hereunder (other than a successor Trustee that is successor by merger or consolidation to such predecessor Trustee).

 

The provisions of this Section shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

- 60 -

 

 

SECTION 608.            Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility . There shall be at all times a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of federal, State, territorial or District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 

SECTION 609.            Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor .

 

(a)            No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 610.

 

(b)            The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, a copy of which shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and a copy to the successor Trustee. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(c)            The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition, at the expense of the Issuer, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(d)            The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided that, there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

 

(e)            If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f)            the Issuer shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to the Holders in the manner provided for in Section 107. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

- 61 -

 

 

SECTION 610.            Acceptance of Appointment by Successor .

 

(a)            Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.

 

(b)            No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

SECTION 611.            Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business . Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder; provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. In case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee. In all such cases such certificates shall have the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee shall have; provided that, the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

SECTION 612.            Appointment of Authenticating Agent . At any time when any of the Notes remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint one or more agents (each an “ Authenticating Agent ”) with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes and the Trustee shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, in the manner provided for in Section 107. Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by an authorized signatory of the Trustee, and a copy of such instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Issuer. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Issuer.

 

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent; provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

 

- 62 -

 

 

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Notes, in the manner provided for in Section 107. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

 

The Issuer agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time such compensation for its services under this Section as shall be agreed in writing between the Issuer and such Authenticating Agent.

 

If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

      WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 as Trustee
         
Date:     By:   
          as Authenticating Agent

 

ARTICLE Seven

HOLDERS LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND ISSUER

 

SECTION 701.            Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses . The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

 

(1)            semiannually, not more than 10 days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date; and

 

(2)            at such other times as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and content to that in clause (1) hereof as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

 

provided that, if and so long as the Trustee shall be a Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished.

 

- 63 -

 

 

SECTION 702.            Reports by Trustee.

 

Within 60 days after December 31 of each year commencing with December 31, 2013, the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders of Notes (with a copy to the Issuer at the address specified in Section 106), in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of such December 31 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b). A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Notes are listed, with the Commission and with the Issuer. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.

 

ARTICLE Eight

MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE
OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS

 

SECTION 801.            Issuer May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms .

 

(a)            The Issuer will not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)            the Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”);

 

(2)            the Successor Company, if other than the Issuer, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(3)            immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

 

(4)            immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the Applicable Measurement Period,

 

(A)               the Successor Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 1011(a) or

 

(B)               the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction;

 

(5)            each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 802(1)(B) below shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

- 64 -

 

 

(6)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Notes and this Indenture, as applicable, constitute valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, subject to customary exceptions.

 

(b)            The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and the Issuer will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 801(a).

 

(1)            any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(2)            the Issuer may merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in any state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby.

 

SECTION 802.            Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms . Subject to Section 1208, no Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any such Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

 

(1)            (A)  such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or any territory thereof or the District of Columbia (such Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

 

(B)               the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(C)               immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

 

(D)               the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Indenture and Guarantees, as applicable, constitute valid and binding obligations of the applicable Guarantor, subject to customary exceptions; or

 

(2)            the transaction is an Asset Sale that is made in compliance with Section 1017.

 

Subject to Section 1208, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee and such Guarantor will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (i) merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Issuer, (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby or (iii) convert into a Person organized or existing under the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States.

 

- 65 -

 

 

SECTION 803.            Successor Substituted . Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor in accordance with Sections 801 and 802 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, is merged or the successor Person to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture or the Guarantees, as the case may be, with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, herein or the Guarantees, as the case may be. When a successor Person assumes all obligations of its predecessor hereunder, the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be, such predecessor shall be released from all obligations; provided that in the event of a transfer or lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal and interest or other obligations on the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE Nine

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

SECTION 901.            Amendments or Supplements Without Consent of Holders . Without the consent of any Holder, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to any amendment relating to its Guarantee) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and any related Guarantee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

 

(1)            to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)            to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

 

(3)            to comply with Article Eight hereof;

 

(4)            to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders;

 

(5)            to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

 

(6)            to secure the notes or add covenants for the benefit of the Holders of Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer or any Guarantor;

 

(7)            to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements of Sections 609 and 610 hereof;

 

(8)            to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes, in accordance with this Indenture;

 

- 66 -

 

 

(9)            to add a Guarantor or a parent guarantor under this Indenture, provided that only the Trustee and the Guarantor or parent guarantor being added need to sign any such supplement or amendment;

 

(10)          to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Document to the extent that such provision in the “Description of the Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes; or

 

(11)          to amend the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that, (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

 

SECTION 902.            Amendments, Supplements or Waivers with Consent of Holders .

 

(a)            With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, the Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to any Guarantee to which it is a party or this Indenture) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Notes for the purpose of adding any provisions hereto or thereto, changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders hereunder or thereunder (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes) and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes); provided that, without consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby, no such amendment, supplement or waiver shall, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

(1)            reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver,

 

(2)            reduce the principal of or change the Maturity of any such Note or reduce the premium payable upon the redemption any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed pursuant to Section 1101,

 

(3)            reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note,

 

(4)            waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes issued under this Indenture, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders of the Notes,

 

(5)            make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes,

 

- 67 -

 

 

(6)            make any change in Section 513 or the rights of Holders of the Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes,

 

(7)            make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions,

 

(8)            impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes, or

 

(9)            make any change to or modify the ranking of any Note or related Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders of the Notes.

 

(b)            It shall not be necessary for the consent of Holders under this Section 902 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, and it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

(c)            [Reserved]

 

(d)            Neither the Issuer nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders (or in the case of an exchange offer, exchanged with all Holders) that are “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or Non-U.S. Persons, in each case, who, upon request, confirm that they are “qualified institutional buyers” or Non-U.S. Persons and consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment.

 

SECTION 903.            Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers . In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any amendment, supplement or waiver permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and (other than in the case of an amendment or supplement for the purpose of adding a Guarantor or a parent guarantor under this Indenture in accordance with Section 901(9)) Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized and permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications, and complies with the provisions hereof. Guarantors may, but shall not be required to, execute supplemental indentures that do not modify such Guarantor’s Guarantee. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

SECTION 904.            Effect of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such amendment, supplement or waiver shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

SECTION 905.            [Reserved] .

 

SECTION 906.            Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures . Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

 

- 68 -

 

 

SECTION 907.            Notice of Supplemental Indentures . Promptly after the execution by the Issuer, any Guarantor and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 902, the Issuer shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Note affected, in the manner provided for in Section 107, setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture.

 

ARTICLE Ten

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 1001.          Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest . The Issuer covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

SECTION 1002.          Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Issuer will maintain in The City of New York, an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The designated office of the Trustee shall be such office or agency of the Issuer in The City of New York, unless the Issuer shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in The City of New York. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

SECTION 1003.          Money for Notes Payments to Be Held in Trust . If the Issuer shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of its action or failure so to act.

 

- 69 -

 

 

Whenever the Issuer shall have one or more Paying Agents for the Notes, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes in accordance with Section 1001, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such action or any failure so to act.

 

Each Paying Agent agrees:

 

(1)            that it will hold all sums received by it as Paying Agent for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders or of the Trustee;

 

(2)            that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Issuer to make any payment of the principal of or interest on any Notes and any other payments to be made by or on behalf of the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and

 

(3)            that it will pay any such sums so held in trust by it to the Trustee forthwith upon the Trustee’s written request at any time during the continuance of the failure referred to in clause (2) above.

 

the Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request, or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as Trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

SECTION 1004.          Organizational Existence . Subject to Article Eight, the Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and that of each Restricted Subsidiary and the organizational rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Issuer and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that the Issuer shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

- 70 -

 

 

SECTION 1005.          Payment of Taxes and Other Claims . The Issuer will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or any Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of the Issuer or any Subsidiary and (2) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies, which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon the property of the Issuer or any Subsidiary; provided , that the Issuer shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuer) are being maintained in accordance with GAAP. 

 

SECTION 1006.          Maintenance of Properties . The Issuer will cause all properties owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or used or held for use in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Issuer may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Issuer from discontinuing the maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Issuer, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 1007.          Insurance . The Issuer will at all times keep all of its and its Subsidiaries’ properties which are of an insurable nature insured with insurers, believed by the Issuer to be responsible, against loss or damage to the extent that property of similar character is usually so insured by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties.

 

SECTION 1008.          Statement by Officer as to Default .

 

(a)            The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing officer with a view to determining whether it has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled, and has caused each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to keep, observe, perform and fulfill its obligations under this Indenture and further stating that, to the best of his or her knowledge, the Issuer during such preceding fiscal year has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled, and has caused each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to keep, observe, perform and fulfill each and every such covenant contained in this Indenture and no Default or Event of Default occurred during such year and at the date of such certificate there is no Default or Event of Default which has occurred and is continuing or, if such signers do know of such Default or Event of Default, the certificate shall describe its status, with particularity and that, to the best of his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains by reason of which payments on the account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action each is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officer’s Certificate shall also notify the Trustee should the Issuer elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year-end. For purposes of this Section 1008(a), such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

 

(b)            When any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event, notice or other action within ten Business Days of becoming aware of such occurrence.

 

- 71 -

 

 

SECTION 1009.          Reports and Other Information .

 

(a)            Whether or not the Issuer is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuer shall have its annual consolidated financial statements audited by a nationally recognized firm of independent auditors and its interim consolidated financial statements reviewed by a nationally recognized firm of independent auditors in accordance with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 100 issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or any similar replacement standard). In addition, so long as any Notes are outstanding, Issuer shall furnish to the Holders:

 

(1)            (x) all annual and quarterly financial statements that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-K and 10-Q of the Issuer, if the Issuer were required to file such forms, plus a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”; (y) with respect to the annual and quarterly information, a presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA of the Issuer substantially consistent with the presentation thereof in the Offering Document and derived from such financial information; and (z) with respect to the annual financial statements only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Issuer’s independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

(2)            all information that would be required to be contained in filings with the SEC on Form 8-K under Items 1.01 (including furnishing any material debt agreements that would be required to be described in such Form 8-K), 1.02, 1.03, 2.01, 2.05, 2.06, 4.01, 4.02, 5.01 and 5.02(b) and (c) (other than with respect to information otherwise required or contemplated by Item 402 of Regulation S-K) as in effect on the Issue Date if the Issuer were required to file such reports; provided , however , that no such current report shall be required to include as an exhibit, or to include a summary of the terms of, any employment or compensatory arrangement agreement, plan or understanding between the Issuer (or any of its subsidiaries) and any director, manager or executive officer, of the Issuer (or any of its subsidiaries).

 

All such annual reports shall be furnished within 90 days after the end of the fiscal year to which they relate, and all such quarterly reports shall be furnished within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter to which they relate; provided that the annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013 shall be furnished within 120 days after the end of such fiscal year; and provided further that quarterly reports for each of the fiscal quarter ending prior to and the first two fiscal quarters ending after the Issue Date shall be furnished within 75 days after the end of the fiscal quarter to which they relate. All such current reports shall be furnished within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for reporting companies under the Exchange Act.

 

The Issuer shall make available such information and such reports (as well as the details regarding the conference call described below) to the Trustee under this Indenture, to any Holder of the Notes and, upon request, to any beneficial owner of the Notes, in each case by posting such information on its website, on Intralinks or any comparable password-protected online data system which shall require a confidentiality acknowledgment, and shall make such information readily available to any prospective investor in the Notes, any securities analyst (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the notes) or any market maker in the Notes who (i) agrees to treat such information as confidential or (ii) accesses such information on Intralinks or any comparable password-protected online data system which shall require a confidentiality acknowledgment; provided that the Issuer shall post such information thereon and make readily available any password or other login information to any such prospective investor, securities analyst or market maker. The Issuer shall hold a quarterly conference call for all Holders and securities analysts (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the notes) to discuss such financial information (including a customary Q&A session) no later than five (5) Business Days after distribution of such financial information; provided that the conference call for the fiscal quarter ending prior to the Issue Date shall be held no later than ten Business Days after distribution of the financial information for such quarter.

 

- 72 -

 

 

(b)           The Issuer shall provide S&P and Moody’s (and their respective successors) with information on a periodic basis as S&P or Moody’s, as the case may be, shall reasonably require in order to maintain public ratings of the Notes. To the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Issuer shall also furnish to Holders, securities analysts (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the notes) and prospective investors in the Notes upon request the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), so long as the Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

 

(c)            If the Issuer has designated any of its Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and if any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of Unrestricted Subsidiaries, if taken together as one Subsidiary, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer, then the annual and quarterly information required by clause (1) of the first paragraph of this covenant shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, the financial statements, information and other documents required to be provided as described above, may be those of (i) the Issuer or (ii) any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer rather than those of the Issuer; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

(e)           The Issuer will be deemed to have furnished the reports referred to above in clause (a)(1) and (2) of this covenant if the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer has filed reports containing such information with the SEC.

 

Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and its receipt of such reports shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including our compliance with any of our covenants under the Indenture or the notes (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

The Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, our compliance with the covenants or with respect to any reports or other documents filed with the SEC under the Indenture.

 

SECTION 1010.          Limitation on Restricted Payments .

 

(a)            The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

 

(1)            declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than:

 

- 73 -

 

 

(A)              dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests; or

 

(B)               dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

(2)            purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, including in connection with any merger or consolidation, in each case held by a person other than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(3)            make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than:

 

(A)              Indebtedness permitted under clauses (7) and (8) of Section 1011(b); or

 

(B)               the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

(4)            make any Restricted Investment;

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exception thereto) being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(A)               no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof (or, in the case of a Restricted Investment, no Event of Default described under Section 501(1), (2) and (6) shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof);

 

(B)               except in the case of a Restricted Investment, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 1011(a); and

 

(C)               such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1), (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to clause (B) thereof only), (6)(C) and (9) of Section 1010(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 1010(b)), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

(1)            50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit, plus

 

- 74 -

 

 

(2)            100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to Section 1011(b)(12)(A) from the issue or sale of

 

(x)            Equity Interests of the Issuer, including Retired Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of

 

(A)          Equity Interests to any employee, director, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer and the Issuer’s Subsidiaries after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 1010(b)(4) and

 

(B)          Designated Preferred Stock

 

and to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Issuer, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 1010(b)(4) or

 

(y)           Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

 

provided that this clause (2) shall not include the proceeds from (a) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (b) Equity Interests (or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged for Equity Interests) of the Issuer sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or the Issuer, as the case may be, (c) Disqualified Stock (or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged into Disqualified Stock) or (d) Excluded Contributions, plus

 

(3)            100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Issuer or that becomes part of the capital of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary through consolidation or merger following the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds (i) have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to Section 1011(b)(12)(A), (ii) are contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) constitute Excluded Contributions), plus

 

- 75 -

 

 

(4)            100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by means of:

 

(A)          the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, after the Issue Date or

 

(B)          the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 1010(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, plus

 

(5)            in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 1010(b) or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment.

 

(b)            The foregoing provisions shall not prohibit:

 

(1)            the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(2)            (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) made within 120 days of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent contributed to the Issuer (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and

 

(B)   if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 1010(b), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that was declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

- 76 -

 

 

(3)            the prepayment, exchange, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of (i) Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 120 days of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer, or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary made in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale made within 120 days of, Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, that, in each case is incurred in compliance with Section 1011 so long as:

 

(A)            the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Indebtedness or the liquidation preference of, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends on, the Disqualified Stock being so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock,

 

(B)             such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value,

 

(C)             such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a final scheduled maturity date, , or mandatory redemption date, as applicable, equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date, or mandatory redemption date, of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so prepaid, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired, and

 

(D)             such new Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

 

- 77 -

 

 

(4)            a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), including any Equity Interests rolled over by management of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions; provided , that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $25.0 million (which shall increase to $50.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $50.0 million in any calendar year) (which shall increase to $100.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer; provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

(A)            the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer and, to the extent contributed to the Issuer, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (C) of Section 1010(a); plus

 

(B)             the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, less

 

(C)             the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this Section 1010(b)(4); provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) of this Section 1010(b)(4) in any calendar year);

 

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Issuer (or any permitted transferee thereof), any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

(5)            the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or any class or series of preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, issued in accordance with the covenant described under Section 1011 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;

 

(6)            (A) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Issuer after the Issue Date;

 

(B)             the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer, the proceeds of which shall be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Issue Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Issuer from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, or

 

(C)             the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 1010(b)(2);

 

provided that, in the case of each of (A) and (C) of this clause (6), for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

- 78 -

 

 

(7)            Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.00% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(8)            payments made or expected to be made by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

(9)            the declaration and payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following consummation of the first public offering of the Issuer’s common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer after the Issue Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Issuer in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

 

(10)          Restricted Payments in an amount that does not exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions made since the Issue Date;

 

(11)          other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (11) not to exceed the greater of (x) $175.0 million and (y) 3.25% of Total Assets at the time made;

 

(12)          distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

 

(13)          any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates (including dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to permit payment by such parent of such amount), to the extent permitted by Section 1013;

 

(14)          the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions similar to those of Section 1016 and Section 1017; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer, as the case may be, have been repurchased, redeemed, defeased or acquired or retired for value;

 

- 79 -

 

 

(15)          the declaration and payment of dividends by the Issuer to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company to pay:

 

(A)            franchise and excise taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain its organizational existence,

 

(B)             foreign, federal, state and local income and similar taxes (including any interest or penalties related thereto), to the extent such taxes are attributable to the income, revenue, receipts, capital or margin of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) would be required to pay in respect of such foreign, federal, state and local income taxes for such fiscal year had the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) been a stand-alone taxpayer (separate from any such direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) for all fiscal years ending after the Issue Date,

 

(C)             customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, employees, directors and managers and consultants of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Issuer’s proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent company being a public company,

 

(D)             general corporate or other operating (including, without limitation, expenses related to auditing or other accounting matters) and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including the Issuer’s proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent company being a public company,

 

(E)            amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses incurred by any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer related to (i) the maintenance by such parent entity of its corporate or other entity existence and (ii) transactions of such parent company of the Issuer of the type described in clause (11) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income”, and

 

(F)            cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Issuer or any such direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

 

(16)          the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of the Issuer, in each case, permitted under this Indenture;

 

(17)          the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

 

- 80 -

 

 

(18)          any Restricted Payment; provided that on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Restricted Payment (x) the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio would be equal to or less than 3.75 to 1.00 and (y) the Issuer could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio set forth in Section 1011(a); and

 

(19)          payments or distributions to satisfy dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with Article Eight;

 

provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (11) and (17) of this Section 1010(b), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would, with the passage of time, occur as a consequence thereof.

 

(c)            As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investment in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 1010(a) or under clauses (7), (10) or (11) of Section 1010(b), or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments”, and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture.

 

(d)            For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1010, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment or Investment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of clauses (1) through (19) of Section 1010(b) or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 1010(a) and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments” in Section 102, the Issuer shall be entitled to classify or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment or Investment (or portion thereof) among clauses (1) through (19) of Section 1010(b), Section 1010(a) and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments” in Section 102 in a manner that otherwise complies with this Section 1010.

 

SECTION 1011.          Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock .

 

(a)            the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Issuer shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or, in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or Guarantors, preferred stock; provided that the Issuer may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of preferred stock, if, after giving effect thereto, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be at least 2.00 to 1.00; provided , further , that the amount of Indebtedness (other than Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing, together with any amounts incurred under clause 14(x) of Section 1011(b) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 3.75% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding.

 

- 81 -

 

 

(b)            The foregoing limitations shall not apply to:

 

(1)            Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence, the then-outstanding aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) does not exceed at any one time (x) $3,325.0 million plus (y) an additional amount if, after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of such additional amount and the application of net proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio is equal to or less than 4.50:1.00; provided , further , that, for purposes of determining the amount of Indebtedness that may be incurred under clause (1)(y), all Indebtedness incurred under this clause (1) shall be treated as Secured Indebtedness;

 

(2)            Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee thereof, but excluding Indebtedness represented by Additional Notes, if any, or guarantees with respect thereto) and exchange notes issued in respect of such Notes and any Guarantee thereof;

 

(3)            Existing Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1) and (2) above);

 

(4)            Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance the purchase, lease, construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets and Indebtedness arising from the conversion of the obligations of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary under or pursuant to any “synthetic lease” transactions to on-balance sheet Indebtedness of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (4), and all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (4), does not exceed the greater of (x) $125.0 million and (y) 2.5% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence; provided that such Indebtedness exists at the date of such purchase, lease, construction, installation or improvement or is created within 270 days of the completion thereof; provided , further that Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (4) in connection with a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation so long as the proceeds of such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction are used by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary to permanently repay outstanding Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(5)            Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts or similar facilities issued or entered into in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance; 

 

(6)            Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected as Indebtedness on the balance sheet of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (6));

 

- 82 -

 

 

(7)            Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if such Indebtedness is owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

 

(8)            Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is neither the Issuer nor a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor; provided further that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

 

(9)            shares of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of preferred stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of preferred stock not permitted by this clause;

 

(10)          Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 1011, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk;

 

(11)          obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)          (A) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference up to 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions or proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (C)(2) and (C)(3) of Section 1010(a) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 1010(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of the definition thereof) and (B)  Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(B), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of (x) $200.0 million and (y)3.75% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(B) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (12)(B) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 1011(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock under Section 1011(a) without reliance on this clause (12)(B));

 

- 83 -

 

 

(13)           the incurrence or issuance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock which serves to Refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as permitted under Section 1011(a) and clauses (2) and (3) above, clause 12(A), this clause (13) and clause (14) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued to so Refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided that such Refinancing Indebtedness

 

(A)            has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced,

 

(B)             to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee of the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Guarantee at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being Refinanced or (ii) Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, respectively and

 

(C)             shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Guarantor;

 

and provided further that subclause (A) above of this clause (13) shall not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured Indebtedness outstanding;

 

(14)           Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of (x) the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including designating an Unrestricted Subsidiary a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either:

 

(A)            the Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 1011(a), or

 

(B)             the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

(15)          Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

 

- 84 -

 

 

(16)          Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

(17)          (A) any guarantee by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of a guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness could have been incurred directly by the Restricted Subsidiary providing such guarantee, or

 

(B)             any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Issuer, provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with Section 1015;

 

(18)           Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors at any one time outstanding not to exceed, in the aggregate, the greater of (x) $75.0 million and (y) 1.50% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (18) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (18) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (18));

 

(19)           Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20)           Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(21)           Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, managers and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer to the extent described in Section 1010(b)(4).

 

(c)            For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 1011,

 

(1)            in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in clauses (1) through (21) of Section 1011(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 1011(a), the Issuer, in its sole discretion, shall divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in one of the above clauses of this Section 1011(b); provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities on the Issue Date after giving effect to the Transactions will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under Section 1011(b)(1); and

 

(2)            at the time of incurrence, the Issuer shall be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 1011(a) and (b) above.

 

- 85 -

 

 

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this Section 1011. Any Refinancing Indebtedness and any Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (1) and (12) of Section 1011(b) above shall be permitted to include additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued and unpaid interest, fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing.

 

(d)            For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in another currency, and such Refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing.

 

(e)            The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such Refinancing.

 

(f)            This Indenture shall not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

 

SECTION 1012.            Liens . The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee on any asset or property of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless the Notes (or the related Guarantee in the case of Liens of a Guarantor) are equally and ratably secured with (or, in the event the Lien relates to Subordinated Indebtedness, are secured on a senior basis to) the obligations so secured. Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 1012 will provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes.

 

- 86 -

 

 

SECTION 1013.           Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates .

 

(a)            The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $15.0 million, unless:

 

(1)            such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; and

 

(2)            the Issuer delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above.

 

(b)            The foregoing provisions shall not apply to the following:

 

(1)            (i) transactions between or among the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction and (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided that such parent company shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer and such merger or consolidation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

 

(2)            Restricted Payments permitted by Section 1010 and the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

 

(3)            (i) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees and related expenses (including indemnification and other similar amounts) to the Investors pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees and related expenses (including indemnification and other similar amounts) accrued in any prior year) and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, or in each case as in effect on the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement in effect on the Issue Date); and (ii) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any of the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith;

 

(4)            the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements provided on behalf of, or for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

- 87 -

 

 

(5)            transactions in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis;

 

(6)            any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

 

(7)            the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or the equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect when taken as a whole;

 

(8)            the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions, in each case, as contemplated in the Offering Document;

 

(9)            transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture which are fair to the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

 

(10)            the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to and the granting and performance of customary registration rights;

 

(11)            sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

(12)            payments, loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of loans, advances or guarantees) to employees, directors, managers or consultants of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees, directors, manager or consultants which, in each case, are approved by the Issuer in good faith;

 

(13)            investments by the Investors in securities of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Investors in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being generally offered to other investors on the same or more favorable terms;

 

(14)            payments to any future, current or former employee, director, manager, officer, manager or consultant of the Issuer, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement; and any employment agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, managers or consultants that are, in each case, approved by the Issuer in good faith;

 

- 88 -

 

 

(15)            any transaction with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) which would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an Equity Interest in or otherwise controls such Person;

 

(16)            payments by the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) and its Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among the Issuer (and any direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer) and its Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent of the amount received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Issuer, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such direct or indirect parent company of the Issuer;

 

(17)            any lease entered into between the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Issuer, as lessor, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(18)            intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)            transactions between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that would constitute an Affiliate Transaction solely because a director of which is also a director of the Issuer or any other direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided , however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

 

(20)            pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(21)            transactions with joint ventures for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment and services entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

SECTION 1014.           Limitations on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries . The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Issuer or Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

(a)            (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (2) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)            make loans or advances to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

- 89 -

 

 

(c)            sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)            contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including, pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and related Hedging Obligations;

 

(2)            this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees;

 

(3)            purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired;

 

(4)            applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(5)            any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case that is in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated;

 

(6)            contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(7)            Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 1011 and 1012 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(8)            restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(9)            other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 1011;

 

(10)            customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;

 

(11)            customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub-licenses or similar agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)            restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility; and

 

(13)            any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer’s Board of Directors, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

 

- 90 -

 

 

(d)            For purposes of determining compliance with the covenants set forth in this Section 1014: (i) the priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to other Indebtedness incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

 

SECTION 1015.           Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries . The Issuer shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Issuer or a Guarantor), other than a Guarantor or a special purpose Restricted Subsidiary formed in connection with a Receivables Facility, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any other Guarantor (other than Indebtedness payable to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) unless:

 

(1)            such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary the form of which is attached as Exhibit A hereto; provided that, if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, any such guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and

 

(2)            such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;

 

provided that this Section 1015 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

- 91 -

 

 

SECTION 1016.           Change of Control .

 

(a)            If a Change of Control occurs after the Issue Date, unless the Issuer has, prior to or concurrently with the time the Issuer is required to make a Change of Control Offer (as defined below), delivered electronically or mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the Outstanding Notes as described under “Optional Redemption” or “Satisfaction and Discharge,” the Issuer shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. No later than 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first class mail or overnight mail, with a copy to the Trustee sent in the same mannner, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, with the following information:

 

(1)            that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 1016 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuer;

 

(2)            the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

(3)            that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)            that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(5)            that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(6)            that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuer to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the expiration time of the Change of Control Offer, electronic transmission (in PDF), facsimile transmission or letter (sent in the same manner provided in the Change of Control Offer) setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(7)            that if the Issuer is redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(8)            if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time as the Change of Control shall occur, or that such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that the Issuer shall determine that such condition will not be satisfied by the Change of Control Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment as so delayed; and

 

(9)            the other instructions, as determined by us, consistent with this Section 1016, that a Holder must follow.

 

(b)            While the Notes are in global form and the Issuer makes an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the Notes through the facilities of the Depository, subject to its rules and regulations.

 

- 92 -

 

 

(c)            the Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

(d)            On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent permitted by law,

 

(1)            accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

(2)            deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and

 

(3)            deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that all Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer.

 

(e)            In the event that the Issuer makes a Change of Control Payment, the Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of the Notes the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

(f)            The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all such Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of the making of such Change of Control Offer.

 

(g)            If Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Issuer, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Issuer as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuer or such third party will have the right, upon not less than 15 days nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, provided that such notice is given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase on a date (the “Second Change of Control Payment Date”) at a price in cash equal to the applicable Change of Control Payment in respect of the Second Change of Control Payment Date.

 

- 93 -

 

 

SECTION 1017.            Asset Sales .

 

(a)            the Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to consummate, directly or indirectly, an Asset Sale, unless:

 

(1)            the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

(2)            except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Sale and all other Asset Sales since the Issue Date, on a cumulative basis received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

(A)               any liabilities (as reflected on the Issuer’s most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Issuer’sconsolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the Issuer, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale) and for which the Issuer and all such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing,

 

(B)               any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), in each case, within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale and

 

(C)               any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 6.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

 

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

 

(b)            Within 450 days after the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (the “Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period”), the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale

 

(1)            to permanently repay or reduce:

 

(A)               Obligations under a Credit Facility to the extent such Obligations were incurred under Section 1011(b)(1), and to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto;

 

(B)               Obligations under Senior Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor, and to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto;

 

- 94 -

 

 

(C)               Obligations under the Notes or any other Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of other Senior Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce any outstanding commitments with respect thereto, if applicable); provided that if the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so repay any such other Senior Indebtedness other than the Notes, the Issuer shall either reduce Obligations under the Notes on a pro rata basis by, at its option, (A) redeeming Notes as described under Section 1101 or (B) purchasing notes through open market purchases, at a price equal to or higher than 100% of the principal amount thereof, in a manner that complies with this Indenture and applicable securities law or make an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes on a ratable basis with such other Senior Indebtedness for no less than 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest, if any, thereon up to the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased; or

 

(D)               Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(2)            to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes or continues to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other property or assets, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c), either (i) used or useful in a Similar Business or (ii) that replace the businesses, properties and/or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; provided that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have complied with this clause (2) if and to the extent that, within 450 days after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in this clause (2) with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds; or

 

(3)            any combination of the foregoing.

 

(c)            Within ten Business Days after the date that the balance of any Net Proceeds not invested or applied as permitted by clauses (1), (2) and (3) above (any such Net Proceeds, whether from one or more Asset Sales, “ Excess Proceeds ”) exceeds $40.0 million , the Issuer shall make an offer to all Holders of the Notes, and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“ Pari Passu Indebtedness ”), to the holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, (with respect to the Notes only) in denominations of $2,000 initial principal amount and multiples of $1,000 thereafter, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. In the event that the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary prepays any Pari Passu Indebtedness that is outstanding under a revolving credit or other committed loan facility pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary shall cause the related loan commitment to be reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid.

 

- 95 -

 

 

The Issuer shall commence an Asset Sale Offer by transmitting electronically or by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds (or, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by the Indenture, the amount of Net Proceeds the Issuer is offering to apply in such Asset Sale Offer), the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds (or such amount offered) in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased or repaid on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered or by lot or such similar method in accordance with the procedures of the Depository; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be repurchased in part. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero, and in the case of an Asset Sale Offer being effected in advance of being required to do so by the Indenture, the amount of Net Proceeds the Issuer is offering to apply in such Asset Sale Offer shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of Excess Proceeds.

 

(d)            Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 1017, the Issuer or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

(e)            The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

(f)            With respect to any partial redemption or repurchase of Notes made pursuant to this Indenture, if less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any given time, selection of such Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee (a) if the Notes are listed on any securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or such other method that the Trustee deems fair and appropriate or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of the Depository; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed or repurchased in part. The provisions under the Indenture relative to the Issuer’s obligation to make an offer to repurchase the notes as a result of an Asset Sale may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes.

 

(g)            Notices of purchase or redemption shall be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 15 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or redemption date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

 

(h)            If any Notes are to be purchased or redeemed in part only, the Issuer shall issue a new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event. On and after the Redemption Date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event.

 

- 96 -

 

 

SECTION 1018.            Suspension of Covenants .

 

(a)            During any period of time that: (1) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies and (2) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (1) and (2) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture:

 

(A)           clause (a)(4) of Section 801;

 

(B)           Section 1010;

 

(C)           Section 1011;

 

(D)           Section 1013;

 

(E)           Section 1014;

 

(F)           Section 1015; and

 

(G)           Section 1017;

 

(collectively, the “ Suspended Covenants ”). Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event (the date of such occurrence, the “ Suspension Date ”), the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds shall be set at zero. In the event that the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “ Reversion Date ”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this description as the “ Suspension Period .” Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants, and none of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period). The Issuer shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee indicating the occurrence of any Suspension Date or Reversion Date. The Trustee shall have no obligation to independently determine or verify if such events have occurred or notify the Holders of any Suspension Date or Reversion Date. The Trustee may provide a copy of such Officer’s Certificate to any Holder of Notes upon request.

 

(b)            On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock issued, during the Suspension Period shall be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 1011(b)(3). On the Reversion Date, all Liens created, incurred or assumed during the Suspension Period in compliance with this Indenture will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that they are classified as permitted under clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.” Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 1010 shall be made as though Section 1010 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period. No Subsidiaries shall be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during any Suspension Period. Any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reversion Date pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant Section 1013(b)(6). Any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in Section 1014(a) through (c) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period shall be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 1014(c)(1).

 

- 97 -

 

 

(c)            The Issuer shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any Covenant Suspension Event. In the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. The Issuer shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any occurrence of a Reversion Date. After any such notice of the occurrence of a Reversion Date, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. 

 

ARTICLE Eleven

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

 

SECTION 1101.            Right of Redemption . At any time prior to August 15, 2016, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as set forth in Section 1105, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption (the “ Redemption Date ”), subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

On and after August 15, 2016, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as set forth in Section 1105, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

 

Percentage  

2016    105.156%
2017    103.438%
2018    101.719%
2019 and thereafter    100.000%

 

In addition, until August 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as set forth in Section 1105, on one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to 106.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture (including any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided , further , that each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

- 98 -

 

 

SECTION 1102.            Applicability of Article . Redemption of Notes at the election of the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

 

SECTION 1103.            Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . In case of any redemption at the election of the Issuer, the Issuer shall, at least three Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent to Holders pursuant to Section 1105 hereof (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 1104.

 

SECTION 1104.            Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed . With respect to any partial redemption or repurchase of Notes made pursuant to this Indenture, if less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any given time, selection of such Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee (a) if the Notes are listed on any securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or such other method that the Trustee deems fair and appropriate or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of the Depository; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed or repurchased in part.

 

Notices of purchase or redemption shall be delivered electronically or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at least 15 but not more than 60 days before the purchase or Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depository, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. If any Note is to be purchased or redeemed in part only, any notice of purchase or redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased or redeemed.

 

If any Notes are to be purchased or redeemed in part only, the Issuer will issue a new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event. On and after the Redemption Date, unless the Issuer defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event.

 

SECTION 1105.            Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 107 not less than 15 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder to be redeemed.

 

- 99 -

 

 

All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(1)            the Redemption Date,

 

(2)            the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1107, if any,

 

(3)            if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of a partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Notes to be redeemed,

 

(4)            in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

 

(5)            that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1107) will become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,

 

(6)            any condition precedent to the redemption;

 

(7)            the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any,

 

(8)            the name and address of the Paying Agent,

 

(9)            that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price,

 

(10)            CUSIP, ISIN or “Common Code” number and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and

 

(11)            the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed.

 

Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the Issuer shall be given by the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s request and provision of such notice information two Business Days (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee) prior to the date notice is to be given, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer.

 

Any redemption may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, which shall be set forth in the related notice of redemption, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other transaction or event. In addition, if such redemption or purchase is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed.

 

- 100 -

 

 

If any such condition precedent has not been satisfied, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee prior to the close of business two Business Days prior to the redemption date. Upon receipt of such notice, the notice of redemption shall be rescinded and the redemption of the Notes shall not occur. Upon receipt, the Trustee shall provide such notice to each Holder of the Notes in the same manner in which the notice of redemption was given.

 

The Issuer and its Affiliates may acquire the Notes by means other than a redemption pursuant to this Article 11, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise.

 

SECTION 1106.            Deposit of Redemption Price . Prior to any Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

 

SECTION 1107.            Notes Payable on Redemption Date . Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event, at the Redemption Price therein specified (together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Issuer at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date and such Notes shall be canceled by the Trustee; provided , that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

 

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes, unless such redemption is conditioned on the happening of a future event.

 

SECTION 1108.            Notes Redeemed in Part . Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article) shall be surrendered at an office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002 (with, if the Issuer or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.

 

SECTION 1109.            [Reserved]  

 

SECTION 1110.            Mandatory Redemption. The Issuer shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

ARTICLE Twelve

GUARANTEES

 

SECTION 1201.            Guarantees . Subject to this Article 12, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Issuer hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and to the Trustee for itself and on behalf of such Holder, that: (1) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes will be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (including the amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Law), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, to the extent lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (1) and (2) above, to the limitation set forth in Section 1204 hereof.

 

- 101 -

 

 

Each Guarantor hereby agrees (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

 

Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note, this Indenture and such Guarantee. Each Guarantor acknowledges that the Guarantee is a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due and not of collection. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the Maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holder, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee on the other hand, (1) subject to this Article Twelve, the Maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Five hereof for the purposes of the Guarantee of such Guarantor notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any acceleration of such obligation as provided in Article Five hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee of such Guarantor.

 

- 102 -

 

 

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation, reorganization, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

SECTION 1202.            Severability . In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

SECTION 1203.            Restricted Subsidiaries . The Issuer shall cause any Restricted Subsidiary required to guarantee payment of the Notes pursuant to the terms and provisions of Section 1015 to execute and deliver to the Trustee any amendment or supplement to this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of Article Nine of this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall guarantee all of the obligations on the Notes, whether for principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing after the filing of, or which would have accrued but for the filing of, a petition by or against the Issuer under any Bankruptcy Law, whether or not such interest is allowed as a claim after such filing in any proceeding under such law) and other amounts due in connection therewith (including any fees, expenses and indemnities), on an unsecured senior basis. Upon the execution of any such amendment or supplement, the obligations of the Guarantors and any such Restricted Subsidiary under their respective Guarantees shall become joint and several and each reference to the “Guarantor” in this Indenture shall, subject to Section 1208, be deemed to refer to all Guarantors, including such Restricted Subsidiary. Such Guarantee shall be released in accordance with Section 803 and Section 1208.

 

SECTION 1204.            Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability . Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by each such Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and each such Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to this Section 1204, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting such fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

SECTION 1205.            Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors agree, inter se , that in the event any payment or distribution is made by any Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under a Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from all other Guarantors in a pro rata amount based on the Adjusted Net Assets (as defined below) of each Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in discharging the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes or any other Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Guarantee of such Guarantor. “Adjusted Net Assets” of such Guarantor at any date shall mean the lesser of (1) the amount by which the fair value of the property of such Guarantor exceeds the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), but excluding liabilities under the Guarantee of such Guarantor at such date and (2) the amount by which the present fair salable value of the assets of such Guarantor at such date exceeds the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Guarantor on its debts (after giving effect to all other fixed and contingent liabilities incurred or assumed on such date), excluding debt in respect of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as they become absolute and matured.

 

- 103 -

 

 

SECTION 1206.            Subrogation . Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Issuer in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 1201; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Issuer under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

 

SECTION 1207.            Reinstatement . Each Guarantor hereby agrees (and each Person who becomes a Guarantor shall agree) that the Guarantee provided for in Section 1201 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time, payment, or any part thereof, of any obligations or interest thereon is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by a Holder to the Issuer upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Issuer or any Guarantor.

 

SECTION 1208.            Release of a Guarantor . Any Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Notes shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon:

 

(1)            (A)          any sale, exchange or transfer (by merger or otherwise) of (i)  the Capital Stock of such Guarantor (including any sale, exchange or transfer) after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) all the assets of such Guarantor, which sale, exchange or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

(B)            the release or discharge of the guarantee by, or direct obligation of, such Guarantor with respect to the Senior Credit Facilities or the guarantee or direct obligation which resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee or direct obligation;

 

(C)            the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

(D)           the exercise of the Legal Defeasance of the Notes under Section 1302 hereof, and the Covenant Defeasance of the Notes under Section 1303 hereof, or if the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Section 401 of this Indenture;

 

(E)            the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Issuer or another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following the transfer of all of its assets to the Issuer or another Guarantor; or

 

(F)            as described under Section 901 or 902; and

 

- 104 -

 

 

(2)            such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

SECTION 1209.            Benefits Acknowledged . Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and from its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Guarantees under this Article Twelve.

 

SECTION 1210.            Effectiveness of Guarantees.

 

This Indenture shall be effective upon its execution and delivery by the parties hereto. The provisions set forth in this Article Twelve will only become operative concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition.

 

ARTICLE Thirteen

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 1301.            Issuer’s Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The Issuer may, at its option, at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 1302 or Section 1303 be applied to all Outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Thirteen.

 

SECTION 1302.            Legal Defeasance and Discharge . Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 1301 of the option applicable to this Section 1302, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from its respective obligations with respect to all Outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that each of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 1305 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders of Outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust described in Section 1304, (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 303, 304, 305, 306,1002 and 1003, (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, and the obligations of each of the Guarantors and the Issuer in connection therewith and (4) this Article Thirteen. Subject to compliance with this Article Thirteen, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 1302 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1303 with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 1303.            Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 1301 of the option applicable to this Section 1303, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be released from its respective obligations under any covenant contained in Sections 801 and 802 and in Sections 1005, 1006, 1007 and 1009 through and including 1017 with respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Issuer or any Guarantor, as applicable, may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Sections 501(3), 501(4), 501(5), and 501(7) and, with respect to only any Significant Subsidiary and not the Issuer, Section 501(6), but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

 

- 105 -

 

 

SECTION 1304.            Conditions to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1302 or Section 1303 to the Outstanding Notes:

 

(1)            the Issuer shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 608 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Thirteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefit of the Holders of such Notes; (A) cash in U.S. dollars, or (B) Government Securities, or (C) a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Outstanding Notes at the Stated Maturity (or Redemption Date, if applicable and so indicated to the Trustee in writing); provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such cash or the proceeds of such Government Securities or combination thereof to said payments with respect to the Notes. Before such a deposit, the Issuer may give to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 1103 hereof, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Outstanding Notes at a future date in accordance with Article Eleven hereof, which notice shall be irrevocable. Such irrevocable redemption notice, if given, shall be given effect in applying the foregoing;

 

(2)            in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions,

 

(A)           the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

 

(B)           since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. Federal income tax law,

 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel in the United States shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)            in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

- 106 -

 

 

(4)            no Default or Event of Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Notes issued hereunder shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

 

(5)            such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which, the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith);

 

(6)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code;

 

(7)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

 

(8)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

SECTION 1305.            Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust Other Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all cash and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 1305, the “Qualifying Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1304 in respect of the Outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Qualifying Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Qualifying Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, but such money or Government Securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

the Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Qualifying Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 1304 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the Outstanding Notes.

 

- 107 -

 

 

Anything in this Article Thirteen to the contrary notwithstanding, the Qualifying Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon Issuer Request any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 1304 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Qualifying Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.

 

SECTION 1306.            Reinstatement . If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 1305 by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and each Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Outstanding Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 1302 or 1303, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 1305; provided that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

- 108 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  RENAISSANCE ACQUISITION CORP.
     
  By: /s/ Joshua Weisenbeck
    Name:
    Title:
     
  GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS, INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  BEST AIRE, LLC.
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  LEROI INTERNATIONAL, INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  GARDNER DENVER FINANCE LLC .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  GARDNER DENVER INTERNATIONAL, INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President

 

- 109 -

 

 

  GARDNER DENVER NASH LLC .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  GARDNER DENVER OBERDORFER PUMPS, INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  GARDNER DENVER THOMAS, INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  GD ARIA US FINANCE LLC .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  GD ARIA FINANCE LLC #2.
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  THOMAS INDUSTRIES INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President

 

- 110 -

 

 

  ROBUSCHI USA INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  EMCO WHEATON USA, INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  GARDNER DENVER WATER JETTING SYSTEMS, INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  AIR-RELIEF, INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  TCM INVESTMENTS, INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President
     
  COMP AIR SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC. .
     
  By: /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title: President

 

- 111 -

 

 

The undersigned agrees to act as Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar and Transfer Agent:

 

     
  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
     
  By: /s/ Raymond Delli Colli
    Name: Raymond Delli Colli
    Title: Vice President

 

- 1 -

 

 

Annex 1 - Rule 144A / Regulation S Appendix

 

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES

 

1. Definitions

 

1.1 Definitions .

 

For the purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depository for such a Temporary Regulation S Global Note, to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

 

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors.

 

“Definitive Note” means a certificated Note bearing, if required, the appropriate restricted notes legend set forth in Section 2.3(e).

 

“Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the latest of the Issue Date, the original issue date of the issuance of any Additional Notes and the date on which any such Notes (or any predecessor of such Notes) were first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in rule 902 of Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S.

 

“IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor”, as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

“Initial Purchasers” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital, Inc., Mizuho Securities USA Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, KKR Capital Markets LLC, HSBC Securities (USA) Inc, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., and SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement.

 

“Notes” means (1) $575,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.875% Senior Notes Due 2021 issued on the Issue Date and (2) Additional Notes, if any.

 

“Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Notes (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

 

“Purchase Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated July 22, 2013, among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Representative on behalf of the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes.

 

 

 

 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

“Representative” means Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., as representative of the Initial Purchasers.

 

“Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(e) hereto.

 

1.2 Other Definitions .

 

Term   Defined in
Section:
“Agent Members”    2.1(b)
“Global Notes”    2.1(a)
“Regulation S”    2.1(a)
“Permanent Regulation S Global Note”    2.1(a)
“Rule 144A”    2.1(a)
“Rule 144A Global Note”    2.1(a)
“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”    2.1(a)

 

2. The Notes.

 

2.1         (a) Form and Dating . The Notes will be offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to a Purchase Agreement. The Notes will be resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, IAIs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global notes in fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”); and Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary global notes in fully registered form (collectively, the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and with the global notes legend and the applicable restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository a , duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Except as set forth in this Section 2.1(a), beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note, a permanent global note (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”, and together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global Note”) or any other Note prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and then, after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, may be exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note, the Permanent Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note only (i) upon certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that beneficial ownership interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act, and (ii) in the case of an exchange for a Definitive Note, in compliance with the requirements of Section 2.4(a) hereof.

 

 

 

a Depository is defined to include DTC’s nominee.

 

- 2

 

 

 Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may be exchanged for interests in Rule 144A Global Notes if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of Notes in compliance with Rule 144A and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in a form satisfactory to the Trustee) to the effect that the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note is being transferred to a Person (a) whom the transferor reasonably believes to be a QIB, (b) purchasing for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and (c) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions.

 

Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in this Indenture) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable).

 

The Rule 144A Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the Permanent Regulation S Global Note are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes”. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.

 

(b)           Book-Entry Provisions . This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

 

The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository.

 

Members of, or participants in the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Note, and the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

(c)           Definitive Notes . Except as provided in this Section 2.1, 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes.

 

2.2           Authentication . The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of $575,000,000 6.875% Senior Notes Due 2021 and (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of the Issuer pursuant to Section 202 of this Indenture, in each case upon a written order of the Issuer signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 313 of this Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 1011 of this Indenture.

 

- 3

 

 

2.3 Transfer and Exchange .

 

(a)          Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Note Registrar with a request:

 

(x)          to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

 

(y)          to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

 

the Note Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:

 

(i)          shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and

 

(ii)          if such Definitive Notes are required to bear a restricted notes legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:

 

(A)          if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Note Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or

 

(B)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuer, a certification to that effect; or

 

(C)          if such Definitive Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note) and (ii) if the Issuer so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i).

 

(b)           Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note . A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with:

 

(i)          certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note, that such Definitive Note is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A or (B) being transferred to an IAI or (C) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note in reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note; and

 

- 4

 

 

(ii)         written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Notes Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)) or Regulation S Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such increase,

 

then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Notes Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures of the Depository and the Notes Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes or Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer, a new Rule 144A Global Note or Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount.

 

(c)           Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes .

 

(i)          The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Note Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Note Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.

 

(ii)         If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.

 

(iii)        Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

 

(iv)        In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for a Definitive Note pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Issuer.

 

- 5

 

 

(v)         During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Issuer, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S (other than a transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note) or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States.

 

(e)           Legen d.

 

(i)          Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof), in the case of Notes offered otherwise than in reliance on Regulation S shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT UNTIL THE DATE THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S] RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE NOTES (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH TRUSTEE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

- 6

 

 

Each Definitive Note shall also bear the following additional legend:

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

(ii)         Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Note Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Note Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note).

 

(f)           Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note . At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

 

(g)          No Obligation of the Trustee .

 

(i)          The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

- 7

 

 

(ii)          The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among the Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

2.4 Definitive Notes .

 

(a)          A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Notes Custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Depository notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depository is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) a Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Issuer, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under this Indenture.

 

(b)          Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee located at its principal Corporate Trust Office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) hereof, bear the applicable restricted notes legend and definitive notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.

 

(c)          Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(d)          In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Issuer shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the event that such Definitive Notes are not issued, the Issuer expressly acknowledges, with respect to the right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to this Indenture, including pursuant to Section 507, the right of any beneficial owner of Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial owner’s Notes as if such Definitive Notes had been issued.

 

- 8

 

 

EXHIBIT 1
to Annex 1

 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]
[Global Notes Legend]

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO THE DEPOSITORY, TO NOMINEES OF THE DEPOSITORY OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

 

[Restricted Notes Legend]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT UNTIL THE DATE THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S] RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THE NOTES (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM SUCH TRUSTEE), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

 

 

 

[Definitive Notes Legend]

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

- 2

 

 

No. __________  $____________

 

Renaissance Acquisition Corp (to be merged with and into Gardner Denver, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to [ ________] a , or registered assigns, the principal sum [of ________ U.S. dollars] b on August 15, 2021.

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15 (commencing on February 15, 2014).

 

Record Dates: February 1 and August 1.

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 

 

 

a For Global Notes insert: Cede & Co.

 

b For Global Notes insert: set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases of Global Note attached hereto

 

- 3

 

 

Dated:

 

RENAISSANCE ACQUISITION CORP.

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

- 4

 

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

Dated: _________________

 

This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Trustee

 

By: [                                       ] , as Authenticating Agent  

 

By:    
  Authorized Signatory  

  

- 5

 

 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]
6.875% Senior Note Due 2021

 

1. Principal and Interest .

 

The Issuer will pay the principal of this Note on August 15, 2021.

 

The Issuer promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note on each Interest Payment Date, as set forth below, at the rate of 6.875% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below).

 

Interest will be payable semi-annually (to the Holders of record of the Notes (or any Predecessor Notes) at the close of business on February 1 or August 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date) on each Interest Payment Date, commencing February 15, 2014.

 

Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from July 30, 2013; provided that, if there is no existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a Regular Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such Interest Payment Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, and interest on overdue installments of interest, to the extent lawful, at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the Notes.

 

2. Method of Payment .

 

the Issuer will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) on the principal amount of the Notes on each February 15 and August 15 (commencing on February 15, 2014) to the Persons who are Holders (as reflected in the Note Register at the close of business on February 1and August 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date), in each case, even if the Note is cancelled on registration of transfer or registration of exchange after such Regular Record Date; provided that, with respect to the payment of principal, the Issuer will make payment to the Holder that surrenders this Note to any Paying Agent on or after August 15, 2021.

 

The Issuer will pay principal (and premium, if any) and interest in U.S. dollars. However, the Issuer may pay principal (and premium, if any) and interest by its check payable in such money. The Issuer may pay interest on the Notes either (a) by mailing a check for such interest to a Holder’s registered address (as reflected in the Note Register) or (b) by wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee. If a payment date is a date other than a Business Day at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

3. Paying Agent and Note Registrar .

 

The Issuer initially appoints Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, in New York as Paying Agent and Note Registrar. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Note Registrar upon written notice thereto. The Issuer, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any of them may act as Paying Agent, Note Registrar or co-registrar.

 

- 6

 

 

4. Indenture .

 

The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 30, 2013 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. Capitalized terms herein are used as defined in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act (to the extent applicable) for a statement of all such terms. To the extent permitted by applicable law, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Note and the terms of the Indenture, the terms of the Indenture shall control.

 

The Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Issuer. The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of the Notes.

 

5. Redemption .

 

Optional Redemption . At any time prior to August 15, 2016, the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon written notice as described in Section 1105 of the Indenture, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the rights of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

 

On and after August 15, 2016, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described in Section 1105 of the Indenture, at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on August 15 of each of the years indicated below:

 

Year

Percentage

2016  105.156%
2017  103.438%
2018  101.719%
2019 and thereafter  100.000%

 

In addition, until August 15, 2016, the Issuer may, at its option, upon notice as described in Section 1105 of the Indenture, on one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture at a Redemption Price equal to 106.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record of notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Issuer; provided that at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; provided , further , that each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering.

 

6. Repurchase upon a Change of Control and Asset Sales .

 

Upon the occurrence of (a) a Change of Control, the Holders of the Notes will have the right to require that the Issuer purchase such Holder’s outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, at a purchase price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase and (b) Asset Sales, the Issuer may be obligated to make offers to purchase Notes and Senior Indebtedness of the Issuer with a portion of the Net Proceeds of such Asset Sales at a Redemption Price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

 

- 7

 

 

7. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange .

 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Note Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Note Registrar need not register the transfer or exchange of any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an Interest Payment Date.

 

8. Persons Deemed Owners .

 

A registered Holder may be treated as the owner of a Note for all purposes.

 

9. Unclaimed Money .

 

If money for the payment of principal (premium, if any) or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Issuer at its written request. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment, unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

 

10. Discharge and Defeasance Prior to Redemption or Maturity .

 

If the Issuer irrevocably deposits, or causes to be deposited, with the Trustee money or Government Securities sufficient to pay the then outstanding principal of (premium, if any) and accrued interest on the Notes (a) to the Redemption Date or Maturity Date, the Issuer will be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, except in certain circumstances for certain covenants thereof, and (b) to the Stated Maturity, the Issuer will be discharged from certain covenants set forth in the Indenture.

 

11. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .

 

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the parties thereto may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency and make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder.

 

12. Restrictive Covenants .

 

The Indenture contains certain covenants, including covenants with respect to the following matters: (i) Restricted Payments; (ii) Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock; (iii) Liens; (iv) transactions with Affiliates; (v) dividend and other payment restrictions affecting Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries; (vii) merger and certain transfers of assets; (viii) purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control; and (ix) disposition of proceeds of Asset Sales. Within 120 days (or the successor time period then in effect under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act) after the end of each fiscal year, the Issuer must report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

- 8

 

 

13. Successor Persons .

 

When a successor Person or other entity assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor Person will be released from those obligations.

 

14. Remedies for Events of Default .

 

If an Event of Default, as defined in the Indenture, occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be immediately due and payable. If a bankruptcy or insolvency default with respect to the Issuer or any of its Significant Subsidiaries occurs and is continuing, the Notes automatically become immediately due and payable. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes unless such Holders have offered indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense satisfactory to the Trustee. Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

15. Guarantees .

 

The Issuer’s obligations under the Notes are fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors.

 

16. Trustee Dealings with Issuer .

 

The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for, and otherwise deal with, the Issuer and its Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

17. Authentication .

 

This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note.

 

18. Abbreviations .

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

- 9

 

 

19. CUSIP Numbers .

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

20. Governing Law .

 

THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY OR THE INDENTURE.

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to Renaissance Acquisition Corp., c/o Gardner Denver, Inc., 1500 Liberty Ridge Drive, Suite 3000, Wayne, PA.

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.

 

- 10

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint ___________________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

Date:     Your Signature:  

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuer or any “Affiliate” of the Issuer within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

to the Issuer; or

 

(1) ☐  pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

 

(2) ☐  inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or

 

(3) ☐  outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or

 

(4) ☐  pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

(5) ☐  to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements relating to the transfer of this Note (the form of which can be obtained from the Trustee) and, if such transfer is in respect of an aggregate principal amount of Notes less than $250,000, an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Issuer that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.

 

- 11

 

 

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , that if box (4) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 

   
Signature    
     
Signature Guarantee:    
     
Signature must be guaranteed   Signature

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

- 12

 

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:      
  Notice: To be executed by
an executive officer

 

- 13

 

 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE
The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of
Exchange
 

Amount of decrease
in Principal
amount of this
Global Note 

 

Amount of increase
in Principal
amount of this
Global Note 

 

Principal amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase 

 

Signature of authorized
signatory
of Trustee or
Notes Custodian 

 

- 14

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 1016 or 1017 of the Indenture, check the box:  ☐

 

☐ If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 1016 or 1017 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $

 

Date:     Your Signature:  
        (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:  
    (Signature must be guaranteed)

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

- 15

 

 

EXHIBIT 2
to Annex 1

 

Form of
Transferee Letter of Representation

 

Renaissance Acquisition Corp.
c/o Gardner Denver, Inc.,
1500 Liberty Ridge Drive,
Suite 3000,
Wayne, PA 19087

 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
608 Second Avenue South, N9303-121
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479
Attention: Corporate Trust Operations

 

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $_________ principal amount of the 6.875% Senior Notes Due 2021 (the “Notes”) of Renaissance Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”).

 

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

Name:________________________

 

Address:______________________

 

Taxpayer ID Number:____________

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

 

1.          We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

 

 

 

2.          We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuer or any affiliate of the Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (i) to the Issuer, (ii) in the United States to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (iii) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor purchasing for its own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the Notes of $250,000, (iv) outside the United States in a transaction complying with the provisions of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if available) or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (i) through (vi) subject to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (iii) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

TRANSFEREE:   ,

 

By:    

  

- 2

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of ________________, 201__, among __________________ (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of July 30, 2013 providing for the issuance of 6.875% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Guarantee”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.          CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

2.          AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 12 thereof.

 

3.          NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

 

4.          GOVERNING LAW. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

 

 C- 1

 

 

5.          COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of the Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of the Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes

 

6.          EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience or reference only and are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

7.           THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Issuer.

 

 C- 2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

Dated: ___________, 20___

  

  [GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY],
   
  By:  
Name:
    Title:

  

  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
   
  By:  
Name:
    Title:

 

 C- 3

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE

 

The undersigned, ____________, being the ____________ of ____________ (the “Issuer”) does hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting officers of the applicable entity as set forth in the right column opposite their respective names and the signatures appearing in the extreme right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture dated as of July 30, 2013, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

 

Name   Title and Entity:   Signature  
           
           
           

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the ____ day of ________, 20__. 

   
    Name:
    Title:


 

D- 1

Exhibit 10.1

 

2013 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

FOR KEY EMPLOYEES OF

renaissance parent corp. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

 

1. Purpose of Plan

 

The 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Subsidiaries (the “ Plan ”) is designed:

 

(a) to promote the long term financial interests and growth of Renaissance Parent Corp., a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware (the “ Company ”) and its Subsidiaries by attracting and retaining management and other personnel and key service providers with the training, experience and ability to enable them to make a substantial contribution to the success of the Company’s business;

 

(b) to motivate management personnel by means of growth-related incentives to achieve long range goals; and

 

(c) to further the alignment of interests of participants with those of the stockholders of the Company through opportunities for increased stock, or stock-based ownership in the Company.

 

2. Definitions

 

As used in the Plan, the following words shall have the following meanings. Any capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement:

 

(a) “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

 

(b) “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Company (or any committee thereof delegated the authority to act in its place pursuant to the terms of this Plan).

 

(c) “ Change in Control ” means (i) the sale (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, KKR Renaissance Aggregator LP, a Delaware limited partnership ( “ Parent ”) or Gardner Denver, Inc. to any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert), other than to (x) Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (the “ Sponsor ”) or one or more of its controlled Affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by Parent, the Company or their respective controlled Affiliates; or (ii) a merger, recapitalization, or other sale by the Company, the Sponsor, or any of their respective Affiliates, to a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) of Common Stock that results in more than 50% of the Common Stock of the Company (or any resulting company after a merger) being held by a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) that does not include (x) the Sponsor or its controlled Affiliates or (y) an employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by Parent, the Company or their respective controlled Affiliates; and in any event of clause (i) or (ii), which results in the Sponsor and its controlled Affiliates or such employee benefit plan ceasing to hold the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board.

 

(d) “ Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board (or, if no such committee is appointed, the Board).

 

(f) “ Common Stock ” or “ Shares ” means shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

(g) “ Employee ” means a person, including an officer, in the regular employment of the Company or any other Service Recipient who, in the opinion of the Committee, is, or is expected to have involvement in the management, growth or protection of some part or all of the business of the Company or any other Service Recipient.

 

(h) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor section thereto).

 

(i) “ Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on any given date, as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board.

 

(j) “ Grant ” means an award made to a Participant pursuant to the Plan and described in Section 5, including, without limitation, an award of a Stock Option or Other Stock-Based Award.

 

(k) “ Grant Agreement ” means an agreement between the Company and a Participant that sets forth the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to a Grant.

 

(l) “ Group ” means “group”, as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(m) “Management Stockholder’s Agreement ” shall mean that certain Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the applicable Participant and the Company.

 

(n) “ Other Relevant Agreement ” shall mean any of the following types of arrangements entered into whether before or after the date of Grant between the Company and/or a Service Recipient and the relevant Participant:

 

- contract of employment;

 

- consultancy agreement;

 

- service agreement; or

 

- any other agreement or offer letter for the provision of services by the Participant to the Company or a Service Recipient.

2

(o) “ Other Stock-Based Award ” means any award described in Section 5(b) below.

 

(p) “ Participant ” means an Employee, non-employee member of the Board, consultant or other person having a service relationship with the Company or any other Service Recipient, to whom one or more Grants have been made and remain outstanding.

 

(q) “ Person ” means “person”, as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(r) “ Service Recipient ” shall mean, the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, or any Affiliate of the Company (including for the avoidance of any doubt, any of their branches) that satisfies the definition of “service recipient” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(g) (or any successor regulation), with respect to which the person is a “service provider” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(f) (or any successor regulation).

 

(s) “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation or other entity in an unbroken chain of corporations or other entities beginning with the Company if each of the corporations or other entities, or group of commonly controlled corporations or other entities, other than the last corporation or other entity in the unbroken chain then owns stock or other equity interests possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity interests in one of the other corporations or other entities in such chain.

 

3. Administration of Plan

 

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may adopt its own rules of procedure, and action of a majority of the members of the Committee taken at a meeting, or action taken without a meeting by unanimous written consent, shall constitute action by the Committee. The Committee shall have the power and authority to administer, construe and interpret the Plan, to make rules for carrying it out and to make changes in such rules. Any such interpretations, rules, and administration shall be consistent with the basic purposes of the Plan.

 

(b) The Board may delegate to the Committee, or such other committee of the Board as it may in its discretion and in accordance with applicable law select, any of its duties and authorities hereunder. The Committee may further delegate to the Chief Executive Officer and to other senior officers (if any) of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company its duties under the Plan, subject to applicable law and such conditions and limitations as the Committee shall prescribe, except that only the Committee may designate and make Grants to Participants.

 

(c) The Committee may employ counsel, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons. The Committee, the Company, and the officers and directors/managers of the Company shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Participants, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee, nor employee or representative of the Company shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Grants, and all such members of the Committee, employees and representatives shall be fully protected and indemnified to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

3

4. Eligibility

 

The Committee may from time to time make Grants under the Plan to such Employees, or other persons having a relationship with the Company or any other Service Recipient, and in such form and having such terms, conditions and limitations as the Committee may determine. The terms, conditions and limitations of each Grant under the Plan shall be set forth in a Grant Agreement, in a form approved by the Committee, consistent, however, with the terms of the Plan.

 

5. Grants

 

From time to time, the Committee will determine the forms and amounts of Grants for Participants. Such Grants may take the following forms in the Committee’s sole discretion:

 

(a) Stock Options – These are options to purchase/subscribe for Common Stock (“ Stock Options ”). At the time of Grant of the Stock Options, the Committee shall determine, and shall include in the Grant Agreement, the option exercise period, the option exercise price, vesting requirements, and such other terms, conditions or restrictions on the grant or exercise of the option as the Committee deems appropriate including, without limitation, the right to receive dividend equivalent payments on vested options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exercise price per Share of a Stock Option shall in no event be less than the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Option is granted (subject to later adjustment pursuant to Section 8 hereof). In addition to other restrictions contained in the Plan, a Stock Option granted under this Section 5(a) may not be exercised more than 10 years after the date it is granted. Payment of the Stock Option exercise price shall be made (i) in cash, (ii) with the consent of the Committee, in Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) that the Participant has held for such period of time as may be required by the Company’s accountants, (iii) with the consent of the Committee, through the withholding of Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Stock Option in a manner that is compliant with applicable law, or (iv) with the consent of the Committee, a combination of the foregoing methods, in each such case in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Grant Agreement and applicable law.

 

(b) Other Stock-Based Awards – To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may grant or sell awards of Shares, awards of restricted Shares and/or awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market Value of, Shares (including, without limitation, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, and dividend equivalent rights). At the time of Grant of the Stock Options, such “Other Stock-Based Awards” shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee may determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive or vest with respect to, one or more Shares (or the equivalent cash value of such Shares) upon the completion of a specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of performance objectives; whether such Other Stock-Based Awards shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares; and all other terms and conditions of such awards. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in addition to any other Grants under the Plan.

4

6. Limitations and Conditions

 

(a) The number of Shares available for Grants under this Plan is intended to be approximately 12.5% of outstanding shares at closing on a fully diluted basis, subject to adjustment as provided for in Sections 8 and 9, unless restricted by applicable law. Shares related to Grants that are forfeited, terminated, canceled, expire unexercised, withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations, or are repurchased by the Company shall immediately become available for new Grants.

 

(b) Nothing contained herein shall affect the right of the Company or any other Service Recipient to terminate any Participant’s employment or other service relationship at any time or for any reason.

 

(c) Other than as specifically provided in the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, no benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void. No such benefit shall, prior to receipt thereof by the Participant, be in any manner liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of the Participant.

 

(d) Participants shall not be, and shall not have any of the rights or privileges of, stockholders of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable in connection with any Grant unless and until (i) such Shares (in case of an issuance of new Shares) have been issued by the Company and (ii) such Participants and their ownership of such Shares have been entered into the register of registered shares of the Company.

 

(e) No election as to benefits or exercise of any Grant may be made during a Participant’s lifetime by anyone other than the Participant except by a legal representative appointed for or by the Participant.

 

(f) Absent express provisions to the contrary, any Grant under this Plan shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement or severance plan of the Company or other Service Recipient and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation. This Plan is not a “Retirement Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

(g) A Grant under this Plan does not form part of the Participant’s entitlement (if any) to remuneration, payment or receipt of any other benefits pursuant to any Other Relevant Agreement he or she may have with the Company or a Service Recipient nor does the existence of any Other Relevant Agreement between any person and the Company or a Service Recipient give such person any right or entitlement to have any Grant under this Plan nor any expectation to such Grant. The rights and obligations of a Participant under the terms of his or her Other Relevant Agreement (if any) with the Company or a Service Recipient shall not be affected by any Grant hereunder. The rights granted to a Participant (who is also a party to any Other Relevant Agreement) upon a Grant hereunder shall not afford such Participant any rights or additional rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the loss or termination of his or her office or employment with or his or her provision of services to the Company or a Service Recipient for any reason whatsoever.

5

(h) A Participant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for any loss or potential loss which he or she may suffer by reason of being or becoming unable to exercise an Option under the Plan in consequence of the loss or termination of his or her Other Relevant Agreement with the Company or a Service Recipient for any reason (including, without limitation, any breach of contract).

 

(i) Unless the Committee determines otherwise, no benefit or promise under the Plan shall be secured by any specific assets of the Company or any other Service Recipient, nor shall any assets of the Company or any other Service Recipient be designated as attributable or allocated to the satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under the Plan.

 

7. Transfers and Leaves of Absence

 

For purposes of the Plan, unless the Committee determines otherwise: (a) a transfer of a Participant’s employment without an intervening period of separation among the Company and any other Service Recipient shall not be deemed a termination of employment, and (b) a Participant who is granted in writing a leave of absence or who is entitled to a statutory leave of absence shall be deemed to have remained in the employ of the Company (and other Service Recipient) during such leave of absence.

 

8. Adjustments

 

In the event of any stock split, spin-off, share combination, reclassification, change of the legal form, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization, merger, Change in Control, payment of a dividend (other than a cash dividend paid as part of a regular dividend program) or other similar transaction or occurrence which affects the equity securities of the Company or the value thereof, the Committee shall (i) adjust the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and available for or covered by Grants, (ii) adjust the share prices related to outstanding Grants, and/or (iii) take such other action (including, without limitation providing for payment of a cash amount to holders of outstanding Grants and adjusting performance targets), in each case as it deems reasonably necessary to address, on an equitable basis and subject to applicable law, the effect of the applicable corporate event on the Plan and any outstanding Grants (including taking into acount any potential tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code). Any such adjustment made or action taken by the Committee in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be final and binding upon holders of Options and upon the Company.

6

9. Change in Control

 

In the event of a Change in Control: (a) if determined by the Committee in the applicable Grant Agreement or otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, any outstanding Grants then held by Participants which are unexercisable or otherwise unvested or subject to lapse restrictions may automatically be deemed exercisable or otherwise vested or no longer subject to lapse restrictions, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to such Change in Control and (b) the Committee may, to the extent determined by the Committee to be permitted under Section 409A of the Code, but shall not be obligated to: (i) cancel such Grants for Fair Market Value which, for these purposes shall equal, on a per Share basis, the per Share consideration to be paid in the Change in Control transaction to holders of the same number of Shares subject to such Grant (or, if no consideration is paid in any such transaction, the Fair Market Value of the Shares); and which, for Stock Options and stock appreciation rights, shall equal, on a per Share basis, the excess, if any, of the preceding amount, over the exercise price per Share of such Stock Options and stock appreciation rights (and for the avoidance of doubt, any Stock Options and stock appreciation rights having an exercise price equal to or greater than the per Share consideration to be paid in the Change in Control may be cancelled without payment in respect thereof); (ii) provide for the issuance of substitute awards that will preserve in no less favorable a manner the otherwise applicable terms of any affected Grants previously granted hereunder, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; or (iii) provide that for a period of at least ten business days prior to the Change in Control, any Stock Options shall be exercisable as to all Shares subject thereto (where, for the avoidance of doubt, Participant shall have the ability to request that such shares be withheld to satisfy the payment of the exercise price of such Stock Options and/or to satisfy any tax withholding obligations that the Participant may incur as a result of such exercise) and that upon the occurrence of the Change in Control, such Stock Options shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

10. Amendment and Termination

 

(a) The Committee shall have the authority to make such amendments to any terms and conditions applicable to outstanding Grants as are consistent with this Plan, provided that no such action shall modify any Grant in a manner that is disadvantageous in more than a de minimis manner to a Participant with respect to any outstanding Grants, other than to correct any good faith typographical error or omission, without the Participant’s consent, except as such modification is provided for or contemplated in the terms of the Grant or this Plan (including, without limitation, Sections 8, 9 and 10(c) hereof) or as may be determined by the Committee to be necessary to comply with applicable law.

 

(b) The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, except that no such action, other than an action under Section 8, 9 or 10(c) hereof, may be taken which would, without stockholder approval, increase the aggregate number of Shares available for Grants under the Plan, decrease the price of outstanding Grants, change the requirements relating to the Committee, extend the term of the Plan. However, no such action shall be materially disadvantageous to a Participant with respect to any outstanding Grants, without the Participant’s consent, except as otherwise contemplated in the terms of the Grant or the Plan (including, without limitation, Sections 8, 9 and 10(c) hereof) or as may be determined by the Committee to be necessary to comply with applicable law.

7

(c) This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of the Participant’s termination of employment with any Service Recipient the Participant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of service is necessary in order to prevent the imposition of any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Participant) until the date that is six months and one day following the Participant’s termination of employment with all Service Recipients (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code), if such payment or benefit is payable upon a termination of employment and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to the Participant hereunder would cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred, if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, reasonably determined by the Board in consultation with the Participant, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax or result in an additional cost to the Company (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Participant). Any payment of any Award that is payable in installments shall be deemed a “separate payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 

11. Governing Law; International Participants

 

(a) This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable therein.

 

(b) With respect to Participants who reside or work outside the United States of America, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan or awards with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the requirements of local law or to obtain more favorable tax or other treatment for a Participant, the Company or any other Service Recipient.

 

12. Withholding Taxes

 

The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment made under the Plan any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment. It shall be a condition to the obligation of the Company to deliver Shares upon the exercise of a Stock Option that the Participant pays to the Company such amount as may be requested by the Company for the purpose of satisfying any liability for such withholding taxes.

 

13. Effective Date and Termination Dates

 

The Plan shall be effective on October 14, 2013 and shall terminate ten years later, subject to earlier termination by the Board pursuant to Section 10, but the terms of Grants made on or before the expiration of the Plan shall extend beyond such expiration in accordance with their terms.

8

Exhibit 10.2

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of July 30, 2013

 

among

 

RENAISSANCE ACQUISITION CORP.,

 

as the U.S. Borrower, which on the Closing Date shall be merged with GARDNER DENVER, INC. (with GARDNER DENVER, INC. as the merged company and the U.S. Borrower),

 

the Foreign Borrowers described herein,

 

RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.,
as Holdings,

 

The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer,

UBS SECURITIES LLC,
BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,
MIZUHO BANK, LTD.,
RBC CAPITAL MARKETS, 1
MACQUARIE CAPITAL (USA) INC., and
HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.,
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners,

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC and BARCLAYS BANK PLC ,
as Co-Documentation Agents,

 

KKR CAPITAL MARKETS LLC, and
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION
as Joint Manager and Arranger

 

 

1 RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the investment banking activities of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
      Page
     
Section 1. Definitions 2
     
  1.1 Defined Terms 2
  1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions 70
  1.3 Accounting Terms 70
  1.4 Rounding 70
  1.5 References to Agreements, Laws, Etc 71
  1.6 Exchange Rates 71
     
Section 2. Amount and Terms of Credit 71
     
  2.1 Commitments 71
  2.2 Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings 74
  2.3 Notice of Borrowing 74
  2.4 Disbursement of Funds 75
  2.5 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt 76
  2.6 Conversions and Continuations 78
  2.7 Pro Rata Borrowings 79
  2.8 Interest 79
  2.9 Interest Periods 80
  2.10 Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc 80
  2.11 Compensation 82
  2.12 Change of Lending Office 82
  2.13 Notice of Certain Costs 83
  2.14 Incremental Facilities 83
  2.15 Permitted Debt Exchanges 88
  2.16 Defaulting Lenders 89
     
Section 3. Letters of Credit 91
     
  3.1 Letters of Credit. 91
  3.2 Letter of Credit Requests 93
  3.3 Letter of Credit Participations 94
  3.4 Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings 97
  3.5 Increased Costs 98
  3.6 New or Successor Letter of Credit Issuer 99
  3.7 Role of Letter of Credit Issuer 100
  3.8 Cash Collateral 100
  3.9 Applicability of ISP and UCP 101
  3.10 Conflict with Issuer Documents 101
  3.11 Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries 101
     
Section 4. Fees 101
     
  4.1 Fees 101

 

 - ii -

 

 

       
  4.2 Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments 102
  4.3 Mandatory Termination of Commitments 103
     
Section 5. Payments 103
     
  5.1 Voluntary Prepayments 103
  5.2 Mandatory Prepayments 104
  5.3 Method and Place of Payment 108
  5.4 Net Payments 108
  5.5 Computations of Interest and Fees 112
  5.6 Limit on Rate of Interest 112
       
Section 6. Conditions Precedent to Initial Borrowing 113
     
  6.1 Credit Documents 113
  6.2 Collateral 113
  6.3 Legal Opinions 113
  6.4 Equity Investments 114
  6.5 Closing Certificates 114
  6.6 Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party; Corporate Documents 114
  6.7 Fees 114
  6.8 Representations and Warranties 114
  6.9 Solvency Certificate 114
  6.10 Acquisition 115
  6.11 Patriot Act 115
  6.12 Pro Forma Balance Sheet 115
  6.13 Financial Statements 115
  6.14 No Company Material Adverse Effect 115
  6.15 Refinancing 115
     
Section 7. Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events 115
     
  7.1 No Default; Representations and Warranties 115
  7.2 Notice of Borrowing; Letter of Credit Request 116
     
Section 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements 116
     
  8.1 Corporate Status 116
  8.2 Corporate Power and Authority 116
  8.3 No Violation 117
  8.4 Litigation 117
  8.5 Margin Regulations 117
  8.6 Governmental Approvals 117
  8.7 Investment Company Act 117
  8.8 True and Complete Disclosure 117
  8.9 Financial Condition; Financial Statements 118
  8.10 Compliance with Laws; No Default 118
  8.11 Tax Matters 118
  8.12 Compliance with ERISA 119

 

 - iii -

 

 

       
  8.13 Subsidiaries 119
  8.14 Intellectual Property 119
  8.15 Environmental Laws 119
  8.16 Properties. 119
  8.17 Solvency 120
  8.18 Patriot Act 120
  8.19 Security Interest in Collateral 120
     
Section 9. Affirmative Covenants. 120
     
  9.1 Information Covenants 120
  9.2 Books, Records and Inspections 123
  9.3 Maintenance of Insurance 123
  9.4 Payment of Taxes 124
  9.5 Preservation of Existence; Consolidated Corporate Franchises 124
  9.6 Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc 124
  9.7 ERISA 125
  9.8 Maintenance of Properties 125
  9.9 Transactions with Affiliates 125
  9.10 End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters 126
  9.11 Additional Guarantors and Grantors; Additional Borrower 126
  9.12 Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness 127
  9.13 Use of Proceeds 127
  9.14 Further Assurances 127
  9.15 Maintenance of Ratings 130
  9.16 Lines of Business 130
  9.17 Centre of Main Interests 130
     
Section 10. Negative Covenants 130
     
  10.1 Limitation on Indebtedness 130
  10.2 Limitation on Liens 136
  10.3 Limitation on Fundamental Changes 136
  10.4 Limitation on Sale of Assets 137
  10.5 Limitation on Restricted Payments 139
  10.6 Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions 146
  10.7 Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio 147
     
Section 11. Events of Default 147
     
  11.1 Payments 147
  11.2 Representations, Etc 147
  11.3 Covenants 147
  11.4 Default Under Other Agreements 148
  11.5 Bankruptcy, Etc 148
  11.6 ERISA 149
  11.7 Guarantee 149
  11.8 Security Documents 149
  11.9 Security Agreement 149
  11.10 Mortgages 150

 

 - iv -

 

 

       
  11.11 Judgments 150
  11.12 Change of Control 150
  11.13 Application of Proceeds 151
  11.14 Equity Cure 151
     
Section 12. The Agents 152
     
  12.1 Appointment 152
  12.2 Delegation of Duties 153
  12.3 Exculpatory Provisions 153
  12.4 Reliance by Agents 154
  12.5 Notice of Default 154
  12.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders 154
  12.7 Indemnification 155
  12.8 Agents in Their Individual Capacities 155
  12.9 Successor Agents 156
  12.10 Withholding Tax 156
  12.11 Agents Under Security Documents and Guarantee 157
  12.12 Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee 157
  12.13 German Security 158
  12.14 Parallel Debt 159
     
Section 13. Miscellaneous 160
     
  13.1 Amendments, Waivers and Releases 160
  13.2 Notices 163
  13.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies 163
  13.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties 163
  13.5 Payment of Expenses; Indemnification 164
  13.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments 164
  13.7 Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances 170
  13.8 Adjustments; Set-off 171
  13.9 Counterparts 171
  13.10 Severability 171
  13.11 Integration 171
  13.12 GOVERNING LAW 172
  13.13 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers 172
  13.14 Acknowledgments 172
  13.15 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL 173
  13.16 Confidentiality 173
  13.17 Direct Website Communications 174
  13.18 USA PATRIOT Act 175
  13.19 Judgment Currency 175
  13.20 Payments Set Aside 176
  13.21 Euro 176
  13.22 Special Provisions Relating to Currencies Other Than Dollars 176
     
Section 14. Certain UK Borrower Provisions 177

 

 - v -

 

 

       
  14.1 UK Taxes 177
  14.2 Tax Gross-Up 177
  14.3 Tax indemnity 179
  14.4 Tax Credit 180
  14.5 Lender Status Confirmation 180
  14.6 HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme Confirmation 180
  14.7 Stamp Taxes 181
  14.8 Change in UK Lender 181
       
Section 15. Value Added Tax 181
     
Section 16. Determination 182
     
Section 17. Conduct of Business by the Secured Parties 182

 

 - vi -

 

 

SCHEDULES
   
Schedule 1.1(a) Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 1.1(b) Mortgaged Properties
Schedule 1.1(c) Commitments of Lenders
Schedule 1.1(d) Hedge Banks
Schedule 8.13 Subsidiaries
Schedule 9.14(e) Post-Closing Actions
Schedule 10.1 Closing Date Indebtedness
Schedule 10.2 Closing Date Liens
Schedule 10.5 Closing Date Investments
Schedule 13.2 Notice Addresses
   
EXHIBITS  
   
Exhibit A Form of Joinder Agreement
Exhibit B Form of Guarantee
Exhibit C Form of Pledge Agreement
Exhibit D Form of U.S. Security Agreement
Exhibit E Form of Letter of Credit Request
Exhibit F Form of Credit Party Closing Certificate
Exhibit G Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit H-1 Form of Promissory Note (Initial Term Loans)
Exhibit H-2 Form of Promissory Note (Revolving Credit Loans)
Exhibit I Form of First Lien Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit J Form of Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit K Form of Non-Bank Tax Certificate
Exhibit L Form of Conversion/Continuation Notice
Exhibit M Form of Borrower Designation Agreement

 

 - vii -

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of July 30, 2013, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, among RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), RENAISSANCE ACQUISITION CORP., which on the Closing Date shall be merged with GARDNER DENVER, INC. (with GARDNER DENVER, INC. as the merged company and the “ U.S. Borrower ”), Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co KG , a company organized under the laws of Germany with company number HRA 91896 (registered at the local court of Munich) and its registered office at Benzstrabe 28, 82178 Puchheim (the “ German Borrower ”), GD First (UK) Limited , a company organized under the laws of England and Wales with company number 04955958 and its registered office at Springmill Street, Bradford West Yorkshire BD5 7HW (the “ UK Borrower ”; and together with the German Borrower, the “ Foreign Borrowers ”), the lending institutions from time to time parties hereto (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer (such terms and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this preamble having the meaning provided in Section 1 ).

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 7, 2013 (as amended from time to time in accordance therewith, the “ Acquisition Agreement ”), between GARDNER DENVER, INC. and Holdings, Holdings will acquire the equity interests of the U.S. Borrower.

 

WHEREAS, to fund, in part, the Acquisition, it is intended that the Sponsor and the other Initial Investors will contribute an amount in cash to Holdings and/or a direct or indirect parent thereof in exchange for Capital Stock (such contribution, the “ Equity Investments ”), which shall be no less than 22.5% of the pro forma total capitalization of Holdings and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions (the “ Minimum Equity Amount ”);

 

WHEREAS, to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement, it is intended that the U.S. Borrower will issue senior unsecured notes with a stated maturity no earlier than eight years after the Closing Date in sales pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Senior Notes Offering ”), under the Senior Notes Indenture generating aggregate gross proceeds of up to $575,000,000 (the “ Senior Notes ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, (I) Holdings and the U.S. Borrower have requested that the Lenders extend credit in the form of (a) Initial Dollar Term Loans to the U.S. Borrower on the Closing Date in Dollars, in an aggregate principal amount of $1,900,000,000, (b) Initial Euro Term Loans to the U.S. Borrower on the Closing Date in Euros, in an aggregate principal amount of €400,000,000 and (c) Revolving Credit Loans made available to the Borrowers at any time and from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in Dollars, Euro and Alternative Currencies, in an aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $400,000,000 less the sum of (i) the aggregate Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans outstanding at such time, and (II) Holdings and the Borrowers have requested (a) the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit at any time and from time to time prior to the L/C Facility Maturity Date, in Dollars, Euro and Alternative Currencies, in an aggregate Stated Amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $200,000,000, and (b) to deem the letters of credit identified on Schedule 1.1(a) hereto to be Letters of Credit for all purposes under this Agreement and (III) Holdings and the U.S. Borrower have requested the Swingline Lender to extend credit in the form of Swingline Loans at any time and from time to time prior to the Swingline Maturity Date, in Dollars in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of $50,000,000;

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans will be used, together with (a) the net proceeds of the Senior Notes Offering, (b) proceeds of borrowings by the U.S. Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility (if needed) and (c) the net proceeds of the Equity Investments on the Closing Date to effect the Acquisition, to provide for liquidity in the form of cash on the balance sheet of Holdings or otherwise and to pay Transaction Expenses; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders and Letter of Credit Issuer are willing to make available to the Borrowers such term loans and revolving credit and letter of credit facilities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.         Definitions

 

1.1           Defined Terms . As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1 unless the context otherwise requires (it being understood that defined terms in this Agreement shall include in the singular number the plural and in the plural the singular):

 

ABR ” shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” at its principal office in Stamford and (c) the LIBOR Rate (with respect to LIBOR Loans to be made in Dollars) for an interest period of one (1) month, determined on the second full Business Day prior to such day, plus 1%; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the ABR applicable to the Initial Term Loans at any time be less than 2.00% per annum. Any change in the ABR due to a change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent or in the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the announcement of such change.

 

ABR Loan ” shall mean each Loan (other than Loans made in Euros or any Alternative Currency) bearing interest based on the ABR.

 

Acquired EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary (any of the foregoing, a “ Pro Forma Entity ”) for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Pro Forma Entity (determined using such definitions as if references to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries therein were to such Pro Forma Entity and its Restricted Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Pro Forma Entity in accordance with GAAP.

 

Acquired Entity or Business ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA”.

 

Acquired Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Acquisition ” shall mean the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement.

 

 - 2 -

 

 

Acquisition Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Additional Borrower ” shall mean any Person, organized under the laws of (i) the Commonwealth of Australia or (ii) any other jurisdiction that is acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Revolving Credit Lenders providing Revolving Credit Commitments to such Additional Borrower, in each case, who may become a party hereto as a “Borrower” hereunder, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 9.11(b) , hereof upon the execution and delivery of a customary joinder agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

Adjusted Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean at any time the Total Revolving Credit Commitment less the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

 

Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean at any time the Total Term Loan Commitment less the Term Loan Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

 

Administrative Agent ” shall mean UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or any successor administrative agent pursuant to Section 12.9 .

 

Administrative Agent’s Office ” shall mean the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 13.2 or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify to Holdings and the Lenders.

 

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(b)(ii)(D) .

 

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Affiliated Institutional Lender ” shall mean (i) any Affiliate of the Sponsor that is either a bona fide debt fund or such Affiliate extends credit or buys loans in the ordinary course of business, (ii) KKR Corporate Lending LLC and (iii) MCS Corporate Lending LLC.

 

Affiliated Lender ” shall mean a Lender that is the Sponsor or any Affiliate thereof (other than Holdings, any Subsidiary of Holdings, any Borrower or any Affiliated Institutional Lender).

 

Agent Parties ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.17(c) .

 

Agents ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Syndication Agent, each Joint Lead Arranger and Bookrunner, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Joint Manager and Arranger.

 

Aggregate Multicurrency Exposures ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(b) .

 

 - 3 -

 

 

Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(b) .

 

Agreement ” shall mean this Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Agreement Currency ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.19 .

 

Alternative Currency ” shall mean Pounds Sterling and any other currency reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and each applicable Revolving Credit Lender that is freely convertible into Dollars and readily available in the London interbank market.

 

Applicable Margin ” means a percentage per annum equal to:

 

(i)        for LIBOR Loans that are Initial Dollar Term Loans, 3.25%, and (ii) for ABR Loans that are Initial Dollar Term Loans, 2.25%,

 

(ii)       for LIBOR Loans that are Initial Euro Term Loans, 3.75%,

 

(iii)     (a) until delivery of financial statements and a related Compliance Certificate for the first full fiscal quarter commencing on or after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.1 , (x) for LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, 3.25%, (y) for ABR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, 2.25% and (z) for Letter of Credit Fees, 3.25% per annum and (b) thereafter, in connection with Revolving Credit Loans, the percentages per annum set forth in the table below, based upon the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.2(a) :

 

Pricing
Level
Consolidated Senior
Secured Debt to
Consolidated
EBITDA Ratio
Letter of
Credit Fees
ABR Rate
Revolving Credit
Loans
LIBOR Rate
Revolving Credit
Loans
I > 3.50x 3.25% 2.25% 3.25%
II < 3.50x
but > 3.0x
3.00% 2.00% 3.00%
III < 3.0x 2.75% 1.75% 2.75%

 

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Margin for Revolving Credit Loans resulting from a change in the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 9.2(a) .

  

 - 4 -

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above in this definition or elsewhere in this Agreement, if it is subsequently determined that the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio set forth in any Compliance Certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent is inaccurate for any reason and the result thereof is that the Lenders received interest or fees for any period based on an Applicable Margin that is less than that which would have been applicable had the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio been accurately determined, then, for all purposes of this Agreement, the “ Applicable Margin ” for any day occurring within the period covered by such Compliance Certificate shall retroactively be deemed to be the relevant percentage as based upon the accurately determined Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio for such period, and any shortfall in the interest or fees theretofore paid by the Borrowers for the relevant period as a result of the miscalculation of the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall be deemed to be (and shall be) due and payable, at the time the interest or fees for such period were required to be paid; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as an Event of Default described in Section 11.5 has not occurred with respect to the Borrower, such shortfall shall be due and payable within five Business Days following the demand thereof by the Administrative Agent. In addition, at the option of the Required Lenders, at any time during which the U.S. Borrower shall have failed to deliver the Section 9.1 Financials by the date required under Section 9.1 , then the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall be deemed to be in Pricing Level I for the purposes of determining the Applicable Margin (but only for so long as such failure continues, after which the Pricing Level shall be otherwise as determined as set forth above).

 

Approved Fund ” shall mean any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

 

Asset Sale ” shall mean:

 

(1)       the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale Leaseback) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or

 

(2)       the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 10.1 ), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in each case, other than:

 

(a)       any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory, immaterial assets or goods (or other assets) in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)       the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings or any Borrower in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 10.3 ;

 

(c)       the making of any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, pursuant to Section 10.5 ;

 

(d)       any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $25,000,000;

 

(e)       any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to Holdings or by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(f)        to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, or any comparable or successor provision, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

 

(g)       [reserved];

 

 - 5 -

 

 

(h)      any issuance, sale or pledge of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(i)       foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets;

 

(j)       sales of accounts receivable, or participations therein, in connection with any Receivables Facility;

 

(k)      any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, including Sale Leasebacks and asset securitizations permitted by this Agreement;

 

(l)       any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)     the sale or discount of inventory, accounts receivable or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable;

 

(n)      the licensing or sub-licensing of Intellectual Property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business;

 

(o)      the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

 

(p)      sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

 

(q)      the lapse or abandonment of Intellectual Property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of Holdings are not material to the conduct of the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(r)       the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law;

 

(s)       Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property that is promptly purchased or (ii) the proceeds of such Asset Sale are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (which replacement property is actually promptly purchased); and

 

(t)       leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Asset Sale Prepayment Event ” shall mean any Asset Sale subject to the Reinvestment Period allowed in Section 10.04 .

 

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean (a) an assignment and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit G , or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent and (b) in the case of any assignment of Term Loans in connection with a Permitted Debt Exchange conducted in accordance with Section 2.15 , such form of assignment (if any) as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.15(a) .

 

 - 6 -

 

 

Authorized Officer ” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer, President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Controller, the Vice President-Finance, a Director, a Manager or any other senior officer of Holdings or a Borrower designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by Holdings or such Borrower.

 

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2(d) .

 

Available Commitment ” shall mean an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment over (b) the sum of the aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount of (i) all Revolving Credit Loans (but not Swingline Loans) then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.5 .

 

BBA LIBOR ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “LIBOR Rate”.

 

benefited Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.8(a) .

 

Board ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

Borrower ” shall mean each of (a) U.S. Borrower, (b) the Foreign Borrowers and (c) any Additional Borrower.

 

Borrower Designation Agreement ” means, with respect to any proposed Additional Borrower, an agreement in the form of Exhibit M hereto signed by such Additional Borrower and the U.S. Borrower.

 

Borrowing ” shall mean and include (a) the incurrence of Swingline Loans from the Swingline Lender on a given date, (b) the incurrence of one Type of Term Loan on the Closing Date (or resulting from conversions on a given date after the Closing Date) having, in the case of LIBOR Term Loans, the same Interest Period ( provided that ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of LIBOR Term Loans) and (c) the incurrence of one Type of Revolving Credit Loan of the same Class and currency on a given date (or resulting from conversions on a given date) having, in the case of LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, the same Interest Period ( provided that ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans).

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any other day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close, and,

 

(a)       if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency (other than Pounds Sterling), any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Dollars or any Alternative Currency (other than Pounds Sterling) in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Dollars or any Alternative Currency (other than Pounds Sterling) to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars or such Alternative Currency are conducted by and between banks in the applicable London interbank market;

 

 - 7 -

 

 

(b)       if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Euro, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Euro in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or any other dealings in Euro to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a TARGET Day;

 

(c)       if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan denominated in Pounds Sterling, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Pounds Sterling, as applicable, are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank market; and

 

(d)       if such day relates to any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in Pounds Sterling in respect of a LIBOR Loan denominated in Pounds Sterling, or any other dealings in Pounds Sterling to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan (other than any interest rate settings), such day shall be a day on which banks are open for foreign exchange business in London.

 

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capital Leases) by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as additions during such period to property, plant or equipment reflected in the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including capitalized software expenditures, customer acquisition costs and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs).

 

Capital Lease ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person; provided that all leases of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating leases in accordance with GAAP on January 1, 2012 (whether or not such operating leases were in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases (and not as Capital Leases) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the date that would otherwise require such leases to be recharacterized as Capital Leases.

 

Capital Stock ” shall mean (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person (it being understood and agreed, for the avoidance of doubt, that “cash-settled phantom appreciation programs” in connection with employee benefits that do not require a dividend or distribution shall not constitute Capital Stock).

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capital Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that all obligations of any Person that are or would be characterized as operating lease obligations in accordance with GAAP on January 1, 2012 (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as operating lease obligations (and not as Capitalized Lease Obligations) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the date that would otherwise require such obligations to be recharacterized as Capitalized Lease Obligations.

 

 - 8 -

 

 

Cash Collateralize ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.8(d) .

 

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean:

 

(1)       United States dollars,

 

(2)       [reserved],

 

(3)       (a) euro, pounds sterling or any national currency of any participating member state in the European Union or (b) local currencies held from time to time in the ordinary course of business,

 

(4)       securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any country that is a member state of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(5)       certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of foreign banks,

 

(6)       repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (4) , (5) and (10) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (5) above,

 

(7)       commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof,

 

(8)       marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation or acquisition thereof,

 

(9)       readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

(10)     Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition,

 

 - 9 -

 

 

(11)   solely with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary: (i) obligations of the national government of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, in each case maturing within one year after the date of investment therein, (ii) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptances of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-2” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “ Approved Foreign Bank ”), and in each case with maturities of not more than 24 months from the date of acquisition and (iii) the equivalent of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank, in each case, customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by such Foreign Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction,

 

(12)    in the case of investments by any Foreign Subsidiary or investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (10) above of foreign obligors, which investments have ratings, described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies, and

 

(13)    investment funds investing 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (10) above.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) through (3) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) through (3) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

Cash Management Agreement ” shall mean any agreement or arrangement to provide Cash Management Services.

 

Cash Management Bank ” shall mean (a) any Person that, at the time it enters into a Cash Management Agreement, is an Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent or a Lender or (b) with respect to any Cash Management Agreement entered into prior to the Closing Date, any person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender on the Closing Date.

 

Cash Management Services ” shall mean (a) commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payables services, (b) treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft automatic clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services) and (c) any other demand deposit or operating account relationships or other cash management services, including pursuant to any Cash Management Agreements.

 

Casualty Event ” shall mean, with respect to any property of any Person, any loss of or damage to, or any condemnation or other taking by a Governmental Authority of, such property for which such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds or proceeds of a condemnation award in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

 

 - 10 -

 

 

Change in Law ” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) compliance by any Lender with any guideline, request, directive or order issued or made after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law). For purposes of this definition, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case described in clauses (x) and (y) above be deemed to be a Change in Law and have gone into effect after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

 

Change of Control ” shall mean and be deemed to have occurred if (a) the Permitted Holders shall at any time not own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least 35% of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings; or (b) any person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than the Permitted Holders, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a percentage of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings that exceeds 35% thereof, unless, in the case of either clause (a) or (b) above, the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings; or (c) at any time, a Change of Control (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture) shall have occurred or (d)  at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of the U.S. Borrower, Holdings shall cease to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding equity interests of the U.S. Borrower; provided that, at any time when any of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings is directly or indirectly owned by a Parent Entity, all references in clause (a) and (b) of this definition to “Holdings” (other than in this proviso) shall be deemed to refer to the ultimate Parent Entity that directly or indirectly owns such Voting Stock.

 

Class ” (a) when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Tranche A Revolving Credit Loans, Tranche B Revolving Credit Loans, Tranche C Revolving Credit Loans, New Revolving Loans, Initial Term Loans, New Term Loans (of each Series), Extended Term Loans (of the same Extension Series), Extended Revolving Credit Loans (of the same Extension Series) or Swingline Loans and (b) when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment, a Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment, a Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitment, a New Revolving Credit Commitment, an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment (of the same Extension Series), an Initial Term Loan Commitment or a New Term Loan Commitment.

 

Closing Date ” means July 30, 2013.

 

Closing Date Letters of Credit ” shall mean Letters of Credit existing on the Closing Date, Letters of Credit issued after the Closing Date to the extent in replacement of a letter of credit of the U.S. Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date, any extensions thereof, replacement Letters of Credit or Letters of Credit issued in lieu thereof, in each case, to the extent the face amount of such Letters of Credit is not increased above the face amount of the Letter of Credit being extended, replaced or substituted; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Closing Date Letters of Credit shall not exceed $80,000,000.

 

Closing Date Refinancing ” means the repayment, repurchase or other discharge of the Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness and termination and/or release of any security interests and guarantees in connection therewith.

 

 - 11 -

 

 

Co-Documentation Agents ” shall mean UBS Securities LLC and Barclays Bank PLC.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Collateral ” shall mean all property pledged or purported to be pledged pursuant to the Security Documents.

 

Collateral Agent ” shall mean UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor collateral agent pursuant to Section 12.9 ; any affiliate or designee of UBS AG, Stamford Branch may act as Collateral Agent under any Credit Document.

 

Commitment Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(a) .

 

Commitment Fee Rate ” shall mean, with respect to the Available Commitment on any day, a rate per annum set forth below opposite the Status in effect on such day:

 

Status   Commitment Fee Rate
   
Level I Status 0.50%
Level II Status 0.375%

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Commitment Fee Rate” shall mean 0.50% during the period from and including the Closing Date but excluding the Trigger Date.

 

Commitments ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender (to the extent applicable), such Lender’s Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment, Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment, Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitment, New Revolving Credit Commitment, Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, Initial Term Loan Commitment or New Term Loan Commitment.

 

Commodity Exchange Act ” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

Communications ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.17(a) .

 

Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall have the meaning provided in the Acquisition Agreement.

 

Company Representations ” shall mean the representations and warranties made by the Company with respect to the Company, its subsidiaries and their respective businesses in the Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that Holdings (or one of Holdings’ Affiliates) has the right (taking into account any applicable cure provisions) to terminate its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties in the Acquisition Agreement.

 

Compliance Period ” shall mean any period during which the sum of (i) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans then outstanding and (ii) the aggregate non-Cash Collateralized Letters of Credit Outstanding (other than (a) the Closing Date Letters of Credit and (b) other non-Cash Collateralized Letters of Credit Outstanding in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000) at such time exceeds 30.0% of the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, no Compliance Period shall be in effect prior to the date by which Section 9.1 Financials in respect of the period ended December 31, 2013 are due.

 

 - 12 -

 

 

Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.16 .

 

Confidential Information Memorandum ” shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum of Holdings dated April 22, 2013.

 

Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense ” shall mean with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees or costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, capitalized expenditures, customer acquisition costs, the amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par and incentive payments, conversion costs and contract acquisition costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period

 

(1)          increased (without duplication) by:

 

(a)        provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, U.S. federal, state, non-U.S., franchise, excise, value added and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted, including any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(b)        Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” and any non-cash interest expense, to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(c)        Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(d)        any expenses, fees, charges or losses (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Agreement (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful and including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Loans hereunder, (ii) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Credit Documents and any other credit facilities and (iii) any amendment or other modification of the Senior Notes, the Loans hereunder or other Indebtedness, and, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

 - 13 -

 

 

(e)        any other non-cash charges, including any write offs, write downs, expenses, losses or items to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income ( provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be deducted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus

 

(f)        the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, plus

 

(g)        the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Initial Investors or any of their respective Affiliates, plus

 

(h)        costs of surety bonds incurred in such period in connection with financing activities, plus

 

(i)         the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies that are projected by the U.S. Borrower in good faith to result from actions either taken or expected to be taken within 24 months of the determination to take such action, net of the amount of actual benefits realized prior to or during such period from such actions (which cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions or synergies had been realized on the first day of such period); provided that a Responsible Officer of the U.S. Borrower shall have certified to the Administrative Agent that such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, plus

 

(j)         the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Facility, plus

 

(k)        any costs or expense incurred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii) of Section 10.5(a) and have not been relied on for purposes of any incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (l)(b) of Section 10.1 , plus

 

(l)         the amount of expenses relating to payments made to option holders of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with, or as a result of, any distribution being made to shareholders of such Person or its direct or indirect parent companies, which payments are being made to compensate such option holders as though they were shareholders at the time of, and entitled to share in, such distribution, in each case to the extent permitted under this Agreement, plus

 

 - 14 -

 

 

(m)      with respect to any joint venture that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, an amount equal to the proportion of those items described in clauses (a) and (c) above relating to such joint venture corresponding to Holdings’ and the Restricted Subsidiaries’ proportionate share of such joint venture’s Consolidated Net Income (determined as if such joint venture were a Restricted Subsidiary), plus

 

(n)       costs associated with, or in anticipation of, or preparation for, compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith and Public Company Costs, plus

 

(o) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) not included in Consolidated EBITDA in any period solely to the extent that the corresponding non-cash gains relating to such receipts were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (2) below for any previous period and not added back, plus

 

(p)       to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income, (i) any expenses and charges that are reimbursed by indemnification or other similar provisions in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other Asset Sale of assets permitted hereunder and (ii) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the U.S. Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (A) not denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (B) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365 days), expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption

 

(2)          decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; provided that, to the extent non cash gains are deducted pursuant to this clause (2) for any previous period and not otherwise added back to Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased by the amount of any cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) in respect of such non cash gains received in subsequent periods to the extent not already included therein, plus

 

(3)          increased or decreased by (without duplication):

 

(a)       any net gain or loss resulting in such period from currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances and other balance sheet items, plus or minus, as the case may be, and

 

(b)       any net gain or loss resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations, and the application of Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging (formerly Financing Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 133), and its related pronouncements and interpretations, or the equivalent accounting standard under GAAP or an alternative basis of accounting applied in lieu of GAAP.

 

 - 15 -

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt:

 

(i)            to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period any adjustments resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and its related pronouncements and interpretations, or the equivalent accounting standard under GAAP or an alternative basis of accounting applied in lieu of GAAP,

 

(ii)           there shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDA of any Person or business, or attributable to any property or asset acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDA of any related Person or business or any Acquired EBITDA attributable to any assets or property, in each case to the extent not so acquired) to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary (each such Person, business, property or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an “ Acquired Entity or Business ”) and the Acquired EBITDA of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “ Converted Restricted Subsidiary ”), based on the actual Acquired EBITDA of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition or conversion) and (B) an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, and

 

(iii)          to the extent included in Consolidated Net Income, there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDA for any period the Disposed EBITDA of any Person, property, business or asset sold, transferred, abandoned or otherwise disposed of, closed or classified as discontinued operations by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a “ Sold Entity or Business ”), and the Disposed EBITDA of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “ Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ”) based on the actual Disposed EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition or conversion); provided that for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any classification under GAAP of any Person or business in respect of which a definitive agreement for the Disposition thereof has been entered into as discontinued operations, the Disposed EBITDA of such Person or business shall not be excluded pursuant to this paragraph until such Disposition shall have been consummated.

 

Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)           consolidated cash interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (b) capitalized interest to the extent paid in cash and (c) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (1) any one-time cash costs associated with breakage in respect of hedging agreements for interest rates, (2) all non-recurring cash interest expense consisting of liquidated damages for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, all as calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (3) any “additional interest” owing pursuant to a registration rights agreement, (4) non-cash interest expense attributable to a parent entity resulting from push-down accounting, but solely to the extent not reducing consolidated cash interest expense in any prior period, (5) any non-cash expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees that have been previously paid in cash, but solely to the extent not reducing consolidated cash interest expense in any prior period and (6) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Facility); less

 

 - 16 -

 

 

(2)           cash interest income for such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that, without duplication,

 

(1)           any after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses (including relating to the Transactions), severance, relocation costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefits plans, start-up, transition, integration and other restructuring and business optimization costs, charges, reserves or expenses (including related to acquisitions after the Closing Date and to the start-up, closure and/or consolidation of facilities), new product introductions, and one-time compensation charges shall be excluded,

 

(2)           the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period,

 

(3)           any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

 

(4)           any after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the board of directors of Holdings, shall be excluded,

 

(5)           the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period,

 

 - 17 -

 

 

(6)           solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (iii)(1) of Section 10.5 the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) or Cash Equivalents to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein,

 

(7)           effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements required or permitted by ASC 805 and ASC 350 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 141 and 142, respectively) resulting from the application of purchase accounting, including in relation to the Transactions and any acquisition that is consummated after the Closing Date or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

 

(8)            (i) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments (including deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid), (ii) any non-cash income (or loss) related to currency gains or losses related to Indebtedness, intercompany balances and other balance sheet items and to Hedging Obligations pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Codification No. 815—Derivatives and Hedging (or such successor provision) and (iii) any non-cash expense, income or loss attributable to the movement in mark to market valuation of foreign currencies, Indebtedness or derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded,

 

(9)           any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down pursuant to ASC 350 and ASC 360 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement Nos. 142 and 144, respectively) and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to ASC 805 (formerly Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 141) shall be excluded,

 

(10)         (i) any non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options units, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors, managers or employees and (ii) non-cash income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts, shall be excluded,

 

(11)         any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, recapitalization, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

(12)         accruals and reserves (including contingent liabilities) that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, or changes as a result of adoption or modification of accounting policies, shall be excluded,

 

 - 18 -

 

 

(13)         to the extent covered by insurance or indemnification and actually reimbursed, or, so long as Holdings has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the applicable carrier or indemnifying party in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), losses and expenses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded,

 

(14)         any deferred tax expense associated with tax deductions or net operating losses arising as a result of the Transactions, or the release of any valuation allowance related to such items, shall be excluded, and

 

(15)         any costs or expenses incurred during such period relating to environmental remediation, litigation or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Closing Date shall be excluded.

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt ” shall mean Consolidated Total Debt as of such date secured by a Lien on the Collateral on an equal priority basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations.

 

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt as of such date of determination, minus cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens)) of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (2) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings for the Test Period then last ended, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Senior Secured Debt and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”.

 

Consolidated Total Assets ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total assets” (or any like caption) on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.

 

Consolidated Total Debt ” shall mean, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Hedging Obligations); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Letters of Credit, except to the extent of Unpaid Drawings thereunder.

 

Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date minus the aggregate cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens)) of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period then last ended.

 

 - 19 -

 

 

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, at any date, the excess of (a) the sum of all amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date excluding the current portion of current and deferred income taxes over (b) the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, including deferred revenue but excluding, without duplication, (i) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Loans and Letter of Credit Exposure to the extent otherwise included therein, (iii) the current portion of interest, (iv) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes, (v) any liabilities that are not Indebtedness and will not be settled in cash or Cash Equivalents during the next succeeding twelve month period after such date, (vi) the effects from applying purchase accounting, (vii) any accrued professional liability risks and (viii) restricted marketable securities.

 

Contingent Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“ primary obligations ”) of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (2) to advance or supply funds (A) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (B) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

Contract Consideration ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow”.

 

Contractual Requirement ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.3 .

 

Converted Restricted Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA”.

 

Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA”.

 

Credit Documents ” shall mean this Agreement, the Guarantees, the Security Documents and any promissory notes issued by any Borrower hereunder.

 

Credit Event ” shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Loan and the issuance of a Letter of Credit.

 

Credit Facilities ” shall mean, collectively, each category of Commitments and each extension of credit hereunder.

 

Credit Facility ” shall mean a category of Commitments and extensions of credit thereunder.

 

Credit Party ” shall mean Holdings, each Borrower and the Guarantors.

 

CTA ” mean the United Kingdom’s Corporation Tax Act 2009.

 

Cure Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.14 .

 

Cure Right ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.14 .

 

 - 20 -

 

 

Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event ” shall mean any issuance or incurrence by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness permitted to be issued or incurred under Section 10.1 other than Section 10.1(y) and Section 10.1(aa) ).

 

Declined Proceeds ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(h) .

 

Default ” shall mean any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.8(c) .

 

Defaulting Lender ” shall mean any Lender whose acts or failure to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of “Lender Default”.

 

Deferred Net Cash Proceeds ” shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of “Net Cash Proceeds”.

 

Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date ” shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of “Net Cash Proceeds”.

 

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” shall mean the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Holdings, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by either a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of Holdings, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

 

Designated Preferred Stock ” shall mean preferred stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an officers’ certificate executed by the principal financial officer of Holdings or the parent company thereof, as the case may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii) of Section 10.5(a) .

 

Disposed EBITDA ” shall mean, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDA of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA were references to such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its respective Subsidiaries), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

Disqualified Lenders ” means such Persons that have been specified in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arrangers prior to the commencement of “primary syndication” as being “Disqualified Lenders.”

 

 - 21 -

 

 

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Stock), other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale or similar event, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Stock), other than as a result of a change of control, asset sale or similar event, in whole or in part, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date hereunder; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

 

Dollar Equivalent ” shall mean, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date or other relevant date of determination) for the purchase of Dollars with such currency.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.

 

Drawing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(b) .

 

Effective Yield ” shall mean, as to any Indebtedness, the effective yield on such Indebtedness in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent in consultation with the U.S. Borrower and consistent with generally accepted financial practices, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors (the effect of which floors shall be determined in a manner set forth in the proviso below) or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (a) the remaining weighted average life to maturity of such Indebtedness and (b) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders or other institutions providing such Indebtedness, but excluding any arrangement, structuring, ticking or other similar fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared with the relevant Lenders and, if applicable, consent fees for an amendment paid generally to consenting Lenders; provided that with respect to any Indebtedness that includes a “LIBOR floor” or “Base Rate floor,” (i) to the extent that the LIBOR Rate or ABR (without giving effect to any floors in such definitions), as applicable, on the date that the Effective Yield is being calculated is less than such floor, the amount of such difference shall be deemed added to the interest rate margin for such Indebtedness for the purpose of calculating the Effective Yield and (ii) to the extent that the LIBOR Rate or ABR (without giving effect to any floors in such definitions), as applicable, on the date that the Effective Yield is being calculated is greater than such floor, then the floor shall be disregarded in calculating the Effective Yield.

 

Environmental Claims ” shall mean any and all actions, suits, orders, decrees, demand letters, claims, notices of noncompliance or potential responsibility or violation or proceedings pursuant to any Environmental Law or any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law (hereinafter, “ Claims ”), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief relating to the presence Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the environment including, without limitation, ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, soil, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands.

 

 - 22 -

 

 

Environmental Law ” shall mean any applicable Federal, state, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, soil, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as flora, fauna or wetlands, or protection of human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials) and including those relating to the generation, storage, treatment, transport, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials.

 

Equity Interest ” shall mean Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

Equity Investments ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Equity Offering ” shall mean any public or private sale of common stock or preferred stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than: (a) public offerings with respect to a Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent company’s (including Holdings) common stock registered on Form S-8, (b) issuances to any Subsidiary of Holdings, (c) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution and (d) any Cure Amount.

 

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with any Credit Party, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 (b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

 

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) the failure of any Plan to comply with any provisions of ERISA and/or the Code (and applicable regulations under either) or with the terms of such Plan; (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of a non-exempt Prohibited Transaction; (c) any Reportable Event; (d) the failure of any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan or any failure by any Pension Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Pension Plan, whether or not waived; (e) a determination that any Pension Plan is in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA); (f) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Pension Plan; (g) the occurrence of any event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or the incurrence by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan, including but not limited to the imposition of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or any Pension Plan; (h) the receipt by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice to terminate any Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA; (i) the failure by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (j) the incurrence by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Pension Plan (or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA) or Multiemployer Plan; (k) the receipt by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, Insolvent or in Reorganization, in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), or terminated (within the meaning of Section 4041A of ERISA); or (l) the failure by any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates to pay when due (after expiration of any applicable grace period) any installment payment with respect to Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA.

 

 - 23 -

 

 

Event of Default ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11 .

 

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of

 

(a)          the sum, without duplication, of

 

(i)        Consolidated Net Income for such period,

 

(ii)       an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash receipts to the extent excluded in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(iii)      decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than (1) reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa and (2) any such decreases arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),

 

(iv)      an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Asset Sales by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Asset Sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; and

 

(v)       cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such period to the extent not otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income;

 

over (b) the sum, without duplication, of

 

(i)        an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges to the extent excluded in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(ii)       without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior periods, the amount of Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of Intellectual Property accrued or made in cash during such period, except to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries (unless such Indebtedness has been repaid),

 

 - 24 -

 

 

(iii)       the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (B) the amount of any repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.5 and (C) the amount of a mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.2(a) to the extent required due to an Asset Sale that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase but excluding (x) all other prepayments of Term Loans and (y) all prepayments of Revolving Loans (and any other revolving loans (unless there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder)) made during such period, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of other long-term Indebtedness of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries,

 

(iv)       an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Asset Sales by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Asset Sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

(v)        increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such period (other than (1) reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa and (2) any such decreases arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries completed during such period or the application of purchase accounting),

 

(vi)       payments by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, to the extent not already deducted from Consolidated Net Income,

 

(vii)      without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior fiscal periods, the aggregate amount of cash consideration paid by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in connection with Investments (including acquisitions) made during such period constituting “Permitted Investments” or made pursuant to Section 10.5 to the extent that such Investments were not financed with the proceeds received from (A) the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness or (B) the issuance of Capital Stock,

 

(viii)     the amount of dividends paid during such period (on a consolidated basis) by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent such dividends were not financed with the proceeds received from (A) the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness or (B) the issuance of Capital Stock,

 

(ix)       the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period and are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,

 

(x)        the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness to the extent that such payments are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income,

 

 - 25 -

 

 

(xi)       without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in other periods, (A) the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period and (B) any planned cash expenditures by the U.S. Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (the “ Planned Expenditures ”), in the case of each of clauses (A) and (B) , relating to Permitted Acquisitions (or Investments similar to those made for Permitted Acquisitions), Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the U.S. Borrower following the end of such period (except to the extent financed with any of the proceeds received from (A) the issuance or incurrence of long-term Indebtedness or (B) the issuance of Equity Interests); provided that to the extent that the aggregate amount of cash actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions (or Investments similar to those made for Permitted Acquisitions), Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property during such following period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration and Planned Expenditures, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow, at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters;

 

(xii)      the amount of taxes (including penalties and interest) paid in cash or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, and

 

(xiii)     cash expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income.

 

Excluded Contribution ” shall mean net cash proceeds, the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or the Fair Market Value of Qualified Proceeds received by Holdings from (a) contributions to its common equity capital, and (b) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of Holdings) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officers’ certificate executed by either a senior vice president or the principal financial officer of Holdings on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (iii) of Section 10.5(a) ; provided that any non-cash assets shall qualify only if acquired by a parent of Holdings in an arm’s-length transaction within the six months prior to such contribution.

 

 - 26 -

 

 

Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents ” shall mean (i) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and Holdings (as agreed to in writing), the cost or other consequences of pledging such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (ii) solely in the case of any pledge of Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Foreign Subsidiary or any Domestic Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries in each case to secure the Obligations of the U.S. Borrower (and for the avoidance of doubt not any Foreign Borrower), any Voting Stock or Stock Equivalents of any class of such Foreign Subsidiary or such Domestic Subsidiary in excess of 66% of the outstanding Voting Stock of such class (such percentage to be adjusted upon any Change in Law as may be required to avoid adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Borrower or any Guarantor that is a Domestic Subsidiary), (iii) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents to the extent the pledge thereof would violate any applicable Requirement of Law (including any legally effective requirement to obtain the consent of any Governmental Authority unless such consent has been obtained), (iv) in the case of (A) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary to the extent such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents are subject to a Lien permitted by clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Lien” or (B) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned by Holdings and its Subsidiaries at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of each such Subsidiary described in clause (A) or (B) to the extent (1) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law), (2) any Contractual Requirement prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (2) shall not apply if (x) such other party is a Credit Party or wholly-owned Subsidiary or (y) consent has been obtained to consummate such pledge (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate Holdings or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent) and for so long as such Contractual Requirement or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect, or (3) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than a Credit Party or wholly-owned Subsidiary) to any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law), (v) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary to the extent that (A) the pledge of such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents would result in adverse tax consequences to Holdings or any Subsidiary as reasonably determined by Holdings and (B) such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents have been identified in writing to the Collateral Agent by an Authorized Officer of Holdings, (vi) any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents that are margin stock and (vii) any Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) each Subsidiary, in each case, for so long as any such Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) constitute a Material Subsidiary, (b) each Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary on any date such Subsidiary would otherwise be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the requirements of Section 9.11 (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary), (c) solely in the case of credit support for the Obligations of the U.S. Borrower, any Domestic Subsidiary substantially all the assets of which consist of (x) Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries and/or (y) other Domestic Subsidiaries so long as substantially all the assets of any such other Domestic Subsidiary consist of Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of Foreign Subsidiaries, (d) solely in the case of credit support for the Obligations of the U.S. Borrower, any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (e) any Foreign Subsidiary; provided that clause (e) shall not apply to the Foreign Borrowers and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries organized in the same jurisdiction which such Persons shall only guarantee the obligations of the Foreign Borrowers, (f) each Subsidiary that is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement or Requirement of Law from guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Obligations at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect), (g) each Subsidiary with respect to which, as reasonably determined by Holdings, the consequence of providing a Guarantee of the Obligations would adversely affect the ability of Holdings and its Subsidiaries to satisfy applicable Requirements of Law, (h) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, (x) in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and Holdings, as agreed in writing, the cost or other consequences of providing a Guarantee of the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (y) providing such a Guarantee would result in adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by Holdings and notified in writing to the Administrative Agent, (i) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (j) any Receivables Subsidiary and (k) each other Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition and financed with assumed secured Indebtedness, and each Restricted Subsidiary acquired in such Permitted Acquisition that guarantees such Indebtedness, in each case to the extent that, and for so long as, the documentation relating to such Indebtedness to which such Subsidiary is a party prohibits such Subsidiary from guaranteeing the Obligations and such prohibition was not created in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition.

 

 - 27 -

 

 

Excluded Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Credit Party, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Obligations of such Credit Party of, or the grant by such Credit Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Obligations thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof). If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Obligation or security interest is or becomes illegal.

 

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document, (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income or branch profits (however denominated, and including (for the avoidance of doubt) any backup withholding in respect thereof under Section 3406 of the Code or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income Taxes), in each case by a jurisdiction (including any political subdivision thereof) as a result of such recipient being organized in, having its principal office in, or in the case of any Lender, having its applicable lending office in, such jurisdiction, or as a result of any other present or former connection with such jurisdiction (other than any such connection arising solely from this Agreement or any other Credit Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder), (ii) in the case of any Borrowing by the U.S. Borrower, any United States federal withholding Tax, in each case imposed on any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document that is required to be imposed on amounts payable to a Lender pursuant to laws in force at the time such Lender acquires an interest in any Credit Document, other than in the case of a Lender that is an assignee pursuant to a request by any Borrower or Holdings under Section 13.7 (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the U.S. Borrower with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 5.4(a) , (iii) any withholding taxes attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 5.4(e) or (iv) any United States federal withholding Tax imposed under FATCA.

 

Existing Class ” shall mean any Existing Term Loan Class and any Existing Revolving Credit Class.

 

Existing Credit Agreement Indebtedness ” means the principal, interest, fees and other amounts, other than contingent obligations not due and payable, outstanding under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 19, 2008, by and among Gardner Denver, Inc., the lenders from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.

 

Existing Letters of Credit ” shall mean each letter of credit existing on the Closing Date and identified on Schedule 1.1(a) .

 

Existing Revolving Credit Class ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(ii) .

 

Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(ii) .

 

 - 28 -

 

 

Existing Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(ii) .

 

Existing Term Loan Class ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(i) .

 

Extended Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .

 

Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(ii) .

 

Extended Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(ii) .

 

Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .

 

Extended Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(i) .

 

Extending Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(iii) .

 

Extension Amendment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(iv) .

 

Extension Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(v) .

 

Extension Election ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(iii) .

 

Extension Request ” shall mean a Term Loan Extension Request.

 

Extension Series ” shall mean all Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Extension Amendment (or any subsequent Extension Amendment to the extent such Extension Amendment expressly provides that the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Extension Series) and that provide for the same interest margins, extension fees and amortization schedule.

 

Fair Market Value ” means with respect to any asset or group of assets on any date of determination, the value of the consideration obtainable in a sale of such asset at such date of determination assuming a sale by a willing seller to a willing purchaser dealing at arm’s length and arranged in an orderly manner over a reasonable period of time having regard to the nature and characteristics of such asset, as determined in good faith by the U.S. Borrower.

 

Fair Value ” shall mean the amount at which the assets (both tangible and intangible), in their entirety, of the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, within a commercially reasonable period of time, each having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, with neither being under any compulsion to act.

 

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

 

 - 29 -

 

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the per annum rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Fees ” shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to, or referred to in, Section 4.1 .

 

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I (with such changes to such form as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the U.S. Borrower) among the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the representatives for purposes thereof for holders of one or more classes of Indebtedness.

 

First Lien Obligations ” shall mean the Obligations and the Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations that are secured by the Collateral on an equal priority basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations.

 

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated EBITDA for the Test Period then last ended to (2) the Fixed Charges for such Test Period. In the event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the Test Period but prior to or simultaneously with the date of determination, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (in each case, including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the Test Period; provided , however , that Pro Forma Effect shall not give effect to any Indebtedness incurred on the date of such determination (except pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 10.1 and Section 10.1(n) ).

 

For purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary during the Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the date of determination shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Test Period. If since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect thereto for such Test Period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed operation had occurred at the beginning of the Test Period.

 

 - 30 -

 

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever Pro Forma Effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt and without duplication, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation which is being given Pro Forma Effect that have been or are expected to be realized; provided that such costs savings and operating expense reductions are made in compliance with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given Pro Forma Effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given Pro Forma Effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account for such entire period, any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of 12 months or longer, and in the case of any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness with a remaining term of less than 12 months, taking into account such Hedging Obligation to the extent of its remaining term). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a Pro Forma Basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period (or, if lower, the greater of (x) maximum commitments under such revolving credit facilities as of the date of determination and (y) the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under such a revolving credit facilities on such date). Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as Holdings may designate.

 

Fixed Charges ” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of:

 

(a)       Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period,

 

(b)       all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock (including any Designated Preferred Stock) or any Refunding Capital Stock of such Person made during such period, and

 

(c)       all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock made during such period.

 

Foreign Asset Sale ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(i) .

 

Foreign Benefit Arrangement ” shall mean any employee benefit arrangement mandated by non-US law that is maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Foreign Borrowers ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Foreign Plan ” shall mean each employee benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA) that is not subject to US law and is maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

 - 31 -

 

 

Foreign Plan Event ” shall mean, with respect to any Foreign Plan or Foreign Benefit Arrangement, (A) the failure to make or, if applicable, accrue in accordance with normal accounting practices, any employer or employee contributions required by applicable law or by the terms of such Foreign Plan or Foreign Benefit Arrangement; (B) the failure to register or loss of good standing with applicable regulatory authorities of any such Foreign Plan or Foreign Benefit Arrangement required to be registered; or (C) the failure of any Foreign Plan or Foreign Benefit Arrangement to comply with any provisions of applicable law and regulations or with the material terms of such Foreign Plan or Foreign Benefit Arrangement.

 

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary of the U.S. Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

Fronting Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(d) .

 

Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

 

Funded Debt ” shall mean all Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, to a date more than one year from the date of its creation or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date (including all amounts of such Funded Debt required to be paid or prepaid within one year from the date of its creation), and, in the case of the Borrowers, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

 

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that if the U.S. Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the U.S. Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Furthermore, at any time after the Closing Date, Holdings may elect to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP and GAAP concepts shall thereafter be construed to refer to IFRS and corresponding IFRS concepts (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement); provided any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided further that any calculation or determination in this Agreement that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to Holdings’ election to apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. Holdings shall give written notice of any such election made in accordance with this definition to the Administrative Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, solely making an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

German Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

 - 32 -

 

 

German Security ” means any Lien assumed and accepted by or through the Collateral Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, pursuant to any German Security Document and held or administered by the Collateral Agent on behalf of or in trust for any Lender under this Agreement and the German Security Documents, as the same may be amended, restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

German Security Document ” means any Security Document governed by German law.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.

 

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(g) .

 

Guarantee ” shall mean (a) the Guarantee made by Holdings (such Guarantee to be non-recourse and limited to the Capital Stock of the Borrrower), each Borrower and each Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit B , and (b) any other guarantee of the Obligations made by a Restricted Subsidiary in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

guarantee obligations ” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term “Guarantee Obligations” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

Guarantors ” shall mean (a) each Subsidiary that is party to the Guarantee on the Closing Date, (b) each Subsidiary that becomes a party to the Guarantee after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.11 or otherwise and (c) Holdings.

 

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, asbestos and asbestos containing material, polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous waste,” “restricted hazardous waste,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” or “pollutants,” or words of similar import, under any Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, which is prohibited, limited, or regulated by any Environmental Law.

 

 - 33 -

 

 

Hedge Agreements ” shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

Hedge Bank ” shall mean (a) (i) any Person that, at the time it enters into a Hedge Agreement, is a Lender, an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Agent and (ii) with respect to any Hedge Agreement entered into prior to the Closing Date, any person that is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender on the Closing Date or (b) any Person listed on Schedule 1.1(d); provided that, in the case of this clause (b) , such Person executes and delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to which such person (i) appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent under the applicable Credit Documents and (ii) agrees to be bound by the provisions of Sections 12, 13, 14, 26 and 27 of the U.S. Pledge Agreement and Sections 5.4, 5.5, 5.7, 6.5, 7, 8.1 and 8.16 of the U.S. Security Agreement, in each case, as if it were a Lender.

 

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any Hedge Agreements.

 

Historical Financial Statements ” shall mean the audited consolidated balance sheets of Holdings as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and the audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Holdings for each of the fiscal years in the three year period ending on December 31, 2012.

 

Holdings ” shall mean (i) Holdings (as defined in the preamble to this Agreement) or (ii) after the Closing Date any other Person or Persons (the “ New Holdings ”) that is a Subsidiary of (or are Subsidiaries of) Holdings or of any Parent Entity of Holdings (or the previous New Holdings, as the case may be) but not the U.S. Borrower (the “ Previous Holdings ”); provided that (a) such New Holdings directly owns 100% of the Equity Interests of the U.S. Borrower, (b) the New Holdings shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Previous Holdings under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (c) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel shall be delivered by the U.S. Borrower to the Administrative Agent to the effect that without limitation such substitution does not violate this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (d) all Capital Stock of the U.S. Borrower and substantially all of the other assets of the Previous Holdings are contributed or otherwise transferred to such New Holdings and pledged to secure the Obligations, (f) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such substitution and such substitution does not result in any Default or Event of Default or adverse tax consequences and (g) no Change of Control shall occur; provided , further , that if each of the foregoing is satisfied, the Previous Holdings shall be automatically released of all its obligations under the Credit Documents and any reference to “Holdings” in the Credit Documents shall be meant to refer to the “New Holdings”.

 

 - 34 -

 

 

Increased Amount Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .

 

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent (a) in respect of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without double counting, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation, within 60 days of becoming due and payable, has not been paid and such obligation is reflected as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or (d) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a net liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent company appearing upon the balance sheet of Holdings solely by reason of push down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded, (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, and (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (A) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (B) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Facilities, (C) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business or (D) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warrants or other unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset.

 

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of Holdings, the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall exclude all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

indemnified liabilities ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.5 .

 

Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes imposed on or with respect to, or measured by, any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document, other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Identified Contingent Liabilities ” shall mean the maximum estimated amount of liabilities reasonably likely to result from pending litigation, asserted claims and assessments, guaranties, uninsured risks and other contingent liabilities of the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole after giving effect to the Transactions (including all fees and expenses related thereto but exclusive of such contingent liabilities to the extent reflected in Stated Liabilities), as identified and explained in terms of their nature and estimated magnitude by responsible officers of the U.S. Borrower.

 

Initial Dollar Term Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) .

 

 - 35 -

 

 

Initial Dollar Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, in the case of each Lender that is a Lender on the Closing Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) as such Lender’s “Initial Dollar Term Loan Commitment”. The aggregate amount of the Initial Dollar Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $1,900,000,000.

 

Initial Euro Term Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a) .

 

Initial Euro Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, in the case of each Lender that is a Lender on the Closing Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) as such Lender’s “Initial Euro Term Loan Commitment”. The aggregate amount of the Initial Euro Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is €400,000,000.

 

Initial Investors ” shall Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., KKR Associates North America Fund XI L.P. and KKR Renaissance Co-Invest GP LLC and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

Initial Term Loan ” shall mean, collectively, the Initial Dollar Term Loans and the Initial Euro Term Loans.

 

Initial Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, collectively, the Initial Dollar Term Loan Commitments and the Initial Euro Term Loan Commitments.

 

Initial Term Loan Lender ” shall mean a Lender with an Initial Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Initial Term Loan.

 

Initial Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean July 30, 2020 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

 

Initial Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Initial Term Loan Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(b) .

 

Insolvent ” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

 

Intellectual Property ” shall mean U.S. and foreign intellectual property, including all (i) (a) patents, inventions, processes, developments, technology and know-how; (b) copyrights and works of authorship in any media, including graphics, advertising materials, labels, package designs and photographs; (c) trademarks, service marks, trade names, brand names, corporate names, domain names, logos, trade dress and other source indicators, and the goodwill of any business symbolized thereby; (d) trade secrets, confidential, proprietary or non-public information and (ii) all registrations, applications renewals, extensions, substitutions, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, re-issues, re-examinations, foreign counterparts or similar legal protections related thereto.

 

Interest Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 2.9 .

 

 - 36 -

 

 

Investment ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees, in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of Holdings in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property; provided that Investments shall not include, in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business.

 

For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 10.5 ,

 

(1)       “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Holdings at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) Holdings’ “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

 

(2)       any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

 

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

 

Investment Grade Rating ” shall mean a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

Investment Grade Securities ” shall mean:

 

(1)       securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents),

 

(2)       debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among Holdings and its Subsidiaries,

 

(3)       investments in any fund that invest at least 90% in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution, and

 

 - 37 -

 

 

(4)       corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high-quality investments.

 

ISP ” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

Issuer Documents ” shall mean with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Request, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the Letter of Credit Issuer and Holdings (or any Restricted Subsidiary) or in favor of the Letter of Credit Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

 

ITA ” means the United Kingdom’s Income Tax Act 2007.

 

Joinder Agreement ” shall mean an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners ” shall mean UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Mizuho Bank, LTD., RBC Capital Markets, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

 

Joint Manager and Arranger ” shall mean KKR Capital Markets LLC and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation.

 

Judgment Currency ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.19 .

 

Junior Debt ” shall mean any Indebtedness in respect of the Senior Notes and Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

KKR ” shall mean each of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. and and KKR Associates North America Fund XI L.P.

 

Latest Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Term Loan hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any New Term Loan or any Extended Term Loan, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

 

L/C Borrowing ” shall mean an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing. All L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars, Euro or any Alternative Currency.

 

L/C Facility Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is three Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date; provided that the L/C Facility Maturity Date may be extended beyond such date with the consent of the Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

L/C Obligations ” shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unpaid Drawings, including all L/C Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices (ISP98), such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time.

 

L/C Participant ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .

 

 - 38 -

 

 

L/C Participation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a) .

 

Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Lender Default ” shall mean (i) the refusal (which may be given verbally or in writing and has not been retracted) or failure of any Lender to make available its portion of any incurrence of Loans or Reimbursement Obligations, which refusal or failure is not cured within one business day after the date of such refusal or failure, (ii) the failure of any Lender to pay over to the Administrative Agent, any Swingline Lender, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one business day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, (iii) a Lender has notified the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under the this Agreement or has stated publicly that it will generally not comply with its funding obligations under loan agreements, credit agreements and other similar agreements, (iv) a Lender has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or (v) a Lender has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Lender becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event.

 

Lender-Related Distress Event ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender (each, a “ Distressed Person ”), a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any debt relief law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any governmental authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a governmental authority or an instrumentality thereof.

 

Letter of Credit ” shall mean each letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 3.1 and each Existing Letter of Credit.

 

Letter of Credit Commitment ” shall mean $200,000,000, as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 3.1 .

 

Letter of Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, at any time, the sum of (a) the Dollar Equivalent amount of the principal amount of any Unpaid Drawings in respect of which such Lender has made (or is required to have made) payments to the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a) at such time and (b) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time (excluding the portion thereof consisting of Unpaid Drawings in respect of which the Lenders have made (or are required to have made) payments to the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a) ).

 

Letter of Credit Fee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(b) .

 

Letter of Credit Issuer ” shall mean UBS AG, Stamford Branch, any of its Affiliates or any replacement, additional bank or successor pursuant to Section 3.6 . The Letter of Credit Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of the Letter of Credit Issuer, and in each such case the term “Letter of Credit Issuer” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. In the event that there is more than one Letter of Credit Issuer at any time, references herein and in the other Credit Documents to the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all Letter of Credit Issuers, as the context requires.

 

 - 39 -

 

 

Letters of Credit Outstanding ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of, without duplication, (a) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of the principal amount of all Unpaid Drawings.

 

Letter of Credit Request ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2(a) .

 

Level I Status ” shall mean, on any date, the circumstance that Level II Status does not exist.

 

Level II Status ” shall mean, on any date, the circumstance that the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is less than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0 as of such date.

 

LIBOR Loan ” shall mean any Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

 

LIBOR Rate ” shall mean, for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Loan of any currency, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Bloomberg (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in such currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the LIBOR Rate applicable to the Initial Term Loans at any time be less than 1.00% per annum. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBOR Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in such currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent’s London Branch to major banks in the applicable London interbank eurocurrency market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

Lien ” shall mean with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

 

Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan, Extended Revolving Credit Loan, Swingline Loan, Term Loan, New Revolving Loan, Extended Term Loan or New Term Loan made by any Lender hereunder.

 

London Business Day ” shall mean any day on which dealings in deposits in the applicable currency are conducted by and between banks in the applicable London interbank market.

 

 - 40 -

 

 

Mandatory Borrowing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(d) .

 

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a circumstance or condition affecting the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of the Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that would, individually or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or (b) the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents.

 

Material Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any date of determination, (i) each wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (a) whose total assets at the last day of the Test Period ending on the last day of the most recent fiscal period for which Section 9.1 Financials have been delivered were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose revenues during such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries have, in the aggregate, (x) total assets at the last day of such Test Period equal to or greater than 7.5% of the Consolidated Total Assets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (y) revenues during such Test Period equal to or greater than 7.5% of the consolidated revenues of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, then Holdings shall, on the date on which financial statements for such quarter are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries as “Material Subsidiaries” for each fiscal period until this proviso is no longer applicable.

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, the New Term Loan Maturity Date or the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, as applicable.

 

Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount ” shall mean, at any date of determination, (a) the sum of (i) $500,000,000 and (ii) the aggregate amount of voluntary prepayments of Loans (including purchases of the Loans by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries at or below par, in which case the amount of voluntary prepayments of Loans shall be deemed not to exceed the actual purchase price of such Loans below par) (and in the case of any Loans that are not Term Loans, a corresponding commitment reduction), in each case, other than from proceeds of Refinancing Indebtedness minus (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of New Loan Commitments incurred pursuant to Section 2.14(a) prior to such date and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Other Indebtedness issued or incurred (including any unused commitments obtained) pursuant to Section 10.1(bb)(i)(a) prior to such date plus (c) additional amount if, after giving effect to the incurrence of such additional amount, Holdings would be in compliance with the Senior Secured Leverage Test (assuming the Indebtedness being incurred as of such date of determination would be included in the definition of Consolidated Total Senior Secured Leverage, whether or not such Indebtedness would otherwise be so included and assuming the Revolving Credit Commitments at such time are fully drawn).

 

Minimum Borrowing Amount ” shall mean (a) with respect to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining applicable Commitments at the time of such Borrowing) and (b) with respect to a Borrowing of ABR Loans, $1,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining applicable Commitments at the time of such Borrowing).

 

Minimum Equity Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

 - 41 -

 

 

Minimum Tender Condition ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(b) .

 

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

 

Mortgage ” shall mean a mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, trust deed or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in respect of that Mortgaged Property to secure the Obligations, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, together with such terms and provisions as may be required by local laws.

 

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean, initially, each parcel of real estate and the improvements thereto owned in fee by a Credit Party and identified on Schedule 1.1(b) , and each other parcel of real property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 9.14 .

 

Multicurrency Exposure ” shall mean, for any Revolving Credit Lender at any date, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of the principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euro or Alternative Currency of such Lender then outstanding at such date and (b) such Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in Euro or Alternative Currency at such time.

 

Multicurrency Sublimit ” shall mean, at any date, (A) in the case of Euro, the lesser of (x) $400,000,000 and (y) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date less the amount of Multicurrency Exposure denominated in Alternative Currencies and (B) in the case of Alternative Currencies, an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of (x) $200,000,000 and (y) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate had an obligation over the five preceding calendar years.

 

Net Cash Proceeds ” shall mean, with respect to any Prepayment Event and any incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness, (a) the gross cash proceeds (including payments from time to time in respect of installment obligations, if applicable, but only as and when received) received by or on behalf of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such Prepayment Event or incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness, as the case may be, less (b) the sum of:

 

(i)       the amount, if any, of all taxes (including in connection with any repatriation of funds) paid or estimated to be payable by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Prepayment Event or incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness,

 

(ii)      the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) associated with the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event and (y) retained by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of such a Prepayment Event occurring on the date of such reduction,

 

 - 42 -

 

 

(iii)      the amount of any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Other Indebtedness) secured by a Lien on the assets that are the subject of such Prepayment Event to the extent that the instrument creating or evidencing such Indebtedness requires that such Indebtedness be repaid upon consummation of such Prepayment Event,

 

(iv)      in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event or Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback, the amount of any proceeds of such Prepayment Event that Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary has reinvested (or intends to reinvest within the Reinvestment Period or has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of the Reinvestment Period to reinvest) in the business of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that any portion of such proceeds that has not been so reinvested within such Reinvestment Period (with respect to such Prepayment Event, the “ Deferred Net Cash Proceeds ”) shall, unless Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a binding commitment prior to the last day of such Reinvestment Period to reinvest such proceeds no later than 180 days following the last day of such Reinvestment Period, (x) be deemed to be Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback occurring on the last day of such Reinvestment Period or, if later, 180 days after the date Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into such binding commitment, as applicable (such last day or 180th day, as applicable, the “ Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date ”), and (y) be applied to the repayment of Term Loans in accordance with Section 5.2(a)(i) ,

 

(v)       in the case of any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback by a non-wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (v) ) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of Holdings or a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, and

 

(vi)      all fees and out of pocket expenses paid by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any of the foregoing (for the avoidance of doubt, including, (i) in the case of the issuance of Permitted Other Indebtedness, any fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such issuance and (ii) attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, underwriting discounts and commissions, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant, accountant and other customary fees),

 

in each case only to the extent not already deducted in arriving at the amount referred to in clause (a) above.

 

Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

 

New Loan Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .

 

New Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .

 

New Revolving Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(b) .

 

New Revolving Loan Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(b) .

 

 - 43 -

 

 

New Term Loan ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(c) .

 

New Term Loan Commitments ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .

 

New Term Loan Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(c) .

 

New Term Loan Maturity Date ” shall mean the date on which a New Term Loan matures.

 

New Term Loan Repayment Amount ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .

 

New Term Loan Repayment Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.5(c) .

 

New UK Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.5 .

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.7(b) .

 

Non-Defaulting Lender ” shall mean and include each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.

 

Non-Extension Notice Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2(d) .

 

Non-U.S. Credit Party ” shall mean any Credit Party that is not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.

 

Non-U.S. Lender ” shall mean any Agent or Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

Non-U.S. Security Documents ” shall mean, collectively, (x) any security document (other than any U.S. Security Document) entered into by a Non-U.S. Subsidiary as of the Closing Date or pursuant to Sections 9.11 or 9.12 and (y) any other security document entered into by a Non-U.S. Subsidiary, or governed by a law other than the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, in each case, that is designated by Holdings or such Non-U.S. Subsidiary as a “Security Document” for purposes of this Agreement, Non-U.S. Security Documents shall include any German Security Documents.

 

Non-U.S. Subsidiary ” shall mean each Subsidiary of Holdings that is not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.

 

Notice of Borrowing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.3(a) .

 

Notice of Conversion or Continuation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.6(a) .

 

- 44 -

 

 

Obligations ” shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under any Credit Document or otherwise with respect to any Revolving Credit Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or under any Secured Cash Management Agreement, Secured Hedge Agreement (other than with respect to any Credit Party’s obligations that constitute Excluded Swap Obligations solely with respect to such Credit Party) or Existing Letter of Credit, in each case, entered into with Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Credit Parties under the Credit Documents (and any of their Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Credit Documents) include the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Credit Party under any Credit Document.

  

Original Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall mean all Revolving Credit Commitments, Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, other than any New Revolving Credit Commitments (and any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments related thereto).

 

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp, registration or documentary Taxes or any other excise, property, intangible, mortgage recording or similar Taxes arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Credit Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document; provided that such term shall not include (i) any Taxes that result from an assignment, grant of a participation pursuant to Section 13.6(c) or transfer or assignment to or designation of a new lending office or other office for receiving payments under any Credit Document (“ Assignment Taxes ”) to the extent such Assignment Taxes are imposed as a result of a connection between the assignor/participating Lender and/or the assignee/Participant and the taxing jurisdiction (other than a connection arising solely from any Credit Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder), except to the extent that any such action described in this proviso is requested or required by any Borrower or Holdings or (ii) Excluded Taxes.

 

Overnight Rate ” shall mean, for any day, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in Euro or any Alternative Currency, the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in Euro or such Alternative Currency, as applicable, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by a branch or Affiliate of the Administrative Agent in the applicable offshore interbank market for Euro or such Alternative Currency to major banks in such interbank market.

 

Parent Entity ” shall mean any Person that is a direct or indirect parent company (which may be organized as, among other things, a partnership) of Holdings and/or the U.S. Borrower, as applicable; provided that for purposes of clauses (a), (b) and (d) of the definition of “Change of Control”, references to “Holdings” shall be deemed to refer to any such Parent Entity.

 

Participant ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(c)(i) .

 

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(c)(ii) .

 

Patriot Act ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.18 .

 

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

- 45 -

 

 

Pension Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, but excluding any Multiemployer Plan) in respect of which any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4062 or Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Permitted Asset Swap ” shall mean the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with Section 10.4 .

 

Permitted Debt Exchange ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(a) .

 

Permitted Debt Exchange Notes ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(a) .

 

Permitted Debt Exchange Offer ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.15(a) .

 

Permitted Holders ” shall mean each of (i) the Initial Investors and their respective Affiliates and members of management of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent) who are holders of Equity Interests of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent company) on the Closing Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Initial Investors, their respective Affiliates and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and (ii) any direct or indirect parent of Holdings formed not in connection with, or in contemplation of, a transaction (other than Transactions) that, assuming such parent was not formed, after giving effect thereto would constitute a Change of Control.

 

Permitted Investments ” shall mean:

 

(a)          any Investment in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)          any Investment in cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities at the time such Investment is made;

 

(c)          any Investment by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment (a “ Permitted Acquisition ”) (1) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

 

(d)          any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 10.4 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

 

(e)          any Investment existing on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 10.5 ;

 

- 46 -

 

 

(f)           any Investment acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (1) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of Holdings of such other Investment or accounts receivable or (2) as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

  

(g)          Hedging Obligations permitted under clause (j) of Section 10.1 ;

 

(h)          any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (h) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $150,000,000 and (y) 30.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (h) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (a) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (h) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(i)           Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings (exclusive of Disqualified Stock); provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (iii) of Section 10.5(a) ;

 

(j)           guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.1 ;

 

(k)          any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.9 ;

 

(l)           Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material, equipment or other similar assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)         additional Investments having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (m) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (x) $175,000,000 and (y) 35.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided , however , that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (m) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (a) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (m) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary

 

(n)          Investments relating to any Receivables Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the board of directors of Holdings, are necessary or advisable to effect a Receivables Facility or any repurchases in connection therewith;

 

- 47 -

 

 

(o)          advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees not in excess of the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 4.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Investment;

 

(p)          loans and advances to officers, directors, managers and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company thereof;

 

(q)          Investments consisting of extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(r)           Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices; and

 

(s)          non-cash Investments in connection with tax planning and reorganization activities; provided that after giving effect to any such activities, the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral, taken as a whole, would not be materially impaired.

 

Permitted Liens ” shall mean, with respect to any Person:

 

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property Holdings or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim is to such property;

 

(4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

- 48 -

 

 

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (a) , (d) , (l)(ii) , (r) , (w) , (x) or (y) of Section 10.1 ; provided that, (i) in the case of clause (d) , such Lien may not extend to any property or equipment (or assets affixed or appurtenant thereto) other than the property or equipment being financed or refinanced under such clause (d) ; (ii) in the case of clause (r) , such Lien may not extend to any assets other than the assets owned by the Foreign Subsidiaries incurring such Indebtedness; (iii) in the case of Liens securing Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations that constitute First Lien Obligations pursuant to this clause (6) , the applicable Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties (or a representative thereof on behalf of such holders) shall enter into security documents with terms and conditions not materially more restrictive to the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, than the terms and conditions of the Security Documents and (x) in the case of the first such issuance of Permitted Other Indebtedness constituting First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the representative for the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have entered into the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (y) in the case of subsequent issuances of Permitted Other Indebtedness constituting First Lien Obligations, the representative for the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have become a party to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; and (iv) in the case of Liens securing Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations that do not constitute First Lien Obligations pursuant to this clause (6) , the applicable Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties (or a representative thereof on behalf of such holders) shall enter into security documents with terms and conditions not materially more restrictive to the Credit Parties, taken as a whole, than the terms and conditions of the Security Documents and shall (x) in the case of the first such issuance of Permitted Other Indebtedness that do not constitute First Lien Obligations, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the representative of the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations shall have entered into the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and shall have become a party to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (y) in the case of subsequent issuances of Permitted Other Indebtedness that do not constitute First Lien Obligations, the representative for the holders of such Permitted Other Indebtedness shall have become a party to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof; without any further consent of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement contemplated by this clause (6) ;

 

(7) Liens existing on Closing Date; provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness or other obligations in excess of (A) $10,000,000 individually or (B) $30,000,000 in the aggregate (when taken together with all other Liens securing obligations outstanding in reliance on this clause (B) that are not listed on Schedule 10.02) shall only be permitted if set forth on Schedule 10.02, and, in each case, any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof;

 

- 49 -

 

 

(8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; provided further , however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(9) Liens on property at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or consolidation; provided further that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 10.1 .

 

(11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted hereunder to be, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services;

 

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(13) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including of Intellectual Property) granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases or consignments entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(15) Liens in favor of Holdings, a Borrower or any Guarantor;

 

(16) Liens on equipment of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

 

(17) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Receivables Facility;

 

(18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6) , (7) , (8) , (9) , (10) and (15) of this definition of “Permitted Liens’; provided that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6) , (7) , (8) , (9) , (10) and (15) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Agreement, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement;

 

- 50 -

 

 

(19) deposits made or other security provided to secure liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

 

(20) other Liens securing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed the greater of (x) $125,000,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of the incurrence of such Lien;

 

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 11.11 ;

 

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

(23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code or any comparable or successor provision on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 10.1 ; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

 

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(27) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;

 

(28) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

 

- 51 -

 

 

(29) restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided that the covenants are complied with;

 

(30) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

 

(31) zoning by-laws and other land use restrictions, including, without limitation, site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements;

 

(32) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(33) any Lien granted pursuant to a security agreement between Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and a licensee of their Intellectual Property to secure the damages, if any, of such licensee resulting from the rejection by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary of such licensee in a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such Liens, in the aggregate, do not encumber any assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets subject to such Liens on the Closing Date;

 

(34) Liens on goods purchased in the ordinary course of business the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

(35) Liens on Equity Interests in joint ventures; provided that any such Lien is in favor of a creditor of such joint venture and such creditor is not an Affiliate of any partner to such joint venture; and

 

(36) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents that are earmarked to be used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided (x) such cash and/or Cash Equivalents are deposited into an account from which payment is to be made, directly or indirectly, to the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness that is to be satisfied or discharged, (y) such Liens extend solely to the account in which such cash and/or Cash Equivalents are deposited and are solely in favor of the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness (or any agent or trustee for such Person or Persons) that is to be satisfied or discharged and (z) the satisfaction or discharge of such Indebtedness is expressly permitted hereunder.

 

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness.

 

- 52 -

 

 

Permitted Other Indebtedness ” shall mean subordinated or senior Indebtedness (which Indebtedness may (x) be unsecured, (y) have the same lien priority as the First Lien Obligations (without regard to control of remedies) or (z) be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the First Lien Obligations), in each case issued or incurred by a Borrower or a Guarantor, (a) the terms of which do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory repayment or redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to, at the time of incurrence, the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date (other than, in each case, customary offers or obligations to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (b) the covenants, events of default, guarantees, collateral and other terms of which (excluding pricing, interest rate margins, rate floors, discounts, fees, premiums and prepayment or redemption provisions (which shall not permit more than pro rata payment with the Term Loans)), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to such Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries than those herein (taken as a whole) (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing) (it being understood that, to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any such Indebtedness, no consent shall be required by the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders if such financial maintenance covenant is either (i) also added for the benefit of any corresponding Loans remaining outstanding after the issuance or incurrence of such Indebtedness or (ii) only applicable after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date at the time of such refinancing); provided that a certificate of an Authorized Officer of such Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that such Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies such Borrower within two Business Days after receipt of such certificate that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees), (c) of which no Subsidiary of Holdings (other than a Borrower or a Guarantor) is an obligor and (d) that, if secured, are not secured by any assets other than the Collateral.

 

Permitted Other Indebtedness Documents ” shall mean any document or instrument (including any guarantee, security agreement or mortgage and which may include any or all of the Credit Documents) issued or executed and delivered with respect to any Permitted Other Indebtedness by any Credit Party.

 

Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations ” shall mean, if any Permitted Other Indebtedness is issued or incurred, all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under any Permitted Other Indebtedness Document, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations of the applicable Credit Parties under the Permitted Other Indebtedness Documents (and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Permitted Other Indebtedness Documents) include the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any such Credit Party under any Permitted Other Indebtedness Document.

 

Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties ” shall mean the holders from time to time of secured Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations (and any representative on their behalf).

 

Permitted Sale Leaseback ” shall mean any Sale Leaseback consummated by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, provided that any such Sale Leaseback not between Holdings and a Restricted Subsidiary is consummated for fair value as determined at the time of consummation in good faith by (i) Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) in the case of any Sale Leaseback (or series of related Sales Leasebacks) the aggregate proceeds of which exceed the greater of (x) $100,000,000 and (y) 20.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of the incurrence of such Sale Leaseback, the board of directors of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary (which such determination may take into account any retained interest or other Investment of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, and any other material economic terms of, such Sale Leaseback).

 

- 53 -

 

 

Person ” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.

 

Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), including any employee welfare benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA), any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), and any plan which is both an employee welfare benefit plan and an employee pension benefit plan, and in respect of which any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such Plan were terminated, would under Section 4062 or Section 4069 of ERISA be reasonably likely to be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Platform ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.17(b) .

 

Post-Acquisition Period ” shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition is consummated and ending on the last day of the eighth full consecutive fiscal quarter immediately following the date on which such Permitted Acquisition is consummated.

 

Pounds Sterling ” shall mean British Pounds Sterling or any successor currency in the United Kingdom.

 

Prepayment Event ” shall mean any Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or any Permitted Sale Leaseback.

 

Present Fair Salable Value ” shall mean the amount that could be obtained by an independent willing seller from an independent willing buyer if the assets (both tangible and intangible) of the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole are sold on a going concern basis with reasonable promptness in an arm’s-length transaction under present conditions for the sale of comparable business enterprises insofar as such conditions can be reasonably evaluated.

 

primary obligor ” shall have the meaning provided such term in the definition of “guarantee obligations”.

 

Prime Rate ” shall mean the “prime rate” referred to in the definition of “ABR”.

 

Pro Forma Adjustment ” shall mean, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDA of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary or the Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, projected by Holdings in good faith as a result of (a) actions taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably identifiable and factually supportable cost savings or (b) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary with the operations of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (x) at the election of Holdings, such Pro Forma Adjustment shall not be required to be determined for any Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the aggregate consideration paid in connection with such acquisition was less than $10,000,000 and (y) so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, it may be assumed, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, that the applicable amount of such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or the applicable amount of such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period; provided further that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDA or such Consolidated EBITDA, as the case may be, for such Test Period.

 

- 54 -

 

 

Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate ” shall mean any certificate of an Authorized Officer of Holdings delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(h) or Section 9.1(d) .

 

Pro Forma Basis ”, “ Pro Forma Compliance ” and “ Pro Forma Effect ” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test, financial ratio or covenant hereunder, that (A) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test or covenant: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, (i) in the case of a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all Capital Stock in any Subsidiary of Holdings or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction,” shall be included, (b) any retirement of Indebtedness and (c) any incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (it being agreed that if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate that is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to clause (a) above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test or covenant solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDA and give effect to operating expense reductions that are (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on Holdings, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment.

 

Pro Forma Entity ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Acquired EBITDA”.

 

Prohibited Transaction ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975(c) of the Code.

 

Protected Party ” means the Administrative Agent or a UK Lender which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Credit Document.

 

Public Company Costs ” shall mean costs relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, directors’ or managers’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement, costs relating to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders, directors and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees.

 

- 55 -

 

 

Qualified Proceeds ” shall mean assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

 

Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any Parent Entity of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering) or in a firm commitment underwritten offering (or series of related offerings of securities to the public pursuant to a final prospectus) made pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

Qualifying Lender ” means:

 

(i)            for the purposes of Section 14 of this Agreement a UK Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that UK Lender in respect of a New Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan or a Letter of Credit and is:

 

(A)          a UK Lender:

 

(1)          which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a New Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan or a Letter of Credit and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from section 18A of the CTA; or

 

(2)          in respect of an advance made under a New Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan or a Letter of Credit by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or

 

(B)          a UK Lender which is:

 

(1)          a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

(2)          a partnership each member of which is:

 

(a)          a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(b)          a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which is required to bring into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of Section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA;

 

(3)          a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which is required to bring into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of Section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

 

- 56 -

 

 

(C)          a Treaty Lender; or

 

(D)          a UK Lender which is a building society (as defined for the purpose of Section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a New Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan or a Letter of Credit.

 

Real Estate ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.1(f) .

 

Receivables Facility ” shall mean any of one or more receivables financing facilities, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, the obligations of which are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) pursuant to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary sells its accounts receivable to either (a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds such purchase by purporting to sell its accounts receivable to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or by borrowing from such a Person or from another Receivables Subsidiary that in turn funds itself by borrowing from such a Person.

 

Receivables Fee ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any accounts receivable or participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Facility.

 

Receivables Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary formed for the purpose of facilitating or entering into one or more Receivables Facilities, and in each case engages only in activities reasonably related or incidental thereto.

 

Recipient ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 15(b) .

 

Refinanced Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.1 .

 

Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.1(m) .

 

Refinancing Permitted Other Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.1(bb)(ii) .

 

Refunding Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.5(b)(2) .

 

Register ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(b)(iv) .

 

Regulation ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.17 .

 

Regulation T ” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

Regulation U ” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

- 57 -

 

 

Regulation X ” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

 

Reimbursement Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Reimbursement Obligations ” shall mean Borrower’s obligations to reimburse Unpaid Drawings pursuant to Section 3.4(a) .

 

Reinvestment Period ” shall mean 450 days following the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback.

 

Rejection Notice ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(h) .

 

Related Business Assets ” shall mean assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries in exchange for assets transferred by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and any Person that possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.

 

Release ” shall mean any release, spill, emission, discharge, disposal, escaping, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection or leaching into the environment.

 

Reorganization ” shall mean, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

 

Repayment Amount ” shall mean the Initial Term Loan Repayment Amount, a New Term Loan Repayment Amount with respect to any Series or an Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount with respect to any Extension Series, as applicable.

 

Replacement Term Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.1 .

 

Reportable Event ” shall mean any “reportable event,” as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Pension Plan (other than a Pension Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate that is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code), other than those events as to which notice is waived pursuant to DOL Reg. § 4043 as in effect on the date hereof (no matter how such notice requirement may be changed in the future).

 

Repricing Transaction ” shall mean (a) the incurrence by the Borrower of any Indebtedness in the form of a similar term loan that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors (i) having an Effective Yield for the respective Type of such Indebtedness that is less than the Effective Yield for the Initial Dollar Term Loans or Initial Euro Term Loans of the respective equivalent Type, but excluding Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Qualifying IPO, Change of Control or Transformative Acquisition, and (ii) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace), in whole or in part, outstanding principal of Initial Dollar Term Loans or Initial Euro Term Loans, as applicable, or (b) any effective reduction in the Effective Yield for the Initial Dollar Term Loans or Initial Euro Term Loans (e.g., by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise), except for a reduction in connection with a Qualifying IPO, Change of Control or Transformative Acquisition. Any determination by the Administrative Agent with respect to whether a Repricing Transaction shall have occurred shall be conclusive and binding on all Lenders holding the Initial Dollar Term Loans or Initial Euro Term Loans, as applicable.

 

- 58 -

 

 

Required Initial Term Loan Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Lenders having or holding a majority of the sum of (a) the Total Initial Term Loan Commitment at such date and (b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Initial Term Loans (excluding Initial Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date.

 

Required Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, (a) Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding a majority of the Dollar Equivalent of the sum of (i) the Adjusted Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date, (ii) the Adjusted Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (iii) the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date or (b) if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment and the Total Term Loan Commitment have been terminated or for the purposes of acceleration pursuant to Section 11 , Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding a majority of the Dollar Equivalent of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and Letter of Credit Exposure (excluding the Loans and Letter of Credit Exposure of Defaulting Lenders) in the aggregate at such date.

 

Required Revolving Credit Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Non-Defaulting Lenders holding a majority of the Adjusted Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date (or, if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated at such time, a majority of the Revolving Credit Exposure (excluding Revolving Credit Exposure of Defaulting Lenders) at such time).

 

Required Term Loan Lenders ” shall mean, at any date, Lenders having or holding a majority of the sum of (a) the Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (b) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans (excluding Term Loans held by Defaulting Lenders) at such date.

 

Requirement of Law ” shall mean, as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.

 

Restricted Investment ” shall mean an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Payment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.5(a)(4) .

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of Holdings other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Retained Declined Proceeds ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.2(h) .

 

Retired Capital Stock ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.5(b)(2) .

 

- 59 -

 

 

Revaluation Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any Revolving Credit Loan or Swingline Loan, each of the following: (i) each date of a Borrowing of a Revolving Credit Loan or Swingline Loan, (ii) each date of a continuation of a Revolving Credit Loan pursuant to Section 2.6, and (iii) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders or Swingline Lender shall require; provided that this clause (iii) shall not be exercised more than once per calendar month; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of any such Letter of Credit, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof, (iii) each date of any payment by the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit, and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer shall determine or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders shall require; provided that this clause (iv) shall not be exercised more than once per calendar month.

 

Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean, (a) with respect to each Person that is a Lender on the date hereof, the amount set forth, opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) as such Lender’s Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment, Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment or Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitment and (b) in the case of any Person that becomes a Lender after the date hereof, the amount specified as such Lender’s Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment, Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment or Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitment in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case of the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to terms hereof. The aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $400,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage ” shall mean at any time, for each Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time by (b) the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, provided that at any time when the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure at such time by (b) the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Exposure ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount of the principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure at such time and (c) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swingline Loans at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Facility ” shall mean the Tranche A Revolving Credit Facility, Tranche B Revolving Credit Facility or Tranche C Revolving Credit Facility.

 

Revolving Credit Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

 

Revolving Credit Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b)(i)(C) .

 

Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” shall mean July 30, 2018, or, if such date is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day.

 

Revolving Credit Termination Date ” shall mean the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall have terminated, no Revolving Credit Loans or Swingline Loans shall be outstanding and the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been reduced to zero or Cash Collateralized.

 

- 60 -

 

 

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

 

Sale Leaseback ” shall mean any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

 

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean an Intercreditor Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit J (with such changes to such form as may be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the U.S. Borrower) among the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the representatives for purposes thereof for any other Permitted Other Indebtedness Secured Parties that are holders of Permitted Other Indebtedness Obligations having a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations.

 

Section 2.14 Additional Amendment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(iv) .

 

Section 9.1 Financials ” shall mean the financial statements delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b) together with the accompanying officer’s certificate delivered, or required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 9.1(d) .

 

Secured Cash Management Agreement ” shall mean any Cash Management Agreement that is entered into by and between Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Bank.

 

Secured Cash Management Obligations ” shall mean Obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements.

 

Secured Hedge Agreement ” shall mean any Hedge Agreement that is entered into by and between Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank.

 

Secured Hedge Obligations ” shall mean Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements.

 

Secured Parties ” shall mean the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender, in each case with respect to the Credit Facilities, each Hedge Bank that is party to any Secured Hedge Agreement with Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, each Cash Management Bank that is party to a Secured Cash Management Agreement with Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary and each sub-agent pursuant to Section 12 appointed by the Administrative Agent with respect to matters relating to the Credit Facilities or the Collateral Agent with respect to matters relating to any Security Document.

 

Securitization ” shall mean a public or private offering by a Lender or any of its Affiliates or their respective successors and assigns of securities or notes which represent an interest in, or which are collateralized, in whole or in part, by the Loans and the Lender’s rights under the Credit Documents.

 

- 61 -

 

 

Security Documents ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Guarantee, (b) the U.S. Pledge Agreement, (c) the U.S. Security Agreement, (d) each Non-U.S. Security Document, (e) the Mortgages, (f) if executed, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (g) if executed, the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (h) each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 9.11 , 9.12 or 9.14 or pursuant to any other such Security Documents to secure the Obligations.

 

Senior Notes ” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement and any modification, replacement, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension thereof that is unsecured.

 

Senior Notes Indenture ” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date, among the U.S. Borrower, the guarantors party thereto and a trustee, pursuant to which the Senior Notes shall be issued, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance therewith.

 

Senior Notes Offering ” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Senior Secured Leverage Test ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, with respect to the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall be no greater than 4.50 to 1.0.

 

Series ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(a) .

 

Similar Business ” shall mean any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto.

 

Sold Entity or Business ” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDA”.

 

Solvent ” shall mean, after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, that (i) the Fair Value of the assets of the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities, (ii) the Present Fair Salable Value of the assets of the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole exceed their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities; (iii) the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole do not have Unreasonably Small Capital; and (iv) the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be able to pay their Stated Liabilities and Identified Contingent Liabilities as they mature.

 

Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14(f)(ii) .

 

Specified Representations ” shall mean the representations and warranties with respect to Holdings and the Borrowers set forth in Sections 8.1(a) (with respect to the Borrowers only), 8.2 (as related to the borrowing under, guaranteeing under, granting of security interests in the Collateral to, and performance of, the Credit Documents), 8.3(c) (with respect to the Borrowers only and as related to the borrowing under, guaranteeing under, granting of security interests in the Collateral to, and performance of, the Credit Documents), 8.5 , 8.7 , 8.17 and 8.18 of this Agreement and in Sections 3.2(a) and (b) of the U.S. Security Agreement and Section 5(d) of the U.S. Pledge Agreement.

 

- 62 -

 

 

Specified Transaction ” shall mean, with respect to any period, any Investment, any Asset Sale, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, Subsidiary designation, New Term Loan, New Revolving Credit Commitment or other event that by the terms of this Agreement requires “Pro Forma Compliance” with a test or covenant hereunder or requires such test or covenant to be calculated on a “Pro Forma Basis”.

 

Sponsor ” shall mean any of KKR and its Affiliates but excluding portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

Sponsor Management Agreement ” shall mean the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Initial Investors and Holdings.

 

Spot Rate ” for a currency shall mean the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate quoted by the Administrative Agent as the spot rate for the purchase by the Administrative Agent of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent if it does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency.

 

SPV ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(g) .

 

Stated Amount ” of any Letter of Credit shall mean the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum amount from time to time available to be drawn thereunder, determined without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could then be met; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the Stated Amount shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

 

Stated Liabilities ” shall mean the recorded liabilities (including contingent liabilities that would be recorded in accordance with GAAP) of the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as of the date hereof after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions (including the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of the Loans and the use of proceeds of such Loans on the date hereof), determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

Status ” shall mean the existence of Level I Status or Level II Status, as the case may be, on such date. Changes in Status resulting from changes in the Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio shall become effective as of the first day following each date that (a) Section 9.1 Financials for the first full fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date are delivered to the Administrative Agent under Section 9.1 and (b) an officer’s certificate is delivered by Holdings to the Administrative Agent setting forth, with respect to such Section 9.1 Financials, the then-applicable Status, and shall remain in effect until the next change to be effected pursuant to this definition, provided that each determination of the Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio pursuant to this definition shall be made as of the end of the Test Period ending at the end of the fiscal period covered by the relevant Section 9.1 Financials.

 

Stock Equivalents ” shall mean all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to purchase or subscribe for any Capital Stock, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.

 

- 63 -

 

 

Subject Party ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 15(b) .

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Borrower or such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Agreement or the Guarantee, as applicable.

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person shall mean and include (a) any corporation more than 50% of whose Capital Stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time Capital Stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, or (b) any limited liability company, partnership, association, joint venture or other entity of which such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries has more than a 50% equity interest at the time. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of Holdings.

 

Successor Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.3(a) .

 

Supplier ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 15(b) .

 

Swap Obligation ” means, with respect to any Credit Party, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1(a)(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Swingline Commitment ” shall mean $50,000,000. Swingline Commitment is part of and not in addition to the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment.

 

Swingline Exposure ” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans. The Swingline Exposure of any Revolving Credit Lender at any time shall equal its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

 

Swingline Lender ” shall mean UBS AG, Stamford Branch, in its capacity as lender of Swingline Loans hereunder or any replacement or successor thereto.

 

Swingline Loans ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(c) .

 

Swingline Maturity Date ” shall mean, with respect to any Swingline Loan, the date that is five Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

TARGET Day ” shall mean any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) payment system (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system (if any) determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

 

Tax Confirmation ” means a confirmation by a UK Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that UK Lender in respect of New Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans or the Letters of Credit is either:

 

(i)            a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or

 

- 64 -

 

 

(ii)           a partnership each member of which is:

  

(a)          a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

(b)          a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which is required to bring into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of Section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

(iii)          a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which is required to bring into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of Section 19 of the CTA) of that company.

 

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

Tax Deduction ” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Credit Document.

 

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by a UK Relevant Borrower to a UK Lender under Section 14.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Section 14.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

Taxes ” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), fees or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or other basis and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.

 

Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Initial Term Loan Commitment, and, if applicable, New Term Loan Commitment with respect to any Series.

 

Term Loan Extension Request ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.14 (f)(i) .

 

Term Loan Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any Lender that has a Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Term Loan.

 

Term Loans ” shall mean the Initial Term Loans, any New Term Loans and any Extended Term Loans, collectively.

 

Test Period ” shall mean, for any determination under this Agreement, the four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings then last ended and for which Section 9.1 Financials shall have been required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent (or, before the first delivery of Section 9.1 Financials, the most recent period of four fiscal quarters at the end of which financial statements are available).

 

Title Policy ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.14(d)(ii) .

 

Total Credit Exposure ” shall mean, at any date, the sum, without duplication, of (a) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such date (or, if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have terminated on such date, the aggregate Revolving Credit Exposure of all Lenders at such date), (b) the Total Term Loan Commitment at such date and (c) without duplication of clause (b) , the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans at such date.

 

- 65 -

 

 

Total Initial Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Initial Term Loan Commitments of all Lenders.

 

Total Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders.

 

Total Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the sum of the Initial Term Loan Commitments, and the New Term Loan Commitments, if applicable, of all the Lenders.

 

Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to make Tranche A Revolving Credit Loans to the U.S. Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b) , in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) under the caption “Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.14 ). The aggregate Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments of all Tranche A Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $400,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to make Tranche B Revolving Credit Loans to the German Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b) , in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) under the caption “Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.14 ). The aggregate Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitments of all Tranche B Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $200,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Tranche C Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to make Tranche C Revolving Credit Loans to the UK Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b) , in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth, and opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(c) under the caption “Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.14 ). The aggregate Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitments of all Tranche C Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $200,000,000 on the Closing Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Tranche A Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche A Revolving Credit Lenders’ Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

 

Tranche B Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche B Revolving Credit Lenders’ Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

 

Tranche C Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Tranche C Revolving Credit Lenders’ Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

 

- 66 -

 

 

Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

 

Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

 

Tranche C Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitment at such time.

 

Tranche A Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b)(i)(A) .

 

Tranche B Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b)(i)(B) .

 

Tranche C Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b)(i)(C) .

 

Transaction Expenses ” shall mean any fees or expenses incurred or paid by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates in connection with the Transactions, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Senior Notes Indenture, the Acquisition and the Equity Investments, any repayment, repurchase, prepayment or defeasance of Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection therewith, the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing (including in connection with the Acquisition Agreement and the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing (including the Transaction Costs)).

 

Transfer Date ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.6(b) .

 

Transferee ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(e) .

 

Transformative Acquisition ” shall mean any acquisition by the U.S. Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is (a) not permitted by the terms of the Credit Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition or (b) if permitted by the terms of the Credit Documents immediately prior to the consummation of such acquisition, would not provide the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with adequate flexibility under the Credit Documents for the continuation and/or expansion of their combined operations following such consummation, as determined by the U.S. Borrower acting in good faith.

 

Treaty Lender ” means in respect of the UK Borrower, a UK Lender which:

 

(i)           is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of the relevant Treaty;

 

(ii)          does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that UK Lender’s participation in the Loans is effectively connected; and

 

(iii)         meets all conditions in the Treaty for full exemption from UK taxation on interest which relates to the UK Lender, except that for this purpose it shall be assumed that the following are satisfied: (a) any condition which relates (expressly or by implication) to there being a special relationship between the UK Borrower and the relevant UK Lender or between both of them and another Person, or to the amounts or terms of any Loans or the Credit Documents; (b) any other matter outside the exclusive control of the relevant UK Lender and (c) any necessary procedural formalities.

 

- 67 -

 

 

Treaty State ” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “ Treaty ”) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from, or a full refund of, taxes imposed by the United Kingdom on interest,

 

Trigger Date ” shall mean the day following the date on which Section 9.1 Financials are delivered to the Administrative Agent for the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2013.

 

Type ” shall mean (a) as to any Term Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Term Loan and (b) as to any Revolving Credit Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Revolving Credit Loan.

 

UK Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

UK Lender ” shall mean a Revolving Credit Lender or a New Term Loan Lender that has agreed to make Revolving Credit Loans or New Term Loans, respectively, or other advance under the Credit Documents to the UK Borrower.

 

UK Non-Bank Lender ” means:

 

(a)          a Lender (which falls within paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of Qualifying Lender) which is a party to this Agreement and which has provided a Tax Confirmation to the Administrative Agent; and

 

(b)          an Assignee which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement which it executes on becoming a party.

 

UK Relevant Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 14.1 .

 

Unpaid Drawing ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(a) .

 

Unreasonably Small Capital ” shall mean for the period from the date hereof through the Maturity Date, the U.S. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole after consummation of the Transactions (including the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making of the Loans and the use of proceeds of such Loans on the date hereof) is a going concern and has sufficient capital to reasonably ensure that it will continue to be a going concern for such period

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (1) any Subsidiary of Holdings which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the board of directors of Holdings, as provided below) and (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The board of directors of Holdings may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that

 

(a)          such designation complies with Section 10.5 , and

 

- 68 -

 

 

(b)          each of (1) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (2) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

The board of directors of Holdings may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to such designation no Default shall have occurred and be continuing and either: (1) Holdings could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 10.1 or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation.

 

Any such designation by the board of directors of Holdings shall be notified by Holdings to the Administrative Agent by promptly delivering to the Administrative Agent a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and a certificate of an Authorized Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

U.S. ” and “ United States ” shall mean the United States of America.

 

U.S. Borrower ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

U.S. Lender ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 5.4(e)(ii)(A) .

 

U.S. Pledge Agreement ” shall mean the Pledge Agreement, entered into by the Credit Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit C , as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

U.S. Security Agreement ” shall mean the Security Agreement entered into by Holdings, the U.S. Borrower, the other grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit D , as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

U.S. Security Documents ” shall mean the U.S. Pledge Agreement, the U.S. Security Agreement and any other security document governed by the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia, entered into for the benefit of the Secured Parties and designated by Holdings or the applicable Credit Party as a “U.S. Security Document” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

VAT ” mean (a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of November 28, 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112) and (b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, a levied in addition to such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

Voting Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

 

Withdrawal Liability ” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Title IV of ERISA.

 

- 69 -

 

 

1.2             Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:

 

(a)           The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

(b)           The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

(c)           Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears.

 

(d)           The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

 

(e)           The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

(f)            In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including”.

 

(g)           Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

 

1.3             Accounting Terms .

 

(a)           All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a consistent manner.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio, the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio and the Senior Secured Leverage Test shall each be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis.

 

(c)           Where reference is made to “the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis” or similar language, such consolidation shall not include any Subsidiaries of the Company other than Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

1.4             Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Holdings pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number.

 

- 70 -

 

 

1.5             References to Agreements, Laws, Etc . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other Contractual Requirements shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Requirement of Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Requirement of Law.

 

1.6             Exchange Rates . Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of any determination under Section 9 , Section 10 or Section 11 or any determination under any other provision of this Agreement expressly requiring the use of a current exchange rate, all amounts incurred, outstanding or proposed to be incurred or outstanding in currencies other than dollars shall be translated into dollars at currency exchange rates in effect on the date of such determination; provided , however , that for purposes of determining compliance with Section 10 with respect to the amount of any Indebtedness, Restricted Investment, Lien, Asset Sale or Restricted Payment in a currency other than dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness, Lien or Restricted Investment is incurred or Asset Sale or Restricted Payment made; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.7 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness, Lien or Investment may be incurred or Disposition or Restricted Payment made at any time under such Sections. For purposes of any determination of Consolidated Total Debt, amounts in currencies other than dollars shall be translated into dollars at the currency exchange rates used in preparing the most recently delivered Section 9.1 Financial Statements.

 

Section 2.          Amount and Terms of Credit

 

2.1             Commitments

 

(a)          Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, (i) each Lender having an Initial Dollar Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans (each, an “ Initial Dollar Term Loan ”) to the U.S. Borrower on the Closing Date, which Initial Dollar Term Loans shall not exceed for any such Lender the Initial Dollar Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and in the aggregate shall not exceed $1,900,000,000 and (ii) each Lender having an Initial Euro Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans (each, an “ Initial Euro Term Loan ”) to the U.S. Borrower on the Closing Date, which Initial Euro Term Loans shall not exceed for any such Lender the Initial Euro Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and in the aggregate shall not exceed €400,000,000. Such Term Loans (i) may at the option of the U.S. Borrower be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or LIBOR Loans, provided that all Term Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Term Loans of the same Type, (ii) may be repaid or prepaid in accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid, may not be reborrowed, (iii) shall not exceed for any such Lender the Initial Term Loan Commitment of such Lender and (iv) shall not exceed in the aggregate the Total Initial Term Loan Commitments. On the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, all then unpaid Initial Dollar Term Loans shall be repaid in full in Dollars. On the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, all the unpaid Initial Euro Term Loans will be repaid in Euros.

 

- 71 -

 

 

(b)          (i)             Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth:

  

(A)        each Tranche A Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make Tranche A Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars or Euros to the U.S. Borrower as elected by the U.S. Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2 from its applicable lending office (each such loan, a “ Tranche A Revolving Credit Loan ”) in an aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment,

 

(B)       each Tranche B Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make Tranche B Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euros to the German Borrower as elected by the German Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2 from its applicable lending office (each such loan, a “ Tranche B Revolving Credit Loan ”) in an aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment;

 

(C)       each Tranche C Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make Tranche C Revolving Credit Loans denominated in British Pounds Sterling to the UK Borrower as elected by the UK Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2 from its applicable lending office (each such loan, a “ Tranche C Revolving Credit Loan ” and, together with the Tranche A Revolving Credit Loans and Tranche B Revolving Credit Loans, the “ Revolving Credit Loans ”) in an aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitment;

  

provided that any of the foregoing such Revolving Credit Loans (A) shall be made at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (B) may, at the option of the applicable Borrower be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans (solely in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, provided that all Revolving Credit Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type, (C) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof (for this purpose using the Dollar Equivalent of all Revolving Loans), (D) shall not, for any Lender at any time, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure in respect of any Class at such time exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment in respect of such Class at such time, (E) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect or the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures of any Class at such time exceeding the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment with respect to such Class and (F) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the Aggregate Multicurrency Exposure at such time exceeding the Multicurrency Sublimit then in effect.

 

(ii)             Each Lender may, at its option, make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan, provided that (A) any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the applicable Borrower to repay such Loan and (B) in exercising such option, such Lender shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize any increased costs to the applicable Borrower resulting therefrom (which obligation of the Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it determines would be otherwise disadvantageous to it and in the event of such request for costs for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.10 shall apply). On the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, all Revolving Credit Loans shall be repaid in full.

 

- 72 -

 

 

(c)           Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Swingline Lender in its individual capacity agrees, at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and prior to the Swingline Maturity Date, to make a loan or loans (each a “ Swingline Loan ” and, collectively the “ Swingline Loans ”) to the U.S. Borrower in Dollars, which Swingline Loans (i) shall be ABR Loans, (ii) shall have the benefit of the provisions of Section 2.1(d) , (iii) shall not exceed at any time outstanding the Swingline Commitment, (iv) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at such time exceeding the Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect and (v) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof. On the Swingline Maturity Date, all Swingline Loans shall be repaid in full. The Swingline Lender shall not make any Swingline Loan after receiving a written notice from Holdings, or the U.S. Borrower, Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders stating that a Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing until such time as the Swingline Lender shall have received written notice of (i) rescission of all such notices from the party or parties originally delivering such notice or (ii) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 . The Swingline Lender agrees that none of the Foreign Borrowers are Guarantors of the U.S. Borrower’s Obligation for repayment of any Swingline Loan.

 

(d)           On any Business Day, the Swingline Lender may, in its sole discretion, give notice to each Revolving Credit Lender that all then-outstanding Swingline Loans shall be funded with a Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars, in which case Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars constituting ABR Loans (each such Borrowing, a “ Mandatory Borrowing ”) shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day by each Revolving Credit Lender pro rata based on each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage, and the proceeds thereof shall be applied directly to the Swingline Lender to repay the Swingline Lender for such outstanding Swingline Loans. Each Revolving Credit Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make such Revolving Credit Loans upon one Business Day’s notice pursuant to each Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and on the date specified to it in writing by the Swingline Lender notwithstanding (i) that the amount of the Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for each Borrowing specified in Section 2.2 , (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 7 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (iv) the date of such Mandatory Borrowing or (v) any reduction in the Total Revolving Credit Commitment after any such Swingline Loans were made. In the event that, in the sole judgment of the Swingline Lender, any Mandatory Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code in respect of Holdings), each Revolving Credit Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase from the Swingline Lender (without recourse or warranty) such participation of the outstanding Swingline Loans as shall be necessary to cause the Lenders to share in such Swingline Loans ratably based upon their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages, provided that all principal and interest payable on such Swingline Loans shall be for the account of the Swingline Lender until the date the respective participation is purchased and, to the extent attributable to the purchased participation, shall be payable to such Lender purchasing same from and after such date of purchase.

 

- 73 -

 

 

2.2             Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings . The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be in a minimum amount of at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Type of Loans and in a multiple of $100,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) in excess thereof and Swingline Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 and in a multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (except that Mandatory Borrowings shall be made in the amounts required by Section 2.1(d) and Revolving Credit Loans to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to any Unpaid Drawing shall be made in the amounts required by Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 , as applicable). More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date, provided that at no time shall there be outstanding more than five Borrowings of LIBOR Loans that are Term Loans and fifteen Borrowings of LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans under this Agreement.

 

2.3             Notice of Borrowing .

 

(a)             (i) The U.S. Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office (A) prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least three Business Days’ prior written notice in the case of a Borrowing of Initial Dollar Term Loans to be made on the Closing Date if such Initial Dollar Term Loans are to be LIBOR Loans and (B) prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) written notice in the case of a Borrowing of Initial Dollar Term Loans made on the Closing Date if such Initial Term Loans are to be ABR Loans. Such notice (a “ Notice of Borrowing ”) shall specify (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans to be made, (B) the date of the Borrowing (which shall be the Closing Date) and (C) whether the Term Loans shall consist of ABR Loans and/or LIBOR Loans and, if the Term Loans are to include LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.

 

(ii)             The U.S. Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least three Business Days’ prior written notice in the case of a Borrowing of Initial Euro Term Loans to be made on the Closing Date. The Notice of Borrowing shall specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans to be made, (ii) the date of the Borrowing (which shall be the Closing Date) and (iii) the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender written notice of the proposed Borrowing of Term Loans, of such Lender’s proportionate share thereof and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.

 

(b)             Whenever a Borrower desires to incur Revolving Credit Loans (other than Mandatory Borrowings or borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings), it shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, (i) prior to 12:00 noon (New York City Time) at least three Business Days’ prior written notice of each Borrowing of LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euro or Dollars, (ii) prior to 12:00 noon (New York City Time) at least four Business Days’ prior written notice of each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency and (iii) prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing prior written notice of each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans that are ABR Loans. Each such Notice of Borrowing, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.10 , shall specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing, (ii) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (iii) whether the respective Borrowing shall consist of ABR Loans (in the case of Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Dollars) or LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans and, if LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans, (A) the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto and (B) whether such LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans are to be made in Dollars, Euro or an Alternative Currency (if no currency is specified the Revolving Credit Loans shall be deemed to have been requested in Dollars). The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Revolving Credit Lender written notice of each proposed Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans, of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage thereof, of the identity of the Borrower, and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing, provided that with regard to the Revolving Credit Loans to be made to the UK Borrower, each such Revolving Credit Lender shall be a UK Lender.

 

- 74 -

 

 

(c)             Whenever the U.S. Borrower desires to incur Swingline Loans hereunder, it shall give the applicable Swingline Lender for Swingline Loans denominated in Dollars written notice with a copy to the Administrative Agent of each Borrowing of Swingline Loans prior to in the case of Swingline Loans denominated in Dollars, 1:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing. Each such notice shall specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing and (ii) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day).

 

(d)             Mandatory Borrowings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 2.1(d) , with the applicable Borrower irrevocably agreeing, by its incurrence of any Swingline Loan, to the making of Mandatory Borrowings as set forth in such Section.

 

(e)             Borrowings to reimburse Unpaid Drawings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 3.4(a) .

 

(f)              Without in any way limiting the obligation of a Borrower to confirm in writing any notice it shall give hereunder by telephone (which such obligation is absolute), the Administrative Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of Holdings or a Borrower.

 

2.4             Disbursement of Funds

 

(a)             No later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing (including Mandatory Borrowings), each Lender shall make available its pro rata portion, if any, of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below; provided that on the Closing Date, such funds may be made available at such earlier time as may be agreed among the Lenders, Holdings and the Administrative Agent for the purpose of consummating the Transactions; provided further that all Swingline Loans shall be made available to the U.S. Borrower in the full amount thereof by the Swingline Lender no later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time).

 

(b)             Each Lender shall make available all amounts it is to fund to a Borrower under any Borrowing for its applicable Commitments, and in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office and the Administrative Agent will (except in the case of Mandatory Borrowings and Borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings) make available to the applicable Borrower, by depositing to an account designated by Holdings or such Borrower to the Administrative Agent the aggregate of the amounts so made available in the applicable currency. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of any such Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Administrative Agent has made available such amount to the applicable Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower and such Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent in the applicable currency. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or such Borrower interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if paid by such Lender, the Overnight Rate or (ii) if paid by such Borrower, the then-applicable rate of interest or fees, calculated in accordance with Section 2.8 , for the respective Loans.

 

- 75 -

 

 

(c)             Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to, fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that a Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder).

 

2.5             Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt

 

(a)             The U.S. Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, the then-outstanding Initial Dollar Term Loans made to the U.S. Borrower, in Dollars. The U.S. Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, the then-outstanding Initial Euro Term Loans made to the U.S. Borrower, in Euros. Each Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the then outstanding Revolving Credit Loans made to such Borrower in currency in which such Revolving Credit Loans are denominated. Each Borrower shall repay to the Swingline Lender, on the Swingline Maturity Date, the then outstanding Swingline Loans made to such Borrower in Dollars.

 

(b)             The U.S. Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent, in Dollars or Euros, as applicable, for the benefit of the applicable, Initial Term Loan Lenders, on each date set forth below (or, if not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) (each, an “ Initial Term Loan Repayment Date ”), a principal amount in respect of each of the Initial Dollar Term Loans and the Initial Euro Term Loans made to the U.S. Borrower equal to (x) the outstanding principal amount Initial Dollar Term Loans and Initial Euro Term Loans made to the U.S. Borrower on the Closing Date multiplied by (y) the percentage set forth below opposite such Initial Term Loan Repayment Date (each, an “ Initial Term Loan Repayment Amount ”):

 

Date Initial Dollar Term Loan Initial Euro Term Loan
December 31, 2013 0.25% 0.25%
March 31, 2014 0.25% 0.25%
June 30, 2014 0.25% 0.25%
September 30, 2014 0.25% 0.25%
December 31, 2014 0.25% 0.25%
March 31, 2015 0.25% 0.25%
June 30, 2015 0.25% 0.25%
September 30, 2015 0.25% 0.25%
December 31, 2015 0.25% 0.25%
March 31, 2016 0.25% 0.25%
June 30, 2016 0.25% 0.25%

 

- 76 -

 

 

Date Initial Dollar Term Loan Initial Euro Term Loan
September 30, 2016 0.25% 0.25%
December 31, 2016 0.25% 0.25%
March 31, 2017 0.25% 0.25%
June 30, 2017 0.25% 0.25%
September 30, 2017 0.25% 0.25%
December 31, 2017 0.25% 0.25%
March 31, 2018 0.25% 0.25%
June 30, 2018 0.25% 0.25%
September 30, 2018 0.25% 0.25%
December 31, 2018 0.25% 0.25%
March 31, 2019 0.25% 0.25%
June 30, 2019 0.25% 0.25%
September 30, 2019 0.25% 0.25%
December 31, 2019 0.25% 0.25%
March 31, 2020 0.25% 0.25%
June 30, 2020 0.25% 0.25%
Initial Term Loan Maturity Date Remaining outstanding amounts Remaining outstanding amounts

 

(c)             In the event that any New Term Loans are made, such New Term Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(d) , be repaid by the applicable Borrower in the amounts (each, a “ New Term Loan Repayment Amount ”) and on the dates (each a “ New Term Loan Repayment Date ”) set forth in the applicable Joinder Agreement. In the event that any Extended Term Loans are established, such Extended Term Loans shall, subject to Section 2.14(f) , be repaid by the applicable Borrower in the amounts (each such amount with respect to any Extended Repayment Date, an “ Extended Term Loan Repayment Amount ”) and on the dates (each, an “ Extended Repayment Date ”) set forth in the applicable Extension Amendment.

 

(d)             Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of each applicable Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such lending office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such lending office of such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(e)             The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.6(b) , and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, whether such Loan is an Initial Term Loan, New Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan or Swingline Loan, as applicable, the Type of each Loan made, the currency in which made, the name of the applicable Borrower and the Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the applicable Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from such Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(f)              The entries made in the Register and accounts and subaccounts maintained pursuant to clauses (d) and (e) of this Section 2.5 shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of a Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Swingline Lender to maintain such account, such Register or subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of any Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to such Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

- 77 -

 

 

2.6             Conversions and Continuations

 

(a)             Subject to the penultimate sentence of this clause (a) , (x) each Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to convert all or a portion equal to at least $5,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) of the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans of one Type or Revolving Credit Loans of one Type into a Borrowing or Borrowings of another Type and (y) each Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to continue the outstanding principal amount of any LIBOR Loans as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period, provided that (i) no partial conversion of LIBOR Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (ii) ABR Loans may not be converted into LIBOR Loans if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversion, (iii) LIBOR Loans may not be continued as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period if a Default or Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation and (iv) Borrowings resulting from conversions pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be limited in number as provided in Section 2.2 . Each such conversion or continuation shall be effected by the applicable Borrowers by giving the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least (i) three Business Days’ notice, in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans (other than in the case of a notice delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to clause (d) , which shall be deemed to be effective on the Closing Date) or (ii) one Business Day’s notice in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans prior written notice (each, a “ Notice of Conversion or Continuation ”) specifying the Loans to be so converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted or continued into and, if such Loans are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.

 

(b)             If any Default or Event of Default is in existence at the time of any proposed continuation of any LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, such LIBOR Loans shall be automatically converted on the last day of the current Interest Period into ABR Loans. If upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Loans (other than Borrowings of LIBOR Loans denominated in Euro or Alternative Currencies), a Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be applicable thereto as provided in clause (a) , such Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing of LIBOR Loans into a Borrowing of ABR Loans, effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Borrowings of LIBOR Loans denominated in Euro or Alternative Currencies, in connection with the occurrence of any of the events described in the preceding two sentences, at the expiration of the then current Interest Period each such Borrowing shall be automatically continued as a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans with an Interest Period of one month.

 

(c)             No Loan may be converted into or continued as a Loan denominated in a different currency.

 

- 78 -

 

 

2.7             Pro Rata Borrowings . Each Borrowing of Initial Dollar Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Initial Dollar Term Loan Commitments. Each Borrowing of Initial Euro Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Initial Euro Term Loan Commitments with respect to the applicable Class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) all Borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans of the U.S. Borrower shall be allocated pro rata relative to Commitments across the Tranche A Revolving Credit Facility, (y) all Borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans of the German Borrower shall be allocated pro rata relative to Commitments across the Tranche B Revolving Credit Facility and (z) all Borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans of the UK Borrower shall be allocated pro rata relative to Commitments across the Tranche C Revolving Credit Facility. Each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages. Each Borrowing of New Term Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable New Term Loan Commitments. It is understood that (a) no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender severally but not jointly shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder and (b) other than as expressly provided herein with respect to a Defaulting Lender, failure by a Lender to perform any of its obligations under any of the Credit Documents shall not release any Person from performance of its obligation under any Credit Document.

 

2.8             Interest

 

(a)             The unpaid principal amount of each ABR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin for ABR Loans plus the ABR, in each case, in effect from time to time.

 

(b)             The unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans plus the relevant LIBOR Rate.

 

(c)             If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Loan or (ii) any interest payable thereon or any other amount payable hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is (the “ Default Rate ”) (x) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2% or (y) in the case of any other overdue amount, including overdue interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the rate described in Section 2.8(a) plus 2% from the date of such non-payment to the date on which such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment).

 

(d)             Interest on each Loan shall accrue from and including the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be payable in the same currency in which the Loan is denominated; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same date on which it is made shall bear interest for one day. Except as provided below, interest shall be payable (i) in respect of each ABR Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) in respect of each LIBOR Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each date occurring at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period and (iii) in respect of each Loan, (A) on any prepayment in respect of LIBOR Loans, (B) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (C) after such maturity, on demand.

 

- 79 -

 

 

(e)             All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 5.5 .

 

(f)              The Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower(s) and the relevant Lenders thereof. Each such determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

 

2.9             Interest Periods . At the time Holdings or a Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into or continuation as, a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans in accordance with Section 2.6(a), Holdings or such Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice of the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall, at the option of Holdings or such Borrower be a one, two, three or six ( or if available to all the Lenders making such LIBOR Loans as determined by such Lenders in good faith based on prevailing market conditions, a twelve month or shorter period).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above:

 

(a)             the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of ABR Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

 

(b)             if any Interest Period relating to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

 

(c)             if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that if any Interest Period in respect of a LIBOR Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day; and

 

(d)             no Borrower shall be entitled to elect any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loan if such Interest Period would extend beyond the Maturity Date of such Loan.

 

2.10           Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc.

 

(a)             In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i) below, the Administrative Agent and (y) in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) below, the Required Term Loan Lenders (with respect to Term Loans) or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders (with respect to Revolving Credit Commitments) shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):

 

(i)              on any date for determining the LIBOR Rate for any Interest Period that (x) deposits in the principal amounts and currencies of the Loans comprising such LIBOR Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant market or (y) by reason of any changes arising on or after the Closing Date affecting the interbank LIBOR market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR Rate; or

 

- 80 -

 

 

(ii)             at any time, that such Lenders shall incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder with respect to any LIBOR Loans (including any increased costs or reductions attributable to Taxes, other than any increase or reduction attributable to Taxes described in clauses (i) or (ii) of paragraph (d) of this Section 2.10 ) because of (x) any change since the Closing Date in any applicable law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or in the interpretation or administration thereof and including the introduction of any new law or governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order), such as, for example, without limitation, a change in official reserve requirements, and/or (y) other circumstances affecting the interbank LIBOR market or the position of such Lender in such market; or

 

(iii)            at any time, that the making or continuance of any LIBOR Loan has become unlawful by compliance by such Lenders in good faith with any law, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or has become impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the Closing Date that materially and adversely affects the interbank LIBOR market;

 

then, and in any such event, such Required Term Loan Lenders or Required Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i) above) shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to Holdings and to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders). Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i) above, LIBOR Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies Holdings and the Borrowers and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist (which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to give at such time when such circumstances no longer exist), and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given by Holdings or a Borrower with respect to LIBOR Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by Holdings or such Borrower, (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, the applicable Borrower shall pay to such Lenders, promptly after receipt of written demand therefor such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Required Term Loan Lenders or Required Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable, in their reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lenders for such actual increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lenders, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to such Borrower by such Lenders shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) and (z) in the case of subclause (iii) above, such Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in subclause (x) or (y) , as applicable, of Section 2.10(b) promptly and, in any event, within the time period required by law.

 

(b)             At any time that any LIBOR Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) , the applicable Borrower may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii) shall) either (x) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent written notice thereof on the same date that such Borrower was notified by Lenders pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) or (y) if the affected LIBOR Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each such LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan, provided that if more than one Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) .

 

- 81 -

 

 

(c)             If, after the Closing Date, any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity of any Lender or compliance by any Lender or its parent with any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity occurring after the Closing Date, has or would have the effect of reducing the actual rate of return on such Lender’s or its parent’s or its Affiliate’s capital or assets as a consequence of such Lender’s commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or its parent or its Affiliate could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or its parent’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity), then from time to time, promptly after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the applicable Borrower(s) shall pay to such Lender such actual additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or its parent for such actual reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that a Lender shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Lender’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any law, rule or regulation as in effect on the Closing Date or to the extent such Lender is not imposing such charges on or requesting such compensation from borrowers (similarly situated to the Borrowers hereunder) under comparable syndicated credit facilities similar to the Credit Facilities. Each Lender, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) , will give prompt written notice thereof to such Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not, subject to Section 2.13 , release or diminish such Borrower’s obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) upon receipt of such notice.

 

(d)             It is understood that this Section 2.10 shall not apply to (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 5.4 or (ii) Excluded Taxes.

 

2.11           Compensation . If (a) any payment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is made by a Borrower to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan as a result of a payment or conversion pursuant to Section 2.5 , 2.6 , 2.10 , 5.1 , 5.2 or 13.7 , as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 11 or for any other reason, (b) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans is not made as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Borrowing or a failure to satisfy borrowing conditions, (c) any ABR Loan is not converted into a LIBOR Loan as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation, (d) any LIBOR Loan is not continued as a LIBOR Loan, as the case may be, as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation or (e) any prepayment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is not made as a result of a withdrawn notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2 , such Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue or failure to prepay, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such LIBOR Loan.

 

2.12           Change of Lending Office . Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a)(ii) , 2.10(a)(iii) , 2.10(b) , 3.5 or 5.4 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the applicable Borrower use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event, provided that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of such Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section 2.10 , 3.5 or 5.4 .

 

- 82 -

 

 

2.13           Notice of Certain Costs . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 is given by any Lender more than 120 days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, tax or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 , as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the 121st day prior to the giving of such notice to the applicable Borrower.

 

2.14           Incremental Facilities .

 

(a)             Any Borrower may by written notice to Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of one or more (x) additional tranches of term loans (the commitments thereto, the “ New Term Loan Commitments ”) and/or (y) increases in Revolving Credit Commitments of any Class (the “ New Revolving Credit Commitments ” and, together with the New Term Loan Commitments, the “ New Loan Commitments ”), by an aggregate amount not in excess of the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount in the aggregate and not less than $50,000,000 individually (or such lesser amount as (x) may be approved by the Administrative Agent or (y) shall constitute the difference between the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount and all such New Loan Commitments obtained on or prior to such date). Each such notice shall specify the date (each, an “ Increased Amount Date ”) on which such Borrower proposes that the New Loan Commitments shall be effective. Each Borrower may approach any Lender or any Person (other than a natural person) to provide all or a portion of the New Loan Commitments; provided that any Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of the New Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Loan Commitment. In each case, such New Loan Commitments shall become effective as of the applicable Increased Amount Date; provided that (i) no Event of Default (except in connection with an acquisition or investment, no Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.4 ) shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Loan Commitments, as applicable, (ii) the New Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by such Borrower and Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 5.4(e) and (iii) such Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.11 in connection with the New Loan Commitments, as applicable. Any New Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date shall be designated, a separate series (a “ Series ”) of New Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

(b)             On any Increased Amount Date on which New Revolving Credit Commitments are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (a) each of the Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments of such Class shall assign to each Lender with a New Revolving Credit Commitment (each, a “ New Revolving Loan Lender ”) and each of the New Revolving Loan Lenders shall purchase from each of the Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments of such Class, at the principal amount thereof and in the applicable currency(ies), such interests in the Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, the Revolving Credit Loans of such Class will be held by existing Revolving Credit Lenders and New Revolving Loan Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Credit Commitments of such Class after giving effect to the addition of such New Revolving Credit Commitments to the Revolving Credit Commitments, (b) each New Revolving Credit Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Credit Commitment and each Loan made thereunder (a “ New Revolving Loan ”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Credit Loan and (c) each New Revolving Loan Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the New Revolving Credit Commitment and all matters relating thereto

 

- 83 -

 

 

(c)             On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Term Loan Commitments of any Series are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each Lender with a New Term Loan Commitment (each, a “ New Term Loan Lender ”) of any Series shall make a Loan to the applicable Borrower (a “ New Term Loan ”) in an amount equal to its New Term Loan Commitment of such Series, and (ii) each New Term Loan Lender of any Series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the New Term Loan Commitment of such Series and the New Term Loans of such Series made pursuant thereto.

 

(d)             The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments of any Series shall be on terms and documentation set forth in the Joinder as determined by the applicable Borrower; provided that (i) the applicable New Term Loan Maturity Date of each Series shall be no earlier than the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date; (ii) the weighted average life to maturity of all New Term Loans shall be no shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Initial Term Loans, (iii) the pricing, interest rate margins, discounts, premiums, rate floors, fees and amortization schedule applicable to any New Term Loans shall be determined by the applicable Borrower; provided that (x) the weighted average life to maturity of all New Term Loans shall be no shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Initial Term Loans and (y) solely in the case of New Term Loans incurred prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, if the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans in respect of such New Term Loans exceeds the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans in respect of the Initial Term Loans by more than 0.50%, the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans in respect of the Initial Term Loans shall be adjusted to be equal to the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans in respect of the New Term Loans minus 0.50%; provided further that in determining the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans, (x) original issue discount or upfront fees (which shall be deemed to constitute a like amount of original issue discount) paid by the applicable Borrower to the New Term Loan Lenders under the New Term Loans and the existing Initial Term Loans in the initial primary syndication thereof shall be included and equated to interest rate (with original issue discount being equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity, but for avoidance of doubt not including structuring, arrangement and other fees not shared with lenders generally) and (y) any amendments to the Applicable Margin in respect of the Initial Term Loans that become effective subsequent to the Closing Date but prior to the time of such New Term Loans shall also be included in such calculations; provided further that if the LIBOR Rate or ABR in respect of the New Term Loans includes a floor greater than the LIBOR or ABR floor applicable to the Initial Term Loans, such excess amount shall be equated to interest margin for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Margin in respect of the Initial Term Loans; and (iv) to the extent such terms and documentation are not consistent with the Initial Term Loans (except to the extent permitted by clause (i) , (ii) or (iii) above), they shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that, to the extent that any financial maintenance covenant is added for the benefit of any New Term Loan, no consent shall be required from the Administrative Agent or any of the Term Lenders to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is (1) also added for the benefit of any existing Loans or (2) only applicable after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date).

 

(e)             The terms and provisions of the New Revolving Loans and New Revolving Credit Commitments shall be identical to the Revolving Credit Loans and the Revolving Credit Commitments of the applicable Class; provided that the Applicable Margin applicable thereto may be increased if necessary to be consistent with that for the New Revolving Loans.

 

(f)              Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect technical and corresponding amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provision of this Section 2.14.

 

- 84 -

 

 

(g)             (i)            The U.S. Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of any Class (an “ Existing Term Loan Class ”) be converted to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so converted, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.14(f) . In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the U.S. Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Existing Term Loan Class which such request shall be offered equally to all such Lenders) (a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall be identical to the Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class from which they are to be converted except (x) the scheduled final maturity date shall be extended and all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class (with any such delay resulting in a corresponding adjustment to the scheduled amortization payments reflected in Section 2.5 or in the Joinder Agreement, as the case may be, with respect to the Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended Term Loans were converted, in each case as more particularly set forth in paragraph (iv) of this Section 2.14(f) below), (y) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Term Loans may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Class and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Term Loans in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A) , in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment and (z) a financial maintenance covenant may be added for the benefit of any Extended Term Loans to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is (1) also added for the benefit of any existing Loans or (2) only applicable after the Latest Term Loan Maturity Date; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14 or otherwise, no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which the Existing Term Loan Class from which they were converted is repaid in full except in accordance with the last sentence of Section 5.1(a) . No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Class converted into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Term Loans of any Extension Series shall constitute a separate Class of Term Loans from the Existing Term Loan Class from which they were converted.

 

- 85 -

 

 

(ii)             Each applicable Borrower may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments of any Class, any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and/or any New Revolving Credit Commitments, each existing at the time of such request (each, an “ Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ” and any related revolving credit loans thereunder, “ Existing Revolving Credit Loans ”; each Existing Revolving Credit Commitment and related Existing Revolving Credit Loans together being referred to as an “ Existing Revolving Credit Class ”) be converted to extend the termination date thereof and the scheduled maturity date(s) of any payment of principal with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of Loans related to such Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (any such Existing Revolving Credit Commitments which have been so extended, “ Extended Revolving Credit Commitments ” and any related Loans, “ Extended Revolving Credit Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.14(f) . In order to establish any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, the applicable Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders of the applicable Class of Existing Revolving Credit Commitments which such request shall be offered equally to all such Lenders) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments to be established, which terms shall be identical to those applicable to the Existing Revolving Credit Commitments from which they are to be extended (the “ Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment ”) except (w) all or any of the final maturity dates of such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be delayed to later dates than the final maturity dates of the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments, (x) (A) the interest margins with respect to the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be higher or lower than the interest margins for the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and/or (B) additional fees may be payable to the Lenders providing such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in addition to or in lieu of any increased margins contemplated by the preceding clause (A) , (y) the revolving credit commitment fee rate with respect to the Extended Revolving Credit Commitments may be higher or lower than the Revolving Credit Commitment Fee Rate for the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment and (z) a financial maintenance covenant may be added for the benefit of any Extended Revolving Credit Loans to the extent that such financial maintenance covenant is (1) also added for the benefit of any existing Loans or (2) only applicable after the Revolving Termination Date, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14(f) or otherwise, (1) the borrowing and repayment (other than in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments) of Loans with respect to any Original Revolving Credit Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Original Revolving Credit Commitments and (2) assignments and participations of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Credit Commitments and the Revolving Credit Loans related to such Commitments set forth in Section 13.6 . No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Revolving Credit Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments of any Existing Revolving Credit Class converted into Extended Revolving Credit Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of any Extension Series shall constitute a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and from any other Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (together with any other Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so established on such date).

 

(iii)          Any Lender (an “ Extending Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment of the Existing Class or Existing Classes subject to such Extension Request converted into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall notify the Administrative Agent (an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment of the Existing Class or Existing Classes subject to such Extension Request that it has elected to convert into Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable. In the event that the aggregate amount of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment of the Existing Class or Existing Classes subject to Extension Elections exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans or Ex-tended Revolving Commitments, as applicable, requested pursuant to the Extension Request, Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitments or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments of the Existing Class or Existing Classes subject to Extension Elections shall be converted to Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, on a pro rata basis based on the amount of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Revolving Credit Commitment included in each such Extension Election. Notwithstanding the conversion of any Existing Revolving Credit Commitment into an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, such Extended Revolving Credit Commitment shall be treated identically to all other Original Revolving Credit Commitments for purposes of the obligations of a Revolving Credit Lender in respect of Swingline Loans under Section 2.1(c) and Letters of Credit under Article 3, except that the applicable Extension Amendment may provide that the Swingline Maturity Date and/or the Revolving Letter of Credit Maturity Date may be extended and the related obligations to make Swingline Loans and issue Revolving Letters of Credit may be continued so long as the Swingline Lender and/or the applicable Revolving Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, have consented to such extensions in their sole discretion (it being understood that no consent of any other Lender shall be required in connection with any such extension).

 

- 86 -

 

 

(iv)         Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall be established pursuant to an amendment (an “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement (which, except to the extent expressly contemplated by the penultimate sentence of this Section 2.14(f)(iv) and notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 13.1 , shall not require the consent of any Lender other than the Extending Lenders with respect to the Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, established thereby) executed by the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Extending Lenders. No Extension Amendment shall provide for any tranche of Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in an aggregate principal amount that is less than $50,000,000. In addition to any terms and changes required or permitted by Section 2.14(f)(i) , each Extension Amendment (x) shall amend the scheduled amortization payments pursuant to Section 2.5 or the applicable Joinder Agreement with respect to the Existing Term Loan Class from which the Extended Term Loans were converted to reduce each scheduled Repayment Amount for the Existing Term Loan Class in the same proportion as the amount of Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class is to be converted pursuant to such Extension Amendment (it being understood that the amount of any Repayment Amount payable with respect to any individual Term Loan of such Existing Term Loan Class that is not an Extended Term Loan shall not be reduced as a result thereof) and (y) may, but shall not be required to, impose additional requirements (not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement in effect at such time) with respect to the final maturity and weighted average life to maturity of New Term Loans incurred following the date of such Extension Amendment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14(f) and without limiting the generality or applicability of Section 13.1 to any Section 2.14 Additional Amendments, any Extension Amendment may provide for additional terms and/or additional amendments other than those referred to or contemplated above (any such additional amendment, a “ Section 2.14 Additional Amendment ”) to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents; provided that such Section 2.14 Additional Amendments are within the requirements of Section 2.14(f)(i) and do not become effective prior to the time that such Section 2.14 Additional Amendments have been consented to (including, without limitation, pursuant to (1) consents applicable to holders of New Term Loans and New Revolving Credit Commitments provided for in any Joinder Agreement and (2) consents applicable to holders of any Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments provided for in any Extension Amendment) by such of the Lenders, Credit Parties and other parties (if any) as may be required in order for such Section 2.14 Additional Amendments to become effective in accordance with Section 13.1 .

 

(v)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (A) on any date on which any Existing Class is converted to extend the related scheduled maturity date(s) in accordance with clauses (i) and/or (ii) above (an “ Extension Date ”), (I) in the case of the existing Term Loans of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such existing Term Loans shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Term Loans so converted by such Lender on such date, and the Extended Term Loans shall be established as a separate Class of Term Loans (together with any other Extended Term Loans so established on such date), and (II) in the case of the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments of each Extending Lender, the aggregate principal amount of such Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments shall be deemed reduced by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so converted by such Lender on such date, and such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be established as a separate Class of revolving credit commitments from the Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments and from any other Existing Revolving Credit Commitments (together with any other Extended Revolving Credit Commitments so established on such date) and (B) if, on any Extension Date, any Loans of any Extending Lender are outstanding under the applicable Specified Revolving Credit Commitments, such Loans (and any related participations) shall be deemed to be allocated as Extended Revolving Credit Loans (and related participations) and Existing Revolving Credit Loans (and related participations) in the same proportion as such Extending Lender’s Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitments to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

- 87 -

 

 

2.15           Permitted Debt Exchanges .

 

(a)             Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, a “ Permitted Debt Exchange Offer ”) made from time to time by the U.S. Borrower, the U.S. Borrower may from time to time following the Closing Date consummate one or more exchanges of Term Loans for Permitted Other Indebtedness in the form of notes (such notes, “ Permitted Debt Exchange Notes ,” and each such exchange a “ Permitted Debt Exchange ”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied: (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the final offering document in respect of a Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is delivered to the relevant Lenders, (ii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans exchanged shall equal the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes issued in exchange for such Term Loans, (iii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Term Loans exchanged under each applicable Class by such Borrower pursuant to any Permitted Debt Exchange shall automatically be cancelled and retired by such Borrower on the date of the settlement thereof (and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, any applicable exchanging Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, or such other form as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, in respect thereof pursuant to which the respective Lender assigns its interest in the Term Loans being exchanged pursuant to the Permitted Debt Exchange to such Borrower for immediate cancellation), (iv) if the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans of a given Class (calculated on the face amount thereof) tendered by Lenders in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer (with no Lender being permitted to tender a principal amount of Term Loans which exceeds the principal amount thereof of the applicable Class actually held by it) shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans of such Class offered to be exchanged by such Borrower pursuant to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer, then such Borrower shall exchange Term Loans subject to such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer tendered by such Lenders ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts so tendered, (v) all documentation in respect of such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be consistent with the foregoing, and all written communications generally directed to the Lenders in connection therewith shall be in form and substance consistent with the foregoing and made in consultation with such Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (vi) any applicable Minimum Tender Condition shall be satisfied.

 

- 88 -

 

 

(b)             With respect to all Permitted Debt Exchanges effected by any of the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.15 , (i) such Permitted Debt Exchanges (and the cancellation of the exchanged Term Loans in connection therewith) shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 5.1 or 5.2 , and (ii) such Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall be made for not less than $50,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Term Loans, provided that subject to the foregoing clause (ii) a Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “ Minimum Tender Condition ”) to consummating any such Permitted Debt Exchange that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange Offer in such Borrower’s discretion) of Term Loans of any or all applicable Classes be tendered.

 

(c)             In connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall mutually agree to such procedures as may be necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.15 and without conflict with Section 2.15(d) ; provided that the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Offer shall provide that the date by which the relevant Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such Permitted Debt Exchange shall be not less than a reasonable period (in the discretion of the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent) of time following the date on which the Permitted Debt Exchange Offer is made.

 

(d)             The applicable Borrower shall be responsible for compliance with, and hereby agrees to comply with, all applicable securities and other laws in connection with each Permitted Debt Exchange, it being understood and agreed that (x) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender assumes any responsibility in connection with such Borrower’s compliance with such laws in connection with any Permitted Debt Exchange and (y) each Lender shall be solely responsible for its compliance with any applicable “insider trading” laws and regulations to which such Lender may be subject under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2.16           Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

(a)             the Commitment Fee shall cease to accrue on the Commitment of such Lender so long as it is a Defaulting Lender;

 

(b)             if any Swingline Exposure or Letter of Credit Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

 

(i)              all or any part of such Swingline Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure shall be reallocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages but only to the extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure does not exceed the total of all non- Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments;

 

(ii)             if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the applicable Borrowers shall within one Business Day following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure and (y) second, cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.8 for so long as such Letter of Credit Exposure is outstanding;

 

- 89 -

 

 

(iii)            if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure is cash collateralized pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Borrowers shall not be required to pay the Letter of Credit Fee with respect to such portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure so long as it is cash collateralized;

 

(iv)            if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure is reallocated to the non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to clause (i) above, then the Letter of Credit Fee with respect to such portion shall be allocated among the non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages; or

 

(v)             if any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.16(b) , then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender hereunder, the Letter of Credit Fee payable with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure shall be payable to the Letter of Credit Issuer until such Letter of Credit Exposure is cash collateralized and/or reallocated;

 

(c)             so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be required to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless it is satisfied that the related exposure will be 100% covered by the Revolving Credit Commitments of the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateralized in accordance with Section 2.16(b) , and participations in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein); and

 

(d)             any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise and including any amount that would otherwise be payable to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 13.8(a) but excluding Section 13.7 ) may, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest bearing account and, subject to any applicable Requirements of Law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i) first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii) second, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Letter of Credit Issuer or Swingline Lender hereunder, (iii) third, to the funding of any Loan or the funding or cash collateralization of any participation in any Swingline Loan or Letter of Credit in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (iv) fourth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and Holdings, held in such account as cash collateral for future funding obligations of the Defaulting Lender under this Agreement, (v) fifth, pro rata, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers or the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by a Borrower or any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (vi) sixth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is (x) a prepayment of the principal amount of any Loans or Reimbursement Obligations which a Defaulting Lender has funded its participation obligations and (y) made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 7 are satisfied, such payment shall be applied solely to prepay the Loans of, and Reimbursement Obligations owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata prior to being applied to the prepayment of any Loans, or Reimbursement Obligations owed to, any Defaulting Lender.

 

- 90 -

 

 

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then the Swingline Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.16 are in addition to other rights and remedies that the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Swingline Lender and the non-Defaulting Lenders may have against such Defaulting Lender. The arrangements permitted or required by this Section 2.16 shall be permitted under this Agreement, notwithstanding any limitation on Liens or the pro rata sharing provisions or otherwise.

 

Section 3.           Letters of Credit

 

3.1             Letters of Credit .

 

(a)             Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and prior to the L/C Facility Maturity Date, the Letter of Credit Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 3 , to issue from time to time from the Closing Date through the L/C Facility Maturity Date upon the request of, and for the direct or indirect benefit of, Holdings, any Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, a letter of credit or letters of credit (the “ Letters of Credit ” and each, a “ Letter of Credit ”) in such form as may be approved by the Letter of Credit Issuer in its reasonable discretion; provided that a Borrower shall be a co-applicant and shall be jointly and severally liable with respect to, each Letter of Credit issued for the account of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , however , no Foreign Borrower shall be liable for a Letter of Credit unless such Foreign Borrower is the co-applicant of such Letter of Credit or such Letter of Credit is issued for the account of such Foreign Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided further however , the German Borrower shall be liable for all Letters of Credit issued on account of Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitments and the UK Borrower shall be liable for all Letters of Credit issued on account of Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitments.

 

(b)             Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time, would exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment then in effect; (ii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which would cause the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures at the time of the issuance thereof to exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect; (iii) no Letter of Credit in Euro or the Alternative Currency shall be issued the Stated Amount of which would cause the Aggregate Multicurrency Exposures at the time of the issuance thereof to exceed the Multicurrency Sublimit then in effect; (iv) each Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date occurring no later than one year after the date of issuance thereof (except as set forth in Section 3.2(d) ), provided that in no event shall such expiration date occur later than the L/C Facility Maturity Date, in each case, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer; (iv) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars, Euro or an Alternative Currency; (v) no Letter of Credit shall be issued if it would be illegal under any applicable law for the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit to have a Letter of Credit issued in its favor; and (vi) no Letter of Credit shall be issued by a Letter of Credit Issuer after it has received a written notice from any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Credit Lenders stating that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing until such time as the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a written notice of (x) rescission of such notice from the party or parties originally delivering such notice or (y) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .

 

- 91 -

 

 

(c)             Upon at least two Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer (which the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Lenders), each Borrower shall have the right, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Letter of Credit Commitment in whole or in part, provided that, after giving effect to such termination or reduction, the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment.

 

(d)             The parties hereto agree that the Existing Letters of Credit shall be deemed to be Letters of Credit for all purposes under this Agreement, without any further action by the Borrowers, the Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Person.

 

(e)             The Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

 

(i)             any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Letter of Credit Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to the Letter of Credit Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Letter of Credit Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the Letter of Credit Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Letter of Credit Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Letter of Credit Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Letter of Credit Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

 

(ii)            the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Letter of Credit Issuer applicable to letters of credit generally;

 

(iii)           except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer, such Letter of Credit is in an initial Stated Amount less than $100,000 or the Dollar Equivalent thereof, in the case of a commercial Letter of Credit, or $10,000 or the Dollar Equivalent thereof, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;

 

(iv)           unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, such Letter of Credit is denominated in a currency other than Dollars, Euro or an Alternative Currency;

 

(v)            unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, the Letter of Credit Issuer does not as of the issuance date of such requested Letter of Credit issue letters of credit in the requested currency;

 

(vi)           such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the Stated Amount after any drawing thereunder; or

 

(vii)          a default of any Revolving Credit Lender’s obligations to fund under Section 3.3 exists or any Revolving Credit Lender is at such time a Defaulting Lender hereunder, unless, in each case, the Borrowers have entered into arrangements satisfactory to the Letter of Credit Issuer to eliminate the Letter of Credit Issuer’s risk with respect to such Revolving Credit Lender.

 

- 92 -

 

 

(f)              The Letter of Credit Issuer shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the Letter of Credit Issuer would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

 

(g)             The Letter of Credit Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Letter of Credit Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

(h)             The Letter of Credit Issuer shall act on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Section 13 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in Section 13 included the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

3.2             Letter of Credit Requests .

 

(a)             Whenever a Borrower desires that a Letter of Credit be issued for its account or amended, it shall give the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer a Letter of Credit Request by no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least two (or such lesser number as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer) Business Days prior to the proposed date of issuance or amendment. Each notice shall be executed by such Borrower and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E (each a “ Letter of Credit Request ”).

 

(b)             In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Request shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Letter of Credit Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the Stated Amount thereof in the relevant currency; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder and (G) such other matters as the Letter of Credit Issuer may reasonably require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Request shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Letter of Credit Issuer (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the Letter of Credit Issuer may reasonably require. Additionally, the applicable Borrower shall furnish to the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Administrative Agent may reasonably require. 

 

- 93 -

 

 

(c)            Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Request, the Letter of Credit Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent in writing that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Request from the applicable Borrower and, if not, the Letter of Credit Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the Letter of Credit Issuer has received written notice from any Revolving Credit Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Credit Party, at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Sections 6 and 7 shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the applicable Borrower (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the Letter of Credit Issuer’s usual and customary business practices.

 

(d)            If the applicable Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Request, the Letter of Credit Issuer may agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “ Auto-Extension Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the Letter of Credit Issuer to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Non-Extension Notice Date ”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the Letter of Credit Issuer, the applicable Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the Letter of Credit Issuer for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the Letter of Credit Issuer to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the L/C Facility Maturity Date, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer; provided , however , that the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not permit any such extension if (A) the Letter of Credit Issuer has reasonably determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (b) of Section 3.1 or otherwise), or (B) it has received written notice on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Revolving Credit Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the applicable Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Sections 6 and 7 are not then satisfied, and in each such case directing the Letter of Credit Issuer not to permit such extension.

 

(e)            Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit (including any Existing Letter of Credit) to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the Letter of Credit Issuer will also deliver to the applicable Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment. On the last Business Day of each month, each Letter of Credit Issuer shall provide the Administrative Agent a list of all Letters of Credit (including any Existing Letter of Credit) issued by it that are outstanding at such time.

 

(f)             The making of each Letter of Credit Request shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the applicable Borrower that the Letter of Credit may be issued in accordance with, and will not violate the requirements of, Section 3.1(b) .

 

3.3            Letter of Credit Participations .

 

(a)             Immediately upon the issuance by the Letter of Credit Issuer of any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each Revolving Credit Lender (each such Revolving Credit Lender, in its capacity under this Section 3.3 , an “ L/C Participant ”), and each such L/C Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from the Letter of Credit Issuer, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation (each an “ L/C Participation ”), to the extent of such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage in each Letter of Credit, each substitute therefor, each drawing made thereunder and the obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement with respect thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto; provided that the Letter of Credit Fees will be paid directly to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the L/C Participants as provided in Section 4.1(b) and the L/C Participants shall have no right to receive any portion of any Fronting Fees.

 

- 94 -

 

 

(b)             In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer shall have no obligation relative to the L/C Participants other than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they appear to comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit. Any action taken or omitted to be taken by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, shall not create for the Letter of Credit Issuer any resulting liability.

 

(c)             In the event that the Letter of Credit Issuer makes any payment under any Letter of Credit issued by it and the applicable Borrower shall not have repaid such amount in full to the respective Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.4(a) , the Letter of Credit Issuer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each L/C Participant of such failure, and each L/C Participant shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer, the amount of such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Dollar Equivalent of such unreimbursed payment in Dollars and in immediately available funds; provided , however , that no L/C Participant shall be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed amount arising from any wrongful payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any such Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Letter of Credit Issuer as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. If the Letter of Credit Issuer so notifies, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any Business Day, any L/C Participant required to fund a payment under a Letter of Credit, such L/C Participant shall make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer such L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day in Dollars and in immediately available funds. If and to the extent such L/C Participant shall not have so made its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer, such L/C Participant agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer, forthwith on demand, such amount, together with interest thereon for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time then in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees that are reasonably and customarily charged by the Letter of Credit Issuer in connection with the foregoing. The failure of any L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit shall not relieve any other L/C Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any payment under such Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no L/C Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any other L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent such other L/C Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any such payment.

 

- 95 -

 

 

(d)            Whenever the Letter of Credit Issuer receives a payment in respect of an unpaid reimbursement obligation as to which the Administrative Agent has received for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer any payments from the L/C Participants pursuant to clause (c) above, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall pay to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to each L/C Participant that has paid its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such reimbursement obligation, in Dollars and in immediately available funds, an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s share (based upon the proportionate aggregate amount originally funded by such L/C Participant to the aggregate amount funded by all L/C Participants) of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount so paid in respect of such reimbursement obligation and interest thereon accruing after the purchase of the respective L/C Participations at the Overnight Rate.

 

(e)             The obligations of the L/C Participants to make payments to the Administrative Agent for the account of a Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit shall be irrevocable and not subject to counterclaim, set-off or other defense or any other qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances, including under any of the following circumstances:

 

(i)              any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents;

 

(ii)             the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that a Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, any Lender or other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between a Borrower and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);

 

(iii)           any draft, certificate or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

 

(iv)            the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Credit Documents; or

 

(v)             the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

provided , however , that no L/C Participant shall be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any unreimbursed amount arising from any wrongful payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any such Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Letter of Credit Issuer, as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

- 96 -

 

 

3.4            Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings .

 

(a)             Each applicable Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer, by making payment in with respect to any drawing under any Letter of Credit in the same currency in which such drawing was made unless (A) the Letter of Credit Issuer (at its option) shall have specified in the notice of drawing that it will require reimbursement in Dollars, or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the applicable Borrower shall have notified the Letter of Credit Issuer promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the applicable Borrower will reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer in Dollars; provided that no Foreign Borrower shall be liable for a Letter of Credit unless such Foreign Borrower is the co-applicant of such Letter of Credit or such Letter of Credit is issued for the account of such Foreign Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , the German Borrower shall be liable for all Letters of Credit issued on account of Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitments and the UK Borrower shall be liable for all Letters of Credit issued on account of Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitments. In the case of any reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing of a Letter of Credit denominated in Euro or an Alternative Currency, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall notify the applicable Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. Any such reimbursement shall be made by the applicable Borrower to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for any payment or disbursement made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit (each such amount so paid until reimbursed, an “ Unpaid Drawing ”) no later than the date that is one Business Day after the date on which the applicable Borrower receives notice of such payment or disbursement (the “ Reimbursement Date ”), with interest on the amount so paid or disbursed by the Letter of Credit Issuer, to the extent not reimbursed prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Reimbursement Date, from the Reimbursement Date to the date the Letter of Credit Issuer is reimbursed therefor at a rate per annum that shall at all times be (i) with respect to a Letter of Credit denominated in Dollars, the Applicable Margin for ABR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans plus the ABR as in effect from time to time and (ii) with respect to a Letter of Credit denominated in Euros or an Alternative Currency, the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans that are Revolving Credit Loans plus the LIBOR as in effect from time to time, provided that, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) unless such Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent and the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Reimbursement Date that such Borrower intends to reimburse the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer for the amount of such drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Loans, such Borrower shall be deemed to have given a Notice of Borrowing requesting that, with respect to Letters of Credit, the Revolving Credit Lenders make Revolving Credit Loans (which shall be denominated in Dollars and which shall be ABR Loans) on the Reimbursement Date in the amount, or Dollar Equivalent of the amount, as applicable, of such drawing and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each L/C Participant of such drawing and the amount of its Revolving Credit Loan to be made in respect thereof, and each L/C Participant shall be irrevocably obligated to make a Revolving Credit Loan to such Borrower in Dollars in the manner deemed to have been requested in the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the applicable Unpaid Drawing by 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Reimbursement Date by making the amount of such Revolving Credit Loan available to the Administrative Agent. Such Revolving Credit Loans shall be made without regard to the Minimum Borrowing Amount. The Administrative Agent shall use the proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans solely for purpose of reimbursing the Letter of Credit Issuer for the related Unpaid Drawing. In the event that the applicable Borrower fails to Cash Collateralize any Letter of Credit that is outstanding on the L/C Facility Maturity Date, the full amount of the Letters of Credit Outstanding in respect of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be an Unpaid Drawing subject to the provisions of this Section 3.4 except that the Letter of Credit Issuer shall hold the proceeds received from the L/C Participants as contemplated above as cash collateral for such Letter of Credit to reimburse any Drawing under such Letter of Credit and shall use such proceeds first, to reimburse itself for any Drawings made in respect of such Letter of Credit following the L/C Facility Maturity Date, second, to the extent such Letter of Credit expires or is returned undrawn while any such cash collateral remains, to the repayment of obligations in respect of any Revolving Credit Loans that have not been paid at such time and third, to the applicable Borrower or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing in this Section 3.4(a) shall affect the applicable Borrower’s obligation to repay all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans when due in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

- 97 -

 

 

(b)            The obligations of the Borrowers under this Section 3.4 to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Unpaid Drawings (including, in each case, interest thereon) shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment that such Borrower or any other Person may have or have had against the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including in its capacity as an L/C Participant), including any defense based upon the failure of any drawing under a Letter of Credit (each a “ Drawing ”) to conform to the terms of the Letter of Credit or any non-application or misapplication by the beneficiary of the proceeds of such Drawing and without regard to any adverse change in the relevant exchange rates or in the availability of Euro or the Alternative Currency to such Borrower or in the relevant currency markets generally, provided that such Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer for any wrongful payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under the Letter of Credit issued by it as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Letter of Credit Issuer as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

3.5            Increased Costs . If after the Closing Date, the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or actual compliance by the Letter of Credit Issuer or any L/C Participant with any request or directive made or adopted after the Closing Date (whether or not having the force of law), by any such authority, central bank or comparable agency shall either (x) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement against letters of credit issued by the Letter of Credit Issuer, or any L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, or (y) impose on the Letter of Credit Issuer or any L/C Participant any other conditions affecting its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein or any Letter of Credit or such L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the actual cost to the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant of issuing, maintaining or participating in any Letter of Credit, or to reduce the actual amount of any sum received or receivable by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant hereunder (other than any such increase or reduction attributable to (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 5.4 or (ii) Excluded Taxes) in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein, then, promptly after receipt of written demand to the applicable Borrower by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which notice shall be sent by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent (with respect to Letter of Credit issued on account of such Borrower)), such Borrower shall pay to the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant such actual additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant for such increased cost or reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that the Letter of Credit Issuer or an L/C Participant shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Person’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any such law, rule or regulation as in effect on the Closing Date. A certificate submitted to the applicable Borrower by the relevant Letter of Credit Issuer or an L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which certificate shall be sent by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent), setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the determination of such actual additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Letter of Credit Issuer or such L/C Participant as aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding on such Borrower absent clearly demonstrable error.

 

- 98 -

 

 

3.6            New or Successor Letter of Credit Issuer .

 

(a)             The Letter of Credit Issuer may resign as a Letter of Credit Issuer upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, Holdings and the Borrowers. The applicable Borrower may replace a Letter of Credit Issuer for any reason upon written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer. The Borrowers may add Letter of Credit Issuers at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent. If the Letter of Credit Issuer shall resign or be replaced, or if the Borrowers shall decide to add a new Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement, then the Borrowers may appoint from among the Lenders a successor issuer of Letters of Credit or a new Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, or, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), another successor or new issuer of Letters of Credit, whereupon such successor issuer shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the replaced or resigning Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or such new issuer of Letters of Credit shall be granted the rights, powers and duties of a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, and the term “Letter of Credit Issuer” shall mean such successor or such new issuer of Letters of Credit effective upon such appointment. At the time such resignation or replacement shall become effective, the Borrowers shall pay to the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer all accrued and unpaid fees applicable to the Letters of Credit pursuant to Sections 4.1(c) and 4.1(d) ; provided that no Foreign Borrower shall be liable for a Letter of Credit unless such Foreign Borrower is the co-applicant of such Letter of Credit or such Letter of Credit is issued for the account of such Foreign Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , the German Borrower shall be liable for all Letters of Credit issued on account of Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitments and the UK Borrower shall be liable for all Letters of Credit issued on account of Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitments. The acceptance of any appointment as a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder whether as a successor issuer or new issuer of Letters of Credit in accordance with this Agreement, shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit, in a form satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall become a “Letter of Credit Issuer” hereunder. After the resignation or replacement of a Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of a Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. In connection with any resignation or replacement pursuant to this clause (a) (but, in case of any such resignation, only to the extent that a successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have been appointed), either (i) the applicable Borrower, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall arrange to have any outstanding Letters of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer replaced with Letters of Credit issued by the successor issuer of Letters of Credit or (ii) the applicable Borrower shall cause the successor issuer of Letters of Credit, if such successor issuer is reasonably satisfactory to the replaced or resigning Letter of Credit Issuer, to issue “back-stop” Letters of Credit naming the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer as beneficiary for each outstanding Letter of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer, which new Letters of Credit shall be denominated in the same currency as, and shall have a face amount equal to, the Letters of Credit being back-stopped and the sole requirement for drawing on such new Letters of Credit shall be a drawing on the corresponding back-stopped Letters of Credit. After any resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer’s resignation or replacement as Letter of Credit Issuer, the provisions of this Agreement relating to a Letter of Credit Issuer shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it (A) while it was a Letter of Credit Issuer under this Agreement or (B) at any time with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Letter of Credit Issuer.

 

(b)             To the extent there are, at the time of any resignation or replacement as set forth in clause (a) above, any outstanding Letters of Credit, nothing herein shall be deemed to impact or impair any rights and obligations of any of the parties hereto with respect to such outstanding Letters of Credit (including, without limitation, any obligations related to the payment of Fees or the reimbursement or funding of amounts drawn), except that the applicable Borrower, the resigning or replaced Letter of Credit Issuer and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have the obligations regarding outstanding Letters of Credit described in clause (a) above.

 

- 99 -

 

 

3.7            Role of Letter of Credit Issuer . Each Lender and each Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Required Revolving Credit Lenders; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. Each Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude such Borrower’s pursuit of such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in Section 3.3(e) ; provided that anything in such Section to the contrary notwithstanding, such Borrower may have a claim against the Letter of Credit Issuer, and the Letter of Credit Issuer may be liable to such Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by such Borrower which such Borrower proves were caused by the Letter of Credit Issuer’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the Letter of Credit Issuer’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit in each case as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Letter of Credit Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

3.8            Cash Collateral .

 

(a)             Upon the request of the Required Revolving Credit Lenders if, as of the L/C Facility Maturity Date, there are any Letters of Credit Outstanding, each applicable Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the then Letters of Credit Outstanding for which such Borrower is (directly or indirectly) liable.

 

(b)            The Administrative Agent acting in its reasonable discretion, may, at any time and from time to time after the initial deposit of Cash Collateral, request that additional Cash Collateral be provided in the event such Cash Collateral previously provided is inadequate as a result of exchange rate fluctuations.

 

(c)            If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent or the Revolving Credit Lenders with Letter of Credit Exposure representing greater than 50% of the total Letter of Credit Exposure may require that the L/C Obligations be Cash Collateralized.

 

- 100 -

 

 

(d)            For purposes of this Section 3.8 , “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances in the currencies in which the Letters of Credit Outstanding are denominated and in an amount equal to the amount of the Letters of Credit Outstanding required to be Cash Collateralized pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. Each Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Letter of Credit Issuer and the L/C Participants, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing to secure its obligations under the Letters of Credit Outstanding. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, interest bearing deposit accounts with the Administrative Agent.

 

3.9            Applicability of ISP and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the applicable Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued (including any such agreement applicable to an Existing Letter of Credit), (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance, shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

 

3.10          Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

 

3.11          Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries . Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, the applicable Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. Each applicable Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Holdings or Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of such Borrower if it acted as a co-applicant, and that such Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of Holdings and all Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

Section 4.        Fees

 

4.1            Fees .

 

(a)             Without duplication, the U.S. Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender (in each case pro rata according to the respective Revolving Credit Commitments of all such Lenders), a commitment fee (the “ Commitment Fee ”) for each day from the Closing Date to the Revolving Credit Termination Date. Each Commitment Fee shall be payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (for the three-month period (or portion thereof) ended on such day for which no payment has been received) and (y) on the Revolving Credit Termination Date (for the period ended on such date for which no payment has been received pursuant to clause (x) above), and shall be computed for each day during such period at a rate per annum equal to the Commitment Fee Rate in effect on such day on the Available Commitment in effect on such day.

 

(b)            Without duplication, each applicable Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars for the account of the Revolving Credit Lenders pro rata on the basis of their respective Letter of Credit Exposure, a fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued on such Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ behalf (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”), for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to the termination date of such Letter of Credit computed at the per annum rate for each day equal to the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Rate Revolving Credit Loans less the Front Fee set forth in clause (d) below. Except as provided below, such Letter of Credit Fees shall be due and payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (y) on the date upon which the Total Revolving Credit Commitment terminates and the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been reduced to zero.

 

- 101 -

 

 

(c)            Without duplication, the U.S. Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for its own account, administrative agent fees as have been previously agreed in writing or as may be agreed in writing from time to time.

 

(d)            Without duplication, each Borrower agrees to pay to each Letter of Credit Issuer a fee in Dollars in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by it on such Borrower’s behalf (the “ Fronting Fee ”), for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to the termination date of such Letter of Credit, computed at the rate for each day equal to 0.125% per annum on the average daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit subject to a minimum of $500 per annum (or at such other rate per annum as agreed in writing between such Borrower and the Letter of Credit Issuer). Such Fronting Fees shall be due and payable (x) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (y) on the date upon which the Total Revolving Credit Commitment terminates and the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been reduced to zero.

 

(e)             Without duplication, each Borrower agrees to pay directly to the Letter of Credit Issuer in Dollars upon each issuance or renewal of, drawing under, and/or amendment of, a Letter of Credit issued by it such amount as the Letter of Credit Issuer and such Borrower shall have agreed upon for issuances or renewals of, drawings under or amendments of, letters of credit issued by it.

 

(f)              Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Borrower shall be obligated to pay any amounts to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Section 4.1 .

 

4.2            Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments . Upon at least two Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), each Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Revolving Credit Commitments in whole or in part, provided that (a) any such reduction shall apply proportionately and permanently to reduce the Revolving Credit Commitment of each of the Lenders of any applicable Class, except that (i) notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the establishment on any date of any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 2.14(f) , the Revolving Credit Commitments of any one or more Lenders providing any such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments on such date shall be reduced in an amount equal to the amount of Revolving Credit Commitments so extended on such date ( provided that (x) after giving effect to any such reduction and to the repayment of any Revolving Credit Loans made on such date, the Revolving Credit Exposure of any such Lender does not exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment thereof and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, any such repayment of Revolving Credit Loans contemplated by the preceding clause shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 5.3(a) with respect to the ratable allocation of payments hereunder, with such allocation being determined after giving effect to any conversion pursuant to Section 2.14(f) of Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans into Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.14(f) prior to any reduction being made to the Revolving Credit Commitment of any other Lender) and (ii) such Borrower may at its election permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Commitment of a Defaulting Lender to $0 without affecting the Revolving Credit Commitments of any other Lender, (b) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be in the amount of at least $5,000,000 and (c) after giving effect to such termination or reduction and to any prepayments of the Loans made on the date thereof in accordance with this Agreement, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment and the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures in respect of any Class shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitment of such Class.

 

- 102 -

 

 

4.3            Mandatory Termination of Commitments .

 

(a)             The Initial Term Loan Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date.

 

(b)             The Revolving Credit Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

(c)             The Swingline Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Swingline Maturity Date.

 

(d)            The New Term Loan Commitment for any Series shall, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Joinder Agreement, terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Increased Amount Date for such Series.

 

Section 5.        Payments

 

5.1            Voluntary Prepayments .

 

(a)             Each Borrower shall have the right to prepay its Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans, as applicable, in each case, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms and conditions: (a) such Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office written notice of its intent to make such prepayment, the amount of such prepayment and (in the case of LIBOR Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made, which notice shall be given by such Borrower no later than 12:00 Noon (New York City time) (i) in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars or Euro, three Business Days prior to, (ii) in the case of LIBOR Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, four Business Days prior to, (iii) in the case of ABR Loans (other than Swingline Loans), one Business Day prior to or (iv) in the case of Swingline Loans, on, the date of such prepayment and shall promptly be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be; (b) each partial prepayment of (i) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans denominated in Dollars or any Alternative Currency other than Euro shall be in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) and in multiples of $1,000,000 (or the Dollar Equivalent thereof) in excess thereof, (ii) any ABR Loans (other than Swingline Loans) shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, (iii) any Loans denominated in Euro shall be in a minimum amount of €5,000,000 and in multiples of €1,000,000 in excess thereof and (iv) Swingline Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof, provided that no partial prepayment of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding LIBOR Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the applicable Minimum Borrowing Amount for such LIBOR Loans and (c) in the case of any prepayment of LIBOR Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto, such Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by any applicable Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required pursuant to Section 2.11 . Each prepayment in respect of any Term Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be (a) applied to the Class or Classes of Term Loans as such Borrower may specify and (b) applied to reduce Initial Term Loan Repayment Amounts, any New Term Loan Repayment Amounts, and, subject to Section 2.14(f) , Extended Term Loan Repayment Amounts, as the case may be, in each case, in such order as such Borrower may specify. At the applicable Borrower’s election in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 5.1 , such prepayment shall not be applied to any Term Loan or Revolving Credit Loan of a Defaulting Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Borrower may not repay Extended Term Loans of any Extension Series unless such prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata repayment of Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class from which such Extended Term Loans were converted (or such Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class have otherwise been repaid in full).

 

- 103 -

 

 

(b)            In the event that, on or prior to the twelve month anniversary of the Closing Date, the U.S. Borrower (i) makes any prepayment of Initial Dollar Term Loans or Initial Euro Term Loans in connection with any Repricing Transaction the primary purpose of which is to decrease the Effective Yield on such Term Initial Dollar Term Loans or Initial Euro Term Loans or (ii) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction the primary purpose of which is to decrease the Effective Yield on the Initial Dollar Term Loans or Initial Euro Term Loans, the U.S. Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Lenders, (x) in the case of clause (i), a prepayment premium of 1% of the principal amount of the Initial Dollar Term Loans or Initial Euro Term Loans being prepaid in connection with such Repricing Transaction and (y) in the case of clause (ii), an amount equal to 1% of the aggregate amount of the applicable Initial Dollar Term Loans or Initial Euro Term Loans outstanding immediately prior to such amendment that are subject to an effective pricing reduction pursuant to such Repricing Transaction

 

5.2            Mandatory Prepayments .

 

(a)             Term Loan Prepayments . (i) On each occasion that a Prepayment Event occurs, the U.S. Borrower shall, within three Business Days after its receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of a Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event (other than one covered by clause (iii) below) and within ten Business Days after the occurrence of any other Prepayment Event (or, in the case of Deferred Net Cash Proceeds, within ten Business Days after the Deferred Net Cash Proceeds Payment Date), prepay, in accordance with clause (c) below, Term Loans with an equivalent principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such Prepayment Event; provided that, with respect to the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale Prepayment Event, Casualty Event or Permitted Sale Leaseback, in each case solely to the extent with respect to any Collateral, the U.S. Borrower may use a portion of such Net Cash Proceeds to prepay or repurchase Permitted Other Indebtedness (and with such prepaid or repurchased Permitted Other Indebtedness permanently extinguished) with a Lien on the Collateral ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations to the extent any applicable Permitted Other Indebtedness Document requires the issuer of such Permitted Other Indebtedness to prepay or make an offer to purchase such Permitted Other Indebtedness with the proceeds of such Prepayment Event, in each case in an amount not to exceed the product of (x) the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of the Permitted Other Indebtedness with a Lien on the Collateral ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations and with respect to which such a requirement to prepay or make an offer to purchase exists and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Permitted Other Indebtedness and the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans.

 

- 104 -

 

 

(ii)             Not later than the date that is 90 days after the last day of any fiscal year (commencing with and including the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014), the U.S. Borrower shall prepay (or cause to be prepaid), in accordance with clause (c) below, Term Loans with a Dollar Equivalent principal amount equal to (x) 50% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year, provided that (A) the percentage in this Section 5.2(a)(ii) shall be reduced to 25% if the Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio on the date of prepayment (prior to giving effect thereto and as certified by an Authorized Officer of Holdings) for the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00 but greater than 3.00 to 1.00 and (B) no payment of any Term Loans shall be required under this Section 5.2(a)(ii) if the Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio on the date of prepayment (prior to giving effect thereto and as certified by an Authorized Officer of Holdings) for the most recent Test Period ended prior to such prepayment date is less than or equal to 3.00 to 1.00, minus (y) the principal amount of Term Loans voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 5.1 or Section 13.6 during such fiscal year or after such fiscal year and prior to the date of the required Excess Cash Flow payment and, to the extent accompanied by permanent optional reductions of Revolving Commitments, Revolving Credit Loans, in each case, other than to the extent any such prepayment is funded with the proceeds of Funded Debt.

 

(iii)           On each occasion that Permitted Other Indebtedness is issued or incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(w) , U.S. Borrower shall within three Business Days of receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Permitted Other Indebtedness prepay, in accordance with clause (c) below, Term Loans with a principal amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance or incurrence of Permitted Other Indebtedness.

 

(iv)            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 5.2 , (A) to the extent that any or all of the Net Proceeds of any Prepayment Event by a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above (a “ Foreign Prepayment Event ”) or Excess Cash Flow are prohibited or delayed by any Requirement of Law from being repatriated to the U.S. Borrower, the portion of such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Loans at the times provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as the case may be, and such amounts may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary so long, but only so long, as the applicable Requirement of Law will not permit repatriation to the U.S. Borrower (the U.S. Borrower hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Foreign Subsidiary to promptly take all actions reasonably required by the applicable Requirement of Law to permit such repatriation), and once such repatriation of any of such affected Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow is permitted under the applicable Requirement of Law, such repatriation will be promptly effected and such repatriated Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow will be promptly (and in any event not later than ten Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of any taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Loans pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above, as applicable, and (B) to the extent that the U.S. Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Proceeds of any Foreign Prepayment Event or Excess Cash Flow would have a material adverse tax consequence with respect to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow so affected may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary; provided that in the case of this clause (B) , on or before the date on which any Net Proceeds from any Foreign Prepayment Event so retained would otherwise have been required to be applied to reinvestments or prepayments pursuant to clause (ii) above (or, in the case of Excess Cash Flow, a date on or before the date that is eighteen months after the date such Excess Cash Flow would have so required to be applied to prepayments pursuant to clause (ii) above unless previously repatriated in which case such repatriated Excess Cash Flow shall have been promptly applied to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to clause (ii) above), (x) the U.S. Borrower applies an amount equal to such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow to such reinvestments or prepayments as if such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been received by the U.S. Borrower rather than such Foreign Subsidiary, less the amount of any taxes that would have been payable or reserved against if such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow had been repatriated (or, if less, the Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow that would be calculated if received by such Foreign Subsidiary) or (y) such Net Proceeds or Excess Cash Flow shall be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary.

 

- 105 -

 

 

(b)             Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans . (i) If on the last day of any calendar month of the U.S. Borrower, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures (collectively, the “ Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings ”) for any reason exceeds 100% of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, the Borrowers shall forthwith repay on such date the principal amount of Swingline Loans and, after all Swingline Loans have been paid in full, Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal to such excess. If, after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Swingline Loans and Revolving Credit Loans, the Aggregate Revolving Credit Outstandings exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit Outstanding to the extent of such excess. If on any date the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures in respect of any Class of Revolving Credit Loans for any reason exceeds 100% of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Class then in effect, the Borrowers shall forthwith repay on such date Revolving Credit Loans of such Class in an amount equal to such excess. If after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of such Class, the Revolving Credit Exposures of such Class exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Class then in effect, the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit Outstanding in relation to such Class to the extent of such excess.

 

(ii)             If on any date the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Multicurrency Exposures (collectively, the “ Aggregate Multicurrency Exposures ”) for any reason exceeds 105% of the Multicurrency Sublimit as then in effect, the applicable Borrower shall forthwith repay on such date Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euro or Alternative Currency in a principal amount such that, after giving effect to such repayment, the Aggregate Multicurrency Exposures do not exceed 100% of the Multicurrency Sublimit. If, after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans denominated in Euro or Alternative Currency, the Aggregate Multicurrency Exposures exceed 100% of the Multicurrency Sublimit, the Borrowers shall Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit Outstanding in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in Euro or Alternative Currencies to the extent of such excess.

 

(c)             Application to Repayment Amounts . Subject to Section 5.2(f) , each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 5.2(a)(i) or (ii) shall be allocated pro rata among the Initial Term Loans, the New Term Loans and the Extended Term Loans based on the applicable remaining Repayment Amounts due thereunder and shall be applied first, to accrued interest and fees due on the amount of prepayment of Term Loans and second, within each Class of Term Loans in respect of such Term Loans in direct order of maturity thereof or as otherwise directed by the U.S. Borrower; provided that if any Class of Extended Term Loans have been established hereunder, the U.S. Borrower may allocate such prepayment in its sole discretion to the Term Loans of the Existing Term Loan Class, if any, from which such Extended Term Loans were converted. Subject to Section 5.2(f) , with respect to each such prepayment, the U.S. Borrower will, not later than the date specified in Section 5.2(a) for making such prepayment, give the Administrative Agent written notice which shall include a calculation of the amount of such prepayment to be applied to each Class of Term Loans requesting that the Administrative Agent provide notice of such prepayment to each Initial Term Loan Lender, New Term Loan Lender or Extended Term Loan Lender, as applicable.

 

- 106 -

 

 

(d)            Application to Term Loans . With respect to each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 5.2(a) , the U.S. Borrower may, if applicable, designate the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made; provided , that if any Lender has provided a Rejection Notice in compliance with Section 5.2(f) , such prepayment shall be applied with respect to the Term Loans to be prepaid on a pro rata basis across all outstanding Types of such Term Loans in proportion to the percentage of such outstanding Term Loans to be prepaid represented by each such Class. In the absence of a Rejection Notice or a designation by the U.S. Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .

 

(e)             Application to Revolving Credit Loans . With respect to each prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans required by Section 5.2(b) , the Borrowers may designate (i) the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made and (ii) the Revolving Credit Loans to be prepaid, provided that (y) each prepayment of any Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among such Loans; and (z) notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding clause (y) , no prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans shall be applied to the Revolving Credit Loans of any Defaulting Lender unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Borrowers. In the absence of a designation by the Borrowers as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11 .

 

(f)              Rejection Right . Holdings or the U.S. Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(a) at least three Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender holding Term Loans of the contents of such prepayment notice and of such Lender’s pro rata share of the prepayment. Each Term Loan Lender may reject all (but not less than all) of its pro rata share of any mandatory prepayment other than any such mandatory prepayment with respect to a Debt Incurrence Prepayment Event under Section 5.2(a)(i) (such declined amounts, the “ Declined Proceeds ”) of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(a) by providing written notice (each, a “ Rejection Notice ”) to the Administrative Agent and Holdings no later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) one Business Day after the date of such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent regarding such prepayment. If a Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above or such Rejection Notice fails to specify the principal amount of the Term Loans to be rejected, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of Term Loans. Any Declined Proceeds remaining thereafter shall be retained by the U.S. Borrower (“ Retained Declined Proceeds ”); provided that in the case of any mandatory repayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(ii) , any Declined Proceeds shall be reallocated and paid to the Term Loan Lenders that have not rejected such mandatory prepayment on a pro rata basis and shall not constitute Retained Declined Proceeds.

 

- 107 -

 

 

5.3            Method and Place of Payment .

 

(a)             Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by each Borrower, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto (or, in the case of the Swingline Loans to the Swingline Lender) or the Letter of Credit Issuer entitled thereto, as the case may be, not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), in each case, on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office or at such other office as the Administrative Agent shall specify for such purpose by notice to the Borrowers (or, in the case of the Swingline Loans, at such office as the Swingline Lender shall specify for such purpose by Notice to the Borrowers), it being understood that written or facsimile notice by the Borrowers to the Administrative Agent to make a payment from the funds in the applicable Borrower’s account at the Administrative Agent’s Office shall constitute the making of such payment to the extent of such funds held in such account. All repayments or prepayments of any Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder shall be made in the currency in which such Loans are denominated and all other payments under each Credit Document shall, unless otherwise specified in such Credit Document, be made in Dollars. The Administrative Agent will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) or, otherwise, on the next Business Day) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or Fees ratably to the Lenders entitled thereto.

 

(b)             Any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) may be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion (or, in the case of the Swingline Loans, at the Swingline Lender’s sole discretion). Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.

 

5.4            Net Payments .

 

(a)             Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes.

 

(i)              Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable laws be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Taxes. If, however, applicable laws require any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent to withhold or deduct any Tax, such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such laws as reasonably determined by such withholding agent.

 

(ii)             If any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent shall be required to withhold or deduct any Taxes from any payment, then (A) such withholding agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are reasonably determined by such withholding agent to be required by applicable law, (B) such withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority and (C) to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or deductions have been made (including withholding or deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.4 ) the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deductions been made.

 

(b)           Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrowers . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrowers shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law or timely reimburse the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of any Other Taxes.

 

- 108 -

 

 

(c)             Tax Indemnifications . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, (i) in respect of any Borrowing by the Borrowers, the U.S. Borrower shall, and does hereby, (ii) in respect of any Borrowing by the German Borrower, the German Borrower shall, and does hereby and (iii) in respect of any Borrowing by the UK Borrower, the UK Borrower shall and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 15 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.4 , but excluding any amounts to the extent recoverable by a Protected Party pursuant to Section 14.3(a) (or that would have been so recoverable but was not so recoverable solely because of one of the exclusions in Section 14.3(b) ) payable by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability (along with a written statement setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts) delivered to the applicable Borrower by a Lender, or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. If the applicable Borrower reasonably believes that any such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were not correctly or legally asserted, the Administrative Agent and/or each affected Lender will use reasonable efforts to cooperate with such Borrower in pursuing a refund of such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes so long as such efforts would not, in the sole determination of the Administrative Agent or affected Lender, result in any additional costs, expenses or risks or be otherwise disadvantageous to it.

 

(d)             Evidence of Payments . After any payment of Taxes by any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 5.4 , the applicable Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the applicable Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by laws to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

 

(e)             Status of Lenders and the Administrative Agent; Tax Documentation .

 

(i)              Each Lender shall deliver to the applicable Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, at such time or times reasonably requested by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not any payments made hereunder or under any other Credit Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender by any Credit Party pursuant to any Credit Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction. Any documentation and information required to be delivered by a Lender pursuant to this Section 5.4(e) (including any specific documentation set forth in subsection (ii) below) shall be delivered by such Lender (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before any date on which such documentation expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, (iii) after the occurrence of any change in the Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent documentation previously delivered by it to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by such Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and each such Lender shall promptly notify in writing such Borrower and the Administrative Agent if such Lender is no longer legally eligible to provide any documentation previously provided.

 

- 109 -

 

 

(ii)             Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

(A)           any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable laws or reasonably requested by such U.S. Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable such U.S. Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements;

 

(B)            each Non-U.S. Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable treaty to an exemption from or reduction of U.S. federal withholding tax with respect to any payments hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall deliver to the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1)           executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor form thereto) claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party;

 

(2)           executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor form thereto);

 

(3)           in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit K (a “ Non-Bank Tax Certificate ”), to the effect that such Non-U.S. Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the U.S. Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN;

 

(4)           where such Lender is a partnership (for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or otherwise not a beneficial owner (e.g., where such Lender has sold a participation), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto) and all required supporting documentation (including, where one or more of the underlying beneficial owner(s) is claiming the benefits of the portfolio interest exemption, a Non-Bank Tax Certificate of such beneficial owner(s)) ( provided that, if the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender, the Non-Bank Tax Certificate(s) may be provided by the Non-U.S. Lender on behalf of the beneficial owner(s)); or

 

(5)           executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable laws to permit the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

- 110 -

 

 

(C)            if a payment made to a Lender under any Credit Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the U.S. Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the U.S. Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (C) , “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

(iii)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.4 , no Lender shall be required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to deliver.

 

(iv)           The Administrative Agent shall deliver to the U.S. Borrower on or before the date on which it becomes a party to any Credit Document (and from time to time thereafter whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms obsolete or inaccurate or upon the reasonable request of the U.S. Borrower): (i) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for its own account, and (ii) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY with respect to any amounts payable to the Administrative Agent for the account of others, certifying that it is a “U.S. branch” and that the payments it receives for the account of others are not effectively connected with the conduct of its trade or business within the United States and that it is using such form as evidence of its agreement with the U.S. Borrower to be treated as a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code with respect to such payments (and the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to so treat the Administrative Agent as a United States person with respect to such payments as contemplated by Section 1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv) of the United States Treasury Regulations).

 

(f)              Treatment of Certain Refunds . Subject to the last sentence in Section 5.4(c) , at no time shall the Administrative Agent or any Lender have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, or have any obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Lender. If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by any Credit Party or with respect to which any Credit Party has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent or such Lender (as applicable) shall promptly pay to the applicable Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Credit Parties under this Section with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that such Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to such Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. In such event, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall, at such Borrower’s request, provide such Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender may delete any information therein that it deems confidential). This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to any Credit Party or any other Person.

 

- 111 -

 

 

(g)             For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 5.4 , the term “Lender” includes any Letter of Credit Issuer and any Swingline Lender.

 

5.5            Computations of Interest and Fees .

 

(a)             Except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, interest on LIBOR Loans and ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Interest on ABR Loans in respect of which the rate of interest is calculated on the basis of the Administrative Agent’s prime rate shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.

 

(b)             Fees and the average daily Stated Amount of Letters of Credit shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed.

 

5.6            Limit on Rate of Interest .

 

(a)             No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate . Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, a Borrower shall not be obliged to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

(b)             Payment at Highest Lawful Rate . If a Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section 5.6(a) , such Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

(c)             Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate . If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents would obligate a Borrower to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by such Borrower to the affected Lender under Section 2.8 ; provided that to the extent lawful, the interest or other amounts that would have been payable but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

- 112 -

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from a Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by any applicable law, rule or regulation, then such Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent to obtain reimbursement from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to such Borrower.

 

Section 6.         Conditions Precedent to Initial Borrowing

 

The initial Borrowing under this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed between Holdings and the Administrative Agent.

 

6.1            Credit Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received:

 

(a)             this Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Holdings, each Borrower and each Lender;

 

(b)             the Guarantee, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Guarantor;

 

(c)             the U.S. Pledge Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each pledgor party thereto; and

 

(d)             the U.S. Security Agreement, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each grantor party thereto.

 

6.2            Collateral . Except for any items referred to on Schedule 9.14(e) :

 

(a)             (i)            All outstanding equity interests in whatever form of each Restricted Subsidiary that is directly owned by or on behalf of any Credit Party and required to be pledged pursuant to the U.S. Security Documents shall have been pledged pursuant thereto and (ii) the Collateral Agent shall have received the certificates representing securities of the U.S. Borrower pledged under the U.S. Security Documents to the extent certificated, accompanied by instruments of transfer and undated stock powers endorsed in blank;

 

(ii)             All Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable personal property and financing statements, reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create the Liens intended to be created by any U.S. Security Document and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, such U.S. Security Document shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or recording;

 

(b)             The Guarantee shall be in full force and effect.

 

6.3           Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinions, in customary form, of:

 

(a)             Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, special New York counsel to the Credit Parties;

 

(b)             Bryan Cave LLP, special German counsel to the Credit Parties as to due authorization of the German Borrower;

 

- 113 -

 

 

(c)             Bryan Cave LLP, special English counsel to the Credit Parties as to the authorization of the UK Borrower;

 

(d)             Conner & Winters, LLP, special Oklahoma counsel to the Credit Parties; and

 

(e)             Holdings and the Borrowers hereby instruct and agree to instruct the other Credit Parties to have such counsel deliver such legal opinions.

 

6.4            Equity Investments . Equity Investments, which, to the extent constituting Capital Stock other than common Capital Stock, shall be on terms and conditions and pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners to the extent material to the interests of the Lenders, in an amount not less than the Minimum Equity Amount shall have been made.

 

6.5            Closing Certificates . The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the U.S. Credit Parties, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit F , with appropriate insertions, executed by the President or any Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of each such U.S. Credit Party, and attaching the documents referred to in Section 6.6 . The Administrative Agent shall have received with respect to each Non-U.S. Credit Party, such certificates and evidences of authority and authorization with respect to the Non-U.S. Credit Parties which shall be foreign equivalents of the certificates and evidences of authority and authorization required with respect to the U.S. Credit Parties, to the extent applicable, or as otherwise required under applicable Requirements of Law.

 

6.6            Authorization of Proceedings of Each Credit Party; Corporate Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the resolutions of the board of directors or other managers of each Credit Party (or a duly authorized committee thereof) authorizing (a) the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents (and any agreements relating thereto) to which it is a party and (b) in the case of each Borrower, the extensions of credit contemplated hereunder, (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws, Certificate of Formation and Operating Agreement or other comparable organizational documents, as applicable, of each Credit Party and (iii) signature and incumbency certificates (or other comparable documents evidencing the same) of the Authorized Officers of each Credit Party executing the Credit Documents to which it is a party.

 

6.7            Fees . The Agents and Lenders shall have received, substantially simultaneously with the funding of the Initial Term Loans, fees and, to the extent invoiced at least three business days prior to the Closing Date (except as otherwise reasonably agreed by the U.S. Borrower) expenses in the amounts previously agreed in writing to be received on the Closing Date (which amounts may, at the U.S. Borrower’s option, be offset against the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans).

 

6.8            Representations and Warranties . On the Closing Date, the Company Representations and the Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects (or if qualified by “materiality,” “material adverse effect” or similar language, in all respects (after giving effect to such qualification)).

 

6.9            Solvency Certificate . On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate from the Chief Executive Officer, President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance, a Director, a Manager or any other senior financial officer of U.S. Borrower to the effect that after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, U.S. Borrower on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries is Solvent.

 

- 114 -

 

 

6.10          Acquisition . Substantially concurrently with the initial Credit Event hereunder, the Acquisition shall have been consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement (or the Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners shall be reasonably satisfied with the arrangements in place for the consummation of the Acquisition reasonably promptly after the initial Credit Event hereunder and shall have received confirmation from representatives of Holdings that such actions shall be taken promptly after the initial Credit Event hereunder).

 

6.11          Patriot Act . The Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners shall have received such documentation and information as is reasonably requested in writing at least seven days prior to the Closing Date by the Administrative Agent about Holdings, each Borrower and the Guarantors to the extent the Administrative Agent and Holdings in good faith mutually agree is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the Patriot Act.

 

6.12          Pro Forma Balance Sheet . The Administrative Agent shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statements of income of Holdings as of and for the twelve-month period ending March 31, 2013, prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such other statements of income), which need not be prepared in compliance with Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or include adjustments for purchase accounting (including adjustments of the type contemplated by Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations (formerly SFAS 141R)).

 

6.13          Financial Statements . The Lead Arrangers shall have received unaudited interim consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries for fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013, and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income, cash flows, and stockholders’ equity of the U.S. Borrower and its Subsidiaries and for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2013.

 

6.14          No Company Material Adverse Effect . Except, subject to Section 9.3(b) of the Acquisition Agreement, as disclosed in the corresponding section of the Company Disclosure Letter (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement), since December 31, 2012, there has not been any change, event, development or state of circumstances that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.15          Refinancing . Substantially simultaneously with the funding of the Initial Term Loans, the Closing Date Refinancing shall be consummated.

 

Section 7.        Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events

 

The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on any date (excluding Mandatory Borrowings and Revolving Credit Loans required to be made by the Revolving Credit Lenders in respect of Unpaid Drawings pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 ) and the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit on any date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

7.1            No Default; Representations and Warranties . At the time of each Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto (other than any Credit Event on the Closing Date) (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (b) all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

 

- 115 -

 

 

7.2            Notice of Borrowing; Letter of Credit Request .

 

(a)             Prior to the making of each Term Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 .

 

(b)             Prior to the making of each Revolving Credit Loan (other than any Revolving Credit Loan made pursuant to Section 3.4(a) ) and each Swingline Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 .

 

(c)             Prior to the issuance of each Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a Letter of Credit Request meeting the requirements of Section 3.2(a) .

 

(d)             The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event shall constitute a representation and warranty by each Credit Party to each of the Lenders that all the applicable conditions specified in Section 7 above have been satisfied as of that time.

 

Section 8.          Representations, Warranties and Agreements

 

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, to make the Loans and issue or participate in Letters of Credit as provided for herein, Holdings and each Borrower make the following representations and warranties to, and agreements with, the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit (it being understood that the following representations and warranties shall be deemed made (i) with respect to any Non-U.S. Subsidiary only to the extent relevant under applicable law and (ii) by each Foreign Borrower with respect to itself and its Subsidiaries that are subject to the following representations and warranties):

 

8.1            Corporate Status . Each Credit Party (a) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation, limited liability company or other entity in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate, limited liability company or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (if applicable) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.2            Corporate Power and Authority . Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party. Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms ( provided that, with respect to the creation and perfection of security interests with respect to Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of Non-U.S. Subsidiaries, only to the extent (x) enforceability of such obligation with respect to which Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of Non-U.S. Subsidiaries is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code or (y) such Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents is the subject of a Non-U.S. Security Document), except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

- 116 -

 

 

8.3            No Violation . Neither the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party nor compliance with the terms and provisions thereof nor the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) contravene any applicable provision of any material law, statute, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental instrumentality, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents) pursuant to, the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other material instrument to which such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a “ Contractual Requirement ”) other than any such breach, default or Lien that could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (c) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-laws, articles or other organizational documents of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

8.4            Litigation . There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrowers, threatened in writing against Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.5            Margin Regulations . Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.

 

8.6            Governmental Approvals . The execution, delivery and performance of each Credit Document does not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents and (iii) such licenses, approvals, authorizations or consents the failure of which to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.7            Investment Company Act . None of Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

8.8            True and Complete Disclosure .

 

(a)            None of the written factual information and written data (taken as a whole) heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of Holdings, any Borrower, any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives to the Administrative Agent, any Joint Lead Arranger, and/or any Lender on or before the Closing Date (including all such information and data contained in (i) the Confidential Information Memorandum (as updated prior to the Closing Date and including all information incorporated by reference therein) and (ii) the Credit Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated herein contained any untrue statement of any material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished, it being understood and agreed that for purposes of this Section 8.8(a) , such factual information and data shall not include pro   forma financial information, projections or estimates (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) and information of a general economic or general industry nature.

 

- 117 -

 

 

(b)            The projections (including financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information) contained in the information and data referred to in paragraph (a) above were based on good faith estimates and assumptions believed by such Persons to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.

 

8.9            Financial Condition; Financial Statements .

 

(a)            (i) The unaudited historical consolidated financial information of Holdings as set forth in the Confidential Information Memorandum, and (ii) the Historical Financial Statements, in each case present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Holdings at the respective dates of said information, statements and results of operations for the respective periods covered thereby. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2013 (including the notes thereto) (the “ Pro Forma Balance Sheet ”) and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the 12-month period ending on such date (together with the Pro Forma Balance Sheet, the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to the Administrative Agent, have been prepared based on (x) the Historical Financial Statements and (y) the unaudited historical consolidated financial information described in clause (a) of this Section 8.9 and have been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by Holdings to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and present fairly in all material respects on a Pro Forma Basis the estimated financial position of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2013 (as if the Transactions had been consummated on such date) and their estimated results of operations as if the Transactions had been consummated on March 31, 2013. The financial statements referred to in clause (b) of this Section 8.9 have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied except to the extent provided in the notes to said financial statements.

 

(b)             There has been no Material Adverse Effect since the Closing Date.

 

8.10          Compliance with Laws; No Default . Each Credit Party is in compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to be so in compliance, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

8.11          Tax Matters . Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) each of Holdings, each Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries has filed all Tax returns required to be filed by it and has timely paid all Taxes payable by it (whether or not shown on a Tax return) that have become due, (b) each of Holdings, each Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries have paid, or have provided adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of management of Holdings, such Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable) in accordance with GAAP for the payment of all Taxes not yet due and payable and (c) each of Holdings, each Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries has withheld amounts from their respective employees for all periods in compliance with the Tax, social, security and unemployment withholding provisions of applicable law and timely paid such withholdings to the respective Governmental Authorities. Each of the Foreign Borrowers is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation. In respect of the UK Borrower, under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation, it is not necessary that the Credit Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes be paid on or in relation to the Credit Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents. None of the Foreign Borrowers is required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Credit Document to a Lender ( provided that, in the case of a payment made by the UK Relevant Borrower, such payment is to a Lender which is a Qualifying Lender).

 

- 118 -

 

 

8.12         Compliance with ERISA .

 

(a)           Except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.

 

(b)           Except as, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Foreign Plan Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.

 

8.13         Subsidiaries . Schedule 8.13 lists each Subsidiary of Holdings and the Borrowers (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of Holdings and the Borrowers therein), in each case existing on the Closing Date.

 

8.14         Intellectual Property . Each of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries owns or has the right to use all Intellectual Property that is necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure of the foregoing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.15         Environmental Laws .

 

(a)           Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries and their respective operations and properties are in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) neither Holdings, nor the Borrowers nor any Subsidiary has received written notice of any Environmental Claim; (iii) neither Holdings, nor the Borrowers nor any Subsidiary is conducting any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location; and (iv) to the knowledge of the Borrowers, no underground or above ground storage tank or related piping, or any impoundment or other disposal area containing Hazardous Materials is located at, on or under any Real Estate currently owned or lease by Holdings, any Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries.

 

(b)           Neither Holdings, nor the Borrowers nor any of the Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported, Released or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal or treatment of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or, formerly owned or operated property nor, to the knowledge of Borrowers, has there been any other Release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any such properties, in each case, in a manner that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.16         Properties .

 

(a) Each of Holdings, the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries have good and valid record title to or valid leasehold interests in all properties that are necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Liens permitted by this Agreement) and except where the failure to have such good title could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) no Mortgage encumbers improved Real Estate that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards within the meaning of the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended, unless flood insurance available under such Act has been obtained in accordance with Section 9.3(b) .

 

 - 119 -

 

 

8.17         Solvency . On the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions), immediately following the making of each Loan and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of such Loans, the Borrowers on a consolidated basis with their Restricted Subsidiaries will be Solvent.

 

8.18         Patriot Act . On the Closing Date, the use of proceeds of the Loans will not violate in any material respect the Patriot Act.

 

8.19         Security Interest in Collateral . Subject to the terms of the last paragraph of Section 6.1 , the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents create legal, valid and enforceable Liens on all of the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit itself and the other Secured Parties, subject, as to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity and principles of good faith and dealing, and upon the making of such filings and taking of such other actions required to be taken hereby or by the applicable Credit Documents (including the filing of appropriate financing statements with the office of the Secretary of State of the state of organization of each Loan Party, the filing of appropriate assignments or notices with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the U.S. Copyright Office, and the proper recordation of Mortgages and fixture filings with respect to any Mortgaged Property, in each case in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and the delivery to the Administrative Agent of any stock certificates or promissory notes required to be delivered pursuant to the applicable Credit Documents), such Liens constitute perfected and continuing Liens on the Collateral of the type required by the Security Documents, securing the Obligations.

 

Section 9.        Affirmative Covenants .

 

Each of Holdings and the U.S. Borrower, and each of the Foreign Borrowers with regard to itself and its Subsidiaries that are subject to the following covenants, hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and each Letter of Credit have terminated and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than contingent indemnity obligations, Secured Hedge Obligations and Secured Cash Management Obligations), are paid in full:

 

9.1           Information Covenants . Holdings will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):

 

(a)           Annual Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event within five days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any permitted extensions) (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 90 days after the end of each such fiscal year (120 days in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013)), the consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the preceding fiscal years, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, and, in each case, certified by independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing whose opinion shall not be qualified as to the scope of audit or as to the status of Holdings or any of the Material Subsidiaries (or group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Material Subsidiary) as a going concern (other than any exception or explanatory paragraph, but not a qualification, that is expressly solely with respect to, or expressly resulting solely from, (i) an upcoming maturity date of any Indebtedness occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period).

 

 - 120 -

 

 

(b)           Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as available and in any event within five days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any permitted extensions) with respect to each of the first three quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of Holdings (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 45 days after the end of each such quarterly accounting period (60 days for the third fiscal quarter of 2013)), the consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarterly period and the related consolidated statements of operations for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and the related consolidated statement of cash flows for such quarterly accounting period and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such quarterly period, and setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the related periods in the prior fiscal year or, in the case of such consolidated balance sheet, for the last day of the related period in the prior fiscal year, all of which shall be certified by an Authorized Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

(c)           Budgets . Within 90 days (120 days in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013) after the commencement of each fiscal year of Holdings, a budget of Holdings in reasonable detail on a quarterly basis for such fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of Holdings for its internal use consistent in scope with the financial statements provided pursuant to Section 9.1(a) , setting forth the principal assumptions upon which such budget is based (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections.

 

(d)           Officer’s Certificates . Not later than five days after the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 9.1 (a) and (b) , a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Holdings to the effect that no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, as the case may be, which certificate shall set forth (i) a specification of any change in the identity of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year or period, as the case may be, from the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, respectively, provided to the Lenders on the Closing Date or the most recent fiscal year or period, as the case may be, (ii) the then applicable Status and underlying calculations in connection therewith and (iii) the amount of any Pro Forma Adjustment not previously set forth in a Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate or any change in the amount of a Pro Forma Adjustment set forth in any Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate previously provided and, in either case, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor. At the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 9.1(a) , a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Holdings setting forth changes to the legal name, jurisdiction of formation, type of entity, registration status, organizational number (or equivalent) and federal tax identification number of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this clause (d) , as the case may be.

 

 - 121 -

 

 

(e)           Notice of Default or Litigation . Promptly after an Authorized Officer of Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries obtains knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any event that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action Holdings proposes to take with respect thereto and (ii) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)           Environmental Matters . Promptly after an Authorized Officer of Holdings or any of the Subsidiaries obtains knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, notice of:

 

(i)           any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against any Credit Party or any Real Estate; and

 

(ii)          the conduct of any investigation, or any removal, remedial or other corrective action in response to the actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any Real Estate.

 

All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation or removal, remedial or other corrective action in response thereto. The term “ Real Estate ” shall mean land, buildings, facilities and improvements owned or leased by any Credit Party.

 

(g)           Other Information . Promptly upon filing thereof, copies of any filings (including on Form 10-K, 10-Q or 8-K) or registration statements with, and reports to, the SEC or any analogous Governmental Authority in any relevant jurisdiction by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it becomes effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statements on Form S-8) and copies of all financial statements, proxy statements, notices and reports that Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall send to the holders of any publicly issued debt of Holdings and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including the Senior Notes (whether publicly issued or not)), in their capacity as such holders, lenders or agents (in each case to the extent not theretofore delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement) and, with reasonable promptness, such other information (financial or otherwise) as the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request in writing from time to time.

 

(h)           Pro Forma Adjustment Certificate . Not later than any date on which financial statements are delivered with respect to any Test Period in which a Pro Forma Adjustment is made as a result of the consummation of the acquisition of any Acquired Entity or Business by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary for which there shall be a Pro Forma Adjustment, a certificate of an Authorized Officer of Holdings setting forth the amount of such Pro Forma Adjustment and, in reasonable detail, the calculations and basis therefor.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 9.1 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings or (B) Holdings’ (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of subclauses (A) and (B) of this paragraph, to the extent such information relates to a parent of Holdings, such information is accompanied by consolidating or other information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand.

 

 - 122 -

 

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to clauses (a) , (b) and (g) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Holdings posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on Holdings’ website on the Internet; (B) on which such documents are posted on Holdings’ behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent).

 

9.2           Books, Records and Inspections . Holdings will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, permit officers and designated representatives of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders to visit and inspect any of the properties or assets of Holdings and any such Subsidiary in whomsoever’s possession to the extent that it is within such party’s control to permit such inspection (and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such inspection to be permitted to the extent that it is not within such party’s control to permit such inspection), and to examine the books and records of Holdings and any such Subsidiary and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Holdings and of any such Subsidiary with, and be advised as to the same by, its and their officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and intervals and to such reasonable extent as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may desire (and subject, in the case of any such meetings or advice from such independent accountants, to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures); provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default (a) only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Required Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 9.2 , (b) the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more than one time in any calendar year, which such visit will be at Holdings’ expense and (d) notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.2 , none of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes trade secrets or proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by law or any binding agreement or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product; provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent (or any of its respective representatives or independent contractors) or any representative of the Required Lenders may do any of the foregoing at the expense of Holdings at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall give Holdings the opportunity to participate in any discussions with Holdings’ independent public accountants.

 

9.3           Maintenance of Insurance . (a) Holdings will, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of Holdings) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment of management of Holdings) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business and the availability of insurance on a cost-effective basis) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as Holdings believes (in the good faith judgment of management of Holdings) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business and the availability of insurance on a cost-effective basis; and will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried and (b) with respect to each Mortgaged Property, Holdings will obtain flood insurance in such total amount as may reasonably be required by the Collateral Agent, if at any time the area in which any improvements located on any Mortgaged Property is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time. Each such policy of insurance shall (i) name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement that names Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders as the loss payee thereunder.

 

 - 123 -

 

 

9.4           Payment of Taxes . Holdings will pay and discharge, and will cause each of the Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, all material Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which material penalties attach thereto, and all lawful material claims in respect of any Taxes imposed, assessed or levied that, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to become a material Lien upon any properties of Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that neither Holdings nor any of the Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings if it has maintained adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of management of Holdings) with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and the failure to pay could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Foreign Borrower shall maintain its Tax residence solely in the place of its incorporation (unless consented to by the Administrative Agent).

 

9.5           Preservation of Existence; Consolidated Corporate Franchises . Holdings will, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to, take all actions necessary (a) to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, organizational rights and authority and (b) to maintain its rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits, licenses and franchises necessary in the normal conduct of its business, in each case, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that Holdings and its Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under “Permitted Investments” and Sections 10.3 , 10.4 or 10.5 .

 

9.6           Compliance with Statutes, Regulations, Etc. . Holdings will, and will cause each Subsidiary to, (a) comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to it or its property, including, without limitation, applicable laws administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and all governmental approvals or authorizations required to conduct its business, and to maintain all such governmental approvals or authorizations in full force and effect, (b) comply with, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure compliance by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by Environmental Laws and (c) conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, other than such orders and directives which are being timely contested in good faith by proper proceedings, except in each case of (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9.6 , where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 - 124 -

 

 

9.7           ERISA . (a) Holdings will furnish to the Administrative Agent promptly following receipt thereof, copies of any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if the Credit Parties or any of their ERISA Affiliates have not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Credit Parties and/or their ERISA Affiliates shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and the Borrowers shall provide copies of such documents and notices to the Administrative Agent promptly after receipt thereof; and further provided , that the rights granted to the Administrative Agent in this section shall be exercised not more than once during a 12-month period, and (b) Holdings will notify the Administrative Agent promptly following the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Credit Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates in an aggregate amount exceeding a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.8           Maintenance of Properties . Holdings will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.9           Transactions with Affiliates . Holdings will conduct, and cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct, all transactions with any of its Affiliates (other than Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries) on terms that are at least substantially as favorable to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary as it would obtain in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, as determined by the board of directors of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in good faith, provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (a) the payment of fees to the Sponsor for management, consulting and financial services rendered to Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement and customary investment banking fees paid to the Sponsor for services rendered to Holdings and the Subsidiaries in connection with divestitures, acquisitions, financings and other transactions which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings in good faith, (b) transactions permitted by Section 10.5 , (c) consummation of the Transactions and the payment of the Transaction Expenses, (d) the issuance of Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries not otherwise prohibited by the Credit Documents, (e) loans, advances and other transactions between or among Holdings, any Restricted Subsidiary or any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) in which Holdings or any Subsidiary has invested (and which Subsidiary or joint venture would not be an Affiliate of Holdings but for Holdings’ or a Subsidiary’s ownership of Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents in such joint venture or Subsidiary) to the extent permitted under Section 10 , (f) employment and severance arrangements between Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers, employees or consultants (including management and employee benefit plans or agreements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements) in the ordinary course of business (including loans and advances in connection therewith), (g) payments by Holdings (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries pursuant to the tax sharing agreements among Holdings (and any such parent) and the Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent of the amount received from Unrestricted Subsidiaries) would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, (h) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, consultants, officers, employees of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and the Subsidiaries, (i) transactions undertaken pursuant to membership in a purchasing consortium, (j) transactions pursuant to any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lenders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date) and (k) customary payments by Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent) and any Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures).

 

 - 125 -

 

 

9.10         End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters . Holdings will, for financial reporting purposes, cause each of its, and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries’, fiscal years and fiscal quarters to end on dates consistent with past practice; provided , however , that Holdings may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent change the financial reporting convention specified above to (x) align the dates of such fiscal year and fiscal quarter end for any Restricted Subsidiary whose fiscal years and fiscal quarters end on dates different from those of Holdings or (y) any other financial reporting convention reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case Holdings and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary in order to reflect such change in financial reporting.

 

9.11         Additional Guarantors and Grantors; Additional Borrower .

 

(a)           Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, Holdings will cause each direct or indirect Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the Closing Date (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition), and each other Subsidiary that ceases to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary, within 45 days from the date of such formation, acquisition or cessation, as applicable (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), and Holdings may at its option cause any Subsidiary, to execute a supplement to each of the Guarantee, the U.S. Pledge Agreement, the U.S. Security Agreement and any applicable Non-U.S. Security Document in order to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee and a grantor under such Security Documents or, to the extent reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, enter into a new Security Document substantially consistent with the analogous existing Security Documents and otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Collateral Agent and take all other action reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant a perfected security interest in its assets to substantially the same extent as created by the Credit Parties on the Closing Date.

 

(b)           The U.S. Borrower may by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Borrower Designation Agreement duly executed by the U.S. Borrower and any proposed Additional Borrower that is a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, designate such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, as an “Additional Borrower” for purposes of this Agreement and the Revolving Credit Facility hereunder, and, so long as such designation is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, such designation shall become effective upon (i) the execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of (A) the aforementioned executed Borrower Designation Agreement, (B) a loan certificate of such Additional Borrower, including the attachments specified in Section 6.5 , (C) if such Additional Borrower is not already a Guarantor, all Security Documents, guarantees and other documents and instruments as such Additional Borrower shall be required to deliver to become a Guarantor and (D) a customary legal opinion, (ii) the delivery to the Administrative Agent of all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations and (iii) the Administrative Agent receiving satisfactory tax and regulatory advice that such proposed Additional Borrower does not increase the amount of Taxes that are not indemnifiable under Section 5.4 or otherwise the applicable Loan Parties shall enter into an amendment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and Holdings in connection therewith. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) no Lender shall be obligated to make any Loans to any Additional Borrower, (ii) to the extent any Lender commits to make a Loan under the Revolving Credit Facility to such Additional Borrower, the Total Revolving Credit Commitments shall not be increased and none of the Revolving Credit Commitment, Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment, Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment and Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender shall be increased without such Lender’s prior written consent, and (iii) the Revolving Credit Commitments that are made available to any Additional Borrower shall not exceed the Dollar Equivalent of an amount to be agreed by the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Lenders providing such commitments.

 

 - 126 -

 

 

9.12         Pledge of Additional Stock and Evidence of Indebtedness . Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents and other than (x) when in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent and Holdings (as agreed to in writing), the cost or other consequences of doing so would be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (y) to the extent doing so would result in material adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by Holdings in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent, Holdings will cause (i) all certificates representing Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents and (y) any Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents issued by any Restricted Subsidiary for so long as such Restricted Subsidiary does not (on a consolidated basis with its Restricted Subsidiaries) constitute a Material Subsidiary) held directly by Holdings or any Guarantor, (ii) all evidences of Indebtedness in excess of $15,000,000 received by Holdings or any of the Guarantors in connection with any disposition of assets pursuant to Section 10.4(b) and (iii) any promissory notes executed after the Closing Date evidencing Indebtedness in excess of $15,000,000 of Holdings or any Subsidiary that is owing to Holdings or any Guarantor, in each case, to be delivered to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations accompanied by undated instruments of transfer executed in blank under the Security Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing any promissory note among Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries need not be delivered to the Collateral Agent so long as (i) a global intercompany note superseding such promissory note has been delivered to the Collateral Agent, (ii) such promissory note is not delivered to any party other than Holdings or the Subsidiaries in each case owed money thereunder and (iii) such promissory note indicates on its face that it is subject to the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

 

9.13         Use of Proceeds .

 

(a)           The U.S. Borrower will use the proceeds of the Initial Term Loans, the Senior Notes Offering and a portion of the proceeds of borrowings by it under the Revolving Credit Facility to effect the Transactions.

 

(b)           The U.S. Borrowers will use Letters of Credit, Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans for working capital and general corporate purposes (including any transaction not prohibited by the Credit Documents).

 

(c)           The Foreign Borrowers will use Letters of Credit and Revolving Credit Loans for working capital and general corporate purposes (including any transaction not prohibited by the Credit Documents).

 

9.14         Further Assurances .

 

(a)           Holdings will, and will cause each other Credit Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents) that may be required under any applicable law, or that the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the applicable Security Documents, all at the expense of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

 - 127 -

 

 

(b)           Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents and other than (x) when in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent and Holdings (as agreed to in writing), the cost or other consequences of doing so would be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (y) to the extent doing so would result in adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by Holdings in a writing delivered to the Administrative Agent, if any assets (including any real estate or improvements thereto or any interest therein but excluding Capital Stock and Stock Equivalents of any Subsidiary and excluding any real estate which a Borrower or applicable Credit Party intends to dispose of pursuant to a Permitted Sale Leaseback so long as actually disposed of within 270 days of acquisition (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree)) with a book value in excess of $25,000,000 are acquired by Holdings or any other Credit Party after the Closing Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under a Security Document that become subject to the Lien of the applicable Security Document upon acquisition thereof) that are of a nature secured by a Security Document or that constitute a fee interest in real property, Holdings will notify the Collateral Agent, and, if requested by the Collateral Agent, Holdings will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and will take, and cause the other applicable Credit Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, as soon as commercially reasonable but in no event later than 90 days, unless extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, to grant and perfect such Liens consistent with the applicable requirements of the Security Documents, including actions described in clause (a) of this Section 9.14.

 

(c)           Any Mortgage delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the preceding clause (b) shall, if requested by the Collateral Agent, be received as soon as commercially reasonable but in no event later than 90 days (except as set forth in the preceding clause (b) ), unless extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion and accompanied by (x) a policy or policies (or an unconditional binding commitment therefor to be replaced by a final title policy) of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company, in such amounts as reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the applicable Mortgaged Property, insuring the Lien of each Mortgage as a valid first Lien on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 10.2 or as otherwise permitted by the Collateral Agent and otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request but only to the extent such endorsements are (i) available in the relevant jurisdiction ( provided in no event shall the Collateral Agent request a creditors’ rights endorsement) and (ii) available at commercially reasonable rates, (y) an opinion of local counsel to the applicable Credit Party in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, (z) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination, and if such Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area, (i) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the applicable Credit Parties and (ii) certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance required by Section 9.3 in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and (aa) an ALTA survey in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent or such existing survey together with a no-change affidavit sufficient for the title company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the Title Policy related to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements required in (x) above.

 

 - 128 -

 

 

(d)           Real Property Requirements. The Collateral Agent shall have received, within 90 days after the Closing Date (unless waived or extended by Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), to the extent such items have not been delivered as of the Closing Date, the following:

 

(i)           a Mortgage encumbering each Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, duly executed and acknowledged by each Credit Party that is the owner of or holder of any interest in such Mortgaged Property, and otherwise in form for recording in the recording office of each applicable political subdivision where each such Mortgaged Property is situated, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof to create a lien under applicable Requirements of Law, and such financing statements and any other instruments necessary to grant a mortgage lien under the laws of any applicable jurisdiction, all of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent;

 

(ii)         with respect to each Mortgage, a policy of title insurance (or an unconditional binding commitment therefor to be replaced by a final title policy) insuring the Lien of such Mortgage as a valid first mortgage Lien on the Mortgaged Property and fixtures described therein, free of any other Liens except as permitted by Section 10.2 or as otherwise permitted by the Collateral Agent, in amounts reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent not to exceed the net book value or tax assessed value (whichever is higher) of the applicable Mortgaged Property, which policy (or such commitment) (each, a “ Title Policy ”) shall (A) be issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company, (B) together with such endorsements, coinsurance and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, but only to the extent such endorsements are (i) available in the relevant jurisdiction ( provided in no event shall the Collateral Agent request a creditors’ rights endorsement) and (ii) available at commercially reasonable rates, and (C) contain no exceptions to title other than Liens permitted by Section 10.2 or as otherwise permitted by the Collateral Agent;

 

(iii)         with respect to each Mortgaged Property, such affidavits (including a so-called “gap” indemnification) as are customarily required to induce the title company to issue the Title Policy/ies and endorsements contemplated above;

 

(iv)         evidence reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent of payment by Holdings of all Title Policy premiums, search and examination charges, escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgages and issuance of the Title Policies referred to above;

 

(v)          a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property and if such Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area, (i) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the applicable Credit Party and (ii) certificates of insurance evidencing the insurance required by Section 9.3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent;

 

(vi)         an ALTA survey in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent or an existing survey together with a no-change affidavit sufficient for the title company to remove all standard survey exceptions from the Title Policy related to such Mortgaged Property and issue the endorsements required in (ii) above; and

 

 - 129 -

 

 

(vii)       an opinion of counsel to Holdings or applicable Credit Parties with respect to the Mortgages, which shall include opinions as to (i) the enforceability of the Mortgages, (ii) the power and authority of Holdings or the applicable Credit Parties to execute the Mortgages, (iii) the due execution and delivery of the Mortgages and shall otherwise be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent.

 

(e)          Holdings agrees that it will, or will cause its relevant Subsidiaries to, complete each of the actions described on Schedule 9.14(e) as soon as commercially reasonable and by no later than the date set forth in Schedule 9.14(e) with respect to such action or such later date as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree.

 

9.15         Maintenance of Ratings . Holdings will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain a corporate family and/or corporate credit rating, as applicable, and ratings in respect of the credit facilities provided pursuant to this Agreement, in each case, from each of S&P and Moody’s.

 

9.16         Lines of Business . Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by Holdings and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Closing Date and other business activities which are extensions thereof or otherwise incidental, reasonably related or ancillary to any of the foregoing.

 

9.17         Centre of Main Interests . Each of the Foreign Borrowers shall ensure that its “centre of main interests” (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Council of the European Union Regulation No. 1346/2000 on Insolvency Proceedings (the “ Regulation” )) is situated in its jurisdiction of incorporation and each Foreign Borrower shall also ensure that it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(h) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.      Negative Covenants

 

Each of Holdings and the U.S. Borrower, and each Foreign Borrower with respect to itself and its Subsidiaries that are subject to the following covenants, hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date (immediately after consummation of the Acquisition) and thereafter, until the Commitments, the Swingline Commitment and each Letter of Credit have terminated and the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, Fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than contingent indemnity obligations, Secured Hedge Obligations and Secured Cash Management Obligations), are paid in full:

 

10.1         Limitation on Indebtedness . Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “ incur ” and collectively, an “ incurrence ”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and Holdings will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or, in the case of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Borrowers or Guarantors, preferred stock; provided that Holdings may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of preferred stock, if, after giving effect thereto, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be at least 2.00 to 1.00; provided further that the amount of Indebtedness (other than Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing together with any amounts incurred under Section 10.1(n)(x) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of (x) $175,000,000 and (y) 35.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at any one time outstanding.

 

 - 130 -

 

 

The foregoing limitations will not apply to:

 

(a)           Indebtedness arising under the Credit Documents;

 

(b)           Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes (including any guarantee thereof) and exchange notes issued in respect of such notes and any guarantee thereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed $575,000,000;

 

(c)           (i) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date listed on Schedule 10.1 and (ii) intercompany Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date listed on Schedule 10.1 (other than intercompany Indebtedness owed by a Credit Party to another Credit Party);

 

(d)           Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, to finance the purchase, lease, construction, installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets and Indebtedness arising from the conversion of the obligations of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary under or pursuant to any “synthetic lease” transactions to on-balance sheet Indebtedness of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (d) and all Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (d) , does not exceed the greater of (x) $125,000,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of incurrence; provided that Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (d) in connection with a Permitted Sale Leaseback shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation so long as the proceeds of such Permitted Sale Leaseback are used by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary to permanently repay outstanding Term Loans or other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets subject to such Permitted Sale Leaseback (excluding any Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations);

 

(e)           Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance;

 

(f)            Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (f) );

 

 - 131 -

 

 

(g)           Indebtedness of Holdings to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or a Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to Holdings’ Guarantee; provided further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to a Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

 

(h)           Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Borrower or a Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor as the case may be; provided further that any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause;

 

(i)            shares of preferred stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of preferred stock (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of preferred stock not permitted by this clause;

 

(j)            Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

 

(k)           obligations in respect of self-insurance, performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)            (i) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference up to 100% of the net cash proceeds received by Holdings since immediately after the Closing Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings or cash contributed to the capital of Holdings (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions or proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with Sections 10.5(a)(iii)(2) and 10.5(a)(iii)(3) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 10.5(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (a) and (c) of the definition thereof) and (ii) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (l)(ii), does not at any one time outstanding exceed the greater of $200,000,000 and 40.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred pursuant to this clause (l)(ii) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (l)(ii) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 from and after the first date on which Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock under the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 without reliance on this clause (l)(ii) );

 

 - 132 -

 

 

(m)          the incurrence or issuance by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock which serves to Refinance any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred as permitted under the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 and clauses (b) and (c) above, clause (l)(a) and, this clause (m) and clause (n) below or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock issued to so Refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (the “ Refinancing Indebtedness ”) prior to its respective maturity; provided , that such Refinancing Indebtedness (1) has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being Refinanced, (2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances (i) Indebtedness that is unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, such Refinancing Indebtedness is unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations or (ii) Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, respectively, and (3) shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Borrower or Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of a Borrower or Guarantor;

 

(n)           Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of (x) Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition; provided that the amount of Indebtedness (other than Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock and preferred stock that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing, together with any amounts incurred under the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed the greater of $175,000,000 and 35.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at any one time outstanding, or (y) Persons that are acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof (including designating an Unrestricted Subsidiary a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that after giving effect to any such acquisition or merger described in this clause (n) , either: (1) Holdings would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

(o)           Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business;

 

(p)           Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to a credit facility otherwise permitted hereunder, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit;

 

(q)           (1) any guarantee by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary so long as in the case of a guarantee of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness could have been incurred directly by the Restricted Subsidiary providing such guarantee or (2) any guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Holdings;

 

 - 133 -

 

 

(r)            Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors in an amount not to exceed, in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, the greater of $50,000,000 and 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (r) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (r) but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of the first paragraph of this covenant from and after the first date on which such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this covenant without reliance on this clause (r)) ;

 

(s)            Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(t)            Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries undertaken in connection with cash management and related activities with respect to any Subsidiary or joint venture in the ordinary course of business;

 

(u)           Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to future current or former officers, directors, managers and employees thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent described in clause (4) of Section 10.5(b) ;

 

(v)           [reserved];

 

(w)           Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Other Indebtedness to the extent that the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom are applied to the prepayment of Term Loans in the manner set forth in Section 5.2(a)(i) ; and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above; provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses and premium in connection with such refinancing) and (y) such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Other Indebtedness”;

 

(x)           Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Other Indebtedness; provided that either (a) the aggregate principal amount of all such Permitted Other Indebtedness issued or incurred pursuant to this clause (i)(a) shall not exceed the Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount or (b) the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied no later than ten Business Days after the receipt thereof to repurchase, repay, redeem or otherwise defease Senior Notes ( provided , in the case of this clause (i)(b) , such Permitted Other Indebtedness is unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above; provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses and premium in connection with such refinancing), (y) such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Other Indebtedness,” and (z) in the case of a refinancing of Permitted Other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i)(b) above with other Permitted Other Indebtedness (“ Refinancing Permitted Other Indebtedness ”), such Refinancing Permitted Other Indebtedness, if secured, may only be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations; and

 

 - 134 -

 

 

(y)           (i) Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Debt Exchange Notes incurred pursuant to a Permitted Debt Exchange in accordance with Section 2.15 (and which does not generate any additional proceeds) and (ii) any refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness specified in subclause (i) above; provided that (x) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness is not increased above the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension (except for any original issue discount thereon and the amount of fees, expenses and premium in connection with such refinancing) and (y) such Indebtedness otherwise complies with the definition of “Permitted Other Indebtedness”.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.1 : (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock described in clauses (a) through (y) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 10.1 , Holdings, in its sole discretion, will classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in one of the above clauses or paragraphs; and (ii) at the time of incurrence, Holdings will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in this Section 10.1 .

 

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this covenant. Any Refinancing Indebtedness and any Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (a) and (l) above shall be deemed to include additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs, fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar- or Euro-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar- or Euro-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in another currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in another currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar- or Euro-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar- or Euro-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

 

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being Refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

This Agreement will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral.

 

 - 135 -

 

 

10.2         Limitation on Liens.

 

(a)            Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (except Permitted Liens) (each, a “ Subject Lien ”) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness on any asset or property of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, except:

 

(i)           in the case of Subject Liens on any Collateral, such Subject Lien is a Permitted Lien; and

 

(ii)         in the case of any other asset or property, any Subject Lien if (i) the Obligations are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case such Subject Lien secures any Junior Debt) the obligations secured by such Subject Lien or (ii) such Subject Lien is a Permitted Lien.

 

(b)           Any Lien created for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally be released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Subject Lien that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the Obligations.

 

10.3         Limitation on Fundamental Changes . Holdings will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:

 

(a)           so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of Holdings or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into Holdings or a Borrower, provided that (A) Holdings or a Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (B) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation is not Holdings or a Borrower (such other Person, the “ Successor Borrower ”), (1) the Successor Borrower shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, or of the jurisdiction of another Borrower so long as such change to the jurisdiction of another Borrower does not result in the loss of any Collateral or Guarantors, (2) the Successor Borrower shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings or such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (3) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Guarantee confirmed that its guarantee thereunder shall apply to any Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (4) each Subsidiary grantor and each Subsidiary pledgor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to any applicable Security Document affirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to its Guarantee as reaffirmed pursuant to clause (3) , (5) each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have affirmed that its obligations under the applicable Mortgage shall apply to its Guarantee as reaffirmed pursuant to clause (3) and (6) the Successor Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) an officer’s certificate stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplements preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the applicable Security Documents and (y) if requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel to the effect that such merger or consolidation does not violate this Agreement or any other Credit Document and that the provisions set forth in the preceding clauses (3) through (5) preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee and the perfection of the Liens created under the applicable Security Documents (it being understood that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower will succeed to, and be substituted for, the applicable Borrower under this Agreement);

 

 - 136 -

 

 

(b)           so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any Subsidiary of Holdings or any other Person (in each case, other than a Borrower) may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any one or more Subsidiaries of Holdings, provided that (i) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, (A) a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) Holdings shall cause the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a Restricted Subsidiary) to become a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Guarantors, a Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and if the surviving Person is not already a Guarantor, such Person shall execute a supplement to the Guarantee Agreement and the relevant Security Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in order to become a Guarantor and pledgor, mortgagor and grantor, as applicable, thereunder for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (iii) Holdings shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officers’ certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and any such supplements to any Security Document preserve the enforceability of the Guarantees and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the applicable Security Documents;

 

(c)           the Acquisition may be consummated;

 

(d)           any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to Holdings or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(e)           any Subsidiary may sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to a Credit Party, provided that the consideration for any such disposition by any Person other than a Guarantor shall not exceed the fair value of such assets;

 

(f)           any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve if Holdings determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of Holdings and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders; and

 

(g)           Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation, investment or disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.4 or an investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.5 or an investment that constitutes a “Permitted Investment”.

 

10.4         Limitation on Sale of Assets . Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate, directly or indirectly, an Asset Sale, unless:

 

(a)           Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

 - 137 -

 

 

(b)           except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of:

 

(i)           any liabilities (as reflected on Holdings’ most recent consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on Holdings’ consolidated balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by Holdings) of Holdings, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or are otherwise extinguished in connection with the transactions relating to such Asset Sale) and for which Holdings and all such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing;

 

(ii)          any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), in each case, within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale; and

 

(iii)         any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 6% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value,

 

shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose.

 

Within the Reinvestment Period after Holdings’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

 

(iv)         to prepay Loans or Permitted Other Indebtedness in accordance with Section 5.2(a)(i) ; or

 

(v)          to make investments in the Borrowers and their subsidiaries; provided that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be deemed to have complied with this clause (ii) if and to the extent that, within the Reinvestment Period after the Asset Sale that generated the Net Proceeds, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary has entered into and not abandoned or rejected a binding agreement to consummate any such investment described in this clause (ii) with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment and, in the event any such commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are applied in connection therewith, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary prepays the Loans in accordance with Section 5.2(a)(i) .

 

(c)             Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, Holdings or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary may apply such Net Cash Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility or any other revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by this Agreement.

 

 - 138 -

 

 

10.5         Limitation on Restricted Payments .

 

(a)           Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly: 

 

(1)           declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of Holdings’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation, other than:

 

(A)           dividends or distributions by Holdings payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests, or

 

(B)           dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Subsidiary other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities;

 

(2)           purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, including in connection with any merger or consolidation;

 

(3)           make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any Junior Debt of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than (A) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (g) and (h) of Section 10.1 or (B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Junior Debt purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

(4)           make any Restricted Investment; 

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (1) through (4) above (other than any exception thereto) being collectively referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment:

 

(i)           no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof (or in the case of a Restricted Investment, no Event of Default under S ection 11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof);

 

(ii)         except in the case of a Restricted Investment, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of Section 10.1 ; and 

 

 - 139 -

 

   

(iii)          such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (1) , (2) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock pursuant to clause (b) thereof only), (6)(C) and (9) of Section 10.5(b) below, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 10.5(b) ), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

(A)           50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the first day of the fiscal quarter during which the Closing Date occurs to the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit, plus

 

(B)           100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by Holdings since immediately after the Closing Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to clause (l)(a) of Section 10.1 ) from the issue or sale of (x) Equity Interests of Holdings, including Retired Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of (A) Equity Interests to any employee, director, manager or consultant of Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and Holdings’ Subsidiaries after the Closing Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 10.5(b) below, and (B) Designated Preferred Stock, and, to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to Holdings, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with clause (4) of Section 10.5(b) below) or (y) Indebtedness of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that has been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, provided that this clause (2) shall not include the proceeds from (a) Refunding Capital Stock, (b) Equity Interests or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged for Equity Interests of Holdings sold to a Restricted Subsidiary or Holdings, as the case may be, (c) Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness that has been converted or exchanged into Disqualified Stock or (d) Excluded Contributions, plus

 

(C)           100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of Holdings following the Closing Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds (i) have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock pursuant to clause (l)(a) of Section 10.1 ), (ii) are contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) constitute Excluded Contributions), plus

 

(D)           100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of marketable securities or other property received by means of (A) the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, after the Closing Date; or (B) the sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 10.5(b) below or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, plus

 

 - 140 -

 

 

(E)           in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary was made by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (7) of Section 10.5(b) below or to the extent such Investment constituted a Permitted Investment, plus

 

(F)           the aggregate amount of any Retained Declined Proceeds since the Closing Date, plus

 

(G)           $25,000,000.

 

(b)           The foregoing provisions of Section 10.5(a) will not prohibit:

 

(1)           the payment of any dividend or distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of such irrevocable notice, as applicable, if at the date of declaration or the giving of such notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(2)           (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“ Retired Capital Stock ”) or Junior Debt of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent contributed to Holdings (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock) (“ Refunding Capital Stock ”) and (b) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (6) of this Section 10.5(b) , the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that was declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement;

 

(3)           the prepayment, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Junior Debt of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of Holdings, or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, which is incurred in compliance with Section 10.1 so long as: (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Junior Debt being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium (including reasonable tender premiums), defeasance costs and any reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, (B) such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations or the applicable Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Junior Debt so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, defeased, repurchased, acquired or retired for value, (C) such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Junior Debt being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired, (D) if such Junior Debt so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value is (i) unsecured then such new Indebtedness shall be unsecured ( provided that Senior Notes may be refinanced with the Net Cash Proceeds of Permitted Other Indebtedness that is unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations to the extent permitted by Section 10.1(bb)(i)(b) ) or (ii) Permitted Other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(bb)(i)(b) and is secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations then such new Indebtedness shall be unsecured or secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and (E) such new Indebtedness has a weighted average life to maturity equal to or greater than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the Junior Debt being so redeemed, defeased, repurchased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

 

 - 141 -

 

 

(4)           a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings held by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any notes issued by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings in connection with such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition), including any Equity Interests rolled over by management of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings in connection with the Transactions; provided that, except with respect to non-discretionary purchases, the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $15,000,000 (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to maximum aggregate Restricted Payments under this clause (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $25,000,000 in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings and, to the extent contributed to Holdings, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (iii) of Section 10.5(a) , plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4) ; and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former employees, directors, managers or consultants of Holdings, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 10.5 or any other provision of this Agreement;

 

(5)           the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or any class or series of preferred stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, issued in accordance with Section 10.1 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of Fixed Charges;

 

(6)           (A) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by Holdings after the Closing Date; (B) the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after the Closing Date; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to Holdings from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock, or (C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 10.5(b) ; provided that, in the case of each of (A) and (C) of this clause (6) , for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock, after giving effect to such issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00;

 

 - 142 -

 

 

(7)           Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities, not to exceed the greater of $125,000,000 and 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value);

 

(8)           payments made or expected to be made by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

 

(9)           the declaration and payment of dividends on Holdings’ common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to fund a payment of dividends on such company’s common stock), following consummation of the first public offering of Holdings’ common stock or the common stock of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings after the Closing Date, of up to 6.0% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to Holdings in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to Holdings’ common stock registered on Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution;

 

(10)         Restricted Payments in an amount that does not exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions made since the Closing Date;

 

(11)         other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause not to exceed the greater of $150,000,000 and 30.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) at the time made;

 

(12)         distributions or payments of Receivables Fees;

 

(13)         any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates (including dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to permit payment by such parent of such amount), to the extent permitted by Section 9.9 (other than clause (b) thereof);

 

(14)         other Restricted Payments; provided that after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payments the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is equal to or less than 3.75:1.00 and immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Holdings could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the provisions of the first paragraph of Section 10.1 ;

 

 - 143 -

 

 

(15)         the declaration and payment of dividends by Holdings to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company to pay: (A) franchise and excise taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain its organizational existence, (B) foreign, federal, state and local income and similar taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) would have been required to pay in respect of such foreign, federal, state and local income taxes for such fiscal year had Holdings, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) been a stand-alone taxpayer (separate from any such direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) for all fiscal years ending after the Closing Date, (C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers, employees, directors and managers of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including Holdings’ proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent company being a public company, (D) general corporate or other operating (including, without limitation, expenses related to auditing or other accounting matters) and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent such costs and expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, including Holdings’ proportionate share of such amount relating to such parent company being a public company, (E) amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to pay fees and expenses incurred by any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings related to (i) the maintenance by such parent entity of its corporate or other entity existence and (ii) transactions of such parent company of Holdings of the type described in clause (11) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” and (F) cash payments in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of Holdings or any such direct or indirect parent company of Holdings;

 

(16)         the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of Holdings deemed to occur in connection with paying cash in lieu of fractional shares of such Equity Interests in connection with a share dividend, distribution, share split, reverse share split, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination of Holdings, in each case, permitted under this Agreement;

 

(17)         the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents);

 

(18)           [reserved]; and

 

(19)         the prepayment, redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value of Senior Notes in an aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (19) not to exceed the greater of (x) $125,000,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis);

 

- 144

 

 

provided that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (10) (but only if the Excluded Contribution was made more than six months prior to such time), (11) , (14) , (17) and (19) , no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof (or in the case of a Restricted Investment, no Event of Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof).

 

Holdings will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”. For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment”. Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 10.5(a) or under clauses (7) , (10) or (11) of Section 10.5(b) , or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of clauses (1) through (19) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to the first paragraph of this covenant, Holdings will be entitled to classify or later reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such reclassification) such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) among such clauses (1) through (19) and such first paragraph in a manner that otherwise complies with this covenant.

 

(c)            Prior to the Initial Term Loan Maturity Date, to the extent any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes are issued pursuant to Section 10.1(y) for the purpose of consummating a Permitted Debt Exchange, (i) Holdings will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, prepay, repurchase, redeem or otherwise defease or acquire any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes unless Holdings shall concurrently voluntarily prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 5.1(a) on a pro rata basis among the Term Loans, in an amount not less than the product of (a) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes that are proposed to be prepaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or acquired and the denominator of which is the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of all Permitted Debt Exchange Notes in respect of the relevant Permitted Debt Exchange then outstanding (prior to giving effect to such proposed prepayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or acquisition) and (b) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the face amount thereof) of Term Loans then outstanding and (ii) Holdings will not waive, amend or modify the terms of any Permitted Debt Exchange Notes or any indenture pursuant to which such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes have been issued in any manner inconsistent with the terms of Section 2.15(a) , 10.1(y) or the definition of “Permitted Other Indebtedness” or that would result in a Default hereunder if such Permitted Debt Exchange Notes (as so amended or modified) were then being issued or incurred.

 

- 145

 

 

10.6        Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions . Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Borrowers or Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

  

(a)           (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)           make loans or advances to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

(c)           sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(i)             contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Closing Date, including pursuant to this Agreement and the related documentation and related Hedging Obligations;

 

(ii)            the Senior Notes Indenture, the Senior Notes and related guarantees;

 

(iii)          purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired;

 

(iv)           Requirement of Law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

(v)            any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case that is in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated;

 

(vi)           contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

 

(vii)        secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 10.1 and 10.2 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(viii)        restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ix)          other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.1 ;

 

(x)          customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture;

 

- 146

 

 

(xi)          customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub-licenses or similar agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xii)         restrictions created in connection with any Receivables Facility that, in the good faith determination of the board of directors of Holdings, are necessary or advisable to effect such Receivables Facility; and

 

(xiii)        any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a) , (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (xii) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Holdings’ board of directors, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

 

10.7        Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio . Solely with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, Holdings will not permit the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period ending during any Compliance Period to be greater than 8.25 to 1.00 (or for any Test Period ending on or after March 31, 2015, 7.50 to 1.00).

 

Section 11.      Events of Default

 

Upon the occurrence of any of the following specified events (each an “ Event of Default ”):

 

11.1        Payments . A Borrower shall (a) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans or (b) default, and such default shall continue for five or more Business Days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans or any Fees or any Unpaid Drawings or of any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document; or

 

11.2        Representations, Etc. Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any other Credit Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto (except those in the Credit Documents made or deemed made on the Closing Date that are not the Company Representations and the Specified Representations or the penultimate sentence of Section 8.9 ) shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made, and, to the extent capable of being cured, such incorrect representation or warranty shall remain incorrect for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower; or

 

11.3        Covenants . Any Credit Party shall:

 

(a)           default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Sections 9.1(e) , 9.5 (solely with respect to Holdings or a Borrower) or Section 10 ; provided that any default under Section 10.7 shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Term Loan Facility and the Term Loan Facility may not be accelerated until the date on which the Revolving Credit Loans (if any) have been accelerated or the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated, in each case, by the Required Revolving Credit Lenders (such period commencing with a default under Section 10.7 and ending on the date on which the Required Lenders with respect to the Revolving Facility terminate and accelerate the Revolving Loans, the “ Term Loan Standstill Period ”); provided further that any Event of Default under Section 10.7 is subject to cure as provided in Section 11.14 and an Event of Default with respect to such Section shall not occur until the expiration of the 10th Business Day subsequent to the date the financial statements with respect to any fiscal quarter is required to be delivered; or

 

- 147

 

 

(b)          default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 11.1 or 11.2 or clause (a) of this Section 11.3 ) contained in this Agreement or any Security Document and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after receipt of written notice by Holdings from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

 

11.4        Default Under Other Agreements . (a) Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate, for Holdings and such Restricted Subsidiaries, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements (it being understood that clause (i) shall apply to any failure to make any payment in excess of $50,000,000 that is required as a result of any such termination or similar event and that is not otherwise being contested in good faith)), the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, any such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (a) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement) or (b) without limiting the provisions of clause (a) above, any such Indebtedness shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a mandatory prepayment (and, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, other than due to a termination event or equivalent event pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements (it being understood that clause (a)(i) above shall apply to any failure to make any payment in excess of $50,000,000 that is required as a result of any such termination or equivalent event and that is not otherwise being contested in good faith)), prior to the stated maturity thereof; provided that this clause (b) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; or

 

- 148

 

 

11.5         Bankruptcy, Etc. Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case, proceeding or action concerning itself under (a) Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” or (b) in the case of any Foreign Borrower or any Non-U.S. Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary, any domestic or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, judicial management, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, reorganization, administration or relief of debtors in effect in its jurisdiction of incorporation, in each case as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto (collectively, the “ Bankruptcy Code ”); or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and the petition is not controverted within 30 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and the petition is not dismissed within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action; or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code), judicial manager, compulsory manager, receiver, receiver manager, trustee, liquidator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar person is appointed for, or takes charge of, all or substantially all of the property of Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; or Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary commences any other voluntary proceeding or action under any reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency, winding-up, administration or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect relating to Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary; or there is commenced against Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary any such proceeding or action that remains undismissed for a period of 60 days; or Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt; or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding or action is entered; or Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary suffers any appointment of any custodian receiver, receiver manager, trustee, administrator or the like for it or any substantial part of its property to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the UK Borrower is unable or admits an inability to pay its debts as they fall due or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (other than a Finance Party) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness; or the value of the assets of the UK Borrower is less than its liabilities (taking into account future contingent and prospective liabilities); or any corporate action is taken by Holdings, any Borrower or any Material Subsidiary for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

  

11.6         ERISA . (a) An ERISA Event or a Foreign Plan Event shall have occurred, (b) a trustee shall be appointed by a United States district court to administer any Pension Plan(s), (c) the PBGC shall institute proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan(s), (d) any Credit Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates shall have been notified by the sponsor of a Multiemployer Plan that it has incurred or will be assessed Withdrawal Liability to such Multiemployer Plan and such entity does not have reasonable grounds for contesting such Withdrawal Liability or is not contesting such Withdrawal Liability in a timely and appropriate manner; or (e) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (a) through (e) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

11.7         Guarantee . Any Guarantee provided by any Credit Party or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) or any such Guarantor thereunder or any other Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any such Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee; or

 

11.8         Security Documents . Any Security Document pursuant to which the Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of a Borrower or any Subsidiary is pledged or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, as a result of acts or omissions of the Collateral Agent or any Lender or as a result of the Collateral Agent’s failure to maintain possession of any Stock or Stock Equivalents that have been previously delivered to it) or any pledgor thereunder or any Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any pledgor’s obligations under any Security Document; or

 

11.9         Security Agreement . The U.S. Security Agreement or any other Security Document pursuant to which the assets of a Borrower or any Material Subsidiary are pledged as Collateral or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, as a result of acts or omissions of the Collateral Agent or any Lender) or any grantor thereunder or any Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any grantor’s obligations under the U.S. Security Agreement or any other Security Document; or

 

- 149

 

 

11.10       Mortgages . Any Mortgage or any material provision of any Mortgage relating to any material portion of the Collateral shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof or as a result of acts or omissions of the Collateral Agent or any Lender) or any mortgagor thereunder or any Credit Party shall deny or disaffirm in writing any mortgagor’s obligations under any Mortgage; or

 

11.11       Judgments . One or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries involving a liability of $50,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance provided by a carrier notified of such judgment and not disputing coverage) and any such judgments or decrees shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof; or

 

11.12       Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur;

 

then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, upon the written request of the Required Lenders, shall, by written notice to Holdings, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to enforce its claims against Holdings and the Borrowers, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement ( provided that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 11.5 shall occur with respect to a Borrower or Holdings, the result that would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified in clauses (i) , (ii) , (iii) and (iv) below shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice): (i) declare the Total Revolving Credit Commitment and Swingline Commitment terminated, whereupon the Revolving Credit Commitment and Swingline Commitment, if any, of each Lender or the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, shall forthwith terminate immediately and any Fees theretofore accrued shall forthwith become due and payable without any other notice of any kind; (ii) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of all Loans and all Obligations to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by each Borrower; (iii) terminate any Letter of Credit that may be terminated in accordance with its terms; and/or (iv) direct the Borrowers to pay (and each Borrower agrees that upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 11.5 with respect to such Borrower, it will pay) to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office such additional amounts of cash, to be held as security for such Borrower’s respective reimbursement obligations for Drawings that may subsequently occur thereunder, equal to the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit issued and then outstanding.

 

- 150

 

 

11.13      Application of Proceeds . Subject to the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, in each case, if executed, any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from any Credit Party (or from proceeds of any Collateral) following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to a Borrower under Section 11.5 shall be applied:

  

(i)             first , to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in connection with any collection or sale or otherwise in connection with any Credit Document, including all court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document on behalf of any Credit Party and any other reasonable and documented costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Credit Document;

 

(ii)            second , to the Secured Parties, an amount (x) equal to all Obligations owing to them on the date of any distribution and (y) sufficient to Cash Collateralize all Letters of Credit Outstanding on the date of any distribution, and, if such moneys shall be insufficient to pay such amounts in full and Cash Collateralize all Letters of Credit Outstanding, then ratably (without priority of any one over any other) to such Secured Parties in proportion to the unpaid amounts thereof and to Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit Outstanding; and

 

(iii)           third , any surplus then remaining shall be paid to the applicable Credit Parties or their successors or assigns or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

provided that any amount applied to Cash Collateralize any Letters of Credit Outstanding that has not been applied to reimburse the Letter of Credit Borrower for Unpaid Drawings under the applicable Letters of Credit at the time of expiration of all such Letters of Credit shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the order specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above.

 

11.14      Equity Cure . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11 , in the event that Holdings fails to comply with the requirement of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 , from the end of any fiscal period until the expiration of the 10th Business Day following the date of the delivery of the Compliance Certificate under Section 9.1(d) with the financial statements referred to in Sections 9.1(a) or (b) in respect of such fiscal period for which such financial covenant is being measured, any holder of Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings shall have the right to cure such failure (the “ Cure Right ”) by causing cash net equity proceeds derived from an issuance of Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents (other than Disqualified Stock, unless reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) by Holdings to be contributed as common equity to a Borrower, and upon receipt by a Borrower of such cash contribution (such cash amount being referred to as the “ Cure Amount ”) pursuant to the exercise of such Cure Right, such financial covenant shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

 

(a)            Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased, solely for the purpose of determining the existence of an Event of Default resulting from a breach of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 with respect to any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters that includes the fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right was exercised and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

 

(b)          Consolidated Senior Secured Debt shall be decreased solely to the extent proceeds of the Cure Amount are actually applied to prepay any of the Credit Facilities; and

 

- 151

 

 

(c)          if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, Holdings shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 , Holdings shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of such financial covenants that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement; provided that (i) in each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Cure Right is made, (ii) there shall be a maximum of four Cure Rights made during the term of this Agreement, (iii) each Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Borrowers to be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Section 10.7 ; and (iv) all Cure Amounts shall be disregarded for the purposes of any financial ratio determination under the Credit Documents other than for determining compliance with Section 10.7 .

 

Section 12.     The Agents

 

12.1         Appointment .

 

(a)          Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section 12 (other than Section 12.1(c) with respect to the Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners and Section 12.9 with respect to Holdings) are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, neither Holdings nor any Borrower shall have rights as third party beneficiary of any such provision. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

 

(b)          The Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Collateral Agent as the agent with respect to the Collateral, and each of the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuers, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)          Each of the Syndication Agent, Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Joint Manager and Arranger each in its capacity as such, shall not have any obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 12 .

 

- 152

 

 

12.2         Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may each execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents, sub-agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents, subagents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it in the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

12.3         Exculpatory Provisions . No Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or any participant for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any of Holdings, any Borrower, any Guarantor, any other Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by such Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Security Documents, or for any failure of Holdings, any Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof. The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to the Administrative Agent or any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.

 

12.4         Reliance by Agents . The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or instruction believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Holdings and the Borrowers), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans; provided that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or in the opinion of its counsel, may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable law. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 6 on the Closing Date, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

 

- 153

 

 

12.5         Notice of Default . Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent has received written notice from a Lender or Holdings or a Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall give notice thereof to the Lenders and the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders, provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement requires that such action be taken only with the approval of the Required Lenders or each of the Lenders, as applicable.

 

12.6         Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of Holdings, any Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to any Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Letter of Credit Issuer. Each Lender, the Swingline Lender and each Letter of Credit Issuer represents to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Holdings, any Borrower, Guarantor and other Credit Party and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Holdings, any Borrower, any Guarantor and any other Credit Party. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, assets, operations, properties, financial condition, prospects or creditworthiness of Holdings, any Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Credit Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

- 154

 

 

12.7        Indemnification . The Lenders agree to severally indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Credit Parties and without limiting the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so), ratably according to their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their respective portions of the Total Credit Exposure in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (including at any time following the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against an Agent in any way relating to or arising out of the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing, provided that no Lender shall be liable to an Agent for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided , further , that no action taken by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Credit Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 12.7 . In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time occur (including at any time following the payment of the Loans), this Section 12.7 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse each Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice rendered in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Holdings or any Borrower, provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect Holdings’ or such Borrower’s continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided , in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s pro rata portion thereof; and provided further , this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The agreements in this Section 12.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

12.8         Agents in Their Individual Capacities . Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, any Borrower, any Guarantor, and any other Credit Party as though such Agent were not an Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. With respect to the Loans made by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

 

- 155

 

 

12.9         Successor Agents . Each of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Letter of Credit Issuer and Holdings. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject to the consent of Holdings (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) so long as no Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders that no qualifying person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuer under any of the Credit Documents, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security as nominee until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Security Documents, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 12.9 ). The fees payable by Holdings (following the effectiveness of such appointment) to such Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Holdings and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Section 12 (including 12.7 ) and Section 13.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as an Agent.

 

Any resignation by UBS AG, Stamford Branch as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9 shall also constitute its resignation as Letter of Credit Issuer and its Affiliates’ resignation as Swingline Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Letter of Credit Issuer and Swingline Lender, (b) the retiring Letter of Credit Issuer and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents, and (c) the successor Letter of Credit Issuer shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Letter of Credit Issuer to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to such Letters of Credit.

 

12.10      Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by any applicable Credit Party and without limiting the obligation of any applicable Credit Party to do so) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including penalties, additions to Tax and interest, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Credit Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 12.10 . For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 12.10 , the term “Lender” includes any Letter of Credit Issuer and any Swingline Lender.

 

- 156

 

 

12.11      Agents Under Security Documents and Guarantee . Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to be the agent for and representative of the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral and the Security Documents. Subject to Section 13.1 , without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may execute any documents or instruments necessary to, in connection with a sale or disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement or with respect to which Required Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 13.1 ) have otherwise consented, (i) release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of such sale or other disposition of assets or (ii) release any Guarantor from the Guarantee.

 

The Collateral Agent shall have its own independent right to demand payment of the amounts payable by any such Borrower under this Section 12.11 , irrespective of any discharge of such Borrower’s obligations to pay those amounts to the other Lenders resulting from failure by them to take appropriate steps in insolvency proceedings affecting such Borrower to preserve their entitlement to be paid those amounts.

 

Any amount due and payable by any Borrower to the Collateral Agent under this Section 12.11 shall be decreased to the extent that the other Lenders have received (and are able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under the other provisions of the Credit Documents and any amount due and payable by any Borrower to the Collateral Agent under those provisions shall be decreased to the extent that the Collateral Agent has received (and is able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under this Section 12.11 .

 

12.12      Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee . Anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Holdings, the Agents and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guarantee, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition. No holder of Secured Hedge Obligations or Secured Cash Management Obligations shall have any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Credit Party under this Agreement. No holder of Secured Hedge Obligations or Secured Cash Management Obligations that obtains the benefits of any Guarantee or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any other Credit Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Credit Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Credit Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements.

 

- 157

 

 

12.13      German Security .

 

(a)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, with respect to the German Security and the German Security Documents, the terms and provisions of this Section 12.13 shall control and be binding.

 

(b)          With respect to the German Security and the German Security Documents, the Collateral Agent will:

 

(i)             hold and administer any German Security which is assigned or otherwise transferred ( Sicherungseigentum/Sicherungsabtretung ) under a non-accessory security right ( nicht akzessorische Sicherheit ) to it as trustee ( Treuhänder ) for the benefit of the Lenders; and

 

(ii)            administer any German Security which is pledged ( Verpfändung ) or otherwise transferred to a Lender under an accessory security right ( akzessorische Sicherheit ) as agent.

 

(c)            With respect to the German Security and the German Security Documents, each Lender hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent (whether or not by or through employees or agents):

 

(i)             to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and discretions as are specifically delegated to or conferred upon the Collateral Agent by this Agreement and the German Security Documents together with such powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto;

 

(ii)            to take such action on its behalf as may from time to time be authorized under or in accordance with this Agreement and the German Security Documents; and

 

(iii)           to execute for and on its behalf any and all German Security Documents to which it is a party and to accept as its representative ( Stellvertreter ) any pledge or other creation of any accessory right made to any such Lender in relation to this Agreement.

 

(d)          Each Lender, the Collateral Agent and each Borrower acknowledge and agree that the Collateral Agent will be exempted from the restrictions of Section 181 of the German Civil Code and may delegate its power (including the release from the restrictions of Section 181 of the German Civil Code) by way of granting a substitute power of attorney.

 

(e)          Sections 12.13 (c)(i) , (ii) and (iii) and 12.13 (d) above shall be governed by German law except for the German conflict of law rules. The non-exclusive place of jurisdiction to settle any disputes which arise out of, or are connected to, Section 12.14 shall be Frankfurt am Main, Germany.

 

(f)           The Collateral Agent may take such action (including, without limitation, the exercise of all rights, discretions or powers and the granting of consents or releases or the engagement of a notary for execution of any documents required in notarial form) or, as the case may be, refrain from taking such action under or pursuant to the German Security Documents as the Lenders will specifically direct the Collateral Agent in writing from time to time.

 

- 158

 

 

(g)          Unless the Collateral Agent has been so directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent will not take any action under the German Security Documents; provided that it may (but is not be obliged to) take such action as permitted under the German Security Documents as it reasonably considers necessary or appropriate to protect the interests of the Secured Parties under the German Security Documents but the Credit Parties will not be concerned with whether the Collateral Agent will be acting in accordance with these provisions and will be conclusively entitled to assume that the Collateral Agent has all the necessary right, title and authority to do so.

 

12.14      Parallel Debt .

 

(a)            For the purpose of any German Security Document, the German Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes, by way of an abstract acknowledgement of debt, to pay to the Collateral Agent as creditor in its own right and not as representative of the Secured Parties, an amount equal to the aggregate of all Obligations of the German Borrower to each Secured Party from time to time due in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Obligations (such payment undertaking and the obligations and liabilities which are the result thereof, hereinafter being the “ Parallel Debt ”).

 

(b)          The parties to this Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the Parallel Debt constitutes undertakings, obligations and liabilities of the German Borrower to the Collateral Agent which are separate and independent from, and without prejudice to, the Obligations which the German Borrower have to any Secured Party, and (ii) that the Parallel Debt represents the Collateral Agent’s own claim to receive payment of such Parallel Debt by the German Borrower; provided that the total amount which may become due under the Parallel Debt of the German Borrower under this Section 12.14(b) shall never exceed the total amount which may become due under all the Obligations of the German Borrower to the Secured Parties.

 

(c)           The total amount due by the German Borrower as the Parallel Debt under this Section 12.14 shall be decreased to the extent that the German Borrower shall have paid any amounts to the Secured Parties or any of them to reduce the German Borrower’s outstanding Obligations or a Secured Party otherwise receives any amount in payment of such Obligations (other than by virtue of Section 12.14(d) below).

 

(d)          To the extent that the German Borrower shall have paid any amounts to the Collateral Agent under the Parallel Debt or the Collateral Agent shall have otherwise received monies in payment of such Parallel Debt from the German Borrower, the total amount due under the Obligations of the German Borrower shall be decreased.

 

(e)           All monies received or recovered by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 12.14 , and all amounts received or recovered by the Collateral Agent from or by the enforcement of any Lien granted to secure a Parallel Debt, shall be applied in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(f)           For the purpose of this Section 12.14 , the Collateral Agent acts in its own name and on behalf of itself and not as agent, representative or trustee of any other Secured Party and its claims in respect of a Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust.

 

- 159

 

 

(g)          Without limiting or affecting the Collateral Agent’s rights against the German Borrower (whether under this Section 12.14 or under any other provision of the Credit Documents), the German Borrower acknowledges that:

 

(i)             nothing in this Section 12.14 shall impose any obligation on the Collateral Agent to advance any sum to the German Borrower or otherwise under any Credit Document, except in its capacity as a Lender; and

 

(ii)            for the purpose of any vote taken under any Credit Document, the Collateral Agent shall not be regarded as having any participation or commitment other than those which it has in its capacity as a Lender.

 

(h)           For the avoidance of doubt, a Parallel Debt will become due and payable at the same time the German Borrower’s Obligations become due and payable.

 

Section 13.     Miscellaneous

 

13.1         Amendments, Waivers and Releases . Neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.1 . The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent may, from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive in writing, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that each such waiver and each such amendment, supplement or modification shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; and provided , further , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive or reduce any portion of any Loan or extend the final scheduled maturity date of any Loan or reduce the stated rate (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of a Borrower to pay interest at the “default rate” or amend Section 2.8(c) ), or forgive any portion, or extend the date for the payment, of any interest or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates), or extend the final expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment or extend the final expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the L/C Facility Maturity Date, or increase the aggregate amount of the Commitments of any Lender, or amend or modify any provisions of Section 5.3(a) (with respect to the ratable allocation of any payments only) and 13.8(a) and 13.20 , or make any Loan, interest, Fee or other amount payable in any currency other than expressly provided herein, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (ii) consent to the assignment or transfer by a Borrower of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 10.3 ), in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (iii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 12 without the written consent of the then-current Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent in a manner that directly and adversely affects such Person, or (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 with respect to any Letter of Credit without the written consent of the Letter of Credit Issuer, or (v) amend, modify or waive any provisions hereof relating to Swingline Loans without the written consent of the Swingline Lender in a manner that directly and adversely affects such Person, or (vi) change any Revolving Credit Commitment to a Term Loan Commitment, or change any Term Loan Commitment to a Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case without the prior written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (vii) release all or substantially all of the Guarantors under the Guarantees (except as expressly permitted by the Guarantees or this Agreement) or release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted by the Security Documents or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (viii) decrease the Initial Term Loan Repayment Amount applicable to Initial Term Loans, extend any scheduled Initial Term Loan Repayment Date applicable to Initial Term Loans, in each case without the written consent of the Required Initial Term Loan Lenders or (ix) reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of the terms “Required Lenders”, “Required Revolving Credit Lenders” or “Required Initial Term Loan Lenders” or amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 13.1 that has the effect of altering the number of Lenders that must approve any amendment, modification or waiver, in each case without the written consent of each Lender.

 

- 160

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except (x) that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders) and (y) for any such amendment, waiver or consent that treats such Defaulting Lender disproportionately from the other Lenders of the same Class.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) only the Required Revolving Credit Lenders shall have the ability to waive, amend, supplement or modify the covenant set forth in Section 10.7 and (ii) any amendment, waiver or modification that affects one Class of Revolving Credit Lenders expressly differently and adversely than another Class of Revolving Credit Lenders shall require the consent of Persons holding a majority of the Commitments of such Class.

 

Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon Holdings, the Borrowers, such Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the affected Loans. In the case of any waiver, Holdings, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing, it being understood that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. In connection with the foregoing provisions, the Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligations to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any credit extensions and related Joinder Agreement(s) effectuated without the consent of Lenders in accordance with Section 2.14 , this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Borrowers (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and other definitions related to such new Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans.

 

- 161

 

 

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, Holdings, the U.S. Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the applicable Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans of such Class in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

 

The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in full, upon the termination of this Agreement and the payment of all Obligations hereunder (except for (i) contingent indemnification obligations in respect of which a claim has not yet been made, (ii) Secured Hedge Obligations and (iii) Secured Cash Management Obligations), (ii) upon the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other sale or other disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Credit Party, to the extent such sale or other disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Credit Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Credit Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease, (iv) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with this Section 13.1 ), (v) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the applicable Guarantee (in accordance with the second following sentence) and (vi) as required to effect any sale or other disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents. Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Credit Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Credit Parties, including the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents. Additionally, the Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor shall be released from the Guarantees upon consummation of any transaction resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary. The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, as applicable, to execute and deliver any instruments, documents, and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, all without the further consent or joinder of any Lender.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary the Credit Documents may be amended to (i) add syndication or documentation agents and make customary changes and references related thereto and (ii) add or modify “parallel debt” language in any jurisdiction in favor of the Collateral Agent or add Collateral Agents, in each case (i) and (ii) with the consent of only the U.S. Borrower and the Administrative Agent and in the case of (ii) the Collateral Agent.

 

- 162

 

 

13.2        Notices . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

(a)          if to Holdings, a Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 13.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

 

(b)          if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to Holdings and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender.

 

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.3 , 2.6 , 2.9 , 4.2 and 5.1 shall not be effective until received.

 

13.3        No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

13.4        Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

 

- 163

 

 

13.5        Payment of Expenses; Indemnification . Holdings and each Borrower agree (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution and delivery of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Paul Hastings LLP, as counsel to the Agents, or such other counsel retained with Holdings’ consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), (b) to pay or reimburse each Agent for all its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Paul Hastings LLP, as counsel to the Agents, or such other counsel retained with Holdings’ consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent from, any and all recording and filing fees and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and Agent and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors and agents from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever, including reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of one primary counsel and one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to such indemnified Persons (unless there is an actual or perceived conflict of interest or the availability of different claims or defenses in which case each such Person may retain its own counsel), related to the Transactions (including, without limitation, the Acquisition) or, with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including, without limitation, any of the foregoing relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law, in each case, applicable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or to any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials involving or attributable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (all the foregoing in this clause (d) , collectively, the “ indemnified liabilities ”), provided that Holdings shall have no obligation hereunder to any Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees or agents with respect to indemnified liabilities to the extent it has been determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from (i) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified or any of its Affiliates, or any of its or its Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, members or agents, (ii) a material breach of any Credit Document by the party to be indemnified or (iii) disputes between and among Persons otherwise entitled to indemnification; provided that the Agents (and their related affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, controlling persons, advisors and other representatives), to the extent acting in their capacity as such, shall remain indemnified in respect of such disputes to the extent otherwise entitled to be so indemnified hereunder. No Person entitled to indemnification under clause (d) of this Section 13.5 shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any such Person have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 13.5 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Credit Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or any other Person, whether or not any Person entitled to indemnification under clause (d) of this Section 13.5 is otherwise a party thereto. All amounts payable under this Section 13.5 shall be paid within ten Business Days of receipt by Holdings of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expense in reasonable retail. The agreements in this Section 13.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder. This Section 13.5 shall not apply with respect to any claims for Taxes, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 5.4 and, to the extent set forth therein, Sections 2.10 and 3.5 . Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 13.5 shall cause a Foreign Borrower to be liable for the Obligations of the U.S. Borrower in regards to its Borrowings under any Term Loans or under any Revolving Credit Loans.

 

 

13.6        Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments .

 

(a)          The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) except as expressly permitted by Section 10.3 , no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by a Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 13.6 . Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section 13.6 ) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders and each other Person entitled to indemnification under Section 13.5 ) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

- 164

 

 

(b)          (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii) below, any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans (including participations in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans) at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; it being understood that, without limitation, the Borrowers shall have the right to withhold or delay its consent to any assignment if, in order for such assignment to comply with applicable law, the Borrowers would be required to obtain the consent of, or make any filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority) of:

 

(A)           the Borrowers, provided that no consent of the Borrowers shall be required for (1) an assignment of Term Loans to (X) a Lender, (Y) an Affiliate of a Lender, or (Z) an Approved Fund or (2) an assignment of Loans or Commitments to any other assignee if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 (with respect to Holdings or the Borrower) has occurred and is continuing; and

 

(B)           the Administrative Agent and, in the case of Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Loans only, the Swingline Lender and the applicable Letter of Credit Issuer, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, shall be required for an assignment of any Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such assignment shall be made to a natural person, Disqualified Lender or Defaulting Lender or, with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitments, any Affiliated Lender (other than (x) an Affiliated Institutional Lender, (y) KKR Corporate Lending LLC and (z) MCS Corporate Lending LLC). In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary no more than 30% of the Revolving Credit Commitments of any Class may be held by Affiliated Institutional Lenders, KKR Corporate Lending LLC and MCS Corporate Lending LLC in the aggregate.

 

(ii)           Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

(A)           except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 in the case of Revolving Credit Commitments and $1,000,000 in the case of Term Loans, unless each of the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrowers shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 has occurred and is continuing; provided further that contemporaneous assignments to a single assignee made by Affiliates of Lenders and related Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting the minimum assignment amount requirements stated above;

 

- 165

 

 

(B)             each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, provided that this clause shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

 

(C)             the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance via an electronic settlement system or other method reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment;

 

(D)             the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire in a form approved by the Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Questionnaire ”) and applicable tax forms; and

 

(E)              any assignment to Holdings, a Borrower, any Subsidiary or an Affiliated Lender shall also be subject to the requirements of Section 13.6(h) .

 

(iii)         Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of this Section 13.6 , from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 , 5.4 and 13.5 ). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 13.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 13.6 . For the avoidance of doubt, in case of an assignment to a new Lender pursuant to this Section 13.6 , (i) the Administrative Agent, the new Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the new Lender been an original Lender signatory to this Agreement with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the assignment and to the extent of the assignment the assigning Lender shall each be released from further obligations under the Credit Documents and (ii) the benefit of each Security Document shall be maintained in favor of the new Lender.

 

(iv)           The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans (and related interest amounts) and any payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit owing to each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). Further, each Register shall contain the name and address of the Administrative Agent and the lending office through which each such Person acts under this Agreement. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and, with respect to itself, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

- 166

 

 

(v)            Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire and applicable tax forms (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section 13.6 and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section 13.6 , the Administrative Agent shall promptly accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register.

 

(c)            (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or the Swingline Lender, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than (x) Holdings and its Subsidiaries and (y) any Disqualified Lender) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it), provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clauses (i) and (vii) of the second proviso to Section 13.1 that affects such Participant. Subject to clause (c)(ii) of this Section 13.6 , the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 and 5.4 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections as though it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 13.6 , including the requirements of clause (e) of Section 5.4 ). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 13.8(b) as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 13.8(a) as though it were a Lender.

  

(ii)            A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the sale of such the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the applicable Borrower’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the applicable Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Credit Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

 

- 167

 

 

(d)           Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section 13.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest, provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. Each Borrower hereby agrees that, upon request of any Lender at any time and from time to time after such Borrower has made its initial borrowing hereunder, such Borrower shall provide to such Lender, at such Borrower’s own expense, a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 or H-2 , as applicable, evidencing the Initial Term Loans, New Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans, respectively, owing to such Lender.

 

(e)           Subject to Section 13.16 , each Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant, secured creditor of such Lender or assignee (each, a “ Transferee ”) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning such Borrower and its Affiliates that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of such Borrower and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of such Borrower and its Affiliates in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of such Borrower and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.

 

(f)            The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Acceptance shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

- 168

 

 

(g)          SPV Lender . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (a “ SPV ”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, the option to provide to the Borrowers all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, it shall not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.6 , any SPV may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrowers and Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV. This Section 13.6(g) may not be amended without the written consent of the SPV. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement but subject to the following sentence, each SPV shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 and 5.4 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections as though it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 13.6 , including the requirements of clause (e) of Section 5.4 ). Notwithstanding the prior sentence, an SPV shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10 , 2.11 , 3.5 or 5.4 than its Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the grant to such SPV, unless such grant to such SPV is made with the Borrowers’ prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably with-held).

 

(h)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (x) any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement in respect of its Term Loans to Holdings, any Borrower, any Subsidiary or an Affiliated Lender and (y) Holdings, any Borrower and any Subsidiary may, from time to time, purchase or prepay Term Loans, in each case, on a non-pro rata basis through (x) Dutch auction procedures open to all applicable Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures to be agreed between Holdings or such Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or other applicable agent managing such auction) or (y) open market purchases; provided that:

 

(i)             any Loans or Commitments acquired by Holdings, any Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be retired and cancelled promptly upon the acquisition thereof;

 

(ii)            by its acquisition of Loans or Commitments, an Affiliated Lender shall be deemed to have acknowledged and agreed that:

 

(A)             it shall not have any right to (i) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Borrowers are not then present, (ii) receive any information or material prepared by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Administrative Agent and one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Borrowers or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II), or (iii) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Credit Documents; and

 

- 169

 

 

(B)              except with respect to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action described in clause (i) or (vii) of the second proviso of Section 13.1 or that alters an Affiliated Lenders pro rata share of any payments given to all Lenders, the Loans held by an Affiliated Lender shall be disregarded in both the numerator and denominator in the calculation of any Lender vote (and shall be deemed to have been voted in the same percentage as all other applicable Lenders voted if necessary to give legal effect to this paragraph); and

 

(iii)           the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders may not exceed 30% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding at such time under this Agreement; and

 

(iv)           any such Loans acquired by an Affiliated Lender may, with the consent of the Borrowers, be contributed to the Borrowers and exchanged for debt or equity securities that are otherwise permitted to be issued at such time (and such Loans or Commitments shall be retired and cancelled promptly).

 

For avoidance of doubt, the foregoing limitations shall not be applicable to Affiliated Institutional Lenders.

 

13.7        Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .

 

(a)           The Borrowers shall be permitted to replace any Lender that (a) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.10 or 5.4 , (b) is affected in the manner described in Section 2.10(a)(iii) and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken or (c) becomes a Defaulting Lender, with a replacement bank or other financial institution, provided that (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) the Borrowers shall repay (or the replacement bank or institution shall purchase, at par) all Loans and other amounts pursuant to Section 2.10 , 2.11 or 5.4 , as the case may be, owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (iv) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender shall be subject to the provisions of Section 13.6(b) , (vi) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6 ( provided that the Borrowers shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein) and (vii) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

 

(b)            If any Lender (such Lender, a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) has failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section 13.1 requires the consent of either (i) all of the Lenders affected or (ii) all of the Lenders, and, in each case, with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then, the Borrowers shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent) to replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans, and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, provided that (a) all Obligations hereunder of the Borrowers owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, and (b) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and (c) the Borrowers shall pay to such Non-Consenting Lender the amount, if any, owing to such Lender pursuant to Section 5.1(b) . In connection with any such assignment, the Borrowers, Administrative Agent, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 13.6 .

 

- 170

 

 

13.8        Adjustments; Set-off .

 

(a)           Except as contemplated in Section 13.6 or elsewhere herein, if any Lender (a “ benefited Lender ”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 11.5 , or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans, or interest thereon, such benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loan, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

(b)          After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Credit Parties, any such notice being expressly waived by the Credit Parties to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Credit Parties hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Credit Parties. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

13.9         Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent.

 

13.10       Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

13.11       Integration . This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrowers, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.

 

- 171

 

 

13.12       GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

13.13      Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)           submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)           consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same or to commence or support any such action or proceeding in any other courts;

 

(c)           agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding shall be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth on Schedule 13.2 at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 13.2 ;

 

(d)           agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or another Secured Party to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or to commence legal proceedings or otherwise proceed against holdings or any Borrower or any other Credit Party in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)          waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 13.13 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

Holdings and each Borrower hereby confirm that each Credit Party has irrevocably and unconditionally appointed the U.S. Borrower (or, if such entity ceases to be existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, and each Credit Party does not appoint another Credit Party existing therein as such a substitute agent, CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13 th Floor, New York, New York 10011) as its agent for service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the Credit Documents.

 

13.14      Acknowledgments . Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)          it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

 

- 172

 

 

(b)          (i) the credit facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrowers and the Credit Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the other Agents on the other hand, and the Borrowers and the other Credit Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Administrative Agent and the other Agents, is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrowers, any other Credit Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrowers or any other Credit Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or other Agent has advised or is currently advising the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and neither the Administrative Agent or other Agent has any obligation to the Borrowers, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent, each other Agent and each Affiliate of the foregoing may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrowers and their Affiliates, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Agent has provided and none will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and the Borrowers have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent or any other Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty; and

 

(c)          no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrowers, on the one hand, and any Lender, on the other hand.

 

13.15       WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

13.16       Confidentiality . The Administrative Agent, each other Agent and each Lender shall hold all non-public information furnished by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Lender’s evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder or obtained by such Lender, the Administrative Agent or such other Agent pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement (“ Confidential Information ”), confidential in accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information of this nature and (in the case of a Lender that is a bank) in accordance with safe and sound banking practices and in any event may make disclosure as required or requested by any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory agency or representative thereof or pursuant to legal process or applicable law or regulation or to such Lender’s or the Administrative Agent’s or other Agent’s attorneys, professional advisors, agents, independent auditors, trustees or Affiliates (other than any portfolio company or other potential competitor of the Borrowers and provided that, in the case of Affiliates, such Confidential Information is provided on a need to know basis and only to the extent directly related to providing the Loans hereunder and such Affiliates are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and any failure by any such Person to keep such information confidential shall be a breach of this Section 13.16 ); provided that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender, the Administrative Agent and each other Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to notify Holdings of any request made to such Lender, the Administrative Agent or such other Agent by any governmental, regulatory or self regulatory agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information, and provided further that in no event shall any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any other Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by Holdings or any Subsidiary. Each Lender, the Administrative Agent and each other Agent agrees that it will not provide to prospective Transferees or to any pledgee referred to in Section 13.6 or to prospective direct or indirect contractual counterparties in swap agreements to be entered into in connection with Loans made hereunder any of the Confidential Information unless such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 13.16 or confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Section 13.16 . Notwithstanding the foregoing (i) Confidential Information shall not include, with respect to any Person, information available to it or its Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Holdings or its Subsidiaries and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for compliance with this Section 13.16 by any other Agent or any Lender.

 

- 173

 

 

13.17      Direct Website Communications . Each of Holdings and each Borrower may, at its option, provide to the Administrative Agent any information, documents and other materials that it is obligated to furnish to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Credit Documents, including, without limitation, all notices, requests, financial statements, financial and other reports, certificates and other information materials, but excluding any such communication that (A) relates to a request for a new, or a conversion of an existing, borrowing or other extension of credit (including any election of an interest rate or interest period relating thereto), (B) relates to the payment of any principal or other amount due under this Agreement prior to the scheduled date therefor, (C) provides notice of any default or event of default under this Agreement or (D) is required to be delivered to satisfy any condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and/or any borrowing or other extension of credit thereunder (all such non-excluded communications being referred to herein collectively as “ Communications ”), by transmitting the Communications in an electronic/soft medium in a format reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to the Administrative Agent at an email address provided by the Administrative Agent from time to time; provided that (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, Holdings or such Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) Holdings or such Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents. Nothing in this Section 13.17 shall prejudice the right of Holdings, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, any other Agent or any Lender to give any notice or other communication pursuant to any Credit Document in any other manner specified in such Credit Document.

 

The Administrative Agent agrees that the receipt of the Communications by the Administrative Agent at its e-mail address set forth above shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to the Administrative Agent for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees that notice to it (as provided in the next sentence) specifying that the Communications have been posted to the Platform shall constitute effective delivery of the Communications to such Lender for purposes of the Credit Documents. Each Lender agrees (A) to notify the Administrative Agent in writing (including by electronic communication) from time to time of such Lender’s e-mail address to which the foregoing notice may be sent by electronic transmission and (B) that the foregoing notice may be sent to such e-mail address.

 

- 174

 

 

(a)          Each of Holdings and each Borrower further agrees that any Agent may make the Communications available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on Intralinks or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “ Platform ”), so long as the access to such Platform (i) is limited to the Agents, the Lenders and Transferees or prospective Transferees and (ii) remains subject to the confidentiality requirements set forth in Section 13.16 .

 

(b)          THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE”. THE AGENT PARTIES DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY MATERIALS OR INFORMATION PROVIDED BY THE CREDIT PARTIES (THE “ BORROWER MATERIALS ”) OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “ Agent Parties ” and each an “ Agent Party ”) have any liability to the Borrowers, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrowers’ or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the internet, except to the extent the liability of any Agent Party resulted from such Agent Party’s (or any of its Related Parties’ (other than any trustee or advisor)) gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or material breach of the Credit Documents as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c)          Each of Holdings and each Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, any Borrower, the Subsidiaries or their securities) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to the Credit Documents or otherwise are being distributed through the Platform, any document or notice that Holdings or a Borrower has indicated contains only publicly available information with respect to Holdings or such Borrower may be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders. If Holdings or such Borrower has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered contains only publicly available information, the Administrative Agent shall post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material nonpublic information with respect to Holdings, any Borrower, the Subsidiaries and their securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of Holdings and each Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to indicate whether any document or notice contains only publicly available information.

 

13.18      USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender hereby notifies each Credit Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Credit Party, which information includes the name and address of each Credit Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify each Credit Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

 

13.19       Judgment Currency . If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Credit Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of a Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “ Judgment Currency ”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “ Agreement Currency ”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent from such Borrower in the Agreement Currency, such Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Person to whom such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent in such currency, the Administrative Agent agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under applicable law).

 

- 175

 

 

13.20      Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Holdings or any Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.

 

13.21      Euro . If at any time that a Loan (or Letter of Credit) denominated in an Alternative Currency is outstanding and the relevant Alternative Currency is fully replaced by the Euro as the lawful currency of the country that issued such Alternative Currency (the “ Issuing Country ”) so that all payments are to be made in the Issuing Country in Euro and not in the Alternative Currency previously the lawful currency of such country, then such Loan denominated in such Alternative Currency shall be automatically converted into a Loan denominated in Euro in a principal amount equal to the amount of Euro into which the principal amount of such Alternative Currency denominated Loan would be converted pursuant to law and thereafter no further Loans will be available in such Alternative Currency.

 

13.22      Special Provisions Relating to Currencies Other Than Dollars . All funds to be made available to Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement in any currency other than Dollars shall be made available to Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds to such account with such bank in such principal financial center as the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable, shall from time to time nominate for this purpose. In relation to the payment of any amount denominated in any currency other than Dollars, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable to Borrowers or any of the Lenders for any delay, or the consequences of any delay, in the crediting to any account of any amount required by this Agreement to be paid by the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer if the Administrative Agent or Letter of Credit Issuer shall have taken all relevant and necessary steps to achieve, on the date required by this Agreement, the payment of such amount in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds (in the relevant currency) to the account with the bank in the principal financial center in the Participating Member State which Borrowers or, as the case may be, any Lender shall have specified for such purpose. In this Section 13.22 , “all relevant and necessary steps” means all such steps as may be prescribed from time to time by the regulations or operating procedures of such clearing or settlement system as the Administrative Agent or Letter of Credit Issuer may from time to time determine for the purpose of clearing or settling payments of such currency. Furthermore, and without limiting the foregoing, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be liable to the Borrowers or any of the Lenders with respect to the foregoing matters in the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

- 176

 

 

Section 14.     Certain UK Borrower Provisions

 

14.1        UK Taxes . The provisions of this Section 14 shall only apply in respect of the UK Borrower to whom the provisions of Section 874 of the ITA would apply (ignoring any exceptions) on the payment of any amount of interest (a “UK Relevant Borrower”) to the relevant UK Lender. The provisions of this Section 14 are in addition to the other Tax provisions in this Agreement or any other Credit Document relating to all Borrowers and in the event of any inconsistency between those Tax provisions and this Section 14 , the provisions of this Section 14 shall prevail with regard to the matters of Tax applicable to the UK Borrower.

 

14.2        Tax Gross-Up .

 

(a)            The UK Relevant Borrower shall make all payments to be made by it under any Credit Document without any Tax Deduction unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

(b)           The UK Relevant Borrower shall, promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Administrative Agent accordingly. Similarly, the relevant UK Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that UK Lender. If the Administrative Agent receives such notification from a UK Lender it shall notify the UK Relevant Borrower.

 

(c)            If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by the UK Relevant Borrower, the amount of the payment due from the UK Relevant Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(d)           A payment shall not be increased under Section 14.2(c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom if, on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

(i)             the payment could have been made to the relevant UK Lender without a Tax Deduction if the UK Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that such UK Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a UK Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

 

(ii)            the relevant UK Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of Qualifying Lender, and:

 

(A)              an officer of H.M. Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a “ Direction ”) under Section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that UK Lender has received from the UK Relevant Borrower making the payment a certified copy of that Direction; and

 

- 177

 

 

(B)             the payment could have been made to such UK Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

 

(iii)           the relevant UK Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of Qualifying Lender and:

 

(A)             the relevant UK Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the UK Relevant Borrower; and

 

(B)             the payment could have been made to the UK Lender without any Tax Deduction if the UK Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the UK Relevant Borrower, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the UK Relevant Borrower to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of Section 930 of the ITA.

 

(iv)           the relevant UK Lender is a Treaty Lender and the UK Relevant Borrower making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the UK Lender without the Tax Deduction had that UK Lender complied with its obligations under Section 14.2(g) below.

 

(e)           If the UK Relevant Borrower is required to make a Tax Deduction, that UK Relevant Borrower shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

(f)           Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the UK Relevant Borrower making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the UK Lender entitled to the payment a statement under Section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that UK Lender that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

(g)          A Treaty Lender and each UK Relevant Borrower which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that UK Relevant Borrower to obtain authorization to make that payment without a Tax Deduction (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any procedural formalities necessary for the UK Relevant Borrower to obtain authorization to make any payment without a Tax Deduction where the UK Relevant Borrower has not made a DTTP2 filing in respect of that Treaty Lender, or where the DTTP2 filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs or HM Revenue & Customs have not given the UK Relevant Borrower authority to make payments to that Treaty Lender without a Tax Deduction).

 

(h)            A UK Non-Bank Lender which becomes a party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into gives a Tax Confirmation to the UK Relevant Borrower by entering into this Agreement.

 

(i)            A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the UK Relevant Borrower and the Administrative Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

 

- 178

 

 

(j)             A Treaty Lender which becomes a party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall include an indication to that effect (for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and without liability to any UK Relevant Borrower) by notifying the Administrative Agent of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence.

 

(k)           Where the UK Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent notifies the UK Relevant Borrower of the same as described in Section 14.2(j) above, the UK Relevant Borrower shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such UK Lender with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of receipt of such notice and shall promptly provide the UK Lender with a copy of that filing.

 

(l)             If the UK Lender has not included an indication to the effect that it wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement in accordance with Section 14.2(j) above or Section 14.6 ( HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation ), no UK Relevant Borrower shall file any form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that UK Lender’s advance or its participation in any advance unless the UK Lender otherwise agrees.

 

14.3        Tax indemnity .

 

(a)           The UK Relevant Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Administrative Agent ) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Credit Document.

 

(b)           Section 14.3(a) above shall not apply:

 

(i)             with respect to any Tax assessed on a Protected Party:

 

(A)             under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Protected Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Protected Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

(B)             under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Protected Party’s facility office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Protected Party; or

 

(ii)           to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

(A)             is compensated for by an increased payment under Section 14.2 (Tax gross-up);

 

(B)              would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Section 14.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in Section 14.2(d) (Tax gross-up) applied; or

 

(C)             relates to a FATCA deduction required to be made by a Protected Party.

 

- 179

 

 

(c)          The Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under Section 14.3(a) above shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Administrative Agent shall notify the UK Relevant Borrower.

 

(d)          The Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from the UK Relevant Borrower under Section 14.3 , notify the Administrative Agent.

 

14.4        Tax Credit. If the UK Relevant Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the relevant UK Lender reasonably determines that (1) a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and (2) that UK Lender has obtained and utilized that Tax Credit, the relevant UK Lender shall pay an amount to the UK Relevant Borrower which that UK Lender reasonably determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the UK Relevant Borrower.

 

14.5         Lender Status Confirmation . Each UK Lender which becomes a party to this Agreement after the date of hereof in accordance with Section 13.6 (“ New UK Lender ”) shall indicate, in the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement which it executes on becoming a party, and for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and without liability to any UK Relevant Borrower, which of the following categories it falls within:

 

(a)           not a Qualifying Lender;

 

(b)          a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender); or

 

(c)           a Treaty Lender.

 

If a New UK Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Section 14.5 , then such New UK Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each UK Relevant Borrower) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Administrative Agent which category of Qualifying Lender applies (and the Administrative Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the UK Relevant Borrower). For the avoidance of doubt, an Assignment and Acceptance shall not be invalidated by any failure of a New UK Lender to comply with this Section 14.5 .

 

14.6        HMRC DT Treaty Passport Scheme Confirmation .

 

(a)          A New UK Lender that is a Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall include an indication to that effect (for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and without liability to any UK Relevant Borrower) in the Assignment and Acceptance which it executes by including its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in that Assignment and Acceptance.

 

(b)          Where an Assignment and Acceptance includes the indication described in Section 14.6(a) above in the relevant Assignment and Acceptance each UK Relevant Borrower which is a party as a Borrower as at the date that the relevant Assignment and Acceptance Agreement is executed (the “ Transfer Date ”) shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that Transfer Date and shall promptly provide the UK Lender with a copy of that filing.

 

- 180

 

 

14.7        Stamp Taxes . The UK Relevant Borrower shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify the UK Lender against any cost, loss or liability that UK Lender incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Credit Document.

 

14.8        Change in UK Lender .

 

(a)           If:

 

(i)             a UK Lender assigns its rights or obligations under the Credit Documents or changes its facility office; and

 

(ii)            as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment or change occurs, a UK Relevant Borrower would be obliged to make a payment to the New UK Lender or UK Lender acting through its new facility office under Section 14.2 ,

 

then the New UK Lender or UK Lender acting through its new facility office is only entitled to receive payment under those Sections to the same extent as the UK Lender assigning its rights or obligations under the Credit Documents or UK Lender acting through its previous facility office would have been if the assignment or change had not occurred.

 

(b)          Section 14.8(a) shall not apply to a Treaty Lender that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with Section 14.6 if the UK Relevant Borrower making the payment has not made a DTTP2 filing in respect of that Treaty Lender.

 

Section 15.     Value Added Tax .

 

(a)          All amounts set out or expressed in a Credit Document to be payable by a Foreign Borrower to any Lender which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to subparagraph (ii) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Lender to any party under a Credit Document and such Foreign Borrower is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, such Foreign Borrower shall pay to the relevant Lender (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (provided that such Lender has provided an appropriate VAT invoice to such Foreign Borrower).

 

- 181

 

 

(b)          If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Lender (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Lender (the “ Recipient ”) under a Credit Document, and any party other than the Recipient (the “ Subject Party ”) is required by the terms of any Credit Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration), (i) where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, the Subject Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and (ii) where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, the Subject Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

  

(c)           Where a Credit Document requires a Lender or Foreign Borrower to reimburse or indemnify a Lender for any cost or expense, such party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Lender for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Lender reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

(d)          Any reference in this Section 15 to any party shall, at any time when such party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the United Kingdom Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

Section 16.     Determination . Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 14 and Section 15 , a reference to “determines” or “determined” in connection with tax provisions contained in Section 14 and Section 15 means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

Section 17.     Conduct of Business by the Secured Parties . No provision of this Agreement will, save as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement: (a) interfere with the right of any Lender to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit; (b) oblige any Lender to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or (c) oblige any Lender to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

- 182

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.,
as Holdings
 
By:
  /s/ Josh Weisenbeck
  Name: Josh Weisenbeck
  Title: Vice President
   
RENAISSANCE ACQUISITION CORP.,
as U.S. Borrower
 
By:
  /s/ Josh Weisenbeck
  Name: Josh Weisenbeck
  Title: Vice President
   
Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co KG ,
as German Borrower
 
By:
  /s/ Brent A. Walters
  Name: Brent A. Walters
  Title: Managing Director
   

GD First (UK) Limited,

     as UK Borrower 

 
B y :
  /s/ Brent A. Walters
  Name: Brent A. Walters
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer
 
By:
  /s/ Lana Gifas
  Name: Lana Gifas
  Title: Director
 
By:
  /s/ Joselin Fernandes
  Name: Joselin Fernandes
  Title: Associate Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as a Lender
 
By:
  /s/ Lana Gifas
  Name: Lana Gifas
  Title: Director
 
By:
  /s/ Joselin Fernandes
  Name: Joselin Fernandes
  Title: Associate Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A.,
as a Lender
 
By:
  /s/ Matthew Burke
  Name: Matthew Burke
  Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,
as a Lender
 
By:
  /s/ Ian C. Blaker
  Name: Ian C. Blaker
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

MIHI LLC,
as a Lender
 
By:
  /s/ Andy Stock
  Name: Andy Stock
  Title: Authorized Signatory

By:

 

  /s/ Vincent Basulto
  Name: Vincent Basulto
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Mizuho Bank, Ltd.,
as a Lender
 
By:
  /s/ James Yu
  Name: James Yu
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Barclays Bank PLC,
as a Lender
 
By:
  /s/ Craig Malloy
  Name: Craig Malloy
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation,
as a Lender
 
By:
  /s/ David W. Kee
  Name: David. W. Kee
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

HSBC Bank USA, N.A.,
as a Lender
 
By:
  /s/ Patrick D. Mueller
  Name: Patrick D. Mueller
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

KKR Corporate Lending LLC,
as a Lender
 
By:
  /s/ Rob Lewin
  Name: Rob Lewin
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Deutsche Bank AG, New York branch,
as a Lender
 
By:
  /s/ Martin Arzac
  Name: Martin Arzac
  Title: Managing Director
 
By:
  /s/ Anca Trifan
  Name: Anca Trifan
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement] 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1.1(a)

 

TO

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Existing Letters of Credit

 

None

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1.1(b)

 

TO

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Mortgaged Properties

 

None

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1.1(c)

 

Commitments of Lenders

 

Lender 

 

Initial Dollar Term Loan Commitment 

     
     

Lender 

 

Initial Euro Term Loan Commitment 

     
     

Lender 

 

Tranche A Revolving Credit Commitment 

     
     
     

Lender 

 

Tranche B Revolving Credit Commitment 

     
     

Lender 

 

Tranche C Revolving Credit Commitment 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1.1(d)

 

TO

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Hedge Banks

 

SCHEDULE 8.13

 

TO

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 9.14(e)

 

TO

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 10.1

 

TO

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Closing Date Indebtedness

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 10.2

 

TO

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Closing Date Liens

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 10.5

 

TO

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Closing Date Investments

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 13.2

 

TO

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Notice Addresses

 

Michael McGrath

 

Gardner Denver Inc.

 

1500 Liberty Ridge Drive, Suite 3000

 

Wayne, PA USA 19087-5667

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement (this “ Amendment No. 1 ”) is dated as of March 4, 2016, by and among Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), Gardner Denver, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ U.S. Borrower ”), GD German Holdings II GmbH, a company organized under the laws of Germany, as successor in interest to Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co. KG (the “ German Borrower ”), GD First (UK) Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales with company number 04955958 and its registered office at Springmill Street, Bradford West Yorkshire BD5 7HW (the “ UK Borrower ”; and together with the German Borrower and the U.S. Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders party hereto, and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as administrative agent for the Lenders (the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as Letter of Credit Issuer and Swingline Lender.

 

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among inter alios Holdings, the U.S. Borrower, the U.K. Borrower, Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co. KG, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders party thereto;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested to extend the termination date of the Revolving Credit Commitments existing on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (as defined below), (the “ Existing Revolving Credit Commitments ” and the loans thereunder, the “ Existing Revolving Credit Loans ”) and to make certain amendments and other modifications to the Credit Agreement set forth herein;

 

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Borrowers may request to extend the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and establish Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Loans by entering into an Extension Amendment;

 

WHEREAS, Section 13.1 and Section 2.14(g) of the Credit Agreement provides that the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents may be amended to effect an Extension Amendment for certain purposes;

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to amend the Credit Agreement on the terms set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained and for other valuable considerations, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions . Each capitalized term used herein and not otherwise defined in this Amendment No. 1 shall be defined in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 2. Amendments to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date (as defined below), the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

2.1           Amendments to Section 1.1 . (a) Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new definitions in their correct alphabetical order:

 

“‘ Amendment No. 1 ’ shall mean Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2016, among each Credit Party, the Lenders party thereto, and the Administrative Agent.”

 

“‘ Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ’ shall mean the “Amendment No. 1 Effective Date” under and as defined in Amendment No. 1.”

 

 

 

“‘ Amendment No. 1 Consenting Revolving Credit Lender ’ shall mean each Revolving Credit Lender that has voted in favor of the Amendment No. 1 by executing it on or prior to March 7, 2016.”

 

“‘ Amendment No. 1 Non-Consenting Revolving Credit Lender ’ shall mean each Revolving Credit Lender other than the Amendment No. 1 Consenting Revolving Credit Lenders.”

 

“‘ Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.”

 

“‘ Bail-In Legislation ’ means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.”

 

“‘ EEA Financial Institution ’ means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.”

 

“‘ EEA Member Country ’ means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.”

 

“‘ EEA Resolution Authority ’ means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.”

 

“‘ EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ’ means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.”

 

“‘ Write-Down and Conversion Powers ’ means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.”.

 

(b)          The definition of “Compliance Period” contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) inserting the following immediately after “$25,000,000”: “; provided that the aggregate amount of non-Cash Collateralized Letters of Credit Outstanding excluded pursuant to this parenthetical shall not exceed $50,000,000” and (ii) replacing “30.0% of the amount of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment” with “$120,000,000”.

 

(c)          The definitions of “Existing Revolving Credit Class”, “Existing Revolving Credit Commitment”, “Existing Revolving Credit Loans”, “Existing Term Loan Class”, “Extended Revolving Credit Commitments”, “Extended Revolving Credit Loans”, “Extended Term Loans”, “Extending Lender”, “Extension Amendment”, “Extension Date”, “Extension Election”, “Section 2.14 Additional Amendment” and “Specified Existing Revolving Credit Commitment” contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement are each hereby amended by replacing each reference to “Section 2.14(f)” with a reference to “Section 2.14(g)”.

 

2

 

 

(d)          The definition of “Lender-Related Distress Event” contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following immediately prior to the period “.” at the end thereof: “ or such person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender becoming the subject of a Bail-in Action”.

 

(e)          The definition of “LIBOR Rate” contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following immediately after “1.00% per annum”: “ provided   further that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the LIBOR Rate applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans at any time be less than 0.00% per annum”.

 

(f)           The definition of “Maximum Incremental Facilities Amount” contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) replacing “$500,000,000” with “if, as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is equal to or less than 5.50 to 1.00, $250,000,000 (and otherwise, for the avoidance of doubt, $0)” and (ii) replacing the reference to “Section 10.1(bb)(i)(a)” with a reference to “Section 10.1(x)(i)(a)”.

 

(g)          The definition of “Refinancing Permitted Other Indebtedness” contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the reference to “Section 10.1(bb)(ii)” with a reference to “Section 10.1(x)(ii)”.

 

(h)          The definition of “Revolving Credit Commitment” contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following immediately at the end thereof: “The aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $360,000,000 on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement”.

 

(i)           The definition of “Revolving Credit Maturity Date” contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

Revolving Credit Maturity Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to each Amendment No. 1 Consenting Revolving Credit Lender (other than any Amendment No. 1 Consenting Revolving Credit Lender who has previously notified the Administrative Agent in writing that it will not extend its prior Revolving Credit Maturity Date, with respect to whom clause (b) of this definition will apply), April 30, 2020 and (b) with respect to each Amendment No. 1 Non-Consenting Revolving Credit Lender, July 30, 2018, and, in each case with respect of clauses (a) and (b), if such date is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day.

 

2.2           Amendment to Section 2.1(b)(i) . Section 2.1(b)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (a) deleting the “and” at the end of clause (E), (b) inserting “and” at the end of clause (F) and (c) inserting the following new clause (G) immediately after clause (F): “if after giving effect thereto the sum of (1) the aggregate Dollar Equivalent principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans then outstanding and (2) the aggregate non-Cash Collateralized Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time exceeds $300,000,000, shall not result in the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio exceeding 7.00:1.00 (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis giving effect to all Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations since the last day of the most recently ended Test Period (and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom))”.

 

2.3           Amendment to Section 2.5(c) . Section 2.5(c) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the reference to “Section 2.14(f)” with a reference to “Section 2.14(g)”.

 

3

 

 

2.4           Amendment to Section 2.14(g) . Section 2.14(g) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (a) replacing all references to “Section 2.14(f)” with a reference to “Section 2.14(g)” and (b) replacing “$50,000,000” in clause (iv) thereof with “$35,000,000”.

 

2.5           Amendment to Section 4.2 . Section 4.2 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing all references to “Section 2.14(f)” with a reference to “Section 2.14(g)”.

 

2.6           Amendment to Section 5.1(a) . Section 5.1(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the reference to “Section 2.14(f)” with a reference to “Section 2.14(g)”.

 

2.7           Amendment to Section 10.5(a)(4) . Section 10.5(a)(4) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (a) deleting the “and” at the end of clause (ii), (b) inserting “and” at the end of clause (iii) and (c) inserting the following new clause (iv) immediately after clause (iii): “with respect to Restricted Payments made pursuant to clause (1) above (and for the avoidance of doubt not with respect to Restricted Payments permitted under clauses (1)(A) and/or (1)(B) thereto), in the case of sub-clauses (A), (D), (E), (F) and (G) in clause (iii) above, after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Restricted Payments the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is equal to or less than 5.00:1.00.”

 

2.8           Amendment to Section 10.5(b)(3) . Section 10.5(b)(3) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing all references to “Section 10.1(bb)(i)(b)” with a reference to “Section 10.1(x)(i)(b)”.

 

2.9           Amendment to Section 10.5(b)(7) . Section 10.5(b)(7) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing “125,000,000” with “100,000,000”.

 

2.10         Amendment to Section 10.5(b)(11) . Section 10.5(b)(11) is hereby amended by inserting the following at the end of such Section, immediately after the “;”: “ provided that after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such Restricted Payment constituting a dividend or distribution made pursuant to this clause (11), the Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio is equal to or less than 5.00:1.00;”

 

2.11          Amendment to Section 13 . Section 13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding at the end of Section 13.22 a new Section 13.23 to read as follows:

 

“SECTION 13.23. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Credit Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Credit Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

(a)          the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

 

(b)          the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

i)           a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

ii)           a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Credit Document; or

 

4

 

 

iii)           the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.”.

 

2.12          Voluntary Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments . The Borrowers hereby provide written notice that upon the effectiveness of this Amendment No. 1, the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be reduced pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Credit Agreement by an amount equal to $40,000,000. Accordingly, on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $360,000,000.

 

Section 3. Representations .

 

Each Credit Party hereby represents and warrants that:

 

3.1          All representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained herein, in the Credit Agreement (as amended by this Amendment No. 1) or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if qualified by “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language, in all respects (after giving effect to such qualification)) with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier specified date or period, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made or for the respective period, as the case may be.

 

3.2          The Revolving Credit Commitments and the Term Loans are “grandfathered obligations” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1471-2(b)(2)(i).

 

3.3          On the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date, no Default or Event of Default shall exist immediately before or after giving effect to the effectiveness hereof.

 

Section 4. Effectiveness . This Amendment No. 1 shall be effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ”) on which each of the following conditions have been satisfied (or waived) in accordance with the terms therein:

 

(a)          This Amendment No. 1 shall have been executed and delivered each Credit Party, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, Lenders constituting the Required Lenders, each Amendment No. 1 Consenting Revolving Credit Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Swingline Lender;

 

(b)          all fees and out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid or reimbursed by Holdings and each of the Borrowers pursuant to Section 13.5 of the Credit Agreement in connection with this Amendment No. 1 shall have been paid or reimbursed by (or on behalf of) Holdings and each of the Borrowers;

 

(c)          The Administrative Agent shall have received an opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

 

(d)          Revolving Credit Lenders holding not less than $50,000,000 in Revolving Credit Commitments shall constitute Amendment No. 1 Consenting Revolving Credit Lenders; and

 

5

 

 

(e)          The representations and warranties in Section 3 of this Amendment No. 1 shall be true and correct in all material respects (or if qualified by “materiality,” “material adverse effect” or similar language, in all respects (after giving effect to such qualification)) on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date.

 

Section 5. Miscellaneous .

 

5.1           Extended Revolving Credit Commitments; Extended Revolving Credit Loans; Extension Amendment . This Amendment No. 1 shall constitute an Extension Amendment. Revolving Credit Commitments of each Amendment No. 1 Consenting Revolving Credit Lender (other than any Amendment No. 1 Consenting Revolving Credit Lender who has previously notified the Administrative Agent in writing that it will not extend its prior Revolving Credit Maturity Date) shall constitute Extended Revolving Credit Commitments. Revolving Credit Loans of each Amendment No. 1 Consenting Revolving Credit Lender (other than any Amendment No. 1 Consenting Revolving Credit Lender who has previously notified the Administrative Agent in writing that it will not extend its prior Revolving Credit Maturity Date) shall constitute Extended Revolving Credit Loans.

 

5.2           Credit Agreement Unaffected . Each reference that is made in the Credit Agreement or any Credit Document to the Credit Agreement shall hereafter be construed as a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby. Except as herein otherwise specifically provided, all provisions of the Credit Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be unaffected hereby and this Amendment No. 1 will not by implication or otherwise alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and will continue in full force and effect. This Amendment No. 1 is a Credit Document.

 

5.3           Reaffirmation . Each of the undersigned Credit Parties acknowledges (i) all of its Obligations (as amended hereby) under the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document to which it is a party are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis, (ii) its grant of security interests pursuant to the Credit Documents are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect after giving effect to this Amendment No. 1, (iii) the Obligations include, among other things and without limitation, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, interest on, and premium (if any) on, the Revolving Credit Commitments effected pursuant to this Amendment No. 1, and (iv) the execution of this Amendment No. 1 shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Credit Documents or serve to effect a novation of the Obligations.

 

5.4           Counterparts . This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in any number of counterparts, by different parties hereto in separate counterparts and by facsimile signature, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same agreement.

 

5.5           Expenses . Holdings and each of the Borrowers agree to pay on demand all costs and expenses required to be paid or reimbursed pursuant to Section 13.5 of the Credit Agreement incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Amendment No. 1, including without limitation, the reasonable costs, fees, expenses and disbursements of the Administrative Agent’s legal counsel.

 

5.6           Severability . Any term or provision of this Amendment No. 1 held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable shall not impair or invalidate the remainder of this Amendment No. 1, and the effect thereof shall be confined to the term or provision so held to be invalid or unenforceable.

 

6

 

 

5.7           Entire Agreement . This Amendment No. 1 is specifically limited to the matters expressly set forth herein. This Amendment No. 1 and all other instruments, agreements and documents executed and delivered in connection with this Amendment No. 1 embody the final, entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all prior commitments, agreements, representations and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the matters covered by this Amendment No. 1, and may not be contradicted or varied by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements or discussions of the parties hereto. There are no oral agreements among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof or any other subject matter relating to the Credit Agreement.

 

5.8           Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction, Venue . The provisions of Sections 13.12 and 13.13 of the Credit Agreement apply to this Amendment No. 1, mutatis mutandis.

 

5.9           JURY TRIAL WAIVER . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto as of the date first written above.

 

  HOLDINGS:  
       
  RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.  
       
  By: /s/ Josh Weisenbeck  
  Name: Josh Weisenbeck  
  Title: Vice President  
       
  U.S. BORROWER:  
       
  GARDNER DENVER, INC.  
       
  By: /s/ Andrew R. Schiesl  
  Name: Andrew R. Schiesl  
  Title: Secretary and General Counsel  
       
  GERMAN BORROWER:  
       
  GD GERMAN HOLDINGS II GMBH  
       
  By: /s/ Andrew R. Schiesl  
  Name: Andrew R. Schiesl  
  Title: Managing Director  
       
  UK BORROWER:  
       
  GD FIRST (UK) LIMITED  
       
  By: /s/ Andrew R. Schiesl  
  Name: Andrew R. Schiesl  
  Title: Managing Director  

 

[Amendment No. 1 Signature Page (Gardner Denver)]

 

 

 

  CREDIT PARTIES:
   
  GD ARIA US FINANCE LLC
  GD ARIA US FINANCE #2 LLC
   
  By: Gardner Denver, Inc., as Manager
   
  By: /s/ Andrew R. Schiesl
  Name: Andrew R. Schiesl
  Title: Secretary and General Counsel
   
  AIR-RELIEF, INC.
  EMCO WHEATON USA, INC.
  GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS INC.
  GARDNER DENVER INTERNATIONAL, INC.
  GARDNER DENVER OBERDORFER PUMPS INC.
  GARDNER DENVER THOMAS, INC.
  GARDNER DENVER WATER JETTING SYSTEMS, INC.
  LEROI INTERNATIONAL, INC.
  ROBUSCHI USA, INC.
  GARDNER DENVER PETROLEUM PUMPS LLC
  THOMAS INDUSTRIES INC.
  TRI-CONTINENT SCIENTIFIC, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Andrew R. Schiesl
  Name: Andrew R. Schiesl
  Title: President
   
  GARDNER DENVER NASH LLC
   
  By: /s/ Andrew R. Schiesl
  Name: Andrew R. Schiesl
  Title: Secretary

 

[Amendment No. 1 Signature Page (Gardner Denver)]

 

 

 

  THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT:
     
  UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
  as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
     
  By: /s/ Darelene Arias
  Name: Darlene Arias
  Title: Director
     
  By: Denise Bushee
  Name: Denise Bushee
  Title: Associate Director
     
  LETTER OF CREDIT ISSUER AND AS SWINGLINE LENDER
     
  UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
  as Letter of Credit Issuer and as Swingline Lender
     
  By: /s/ Darelene Arias
  Name: Darlene Arias
  Title: Director
     
  By: Denise Bushee
  Name: Denise Bushee
  Title: Associate Director

 

[Amendment No. 1 Signature Page (Gardner Denver)]

 

 

 

        [Revolving Credit Lender signature page]  
        ,
     (Name of Institution), as a Revolving Credit Lender  
       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
    If a second signature is necessary:  
       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

[Amendment No. 1 Signature Page (Gardner Denver)]

 

 

 

 

    

[Term Loan Lender signature page]

 
        ,
        (Name of Institution), as a Term Loan Lender  
       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  If a second signature is necessary:  
       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

[Amendment No. 1 Signature Page (Gardner Denver)]

 

 

Exhibit 10.4 

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

PLEDGE AGREEMENT, dated as of July 30, 2013, among Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), Renaissance Acquisition Corp., which on the Closing Date shall be merged with Gardner Denver, Inc. (with Gardner Denver, Inc. as the merged company, the “ U.S. Borrower ”), each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereto or that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 30 hereof (each such Subsidiary being a “ Subsidiary Pledgor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Pledgors ”; the Subsidiary Pledgors and the U.S. Borrower are referred to collectively as the “ Pledgors ”) and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the U.S. Borrower is party to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the U.S. Borrower, other Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Holdings, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent;

 

WHEREAS, (a) pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to the Borrowers, the Swingline Lender has agreed to make Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and (b) one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks may from time to time enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Guarantee, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee ”), each Pledgor has agreed to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Loans, the issuance of the Letters of Credit and the provision of Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements will be used in part to enable the Borrowers to make valuable transfers to the Pledgors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

 

WHEREAS, each Pledgor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit and the provision of Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements;

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective Loans and to the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement that the Pledgors shall have executed and delivered this Pledge Agreement to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; and

 

 
 

WHEREAS, (a) the Pledgors are the legal and beneficial owners of the Equity Interests, described in Schedule 1 hereto and issued by the entities named therein (such Equity Interests are, together with any Equity Interests of the issuer of such Equity Interests or any other Subsidiary directly held by any Pledgor in the future (the “ After-acquired Shares ”), in each case, except to the extent excluded from the Collateral for the applicable Obligations pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2 below, referred to collectively herein as the “ Pledged Shares ”) and (b) each of the Pledgors is the legal and beneficial owner of the Indebtedness described in Schedule 1 hereto (together with any other Indebtedness owed to any Pledgor hereafter and required to be pledged pursuant to Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement, the “ Pledged Debt ”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective Loans, the Swingline Lender to to make Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or Affiliates of Lenders to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries, the Pledgors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

1.        Defined Terms .

 

(a)     Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)     “ Authorized Representative ” means, with respect to any Pari Passu Obligations, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Pari Passu Obligations is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

 

(c)     “ Collateral ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2 .

 

(d)     “ Equity Interests ” shall mean, collectively, Stock and Stock Equivalents.

 

(e)     “ Intercreditor Agreement ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 26 .

 

(f)     “ Obligations ” shall mean the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and any Pari Passu Obligations.

 

(g)     “ Pari Passu Agreement ” shall mean any indenture, credit agreement or other agreement, if any, pursuant to which any Borrower has or will incur Pari Passu Obligations; provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness thereunder has been designated as Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to and in accordance with Section 27.

 

(h)     “ Pari Passu Obligations ” shall mean any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to any Borrower, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under any Pari Passu Agreement, in each case, that have been designated as Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to and in accordance with Section 27; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, no obligations in respect of Pari Passu Obligations shall constitute “Obligations” hereunder unless the Authorized Representative for the holders of such Pari Passu Obligations has executed a Pari Passu Secured Party Consent and has become a party to the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

- 2 -
 

(i)     “ Pari Passu Secured Parties ” shall mean the holders from time to time of Pari Passu Obligations.

 

(j)     “ Pari Passu Secured Party Consent ” shall mean a consent in the form of Annex B to this Security Agreement executed by the Authorized Representative of any holders of Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to Section 27.

 

(k)     “ Proceeds ” and any other term used herein or in the Credit Agreement without definition that is defined in the UCC has the meaning given to it in the UCC.

 

(l)     “ Secured Parties ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

 

(m)     “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided , however , that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any of the attachment, perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “ UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

 

(n)     The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Pledge Agreement shall refer to this Pledge Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Pledge Agreement, and Section references are to Sections of this Pledge Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

(o)     The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

2.        Grant of Security . Each Pledgor hereby transfers, assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and a security interest in (the “ Security Interest ”) all of such Pledgor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether now owned or existing or at any time hereafter acquired or existing (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

 

(a)     the Pledged Shares held by such Pledgor and the certificates representing such Pledged Shares and any interest of such Pledgor in the entries on the books of the issuer of the Pledged Shares or any financial intermediary pertaining to the Pledged Shares and all dividends, cash, warrants, rights, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Shares.

 

(b)     the Pledged Debt and the instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt owed to such Pledgor, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Pledged Debt; and

 

- 3 -
 

(c)     to the extent not covered by clauses (a) and (b) above, respectively, all Proceeds of any or all of the foregoing Collateral.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral for the Obligations shall not include any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents.

 

3.        Security for Obligations . This Pledge Agreement secures the payment of all the Obligations of each Credit Party. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Pledge Agreement secures the payment of all amounts that constitute part of the Obligations and would be owed by any of the Credit Parties to the Secured Parties under the Credit Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving any Credit Party.

 

4.        Delivery of the Collateral . All certificates or instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Collateral shall be promptly delivered to and held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto to the extent required by the Credit Agreement and shall be in suitable form for transfer by delivery, or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall have the right, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, and with notice to the relevant Pledgor, to transfer to or to register in the name of the Collateral Agent or any of its nominees any or all of the Pledged Shares. Each delivery of Collateral (including any After-acquired Shares) shall be accompanied by a notice to the Collateral Agent describing the securities theretofore and then being pledged hereunder.

 

5.        Representations and Warranties . Each Pledgor represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a)     Schedule 1 hereto (i) correctly represents as of the Closing Date (A) the issuer, the certificate number, the Pledgor and the record and beneficial owner, the number and class and the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such class of all Pledged Shares and (B) the issuer, the initial principal amount, the Pledgor and holder, date of issuance and maturity date of all Pledged Debt and (ii) together with the comparable schedule to each supplement hereto, includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged hereunder. Except as set forth on Schedule 1, and except for Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents, the Pledged Shares represent all (or 66% in the case of pledges of the Voting Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each class of Equity Interests in the issuer on the Closing Date.

 

(b)     Such Pledgor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral pledged or assigned by such Pledgor hereunder free and clear of any Lien, except for Permitted Liens and the Lien created by this Pledge Agreement.

 

(c)     As of the Closing Date, the Pledged Shares pledged by such Pledgor hereunder have been duly authorized and validly issued and, in the case of Pledged Shares issued by a corporation, are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(d)     The execution and delivery by such Pledgor of this Pledge Agreement and the pledge of the Collateral pledged by such Pledgor hereunder pursuant hereto create a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in such Collateral (with respect to Collateral consisting of the Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent the creation of such Security Interest is governed by the UCC) and, upon delivery of such Collateral to the Collateral Agent in the State of New York, shall constitute a fully perfected Lien on and security interest in the Collateral, securing the payment of the Obligations, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (with respect to Collateral consisting of the Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent the creation and perfection of such Security Interest is governed by the UCC), except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

- 4 -
 

(e)     Such Pledgor has full power, authority and legal right to pledge all the Collateral pledged by such Pledgor pursuant to this Pledge Agreement and this Pledge Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Pledgor (with respect to Collateral consisting of the Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent the enforceability of such Security Interest is governed by the UCC), enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

6.        Certification of Limited Liability Company, Limited Partnership Interests, Equity Interests in Foreign Subsidiaries and Pledged Debt .

 

(a)     In the event that any Equity Interests in any Subsidiary that is organized as a limited liability company or limited partnership and pledged hereunder shall be represented by a certificate, the applicable Pledgor shall cause the issuer of such interests to elect to treat such interests as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of its jurisdiction of organization or formation, as applicable, by including in its organizational documents language substantially similar to the following and, accordingly, such interests shall be governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

“The Partnership/Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Partnership/Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of [jurisdiction of organization or formation, as applicable]. Each certificate evidencing partnership/membership interests in the Partnership/Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in [name of Partnership/LLC] and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code.” No change to this provision shall be effective until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation and any new certificates thereafter issued shall not bear the foregoing legend.”

 

(b)     Each Pledgor will comply with Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)     In the event that any Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary pledged hereunder are not represented by a certificate, the Pledgors agree not to permit such Foreign Subsidiary to issue Equity Interests represented by a certificate to any other Person.

 

7.        Further Assurances . Each Pledgor agrees that at any time and from time to time, at the expense of such Pledgor, it will execute or otherwise authorize the filing of any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), which may be required under any applicable law, or which the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in order (x) to perfect and protect any pledge, assignment or security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby (including the priority thereof) or (y) to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral.

 

- 5 -
 

8.        Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions; Etc .

 

(a)     So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(i)     Each Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Collateral or any part thereof for any purpose not prohibited by the terms of this Pledge Agreement or the other Credit Documents.

 

(ii)     The Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to each Pledgor all such proxies and other instruments as such Pledgor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Pledgor to exercise the voting and other rights that it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (i) above.

 

(b)     Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain and use, free and clear of the Lien created by this Pledge Agreement, any and all dividends, distributions, principal and interest made or paid in respect of the Collateral to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, as applicable; provided , however , that any and all noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Shares or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Shares or received in exchange for Pledged Shares or Pledged Debt or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be, and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent to hold as, Collateral and shall, if received by such Pledgor, be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, be segregated from the other property or funds of such Pledgor and be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

 

(c)     Upon written notice to a Pledgor by the Collateral Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements,

 

(i)     all rights of such Pledgor to exercise or refrain from exercising the voting and other consensual rights that it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 8(a)(i) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise or refrain from exercising such voting and other consensual rights during the continuance of such Event of Default, provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, to permit the Pledgors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Pledgor will have the right to exercise the voting and consensual rights that such Pledgor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of Section 8(a)(i) (and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under Section 8(a)(ii) shall be reinstated);

 

(ii)     all rights of such Pledgor to receive the dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that such Pledgor would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to Section 8(b) shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, shall thereupon have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments during the continuance of such Event of Default. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Collateral Agent shall repay to each Pledgor (without interest) all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that such Pledgor would otherwise be permitted to receive, retain and use pursuant to the terms of Section 8(b);

 

- 6 -
 

(iii)     all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that are received by such Pledgor contrary to the provisions of Section 8(b) shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Pledgor and shall forthwith be delivered to the Collateral Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsements); and

 

(iv)     in order to permit the Collateral Agent to receive all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments to which it may be entitled under Section 8(b) above, to exercise the voting and other consensual rights that it may be entitled to exercise pursuant to Section 8(c)(i) above, and to receive all dividends, distributions and principal and interest payments that it may be entitled to under Sections 8(c)(ii) and (c)(iii) above, such Pledgor shall from time to time execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent, appropriate proxies, dividend payment orders and other instruments as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request in writing, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements.

 

9.        Transfers and Other Liens; Additional Collateral; Etc . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, each Pledgor shall:

 

(a)     not (i) except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, sell or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option or warrant with respect to, any of the Collateral or (ii) create or suffer to exist any consensual Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral, except for the Lien created by this Pledge Agreement provided that in the event such Pledgor sells or otherwise disposes of assets as permitted by the Credit Agreement, and such assets are or include any of the Collateral, upon the request of the applicable Pledgor the Collateral Agent shall release such Collateral to such Pledgor free and clear of the Lien created by this Agreement concurrently with the consummation of such sale; and

 

(b)     defend its and the Collateral Agent’s title or interest in and to all the Collateral (and in the Proceeds thereof) against any and all Liens (other than Permitted Liens and the Lien created by this Agreement), however arising, and any and all Persons whomsoever.

 

10.        Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Pledgor hereby appoints, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, the Collateral Agent as such Pledgor’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Pledgor and in the name of such Pledgor or otherwise, to take any action and to execute any instrument, in each case after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (and with notice to such Pledgor), that the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Pledge Agreement, including to receive, indorse and collect all instruments made payable to such Pledgor representing any dividend, distribution or principal or interest payment in respect of the Collateral or any part thereof and to give full discharge for the same.

 

11.        The Collateral Agent’s Duties . The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral, as to ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Pledged Shares, whether or not the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property.

 

- 7 -
 

12.        Remedies . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, if any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(a)     The Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC or any other applicable law (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) and also may with notice to the relevant Pledgor, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange broker’s board or at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, at such price or prices and upon such other terms as are commercially reasonable irrespective of the impact of any such sales on the market price of the Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers of Collateral to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and, upon consummation of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Pledgor, and each Pledgor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent or any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale, to purchase all or any part of the Collateral so sold, and the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may pay the purchase price by crediting the amount thereof against the Obligations. Each Pledgor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to such Pledgor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the extent permitted by law, each Pledgor hereby waives any claim against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree.

 

(b)     The Collateral Agent shall apply the Proceeds of any collection or sale of the Collateral in the manner specified in Section 11.13 of the Credit Agreement. Upon any sale of the Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

 

(c)     The Collateral Agent may exercise any and all rights and remedies of each Pledgor in respect of the Collateral.

 

- 8 -
 

(d)     All payments received by any Pledgor in respect of the Collateral after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Pledgor and shall be forthwith delivered to the Collateral Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

 

13.        Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights . Each Pledgor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Pledgor and without notice to or further assent by any Pledgor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, (b) the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Cash Management Agreements, Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Pari Passu Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, the Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank party thereto or, in the case of any Pari Passu Agreement, the holders of the applicable Pari Passu Obligations) may deem advisable from time to time and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Pledge Agreement or any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against any Pledgor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Pledgor or any other Person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Pledgor or any other Person or any release of the Company or any Pledgor or any other Person shall not relieve any Pledgor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Pledgor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Pledgor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

14.        Continuing Security Interest; Assignments Under the Credit Agreement; Release .

 

(a)     This Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Pledgor and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, endorsees, transferees and assigns until all the Obligations under the Credit Documents and each Pari Passu Agreement (other than, in each case, any contingent indemnity obligations not then due, any Secured Hedge Obligations or any Secured Cash Management Obligations) shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments shall be terminated and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and after all Letter of Credit Outstandings have been reduced to zero (or all such Letters of Credit and Letter of Credit Outstandings have been Cash Collateralized in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Letter of Credit Issuers), notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Obligations.

 

- 9 -
 

(b)     Any Pledgor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Collateral of such Pledgor shall be automatically released (x) as it relates to the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) upon such Pledgor ceasing to be a Credit Party in accordance with Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and (y) as it relates to any Pari Passu Obligations, if it ceases to be a guarantor under such Pari Passu Agreement pursuant to the applicable provisions(s) of such Pari Passu Agreement.

 

(c)     The Collateral shall be automatically released from the Liens of this Agreement (x) as it relates to the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) (i) to the extent provided for in Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted in such Collateral pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and (y) as it relates to any Pari Passu Obligations, in whole or in part, as provided in any Pari Passu Agreement governing such obligations. Any such release in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral permitted under the Credit Agreement and each Pari Passu Agreement shall result in such Collateral being sold, transferred or disposed of, as applicable, free and clear of the Liens of this Agreement.

 

(d)     In connection with any termination or release pursuant to the foregoing paragraph (a), (b) or (c), the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Pledgor or authorize the filing of, at such Pledgor’s expense, all documents that such Pledgor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 14 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

15.        Reinstatement . Each Pledgor further agrees that, if any payment made by any Credit Party or other Person and applied to the Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the Proceeds of Collateral are required to be returned by any Secured Party to such Credit Party, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other Person, including any Pledgor, under any bankruptcy law, state, federal or foreign law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made or, if prior thereto the Lien granted hereby or other Collateral securing such liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of such cancellation or surrender), such Lien or other Collateral shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect any Lien or other Collateral securing the obligations of any Pledgor in respect of the amount of such payment.

 

16.        Notices . All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Pledgor shall be given to it in care of Holdings at Holdings’ address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

17.        Counterparts . This Pledge Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Pledge Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18.        Severability . Any provision of this Pledge Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

- 10 -
 

19.        Integration . This Pledge Agreement together with the other Credit Documents represents the agreement of each of the Pledgors with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth herein or in the other Credit Documents.

 

20.        Amendments in Writing; No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

 

(a)     None of the terms or provisions of this Pledge Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by the affected Pledgor and the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)     Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 20(a) hereof), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.

 

(c)     The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

21.        Section Headings . The Section headings used in this Pledge Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

22.        Successors and Assigns . This Pledge Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Pledgor and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that no Pledgor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Pledge Agreement without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

 

23.        WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

24.        Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)     submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Pledge Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State and County of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

- 11 -
 

(b)     consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same and not to commence or support any such action or proceeding in any other jurisdiction;

 

(c)     agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address referred to in Section 16 or at such other address of which the Collateral Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

(d)     agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any party hereto (or any Secured Party) to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)     waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 24 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

25.        GOVERNING LAW . THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

26.        Intercreditor Agreement . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder, are subject to the provisions of any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and/or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (each, an “ Intercreditor Agreement ”). In the event of any conflict between the terms of any Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of such Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control. No right, power or remedy granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be exercised by the Collateral Agent, and no direction shall be given by the Collateral Agent, in contravention of any such Intercreditor Agreement.

 

27.        Pari Passu Obligations . On or after the date hereof and so long as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, the Borrowers may from time to time designate Indebtedness at the time of incurrence to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) as Pari Passu Obligations hereunder by delivering to the Collateral Agent and each other Authorized Representative (a) a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrowers (upon which the Collateral Agent may conclusively and exclusively rely) (i) identifying the obligations so designated and the aggregate principal amount or face amount thereof, (ii) stating that such obligations are designated as “Pari Passu Obligations” for purposes hereof, (iii) representing that such designation of such obligations as Pari Passu Obligations complies with the terms of the Credit Agreement and each then extant Pari Passu Agreement, (iv) specifying the name and address of the Authorized Representative for such obligations and (vi) stating that Pledgors have complied with their obligations hereunder, (b) a fully executed Pari Passu Secured Party Consent (in the form attached as Annex B) and (c) a fully executed joinder to any applicable Intercreditor Agreement. Each Authorized Representative agrees that upon the satisfaction of all conditions set forth in the preceding sentence, the Collateral Agent shall act as agent under and subject to the terms of the Security Documents for the benefit of all Secured Parties, including, without limitation, any Secured Parties that hold any such Pari Passu Obligations, and each Authorized Representative agrees to the appointment, and acceptance of the appointment, of the Collateral Agent as agent for the holders of such Pari Passu Obligations as set forth in each Pari Passu Secured Party Consent and agrees, on behalf of itself and each Secured Party it represents, to be bound by this Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding the delivery of the Pari Passu Secured Party Consent set forth above, the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to act as Collateral Agent for any New Secured Parties (as such term is defined in Exhibit B hereto) whatsoever or to execute any document whatsoever if in the sole judgment of the Collateral Agent doing so would impose, purport to impose or might reasonably be expected to impose upon the Collateral Agent any obligation or liability for which the Collateral Agent is not in its sole discretion adequately protected. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be subject to any document that it has not executed. No Pari Passu Secured Party Consent shall be effective until it has been accepted in writing by the Collateral Agent.

 

- 12 -
 

28.        Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification.

 

(a)     Each Pledgor agrees to pay any and all reasonable out of pocket expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that may be paid or incurred by any Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, such Pledgor under this Pledge Agreement.

 

(b)     Each Pledgor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Pledge Agreement.

 

(c)     Each Pledgor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Pledge Agreement to the extent the Borrowers would be required to do so pursuant to Section 13.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)     The agreements in this Section 28 shall survive repayment of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

29.        Acknowledgments. Each party hereto hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)     it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Pledge Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)     neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Pledgor arising out of or in connection with this Pledge Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and the relationship between the Pledgors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

(c)     no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders and any other Secured Party or among the Plegdors and the Lenders and any other Secured Party.

 

- 13 -
 

30.        Additional Pledgors. Each Subsidiary that is required to become a party to this Pledge Agreement pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Subsidiary Pledgor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Pledgor herein, for all purposes of this Pledge Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Pledgor as a party to this Pledge Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Pledgor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Pledgor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Pledgor as a party to this Pledge Agreement.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

- 14 -
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Pledge Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

  GARDNER DENVER, INC.,
as Pledgor
   
  By:
               /s/ Brent A. Walters
    Name: Brent A. Walters
    Title:  Vice President and Secretary
     
 

GARDNER DENVER INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
as Pledgor 

   
  By:
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President 

     
  THOMAS INDUSTRIES INC.,
as Pledgor
   
  By:
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President 

     
  GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS INC.,
as Pledgor
   
  By:
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:  President

 

[US Pledge Agreement]

 
 

  RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.,
as Pledgor
   
  By:
                 /s/ Josh Weisenbeck
    Name: Josh Weisenbeck
    Title:  Vice President

 

[US Pledge Agreement]

 
 

  UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
   
  By:
                   /s/ Lana Gifas
    Name: Lana Gifas
    Title:  Associate Director
     

 

[US Pledge Agreement]

 
 

SCHEDULE 1
TO THE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

Pledged Shares

 

S- 1
 

Pledged Debt

 

S- 2
 

ANNEX A
TO THE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

SUPPLEMENT NO. [    ] dated as of [            ] to the PLEDGE AGREEMENT (the “ Pledge Agreement ”), dated as of July 30, 2013, among Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), Gardner Denver, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ U.S. Borrower ”), Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co KG, a company organized under the laws of Germany (the “ German Borrower ”), GD First (UK) Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales (the “ UK Borrower ” and, together with the German Borrower, the “ Foreign Borrowers ”), each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages thereto or that becomes a party thereto pursuant to Section 30 thereof (each such Subsidiary being a “ Subsidiary Pledgor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Pledgors ”; the Subsidiary Pledgors and the U.S. Borrower are referred to collectively as the “ Pledgors ”) and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Collateral Agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

A.     Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of the date of the Pledge Agreement (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the U.S. Borrower, the Foreign Borrowers, Holdings, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer and the Guarantee dated as of the date of the Pledge Agreement (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented and or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee ”), among the Guarantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent.

 

B.     Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Pledge Agreement.

 

C.     The Pledgors have entered into the Pledge Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement, to induce the Lenders to make their respective Loans to the Borrowers, the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or Affiliates of Lenders to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

D.     The undersigned Guarantors (each an “ Additional Pledgor ”) are (a) the legal and beneficial owners of the Equity Interests described in Schedule 1 hereto and issued by the entities named therein (such Equity Interests, together with any Equity Interests of the issuer of such Pledged Shares or any other Subsidiary held directly by any Additional Pledgor in the future (the “ After-acquired Additional Pledged Shares ”), in each case, except to the extent excluded from the Collateral for the applicable Obligations pursuant to the penultimate paragraph of Section 1 below, referred to collectively herein as the “ Additional Pledged Shares ”) and (b) the legal and beneficial owners of the Indebtedness described in Schedule 1 hereto (together with any other Indebtedness owed to any Additional Pledgor hereafter and required to be pledged pursuant to Section 9.12 of the Credit Agreement, the “ Additional Pledged Debt ”).

 

E.     Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 30 of the Pledge Agreement provide that additional Subsidiaries may become Subsidiary Pledgors under the Pledge Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Additional Pledgor is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 30 of the Pledge Agreement to pledge to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties the Additional Pledged Shares and the Additional Pledged Debt and to become a Subsidiary Pledgor under the Pledge Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make their respective Loans to the Borrowers, the Swingline Lenders to make Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or Affiliates of Lenders to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

A- 1
 

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and each undersigned Additional Pledgor agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.     Each Additional Pledgor by its signature hereby transfers, assigns and pledges to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Additional Pledgor’s right, title and interest in the following, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or existing (collectively, the “ Additional Collateral ”):

 

(a)     the Additional Pledged Shares held by such Additional Pledgor and the certificates representing such Additional Pledged Shares and any interest of such Additional Pledgor in the entries on the books of the issuer of the Additional Pledged Shares or any financial intermediary pertaining to the Additional Pledged Shares and all dividends, cash, warrants, rights, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Additional Pledged Shares; and

 

(b)     the Additional Pledged Debt and the instruments evidencing the Additional Pledged Debt owed to such Additional Pledgor, and all interest, cash, instruments and other property or Proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Additional Pledged Debt.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Additional Collateral for the Obligations shall not include any Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents.

 

For purposes of the Pledge Agreement, the Collateral shall be deemed to include the Additional Collateral.

 

SECTION 2.     Each Additional Pledgor by its signature below becomes a Pledgor under the Pledge Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Pledgor, and each Additional Pledgor hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Pledge Agreement applicable to it as a Pledgor thereunder. Each reference to a “Subsidiary Pledgor” or a “Pledgor” in the Pledge Agreement shall be deemed to include each Additional Pledgor. The Pledge Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

SECTION 3.     Each Additional Pledgor represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a)     Schedule 1 hereto correctly represents as of the date hereof (A) the issuer, the certificate number, the Additional Pledgor and registered owner, the number and class and the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such class of all Additional Pledged Shares and (B) the issuer, the initial principal amount, the Additional Pledgor and holder, date of and maturity date of all Additional Pledged Debt. Except as set forth on Schedule 1 and except for Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents, the Additional Pledged Shares represent all (or 65% in the case of pledges of the Voting Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each class of Equity Interests of the issuer on the date hereof.

 

A- 2
 

(b)     Such Additional Pledgor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Additional Collateral pledged or assigned by such Additional Pledgor hereunder free and clear of any Lien, except for the Lien created by this Supplement to the Pledge Agreement.

 

(c)     As of the date of this Supplement, the Additional Pledged Shares pledged by such Additional Pledgor hereunder have been duly authorized and validly issued and, in the case of Additional Pledged Shares issued by a corporation, are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

(d)     The execution and delivery by such Additional Pledgor of this Supplement and the pledge of the Additional Collateral pledged by such Additional Pledgor hereunder pursuant hereto create a valid and perfected first-priority security interest in the Additional Collateral (with respect to Collateral consisting of the Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent the creation of such Security Interest is governed by the UCC), and upon delivery of such Additional Collateral to the Collateral Agent in the State of New York, shall constitute a fully perfected lien and security interest in the Additional Collateral (with respect to Collateral consisting of the Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent the creation and perfection of such Security Interest is governed by the UCC), securing the payment of the Obligations, in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

(e)     Such Additional Pledgor has full power, authority and legal right to pledge all the Additional Collateral pledged by such Additional Pledgor pursuant to this Supplement, and this Supplement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Additional Pledgor (with respect to Collateral consisting of the Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent the enforceability of such Security Interest is governed by the UCC), enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

SECTION 4.     This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and Holdings. This Supplement shall become effective as to each Additional Pledgor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such Additional Pledgor and the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 5.     Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Pledge Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6.   THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

A- 3
 

SECTION 7.     Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Pledge Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 8.     All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 16 of the Pledge Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each Additional Pledgor shall be given to it in care of Holdings at Holdings’ address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

A- 4
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Additional Pledgor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Pledge Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  [NAME OF ADDITIONAL PLEDGOR]
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     

 

  UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Collateral Agent
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     

 

[Supplement to the Pledge Agreement]

 
 

SCHEDULE 1
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. [   ]
TO THE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

Pledged Shares

 

Record owner

 

Issuer

 


Certificate No.

 

Number of Shares

 

% of Shares Owned

 

         
         
         
         
         
         
         

 

Pledged Debt

 

Payee

 

Issuer

 

Principal Amount

 

Date of Instrument

 

Maturity Date

 

         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         

 

 
 

ANNEX B TO THE
PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

[Form of]

PARI PASSU SECURED PARTY CONSENT

 

[Name of Pari Passu Secured Party]

[Address of Pari Passu Secured Party]

 

[Date]

  

   
   
   
   

 

The undersigned is the Authorized Representative for Persons wishing to become Secured Parties (the “ New Secured Parties ”) under (i) the Security Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013 (as heretofore amended and/or supplemented, the “ Security Agreement ”), among Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), Gardner Denver, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ U.S. Borrower ”), Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co KG, a company organized under the laws of Germany, GD First (UK) Limited, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales, the other Grantors from time to time party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Collateral Agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) and (ii) the Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013 (as heretofore amended and/or supplemented, the “ Pledge Agreement ”), among the Holdings, U.S. Borrower, the Pledgors party thereto and the Collateral Agent. Terms used without definition herein have the meanings assigned to such term by the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement, as applicable.

 

In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby:

 

(i)     represents that the Authorized Representative has been duly authorized by the New Secured Parties to become a party to the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement on behalf of the New Secured Parties under that [DESCRIBE OPERATIVE AGREEMENT] (the “ New Secured Obligation ”) and to act as the Authorized Representative for the New Secured Parties;

 

(ii)     acknowledges that the New Secured Parties have received copies of the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and any Intercreditor Agreements;

 

(iii)     appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and on behalf of all other Secured Parties and to exercise such powers under the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and any Intercreditor Agreements as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms thereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto;

 

B- 1
 

(iv)     accepts and acknowledges the terms of any Intercreditor Agreements and the New Secured Parties and agrees to serve as Authorized Representative for the New Secured Parties with respect to the New Secured Obligations and agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties to be bound by the terms thereof applicable to holders of Pari Passu Obligations, with all the rights and obligations of a Secured Party thereunder and bound by all the provisions thereof as fully as if it had been a Secured Party on the effective date of the Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that its address for receiving notices pursuant to the Security Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall be as follows:

 

[Address]

 

The Collateral Agent, by acknowledging and agreeing to this Pari Passu Secured Party Consent, accepts the appointment set forth in clause (iii) above.

 

THIS PARI PASSU SECURED PARTY CONSENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

B- 2
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Pari Passu Secured Party Consent to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the ___ day __________, of 20__.

 

  [NAME OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE]
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     

 

Acknowledged and Agreed
UBS AG, Stamford Branch,
as Collateral Agent

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[●]
for itself and each other Pledgors party to the Pledge Agreement

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[Pari Passu Secured Party Consent]

 
 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of July 30, 2013, among Renaissance Parent Corp, a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), Renaissance Acquisition Corp., which on the Closing Date shall be merged with Gardner Denver, Inc. (with Gardner Denver, Inc. as the merged company, the “ U.S. Borrower ”), each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages hereto or that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.14 (each such entity being a “ Subsidiary Grantor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Grantors ”; the Subsidiary Grantors and the U.S. Borrower are referred to collectively as the “ Grantors ”), and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the U.S. Borrower is a party to the Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Holdings, the U.S. Borrower, the other Borrowers from time to time party thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent;

 

WHEREAS, (a) pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to the Borrowers, the Swingline Lender has agreed to make Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and (b) one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks may from time to time enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Guarantee dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee ”), each Grantor party thereto has agreed to unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations;

 

WHEREAS, each Grantor is a Guarantor or a Borrower;

 

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Loans, the issuance of the Letters of Credit and the provision of Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements will be used in part to enable the Borrowers to make valuable transfers to the Grantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

 

WHEREAS, each Grantor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the Loans and the Swingline Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit; and the provision of such Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements;

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective Loans, the Swingline Lender to make Swingline loans and to the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Security Agreement to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

 

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective Loans, the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans and to induce the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or Affiliates of Lenders to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries, the Grantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

1.           Defined Terms .

 

(a)          Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)         Terms used herein without definition that are defined in the UCC have the meanings given to them in the UCC, including the following terms (which are capitalized herein): Account, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Commodity Contract, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Fixtures, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Letter-of-Credit Right, Securities, Securities Accounts, Security Entitlement, Supporting Obligation and Tangible Chattel Paper.

 

(c)         The following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Authorized Representative ” shall mean the Person appointed to act as trustee, agent or representative for the holders of Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to any Pari Passu Agreement and execute a Pari Passu Secured Party Consent.

 

Collateral ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.

 

Collateral Account ” shall mean any collateral account established by the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 5.1 or Section 5.3.

 

Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Security Agreement.

 

Control ” shall mean “control,” as such term is defined in Section 9-104 or 9-106, as applicable, of the UCC.

 

Copyright License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those material inbound exclusive licenses in third party owned U.S. registered Copyrights listed on Schedule 2 .

 

Copyrights ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (i) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States or any other country, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (ii) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States or any other country, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office, including those U.S. registered copyrights owned by any Grantor and listed on Schedule 1 .

 

Default ” or “ Event of Default ” shall mean a “default” or “event of default” under the Credit Agreement or under any Pari Passu Agreement.

 

- 2 -

 

 

Equipment ” shall mean all “equipment,” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and, in any event, shall include all machinery, equipment, furnishings, movable trade fixtures and vehicles now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or to which any Grantor has rights and any and all Proceeds, additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto; but excluding equipment to the extent it is subject to a Lien permitted pursuant to clauses (6) (solely with respect to clause (d) of Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement) and (9) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in the Credit Agreement and the terms of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien prohibit assignment of, or granting of a security interest in, such Grantor’s rights and interests therein (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law), provided , that immediately upon the repayment of all Indebtedness secured by such Lien, such Grantor shall be deemed to have granted a Security Interest in all the rights and interests with respect to such equipment.

 

Excluded Property ” shall mean (i) any Vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, (ii) Letter-of-Credit Rights except to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC, (iii) any property that is subject to a Lien permitted pursuant to clauses (6) (solely with respect to clause (d) of Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement) and (9) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in the Credit Agreement if the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for such Indebtedness) prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such property (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law), (iv) all leasehold interests in real property; provided that such property shall be Excluded Property only to the extent and for so long as such prohibition is in effect; provided further that proceeds and products from any and all of the of the foregoing that would constitute Excluded Property shall also not be considered Collateral and proceeds and products from any and all of the of the foregoing that do not constitute Excluded Property shall be considered Collateral.

 

General Intangibles ” shall mean all “general intangibles” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and, in any event, including with respect to any Grantor, all contracts, agreements, instruments and indentures in any form, and portions thereof, to which such Grantor is a party or under which such Grantor has any right, title or interest or to which such Grantor or any property of such Grantor is subject, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, including (a) all rights of such Grantor to receive moneys due and to become due to it thereunder or in connection therewith, (b) all rights of such Grantor to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guarantee with respect thereto, (c) all claims of such Grantor for damages arising out of any breach of or default thereunder and (d) all rights of such Grantor to terminate, amend, supplement, modify or exercise rights or options thereunder, to perform thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder, in each case to the extent the grant by such Grantor of a Security Interest pursuant to this Security Agreement in its right, title and interest in any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture (i) is not prohibited by such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture without the consent of any other party thereto (other than a Credit Party), (ii) would not give any other party (other than a Credit Party) to any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture the right to terminate its obligations thereunder or (iii) is permitted with consent if all necessary consents to such grant of a Security Interest have been obtained from the other parties thereto (other than to the extent that any such prohibition referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate such Grantor to obtain such consents), provided that the foregoing limitation shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by such Grantor of a Security Interest pursuant to this Security Agreement in any Account or any money or other amounts due or to become due under any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture.

 

- 3 -

 

 

Grantor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals hereto.

 

Intellectual Property ” shall mean all U.S. and foreign intellectual property, including all (i) (a) Patents, inventions, processes, developments, technology and know-how; (b) Copyrights including Copyrights in graphics, advertising materials, labels, package designs and photographs; (c) Trademarks; (d) trade secrets, confidential, proprietary or non-public information, (ii) all Patent Licenses, Trademark Licenses and Copyright Licenses and (iii) all rights, priorities and privileges related thereto and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom, in each case to the extent the grant by such Grantor of a Security Interest pursuant to this Security Agreement in any such rights, priorities and privileges relating to such Intellectual Property (A) does not constitute or result in the abandonment, termination, acceleration, invalidation of or rendering unenforceable any right, title or interest therein or result in a breach of the terms of, or constitute a breach or default under such Intellectual Property, including any “intent to use” Trademark application filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office unless and until an amendment to allege use or a statement of use has been filed under 15 U.S.C. §1051 and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, to the extent that granting a Security Interest therein before such time would invalidate or terminate, or adversely affect the enforceability or validity of, such “intent-to-use” Trademark application, (B) is not prohibited by any contract, agreement or other instrument governing such rights, priorities and privileges without the consent of any other party thereto (other than a Credit Party), (C) would not give any other party (other than a Credit Party) to any such contract, agreement, license or other instrument the right to terminate its obligations thereunder or (D) is permitted with consent if all necessary consents to such grant of a Security Interest have been obtained from the relevant parties (other than to the extent that any such prohibition referred to in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate such Grantor to obtain such consents).

 

Intercreditor Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.1.

 

Investment Property ” shall mean all Securities (whether certificated or uncertificated), Security Entitlements and Commodity Contracts of any Grantor (other than (i) as pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement and (ii) solely with respect to the Obligations of the U.S. Borrower, any Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents issued by any Foreign Subsidiary in excess of 65% of the outstanding voting class of such Capital Stock or Stock Equivalents), whether now or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, except, in each case, to the extent the grant by a Grantor of a Security Interest therein pursuant to this Security Agreement in its right, title and interest in any such Investment Property (i) is prohibited by any contract, agreement, instrument or indenture governing such Investment Property without the consent of any other party thereto (other than a Credit Party) unless such consent has been expressly obtained or (ii) would give any other party (other than a Credit Party) to any such contract, agreement, instrument or indenture the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than to the extent that any such prohibition referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law) (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate any Grantor to obtain any such consents referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above).

 

Obligations ” shall mean the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and any Pari Passu Obligations.

 

- 4 -

 

 

Pari Passu Agreement ” shall mean any indenture, credit agreement or other agreement, if any, pursuant to which any Grantor has or will incur Pari Passu Obligations; provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness thereunder has been designated as Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8.16.

 

Pari Passu Obligations ” shall mean any principal, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to any Grantor, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under any Pari Passu Agreement, in each case, that have been designated as Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8.16; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, no obligations in respect of Pari Passu Obligations shall constitute “Obligations” hereunder unless the Authorized Representative for the holders of such Pari Passu Obligations has executed a Pari Passu Secured Party Consent and has become a party to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Pari Passu Secured Parties ” shall mean the holders from time to time of Pari Passu Obligations.

 

Pari Passu Secured Party Consent ” shall mean a consent in the form of Annex B to this Security Agreement executed by the Authorized Representative of any holders of Pari Passu Obligations pursuant to Section 8.16.

 

Patent License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those material inbound exclusive licenses in third party owned U.S. Patents and applications therefor listed on Schedule 4 .

 

Patents ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (a) all letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States or the equivalent thereof in any other country, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any other country, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including those U.S. patents and applications therefor owned by any Grantor and listed on Schedule 3 .

 

Proceeds ” shall mean all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC and, in any event, shall include with respect to any Grantor, any consideration received from the sale, exchange, license, lease or other disposition of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral, any value received as a consequence of the possession of any Collateral and any payment received from any insurer or other Person or entity as a result of the destruction, loss, theft, damage or other involuntary conversion of whatever nature of any asset or property that constitutes Collateral, and shall include (a) all cash and negotiable instruments received by or held on behalf of the Collateral Agent, (b) any claim of any Grantor against any third party for (and the right to sue and recover for and the rights to damages or profits due or accrued arising out of or in connection with) (i) past, present or future infringement of any Patent now or hereafter owned by any Grantor, or licensed under a Patent License, (ii) past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Trademark License or injury to the goodwill associated with or symbolized thereby, (iii) past, present or future infringement of any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or licensed under a Copyright License and (c) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.

 

- 5 -

 

 

Registered Intellectual Property ” shall mean all Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks issued by, registered with, renewed by or the subject of a pending application before the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office).

 

Secured Parties ” shall mean the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Credit Agreement and the Pari Passu Secured Parties.

 

Security Agreement ” shall mean this Security Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Security Interest ” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.

 

Short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.2(b).

 

Trademark License ” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement, including those material inbound exclusive licenses in third party owned U.S. registered Trademarks and applications therefor listed on Schedule 6 .

 

Trademarks ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person: (i) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof (if any), and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof and (ii) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby, including those U.S. registered trademarks and applications therefor owned by any Grantor and listed on Schedule 5 hereto.

 

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided , however , that, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any of the attachment, perfection or priority of the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions.

 

Vehicles ” shall mean all cars, trucks, trailers, and other vehicles covered by a certificate of title law of any state and all tires and other appurtenances to any of the foregoing. 

 

- 6 -

 

 

(d)          The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Security Agreement shall refer to this Security Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Security Agreement, and Section, subsection, clause and Schedule references are to this Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

(e)          The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

(f)           Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

 

2.            Grant of Security Interest .

 

(a)          Each Grantor hereby bargains, sells, conveys, assigns, sets over, mortgages, pledges, hypothecates and transfers to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and grants to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on and security interest in (the “ Security Interest ”), all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations:

 

(i)           all Accounts;

 

(ii)          all Chattel Paper;

 

(iii)         all Commercial Tort Claims described on Schedule 7 (as such Schedule may be amended from time to time);

 

(iv)        all Documents;

 

(v)         all Equipment, Fixtures and Goods;

 

(vi)        all General Intangibles;

 

(vii)       all Instruments;

 

(viii)      all Intellectual Property;

 

(ix)         all Inventory;

 

(x)          all Investment Property;

 

(xi)         all Supporting Obligations;

 

(xii)        all books and records pertaining to the Collateral; and

 

(xiii)       the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing;

 

- 7 -

 

 

provided , that (x) the Collateral for any Obligations shall not include any (A) Excluded Stock and Stock Equivalents with respect to such Obligations, (B) Excluded Property or (C) any assets with respect to which, (1) in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent and the Borrowers (as agreed in writing), the cost or other consequences of granting a security interest in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, or (2) granting a security interest in such assets in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents would result in materially adverse tax consequences or would require obtaining the consent of any governmental authority, in each case as reasonably determined by an applicable Borrower and notified in writing to the Collateral Agent, and (y) none of the items included in clauses (i) through (xiii) above shall constitute Collateral to the extent (and only to the extent) that the grant of the Security Interest therein would violate any Requirement of Law applicable to such Collateral. No Grantor shall be required to take actions to perfect security interests in Commercial Tort Claims except to the extent perfection of a security interest therein may be accomplished by filing of financing statements in appropriate form in the applicable jurisdiction under the UCC.

 

(b)          Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates, counsel and other representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file or record financing statements, amendments to financing statements and, with notice to the applicable Grantors, other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral in such form and in such offices as the Collateral Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the Security Interests of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and such financing statements and amendments may describe the Collateral covered thereby as “all assets”, “all personal property now owned or hereafter acquired” or words of similar effect, provided that with respect to fixtures the Collateral Agent shall only file or record financing statements in the jurisdiction of organization of a Grantor, except in connection with a Mortgage. Each Grantor hereby also authorizes the Collateral Agent and its Affiliates, counsel and other representatives, at any time and from time to time, to file continuation statements with respect to previously filed financing statements.

 

Each Grantor hereby agrees to provide to the Collateral Agent, promptly upon request, any information reasonably necessary to effectuate the filings or recordings authorized by this Section 2(b).

 

The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office), with the signature of each applicable Grantor, such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted hereunder by each Grantor and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, as secured party.

 

The Security Interests are granted as security only and shall not subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral.

 

3.           Representations and Warranties .

 

Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party on the date hereof that:

 

3.1          Title; No Other Liens . Except for (a) the Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Security Agreement and (b) the Liens permitted by the Credit Agreement, such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others. No security agreement, financing statement or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral that evidences a Lien securing any material Indebtedness is on file or of record in any public office, except such as (i) have been filed in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Security Agreement, (ii) are permitted by the Credit Agreement and each Pari Passu Agreement or (iii) relate to obligations no longer outstanding or are in respect of commitments to lend which have been terminated.

 

- 8 -

 

 

3.2          Perfected Liens .

 

(a)          This Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for its benefit and for the benefit of the Secured Parties, legal, valid and enforceable Security Interests in the Collateral (with respect to Collateral consisting of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries, to the extent the enforceability of such Security Interest is governed by the UCC), subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles.

 

(b)          Subject to the limitations set forth in clause (c) of this Section 3.2, the Security Interests granted pursuant to this Security Agreement (i) will constitute valid and perfected Security Interests in the Collateral (to the extent perfection may be obtained by the filings or other actions described in clause (A), (B) or (C) of this paragraph) in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Obligations, upon (A) with respect to Collateral in which perfection can be obtained by filing a financing statement, the filing in the applicable filing offices of all financing statements, in each case, naming each Grantor as “debtor” and the Collateral Agent as “secured party” and describing the Collateral, (B) with respect to Instruments, Chattel Paper, Certificated Securities and negotiable Documents, delivery to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) of all Instruments, Chattel Paper, Certificated Securities and negotiable Documents in each case, properly endorsed for transfer in blank and (C) with respect to Intellectual Property, completion of the filing of a fully executed agreement substantially in the form of Annex C hereof (the “ Short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreement ”) and containing a description of all Collateral constituting Registered Intellectual Property in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, with respect to U.S. registered and applied for Patents and Trademarks, within 90 days from the execution date of such Short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreement or in the United States Copyright Office, with respect to U.S. registered Copyrights, within 30 days from the execution date of such Short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreement, as applicable and (ii) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Grantor shall be required to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement by any means other than by (i) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant State(s), (ii) filings approved by United States federal government offices with respect to Registered Intellectual Property and (iii) delivery to the Collateral Agent (or its bailee) to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of Tangible Chattel Paper, Instruments or Certificated Securities with a fair market value in excess of $10,000,000 individually.

 

(d)          It is understood and agreed that the Security Interests in cash and Investment Property created hereunder shall not prevent the Grantors from using such assets in the ordinary course of their respective businesses.

 

4.            Covenants .

 

Each Grantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Security Agreement until the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and all Letter of Credit Outstandings have been reduced to zero (or all such Letters of Credit and Letter of Credit Outstandings have been Cash Collateralized):

 

- 9 -

 

 

4.1          Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation .

 

(a)          Such Grantor shall maintain the Security Interest created by this Security Agreement as a perfected Security Interest having at least the priority described in Section 3.1 and shall defend such Security Interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever, in each case subject to Section 3.2(c).

 

(b)          Such Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor and such other reports in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request.

 

(c)          Such Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent at the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Sections 9.1(a) of the Credit Agreement (or, if the Credit Agreement is no longer in effect, on an annual basis), a schedule setting forth any additional (i) Registered Intellectual Property owned by any Grantor or (ii) material Registered Intellectual Property exclusively licensed from a third party to any Grantor, in each case, which has not been previously disclosed to the Collateral Agent, following the Closing Date (or following the date of the last supplement provided to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 4.1(c)), all in reasonable detail.

 

(d)          Subject to clause (e) below and Section 3.2(c), each Grantor agrees that at any time and from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, it will execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents, including all applicable documents required under Section 3.2(b)(C)), which may be required under any applicable law, or which, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order (i) to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the Security Interests created or intended to be created hereby or (ii) to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral, including the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Security Interests created hereby and all applicable documents required under Section 3.2(b)(C), all at the expense of such Grantor.

 

(e)          Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.1 to the contrary, (i) with respect to any assets acquired by such Grantor after the date hereof that are required by the Credit Agreement to be subject to the Lien created hereby or (ii) with respect to any Person that, subsequent to the date hereof, becomes a Subsidiary that is required by the Credit Agreement to become a party hereto, the relevant Grantor after the acquisition or creation thereof shall promptly take all actions required by the Credit Agreement, this Section 4.1 and any Pari Passu Agreements.

 

4.2          Damage or Destruction of Collateral . The Grantors agree promptly to notify the Collateral Agent if any portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed in any manner which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.3          Notices . Each Grantor will advise the Collateral Agent and the Lenders promptly, in reasonable detail, of any Lien of which it has knowledge (other than the Security Interests created hereby or Liens permitted under the Credit Agreement and each Pari Passu Agreement) on any of the Collateral which would adversely affect, in any material respect, the ability of the Collateral Agent to exercise any of its remedies hereunder.

 

- 10 -

 

 

4.4          Changes in Locations, Name, etc . Each Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent promptly (and in any event within 30 days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may reasonably agree) of such change) a written notice of any change (i) in its legal name, (ii) in its jurisdiction of organization or location for purposes of the UCC, (iii) in its identity or type of organization or corporate structure or (iv) in its Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number. Each Grantor agrees promptly to provide the Collateral Agent with certified organizational documents reflecting any of the changes described in the first sentence of this paragraph and take all other action reasonably necessary to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral and take all other action reasonably necessary to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral.

 

5.            Remedial Provisions .

 

5.1          Certain Matters Relating to Accounts .

 

(a)          At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after giving reasonable notice to the U.S. Borrower and any other relevant Grantor, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to instruct the Collateral Agent to (and upon such instruction, the Collateral Agent shall) make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that the Administrative Agent reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish all such assistance and information as the Collateral Agent may require in connection with such test verifications. The Collateral Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party.

 

(b)          The Collateral Agent hereby authorizes each Grantor to collect such Grantor’s Accounts and the Collateral Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. If required in writing by the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Accounts, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Collateral Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only as provided in Section 5.5 and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. Each such deposit of Proceeds of Accounts shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

 

(c)          At the Collateral Agent’s request at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Accounts, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

 

(d)          Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, a Grantor shall not grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the Accounts, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any Person liable for the payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon if the Collateral Agent shall have instructed the Grantors not to grant or make any such extension, credit, discount, compromise or settlement under any circumstances during the continuance of such Event of Default.

 

- 11 -

 

 

(e)          At the direction of the Collateral Agent, solely upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, each Grantor shall grant to the Collateral Agent to the extent assignable, a non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free, worldwide license to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property included in the Collateral and now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor (subject to the rights of any person or entity under any pre-existing Copyright License, Patent License, Trademark License or other agreements). Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout thereof; provided, however , that nothing in this Section 5.1 shall require any Grantor to grant any license that is prohibited by any rule of law, statute or regulation or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach of default under or results in the termination of or gives rise to any right of acceleration, modification or cancellation under any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing, giving rise to a right to use or theretofore granted with respect to such property, provided , further , that such licenses to be granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to the quality control standards applicable to each such Trademark as in effect as of the date such licenses hereunder are granted.

 

5.2          Communications with Credit Parties; Grantors Remain Liable .

 

(a)          The Collateral Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, after giving reasonable notice to the relevant Grantor of its intent to do so, communicate with obligors under the Accounts to verify with them to the Collateral Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts. The Collateral Agent shall have the absolute right to share any information it gains from such inspection or verification with any Secured Party.

 

(b)          Upon the written request of the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Accounts that the Accounts have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)          Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the Accounts to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Security Agreement or the receipt by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

 

5.3          Proceeds to be Turned Over To Collateral Agent . In addition to the rights of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties specified in Section 5.1 with respect to payments of Accounts, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, so requires by notice in writing to the relevant Grantor (it being understood that the exercise of remedies by the Secured Parties in connection with an Event of Default under Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a request by the Collateral Agent for the purposes of this sentence and in such circumstances, no such written notice shall be required), all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly endorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required). All Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its dominion and control and on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent. All Proceeds while held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 5.4.

 

- 12 -

 

 

5.4          Application of Proceeds . The Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of the Collateral as well as any Collateral consisting of cash, at any time after receipt in the order set forth below:

 

(i)             first , to the payment of all reasonable and documented costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent in connection with any collection or sale or otherwise in connection with any Credit Document, including all court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, the repayment of all advances made by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document on behalf of any Credit Party and any other reasonable and documented costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Credit Document;

 

(ii)           second , ratably to the Administrative Agent to be applied as provided in the Credit Agreement and each Authorized Representative to be applied as provided in the appliable Pari Passu Agreement, to the payment in full of all Obligations owing to the Secured Parties on the date of any distribution.

 

In making the determination and allocations required by this Section 5.4, the Collateral Agent may conclusively rely upon information supplied by the applicable Authorized Representative as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to such Pari Passu Obligations and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on such information. If, despite the provisions of this Agreement, any Secured Party shall receive any payment or other recovery in excess of its portion of payments on account of the Obligations to which it is then entitled in accordance with this Agreement, such Secured Party shall hold such payment or other recovery in trust for the benefit of all Secured Parties hereunder for distribution in accordance with this Section 5.4.

 

5.5          Code and Other Remedies . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC or any other applicable law and also may with notice to the relevant Grantor, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party or elsewhere for cash or on credit or for future delivery at such price or prices and upon such other terms as are commercially reasonable irrespective of the impact of any such sales on the market price of the Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers of Collateral to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and, upon consummation of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold.

 

- 13 -

 

 

Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal that it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. The Collateral Agent and any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, and the Collateral Agent or such Secured Party may pay the purchase price by crediting the amount thereof against the Obligations. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten days’ notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. To the extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby waives any claim against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price that might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Collateral Agent’s request to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent, at places which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. The Collateral Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 5.5 in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4.

 

5.6          Deficiency . Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to collect such deficiency.

 

5.7          Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights . Each Grantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Grantor and without notice to or further assent by any Grantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, (b) the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Cash Management Agreements, Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Pari Passu Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement, the Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank party thereto, or, in the case of any Pari Passu Agreement, the holders of the applicable Pari Passu Obligations) may deem advisable from time to time and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Security Agreement or any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against any Grantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any Grantor or any other Person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Grantor or any other Person or any release of any Grantor or any other Person shall not relieve any Grantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Grantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Grantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

- 14 -

 

 

6.            The Collateral Agent .

 

6.1          Collateral Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc .

 

(a)          Each Grantor hereby appoints, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, effective upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Security Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Security Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, without assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following, in each case after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after written notice by the Collateral Agent of its intent to do so:

 

(i)           take possession of and endorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Account or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Account or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

 

(ii)          in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ Security Interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

 

(iii)         pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

 

(iv)         execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 5.5, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral;

 

(v)          obtain and adjust insurance required to be maintained by such Grantor pursuant to Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement;

 

(vi)         direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall direct;

 

- 15 -

 

 

(vii)        ask or demand for, collect and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral;

 

(viii)       sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral;

 

(ix)         commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral;

 

(x)          defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral (with such Grantor’s consent to the extent such action or its resolution could materially affect such Grantor or any of its Affiliates in any manner other than with respect to its continuing rights in such Collateral);

 

(xi)         settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Collateral Agent may deem appropriate (with such Grantor’s consent to the extent such action or its resolution could materially affect such Grantor or any of its Affiliates in any manner other than with respect to its continuing rights in such Collateral);

 

(xii)        assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Collateral Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and

 

(xiii)       generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Collateral Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ Security Interests therein and to effect the intent of this Security Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

 

Anything in this Section 6.1(a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the Collateral Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 6.1(a) unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(b)          If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Collateral Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.

 

(c)          The expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 6.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the highest rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on any category of past due ABR Loans under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Collateral Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent on demand.

 

- 16 -

 

 

(d)          Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Security Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Security Agreement is terminated and the Security Interests created hereby are released.

 

6.2          Duty of Collateral Agent . The Collateral Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Collateral Agent deals with similar property for its own account. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property. Neither the Collateral Agent, any Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Collateral Agent’s and the Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own respective gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

6.3          Authority of Collateral Agent . Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Security Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, be governed by the Intercreditor Agreements and the Credit Agreement, and by such other agreements with respect thereto as may exist from time to time among them, but, as between the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the applicable Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

 

6.4          Security Interest Absolute . All rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder, the Security Interest and all obligations of the Grantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional.

 

6.5          Continuing Security Interest; Assignments Under the Credit Agreement; Release .

 

(a)          This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Grantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns until all Obligations under the Credit Documents and each Pari Passu Agreement (other than, in each case, any contingent indemnity obligations not then due, any Secured Hedge Obligations or any Secured Cash Management Obligations) shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments shall be terminated and all Letters of Credit have expired or terminated and after all Letter of Credit Outstandings have been reduced to zero (or all such Letters of Credit and Letter of Credit Outstandings have been Cash Collateralized) notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement, the Credit Parties may be free from any Obligations.

 

- 17 -

 

 

(b)          A Grantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder (x) as it relates to the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) if it ceases to be a Credit Party in accordance with Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and (y) as it relates to any Pari Passu Obligations, if it ceases to be a guarantor under such Pari Passu Agreement pursuant to the applicable provision(s) of such Pari Passu Agreement.

 

(c)          The Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral shall automatically be released (A) as it relates to the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) (i) to the extent provided in Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in such Collateral pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and (B) as it relates to any Pari Passu Obligations, in whole or in part, as provided in the Pari Passu Agreement governing such obligations. Any such release in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of such Collateral permitted under the Credit Agreement and each Pari Passu Agreement shall result in such Collateral being sold, transferred or disposed of, as applicable, free and clear of the Lien and Security Interest created hereby.

 

(d)          In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c), the Collateral Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent.

 

6.6          Reinstatement . Each Grantor further agrees that, if any payment made by any Credit Party or other Person and applied to the Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the proceeds of Collateral are required to be returned by any Secured Party to such Credit Party, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other Person, including any Grantor, under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made or, if prior thereto the Lien granted hereby or other Collateral securing such liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of such cancellation or surrender, such Lien or other Collateral shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect any Lien or other Collateral securing the obligations of any Grantor in respect of the amount of such payment.

 

7.            Collateral Agent As Agent .

 

(a)          UBS AG, Stamford Branch has been appointed to act as the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement, by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, the other Secured Parties. The Collateral Agent shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including the release or substitution of Collateral), solely in accordance with this Security Agreement and the Credit Agreement, provided that the Collateral Agent shall exercise, or refrain from exercising, any remedies provided for in Section 5 in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders. In furtherance of the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), each Secured Party, by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, agrees that it shall have no right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral hereunder, except to the extent specifically set forth in Section 5 of the Guarantee, it being understood and agreed by such Secured Party that all rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the applicable Lenders and Secured Parties in accordance with the terms of this Section 7(a).

 

- 18 -

 

 

(b)          The Collateral Agent shall at all times be the same Person that is the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement. Written notice of resignation by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 12.9 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute notice of resignation as Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement; removal of the Collateral Agent shall also constitute removal under this Security Agreement; and appointment of a Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 12.9 of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute appointment of a successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent under Section 12.9 of the Credit Agreement by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement, and the retiring or removed Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, securities and other items of Collateral held hereunder, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under this Security Agreement and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent or otherwise authorize the filing of such amendments to financing statements and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the Security Interests created hereunder, whereupon such retiring or removed Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Security Agreement. After any retiring or removed Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Security Agreement shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Security Agreement while it was Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

(c)          The Applicable Authorized Representative shall direct the Collateral Agent in exercising any right, power, discretionary duty or other remedy available to the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any Security Document and the other Secured Parties shall not have a right to take any actions with respect to the Collateral. If the Collateral Agent shall not have received appropriate instruction within 10 days of a request therefor from the Applicable Authorized Representative (or such shorter period as reasonably may be specified in such notice or as may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction. “Applicable Authorized Representative” shall mean (i) the Administrative Agent so long as the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) constitute Obligations hereunder and (ii) thereafter, the Authorized Representative representing the series of Indebtedness secured hereby with the greatest outstanding aggregate principal amount.

 

(d)          Neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be liable to any party for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any Security Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). If the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) are no longer outstanding the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement may resign and the Applicable Authorized Representative shall become the Collateral Agent.

 

8.            Miscellaneous .

 

8.1          Intercreditor Agreements . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the liens and security interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent hereunder, are subject to the provisions of any First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and/or Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (each, an “ Intercreditor Agreement ”). In the event of any conflict between the terms of any Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of such Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control. No right, power or remedy granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be exercised by the Collateral Agent, and no direction shall be given by the Collateral Agent, in contravention of any such Intercreditor Agreement.

 

- 19 -

 

 

8.2          Amendments in Writing . None of the terms or provisions of this Security Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by the affected Grantor and the Collateral Agent in accordance with Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement and the equivalent provision of each Pari Passu Agreement.

 

8.3          Notices . All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to (i) any Grantor shall be given to it in care of Holdings at Holdings’ address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement or (ii) any Authorized Representative shall be given to it and the address set forth in the applicable Pari Passu Secured Party Consent.

 

8.4          No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies . Neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.2), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

8.5          Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification .

 

(a)          Each Grantor agrees to pay any and all reasonable out of pocket expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that may be paid or incurred by any Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, such Grantor under this Security Agreement.

 

(b)          Each Grantor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes that may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Security Agreement.

 

(c)          Each Grantor agrees to pay, and to save the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Security Agreement to the extent the Borrowers would be required to do so pursuant to Section 13.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)          The agreements in this Section 8.5 shall survive repayment of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

 

- 20 -

 

 

8.6          Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Security Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Security Agreement without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent except pursuant to a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

8.7          Counterparts . This Security Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Security Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Security Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and Holdings.

 

8.8          Severability . Any provision of this Security Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

8.9          Section Headings . The Section headings used in this Security Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

8.10        Integration . This Security Agreement together with the other Credit Documents represents the agreement of each of the Grantors with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth herein or in the other Credit Documents.

 

8.11        GOVERNING LAW . THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

8.12        Submission To Jurisdiction Waivers . Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)          submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State and County of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)          consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same and agrees not to commence or support any such action or proceeding in any other jurisdiction;

 

(c)          agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address referred to in Section 8.3 or at such other address of which such Person shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

- 21 -

 

 

(d)          agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any party hereto (or any Secured Party) to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)          waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 8.12 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

8.13        Acknowledgments . Each party hereto hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)          it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Security Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party;

 

(b)          neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Security Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

(c)          no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders and any other Secured Party or among the Grantors and the Lenders and any other Secured Party.

 

8.14        Additional Grantors . Each Subsidiary that is required to become a party to this Security Agreement pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement or an equivalent provision of any Pari Passu Agreement shall become a Subsidiary Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein, for all purposes of this Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Security Agreement.

 

8.15        WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

- 22 -

 

 

8.16        Pari Passu Obligations . On or after the date hereof and so long as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, the Borrowers may from time to time designate Indebtedness at the time of incurrence to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) as Pari Passu Obligations hereunder by delivering to the Collateral Agent and each other Authorized Representative (a) a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrowers (upon which the Collateral Agent may conclusively and exclusively rely) (i) identifying the obligations so designated and the aggregate principal amount or face amount thereof, (ii) stating that such obligations are designated as “Pari Passu Obligations” for purposes hereof, (iii) representing that such designation of such obligations as Pari Passu Obligations complies with the terms of the Credit Agreement and each then extant Pari Passu Agreement, (iv) specifying the name and address of the Authorized Representative for such obligations and (vi) stating that Grantors have complied with their obligations hereunder, (b) a fully executed Pari Passu Secured Party Consent (in the form attached as Annex B) and (c) a fully executed joinder to any applicable Intercreditor Agreement. Each Authorized Representative agrees that upon the satisfaction of all conditions set forth in the preceding sentence, the Collateral Agent shall act as agent under and subject to the terms of the Security Documents for the benefit of all Secured Parties, including, without limitation, any Secured Parties that hold any such Pari Passu Obligations, and each Authorized Representative agrees to the appointment, and acceptance of the appointment, of the Collateral Agent as agent for the holders of such Pari Passu Obligations as set forth in each Pari Passu Secured Party Consent and agrees, on behalf of itself and each Secured Party it represents, to be bound by this Security Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding the delivery of the Pari Passu Secured Party Consent set forth above, the Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to act as Collateral Agent for any New Secured Parties (as such term is defined in Exhibit B hereto) whatsoever or to execute any document whatsoever if in the sole judgment of the Collateral Agent doing so would impose, purport to impose or might reasonably be expected to impose upon the Collateral Agent any obligation or liability for which the Collateral Agent is not in its sole discretion adequately protected. In no event shall the Collateral Agent be subject to any document that it has not executed. No Pari Passu Secured Party Consent shall be effective until it has been accepted in writing by the Collateral Agent.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

- 23 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

  GARDNER DENVER, INC., as Grantor
     
  By:  
                /s/ Brent A. Walters
    Name: Brent A. Walters
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary
     
  GD ARIA US FINANCE LLC, as Grantor
     
  By: Gardner Denver, Inc., its managing member
     
  By:  
               /s/ Brent A. Walters
    Name: Brent A. Walters
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary

 

  GD ARIA US FINANCE #2 LLC, as Grantor
     
  By: Gardner Denver, Inc., its managing member
     
  By:  
               /s/ Brent A. Walters
    Name: Brent A. Walters
    Title:   Vice President and Secretary
     
  AIR-RELIEF, INC., as Grantor
     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 

 

 

  BEST AIRE, LLC, as Grantor
     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President
     
 

COMPAIR SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC., as Grantor

     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President
     
 

EMCO WHEATON USA, INC., as Grantor

     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President
     
 

GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS INC., as Grantor

     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President
     
 

GARDNER DENVER INTERNATIONAL, INC., as Grantor

     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 

 

 

  GARDNER DENVER NASH LLC, as Grantor
     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President
     
 

GARDNER DENVER FINANCE LLC, as Grantor

     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President
     
 

GARDNER DENVER OBERDORFER PUMPS INC., as Grantor

     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President
     
 

GARDNER DENVER THOMAS, INC., as Grantor

     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President
     
  GARDNER DENVER WATER JETTING SYS-TEMS, INC., as Grantor
     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 

 

 

  LEROI INTERNATIONAL, INC., as Grantor
     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President
     
 

ROBUSCHI USA, INC., as Grantor

     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President
     
 

TCM INVESTMENTS, INC., as Grantor

     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President
     
 

THOMAS INDUSTRIES INC., as Grantor

     
  By:  
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:   President

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 

 

 

  RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP., as Grantor
   
  By:
                /s/ Josh Weisenbeck
    Name: Josh Weisenbeck
    Title:  Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 

 

 

  UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
   
  By:
                /s/ Lana Gifas
    Name: Lana Gifas
    Title: Director

 

[US Security Agreement]

 

 

 

Schedule 1

 

U.S. REGISTERED COPYRIGHTS

 

 

 

Schedule 2

 

MATERIAL INBOUND EXCLUSIVE LICENSES IN U.S. REGISTERED COPYRIGHTS

 

 

 

Schedule 3

 

U.S. PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS  

 

 

 

Schedule 4

 

MATERIAL INBOUND EXCLUSIVE LICENSES IN U.S. PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

 

 

Schedule 5

 

U.S. REGISTERED TRADEMARKS AND TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

 

 

 

Schedule 6

 

MATERIAL INBOUND EXCLUSIVE LICENSES IN U.S. REGISTERED TRADEMARKS AND TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

 

 

 

Schedule 7

 

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

 

 

 

ANNEX A TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

SUPPLEMENT NO. [  ] dated as of [           ], to the Security Agreement dated as of July 30, 2013 (the “ Security Agreement ”) among Gardner Denver, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ U.S. Borrower ”), each of the Subsidiaries listed on the signature pages thereto or that becomes a party thereto pursuant to Section 8.14 (each such entity being a “ Subsidiary Grantor ” and, collectively, the “ Subsidiary Grantors ”; the Subsidiary Grantors and the U.S. Borrower are referred to collectively as the “ Grantors ”), and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

A.          Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of the date of the Security Agreement (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the U.S. Borrower, other Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent.

 

B.           Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement.

 

C.           The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective Loans to the Borrowers, the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Lenders or Affiliates of Lenders to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

D.           Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 8.14 of the Security Agreement provide that each Subsidiary that is required to become a party to the Security Agreement pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Subsidiary Grantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Subsidiary Grantor therein, for all purposes of the Security Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Subsidiary (each a “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Security Agreement to become a Subsidiary Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans, the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit.

 

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and the New Grantors agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.     In accordance with Section 8.14 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, does hereby bargain, sell, convey, assign, set over, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate and transfer to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a Security Interest in all of the Collateral of such New Grantor, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which it now has or hereafter acquires an interest. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

SECTION 2.     Each New Grantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles.

 

SECTION 3.     This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and Holdings. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Grantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Grantor and the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 4.     Such New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I hereto is (i) the legal name of such New Grantor, (ii) the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of such New Grantor, (iii) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such New Grantor (iv) the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number and organizational number of such New Grantor and (v) the true and correct location of the chief executive office and principal place of business and any office in which it maintains books of records relating to Collateral owned by it and (b) as of the date hereof (i) Schedule II hereto lists all of each New Grantor’s Copyright Licenses, (ii) Schedule III hereto lists in all material respects all of each New Grantor’s registered Copyrights (and all applications therefor), (iii) Schedule IV hereto lists all of each New Grantor’s Patent Licenses, (iv) Schedule V hereto lists in all material respects all of each New Grantor’s Patents (and all applications therefor), (v) Schedule VI hereto lists all of each New Grantor’s Trademark Licenses and (vi) Schedule VII hereto lists in all material respects all of each New Grantor’s registered Trademarks (and all applications therefor).

 

SECTION 5.     Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6.    THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 7.     Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Security Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 8.     All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Grantor shall be given to it in care of Holdings at the Holdings’ address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

- 2 -

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

- 3 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  [NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Collateral Agent
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

 

SCHEDULE I
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. ___ TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT

COLLATERAL

 

Legal Name Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization
Type of
Organization or
Corporate Structure
Federal Taxpayer
Identification
Number and
Organizational Identification
Number
       

 

 

 

SCHEDULE II
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. ___ TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT

MATERIAL INBOUND EXCLUSIVE LICENSES IN U.S. REGISTERED COPYRIGHTS

 

 

 

SCHEDULE III
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. ___ TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT

U.S. REGISTERED COPYRIGHTS

   Registrations:

OWNER

REGISTRATION NUMBER

TITLE

     

 

 

 

SCHEDULE IV
TO SUPPLEMENT NO.___ TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT

MATERIAL INBOUND EXCLUSIVE LICENSES IN U.S. PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

 

 

SCHEDULE V
TO SUPPLEMENT NO.___ TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT

U.S. PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

OWNER

APPLICATION NUMBER

REGISTRATION NUMBER

TITLE

       

 

 

 

SCHEDULE VI
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. ___ TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT

MATERIAL INBOUND EXCLUSIVE LICENSES IN U.S. REGISTERED TRADEMARKS AND TRADEMARKS APPLICATIONS

 

 

 

SCHEDULE VII
TO SUPPLEMENT NO. ___ TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT

U.S. REGISTERED TRADEMARKS AND TRADEMARK APPLICATIONS

 

OWNER

APPLICATION
NUMBER

REGISTRATION
NUMBER

TRADEMARK

       

 

 

 

ANNEX B TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT

[Form of]

PARI PASSU SECURED PARTY CONSENT

[Name of Pari Passu Secured Party]

[Address of Pari Passu Secured Party]

[Date]

 

   
   
   
   

 

The undersigned is the Authorized Representative for Persons wishing to become Secured Parties (the “ New Secured Parties ”) under (i) the Security Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013 (as heretofore amended and/or supplemented, the “ Security Agreement ” (terms used without definition herein have the meanings assigned to such term by the Security Agreement)) among Gardner Denver, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the other Grantors from time to time party thereto and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Collateral Agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) and (ii) the Pledge Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013 (as heretofore amended and/or supplemented, the “ Pledge Agreement ”) among the Grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent.

 

In consideration of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby:

 

(i)          represents that the Authorized Representative has been duly authorized by the New Secured Parties to become a party to the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement on behalf of the New Secured Parties under that [DESCRIBE OPERATIVE AGREEMENT] (the “ New Secured Obligation ”) and to act as the Authorized Representative for the New Secured Parties;

 

(ii)         acknowledges that the New Secured Parties have received copies of the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and any Intercreditor Agreements;

 

(iii)        appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and on behalf of all other Secured Parties and to exercise such powers under the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreement and any Intercreditor Agreements as are delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms thereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto;

 

 

 

(iv)        accepts and acknowledges the terms of the Security Agreement, Pledge Agreement and any Intercreditor Agreements on behalf of it and the New Secured Parties and agrees to serve as Authorized Representative for the New Secured Parties with respect to the New Secured Obligations and agrees on its own behalf and on behalf of the New Secured Parties to be bound by the terms thereof applicable to holders of Pari Passu Obligations, with all the rights and obligations of a Secured Party thereunder and bound by all the provisions thereof) as fully as if it had been a Secured Party on the effective date of the Security Agreement and Pledge Agreement and agrees that its address for receiving notices pursuant to the Security Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall be as follows:

 

[Address]

 

The Collateral Agent, by acknowledging and agreeing to this Pari Passu Secured Party Consent, accepts the appointment set forth in clause (iii) above.

 

THIS PARI PASSU SECURED PARTY CONSENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Pari Passu Secured Party Consent to be duly executed by its authorized officer as of the ___ day __________, of 20__.

 

  [NAME OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE]
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Acknowledged and Agreed
UBS AG, Stamford Branch,
as Collateral Agent

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[•],. a [•] corporation,
for itself and each other Grantor party to the Security Agreement

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

ANNEX C TO THE
SECURITY AGREEMENT

FORM OF GRANT OF

SECURITY INTEREST IN [TRADEMARK/PATENT/COPYRIGHT] RIGHTS

 

 

This GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN [TRADEMARK/ PATENT/ COPYRIGHT] RIGHTS (“ Agreement ”), dated as of July [•], 2013, is made by [ ] (the “ Grantor ”), in favor of UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as collateral agent (the “ Agent ”) for the several banks and other financial institutions (the “ Lenders ”) from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the U.S. Borrower, the other Borrowers from time to time party thereto, Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), the Lenders party thereto and the Agent.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make loans to the Borrowers, the Swingline Lender to make the Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, Grantor, the U.S. Borrower and any Subsidiaries that become a party thereto, have executed and delivered a Security Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013 in favor of the Agent (together with all amendments and modifications, if any, from time to time thereafter made thereto, the “ Security Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantor has pledged and granted to the Agent for the benefit of the Agent and the Secured Parties continuing security interest in all Intellectual Property, including the [Trademarks/Patents/Copyrights]; and

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, and in order to induce the Lenders to make loans and the Swingline Lender to make the Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuers to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries, and to induce one or more Lenders or Affiliates of Lenders to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries, Grantor agrees, for the benefit of the Agent and the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

1.           Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, terms used in this Agreement, including its preamble and recitals, have the meanings provided or provided by reference in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement.

 

 

 

2.           Grant of Security Interest . Grantor hereby grants a security interest in all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the [Trademarks/Patents/Copyrights] (including, without limitation, those items listed on Schedule A hereto), including the right to receive all Proceeds therefrom (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure payment, performance and observance of the Obligations[; provided that, applications in the United States Patent and Trademark Office to register trademarks or service marks on the basis of Grantor’s “intent to use” such trademarks or service marks will not be deemed to be Collateral unless and until an amendment to allege use or a statement of use has been filed under 15 U.S.C. §1051 and accepted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, whereupon such application shall be automatically subject to the security interest granted herein and deemed to be included in the Collateral.] 1

 

3.            Purpose . This Agreement has been executed and delivered by Grantor for the purpose of recording the grant of security interest herein with the United States [Patent and Trademark][Copyright] Office. The security interest granted hereby has been granted to the Secured Parties in connection with the Security Agreement and is expressly subject to the terms and conditions thereof. The Security Agreement (and all rights and remedies of the Secured Parties thereunder) shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

4.           Acknowledgment . Grantor does hereby further acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Secured Parties with respect to the security interest in the Collateral granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which (including the remedies provided for therein) are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Security Agreement, the terms of the Security Agreement shall govern.

 

5.            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together constitute one and the same original.

6.             Governing Law : This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

1 Language applicable to Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Rights  

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

  [•],
as Grantor
 
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

[Grant of Security Interest in [Trademark/Patent/Copyright] Rights]

 

 

 

 

  UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Collateral Agent
 
       
  By:    
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

 [Grant of Security Interest in [Trademark/Patent/Copyright] Rights]

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

U.S. [Patent/Trademark/Copyright] Registrations and Applications

 

[For Patents:]

 

OWNER

APPLICATION NUMBER

REGISTRATION NUMBER

TITLE

       

 

 

[For Trademarks:]

 

OWNER

APPLICATION
NUMBER

REGISTRATION
NUMBER

TRADEMARK

       

 

 

[For Copyrights:]

 

OWNER

REGISTRATION NUMBER

TITLE

     

 

Material Inbound Exclusive Licenses in U.S. [Patents/Trademarks/Copyrights]

 

Owner/Licensor Grantor/Licensee Registration No./Application No. Title Name of
License
Date of
License
           

 

 

Exhibit 10.6 

 

GUARANTEE

 

THIS GUARANTEE dated as of July 30, 2013, by each of the signatories listed on the signature pages hereto and each of the other entities that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 20 (the “ Guarantors ,” and individually, a “ Guarantor ”), in favor of the Collateral Agent (as defined in the Credit Agreement) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), RENAISSANCE ACQUISITION CORP., which on the Closing Date shall be merged with GARDNER DENVER, INC. (with GARDNER DENVER, INC. as the merged company and the “ U.S. Borrower ”), GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS GMBH & CO. KG, a company organized under the laws of Germany with company number HRA 91896 (registered at the local court of Munich) and its registered office at Benzstrabe 28, 82178 Puchheim (the “ German Borrower ”), GD FIRST (UK) LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales with company number 04955958 and its registered office at Springmill Street, Bradford West Yorkshire BD5 7HW (the “ UK Borrower ” and, together with the German Borrower, the “ Foreign Borrowers ”), the lending institutions from time to time parties thereto (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer and the other parties party thereto, pursuant to which, among other things, the Lenders have severally agreed to make Loans to the U.S. Borrower and the Foreign Borrower (collectively, the “ Borrowers ), the Swingline Lender has agreed to make Swingline Loans and the Letter of Credit Issuer has agreed to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers and the Restricted Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Extensions of Credit ”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks may from time to time enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries of Holdings and each Guarantor is a direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiary of Holdings;

 

WHEREAS, the Extensions of Credit will be used in part to enable valuable transfers to the Guarantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

 

WHEREAS, each Guarantor acknowledges that it will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the Extensions of Credit; and

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Guarantors shall have executed and delivered this Guarantee to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

 

 
 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement, to induce the Lenders, Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries, the Guarantors hereby agree with the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

 

1.        Defined Terms .

 

(a)     Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)     The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Guarantee shall refer to this Guarantee as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guarantee, and Section references are to Sections of this Guarantee unless otherwise specified. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

(c)     The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

2.        Guarantee .

 

(a)     Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) and Section 3, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations of anyone other than such Guarantor (including amounts that would become due for operation of the automatic stay under 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)); provided that, with respect to the Foreign Borrowers and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries organized in the same jurisdiction, this clause (a) shall only apply to the Obligations of the Foreign Borrowers.

 

(b)     Anything herein or in any other Credit Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of each Guarantor hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall in no event exceed the amount that can be guaranteed by such Guarantor under the Bankruptcy Code or any applicable laws relating to fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers or the insolvency of debtors.

 

(c)     Each Guarantor further agrees to pay any and all expenses (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) that may be paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, the Guarantors under this Guarantee.

 

(d)     Each Guarantor agrees that the Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of such Guarantor hereunder without impairing this Guarantee or affecting the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party hereunder.

 

(e)     No payment or payments made by any Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party from any Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments, other than payments made by such Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or payments received or collected from such Guarantor in respect of the Obligations, remain liable for the Obligations up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder until the Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding or the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall have been Cash Collateralized.

 

- 2 -
 

(f)     Each Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, it shall make any payment to the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party on account of its liability hereunder, it will notify the Collateral Agent in writing that such payment is made under this Guarantee for such purpose.

 

The Collateral Agent shall have its own independent right to demand payment of the amounts payable by each applicable Guarantor under this Section 2, irrespective of any discharge of such Guarantor's obligations to pay those amounts to the other Secured Parties resulting from failure by them to take appropriate steps in insolvency proceedings affecting that Guarantor to preserve their entitlement to be paid those amounts.

 

Any amount due and payable by a Guarantor to the Collateral Agent under this Section 2 shall be decreased to the extent that the other Secured Parties have received (and are able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under the other provisions of the Credit Documents and any amount due and payable by a Guarantor to the Collateral Agent under those provisions shall be decreased to the extent that the Collateral Agent has received (and is able to retain) payment in full of the corresponding amount under this Section 2.

 

3.        Limitation of Guarantee .

 

(a)      Additional Jurisdictions . In the event that a Subsidiary of Holdings is to become a party to this Guarantee as required by Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement or otherwise and at such time such additional Guarantor is not organized in one of the jurisdictions of a Guarantor that is or has already been a signatory hereto, then the Guarantor Supplement (as defined below) to be executed and delivered by such additional Guarantor shall include guarantee limitation provisions, corporate benefit, tax and other provisions customary for such jurisdiction as the Collateral Agent and such additional Guarantor may reasonably agree based on the advice of legal counsel (which may be legal counsel for such Guarantor).

 

4.        Right of Contribution . Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder (including by way of set-off rights being exercised against it), such Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder who has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 6 hereof. The provisions of this Section 4 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Guarantor shall remain liable to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties up to the maximum liability of such Guarantor hereunder.

 

5.        Right of Set-off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Secured Parties provided by law, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Secured Party at any time and from time to time following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to such Guarantor or any other Guarantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Guarantor, upon any amount becoming due and payable by such Guarantor hereunder (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of such Guarantor. Each Secured Party shall notify such Guarantor promptly of any such set-off and the appropriation and application made by such Secured Party, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

 

- 3 -
 

6.        No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by any of the Guarantors hereunder or any set-off or appropriation and application of funds of any of the Guarantors by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, no Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights (or if subrogated by operation of law, such Guarantor hereby waives such rights to the extent permitted by applicable law) of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Borrower or any Guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of any of the Obligations, nor shall any Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from any Borrower or any Guarantor or other guarantor in respect of payments made by such Guarantor hereunder, in each case, until all amounts owing to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties on account of the Obligations under the Credit Documents are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding or the Letters of Credit outstanding shall have been Cash Collateralized. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly indorsed by such Guarantor to the Collateral Agent, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether due or to become due, in such order as the Collateral Agent may determine ( provided that the liability of the Belgian Guarantor hereunder and under Section 2 shall not in the aggregate exceed the limitation set forth in Section 3).

 

7.        Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations; Waiver of Rights . Each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, (a) any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may be rescinded by such party and any of the Obligations continued, (b) the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (c) the Credit Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Letters of Credit and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith and the Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, or, in the case of any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, the Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank party thereto) may deem advisable from time to time and (d) any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the payment of any of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Guarantee or any property subject thereto. When making any demand hereunder against any Guarantor, the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on any applicable Borrower or Borrowers or any Guarantor or any other person, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to make any such demand or to collect any payments from any Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person or any release of any Borrower or any Guarantor or any other person shall not relieve any Guarantor in respect of which a demand or collection is not made or any Guarantor not so released of its several obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party against any Guarantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

- 4 -
 

8.        Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional .

 

(a)     Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, contraction, incurrence, renewal, extension, amendment, waiver or accrual of any of the Obligations, and notice of or proof of reliance by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon this Guarantee or acceptance of this Guarantee. All Obligations shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended, waived or accrued, in reliance upon this Guarantee, and all dealings between any Borrower and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guarantee. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives diligence, promptness, presentment, protest and notice of protest, demand for payment or performance, notice of default or nonpayment, notice of acceptance and any other notice in respect of the Obligations or any part of them, and any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of any Borrower or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Obligations. Each Guarantor understands and agrees that this Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Credit Document, any Letter of Credit, any Secured Cash Management Agreement, any Secured Hedge Agreement, any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) that may at any time be available to or be asserted by any Borrower against the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party or (c)  any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of any Borrower or such Guarantor) that constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of any Borrower for the Obligations, or of such Guarantor under this Guarantee, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, the Collateral Agent and any other Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against any Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from a Borrower or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of any Borrower or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve such Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties against such Guarantor.

 

(b)     This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon each Guarantor and the successors and assigns thereof and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns until all Obligations under the Credit Documents (other than any contingent indemnity obligations not then due, any Secured Hedge Obligations or any Secured Cash Management Obligations) shall have been satisfied by payment in full, the Commitments thereunder shall be terminated and no Letters of Credit thereunder shall be outstanding (except to the extent that the Letters of Credit have been Cash Collateralized), notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement and any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement the Credit Parties may be free from any Obligations.

 

- 5 -
 

(c)     A Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be automatically released under the circumstances described in Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)     The Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Secured Parties, the Obligations under the Credit Documents may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 11 of the Credit Agreement (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in such Section) for purposes of Section 2 , notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by any Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 2 .

 

9.        Reinstatement . This Guarantee shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of any Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, any Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

10.        Payments . Each Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Collateral Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars (based on the Dollar Equivalent amount of such Obligations on the date of payment) at the Collateral Agent’s office. Each Guarantor agrees that the provisions of Sections 5.4 and 13.19 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee.

 

11.        Representations and Warranties; Covenants .

 

(a)     Each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8 of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Guarantor and in the other Credit Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date), and the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein.

 

(b)     Each Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party that, from and after the date of this Guarantee until the Obligations are paid in full, the Commitments are terminated and no Letter of Credit remains outstanding or the Letters of Credit Outstanding have been Cash Collateralized, such Guarantor shall take, or shall refrain from taking, as the case may be, all actions that are necessary to be taken or not taken so that no violation of any provision, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9 or Section 10 of the Credit Agreement and so that no Default or Event of Default, is caused by any act or failure to act of such Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

12.        Authority of the Collateral Agent .

 

(a)     The Collateral Agent enters into this Guarantee in its capacity as agent for the Secured Parties from time to time. The rights and obligations of the Collateral Agent under this Guarantee at any time are the rights and obligations of the Secured Parties at that time. Each of the Secured Parties has (subject to the terms of the Credit Documents) a several entitlement to each such right, and a several liability in respect of each such obligation, in the proportions described in the Credit Documents. The rights, remedies and discretions of the Secured Parties, or any of them, under this Guarantee may be exercised by the Collateral Agent. No party to this Guarantee is obliged to inquire whether an exercise by the Collateral Agent of any such right, remedy or discretion is within the Collateral Agent’s authority as agent for the Secured Parties.

 

- 6 -
 

(b)     Each party to this Guarantee acknowledges and agrees that any changes (in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents) in the identity of the persons from time to time comprising the Secured Parties gives rise to an equivalent change in the Secured Parties, without any further act. Upon such an occurrence, the persons then comprising the Secured Parties are vested with the rights, remedies and discretions and assume the obligations of the Secured Parties under this Guarantee. Each party to this Guarantee irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to give effect to the change in Lenders contemplated in this Section 12(b) by countersigning an Assignment and Acceptance.

 

(c)     Neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be liable to any party for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any Credit Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

 

13.        Notices . All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Guarantor shall be given to it in care of Holdings at the Holdings’ address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

14.        Counterparts . This Guarantee may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Guarantee on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Guarantee signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Collateral Agent and Holdings.

 

15.        Severability . Any provision of this Guarantee that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

16.        Integration . This Guarantee, together with the other Credit Documents and each other document in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreement and any Secured Cash Management Agreement, represents the agreement of each Guarantor and the Collateral Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents or each other document in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreement or any Secured Cash Management Agreement.

 

- 7 -
 

17.        Amendments in Writing; No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .

 

(a)     None of the terms or provisions of this Guarantee may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

(b)     Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 17(a)), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion.

 

(c)     The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

 

18.        Section Headings . The Section headings used in this Guarantee are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

 

19.        Successors and Assigns . This Guarantee shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns except that no Guarantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Guarantee without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

 

20.        Additional Guarantors . Each Subsidiary of Holdings that is required to become a party to this Guarantee pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Guarantor, with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor herein, for all purposes of this Guarantee, upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of a written supplement substantially in the form of Annex A hereto (each such written supplement, a “ Guarantor Supplement ”). The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee shall not require the consent of any other Guarantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor as a party to this Guarantee.

 

21.        WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .   EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE, ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

22.        Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Service of Process . Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)     submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guarantee and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State and County of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

- 8 -
 

(b)     consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same or to commence or support any such action or proceeding in any other jurisdiction;

 

(c)     agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(d)     waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 22 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the U.S. Borrower (or, if such entity ceases to be existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia, and each Credit Party does not appoint another Credit Party existing therein as such a substitute agent, CT Corporation System 111 Eighth Avenue, 13 th Floor, New York, New York 10011) as its agent for service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Guarantee and each other Credit Document and agrees that service of process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Guarantor in care of the U.S. Borrower at the U.S Borrower’s address set forth in the Credit Agreement (or, if the U.S. Borrower ceases to be the agent for service of process as set forth in this paragraph, at the address of CT Corporation System set forth in this paragraph or the address of the substitute agent specified upon its appointment, as the case may be) and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the U.S. Borrower (or such other substitute agent) to accept such service on its behalf.

 

23.        GOVERNING LAW .   THIS GUARANTEE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

[Signature pages follow]

- 9 -
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer or other representative as of the day and year first above written.

 

  GARDNER DENVER, INC.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
             /s/ Brent A. Walters
    Name: Brent A. Walters
    Title:  Vice President and Secretary
     
     
 

GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS GMBH & CO KG,

as Guarantor 

   
  By: Gardner Denver Holdings Verwaltungs GmbH, its General Partner
     
  By:
                /s/ Brent A. Walters
    Name: Brent A. Walters
    Title:  Managing Director
     
     
 

GD FIRST (UK) LIMITED,

as Guarantor 

   
  By:
               /s/ Brent A. Walters
    Name: Brent A. Walters
    Title:  Director
     
     
 

GD ARIA US FINANCE LLC,

as Guarantor 

   
 

By:          Gardner Denver, Inc., its manager

 

By: 

              /s/ Brent A. Walters
    Name: Brent A. Walters
    Title:  Vice President and Secretary

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 
 

 

GD ARIA US FINANCE #2 LLC,
as Guarantor 

   
 

By:          Gardner Denver, Inc., its managing member

 

  By:
               /s/ Brent A. Walters
    Name: Brent A. Walters
    Title:  Vice President and Secretary
     
 

AIR-RELIEF, INC.,
as Guarantor 

   
  By:
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President

 

  BEST AIRE, LLC,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
              /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President

 

  COMPAIR SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President

 

     
  EMCO WHEATON USA, INC.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
             /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President

 

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 
 

  GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS INC.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
              /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President 

     
  GARDNER DENVER INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President

 

 

GARDNER DENVER NASH LLC,
as Guarantor

 

   
  By:
             /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President

 

  GARDNER DENVER FINANCE LLC,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President

 

  GARDNER DENVER OBERDORFER PUMPS INC.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
              /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President

 

     

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 
 

  GARDNER DENVER THOMAS, INC.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
              /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:  President
     
 

GARDNER DENVER WATER JETTING SYSTEMS, INC.,
as Guarantor

 

   
  By:
              /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President

 

  LEROI INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
              /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President

 

  ROBUSCHI USA, INC.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
               /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President

 

  TCM INVESTMENTS, INC.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
              /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
   

Title: President 

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 
 

  THOMAS INDUSTRIES INC.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
              /s/ Michael McGrath
    Name: Michael McGrath
    Title:  President

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 
 

  RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.,
as Guarantor
   
  By:
                /s/ Josh Weisenbeck
    Name: Josh Weisenbeck
    Title:  Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 
 

  UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,
as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
   
  By:
                /s/ Lana Gifas
    Name: Lana Gifas
    Title:  Director

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 
 

ANNEX A TO
THE GUARANTEE

 

SUPPLEMENT NO. [   ] dated as of [                    ] to the GUARANTEE dated as of July 30, 2013, among each of the Guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto (each such subsidiary individually, a “ Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Collateral Agent for the Lenders from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below (the “ Guarantee ”).

 

A.       Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of the date of the Guarantee (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, refinanced or replaced from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), RENAISSANCE ACQUISITION CORP., which on the Closing Date shall be merged with GARDNER DENVER, INC. (with GARDNER DENVER, INC. as the merged company and the “ U.S. Borrower ”), GARDNER DENVER HOLDINGS GMBH & CO KG, a company organized under the laws of Germany with company number HRA 91896 (registered at the local court of Munich) and its registered office at Benzstrabe 28, 82178 Puchheim (the “ German Borrower ”), GD FIRST (UK) LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of England and Wales with company number 04955958 and its registered office at Springmill Street, Bradford West Yorkshire BD5 7HW (the “ UK Borrower ” and, together with the German Borrower, the “ Foreign Borrowers ”), the lending institutions from time to time parties thereto (each a “ Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Lenders ”) and UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and Letter of Credit Issuer and the other parties party thereto.

 

B.       Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Guarantee.

 

C.       The Guarantors have entered into the Guarantee in order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make their respective Extensions of Credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement and to induce one or more Cash Management Banks or Hedge Banks to enter into Secured Cash Management Agreements or Secured Hedge Agreements with Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

D. Section 9.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 20 of the Guarantee provide that additional Subsidiaries may become Guarantors under the Guarantee by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. Each undersigned Subsidiary (each a “ New Guarantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Guarantor under the Guarantee in order to induce the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Letter of Credit Issuer to make additional Extensions of Credit, to induce one or more Hedge Banks or Cash Management Banks to enter into Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements and as consideration for Extensions of Credit previously made.

 

 
 

Accordingly, the Collateral Agent and each New Guarantor agrees as follows:

 

SECTION 1.       In accordance with Section 20 of the Guarantee, each New Guarantor by its signature below becomes a Guarantor under the Guarantee with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor, and each New Guarantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee applicable to it as a Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Guarantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date). Each reference to a Guarantor in the Guarantee shall be deemed to include each New Guarantor. The Guarantee is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

SECTION 2.       Each New Guarantor represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms , except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity .

 

SECTION 3.       [ LIMITATION OF GUARANTEE. INSERT APPLICABLE GUARANTEE LIMITATION LANGUAGE TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY SECTION 3 OF THE GUARANTEE .]

 

SECTION 3.       This Supplement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Supplement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Supplement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with Holdings and the Collateral Agent. This Supplement shall become effective as to each New Guarantor when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement that, when taken together, bear the signatures of such New Guarantor and the Collateral Agent.

 

SECTION 4.       Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 5.       THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

SECTION 6.       Any provision of this Supplement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof and in the Guarantee, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

 

SECTION 7.       All notices, requests and demands pursuant hereto shall be made in accordance with Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to each New Guarantor shall be given to it in care of Holdings at Holdings’ address set forth in Section 13.2 of the Credit Agreement.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Guarantor and the Collateral Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Guarantee as of the day and year first above written.

 

  [NAME OF NEW GUARANTOR],
  as Guarantor
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee Supplement]

 
 

  UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH
  as Collateral Agent
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee Supplement]

 
 

Exhibit 10.7

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

RECEIVABLES FINANCING AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of May 17, 2016

 

by and among

 

Gardner Denver Finance II LLC ,

as Borrower,

 

THE PERSONS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,

as Lenders and LC Participants,

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as LC Bank,

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent,

 

GARDNER DENVER, INC.,

as initial Servicer,

 

and

 

PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC, as Structuring Agent

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS 1
SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms 1
SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretative Matters 34
ARTICLE II TERMS OF THE LOANS 34
SECTION 2.01. Loan Facility 34
SECTION 2.02. Making Loans; Repayment of Loans 35
SECTION 2.03. Interest and Fees 36
SECTION 2.04. Records of Loans and Participation Advances 36
SECTION 2.05. Defaulting Lenders 37
ARTICLE III LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY 37
SECTION 3.01. Letters of Credit 37
SECTION 3.02. Issuance of Letters of Credit; Participations 38
SECTION 3.03. Requirements For Issuance of Letters of Credit 39
SECTION 3.04. Disbursements, Reimbursement 39
SECTION 3.05. Repayment of Participation Advances 40
SECTION 3.06. Documentation; Documentary and Processing Charges 41
SECTION 3.07. Determination to Honor Drawing Request 41
SECTION 3.08. Nature of Participation and Reimbursement Obligations 41
SECTION 3.09. Indemnity 43
SECTION 3.10. Liability for Acts and Omissions 43
SECTION 3.11. LC Collateral Accounts 45
ARTICLE IV SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES AND PAYMENT PROVISIONS 45
SECTION 4.01. Settlement Procedures 45
SECTION 4.02. Payments and Computations, Etc 48
ARTICLE V INCREASED COSTS; FUNDING LOSSES; TAXES; ILLEGALITY AND SECURITY INTEREST 49
SECTION 5.01. Increased Costs 49
SECTION 5.02. Funding Losses 50
SECTION 5.03. Taxes 50
- i -

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
SECTION 5.04. Inability to Determine LMIR; Change in Legality 54
SECTION 5.05. Security Interest 55

 

ARTICLE VI CONDITIONS to Effectiveness and CREDIT EXTENSIONS 56

 

SECTION 6.01. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness and the Initial Credit Extension 56
SECTION 6.02. Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions 56
SECTION 6.03. Conditions Precedent to All Releases 57
ARTICLE VII REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 58
SECTION 7.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower 58
SECTION 7.02. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer 63

 

ARTICLE VIII COVENANTS 66

 

SECTION 8.01. Covenants of the Borrower 66
SECTION 8.02. Covenants of the Servicer 74
SECTION 8.03. Separate Existence of the Borrower 79

 

ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION OF RECEIVABLES 83

 

SECTION 9.01. Appointment of the Servicer 83
SECTION 9.02. Duties of the Servicer 84
SECTION 9.03. Collection Account Arrangements 85
SECTION 9.04. Enforcement Rights 85
SECTION 9.05. Responsibilities of the Borrower 87
SECTION 9.06. Servicing Fee 87

 

ARTICLE X EVENTS OF DEFAULT 88

 

SECTION 10.01. Events of Default 88

 

ARTICLE XI THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 91

 

SECTION 11.01. Authorization and Action 91
SECTION 11.02. Administrative Agent’s Reliance, Etc 92
SECTION 11.03. Administrative Agent and Affiliates 92
SECTION 11.04. Indemnification of Administrative Agent 92
SECTION 11.05. Delegation of Duties 92
SECTION 11.06. Action or Inaction by Administrative Agent 93
- ii -

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

    Page
     
SECTION 11.07. Notice of Events of Default; Action by Administrative Agent 93
SECTION 11.08. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Parties 93
SECTION 11.09. Successor Administrative Agent 94
SECTION 11.10. Structuring Agent 94

 

ARTICLE XII INDEMNIFICATION 94

 

SECTION 12.01. Indemnities by the Borrower 94
SECTION 12.02. Indemnification by the Servicer 97

 

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS 99

 

SECTION 13.01. Amendments, Etc 99
SECTION 13.02. Notices, Etc 100
SECTION 13.03. Assignability; Addition of Lenders 100
SECTION 13.04. Costs and Expenses 102
SECTION 13.05. No Proceedings; Limitation on Payments 103
SECTION 13.06. Confidentiality 103
SECTION 13.07. GOVERNING LAW 105
SECTION 13.08. Execution in Counterparts 105
SECTION 13.09. Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Termination 105
SECTION 13.10. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION 105
SECTION 13.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 106
SECTION 13.12. Ratable Payments 106
SECTION 13.13. Limitation of Liability 106
SECTION 13.14. Intent of the Parties 107
SECTION 13.15. USA Patriot Act 107
SECTION 13.16. Right of Setoff 107
SECTION 13.17. Severability 107
SECTION 13.18. Mutual Negotiations 108
SECTION 13.19. Captions and Cross References 108
SECTION 13.20. Currency 108
SECTION 13.21. Currency Equivalence 109
- iii -

Table of Contents

(continued)

 

Page

 

EXHIBITS    
     
EXHIBIT A Form of [Loan Request] [LC Request]
EXHIBIT B Form of Reduction Notice
EXHIBIT C Form of Assignment and Acceptance Agreement
EXHIBIT D Form of Letter of Credit Application
EXHIBIT E Credit and Collection Policy
EXHIBIT F Form of Monthly Report
EXHIBIT G Form of Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT H Closing Memorandum
EXHIBIT I Form of Weekly Report
EXHIBIT J Form of Daily Report
EXHIBIT K U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
     
SCHEDULES
     
SCHEDULE I Commitments
SCHEDULE II Lock-Boxes, Collection Accounts and Collection Account Banks
SCHEDULE III Notice Addresses
- iv -

This RECEIVABLES FINANCING AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of May 17, 2016 by and among the following parties:

 

(i) Gardner Denver Finance II LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, as Borrower (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Borrower ”);

 

(ii) the Persons from time to time party hereto as Lenders and LC Participants;

 

(iii) PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as LC Bank (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ LC Bank ”);

 

(iv) PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“ PNC ”), as Administrative Agent;

 

(v) GARDNER DENVER, INC., a Delaware corporation, in its individual capacity (“ GDI ”) and as initial Servicer (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Servicer ”); and

 

(vi) PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company, as Structuring Agent.

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

 

The Borrower has acquired, and will acquire from time to time, Receivables from the Originator(s) pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement. The Borrower has requested (a) that the Lenders make Loans from time to time to the Borrower and (b) the LC Bank to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower from time to time, in each case, on the terms, and subject to the conditions set forth herein, secured by, among other things, the Receivables.

 

In consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

 

Account Control Agreement ” means each agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among the Borrower, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent and a Collection Account Bank, governing the terms of the related Collection Accounts, that, among other things, provides the Administrative Agent with control within the meaning of the UCC over the deposit accounts subject to such agreement, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Adjusted Dollar LC Participation Amount ” means, at any time of determination, the greater of (i) the Dollar LC Participation Amount less the amount of cash collateral denominated in Dollars held in an LC Collateral Account at such time and (ii) zero ($0).

 

Adjusted Euro LC Participation Amount ” means, at any time of determination, the greater of (i) the Euro LC Participation Amount less the amount of cash collateral denominated in Euros held in an LC Collateral Account at such time and (ii) zero (€0).

 

Adjusted Korean Won LC Participation Amount ” means, at any time of determination, the greater of (i) the Korean Won LC Participation Amount less the amount of cash collateral denominated in Korean Won held in an LC Collateral Account at such time and (ii) zero (KRW 0).

 

Adjusted Pounds Sterling LC Participation Amount ” means, at any time of determination, the greater of (i) the Pounds Sterling LC Participation Amount less the amount of cash collateral denominated in Pounds Sterling held in an LC Collateral Account at such time and (ii) zero (£0).

 

Administrative Agent ” means PNC, in its capacity as contractual representative for the Credit Parties, and any successor thereto in such capacity appointed pursuant to Article XI or Section 13.03(f) .

 

Adverse Claim ” means any Lien, except any Permitted Lien.

 

Advisors ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.06(c) .

 

Affected Person ” means each Credit Party and each of their respective Affiliates.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount ” means, at any time of determination, the greater of (i) the Aggregate LC Participation Amount less the Dollar Equivalent of all cash collateral held in the LC Collateral Accounts at such time and (ii) zero ($0).

 

Aggregate Capital ” means, at any time of determination, the aggregate outstanding Capital of all Lenders and LC Participants at such time.

 

Aggregate Interest ” means, at any time of determination, the aggregate accrued and unpaid Interest on the Loans of all Lenders at such time.

 

Aggregate LC Participation Amount ” means, at any time of determination, the aggregate Dollar Equivalent of all LC Participation Amounts at such time.

2

Aggregate Currency Reserves ” means, at any time of determination, the sum of (i) the Euro Volatility Reserve, plus (ii) the Korean Won Volatility Reserve, plus (iii) the Pounds Sterling Volatility Reserve.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Alternative Currency ” means (i) Euros, (ii) Pounds Sterling and (iii) Korean Won.

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” means any Applicable Law relating to terrorism financing, trade sanctions programs and embargoes, import/export licensing, money laundering or bribery, and any regulation, order, or directive promulgated, issued or enforced pursuant to such Applicable Laws, all as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

 

Applicable Law ” means, with respect to any Person, (x) all provisions of law, statute, treaty, constitution, ordinance, rule, regulation, ordinance, requirement, restriction, permit, executive order, certificate, decision, directive or order of any Governmental Authority applicable to such Person or any of its property and (y) all judgments, injunctions, orders, writs, decrees and awards of all courts and arbitrators in proceedings or actions in which such Person is a party or by which any of its property is bound. For the avoidance of doubt, FATCA shall constitute an “Applicable Law” for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

Assignment and Acceptance Agreement ” means an assignment and acceptance agreement entered into by a Lender, an Eligible Assignee and the Administrative Agent, and, if required, the Borrower, pursuant to which such Eligible Assignee may become a party to this Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.

 

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all fees, costs, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel and all disbursements of internal counsel.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq.), as amended from time to time.

 

Base Rate ” means, for any day and any Lender, a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time, which rate shall be at all times equal to the higher of:

 

(a) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent or its Affiliate as its “reference rate” or “prime rate”, as applicable. Such “reference rate” or “prime rate” is set by the Administrative Agent or its Affiliate based upon various factors, including such Person’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such announced rate, and is not necessarily the lowest rate charged to any customer; and

 

(b) 0.50% per annum above the latest Federal Funds Rate.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Borrower Indemnified Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.01(a) .

3

Borrower Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.01(a) .

 

Borrower Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on any of the following:

 

(a) the assets, operations, business or financial condition of the Borrower;

 

(b) the ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party;

 

(c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the Borrower is a party, or the validity, enforceability, value or collectibility of any material portion of the Pool Receivables;

 

(d) the status, perfection, enforceability or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral; or

 

(e) the rights and remedies of any Credit Party under the Transaction Documents or associated with its respective interest in the Collateral.

 

Borrower Obligations ” means all present and future indebtedness, reimbursement obligations, and other liabilities and obligations (howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or due or to become due) of the Borrower to any Credit Party, Borrower Indemnified Party and/or any Affected Person, arising under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and shall include, without limitation, all Capital and Interest on the Loans, reimbursement for drawings under the Letters of Credit, all Fees and all other amounts due or to become due under the Transaction Documents (whether in respect of fees, costs, expenses, indemnifications or otherwise), including, without limitation, interest, fees and other obligations that accrue after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to the Borrower (in each case whether or not allowed as a claim in such proceeding).

 

Borrower’s Net Worth ” means, at any time of determination, an amount equal to (i) the Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables at such time, minus (ii) the sum of (A) the Aggregate Capital at such time, plus (B) the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount at such time, plus (C) the Aggregate Interest at such time, plus (D) the aggregate accrued and unpaid Fees at such time, plus (E) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Subordinated Notes at such time, plus (F) the aggregate accrued and unpaid interest on all Subordinated Notes at such time, plus (G) without duplication, the aggregate accrued and unpaid other Borrower Obligations at such time.

 

Borrowing Base ” means, at any time of determination, the amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Facility Limit and (b) the amount equal to (i) the Net Receivables Pool Balance at such time, minus (ii) the Total Reserves at such time.

4

Borrowing Base Deficit ” means, at any time of determination, the amount, if any, by which (a) the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount at such time, exceeds (b) the sum of (i) the Borrowing Base at such time plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Collections (if any) then being held by, and under the exclusive control of, the Administrative Agent, solely to the extent such Collections (x) have been applied to reduce the Outstanding Balance of the related Receivables for purposes of calculating the Borrowing Base in clause (i) above and (y) have not been applied in reduction of the Aggregate Capital or otherwise in accordance with the priorities for payment specified in Section 4.01(a).

 

Breakage Fee ” means (i) for any Interest Period for which Interest is computed by reference to LMIR and a reduction of Capital is made for any reason on any day other than a Settlement Date or (ii) to the extent that the Borrower shall for any reason, fail to borrow on the date specified by the Borrower in connection with any request for funding pursuant to Article II of this Agreement, the amount, if any, by which (A) the additional Interest (calculated without taking into account any Breakage Fee or any shortened duration of such Interest Period pursuant to the definition thereof) which would have accrued during such Interest Period on the reductions of Capital relating to such Interest Period had such reductions not been made (or, in the case of clause (ii) above, the amounts so failed to be borrowed or accepted in connection with any such request for funding by the Borrower), exceeds (B) the income, if any, received by the applicable Lender from the investment of the proceeds of such reductions of Capital (or such amounts failed to be borrowed by the Borrower). A certificate as to the amount of any Breakage Fee (including the computation of such amount) shall be submitted by the affected Lender to the Borrower and shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

Business Day ” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which: (a) banks are not authorized or required to close in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, or New York City, New York and (b) if this definition of “Business Day” is utilized in connection with LMIR, dealings are carried out in the London interbank market.

 

Capital ” means, with respect to any Lender, without duplication, the aggregate amounts (i) paid to, or on behalf of, the Borrower in connection with all Loans made by such Lender pursuant to Article II , (ii) paid by such Lender, as an LC Participant, to the LC Bank in respect of a Participation Advance made by such Lender to LC Bank pursuant to Section 3.04(b) and (iii) with respect to the Lender that is the LC Bank, paid by the LC Bank with respect to all drawings under the Letter of Credit to the extent such drawings have not been reimbursed by the Borrower or funded by Participation Advances, as reduced from time to time by Collections distributed and applied on account of such Capital pursuant to Section 4.01 ; provided , that if such Capital shall have been reduced by any distribution and thereafter all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason, such Capital shall be increased by the amount of such rescinded or returned distribution as though it had not been made.

 

Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all common shares, preferred shares, interests, participations, rights in or other equivalents (however designated) of such Person’s capital stock, partnership interests, limited liability company interests, membership interests or other equivalent interests and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock), warrants or options exchangeable for or convertible into such capital stock or other equity interests.

 

Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

5

(a) Parent ceases to own, directly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock and all other equity interests of the Borrower free and clear of all Adverse Claims;

 

(b) Parent ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock, membership interests or other equity interests of any Originator free and clear of all Adverse Claims;

 

(c) any Subordinated Note shall at any time cease to be owned by an Originator, free and clear of all Adverse Claims;

 

(d) a “Change of Control” (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall have occurred;

 

(e) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO of Parent, Holdings ceases to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock, membership interests or other equity interests of Parent; or

 

(f) with respect to Holdings:

 

(i) the Permitted Holders shall at any time not own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least thirty-five percent (35%) of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings, unless the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings; or

 

(ii) any “person”, “entity” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than the Permitted Holders, shall at any time have acquired direct or indirect beneficial ownership of a percentage of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings that exceeds 35% thereof, unless the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings.

 

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (w) the final rule titled Risk-Based Capital Guidelines; Capital Adequacy Guidelines; Capital Maintenance: Regulatory Capital; Impact of Modifications to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; Consolidation of Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Programs; and Other Related Issues , adopted by the United States bank regulatory agencies on December 15, 2009, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to the agreements reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in “Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for More Resilient Banks and Banking Systems” (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time), shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

6

Closing Date ” means May 17, 2016.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05(a) .

 

Collection Account ” means each account listed on Schedule II to this Agreement (as such schedule may be modified from time to time in connection with the closing or opening of any Collection Account in accordance with the terms hereof) (in each case, in the name of the Borrower) and maintained at a bank or other financial institution acting as a Collection Account Bank pursuant to an Account Control Agreement for the purpose of receiving Collections.

 

Collection Account Bank ” means any of the banks or other financial institutions holding one or more Collection Accounts.

 

Collections ” means, with respect to any Pool Receivable: (a) all funds that are received by any Originator, the Borrower, the Servicer or any other Person on their behalf in payment of any amounts owed in respect of such Pool Receivable (including purchase price, service charges, finance charges, interest, fees and all other charges), or applied to amounts owed in respect of such Pool Receivable (including insurance payments and net proceeds of the sale or other disposition of repossessed goods or other collateral or property of the related Obligor or any other Person directly or indirectly liable for the payment of such Pool Receivable and available to be applied thereon), (b) all Deemed Collections, (c) all proceeds of all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivable and (d) all other proceeds of such Pool Receivable.

 

Commitment ” means, with respect to any Lender, LC Participant or LC Bank, as applicable, the maximum aggregate amount which such Person is obligated to lend or pay hereunder on account of all Loans and all drawings under all Letters of Credit, on a combined basis, as set forth on Schedule I or in such other agreement pursuant to which it became a Lender and/or LC Participant, as such amount may be modified in connection with any subsequent assignment pursuant to Section 13.03 or in connection with a reduction in the Facility Limit pursuant to Section 2.02(e) . If the context so requires, “Commitment” also refers to a Lender’s obligation to make Loans, make Participation Advances and/or issue Letters of Credit hereunder in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Concentration Percentage ” means (i) for any Group A Obligor, 17.50%, (ii) for any Group B Obligor, 10.00%, (iii) for any Group C Obligor, 7.50% and (iv) for any Group D Obligor, 5.00%.

 

Concentration Reserve ” means, at any time of determination, an amount equal to the product of (a) the sum of the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount at such time, multiplied by (b) the quotient of (i) the Concentration Reserve Percentage at such time, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Concentration Reserve Percentage at such time.

7

Concentration Reserve Percentage ” means, at any time of determination, the largest of: (a) the sum of the five (5) largest Obligor Percentages of the Group D Obligors, (b) the sum of the three (3) largest Obligor Percentages of the Group C Obligors, (c) the sum of the two (2) largest Obligor Percentages of the Group B Obligors and (d) the largest Obligor Percentage of the Group A Obligors.

 

Contract ” means, with respect to any Receivable, any and all contracts, instruments, agreements, leases, invoices, notes or other writings pursuant to which such Receivable arises or that evidence such Receivable or under which an Obligor becomes or is obligated to make payment in respect of such Receivable.

 

Controlled Group ” means all members of a controlled group of corporations or other business entities and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control which, together with the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

Covered Entity ” means (a) each of Borrower, the Servicer, each Originator, the Parent and each of Parent’s Subsidiaries and (b) each Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of a Person described in clause (a) above. For purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the direct or indirect power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by ownership of equity interests, contract, proxy or otherwise.

 

Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2013 (as amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among Renaissance Acquisition Corp., as US borrower, Gardner Denver Holdings GmbH & Co KG, as German borrower, GD First (UK) Limited, as UK borrower, Renaissance Parent Corp., the lenders from time to time party thereto, and UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as administrative agent, collateral agent, swingline lender and letter of credit issuer.

 

Credit and Collection Policy ” means, as the context may require, those receivables credit and collection policies and practices of the Originators in effect on the Closing Date and described in Exhibit E , as modified in compliance with this Agreement.

 

Credit Extension ” means the making of any Loan or the issuance of any Letter of Credit or any modification, extension or renewal of any Letter of Credit.

 

Credit Party ” means each Lender, the LC Bank, each LC Participant and the Administrative Agent.

 

Daily Report ” means a report, in substantially the form of Exhibit J .

 

Daily Reporting Period ” means each period beginning on the first Business Day that occurs on or after the date that is thirty days following the date on which the Administrative Agent notifies that Borrower or the Servicer to commence delivering Daily Reports after the occurrence of an Interim Report Trigger and ending on the date, if any, that an Interim Report Trigger is no longer continuing; provided , however , that each Daily Reporting Period shall continue for no less than four calendar weeks.

8

Days’ Sales Outstanding ” means, for any Fiscal Month, an amount computed as of the last day of such Fiscal Month equal to: (a) the average of the Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables (other than Unbilled Receivables) as of the last day of each of the three most recent Fiscal Months ended on the last day of such Fiscal Month, divided by (b) (i) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables (other than Unbilled Receivables) generated by the Originators during the three most recent Fiscal Months ended on the last day of such Fiscal Month, divided by (ii) 90.

 

Debt ” means, as to any Person at any time of determination, any and all indebtedness, obligations or liabilities (whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or joint or several) of such Person for or in respect of: (i) borrowed money, (ii) amounts raised under or liabilities in respect of any bonds, debentures, notes, note purchase, acceptance or credit facility, or other similar instruments or facilities, (iii) reimbursement obligations (contingent or otherwise) under any letter of credit, (iv) any other transaction (including production payments (excluding royalties), installment purchase agreements, forward sale or purchase agreements, capitalized leases and conditional sales agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing of money entered into by such Person to finance its operations or capital requirements (but not including (a) accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business payable on terms customary in the trade, (b) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business and (c) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warrants or other unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset), (v) all net obligations of such Person in respect of interest rate or currency hedges or (vi) without duplication, any Guaranty of any such Debt.

 

Deemed Collections ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(d) .

 

Default Ratio ” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of each Fiscal Month by dividing : (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such Fiscal Month, by (b) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables generated by the Originators during the month that is eight (8) Fiscal Months before such Fiscal Month, or such other number of months prior to such Fiscal Month as determined by the Administrative Agent in connection with modifying clause (a) of the definition of “Defaulted Receivable” upon not less than 15 days’ prior notice to the Borrower.

 

Defaulted Receivable ” means a Receivable:

 

(a) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 210 days from the original due date for such payment or such other number of days (which in any event shall exceed 120 days) after the original due date as determined by the Administrative Agent upon not less than 15 days’ prior written notice to the Borrower, for such payment;

9

(b) as to which an Insolvency Proceeding shall have occurred with respect to the Obligor thereof or any other Person obligated thereon or owning any Related Security with respect thereto;

 

(c) that has been written off the applicable Originator’s or the Borrower’s books as uncollectible; or

 

(d) that, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, should be written off the applicable Originator’s or the Borrower’s books as uncollectible;

 

provided , however , that in each case above such amount shall be calculated without giving effect to any netting of credits that have not been matched to a particular Receivable for the purposes of aged trial balance reporting.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two (2) Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans or (ii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a Loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding.

 

Delinquency Ratio ” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of each Fiscal Month by dividing : (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that were Delinquent Receivables on such day, by (b) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables on such day.

 

Delinquent Receivable ” means a Receivable as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 150 days from the original due date for such payment; provided , however , that such amount shall be calculated without giving effect to any netting of credits that have not been matched to a particular Receivable for the purposes of aged trial balance reporting.

10

Dilution Horizon Ratio ” means, for any Fiscal Month, the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed as of the last day of such Fiscal Month by dividing : (a) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables (other than Unbilled Receivables) generated by the Originators during the two (2) most recently ended Fiscal Months, by (b) the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of the last day of such Fiscal Month. Within thirty (30) days of the completion and the receipt by the Administrative Agent of the results of any annual audit or field exam of the Receivables and the servicing and origination practices of the Servicer and the Originators, the numerator of the Dilution Horizon Ratio may be adjusted by the Administrative Agent upon not less than five (5) Business Days notice to the Borrower to reflect such number of Fiscal Months as the Administrative Agent reasonably believes best reflects the business practices of the Servicer and the Originators and the actual amount of dilution and Deemed Collections that occur with respect to Pool Receivables based on the weighted average dilution lag calculation completed as part of such audit or field exam.

 

Dilution Ratio ” means, for any Fiscal Month, the greater of (a) 0.50% and (b) the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward), computed as of the last day of each Fiscal Month by dividing : (i) the aggregate amount of Deemed Collections during such Fiscal Month (other than any Deemed Collections with respect to any Receivables that were both (x) generated by an Originator during such Fiscal Month and (y) written off the applicable Originator’s or the Borrower’s books as uncollectible during such Fiscal Month), by (ii) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables (other than Unbilled Receivables) generated by the Originators during the Fiscal Month that is four (4) months prior to such Fiscal Month.

 

Dilution Reserve ” means, at any time of determination, an amount equal to the product of (a) the sum of (i) the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount at such time, multiplied by (b) the quotient of (x) the Dilution Reserve Percentage at such time, divided by (y) 100% minus the Dilution Reserve Percentage at such time.

 

Dilution Reserve Percentage ” means, at any time of determination, the product (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) of (a) the Dilution Horizon Ratio, multiplied by (b) the sum of (i) 2.50 multiplied by the average of the Dilution Ratios for the twelve (12) most recent Fiscal Months, plus (ii) the Dilution Volatility Component.

 

Dilution Trigger ” means the percentage set forth in the Dilution Trigger Agreement as the “Dilution Trigger”.

 

Dilution Trigger Agreement ” mean the letter agreement entered into after the Closing Date among the Borrower, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent.

 

Dilution Volatility Component ” means, for any Fiscal Month, the product (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) of (a) the positive difference, if any, between: (i) the highest Dilution Ratio for any Fiscal Month during the twelve (12) most recent Fiscal Months and (ii) the arithmetic average of the Dilution Ratios for such twelve (12) Fiscal Months, multiplied by (b) the quotient of (i) the highest Dilution Ratio for any Fiscal Month during the twelve (12) most recent Fiscal Months, divided by (ii) the arithmetic average of the Dilution Ratios for such twelve (12) Fiscal Months.

11

Dollar Equivalent ” means, on any date on which a determination thereof is to be made, with respect to (a) any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount and (b) any amount denominated in Alternative Currency, the Dollar equivalent of such amount of such Alternative Currency determined by reference to the Spot Rate determined as of such determination date.

 

Dollar LC Participation Amount ” means at any time of determination, the aggregate LC Participation Amount with respect to Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” each mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

Drawing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(a) .

 

Eligible A-Rated Foreign Obligor ” means an Eligible Foreign Obligor that is organized in, or whose principal place of business is in, a country that has a long-term sovereign foreign currency rating of at least “A” by S&P or “A2” by Moody’s.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means (i) any Lender or any of its Affiliates, (ii) any Person managed by a Lender or any of its Affiliates and (iii) any other financial or other institution.

 

Eligible Canadian Obligor ” means an Obligor that is organized in or that has a head office (domicile), registered office, and chief executive office located in Canada.

 

Eligible Foreign Obligor ” means a Foreign Obligor whose head office (domicile), registered office and chief executive office is in a country that is not a Sanctioned Country.

 

Eligible IG-Rated Foreign Obligor ” means an Eligible Foreign Obligor that (i) is not an Eligible A-Rated Foreign Obligor and (ii) is organized in, or whose principal place of business is in, a country that has a long-term sovereign foreign currency rating of at least “BBB-” by S&P or “Baa3” by Moody’s.

 

Eligible Non-IG-Rated Foreign Obligor ” means an Eligible Foreign Obligor that is neither an Eligible A-Rated Foreign Obligor nor an Eligible IG-Rated Foreign Obligor.

 

Eligible Receivable ” means, at any time of determination, a Pool Receivable:

 

(a) the Obligor of which is: (i) a U.S. Obligor, an Eligible Canadian Obligor or an Eligible Foreign Obligor; (ii) not a Governmental Authority, (iii) not a Sanctioned Person; (iv) not subject to any Insolvency Proceeding; (v) not an Affiliate of the Borrower, the Servicer, the Parent or any Originator; (vi) not the Obligor with respect to Delinquent Receivables with an aggregate Outstanding Balance exceeding 50% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all such Obligor’s Pool Receivables; (vii) not a natural person and (viii) not a material supplier to any Originator or an Affiliate of a material supplier;

 

(b) that is denominated and payable only in Dollars in the United States of America, and the Obligor with respect to which has been instructed to remit Collections in respect thereof directly to a Lock-Box or Collection Account in the United States of America;

12

(c) that does not have a due date which is more than 365 days after the original invoice date of such Receivable;

 

(d) that arises under a Contract for the sale of goods or services in the ordinary course of the applicable Originator’s business;

 

(e) that arises under a duly authorized Contract that (i) is in full force and effect, (ii) is governed by the law of the United States of America or of any State thereof and (iii) is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor, enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law;

 

(f) that has been transferred by an Originator to the Borrower pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement with respect to which transfer all conditions precedent under the Purchase and Sale Agreement have been met;

 

(g) that, together with the Contract related thereto, conforms in all material respects with all Applicable Laws (including any applicable laws relating to usury, truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy);

 

(h) with respect to which all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations with, or notices to, any Governmental Authority or other Person, required to be obtained by, effected or given to an Originator in connection with the creation of such Receivable, the execution, delivery and performance by such Originator of the related Contract or the assignment thereof under the Purchase and Sale Agreement have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect;

 

(i) that is not subject to any existing dispute, right of rescission, right of set-off, counterclaim, any other defense against the applicable Originator (or any assignee of such Originator) or Adverse Claim; provided that only the portion of such Pool Receivable subject to such dispute, right of rescission, right of set-off, counterclaim, defense or Adverse Claim shall be ineligible;

 

(j) that satisfies all applicable requirements of the Credit and Collection Policy;

 

(k) that, together with the Contract related thereto, has not been modified, waived or restructured since its creation, except as permitted pursuant to Section 9.02 of this Agreement;

 

(l) in which the Borrower owns good and marketable title, free and clear of any Adverse Claims, and that is freely assignable (including without any consent of the related Obligor or any Governmental Authority unless such consent has been obtained) and that payments thereon are free and clear of any withholding Tax;

13

(m) for which the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) has a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest therein and in the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim;

 

(n) that (x) constitutes an “account” or “general intangible” (as defined in the UCC), (y) is not evidenced by instruments or chattel paper and (z) does not constitute, or arise from the sale of, as extracted collateral (as defined in the UCC);

 

(o) that is neither a Defaulted Receivable nor a Delinquent Receivable;

 

(p) for which no Originator, the Borrower, the Parent or the Servicer has established any offset or netting arrangements with the related Obligor in connection with the ordinary course of payment of such Receivable;

 

(q) that represents amounts earned and payable by the Obligor that are not subject to the performance of additional services by the Originator thereof or by the Borrower and the related goods or merchandise shall have been shipped and/or services performed, other than, in the case of an Eligible Unbilled Receivable, the billing or invoicing of such Receivable; provided , that if such Receivable is subject to the performance of additional services, only the portion of such Receivable attributable to such additional services shall be ineligible;

 

(r) which (i) does not arise from a sale of accounts made as part of a sale of a business or constitute an assignment for the purpose of collection only, (ii) is not a transfer of a single account made in whole or partial satisfaction of a preexisting indebtedness or an assignment of a right to payment under a contract to an assignee that is also obligated to perform under the contract and (iii) is not a transfer of an interest in or an assignment of a claim under a policy of insurance;

 

(s) which does not relate to the sale of any consigned goods or finished goods which have incorporated any consigned goods into such finished goods;

 

(t) for which the related Originator has recognized the related revenue on its financial books and records in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(u) that, if such Receivable is an Unbilled Receivable, is an Eligible Unbilled Receivable.

 

Eligible Unbilled Receivable ” means, at any time, any Unbilled Receivable if (a) the related Originator has recognized the related revenue on its financial books and records in accordance with GAAP, and (b) not more than 60 days have expired since the date such Unbilled Receivable arose.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any rule or regulation issued thereunder.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, trade or business which together with the Person is a member of a controlled group of corporations or a controlled group of trades or businesses and would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) of the Code or Section 4001(b) of ERISA.

14

Euro LC Participation Amount ” means at any time of determination, the aggregate LC Participation Amount with respect to Letters of Credit denominated in Euros.

 

Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage ” means, the maximum effective percentage in effect on such day as prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for determining the reserve requirements (including without limitation, supplemental, marginal, and emergency reserve requirements) with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities”).

 

Euro VAR Percentage ” means the value at risk percentage determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion from time to time with respect to Euro, and which shall initially be 8.00%.

 

Euro Volatility Reserve ” means, at any time of determination, the product of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the Adjusted Euro LC Participation Amount, multiplied by (b) the Euro VAR Percentage.

 

Euros ” or “ ” means the single currency of participating member states of the European Monetary Union.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01 . For the avoidance of doubt, any Event of Default that occurs shall be deemed to be continuing at all times thereafter unless and until waived in accordance with Section 13.01 .

 

Excess Concentration ” means the sum of the following amounts, without duplication:

 

(a) the sum of the amounts calculated for each of the Obligors equal to the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Eligible Receivables of such Obligor, over (ii) the product of (x) such Obligor’s Concentration Percentage, multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

 

(b) the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, the Obligor of which is an Eligible Canadian Obligor, net of any other Excess Concentrations (if any) related to such Eligible Canadian Obligor’s Concentration Percentage, over (ii) the product of (x) 7.50%, multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

 

(c) the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, the Obligor of which is an Eligible Foreign Obligor, net of any other Excess Concentrations (if any) related to such Eligible Foreign Obligor’s Concentration Percentage, over (ii) the product of (x) 12.50%, multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

15

(d) the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, the Obligor of which is an Eligible A-Rated Foreign Obligor, net of any other Excess Concentrations (if any) related to such Eligible A-Rated Foreign Obligor’s Concentration Percentage, over (ii) the product of (x) 12.50%, multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

 

(e) the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, the Obligor of which is an Eligible IG-Rated Foreign Obligor, net of any other Excess Concentrations (if any) related to such Eligible IG-Rated Foreign Obligor’s Concentration Percentage, over (ii) the product of (x) 5.00%, multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

 

(f) the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables, the Obligor of which is an Eligible Non-IG-Rated Foreign Obligor, net of any other Excess Concentrations (if any) related to such Eligible Non-IG-Rated Foreign Obligor’s Concentration Percentage, over (ii) the product of (x) 2.50% (or such lesser percentage that the Administrative Agent may, upon not less than fifteen (15) Business Days’ notice to the Borrower, select in its sole discretion), multiplied by (y) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool; plus

 

(g) the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 90 days but less than one hundred twenty-one (121) days from the original due date for such payment, over (ii) the product of (x) 10.00%, multiplied by (y) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables generated by the Originators during the fifth most recent Fiscal Month; plus

 

(h) the excess (if any) of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 120 days but less than one hundred fifty-one (151) days from the original due date for such payment, over (ii) the product of (x) 7.50%, multiplied by (y) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables generated by the Originators during the sixth most recent Fiscal Month.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Excluded Taxes ” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to an Affected Person or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to an Affected Person: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Affected Person being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender makes a Loan or its Commitment or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 5.03(f) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to FATCA.

16

Facility Limit ” means $75,000,000 as reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.02(e) . References to the unused portion of the Facility Limit shall mean, at any time of determination, an amount equal to (x) the Facility Limit at such time, minus (y) the sum of the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate LC Participation Amount.

 

FATCA ” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, and any laws, regulations, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into with respect to the foregoing.

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the per annum rate set forth in the weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Board (including any such successor, “H.15(519)”) for such day opposite the caption “Federal Funds (Effective).” If on any relevant day such rate is not yet published in H. 15(519), the rate for such day will be the rate set forth in the daily statistical release designated as the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities, or any successor publication, published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such successor, the “Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations”) for such day under the caption “Federal Funds Effective Rate.” If on any relevant day the appropriate rate is not yet published in either H.15(519) or the Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations, the rate for such day will be the arithmetic mean as determined by the Administrative Agent of the rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged before 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) on that day by each of three leading brokers of Federal funds transactions in New York City selected by the Administrative Agent.

 

Federal Reserve Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any entity succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Fee Letter ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a) .

 

Fees ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a) .

 

Final Maturity Date ” means the date that (i) is three hundred sixty-five (365) days following the Termination Date or (ii) such earlier date on which the Aggregate Capital and all other Borrower Obligations become due and payable pursuant to Section 10.01 .

17

Final Payout Date ” means the date on or after the Termination Date when (i) the Aggregate Capital and Aggregate Interest have been paid in full, (ii) the Aggregate LC Participation Amount has been reduced to zero ($0) and no Letters of Credit issued hereunder remain outstanding and undrawn, (iii) all Borrower Obligations shall have been paid in full, (iv) all other amounts owing to the Credit Parties and any other Borrower Indemnified Party or Affected Person hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents have been paid in full and (v) all accrued Servicing Fees have been paid in full.

 

Financial Covenant Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred if, at any time during the Compliance Period, the Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period ending during any Compliance Period is greater than 7.50 to 1.00. As used in this definition, “Compliance Period,” “Consolidated Senior Secured Debt to Consolidated EBITDA Ratio” and “Test Period” (and any defined term constituting a component of such terms) have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date without giving effect to any amendment, restatement, waiver or supplement thereto unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. If at any time following the Closing Date, the Credit Agreement is amended, restated, waived, supplemented or otherwise modified to directly or indirectly modify the covenant, or any defined term constituting a component thereof, set forth in Section 10.7 of the Credit Agreement (as in effect on the Closing Date), the Administrative Agent may unilaterally (in its sole discretion) by written notice to the Borrower and each Lender modify this definition and/or Section 10.01(t) to conform to the Credit Agreement as so amended, restated, waived, supplemented or otherwise modified.

 

Financial Officer ” of any Person means, the president, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the chief accounting officer, the principal accounting officer, the controller, the treasurer, the assistant treasurer, vice president-finance or any other senior officer of such Person designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by such person.

 

Fiscal Month ” means each calendar month.

 

Foreign Obligor ” means an Obligor which is a corporation or other business organization whose head office (domicile), registered office and chief executive office is in a country that is not the United States or Canada.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, consistently applied.

 

GDI ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Governmental Acts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.09 .

 

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

18

Group A Obligor ” means any Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) with a short-term rating of at least: (a) “A-1” by S&P, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from S&P, a rating of “A+” or better by S&P on such Obligor’s, its parent’s, or its majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities, or (b) “P-1” by Moody’s, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from Moody’s, “Al” or better by Moody’s on such Obligor’s, its parent’s or its majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities; provided , that if an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) receives a split rating from S&P and Moody’s, then such Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable) shall be deemed to have only the lower of the two rating for the purpose of determining whether such rating satisfies clauses (a) or (b) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Obligor that is a Subsidiary of an Obligor that satisfies the definition of “Group A Obligor” shall be deemed to be a Group A Obligor and shall be aggregated with the Obligor that satisfies such definition for the purposes of determining the “Concentration Reserve Percentage”, the “Concentration Reserve” and clause (a) of the definition of “Excess Concentration” for such Obligors, unless such deemed Obligor separately satisfies the definition of “Group A Obligor”, “Group B Obligor”, or “Group C Obligor”, in which case such Obligor shall be separately treated as a Group A Obligor, a Group B Obligor or a Group C Obligor, as the case may be, and shall be aggregated and combined for such purposes with any of its Subsidiaries that are Obligors.

 

Group B Obligor ” means an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) that is not a Group A Obligor, with a short-term rating of at least: (a) “A-2” by S&P, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from S&P, a rating of “BBB+” to “A” by S&P on such Obligor’s, its parent’s or its majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities, or (b) “P-2” by Moody’s, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from Moody’s, “Baal” to “A2” by Moody’s on such Obligor’s, its parent’s or its majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities; provided , that if an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) receives a split rating from S&P and Moody’s, then such Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable) shall be deemed to have only the lower of the two rating for the purpose of determining whether such rating satisfies clauses (a) or (b) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Obligor that is a Subsidiary of an Obligor that satisfies the definition of “Group B Obligor” shall be deemed to be a Group B Obligor and shall be aggregated with the Obligor that satisfies such definition for the purposes of determining the “Concentration Reserve Percentage”, the “Concentration Reserve” and clause (a) of the definition of “Excess Concentration” for such Obligors, unless such deemed Obligor separately satisfies the definition of “Group A Obligor”, “Group B Obligor”, or “Group C Obligor”, in which case such Obligor shall be separately treated as a Group A Obligor, a Group B Obligor or a Group C Obligor, as the case may be, and shall be aggregated and combined for such purposes with any of its Subsidiaries that are Obligors.

19

Group C Obligor ” means an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) that is not a Group A Obligor or a Group B Obligor, with a short-term rating of at least: (a) “A-3” by S&P, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from S&P, a rating of “BBB-” to “BBB” by S&P on such Obligor’s, its parent’s or it’s majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities, or (b) “P-3” by Moody’s, or if such Obligor does not have a short-term rating from Moody’s, “Baa3” to “Baa2” by Moody’s on such Obligor’s, its parent’s or its majority owner’s (as applicable) long-term senior unsecured and uncredit-enhanced debt securities; provided , that if an Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is not rated) receives a split rating from S&P and Moody’s, then such Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable) shall be deemed to have only the lower of the two rating for the purpose of determining whether such rating satisfies clauses (a) or (b) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Obligor that is a Subsidiary of an Obligor that satisfies the definition of “Group C Obligor” shall be deemed to be a Group C Obligor and shall be aggregated with the Obligor that satisfies such definition for the purposes of determining the “Concentration Reserve Percentage”, the “Concentration Reserve” and clause (a) of the definition of “Excess Concentration” for such Obligors, unless such deemed Obligor separately satisfies the definition of “Group A Obligor”, “Group B Obligor”, or “Group C Obligor”, in which case such Obligor shall be separately treated as a Group A Obligor, a Group B Obligor or a Group C Obligor, as the case may be, and shall be aggregated and combined for such purposes with any of its Subsidiaries that are Obligors.

 

Group D Obligor ” means any Obligor that is not a Group A Obligor, Group B Obligor or Group C Obligor; provided , that any Obligor (or its parent or majority owner, as applicable, if such Obligor is unrated) that is not rated by both Moody’s and S&P shall be a Group D Obligor.

 

Guaranty ” of any Person means any obligation of such Person guarantying or in effect guarantying any Debt, liability or obligation of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such liability arising by virtue of partnership agreements, including any agreement to indemnify or hold harmless any other Person, any performance bond or other suretyship arrangement and any other form of assurance against loss, except endorsement of negotiable or other instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.

 

Holdings ” means Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates under any Transaction Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a) above, Other Taxes.

 

Independent Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.03(c) .

 

Initial Investors ” means Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P., KKR Associates North America Fund XI L.P. and KKR Renaissance Co-Invest GP LLC and each of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing.

 

Insolvency Proceeding ” means (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors of a Person, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors of a Person, or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors, in each of clauses (a) and (b) undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

20

Intended Tax Treatment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.14 .

 

Interest ” means, for each Loan for each day during any Interest Period (or portion thereof), the amount of interest accrued on the Capital of such Loan during such Interest Period (or portion thereof) in accordance with Section 2.03(b) .

 

Interest Period ” means, with respect to each Loan, (a) before the Termination Date: (i) initially, the period commencing on the date such Loan is made pursuant to Section 2.01 (or in the case of any fees payable hereunder, commencing on the Closing Date) and ending on (but not including) the next Monthly Settlement Date and (ii) thereafter, each period commencing on such Monthly Settlement Date and ending on (but not including) the next Monthly Settlement Date and (b) on and after the Termination Date, such period (including a period of one day) as shall be selected from time to time by the Administrative Agent (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Lenders) or, in the absence of any such selection, each period of 30 days from the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

 

Interest Rate ” means, for any day in any Interest Period for any Loan (or any portion of Capital thereof):

 

(a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on such day, either (i) LMIR on such day or (ii) if the Base Rate is then applicable pursuant to Section 5.04 , the Base Rate on such day; or

 

(b) for any day while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, an interest rate per annum equal to the sum of 2.50% per annum plus the greater of (i) the interest rate per annum determined for such Loan and such day pursuant to clause (a) above, and (ii) the Base Rate in effect on such day;

 

provided , however , that no provision of this Agreement shall require the payment or permit the collection of Interest in excess of the maximum permitted by Applicable Law; provided , further , however , that Interest for any Loan shall not be considered paid by any distribution to the extent that at any time all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason.

 

Interim Report ” means each Daily Report and Weekly Report.

 

Interim Report Trigger ” means, at any time, (i) the sum of the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount at such time, exceeds (ii) 50.0% of the Facility Limit at such time.

 

Investment Company Act ” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Korean Won ” or “ KRW ” means the lawful currency of the Republic of Korea.

 

Korean Won LC Participation Amount ” means at any time of determination, the aggregate LC Participation Amount with respect to Letters of Credit denominated in Korean Won.

21

Korean Won VAR Percentage ” means the value at risk percentage determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion from time to time with respect to Korean Won, and which shall initially be 10.0%.

 

Korean Won Volatility Reserve ” means, at any time of determination, the product of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the Adjusted Korean Won LC Participation Amount at such time, multiplied by (b) the Korean Won VAR Percentage.

 

LC Bank ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

LC Collateral Account ” means each account at any time designated as an LC Collateral Account established and maintained by the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the LC Bank and the LC Participants), or such other account(s) as may be so designated as such by the Administrative Agent.

 

LC Fee Expectation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05(c) .

 

LC Participant ” means PNC and each other Person that becomes a party to this Agreement in the capacity of an “LC Participant”.

 

LC Participation Amount ” means at any time of determination, and with respect to any currency, the sum of the amounts then available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit denominated in such currency.

 

LC Request ” means a letter in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank and the Lenders pursuant to Section 3.02(a) .

 

Lender ” means PNC and each other Person that becomes a party to this Agreement in the capacity of a “Lender”.

 

Lender’s Account ” means, with respect to any Lender the account(s) from time to time designated in writing by such Lender to the Borrower and the Servicer for purposes of receiving payments to or for the account of such Lender and its Affiliates hereunder.

 

Letter of Credit ” means any stand-by letter of credit issued by the LC Bank at the request of the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Letter of Credit Application ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a) .

 

Lien ” means any ownership interest or claim, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest, hypothecation, charge or other encumbrance or security arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether voluntarily or involuntarily given, including, but not limited to, any conditional sale or title retention arrangement, and any assignment, deposit arrangement or lease intended as, or having the effect of, security and any filed financing statement or other notice of any of the foregoing (whether or not a lien or other encumbrance is created or exists at the time of the filing).

22

LMIR ” means for any day during any Interest Period, the interest rate per annum determined by the applicable Lender (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) by dividing (i) the one-month Eurodollar rate for Dollar deposits as reported by Bloomberg Finance L.P. and shown on US0001M Screen or any other service or page that may replace such page from time to time for the purpose of displaying offered rates of leading banks for London interbank deposits in Dollars, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, then the immediately preceding Business Day (or if not so reported, then as determined by the Administrative Agent from another recognized source for interbank quotation), in each case, changing when and as such rate changes, by (ii) a number equal to 1.00 minus the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage on such day. The calculation of LMIR may also be expressed by the following formula:

 

      One-month Eurodollar rate for Dollars  
      shown on Bloomberg US0001M Screen  
      or appropriate successor  
  LMIR =    
         
      1.00 - Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage  

 

LMIR shall be adjusted on the effective date of any change in the Euro-Rate Reserve Percentage as of such effective date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if LMIR as determined herein would be less than zero percent (0.00%), such rate shall be deemed to be zero percent (0.00%) for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Loan ” means any loan made by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.02 .

 

Loan Request ” means a letter in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.02(a) .

 

Lock-Box ” means each locked postal box with respect to which a Collection Account Bank has executed an Account Control Agreement pursuant to which it has been granted exclusive access for the purpose of retrieving and processing payments made on the Receivables and which is listed on Schedule II (as such schedule may be modified from time to time in connection with the addition or removal of any Lock-Box in accordance with the terms hereof).

 

Loss Horizon Ratio ” means, at any time of determination, the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) computed by dividing : (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables generated by the Originators during the six (6) most recent Fiscal Months, plus (ii) the product of (x) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables generated by the Originators during the seventh most recent Fiscal Month, multiplied by 17.50%, plus (iii) if the Loss Horizon Terms Component on such date is greater than 60.0, the product of (x) 1.0 minus the quotient of (A) 60.0, divided by (B) the Loss Horizon Terms Component on such date, multiplied by (y) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables originated by the Originators during the sixth most recent Fiscal Month; by (b) the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of such date.

23

Loss Horizon Terms Component ” means, at any time of determination, (i) if the Servicer has accurately computed the Weighted Average Credit Terms on such day and provided the Administrative Agent evidence thereof reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Weighted Average Credit Terms on such day and (ii) otherwise, the Days’ Sales Outstanding on such day.

 

Loss Reserve ” means, at any time of determination, an amount equal to the product of (a) the sum of the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount at such time, multiplied by (b) the quotient of (i) the Loss Reserve Percentage at such time, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Loss Reserve Percentage at such time.

 

Loss Reserve Percentage ” means, at any time of determination, the product (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) of (a) 2.50, multiplied by (b) the highest average of the Default Ratios for any three (3) consecutive Fiscal Months during the twelve (12) most recent Fiscal Months, multiplied by (c) the Loss Horizon Ratio.

 

Majority Lenders ” means one or more Lenders that, individually or in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders (or, if the Commitments have been terminated, hold Loans with more than 50% of the Aggregate Capital).

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a circumstance or condition that would, individually or in the aggregate, materially adversely affect:

 

(a) the assets, operations, business or financial condition of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(b) the ability of the Servicer, the Performance Guarantor or any Originator, taken as a whole, to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party;

 

(c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or the validity, enforceability, value or collectibility of any material portion of the Pool Receivables;

 

(d) the status, perfection, enforceability or priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral; or

 

(e) the rights and remedies of any Credit Party under the Transaction Documents or associated with its respective interest in the Collateral.

 

Minimum Dilution Reserve ” means, at any time of determination, an amount equal to the product of (a) the sum of the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount at such time, multiplied by (b) the quotient of (i) the Minimum Dilution Reserve Percentage at such time, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Minimum Dilution Reserve Percentage at such time.

24

Minimum Dilution Reserve Percentage ” means, at any time of determination, the product (expressed as a percentage and rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 5/1000th of 1% rounded upward) of (a) the average of the Dilution Ratios for the twelve (12) most recent Fiscal Months, multiplied by (b) the Dilution Horizon Ratio.

 

Monthly Report ” means a report in substantially the form of Exhibit F .

 

Monthly Settlement Date ” means the 15 th calendar day of each calendar month (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next occurring Business Day).

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto that is a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower, the Servicer, any Originator, the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (other than one considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code) is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions, or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

 

Net Receivables Pool Balance ” means, at any time of determination: (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool, minus (b) the Excess Concentration.

 

Notice Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(b) .

 

Obligor ” means, with respect to any Receivable, the Person obligated to make payments pursuant to the Contract relating to such Receivable.

 

Obligor Percentage ” means, at any time of determination, for each Obligor, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the numerator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Eligible Receivables of such Obligor less the amount (if any) then included in the calculation of the Excess Concentration with respect to such Obligor and its Pool Receivables and (b) the denominator of which is the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables at such time.

 

OFAC ” means the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

Order ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10 .

 

Originator ” and “ Originators ” have the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement, as the same may be modified from time to time by adding new Originators or removing Originators, in each case with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

Other Connection Taxes ” means, with respect to any Affected Person, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Affected Person and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Affected Person having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Transaction Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Transaction Document).

25

Other Taxes ” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other similar excise or property Taxes, charges or levies or fees arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, filing, recording or enforcement of, or otherwise in respect of, this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the other documents or agreements to be delivered hereunder or thereunder, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment.

 

Outstanding Balance ” means, at any time of determination, with respect to any Receivable, the then outstanding principal balance thereof.

 

Parent ” means Gardner Denver, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Parent Group ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.03(c) .

 

Participant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.03(d) .

 

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.03(e) .

 

Participation Advance ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(b) .

 

PATRIOT Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.15 .

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

Pension Plan ” means a pension plan as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA with respect to which any Originator, the Borrower or any other member of the Controlled Group may have any liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

Percentage ” means, at any time of determination, with respect to any Lender, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), (a) the numerator of which is (i) prior to the termination of all Commitments hereunder, its Commitment at such time or (ii) if all Commitments hereunder have been terminated, the aggregate outstanding Capital of all Loans being funded by such Lender at such time and (b) the denominator of which is (i) prior to the termination of all Commitments hereunder, the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders at such time or (ii) if all Commitments hereunder have been terminated, the Aggregate Capital at such time.

 

Performance Guarantor ” means the Parent in its capacity as guarantor under the Performance Guaranty.

 

Performance Guaranty ” means the Performance Guaranty, dated as of the Closing Date, by the Performance Guarantor in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as such agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

26

Permitted Holders ” means each of (i) the Initial Investors and their respective Affiliates and members of management of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent) who were holders of Capital Stock of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent company) on July 30, 2013 and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, such Initial Investors, their respective Affiliates and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent company of Holdings and (ii) any direct or indirect parent of Holdings formed not in connection with, or in contemplation of, a transaction that, assuming such parent was not formed, after giving effect thereto would constitute a Change of Control.

 

Permitted Lien ” means (a) the interests of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each of the other Secured Parties under the Transaction Documents, (b) any inchoate liens for current taxes, assessments, levies, fees and other government and similar charges not yet due and payable or the amount or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, but only so long as foreclosure with respect to such lien is not imminent and the use and value of the property to which the liens attach are not impaired during the pendency of such proceedings, (c) liens arising out of any judgment or award against any Originator with respect to which (i) an appeal or proceeding for review is being taken in good faith and with respect to which there shall have been secured a bond pending such appeal or proceeding for review and (ii) such judgment or award does not constitute an Event of Default, (d) any lien in favor of, or assigned to, the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) and (e) any Lien on the Capital Stock or other equity interests of the Originators (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Lien on the Capital Stock of the Borrower) granted in connection with the Credit Agreement (or any refinancing thereof) in favor of the secured parties thereunder.

 

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or any Governmental Authority.

 

PNC ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Pool Receivable ” means a Receivable in the Receivables Pool.

 

Portion of Capital ” means, with respect to any Lender and its related Capital, the portion of such Capital being funded or maintained by such Lender by reference to a particular interest rate basis.

 

Pounds Sterling ” or “ £ ” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

 

Pounds Sterling LC Participation Amount ” means at any time of determination, the aggregate LC Participation Amount with respect to Letters of Credit denominated in Pounds Sterling.

27

Pounds Sterling VAR Percentage ” means the value at risk percentage determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion from time to time with respect to Pounds Sterling, and which shall initially be 10.0%.

 

Pounds Sterling Volatility Reserve ” means, at any time of determination, the product of (a) the Dollar Equivalent of the Adjusted Pounds Sterling LC Participation Amount, multiplied by (b) the Pounds Sterling VAR Percentage.

 

Pro Rata Share ” means, as to any LC Participant, a fraction, the numerator of which equals the Commitment of such LC Participant at such time and the denominator of which equals the aggregate of the Commitments of all LC Participants at such time.

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement ” means the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Servicer, the Originators and the Borrower, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Purchase and Sale Termination Event ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

 

Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by any Person of its common equity interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering) or in a firm commitment underwritten offering (or series of related offerings of securities to the public pursuant to a final prospectus) made pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

Receivable ” means any right to payment of a monetary obligation, whether or not earned by performance, owed to any Originator or the Borrower (as assignee of an Originator), whether constituting an account, chattel paper, payment intangible, instrument or general intangible, in each instance arising in connection with the sale of goods that have been or are to be sold or for services rendered or to be rendered, and includes, without limitation, the obligation to pay any service charges, finance charges, interest, fees and other charges with respect thereto. Any such right to payment arising from any one transaction, including, without limitation, any such right to payment represented by an individual invoice or agreement, shall constitute a Receivable separate from a Receivable consisting of any such right to payment arising from any other transaction.

 

Receivables Pool ” means, at any time of determination, all of the then outstanding Receivables transferred (or purported to be transferred) to the Borrower pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement prior to the Termination Date.

 

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.03(b) .

 

Reimbursement Obligation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(a) .

 

Related Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

28

Related Security ” means, with respect to any Receivable:

 

(a) all of the Borrower’s and each Originator’s interest in any goods (including returned goods), and documentation of title evidencing the shipment or storage of any goods (including returned goods), the sale of which gave rise to such Receivable;

 

(b) all instruments and chattel paper that may evidence such Receivable;

 

(c) all other security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all UCC financing statements or similar filings relating thereto;

 

(d) all of the Borrower’s and each Originator’s rights, interests and claims under the related Contracts and all guaranties, indemnities, insurance and other agreements (including the related Contract) or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable or otherwise relating to such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise;

 

(e) all books and records of the Borrower and each Originator to the extent related to any of the foregoing, and all rights, remedies, powers, privileges, title and interest (but not obligations) in and to each Lock-Box and all Collection Accounts, into which any Collections or other proceeds with respect to such Receivables may be deposited, and any related investment property acquired with any such Collections or other proceeds (as such term is defined in the applicable UCC);

 

(f) all of the Borrower’s rights, interests and claims under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; and

 

(g) all Collections and other proceeds (as defined in the UCC) of any of the foregoing.

 

Release ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a) .

 

Reportable Compliance Event ” means that any Covered Entity becomes a Sanctioned Person, or is charged by indictment, criminal complaint or similar charging instrument, arraigned, or custodially detained in connection with any Anti-Terrorism Law or any predicate crime to any Anti-Terrorism Law, or has knowledge of facts or circumstances to the effect that it is reasonably likely that any aspect of its operations is in actual or probable violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

Reportable Event ” means any reportable event as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Pension Plan (other than a Pension Plan maintained by an ERISA Affiliate which is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Section 414 of the Code).

 

Representatives ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.06(c) .

29

Required Capital Amount ” means $5,000,000.

 

Restricted Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01(r) .

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor thereto that is a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

Sanctioned Country ” means a country subject to a comprehensive countrywide or territory-wide sanctions program maintained under any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

Sanctioned Person ” (i) A person named on the list of “Specially Designated Nationals” or “Blocked Persons” maintained by OFAC available at: http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/sanctions/SDN List/Pages/default.aspx, or as otherwise published from time to time, (ii) (A) an agency of the government of a Sanctioned Country, (B) an organization controlled by a Sanctioned Country or (C) a person resident in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent subject to a sanctions program administered by OFAC, or (iii) any individual person, group, regime, entity or thing listed or otherwise recognized as a specially designated, prohibited, sanctioned or debarred person, group, regime, entity or thing, or subject to any limitations or prohibitions (including but not limited to the blocking of property or rejection of transactions), under any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

Scheduled Termination Date ” means May 17, 2019.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental agencies substituted therefor.

 

Secured Parties ” means each Credit Party, each Borrower Indemnified Party and each Affected Person.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Servicer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement, including any successor Servicer pursuant to Section 9.01 .

 

Servicer Indemnified Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.02(a) .

 

Servicer Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.02(a) .

 

Servicing Fee ” means the fee referred to in Section 9.06(a) .

 

Servicing Fee Rate ” means the rate referred to in Section 9.06(a) .

30

Settlement Date ” means with respect to any Portion of Capital for any Interest Period or any Interest or Fees, (i) prior to the Termination Date and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Monthly Settlement Date and (ii) on and after the Termination Date or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, each day selected from time to time by the Administrative Agent (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Lenders) (it being understood that the Administrative Agent (with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Lenders) may select such Settlement Date to occur as frequently as daily), or, in the absence of such selection, the Monthly Settlement Date.

 

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person and as of any particular date, (i) the present fair market value (or present fair saleable value) of the assets of such Person is not less than the total amount required to pay the probable liabilities of such Person on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured, (ii) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and commitments as they mature and become due in the normal course of business, (iii) such Person is not incurring debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (iv) such Person is not engaged in any business or transaction, and is not about to engage in any business or transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged.

 

Spot Rate ” means, on any day, for the purpose of determining the Dollar Equivalent of any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars, the exchange rate at which such currency may be exchanged into Dollars as set forth at approximately 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on such day as published on the Bloomberg Key Cross-Currency Rates Page for such currency.  In the event that such rate does not appear on any Bloomberg Key Cross Currency Rates Page, the Spot Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such a selection or publicly available service, such Spot Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 11:00 a.m. New York time, on such date for the purchase of Dollars with the applicable currency for delivery two (2) Business Days later;  provided that if at the time of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems appropriate to determine such rate, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Structuring Agent ” means PNC Capital Markets LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company.

 

Subordinated Note ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

 

Sub-Servicer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(d) .

 

Subsidiary ” means, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock of each class or other interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or other interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the Board of Directors or other managers of such entity are at the time owned, or management of which is otherwise controlled: (a) by such Person, (b) by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

31

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority and all interest, penalties or additions to tax with respect thereto.

 

Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (a) the Scheduled Termination Date, (b) the date on which the “Termination Date” is declared or deemed to have occurred under Section 10.01 , (c) the date selected by the Borrower on which all Commitments have been reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.02(e) and (d) the date (if any) on which the Borrower, the Servicer or any Originator delivers to the Administrative Agent a written notice that the Borrower is unable to pay the Purchase Price for Receivables and Related Rights pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

 

Total Reserves ” means, at any time of determination, an amount equal to the sum of: (a) the Yield Reserve, plus (b) the greater of (i) the sum of the Concentration Reserve plus the Minimum Dilution Reserve and (ii) the sum of the Loss Reserve plus the Dilution Reserve, plus (c) the Aggregate Currency Reserves.

 

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Account Control Agreements, the Fee Letter, Dilution Trigger Agreement, each Subordinated Note, the Performance Guaranty and all other certificates, instruments, UCC financing statements, reports, notices, agreements and documents executed or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

Unmatured Event of Default ” means an event that but for notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Unbilled Receivable ” means, at any time, any Receivable as to which the invoice or bill with respect thereto has not yet been sent to the Obligor therefor.

 

U.S. Obligor ” means an Obligor that is a corporation or other business organization and is organized under the laws of the United States of America (or of a United States of America territory, district, state, commonwealth, or possession, including, without limitation, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands) or any political subdivision thereof.

 

U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(f)(ii)(B)(3) .

 

Volcker Rule ” means Section 13 of the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

32

Voting Stock ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person.

 

Weekly Report ” means a report, in substantially the form of Exhibit I .

 

Weekly Reporting Date ” means Wednesday of each week or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately following Business Day.

 

Weekly Reporting Period ” means each period beginning on the first Weekly Reporting Date that occurs on or after the date that is fifteen days following the date on which the Administrative Agent notifies that Borrower or the Servicer to commence delivering Weekly Reports after the occurrence of an Interim Report Trigger and ending on the date, if any, that an Interim Report Trigger is no longer continuing; provided , however , that each Weekly Reporting Period shall continuing for no less than four calendar weeks.

 

Weighted Average Credit Terms ” means for any Fiscal Month, the weighted average (weighted based on Outstanding Balance) payment terms (computed in days and calculated based on the difference between the original invoice date and the stated due date for payment) of invoices for all Receivables (other than Delinquent Receivables) in the Receivables Pool as of the last day of such Fiscal Month.

 

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

Yield Reserve ” means, at any time of determination, an amount equal to the product of (a) the sum of the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount at such time, multiplied by (b) the quotient of (i) the Yield Reserve Percentage at such time, divided by (ii) 100% minus the Yield Reserve Percentage at such time.

 

Yield Reserve Percentage ” means, at any time of determination:

 

1.50 x DSO x (BR + SFR)
360            

 

where:

 

  BR = the Base Rate;
       
  DSO = the Days’ Sales Outstanding for the most recently ended Fiscal Month; and
       
  SFR = the Servicing Fee Rate.
33

SECTION 1.02. Other Interpretative Matters . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC in the State of New York and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9. Unless otherwise expressly indicated, all references herein to “Article,” “Section,” “Schedule”, “Exhibit” or “Annex” shall mean articles and sections of, and schedules, exhibits and annexes to, this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and all such certificates and other documents, unless the context otherwise requires: (a) references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date means such amount at the close of business on such day; (b) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to such agreement (or the certificate or other document in which they are used) as a whole and not to any particular provision of such agreement (or such certificate or document); (c) references to any Section, Schedule or Exhibit are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to such agreement (or the certificate or other document in which the reference is made), and references to any paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision within any Section or definition refer to such paragraph, subsection, clause or other subdivision of such Section or definition; (d) the term “including” means “including without limitation”; (e) references to any Applicable Law refer to that Applicable Law as amended from time to time and include any successor Applicable Law; (f) references to any agreement refer to that agreement as from time to time amended, restated or supplemented or as the terms of such agreement are waived or modified in accordance with its terms; (g) references to any Person include that Person’s permitted successors and assigns; (h) headings are for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof; (i) unless otherwise provided, in the calculation of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the term “from” means “from and including”, and the terms “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding”; (j) terms in one gender include the parallel terms in the neuter and opposite gender; (k) references to any amount as on deposit or outstanding on any particular date means such amount at the close of business on such day and (l) the term “or” is not exclusive.

 

ARTICLE II

TERMS OF THE LOANS

 

SECTION 2.01. Loan Facility . Upon a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 , and on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, the Lenders shall, ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments, severally and not jointly, make Loans to the Borrower from time to time during the period from the Closing Date to the Termination Date. Under no circumstances shall any Lender be obligated to make any such Loan if, after giving effect to such Loan:

 

(i) the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate LC Participation Amount would exceed the Facility Limit at such time;

 

(ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate outstanding Capital of such Lender plus (B) the related LC Participant’s Pro Rata Share of the Aggregate LC Participation Amount, would exceed the Commitment of such Lender; or

 

(iii) the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount would exceed the Borrowing Base at such time.

34

SECTION 2.02. Making Loans; Repayment of Loans . (a) Each Loan hereunder shall be made on at least one (1) Business Day’s prior written request from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and each Lender in the form of a Loan Request attached hereto as Exhibit A . Each such request for a Loan shall be made no later than noon (New York City time) on a Business Day ( it being understood that any such request made after such time shall be deemed to have been made on the following Business Day) and shall specify (i) the amount of the Loan(s) requested (which shall not be less than $100,000 and shall be an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof), (ii) the allocation of such amount among the Lenders (which shall be ratable based on the Commitments), (iii) the account to which the proceeds of such Loan shall be distributed and (iv) the date such requested Loan is to be made (which shall be a Business Day).

 

(b) No later than 2:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of each Loan specified in the applicable Loan Request, the Lenders shall, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Article VI and pursuant to the other conditions set forth in this Article II , make available to the Borrower in same day funds an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such Loans requested, at the account set forth in the related Loan Request.

 

(c) Each Lender’s obligation shall be several, such that the failure of any Lender to make available to the Borrower any funds in connection with any Loan shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make funds available on the date such Loans are requested ( it being understood , that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make funds available to the Borrower in connection with any Loan hereunder).

 

(d) The Borrower shall repay in full the outstanding Capital of each Lender on the Final Maturity Date. Prior thereto, the Borrower shall, on each Settlement Date, make a prepayment of the outstanding Capital of the Lenders to the extent required under Section 4.01 and otherwise in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower, in its discretion, shall have the right to make a prepayment, in whole or in part, of the outstanding Capital of the Lenders on any Business Day upon one (1) Business Day’s prior written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and each Lender in the form of a Reduction Notice attached hereto as Exhibit B ; provided , however , that (i) each such prepayment shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $100,000 and shall be an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; provided , however that notwithstanding the foregoing, a prepayment may be in an amount necessary to reduce any Borrowing Base Deficit existing at such time to zero, and (ii) any accrued Interest and Fees in respect of such prepaid Capital shall be paid on the immediately following Settlement Date.

 

(e) The Borrower may, at any time upon at least fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, terminate the Facility Limit in whole or ratably reduce the Facility Limit in part. Each partial reduction in the Facility Limit shall be in a minimum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and no such partial reduction shall reduce the Facility Limit to an amount less than $50,000,000. In connection with any partial reduction in the Facility Limit, the Commitment of each Lender and LC Participant shall be ratably reduced.

35

(f) In connection with any reduction of the Commitments, the Borrower shall remit to the Administrative Agent (i) instructions regarding such reduction and (ii) for payment to the Lenders, cash in an amount sufficient to (A) repay the Capital of each Lender such that its Capital will not exceed its Commitment as so reduced and (B) pay all other outstanding Borrower Obligations with respect to such reduction (determined based on the ratio of the reduction of the Commitments being effected to the amount of the Commitments prior to such reduction or, if the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that any portion of the outstanding Borrower Obligations is allocable solely to that portion of the Commitments being reduced or has arisen solely as a result of such reduction, all of such portion) including, without duplication, any associated Breakage Fees. Upon receipt of any such amounts, the Administrative Agent shall apply such amounts first to the reduction of the Aggregate Capital, and second to the payment of the remaining outstanding Borrower Obligations with respect to such reduction, including any Breakage Fees, by paying such amounts to the Lenders. Notwithstanding the forgoing, any such reduction of the Commitments shall not be effective to the extent that after giving effect thereto the sum of (A) the aggregate outstanding Capital of any Lender plus (B) the related LC Participant’s Pro Rata Share of the Aggregate LC Participation Amount, would exceed such Lender’s Commitment.

 

SECTION 2.03. Interest and Fees .

 

(a) On each Settlement Date, the Borrower shall, in accordance with the terms and priorities for payment set forth in Section 4.01 , pay to each Lender, each LC Participant, the LC Bank, the Administrative Agent and the Structuring Agent certain fees (collectively, the “ Fees ”) in the amounts set forth in the fee letter agreements from time to time entered into, among the Borrower, the Lenders, the LC Participants, the LC Bank and/or the Administrative Agent (each such fee letter agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, collectively being referred to herein as the “ Fee Letter ”). Commitment Fees (as defined in the Fee Letter) shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender as provided in Section 2.05 .

 

(b) Each Loan of each Lender and the Capital thereof (without duplication) shall accrue interest on each day when such Capital remains outstanding at the then applicable Interest Rate for such Loan. The Borrower shall pay all Interest, Fees and Breakage Fees accrued during each Interest Period on each Settlement Date in accordance with the terms and priorities for payment set forth in Section 4.01 .

 

SECTION 2.04. Records of Loans and Participation Advances . Each Lender shall record in its records, the date and amount of each Loan and Participation Advance made by such Lender hereunder, the Interest Rate with respect thereto, the Interest accrued thereon and each repayment and payment thereof. Subject to Section 13.03(c) , such records shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error. The failure to so record any such information or any error in so recording any such information shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents to repay the Capital of each Lender, together with all Interest accruing thereon and all other Borrower Obligations.

36

SECTION 2.05. Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

(a) Commitment Fees (as defined in the Fee Letter) shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender.

 

(b) The Commitment and Capital of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether the Majority Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 13.01 ); provided , that, this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender directly affected thereby (if such Lender is directly affected thereby).

 

(c) In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Servicer each agrees in writing that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Pro Rata Percentage; provided , that no adjustments shall be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender, and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

ARTICLE III

LETTER OF CREDIT FACILITY

 

SECTION 3.01. Letters of Credit .

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Article VI , the LC Bank shall issue or cause the issuance of Letters of Credit denominated in either Dollars or an Alternative Currency on behalf of the Borrower (and, if applicable, on behalf of, or for the account of, an Originator or an Affiliate of such Originator in favor of such beneficiaries as such Originator or an Affiliate of such Originator may elect with the consent of the Borrower); provided , however , that the LC Bank shall be under no obligation to issue or cause the issuance of any Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency and any such issuance shall occur in the sole and absolute discretion of the LC Bank; provided further , however , that the LC Bank will not be required to issue or cause to be issued any Letters of Credit to the extent that after giving effect thereto:

 

(i) the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate LC Participation Amount would exceed the Facility Limit at such time;

37

(ii) the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount would exceed the Borrowing Base at such time; or

 

(iii) the Aggregate LC Participation Amount would exceed the aggregate of the Commitments of the LC Participants at such time.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in any other Transaction Document, the LC Bank shall be under no obligation to issue Letters of Credit requested by the Borrower which are denominated in an Alternative Currency if the LC Bank notifies the Borrower on or prior to the date of such issuance that the issuance of such Letter of Credit, or the funding of any draw thereunder has been made or, in the case of a draw, would be made, impracticable or unlawful by compliance by the LC Bank in good-faith with any Applicable Law or any request or directive of any Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law).

 

(c) Interest shall accrue on all amounts drawn under Letters of Credit for each day on and after the applicable Drawing Date so long as such drawn amounts shall have not been reimbursed to the LC Bank pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

SECTION 3.02. Issuance of Letters of Credit; Participations .

 

(a) The Borrower may request the LC Bank, upon two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice submitted on or before noon (New York City time), to issue a Letter of Credit by delivering to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the LC Bank, the LC Bank’s form of Letter of Credit Application (the “ Letter of Credit Application ”), substantially in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto and an LC Request, in each case completed to the satisfaction of the Administrative Agent and the LC Bank; and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the Administrative Agent or the LC Bank may reasonably request.

 

(b) Each Letter of Credit shall, among other things, (i) provide for the payment of sight drafts or other written demands for payment when presented for honor thereunder in accordance with the terms thereof and when accompanied by the documents described therein and (ii) have an expiry date not later than twelve (12) months after such Letter of Credit’s date of issuance, extension or renewal, as the case may be, and in no event later than twelve (12) months after the Scheduled Termination Date. The terms of each Letter of Credit may include customary “evergreen” provisions providing that such Letter of Credit’s expiry date shall automatically be extended for additional periods not to exceed twelve (12) months unless, not less than thirty (30) days (or such longer period as may be specified in such Letter of Credit) (the “ Notice Date ”) prior to the applicable expiry date, the LC Bank delivers written notice to the beneficiary thereof declining such extension; provided , however , that if (x) any such extension would cause the expiry date of such Letter of Credit to occur after the date that is twelve (12) months after the Scheduled Termination Date or (y) the LC Bank determines that any condition precedent (including, without limitation, those set forth in Sections 3.01 and Article VI ) to issuing such Letter of Credit hereunder are not satisfied (other than any such condition requiring the Borrower to submit an LC Request or Letter of Credit Application in respect thereof), then the LC Bank, in the case of clause (x) above, may (or, at the written direction of any LC Participant, shall) or, in the case of clause (y) above, shall, use reasonable efforts in accordance with (and to the extent permitted by) the terms of such Letter of Credit to prevent the extension of such expiry date (including notifying the Borrower and the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit in writing prior to the Notice Date that such expiry date will not be so extended). Each Letter of Credit shall be subject either to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600, and any amendments or revisions thereof adhered to by the LC Bank or the International Standby Practices (ISP98-International Chamber of Commerce Publication Number 590), and any amendments or revisions thereof adhered to by the LC Bank, as determined by the LC Bank.

38

(c) Immediately upon the issuance by the LC Bank of any Letter of Credit (or any amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof), the LC Bank shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each LC Participant, and each LC Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from the LC Bank, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation, to the extent of such LC Participant’s Pro Rata Share, in such Letter of Credit, each drawing made thereunder and the obligations of the Borrower hereunder with respect thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto. Upon any change in the Commitments or Pro Rata Shares of the LC Participants pursuant to this Agreement, it is hereby agreed that, with respect to all outstanding Letters of Credit and unreimbursed drawings thereunder, there shall be an automatic adjustment to the participations pursuant to this clause (c) to reflect the new Pro Rata Shares of the assignor and assignee LC Participant or of all LC Participants with Commitments, as the case may be. In the event that the LC Bank makes any payment under any Letter of Credit and the Borrower shall not have reimbursed such amount in full to the LC Bank pursuant to Section 3.04(a) , each LC Participant shall be obligated to make Participation Advances with respect to such Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 3.04(b) .

 

SECTION 3.03. Requirements For Issuance of Letters of Credit . The Borrower shall authorize and direct the LC Bank to name the Borrower, an Originator or an Affiliate of an Originator as the “Applicant” or “Account Party” of each Letter of Credit.

 

SECTION 3.04. Disbursements, Reimbursement .

 

(a) In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter of Credit by the beneficiary or transferee thereof, the LC Bank will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower of such request. The Borrower shall reimburse (such obligation to reimburse the LC Bank shall sometimes be referred to as a “ Reimbursement Obligation ”) the LC Bank in Dollars prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City time), on each date that an amount is paid by the LC Bank under any Letter of Credit (each such date, a “ Drawing Date ”) in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent amount so paid by the LC Bank. In the event the Borrower fails to reimburse the LC Bank for the full Dollar Equivalent amount of any drawing under any Letter of Credit by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Drawing Date (including because the conditions precedent to a Loan requested by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 shall not have been satisfied), the LC Bank will promptly notify each LC Participant thereof. Any notice given by the LC Bank pursuant to this Section may be oral if promptly confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such a prompt written confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such oral notice.

39

(b) Each LC Participant shall upon any notice pursuant to clause (a) above make available to the LC Bank an amount in Dollars in immediately available funds equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Dollar Equivalent amount of the drawing (a “ Participation Advance ”), whereupon the LC Participants shall each be deemed to have made a Loan in Dollars to the Borrower in that amount. If any LC Participant so notified fails to make available to the LC Bank the amount in Dollars of such LC Participant’s Pro Rata Share of such Dollar Equivalent amount by 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Drawing Date, then interest shall accrue on such LC Participant’s obligation to make such payment, from the Drawing Date to the date on which such LC Participant makes such payment (i) at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate during the first three days following the Drawing Date and (ii) at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate on and after the fourth day following the Drawing Date. The LC Bank will promptly give notice to each LC Participant of the occurrence of the Drawing Date, but failure of the LC Bank to give any such notice on the Drawing Date or in sufficient time to enable any LC Participant to effect such payment on such date shall not relieve such LC Participant from its obligation under this clause (b) . Each LC Participant’s Commitment shall continue until the last to occur of any of the following events: (A) the LC Bank ceases to be obligated to issue or cause to be issued Letters of Credit hereunder, (B) no Letter of Credit issued hereunder remains outstanding and uncancelled or (C) all Credit Parties have been fully reimbursed for all payments made under or relating to Letters of Credit.

 

SECTION 3.05. Repayment of Participation Advances .

 

(a) Upon (and only upon) receipt by the LC Bank for its account of immediately available funds from or for the account of the Borrower (i) in reimbursement of any payment made by the LC Bank under a Letter of Credit with respect to which any LC Participant has made a Participation Advance to the LC Bank or (ii) in payment of Interest on the Loans made or deemed to have been made in connection with any such draw, the LC Bank will pay to each LC Participant, ratably (based on the outstanding drawn amounts funded by each such LC Participant in respect of such Letter of Credit), in the same funds as those received by the LC Bank; it being understood , that the LC Bank shall retain a ratable amount of such funds that were not the subject of any payment in respect of such Letter of Credit by any LC Participant.

 

(b) If the LC Bank is required at any time to return to the Borrower, or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, or any official in any Insolvency Proceeding, any portion of the payments made by the Borrower to the LC Bank pursuant to this Agreement in reimbursement of a payment made under a Letter of Credit or interest or fee thereon, each LC Participant shall, on demand of the LC Bank, forthwith return to the LC Bank the amount of its Pro Rata Share of any amounts so returned by the LC Bank plus interest at the Federal Funds Rate, from the date the payment was first made to such LC Participant through, but not including, the date the payment is returned by such LC Participant.

40

(c) If any Letters of Credit are outstanding and undrawn on the Termination Date, the LC Collateral Accounts shall be funded from Collections (or, in the Borrower’s sole discretion, by other funds available to the Borrower) in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate undrawn face amount of such Letters of Credit plus the Dollar Equivalent of all related fees to accrue through the stated expiration dates thereof, including any customary presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the LC Bank relating to letters of credit (such fees to accrue, as reasonably estimated by the LC Bank, the “ LC Fee Expectation ”); provided , however , that as of any date of determination, the LC Fee Expectation shall not exceed an amount equal to the product of (i) the sum of (x) the LC Participation Rate (as defined in the Fee Letter), plus (y) the LC Fronting Fee Rate (as defined in the Fee Letter), plus (z) 0.50%, times (ii) the aggregate undrawn face amount of such Letters of Credit as of such date of determination.

 

SECTION 3.06. Documentation; Documentary and Processing Charges . The Borrower agrees to be bound by the terms of the Letter of Credit Application and by the LC Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued for the Borrower and by the LC Bank’s written regulations and customary practices relating to letters of credit, though the LC Bank’s interpretation of such regulations and practices may be different from the Borrower’s own. In the event of a conflict between the Letter of Credit Application and this Agreement, this Agreement shall govern. The LC Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence and/or mistakes, whether of omission or commission, in following the Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments or supplements thereto. In addition to any other fees or expenses owing under the Fee Letter or any other Transaction Document or otherwise pursuant to any Letter of Credit Application, the Borrower shall pay to the LC Bank for its own account any customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the LC Bank relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees shall be due and payable upon demand and shall be nonrefundable.

 

SECTION 3.07. Determination to Honor Drawing Request . In determining whether to honor any request for drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, the LC Bank shall be responsible only to determine that the documents and certificates required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit and that any other drawing condition appearing on the face of such Letter of Credit has been satisfied in the manner so set forth.

 

SECTION 3.08. Nature of Participation and Reimbursement Obligations . Each LC Participant’s obligation in accordance with this Agreement to make Participation Advances as a result of a drawing under a Letter of Credit, and the obligations of the Borrower to reimburse the LC Bank upon a draw under a Letter of Credit, shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and under all circumstances, including the following circumstances:

 

(i) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such LC Participant may have against the LC Bank, the other Credit Parties, the Borrower, the Servicer, an Originator, the Performance Guarantor or any other Person for any reason whatsoever;

 

(ii) the failure of the Borrower or any other Person to comply with the conditions set forth in this Agreement for the making of a purchase, reinvestments, requests for Letters of Credit or otherwise, it being acknowledged that such conditions are not required for the making of Participation Advances hereunder;

41

(iii) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Borrower, the Performance Guarantor, the Servicer, an Originator or any Affiliate thereof on behalf of which a Letter of Credit has been issued may have against the LC Bank, or any other Credit Party or any other Person for any reason whatsoever;

 

(iv) any claim of breach of warranty that might be made by the Borrower, an Originator or any Affiliate thereof, the LC Bank, or any LC Participant against the beneficiary of a Letter of Credit, or the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which the Borrower, the Servicer, the LC Bank or any LC Participant may have at any time against a beneficiary, any successor beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), the LC Bank, any other Credit Party or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower or any Affiliates of the Borrower and the beneficiary for which any Letter of Credit was procured);

 

(v) the lack of power or authority of any signer of, or lack of validity, sufficiency, accuracy, enforceability or genuineness of, any draft, demand, instrument, certificate or other document presented under any Letter of Credit, or any such draft, demand, instrument, certificate or other document proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid, defective or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, even if the Administrative Agent or the LC Bank has been notified thereof;

 

(vi) payment by the LC Bank under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a demand, draft or certificate or other document which does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;

 

(vii)     the solvency of, or any acts or omissions by, any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit, or any other Person having a role in any transaction or obligation relating to a Letter of Credit, or the existence, nature, quality, quantity, condition, value or other characteristic of any property or services relating to a Letter of Credit;

 

(viii) any failure by the LC Bank or any of the LC Bank’s Affiliates to issue any Letter of Credit in the form requested by the Borrower;

 

(ix) any Material Adverse Effect or Borrower Material Adverse Effect;

 

(x) any breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by any party thereto;

 

(xi) the occurrence or continuance of an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to the Borrower, the Performance Guarantor, any Originator or any Affiliate thereof;

 

(xii) the fact that an Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

42

(xiii) the fact that this Agreement or the obligations of the Borrower or the Servicer hereunder shall have been terminated; and

 

(xiv) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

 

SECTION 3.09. Indemnity . In addition to other amounts payable hereunder, the Borrower hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save harmless the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank, each LC Participant, each other Credit Party and each of the LC Bank’s Affiliates that have issued a Letter of Credit from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, taxes, penalties, interest, judgments, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including Attorney Costs) which the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank, any LC Participant, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of the issuance of any Letter of Credit (including any losses resulting from the amount of any Alternative Currency purchased by the LC Bank with the proceeds of Dollars received from the Borrower or any LC Participant in connection with any drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency for any reason falling short of the amount of the applicable Alternative Currency paid by the LC Bank in connection with such drawing), except to the extent resulting from (a) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party to be indemnified as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (b) the wrongful dishonor by the LC Bank or any of its Affiliates of a proper demand for payment made under any Letter of Credit, except if such dishonor resulted from any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto Governmental Authority (all such acts or omissions herein called “ Governmental Acts ”). Under no circumstances shall the Servicer (or any Affiliate thereof (other than the Borrower)) have any reimbursement or recourse obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit.

 

SECTION 3.10. Liability for Acts and Omissions . As between the Borrower, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank, the LC Participants, and the other Credit Parties, on the other, the Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of any Letter of Credit by, the respective beneficiaries of such Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, none of the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank, the LC Participants, or any other Credit Party shall be responsible for any of the following, including any losses or damages to the Borrower, any of its Affiliates or any other Person or property related therefrom: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for an issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged (even if the LC Bank, any LC Participant or any other Credit Party shall have been notified thereof); (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) the failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit, or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred, to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit or any other claim of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, or any such transferee, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any such transferee; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, electronic mail, cable, telegraph, telex, facsimile or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; or (viii) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank, the LC Participants, and the other Credit Parties, including any Governmental Acts, and none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of the LC Bank’s rights or powers hereunder. In no event shall the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank, the LC Participants, or the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates, be liable to the Borrower or any other Person for any indirect, consequential, incidental, punitive, exemplary or special damages or expenses (including without limitation Attorney Costs), or for any damages resulting from any change in the value of any property relating to a Letter of Credit.

43

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank, the LC Participants, and the other Credit Parties and each of their respective Affiliates (i) may rely on any written communication believed in good faith by such Person to have been authorized or given by or on behalf of the applicant for a Letter of Credit; (ii) may honor any presentation if the documents presented appear on their face to comply with the terms and conditions of the relevant Letter of Credit; (iii) may honor a previously dishonored presentation under a Letter of Credit, whether such dishonor was pursuant to a court order, to settle or compromise any claim of wrongful dishonor, or otherwise, and shall be entitled to reimbursement to the same extent as if such presentation had initially been honored, together with any interest paid by the LC Bank or its Affiliates; (iv) may honor any drawing that is payable upon presentation of a statement advising negotiation or payment, upon receipt of such statement (even if such statement indicates that a draft or other document is being delivered separately), and shall not be liable for any failure of any such draft or other document to arrive, or to conform in any way with the relevant Letter of Credit; (v) may pay any paying or negotiating bank claiming that it rightfully honored under the laws or practices of the place where such bank is located; and (vi) may settle or adjust any claim or demand made on the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank, the LC Participants, or the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates, in any way related to any order issued at the applicant’s request to an air carrier, a letter of guarantee or of indemnity issued to a carrier or any similar document (each an “ Order ”) and may honor any drawing in connection with any Letter of Credit that is the subject of such Order, notwithstanding that any drafts or other documents presented in connection with such Letter of Credit fail to conform in any way with such Letter of Credit.

 

In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific provisions set forth above, any action taken or omitted by the LC Bank under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in good faith and without gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, shall not put the LC Bank under any resulting liability to the Borrower, any Credit Party or any other Person.

44

SECTION 3.11. LC Collateral Accounts .

 

(a) Provided that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Termination Date has not occurred, the Borrower may from time to time advise the Administrative Agent and each Lender in writing of its desire to convert certain amounts that are on deposit in an LC Collateral Account and that are denominated in one currency to another currency that is either denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency. Following receipt of such request, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower in writing whether or not the Administrative Agent is agreeable to such conversion; provided , however , that if the Administrative Agent fails to so notify the Borrower within one Business Day, the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have declined such conversion request. In the event that the Administrative Agent has so notified the Borrower in writing that it is agreeable to such conversion, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall enter into such documents as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or appropriate to effect such conversion, and such conversion shall occur at such exchange rate as agreed to in writing between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

 

(b) At any time that an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or at any time on or after the occurrence of the Termination Date, so long as any of (i) the Adjusted Euro LC Participation Amount, (ii) the Adjusted Korean Won LC Participation Amount or (iii) the Adjusted Pounds Sterling LC Participation Amount, in any event, is greater than zero, the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, convert any amounts that are on deposit in an LC Collateral Account and that are denominated in one currency to either Dollars or an Alternative Currency. Any such conversion shall occur at the exchange rate reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent to exist at such time of conversion and which is available to the Administrative Agent at such time of conversion.

 

(c) In connection with any such conversion occurring pursuant to this Section 3.11 , the Borrower shall promptly pay the Administrative Agent all customary fees and expenses as well as standard costs and charges of the Administrative Agent in connection with such conversion as well as all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith. The proceeds of any such conversion shall be deposited by the Administrative Agent into the applicable LC Collateral Account.

 

ARTICLE IV

SETTLEMENT PROCEDURES AND PAYMENT PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 4.01. Settlement Procedures .

 

(a) The Servicer shall set aside and hold in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties (or, if so requested by the Administrative Agent, segregate in a separate account designated by the Administrative Agent, which shall be an account maintained and controlled by the Administrative Agent unless the Administrative Agent otherwise instructs in its sole discretion), for application in accordance with the priority of payments set forth below, all Collections on Pool Receivables that are received by the Servicer or the Borrower or received in any Lock-Box or Collection Account; provided , however , that so long as each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 6.03 are satisfied on such date, the Servicer may release to the Borrower from such Collections the amount (if any) necessary to pay (i) the purchase price for Receivables purchased by the Borrower on such date in accordance with the terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement or (ii) amounts owing by the Borrower to the Originators under the Subordinated Notes (each such release, a “ Release ”). On each Settlement Date, the Servicer (or, following its assumption of control of the Collection Accounts, the Administrative Agent) shall, distribute such Collections in the following order of priority:

45

(i) first , to the Servicer for the payment of the accrued Servicing Fees payable for the immediately preceding Interest Period (plus, if applicable, the amount of Servicing Fees payable for any prior Interest Period to the extent such amount has not been distributed to the Servicer);

 

(ii) second , to the Administrative Agent for distribution to each Lender and other Credit Party (ratably, based on the amount then due and owing), all accrued and unpaid Interest, Fees and Breakage Fees due to such Lender and other Credit Party for the immediately preceding Interest Period (including any additional amounts or indemnified amounts payable under Sections 5.03 and 12.01 in respect of such payments), plus, if applicable, the amount of any such Interest, Fees and Breakage Fees (including any additional amounts or indemnified amounts payable under Sections 5.03 and 12.01 in respect of such payments) payable for any prior Interest Period to the extent such amount has not been distributed to such Lender or Credit Party;

 

(iii) third , as set forth in clause (x) or (y) below, as applicable:

 

(x) prior to the occurrence of the Termination Date, to the extent that a Borrowing Base Deficit exists on such date, to the Administrative Agent for distribution: (I) first , to the Lenders (ratably, based on the aggregate outstanding Capital of each Lender at such time) for the payment of a portion of the outstanding Aggregate Capital at such time, in an aggregate amount equal to (1) the amount necessary to reduce the Borrowing Base Deficit to zero ($0) Dollars or (2) at the election of the Borrower, such greater amount in accordance with Section 2.02(d) and (II) second , to the LC Collateral Accounts, in reduction of the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount, in an amount equal to the amount necessary (after giving effect to clause (I) above) to reduce the Borrowing Base Deficit to zero ($0); or

 

(y) on and after the occurrence of the Termination Date, to the Administrative Agent for distribution: (I) first , to each Lender (ratably, based on the aggregate outstanding Capital of each Lender at such time) for the payment in full of the aggregate outstanding Capital of such Lender at such time and (II) second , to the LC Collateral Accounts (A) the amount necessary to reduce the Aggregate Adjusted LC Participation Amount to zero ($0) and (B) an amount equal to the LC Fee Expectation at such time;

46

(iv) fourth , to the Credit Parties, the Affected Persons and the Borrower Indemnified Parties (ratably, based on the amount due and owing at such time), for the payment of all other Borrower Obligations then due and owing by the Borrower to the Credit Parties, the Affected Persons and the Borrower Indemnified Parties; and

 

(v) fifth , the balance, if any, to be paid to the Borrower for its own account.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 4.01 , the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to distribute or pay any amount under this Section 4.01 except to the extent actually received by the Administrative Agent.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person of any amount owed hereunder is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by the Administrative Agent, any Credit Party, any Affected Person or any Borrower Indemnified Party, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, such amount shall be deemed not to have been so received but rather to have been retained by the Borrower and, accordingly, the Administrative Agent, such Credit Party, such Affected Person or such Borrower Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have a claim against the Borrower for such amount.

 

(d) For the purposes of this Section 4.01 :

 

(i) if on any day the Outstanding Balance of any Pool Receivable is reduced or adjusted as a result of any defective, rejected, returned, repossessed or foreclosed goods or services, or any revision, cancellation, allowance, rebate, credit memo, discount or other adjustment made by the Borrower, any Originator, the Servicer or any Affiliate of the Servicer, or any setoff, counterclaim or dispute between the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower, an Originator or any Affiliate of an Originator, or the Servicer or any Affiliate of the Servicer, and an Obligor, the Borrower shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool Receivable in the amount of such reduction or adjustment and, if an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists or if the Purchase and Sale Termination Date has occurred and, in each case, if an Originator has made a related payment in cash to the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.2(c) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, shall immediately pay (or cause the applicable Originator to pay pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement) any and all such amounts in respect thereof to a Collection Account (or as otherwise directed by the Administrative Agent at such time) for the benefit of the Credit Parties for application pursuant to Section 4.01(a) ; provided that if a Receivable’s “Purchase Price” has been reduced by the full Outstanding Balance thereof pursuant to Section 3.3(a) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement and such reduction has been made in accordance with Section 3.3(c) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, then the Borrower shall deliver to the applicable Originator any payments thereafter received by the Borrower on account of such Receivable’s Outstanding Balance in accordance with the Borrower’s obligations under the proviso to Section 3.3(a) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement;

47

(ii) if on any day any of the representations or warranties in Section 7.01 is not true with respect to any Pool Receivable, the Borrower shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool Receivable in full and, if an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists or if the Purchase and Sale Termination Date shall have occurred and, in each case, if an Originator has made a related payment in cash to the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.2(c) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, shall immediately pay the amount of such deemed Collection to a Collection Account (or as otherwise directed by the Administrative Agent at such time) for the benefit of the Credit Parties for application pursuant to Section 4.01(a) (Collections deemed to have been received pursuant to Section 4.01(d) are hereinafter sometimes referred to as “ Deemed Collections ”);

 

(iii) except as provided in clauses (i) or (ii) above or otherwise required by Applicable Law or the relevant Contract, all Collections received from an Obligor of any Receivable shall be applied to the Receivables of such Obligor in the order of the age of such Receivables, starting with the oldest such Receivable, unless such Obligor designates in writing its payment for application to specific Receivables; and

 

(iv) if and to the extent the Administrative Agent, any Credit Party, any Affected Person or any Borrower Indemnified Party shall be required for any reason to pay over to an Obligor (or any trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official in any Insolvency Proceeding) any amount received by it hereunder, such amount shall be deemed not to have been so received by such Person but rather to have been retained by the Borrower and, accordingly, such Person shall have a claim against the Borrower for such amount, payable when and to the extent that any distribution from or on behalf of such Obligor is made in respect thereof.

 

SECTION 4.02. Payments and Computations, Etc . (a) All amounts to be paid by the Borrower or the Servicer to the Administrative Agent, any Credit Party, any Affected Person or any Borrower Indemnified Party hereunder shall be paid no later than noon (New York City time) on the day when due in same day funds to the applicable Lender’s Account.

 

(b) Each of the Borrower and the Servicer shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, pay interest on any amount other than Capital (which Capital shall accrue Interest) not paid or deposited by it when due hereunder, at an interest rate per annum equal to 2.50% per annum above the Base Rate, payable on demand.

 

(c) All computations of interest under subsection (b) above and all computations of Interest, Fees and other amounts hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days (or, in the case of amounts determined by reference to the Base Rate, 365 or 366 days, as applicable) for the actual number of days (including the first but excluding the last day) elapsed. Whenever any payment or deposit to be made hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment or deposit shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of such payment or deposit.

 

(d) On any day when any computation or calculation hereunder requires the aggregation of amounts denominated in more than one currency, all amounts that are denominated in any currency other than Dollars shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent thereof on such day for purposes of such computation or calculation.

48

ARTICLE V

 

INCREASED COSTS; FUNDING LOSSES; TAXES; ILLEGALITY AND SECURITY INTEREST

 

SECTION 5.01. Increased Costs .

 

(a)  Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, liquidity, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Affected Person;

 

(ii) subject any Affected Person to any Taxes (except to the extent such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes or Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

 

(iii) impose on any Affected Person any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) (A) affecting the Collateral, this Agreement, any other Transaction Document, any Loan or any Letter of Credit or participation therein or (B) affecting its obligations or rights to make Loans or issue or participate in Letters of Credit;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Affected Person of (A) acting as the Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, (B) funding or maintaining any Loan or issuing or participating in, any Letter of Credit (or interests therein) or (C) maintaining its obligation to fund or maintain any Loan or issuing or participating in, any Letter of Credit, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Affected Person hereunder, then, upon request of such Affected Person (or its related Lender), the Borrower shall pay to such Affected Person such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Affected Person for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b) Capital and Liquidity Requirements . If any Affected Person determines that any Change in Law affecting such Affected Person or any lending office of such Affected Person or such Affected Person’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of (x) increasing the amount of capital required to be maintained by such Affected Person or Affected Person’s holding company, if any, (y) reducing the rate of return on such Affected Person’s capital or on the capital of such Affected Person’s holding company, if any, or (z) causing an internal capital or liquidity charge or other imputed cost to be assessed upon such Affected Person or Affected Person’s holding company, if any, in each case, as a consequence of (A) this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (B) the commitments of such Affected Person hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, (C) the Loans, Letters of Credit or participations in Letters of Credit, made or issued by such Affected Person or (D) any Capital, to a level below that which such Affected Person or such Affected Person’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Affected Person’s policies and the policies of such Affected Person’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time, upon request of such Affected Person (or its related Lender), the Borrower will pay to such Affected Person such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Affected Person or such Affected Person’s holding company for any such increase, reduction or charge.

49

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of an Affected Person (or its related Lender on its behalf) setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Affected Person or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in clause (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall, subject to the priorities of payment set forth in Section 4.01 , pay such Affected Person the amount shown as due on any such certificate on the first Settlement Date occurring after the Borrower’s receipt of such certificate.

 

(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Affected Person to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Affected Person’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate an Affected Person pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine (9) months prior to the date that such Affected Person notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Affected Person’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine (9) month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

SECTION 5.02. Funding Losses .

 

(a) The Borrower will pay each Lender all Breakage Fees.

 

(b) A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender, as specified in clause (a) above and delivered to the Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall, subject to the priorities of payment set forth in Section 4.01 , pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate on the first Settlement Date occurring after the Borrower’s receipt of such certificate.

 

SECTION 5.03. Taxes .

 

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Transaction Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by Applicable Law. If any Applicable Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment to an Affected Person, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law, and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), the applicable Affected Person receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

50

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law, or, at the option of the Administrative Agent, timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

(c) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify each Affected Person, within ten days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Affected Person or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Affected Person and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by an Affected Person (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of an Affected Person, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d) Indemnification by the Lenders . Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender or any of its Affiliates that are Affected Persons (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting any obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to the failure of such Lender or any of its Affiliates that are Affected Persons to comply with Section 13.03(e) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender or any of its Affiliates that are Affected Persons, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Transaction Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or any of its Affiliates that are Affected Persons under any Transaction Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender or any of its Affiliates that are Affected Persons from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (d) .

 

(e) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 5.03 , the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

51

(f) Status of Affected Persons . (i) Any Affected Person that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Transaction Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Affected Person, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Affected Person is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Sections 5.03(f)(ii)(A) , 5.03(f)(ii)(B) and 5.03(g) ) shall not be required if, in the Affected Person’s reasonable judgment, such completion, execution or submission would subject such Affected Person to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Affected Person.

 

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

(A) a Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement and from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

 

(B)   any Lender that is not a U.S. Person shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement and from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(1) in the case of such a Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Transaction Document, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Transaction Document, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

(2) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI;

52

(3) in the case of such a Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate in substantially the form of Exhibit K hereto to the effect that such Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “ U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (y) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E; or

 

(4) to the extent such Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY, accompanied by Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate, Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that, if such Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner; and

 

(C)   any Lender that is not a U.S. Person shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient), on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement and from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, executed originals of any other form prescribed by Applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

 

(g) Documentation Required by FATCA . If a payment made to a Credit Party under any Transaction Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Credit Party were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Credit Party shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by Applicable Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Credit Party has complied with such Affected Person’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (g) , “ FATCA ” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

53

(h) Treatment of Refunds . If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5.03 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.03 ), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 5.03 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this clause (h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (h) , in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this clause (h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

(i) Survival . Each party’s obligations under this Section 5.03 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Credit Party, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the Borrower Obligations and the Servicer’s obligations hereunder.

 

(j) Updates . Each Credit Party agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered pursuant to this Section 5.03 expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

SECTION 5.04. Inability to Determine LMIR; Change in Legality .

 

(a) If any Lender shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto absent manifest error) on any day, by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank Eurodollar market, either that: (i) dollar deposits in the relevant amounts and for the relevant Interest Period or day, as applicable, are not available, (ii) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LMIR for such Interest Period or day, as applicable, or (iii) LMIR determined pursuant hereto does not accurately reflect the cost to the applicable Affected Person (as conclusively determined by such Lender) of maintaining any Portion of Capital during such Interest Period or day, as applicable, such Lender shall promptly give telephonic notice of such determination, confirmed in writing, to the Borrower on such day. Upon delivery of such notice: (i) no Portion of Capital with respect to such Lender shall be funded thereafter at LMIR unless and until such Lender shall have given notice to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist and (ii) with respect to any outstanding Portion of Capital then funded at LMIR, such Interest Rate shall automatically and immediately be converted to the Base Rate.

54

(b) If on any day any Lender shall have been notified by any Affected Person that such Affected Person has determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive absent manifest error) that any Change in Law, or compliance by such Affected Person with any Change in Law, shall make it unlawful or impossible for such Affected Person to fund or maintain any Portion of Capital at or by reference to LMIR, such Lender shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Upon receipt of such notice, until the applicable Lender notifies the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer apply, (i) no Portion of Capital with respect to such Lender shall be funded at or by reference to LMIR and (ii) the Interest for any outstanding Portions of Capital with respect to such Lender then funded at LMIR shall automatically and immediately be converted to the Base Rate.

 

SECTION 5.05. Security Interest .

 

(a) As security for the performance by the Borrower of all the terms, covenants and agreements on the part of the Borrower to be performed under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, including the punctual payment when due of the Aggregate Capital and all Interest in respect of the Loans and all other Borrower Obligations, the Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a continuing security interest in, all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following, whether now or hereafter owned, existing or arising (collectively, the “ Collateral ”): (i) all Pool Receivables, (ii) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables, (iii) all Collections with respect to such Pool Receivables, (iv) the Lock-Boxes and Collection Accounts and all amounts on deposit therein, and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time evidencing such Lock-Boxes and Collection Accounts and amounts on deposit therein, (v) all rights (but none of the obligations) of the Borrower under the Purchase and Sale Agreement, (vi) all other personal and fixture property or assets of the Borrower of every kind and nature including, without limitation, all goods (including inventory, equipment and any accessions thereto), instruments (including promissory notes), documents, accounts, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), deposit accounts, securities accounts, securities entitlements, letter of credit rights, commercial tort claims, securities and all other investment property, supporting obligations, money, any other contract rights or rights to the payment of money, insurance claims and proceeds, and all general intangibles (including all payment intangibles) (each as defined in the UCC) and (vii) all proceeds of, and all amounts received or receivable under any or all of, the foregoing.

 

The Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall have, with respect to all the Collateral, and in addition to all the other rights and remedies available to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), all the rights and remedies of a secured party under any applicable UCC. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing statements describing as the collateral covered thereby as “all of the debtor’s personal property or assets” or words to that effect, notwithstanding that such wording may be broader in scope than the collateral described in this Agreement.

55

Immediately upon the occurrence of (i) the Final Payout Date or (ii) the repurchase of any Receivable as set forth in Section 3.3(a) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Collateral, in the case of clause (i), or the applicable Receivable and any Related Security solely with respect to such Receivable, in the case of clause (ii), shall be automatically released from the lien created hereby, and this Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the other Credit Parties hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Borrower; provided , however , that promptly following written request therefor by the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent following any such termination, and at the expense of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower written authorization for the Borrower to file (or have filed on its behalf) UCC-3 termination statements and such other documents as the Borrower shall reasonably request to evidence such termination.

 

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS to Effectiveness and CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

SECTION 6.01. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness and the Initial Credit Extension . This Agreement shall become effective as of the Closing Date when (a) the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the documents, agreements (in fully executed form), opinions of counsel, lien search results, UCC filings, certificates and other deliverables listed on the closing memorandum attached as Exhibit H hereto, in each case, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (b) all fees and expenses payable by the Borrower on the Closing Date to the Credit Parties have been paid in full in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents.

 

SECTION 6.02. Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions . Each Credit Extension hereunder on or after the Closing Date shall be subject to the conditions precedent that:

 

(a) in the case of a Loan, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a Loan Request for such Loan, and in the case of a Letter of Credit, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and the LC Bank, a Letter of Credit Application and an LC Request, in each case, in accordance with Section 2.02(a) or Section 3.02(a) , as applicable;

 

(b) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and each Lender all Monthly Reports and Interim Reports required to be delivered hereunder;

 

(c) the conditions precedent to such Credit Extension specified in Section 2.01(i) through (iii) and Section 3.01(a) , as applicable, shall be satisfied;

 

(d) on the date of such Credit Extension the following statements shall be true and correct (and upon the occurrence of such Credit Extension, the Borrower and the Servicer shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such statements are then true and correct):

56

(i) the representations and warranties of the Borrower and the Servicer contained in Sections 7.01 and 7.02 are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension as though made on and as of such date unless such representations and warranties by their terms refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

 

(ii) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default would result from such Credit Extension;

 

(iii) no Borrowing Base Deficit exists or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension; and

 

(iv) the Termination Date has not occurred.

 

(e) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Servicer the Dilution Trigger Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

 

SECTION 6.03. Conditions Precedent to All Releases . Each Release hereunder on or after the Closing Date shall be subject to the conditions precedent that:

 

(a) after giving effect to such Release, the Servicer shall be holding in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties an amount of Collections sufficient to pay the sum of (x) all accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees, Interest, Fees and Breakage Fees, in each case, through the date of such Release, (y) the amount of any Borrowing Base Deficit (after giving effect to such Release and the Borrower’s related purchase of Receivables pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement on the date of such Release) and (z) the amount of all other accrued and unpaid Borrower Obligations through the date of such Release;

 

(b) the Borrower shall use the proceeds of such Release solely to pay the purchase price for Receivables purchased by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement; and

 

(c) on the date of such Release the following statements shall be true and correct (and upon the occurrence of such Release, the Borrower and the Servicer shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such statements are then true and correct):

 

(i) the representations and warranties of the Borrower and the Servicer contained in Sections 7.01 and 7.02 are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Release as though made on and as of such date unless such representations and warranties by their terms refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

57

(ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no Event of Default would result from such Release;

 

(iii) no Borrowing Base Deficit exists or would exist after giving effect to such Release; and

 

(iv) the Termination Date has not occurred.

 

ARTICLE VII

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

SECTION 7.01. Representations and Warranties of the Borrower . The Borrower represents and warrants to each Credit Party as of the Closing Date, on each Settlement Date and on each day on which a Credit Extension shall have occurred:

 

(a) Organization and Good Standing . The Borrower is a limited liability company and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted.

 

(b) Due Qualification . The Borrower is duly qualified to do business, is in good standing as a foreign entity and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the conduct of its business requires such qualification, licenses or approvals, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) Power and Authority; Due Authorization . The Borrower (i) has all necessary power and authority to (A) execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (B) perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and (C) grant a security interest in the Collateral to the Administrative Agent on the terms and subject to the conditions herein provided and (ii) has duly authorized by all necessary action such grant and the execution, delivery and performance of, and the consummation of the transactions provided for in, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

 

(d) Binding Obligations . This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which the Borrower is a party constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

58

(e) No Conflict or Violation . The execution, delivery and performance of, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Borrower is a party, and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof, will not (i) conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under its organizational documents or any indenture, sale agreement, credit agreement, loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other agreement or instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound, (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim upon any of the Collateral pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other agreement or instrument other than this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or (iii) conflict with or violate any Applicable Law.

 

(f) Litigation and Other Proceedings . (i) There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, against the Borrower before any Governmental Authority and (ii) the Borrower is not subject to any order, judgment, decree, injunction, stipulation or consent order of or with any Governmental Authority that, in the case of either of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) , (A) asserts the invalidity of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (B) seeks to prevent the grant of a security interest in any Collateral by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent, the ownership or acquisition by the Borrower of any Pool Receivable or other Collateral or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (C) seeks any determination or ruling that could materially and adversely affect the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (D) individually or in the aggregate for all such actions, suits, proceedings and investigations could reasonably be expected to have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g) Governmental Approvals . Except where the failure to obtain or make such authorization, consent, order, approval or action could not reasonably be expected to have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect, all authorizations, consents, orders and approvals of, or other actions by, any Governmental Authority that are required to be obtained by the Borrower in connection with the grant of a security interest in the Collateral to the Administrative Agent hereunder or the due execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the consummation by the Borrower of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.

 

(h) Margin Regulations . The Borrower is not engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meanings of Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

 

(i) Solvency . After giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, the Borrower is Solvent.

 

(j) Offices; Legal Name . The Borrower’s sole jurisdiction of organization is the State of Delaware and such jurisdiction has not changed within four months prior to the date of this Agreement. The office of the Borrower is located at 222 East Erie Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, WI 53202. The legal name of the Borrower is Gardner Denver Finance II LLC.

59

(k) Investment Company Act; Volcker Rule . The Borrower (i) is not, and is not controlled by, an “investment company” registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act and (ii) is not a “covered fund” under the Volcker Rule. In determining that the Borrower is not a “covered fund” under the Volcker Rule, the Borrower relies on an exemption from the definition of “investment company” set forth in Section 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act, although other exemptions from the definition of “investment company” set forth in the Investment Company Act may be also be available .

 

(l) No Material Adverse Effect . Since the date of formation of the Borrower there has been no Borrower Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m) Accuracy of Information . All Monthly Reports, Interim Reports, Loan Requests, LC Requests, Letter of Credit Applications, certificates, reports, statements, documents and other written information furnished to the Administrative Agent or any other Credit Party by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or in connection with or pursuant to any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, is, at the time the same are so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects on the date the same are furnished to the Administrative Agent or such other Credit Party, and does not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, if any, such representation is made only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

(n) Anti-Money Laundering/International Trade Law Compliance . No Covered Entity is a Sanctioned Person. No Covered Entity, either in its own right or knowingly through any third party, (i) has any of its assets in a Sanctioned Country or in the possession, custody or control of a Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law; (ii) does business in or with, or derives any of its income from investments in or transactions with, any Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (iii) engages in any material dealings or transactions prohibited by any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

(o) Perfection Representations .

 

(i) This Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral which (A) security interest has been perfected and is enforceable against creditors of and purchasers from the Borrower (in the case of the Related Security, in only that portion of the Related Security in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC) and (B) will be free of all Adverse Claims in such Collateral.

 

(ii) The Receivables constitute “accounts” or “general intangibles” within the meaning of Section 9-102 of the UCC.

60

(iii) The Borrower owns and has good and marketable title to the Collateral free and clear of any Adverse Claim of any Person.

 

(iv) All appropriate financing statements, financing statement amendments and continuation statements have been filed in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under Applicable Law in order to perfect (and continue the perfection of) the sale and contribution of the Receivables and Related Security from each Originator to the Borrower pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement and the grant by the Borrower of a security interest in the Collateral to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(v) Other than the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement, the Borrower has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Collateral except as permitted by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. The Borrower has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements filed against the Borrower that include a description of collateral covering the Collateral other than any financing statement (i) in favor of the Administrative Agent or (ii) that has been terminated. The Borrower is not aware of any judgment lien, ERISA lien or tax lien filings against the Borrower.

 

(vi) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the representations contained in this Section 7.01(o) shall be continuing and remain in full force and effect until the Final Payout Date.

 

(p) The Lock-Boxes and Collection Accounts .

 

(i) Nature of Collection Accounts . Each Collection Account constitutes a “deposit account” within the meaning of the applicable UCC.

 

(ii) Ownership . Each Lock-Box and Collection Account is in the name of the Borrower, and the Borrower owns and has good and marketable title to the Collection Accounts free and clear of any Adverse Claim.

 

(iii) Perfection . The Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a fully executed Account Control Agreement relating to each Lock-Box and Collection Account. The Administrative Agent has “control” (as defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC) over each Collection Account.

 

(iv) Instructions . Neither the Lock-Boxes nor the Collection Accounts are in the name of any Person other than the Borrower. Neither the Borrower nor the Servicer has consented to the applicable Collection Account Bank complying with instructions of any Person other than the Administrative Agent.

 

(q) Ordinary Course of Business . Each remittance of Collections by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Credit Parties under this Agreement will have been (i) in payment of a debt incurred by the Borrower in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the Borrower and (ii) made in the ordinary course of business or financial affairs of the Borrower.

61

(r) Compliance with Law . The Borrower has complied in all material respects with all Applicable Laws to which it may be subject.

 

(s) Bulk Sales Act . No transaction contemplated by this Agreement requires compliance by it with any bulk sales act or similar law.

 

(t) Eligible Receivables . Each Receivable included as an Eligible Receivable in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of any date is an Eligible Receivable as of such date.

 

(u) Taxes . The Borrower has (i) timely filed all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed by it and (ii) paid, or caused to be paid, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, if any, other than taxes, assessments and other governmental charges being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, except in each case to the extent that such failure to file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect.

 

(v) Tax Status . The Borrower (i) is, and shall at all relevant times continue to be, a “disregarded entity” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation § 301.7701-3 for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (ii) is not and will not at any relevant time become an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

(w) Opinions . The facts regarding the Borrower, the Servicer, each Originator, the Performance Guarantor, the Receivables, the Related Security and the related matters set forth or assumed in each of the opinions of counsel delivered in connection with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents are true and correct in all material respects.

 

(x) Other Transaction Documents . Each representation and warranty made by the Borrower under each other Transaction Document to which it is a party is true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made.

 

(y) Liquidity Coverage Ratio . The Borrower has not, does not and will not during this Agreement (x) issue any obligations that (A) constitute asset-backed commercial paper, or (B) are securities required to be registered under the Securities Act or that may be offered for sale under Rule 144A or a similar exemption from registration under the Securities Act or the rules promulgated thereunder, or (y) issue any other debt obligations or equity interest other than debt obligations substantially similar to the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement that are (A) issued to other banks or asset-backed commercial paper conduits in privately negotiated transactions, and (B) subject to transfer restrictions substantially similar to the transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement. The Borrower further represents and warrants that its assets and liabilities are consolidated with the assets and liabilities of the Parent for purposes of GAAP.

62

(z) Reaffirmation of Representations and Warranties . On the date of each Credit Extension, on the date of each Release, on each Settlement Date and on the date each Monthly Report, Interim Report or other report is delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, the Borrower shall be deemed to have certified that (i) all representations and warranties of the Borrower hereunder are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such day as though made on and as of such day, except for representations and warranties which apply as to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date) and (ii) no Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from such Credit Extension or Release.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the representations and warranties contained in this Section shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect until the Final Payout Date.

 

SECTION 7.02. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer . The Servicer represents and warrants to each Credit Party as of the Closing Date, on each Settlement Date and on each day on which a Credit Extension shall have occurred:

 

(a) Organization and Good Standing . The Servicer is a duly organized and validly existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with the power and authority under its organizational documents and under the laws of Delaware to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is presently conducted.

 

(b) Due Qualification. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business, is in good standing as a foreign entity and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the conduct of its business or the servicing of the Pool Receivables as required by this Agreement requires such qualification, licenses or approvals, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) Power and Authority; Due Authorization. The Servicer has all necessary power and authority to (i) execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and (ii) perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the execution, delivery and performance of, and the consummation of the transactions provided for in, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary action.

 

(d) Binding Obligations. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations of the Servicer, enforceable against the Servicer in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

63

(e) No Conflict or Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party, the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such other Transaction Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and such other Transaction Documents by the Servicer will not (i) conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, the organizational documents of the Servicer or any indenture, sale agreement, credit agreement (including the Credit Agreement), loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument, other than this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or (iii) conflict with or violate any Applicable Law, except to the extent that any such conflict, breach, default, Adverse Claim or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f) Litigation and Other Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending, or to the Servicer’s knowledge threatened, against the Servicer before any Governmental Authority: (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents; (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that could materially and adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents.

 

(g) No Consents. The Servicer is not required to obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval, registration, authorization or declaration of or with any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party that has not already been obtained or the failure of which to obtain could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(h) Compliance with Applicable Law . The Servicer (i) shall duly satisfy all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with the Pool Receivables and the related Contracts, (ii) has maintained in effect all qualifications required under Applicable Law in order to properly service the Pool Receivables and (iii) has complied in all material respects with all Applicable Laws in connection with servicing the Pool Receivables.

 

(i) Accuracy of Information. All Monthly Reports, Interim Reports, Loan Requests, LC Requests, Letter of Credit Applications, certificates, reports, statements, documents and other written information furnished to the Administrative Agent or any other Credit Party by the Servicer pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or in connection with or pursuant to any amendment or modification of, or waiver under, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, is, at the time the same are so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects on the date the same are furnished to the Administrative Agent or such other Credit Party, and does not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, if any, such representation is made only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

64

(j) Location of Records. The offices where the initial Servicer keeps all of its records relating to the servicing of the Pool Receivables are located at 1800 Gardner Expressway, Quincy, IL 62305.

 

(k) Credit and Collection Policy. The Servicer has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy in connection with its servicing of the Pool Receivables and the related Contracts.

 

(l) Eligible Receivables . Each Receivable included as an Eligible Receivable in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance as of any date is an Eligible Receivable as of such date.

 

(m) Servicing Programs . No material license or approval is required for the Administrative Agent’s use of any software or other computer program used by the Servicer, any Originator or any Sub-Servicer in the servicing of the Pool Receivables, other than those which have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

(n) Other Transaction Documents . Each representation and warranty made by the Servicer under each other Transaction Document to which it is a party (including, without limitation, the Purchase and Sale Agreement) is true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made.

 

(o) No Material Adverse Effect . Since December 31, 2015 there has been no Material Adverse Effect on the Servicer.

 

(p) Investment Company Act . The Servicer is not an “investment company,” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.

 

(q) Anti-Money Laundering/International Trade Law Compliance . No Covered Entity is a Sanctioned Person. No Covered Entity, either in its own right or knowingly through any third party, (i) has any of its assets in a Sanctioned Country or in the possession, custody or control of a Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law; (ii) does business in or with, or derives any of its income from investments in or transactions with, any Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law; or (iii) engages in any material dealings or transactions prohibited by any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

(r) Financial Condition . The consolidated balance sheets of the Servicer and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and the related statements of income and shareholders’ equity of the Servicer and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Servicer and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with GAAP.

65

(s) Bulk Sales Act . No transaction contemplated by this Agreement requires compliance by it with any bulk sales act or similar law.

 

(t) Taxes . The Servicer has (i) timely filed all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed by it and (ii) paid, or caused to be paid, all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, if any, other than taxes, assessments and other governmental charges being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, except in each case to the extent that the failure to file or pay could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(u) Opinions . The facts regarding the Borrower, the Servicer, each Originator, the Performance Guarantor, the Receivables, the Related Security and the related matters set forth or assumed in each of the opinions of counsel delivered in connection with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents are true and correct in all material respects.

 

(v) Reaffirmation of Representations and Warranties . On the date of each Credit Extension, on the date of each Release, on each Settlement Date and on the date each Monthly Report, Interim Report or other report is delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, the Servicer shall be deemed to have certified that (i) all representations and warranties of the Servicer hereunder are true and correct in all material respects on and as of such day as though made on and as of such day, except for representations and warranties which apply as to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such date) and (ii) no Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from such Credit Extension or Release.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the representations contained in this Section shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect until the Final Payout Date.

 

ARTICLE VIII

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 8.01. Covenants of the Borrower . At all times from the Closing Date until the Final Payout Date:

 

(a) Payment of Principal and Interest . The Borrower shall duly and punctually pay Capital, Interest, Fees and all other amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) Existence . The Borrower shall keep in full force and effect its existence and rights as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, and shall obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the Collateral.

66

(c) Financial Reporting . The Borrower will maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and the Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank and each Lender:

 

(i) Annual Financial Statements of the Borrower . Promptly upon completion and in no event later than 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Borrower, annual unaudited financial statements of the Borrower certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower that they fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial condition of the Borrower as of the date indicated and the results of its operations for the periods indicated.

 

(ii) Monthly Reports and Interim Reports . As soon as available and in any event (a) not later than two (2) Business Days prior to each Settlement Date, a Monthly Report as of the most recently completed Fiscal Month, (b) not later than the Weekly Reporting Date following each calendar week during a Weekly Reporting Period, a Weekly Report with respect to the Pool Receivables with data as of the most recently completed calendar week and (c) on each Business Day during a Daily Reporting Period, a Daily Report with respect to the Pool Receivables with data as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided , however , that at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event of Default, upon prior written notice from the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Administrative Agent and each Lender on each Business Day a Daily Report with respect to the Pool Receivables with data as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

(iii) Other Information . Such other information relating to the Collateral and the Borrower and the transactions contemplated hereby (including non-financial information) as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(iv) Quarterly Financial Statements of Parent . As soon as available and in any event within five (5) days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any permitted extensions) (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, in no event later than 45 days following the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each of Parent’s fiscal years), (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and statements of income of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries (including the Borrower, the Servicer and each Originator) as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of earnings and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the elapsed portion of the fiscal year ended with the last day of such fiscal quarter, in each case setting forth comparative figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter in the prior fiscal year, all of which shall be certified by a Financial Officer of Parent that they fairly present in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial condition of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations for the periods indicated, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and (ii) to the extent required to be filed with the SEC, management’s discussion and analysis of the important operational and financial developments during such fiscal quarter.

67

(v) Annual Financial Statements of Parent . As soon as available and in any event within five (5) days after the date on which such financial statements are required to be filed with the SEC (after giving effect to any permitted extensions) (or, if such financial statements are not required to be filed with the SEC, on or before the date that is 90 days after the close of each of Parent’s fiscal years, the consolidated balance sheet of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries (including the Borrower, the Servicer and each Originator) as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of earnings and cash flows for such fiscal year setting forth comparative figures for the preceding fiscal year, all reported on by independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing (without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception) to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP, the financial condition of Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations for the periods indicated.

 

(vi) Other Reports and Filings . Promptly (but in any event within ten days) after the filing or delivery thereof, copies of all financial information, proxy materials and reports, if any, which Parent or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries shall publicly file with the SEC.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any financial information, proxy statements or other material required to be delivered pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be deemed to have been furnished to each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender on the date that such report, proxy statement or other material is posted on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

(d) Notices . The Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) will notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender in writing of any of the following events promptly upon (but in no event later than three (3) Business Days after) a Financial Officer or other officer learning of the occurrence thereof, with such notice describing the same, and if applicable, the steps being taken by the Person(s) affected with respect thereto:

 

(i) Notice of Events of Default or Unmatured Events of Default . A statement of a Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(ii) Litigation . The institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding on the Servicer, the Parent or any Originator, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or the institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding on the Borrower.

68

(iii) Adverse Claim . (A) Any Person shall obtain an Adverse Claim upon the Collateral or any portion thereof, (B) any Person other than the Borrower, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent shall obtain any rights or direct any action with respect to any Collection Account (or related Lock-Box) or (C) any Obligor shall receive any change in payment instructions with respect to Pool Receivable(s) from a Person other than the Servicer or the Administrative Agent.

 

(iv) Name Changes . At least thirty (30) days before any change in any Originator’s or the Borrower’s name, jurisdiction of organization or any other change requiring the amendment of UCC financing statements filed against the Borrower or any Originator.

 

(v) Change in Accountants or Accounting Policy . Any change in (i) the external accountants of the Borrower, the Servicer, any Originator or the Parent, (ii) any accounting policy of the Borrower or (iii) any material accounting policy of any Originator that is relevant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (it being understood that any change to the manner in which any Originator accounts for the Pool Receivables shall be deemed “material” for such purpose).

 

(vi) Termination Event . The occurrence of a Purchase and Sale Termination Event under the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

 

(vii) Material Adverse Change . Promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any Borrower Material Adverse Effect or Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e) Conduct of Business . The Borrower will carry on and conduct its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields of enterprise as it is presently conducted and will do all things necessary to remain duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a domestic organization in its jurisdiction of organization and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted.

 

(f) Compliance with Laws . The Borrower will comply with all Applicable Laws to which it may be subject if the failure to comply could reasonably be expected to have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g) Furnishing of Information and Inspection of Receivables . The Borrower will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank and each Lender from time to time such information with respect to the Pool Receivables and the other Collateral as the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank or any Lender may reasonably request. The Borrower will, at the Borrower’s expense, during regular business hours with prior written notice (i) permit the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank and each Lender or their respective agents or representatives to (A) examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books and records relating to the Pool Receivables or other Collateral, (B) visit the offices and properties of the Borrower for the purpose of examining such books and records and (C) discuss matters relating to the Pool Receivables, the other Collateral or the Borrower’s performance hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party with any of the officers, directors, employees or independent public accountants of the Borrower having knowledge of such matters and (ii) without limiting the provisions of clause (i) above, during regular business hours, at the Borrower’s expense, upon prior written notice from the Administrative Agent, permit certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Administrative Agent to conduct a review of its books and records with respect to such Pool Receivables and other Collateral; provided , that the Borrower shall be required to reimburse the Administrative Agent for only one (1) combined review of the Servicer, the Borrower and the Originators pursuant to Section 8.02(e) and the Borrower pursuant to clause (ii) above in any twelve-month period, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

69

(h) Payments on Receivables, Collection Accounts . The Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) will, and will cause each Originator to, at all times, instruct all Obligors to deliver payments on the Pool Receivables to a Collection Account or a Lock-Box. The Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) will, and will cause each Originator to, at all times, maintain such books and records necessary to identify Collections received from time to time on Pool Receivables and to segregate such Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators. If any payments on the Pool Receivables or other Collections are received by the Borrower, the Servicer or an Originator, it shall hold such payments in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties and promptly (but in any event within one (1) Business Day after becoming aware of such receipt) remit such funds into a Collection Account. The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that no funds other than Collections on Pool Receivables and other Collateral are deposited into any Collection Account. If such funds are nevertheless deposited into any Collection Account, the Borrower (or the Servicer on its behalf) will within two (2) Business Days identify and transfer such funds to the appropriate Person entitled to such funds. The Borrower will not, and will not permit the Servicer, any Originator or any other Person to commingle Collections or other funds to which the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party is entitled, with any other funds. The Borrower shall only add a Collection Account (or a related Lock-Box) or a Collection Account Bank to those listed on Schedule II to this Agreement, if the Administrative Agent has received notice of such addition and an executed and acknowledged copy of an Account Control Agreement (or an amendment thereto) from the applicable Collection Account Bank. The Borrower shall only terminate a Collection Account Bank or close a Collection Account (or a related Lock-Box) with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

(i) Sales, Liens, etc. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower will not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon (including, without limitation, the filing of any financing statement) or with respect to, any Pool Receivable or other Collateral, or assign any right to receive income in respect thereof.

 

(j) Extension or Amendment of Pool Receivables . Except as otherwise permitted in Section 9.02 , the Borrower will not, and will not permit the Servicer to, alter the delinquency status or adjust the Outstanding Balance or otherwise modify the terms of any Pool Receivable in any material respect, or amend, modify or waive, in any material respect, any term or condition of any related Contract.

70

(k) Change in Credit and Collection Policy . The Borrower will not make any material change in the Credit and Collection Policy that would be reasonably expected to either (x) have a material adverse effect on the collectability of the Pool Receivables or (y) have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect or a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders. Promptly following any material change in the Credit and Collection Policy, the Borrower will deliver a copy of the updated Credit and Collection Policy to the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

 

(l) Fundamental Changes . The Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders, permit itself to merge or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, any Person. The Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent with at least 30 days’ prior written notice before making any change in the Borrower’s name or location or making any other change in the Borrower’s identity or corporate structure that could impair or otherwise render any UCC financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document “seriously misleading” as such term (or similar term) is used in the applicable UCC; each notice to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to this sentence shall set forth the applicable change and the proposed effective date thereof.

 

(m) Books and Records . The Borrower shall maintain and implement (it being understood and agreed that the Servicer may maintain and implement on the Borrower’s behalf) administrative and operating procedures (including an ability to recreate records evidencing Pool Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain (it being understood and agreed that the Servicer may keep and maintain on the Borrower’s behalf) all documents, books, records, computer tapes and disks and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Pool Receivables (including records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Pool Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Pool Receivable).

 

(n) Identifying of Records . The Borrower shall: identify (it being understood and agreed that the Servicer may identify on the Borrower’s behalf) its master data processing records relating to Pool Receivables and related Contracts with a legend that indicates that the Pool Receivables have been pledged in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(o) Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors . The Borrower shall not (and shall not instruct or encourage the Servicer or any Sub-Servicer to) add, replace or terminate any Collection Account (or any related Lock-Box) or make any change in its (or their) instructions to the Obligors regarding payments to be made to the Collection Accounts (or any related Lock-Box), other than any instruction to remit payments to a different Collection Account (or any related Lock-Box), unless the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) prior written notice of such addition, termination or change and (ii) a signed and acknowledged Account Control Agreement (or amendment thereto) with respect to such new Collection Accounts (or any related Lock-Box), in each case (x) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (y) in accordance with the terms hereof and, if applicable, such Account Control Agreement.

 

71

(p) Security Interest, Etc. The Borrower shall (and shall cause the Servicer to), at its expense, take all action necessary to establish and maintain a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in the Receivables and that portion of the Collateral in which an ownership or security interest may be created under the UCC and perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim, in favor of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), including taking such action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the security interest of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) as the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may reasonably request. In order to evidence the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Borrower shall, from time to time take such action, or execute (if necessary) and deliver such instruments as may be necessary (including, without limitation, such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent) to maintain and perfect, as a first-priority interest, the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Receivables and that portion of the Related Security and Collections in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC. The Borrower shall, from time to time and within the time limits established by law, prepare and present to the Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agent’s authorization and approval, all financing statements, amendments, continuations or initial financing statements in lieu of a continuation statement, or other filings necessary to continue, maintain and perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest as a first-priority interest. The Administrative Agent’s approval of such filings shall authorize the Borrower to file such financing statements under the UCC without the signature of the Borrower, any Originator or the Administrative Agent where allowed by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything else in the Transaction Documents to the contrary, the Borrower shall not have any authority to file a termination, partial termination, release, partial release, or any amendment that deletes the name of a debtor or excludes collateral of any such financing statements filed in connection with the Transaction Documents, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

(q) Certain Agreements . Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders, the Borrower will not amend, modify, waive, revoke or terminate any Transaction Document to which it is a party or any provision of the Borrower’s organizational documents which requires the consent of the “Independent Director” (as such term is used in the Borrower’s Certificate of Formation and Limited Liability Company Agreement).

 

(r) Restricted Payments . (i) Except pursuant to clause (ii) below, the Borrower will not: (A) purchase or redeem any of its membership interests, (B) declare or pay any dividend or set aside any funds for any such purpose, (C) prepay, purchase or redeem any Debt (other than any Loans pursuant to this Agreement), (D) lend or advance any funds or (E) repay any loans or advances to, for or from any of its Affiliates (the amounts described in clauses (A) through (E) being referred to as “ Restricted Payments ”).

 

(ii) Subject to the limitations set forth in clause (iii) below, the Borrower may make Restricted Payments so long as such Restricted Payments are made only in one or more of the following ways: (A) the Borrower may make cash payments (including prepayments) on the Subordinated Notes in accordance with their respective terms (it being understood that the foregoing shall not restrict any adjustment to the balance of any Subordinated Note pursuant to Sections 3.2, 3.3 or 3.4 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement as a result of the issuance or expiration of any Letter of Credit) and (B) the Borrower may declare and pay dividends if, both immediately before and immediately after giving effect thereto, the Borrower’s Net Worth is not less than the Required Capital Amount.

72

(iii) The Borrower may make Restricted Payments only out of the funds, if any, it receives pursuant to Sections 4.01 of this Agreement; provided that the Borrower shall not pay, make or declare any Restricted Payment (including any dividend) if, after giving effect thereto, any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(s) Other Business . The Borrower will not: (i) engage in any business other than the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (ii) create, incur or permit to exist any Debt of any kind (or cause or permit to be issued for its account any letters of credit (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Letters of Credit issued hereunder) or bankers’ acceptances other than pursuant to this Agreement or the Subordinated Notes or (iii) form any Subsidiary or make any investments in any other Person.

 

(t) Use of Collections Available to the Borrower . The Borrower shall apply the Collections available to the Borrower to make payments in the following order of priority: (i) the payment of its obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents (other than the Subordinated Notes), (ii) the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Subordinated Notes and (iii) other legal and valid purposes.

 

(u) Further Assurances; Change in Name or Jurisdiction of Origination, etc. (i) The Borrower hereby authorizes and hereby agrees from time to time, at its own expense, promptly to execute (if necessary) and deliver all further instruments and documents, and to take all further actions, that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or to enable the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) to exercise and enforce the Secured Parties’ rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Transaction Document. Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower hereby authorizes, and will, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, at the Borrower’s own expense, execute (if necessary) and file such financing statements or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments and documents, that may be necessary, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to perfect, protect or evidence any of the foregoing.

 

(ii) The Borrower authorizes the Administrative Agent to file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto and assignments thereof, relating to the Receivables, the Related Security, the related Contracts, Collections with respect thereto and the other Collateral without the signature of the Borrower. A photocopy or other reproduction of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement where permitted by law.

 

(iii) The Borrower shall at all times be organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and shall not take any action to change its jurisdiction of organization.

73

(iv) The Borrower will not change its name, location, identity or corporate structure unless (x) the Borrower, at its own expense, shall have taken all action necessary or appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the security interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements and the taking of such other action as the Administrative Agent may request in connection with such change or relocation) and (y) if requested by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent as to such UCC perfection and priority matters as the Administrative Agent may request at such time.

 

(v) Anti-Money Laundering/International Trade Law Compliance . The Borrower will not become a Sanctioned Person. No Covered Entity, either in its own right or through any third party, will use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for the purpose of funding any operations in, financing any investments or activities in, or, making any payments to, a Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in material violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law. The funds used to repay each Credit Extension will not be derived from any activity made unlawful by the Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Borrower shall comply with all Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender in writing upon the occurrence of a Reportable Compliance Event. The Borrower has not used and will not use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for the purpose of funding any operations in, financing any investments or activities in or making any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Country.

 

(w) Borrower’s Tax Status . The Borrower will remain a wholly-owned subsidiary of a United States person (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code). No action will be taken that would cause the Borrower to (i) be treated other than as a “disregarded entity” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation § 301.7701-3 for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) become an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

SECTION 8.02. Covenants of the Servicer . At all times from the Closing Date until the Final Payout Date:

 

(a) Financial Reporting . The Servicer will maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and the Servicer shall furnish to the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank and each Lender:

 

(i) Compliance Certificates . (a) A compliance certificate promptly upon completion of the annual report of the Parent and in no event later than 90 days after the close of the Parent’s fiscal year (or, if later, in the manner and period set forth in Section 8.01(c)(v) ), in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit G signed by a Financial Officer of the Servicer stating that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, stating the nature and status thereof and (b) within 45 days after the close of each fiscal quarter of the Servicer (or, if later, in the manner set forth in Section 8.01(c)(iv) ), a compliance certificate in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit G signed by a Financial Officer of the Servicer stating that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or if any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, stating the nature and status thereof.

74

(ii) Monthly Reports and Interim Reports . As soon as available and in any event (a) not later than two (2) Business Days prior to each Settlement Date, a Monthly Report as of the most recently completed Fiscal Month, (b) not later than the Weekly Reporting Date following each calendar week during a Weekly Reporting Period, a Weekly Report with respect to the Pool Receivables with data as of the most recently completed calendar week and (c) on each Business Day during a Daily Reporting Period, a Daily Report with respect to the Pool Receivables with data as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided , further , that at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event of Default, upon prior written notice from the Administrative Agent, the Servicer shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Administrative Agent and each Lender on each Business Day a Daily Report with respect to the Pool Receivables with data as of the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day.

 

(iii) Other Information . Such other information (including non-financial information) relating to the Borrower, the Servicer, the Originators and the Collateral as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(b) Notices . The Servicer will notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender in writing of any of the following events promptly upon (but in no event later than three (3) Business Days after) a Financial Officer or other officer learning of the occurrence thereof, with such notice describing the same, and if applicable, the steps being taken by the Person(s) affected with respect thereto:

 

(i) Notice of Events of Default or Unmatured Events of Default . A statement of a Financial Officer of the Servicer setting forth details of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing and the action which the Servicer proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(ii) Litigation . The institution of any litigation, arbitration proceeding or governmental proceeding which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iii) Adverse Claim . (A) Any Person shall obtain an Adverse Claim upon the Collateral or any portion thereof, (B) any Person other than the Borrower, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent shall obtain any rights or direct any action with respect to any Collection Account (or related Lock-Box) or (C) any Obligor shall receive any change in payment instructions with respect to Pool Receivable(s) from a Person other than the Servicer or the Administrative Agent.

75

(iv) Name Changes . At least thirty (30) days before any change in the Borrower’s name or any other change requiring the amendment of UCC financing statements filed against the Borrower, a notice setting forth such changes and the effective date thereof.

 

(v) Change in Accountants or Accounting Policy . Any change in (i) the external accountants of the Borrower, the Servicer, any Originator or the Parent, (ii) any accounting policy of the Borrower or (iii) any material accounting policy of any Originator that is relevant to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (it being understood that any change to the manner in which any Originator accounts for the Pool Receivables shall be deemed “material” for such purpose).

 

(vi) Termination Event . The occurrence of a Purchase and Sale Termination Event.

 

(vii) Material Adverse Change . Promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any Borrower Material Adverse Effect or Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) Conduct of Business . The Servicer will carry on and conduct its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields, or fields complimentary or ancillary thereto, of enterprise as it is presently conducted, and will do all things necessary to remain duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a domestic corporation in its jurisdiction of organization and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted if the failure to have such authority could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d) Compliance with Laws . The Servicer will comply with all Applicable Laws to which it may be subject if the failure to comply could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e) Furnishing of Information and Inspection of Receivables . The Servicer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank and each Lender from time to time such information with respect to the Pool Receivables and the other Collateral as the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank or any Lender may reasonably request. The Servicer will, at the Servicer’s expense, during regular business hours with prior written notice, (i) permit the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank and each Lender or their respective agents or representatives to (A) examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books and records relating to the Pool Receivables or other Collateral, (B) visit the offices and properties of the Servicer for the purpose of examining such books and records and (C) discuss matters relating to the Pool Receivables, the other Collateral or the Servicer’s performance hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party with any of the officers, directors, employees or independent public accountants of the Servicer (provided that representatives of the Servicer are present during such discussions) having knowledge of such matters and (ii) without limiting the provisions of clause (i) above, during regular business hours, at the Servicer’s expense, upon prior written notice from the Administrative Agent, permit certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Administrative Agent to conduct a review of its books and records with respect to the Pool Receivables and other Collateral; provided , that the Servicer shall be required to reimburse the Administrative Agent for only one (1) combined review of the Borrower pursuant to Section 8.01(g) and the Servicer, the Borrower and the Originators pursuant to clause (ii) above in any twelve-month period unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

76

(f) Payments on Receivables, Collection Accounts . The Servicer will at all times, instruct all Obligors to deliver payments on the Pool Receivables to a Collection Account or a Lock-Box. The Servicer will, at all times, maintain such books and records necessary to identify Collections received from time to time on Pool Receivables and to segregate such Collections from other property of the Servicer and the Originators. If any payments on the Pool Receivables or other Collections are received by the Borrower, the Servicer or an Originator, it shall hold such payments in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the other Secured Parties and promptly (but in any event within one (1) Business Day after receipt) remit such funds into a Collection Account. The Servicer shall not permit funds other than Collections on Pool Receivables and other Collateral to be deposited into any Collection Account. If such funds are nevertheless deposited into any Collection Account, the Servicer will within two (2) Business Days identify and transfer such funds to the appropriate Person entitled to such funds. The Servicer will not, and will not permit the Borrower, any Originator or any other Person to commingle Collections or other funds to which the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party is entitled, with any other funds. The Servicer shall only add a Collection Account (or a related Lock-Box), or a Collection Account Bank to those listed on Schedule II to this Agreement, if the Administrative Agent has received notice of such addition and an executed and acknowledged copy of an Account Control Agreement (or an amendment thereto) from the applicable Collection Account Bank. The Servicer shall only terminate a Collection Account Bank or close a Collection Account (or a related Lock-Box) with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

 

(g) Extension or Amendment of Pool Receivables . Except as otherwise permitted in Section 9.02 , the Servicer will not alter the delinquency status or adjust the Outstanding Balance or otherwise modify the terms of any Pool Receivable in any material respect, or amend, modify or waive, in any material respect, any term or condition of any related Contract. The Servicer shall at its expense, timely and fully perform and comply in all material respects with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Pool Receivables (if any), and timely and fully comply with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Pool Receivable and the related Contract.

 

(h) Change in Credit and Collection Policy . The Servicer will not make any change in the Credit and Collection Policy that would be reasonably expected to either (x) have a material adverse effect on the collectability of the Pool Receivables or (y) have a Borrower Material Adverse Effect or a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders. Promptly following any material change in the Credit and Collection Policy, the Servicer will deliver a copy of the updated Credit and Collection Policy to the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

77

(i) Records . The Servicer will maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including an ability to recreate records evidencing Pool Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records, computer tapes and disks and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Pool Receivables (including records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Pool Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Pool Receivable).

 

(j) Identifying of Records . The Servicer shall identify its master data processing records relating to Pool Receivables and related Contracts with a legend that indicates that the Pool Receivables have been pledged in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(k) Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors . The Servicer shall not (and shall not permit any Sub-Servicer to) add, replace or terminate any Collection Account (or any related Lock-Box) or make any change in its instructions to the Obligors regarding payments to be made to the Collection Accounts (or any related Lock-Box), other than any instruction to remit payments to a different Collection Account (or any related Lock-Box), unless the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) prior written notice of such addition, termination or change and (ii) a signed and acknowledged Account Control Agreement (or an amendment thereto) with respect to such new Collection Accounts (or any related Lock-Box) in each case (x) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (y) in accordance with the terms hereof and, if applicable, such Account Control Agreement.

 

(l) Security Interest, Etc. The Servicer shall, at its expense, take all action necessary to establish and maintain a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in the Receivables and that portion of the Collateral in which a security interest may be created under the UCC and perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim in favor of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), including taking such action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the security interest of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) as the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may reasonably request. In order to evidence the security interests of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Servicer shall, from time to time take such action, or execute (if necessary) and deliver such instruments as may be necessary (including, without limitation, such actions as are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent) to maintain and perfect, as a first-priority interest, the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Receivables and that portion of the Related Security and Collections in which a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the UCC. The Servicer shall, from time to time and within the time limits established by law, prepare and present to the Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agent’s authorization and approval, all financing statements, amendments, continuations or initial financing statements in lieu of a continuation statement, or other filings necessary to continue, maintain and perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest as a first-priority interest. The Administrative Agent’s approval of such filings shall authorize the Servicer to file such financing statements under the UCC without the signature of the Borrower, any Originator or the Administrative Agent where allowed by Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything else in the Transaction Documents to the contrary, the Servicer shall not have any authority to file a termination, partial termination, release, partial release, or any amendment that deletes the name of a debtor or excludes collateral of any such financing statements filed in connection with the Transaction Documents, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

78

(m) Further Assurances; Change in Name or Jurisdiction of Origination, etc. The Servicer hereby authorizes and hereby agrees from time to time, at its own expense, promptly to execute (if necessary) and deliver all further instruments and documents, and to take all further actions, that may be necessary, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or to enable the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) to exercise and enforce their respective rights and remedies under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. Without limiting the foregoing, the Servicer hereby authorizes, and will, upon the request of the Administrative Agent (with such request being hereby deemed to be an authorization as to such filing by the Administrative Agent), at the Servicer’s own expense, execute (if necessary) and file such financing statements or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments and documents, that may be necessary or desirable, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request (with such request being hereby deemed to be an authorization as to such filing by the Administrative Agent), to perfect, protect or evidence any of the foregoing.

 

(n) Anti-Money Laundering/International Trade Law Compliance . The Servicer will not become a Sanctioned Person. No Covered Entity, either in its own right or through any third party, will use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for the purpose of funding any operations in, financing any investments or activities in, or, making any payments to, a Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law. The funds used to repay each Credit Extension will not be derived from any activity made unlawful by the Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Servicer shall comply with all Anti-Terrorism Laws. The Servicer shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and each Lender in writing upon the occurrence of a Reportable Compliance Event.

 

(o) Borrower’s Tax Status . The Servicer shall not take or cause any action to be taken that could result in the Borrower (i) being treated other than as a “disregarded entity” within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulation § 301.7701-3 for U.S. federal income tax purposes or (ii) becoming an association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

SECTION 8.03. Separate Existence of the Borrower . Each of the Borrower and the Servicer hereby acknowledges that the Credit Parties are entering into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents in reliance upon the Borrower’s identity as a legal entity separate from any Originator, the Servicer, the Performance Guarantor and their Affiliates. Therefore, each of the Borrower and Servicer shall take all steps specifically required by this Agreement to continue the Borrower’s identity as a separate legal entity and to make it apparent to third Persons that the Borrower is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of the Performance Guarantor, the Originators, the Servicer and any other Person, and is not a division of the Performance Guarantor, the Originators, the Servicer, its Affiliates or any other Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to and consistent with the other covenants set forth herein, each of the Borrower and the Servicer shall take such actions as shall be required in order that:

79

(a) Special Purpose Entity . The Borrower will be a special purpose company whose primary activities are restricted in its Limited Liability Company Agreement to: (i) purchasing or otherwise acquiring from the Originators, owning, holding, collecting, granting security interests or selling interests in, the Collateral, (ii) entering into agreements for the selling, servicing and financing of the Receivables Pool (including the Transaction Documents) and (iii) conducting such other activities as it deems necessary or appropriate to carry out its primary activities.

 

(b) No Other Business or Debt . The Borrower shall not engage in any business or activity except as set forth in this Agreement nor, incur any indebtedness or liability other than as expressly permitted by the Transaction Documents.

 

(c) Independent Director . Not fewer than one member of the Borrower’s board of directors (the “ Independent Director ”) shall be a natural person who (i) has never been, and shall at no time be, an equityholder, director, officer, manager, member, partner, officer, employee or associate, or any immediate relative of the foregoing, of any member of the Parent Group (as hereinafter defined) (other than his or her service as an Independent Director of the Borrower or an independent director of any other bankruptcy-remote special purpose entity formed for the sole purpose of securitizing, or facilitating the securitization of, financial assets of any member or members of the Parent Group), (ii) is not a material customer or supplier of any member of the Parent Group (other than his or her service as an Independent Director of the Borrower or an independent director of any other bankruptcy-remote special purpose entity formed for the sole purpose of securitizing, or facilitating the securitization of, financial assets of any member or members of the Parent Group), (iii) is not a member of the immediate family of any person described in (ii) above, and (iv) has (x) prior experience as an independent director for a corporation or limited liability company whose organizational or charter documents required the unanimous consent of all independent directors thereof before such corporation or limited liability company could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy and (y) at least three years of employment experience with one or more entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities. For purposes of this clause (c) , “ Parent Group ” shall mean (i) the Parent, the Servicer, the Performance Guarantor and each Originator, (ii) each person that directly or indirectly, owns or controls, whether beneficially, or as a trustee, guardian or other fiduciary, five percent (5%) or more of the Capital Stock in the Parent, (iii) each person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Parent and (iv) each of such person’s officers, directors, managers, joint venturers and partners; provided that the term Parent Group shall not include any Person or relationship which exists solely as a result of direct or indirect ownership of, or control by, one or more common Initial Investors. For the purposes of this definition, “control” of a person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. A person shall be deemed to be an “associate” of (A) a corporation or organization of which such person is an officer, director, partner or manager or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity securities, (B) any trust or other estate in which such person serves as trustee or in a similar capacity and (C) any relative or spouse of a person described in clause (A) or (B) of this sentence, or any immediate relative of such spouse.

80

The Borrower shall (A) give written notice to the Administrative Agent of the election or appointment, or proposed election or appointment, of a new Independent Director of the Borrower, which notice shall be given not later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date such appointment or election would be effective (except when such election or appointment is necessary to fill a vacancy caused by the death, disability, or incapacity of the existing Independent Director, or the failure of such Independent Director to satisfy the criteria for an Independent Director set forth in this clause (c) , in which case the Borrower shall provide written notice of such election or appointment within one (1) Business Day) and (B) with any such written notice, certify to the Administrative Agent that the Independent Director satis f ies the criteria for an Independent Director set forth in this clause (c) .

 

The Borrower’s Limited Liability Company Agreement shall provide that: (A) the Borrower’s board of directors shall not approve, or take any other action to cause the filing of, a voluntary bankruptcy petition with respect to the Borrower unless the Independent Director shall approve the taking of such action in writing before the taking of such action and (B) such provision and each other provision requiring an Independent Director cannot be amended without the prior written consent of the Independent Director .

 

The Independent Director shall not at any time serve as a trustee in bankruptcy for the Borrower, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, any Originator, the Servicer or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

(d) Organizational Documents . The Borrower shall maintain its organizational documents in conformity with this Agreement, such that it does not amend, restate, supplement or otherwise modify its ability to comply with the terms and provisions of any of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, Section 8.01(p) .

 

(e) Conduct of Business . The Borrower shall conduct its affairs strictly in accordance with its organizational documents and observe all necessary, appropriate and customary company formalities, including, but not limited to, holding all regular and special members’ and board of directors’ meetings appropriate to authorize all company action, keeping separate and accurate minutes of its meetings, passing all resolutions or consents necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including, but not limited to, payroll and intercompany transaction accounts.

 

(f) Compensation . Any employee, consultant or agent of the Borrower will be compensated from the Borrower’s funds for services provided to the Borrower, and to the extent that Borrower shares the same employees as the Servicer (or any other Affiliate thereof), the salaries and expenses relating to providing benefits to such employees shall be fairly allocated among such entities, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of the salary and benefit costs associated with such common employees. The Borrower will not engage any agents other than its attorneys, auditors and other professionals, and a servicer and any other agent contemplated by the Transaction Documents for the Receivables Pool, which servicer will be fully compensated for its services by payment of the Servicing Fee.

 

(g) Servicing and Costs . The Borrower will contract with the Servicer to perform for the Borrower all operations required on a daily basis to service the Receivables Pool.

81

The Borrower will not incur any indirect or overhead expenses for items shared with the Servicer (or any other Affiliate thereof) that are not reflected in the Servicing Fee. To the extent, if any, that the Borrower (or any Affiliate thereof) shares items of expenses not reflected in the Servicing Fee, such as legal, auditing and other professional services, such expenses will be allocated to the extent practical on the basis of actual use or the value of services rendered, and otherwise on a basis reasonably related to the actual use or the value of services rendered.

 

(h) Operating Expenses . The Borrower’s operating expenses will not be paid by the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, any Originator or any Affiliate thereof.

 

(i) Stationery . The Borrower will have its own separate stationery.

 

(j) Books and Records . The Borrower’s books and records will be maintained separately from those of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators and any of their Affiliates and in a manner such that it will not be difficult or costly to segregate, ascertain or otherwise identify the assets and liabilities of the Borrower.

 

(k) Disclosure of Transactions . All financial statements of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliate thereof that are consolidated to include the Borrower will disclose that (i) the Borrower’s sole business consists of the purchase or acceptance through capital contributions of the Receivables and Related Rights from the Originators and the subsequent retransfer of or granting of a security interest in such Receivables and Related Rights to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) the Borrower is a separate legal entity with its own separate creditors who will be entitled, upon its liquidation, to be satisfied out of the Borrower’s assets prior to any assets or value in the Borrower becoming available to the Borrower’s equity holders and (iii) the assets of the Borrower are not available to pay creditors of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliate thereof.

 

(l) Segregation of Assets . The Borrower’s assets will be maintained in a manner that facilitates their identification and segregation from those of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliates thereof.

 

(m) Corporate Formalities . The Borrower will strictly observe limited liability company formalities in its dealings with the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliates thereof, and funds or other assets of the Borrower will not be commingled with those of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliates thereof except as permitted by this Agreement in connection with servicing the Pool Receivables. The Borrower shall not maintain joint bank accounts or other depository accounts to which the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Affiliate thereof (other than the Servicer solely in its capacity as such) has independent access. The Borrower is not named, and has not entered into any agreement to be named, directly or indirectly, as a direct or contingent beneficiary or loss payee on any insurance policy with respect to any loss relating to the property of the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators or any Subsidiaries or other Affiliates thereof. The Borrower will pay to the appropriate Affiliate the marginal increase or, in the absence of such increase, the market amount of its portion of the premium payable with respect to any insurance policy that covers the Borrower and such Affiliate.

82

(n) Arm’s-Length Relationships . The Borrower will maintain arm’s-length relationships with the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators and any Affiliates thereof. Any Person that renders or otherwise furnishes services to the Borrower will be compensated by the Borrower at market rates for such services it renders or otherwise furnishes to the Borrower. Neither the Borrower on the one hand, nor the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, any Originator or any Affiliate thereof, on the other hand, will be or will hold itself out to be responsible for the debts of the other or the decisions or actions respecting the daily business and affairs of the other. The Borrower, the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, the Originators and their respective Affiliates will immediately correct any known misrepresentation with respect to the foregoing, and they will not operate or purport to operate as an integrated single economic unit with respect to each other or in their dealing with any other entity.

 

(o) Allocation of Overhead . To the extent that Borrower, on the one hand, and the Servicer, the Parent, the Performance Guarantor, any Originator or any Affiliate thereof, on the other hand, have offices in the same location, the Borrower shall pay a fair and appropriate allocation of overhead costs between it and them, and the Borrower shall bear its fair share of such expenses, which may be paid through the Servicing Fee or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE IX

ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTION
OF RECEIVABLES

 

SECTION 9.01. Appointment of the Servicer.

 

(a) The servicing, administering and collection of the Pool Receivables shall be conducted by the Person so designated from time to time as the Servicer in accordance with this Section 9 .01 . Until the Administrative Agent gives notice to GDI (in accordance with this Section 9.01 ) of the designation of a new Servicer , GDI is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may (with the consent of the Majority Lenders ) and shall (at the direction of the Majority Lenders ) designate as Servicer any Person ( including itself) to succeed GDI or any successor Servicer , on the condition in each case that any such Person so designated shall agree to perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(b) Upon the designation of a successor Servicer as set forth in clause (a) above , GDI agrees that it will terminate its activities as Servicer hereunder in a manner that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines will facilitate the transition of the performance of such activities to the new Servicer, and GDI shall cooperate with and assist such new Servicer. Such cooperation shall include access to and transfer of records (including all Contracts) related to Pool Receivables and use by the new Servicer of all licenses (or the obtaining of new licenses), hardware or software necessary or reasonably desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security.

83

(c) GDI acknowledges that, in making its decision to execute and deliver this Agreement , the Administrative Agent and each Lender have relied on GDI’s agreement to act as Servicer hereunder. Accordingly, GDI agrees that it will not voluntarily resign as Servicer without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders .

 

(d) The Servicer may delegate its duties and obligations hereunder to any subservicer (each a “ Sub-Servicer ”); provided , that, in each such delegation: (i) such Sub-Servicer shall agree in writing to perform the delegated duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof, (ii) the Servicer shall remain liable for the performance of the duties and obligations so delegated, (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall have the right to look solely to the Servicer for performance, (iv) the terms of any agreement with any Sub-Servicer shall provide that the Administrative Agent may terminate such agreement upon the termination of the Servicer hereunder by giving notice of its desire to terminate such agreement to the Servicer (and the Servicer shall provide appropriate notice to each such Sub-Servicer ) and (v) if such Sub-Servicer is not an Affiliate of the Parent, the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders shall have consented in writing in advance to such delegation.

 

SECTION 9.02. Duties of the Servicer .

 

(a) The Servicer shall take or cause to be taken all such action as may be necessary to service, administer and collect each Pool Receivable from time to time, all in accordance with this Agreement and all Applicable Laws, with reasonable care and diligence, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy and consistent with the past practices of the Originators . The Servicer shall set aside, for the accounts of each Secured Party, the amount of Collections to which each such Secured Party is entitled in accordance with Article IV hereof. The Servicer may, in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy and consistent with past practices of the Originators , take such action, including modifications, waivers or restructurings of Pool Receivables and related Contracts, as the Servicer may reasonably determine to be appropriate to maximize Collections thereof or reflect adjustments expressly permitted under the Credit and Collection Policy or as expressly required under Applicable Laws or the applicable Contract ; provided , that for purposes of this Agreement : (i) such action shall not, and shall not be deemed to, change the number of days such Pool Receivable has remained unpaid from the date of the original due date related to such Pool Receivable , (ii) such action shall not alter the status of such Pool Receivable as a Delinquent Receivable or a Defaulted Receivable or limit the rights of any Secured Party under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document and (iii) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Servicer may take such action only upon the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent . The Borrower shall deliver to the Servicer and the Servicer shall hold for the benefit of the Administrative Agent (individually and for the benefit of each Secured Party), in accordance with their respective interests, all records and documents (including computer tapes or disks) with respect to each Pool Receivable.

84

(b) The Servicer shall, as soon as practicable following actual receipt of collected funds, turn over to the Borrower the collections of any indebtedness that is not a Pool Receivable, less, if GDI or an Affiliate thereof is not the Servicer, all reasonable and appropriate out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such Servicer of servicing, collecting and administering such collections. The Servicer, if other than GDI or an Affiliate thereof, shall, as soon as practicable upon demand, deliver to the Borrower all records in its possession that evidence or relate to any indebtedness that is not a Pool Receivable, and copies of records in its possession that evidence or relate to any indebtedness that is a Pool Receivable.

 

(c) The Servicer ’s obligations hereunder shall terminate on the Final Payout Date. Promptly following the Final Payout Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the Borrower all books, records and related materials that the Borrower previously provided to the Servicer , or that have been obtained by the Servicer , in connection with this Agreement .

 

SECTION 9.03. Collection Account Arrangements. Prior to the Closing Date , the Borrower shall have entered into Account Control Agreements with all of the Collection Account Banks and delivered executed counterparts of each to the Administrative Agent . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may (with the consent of the Majority Lenders ) and shall (upon the direction of the Majority Lenders ) at any time thereafter give notice to each Collection Account Bank that the Administrative Agent is exercising its rights under the Account Control Agreements to do any or all of the following: (a) to have the exclusive dominion and control of the Collection Accounts transferred to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) and to exercise exclusive dominion and control over the funds deposited therein (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), (b) to have the proceeds that are sent to the respective Collection Accounts redirected pursuant to the Administrative Agent ’s instructions rather than deposited in the applicable Collection Account and (c) to take any or all other actions permitted under the applicable Account Control Agreement . The Borrower hereby agrees that if the Administrative Agent at any time takes any action set forth in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall have exclusive control (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) of the proceeds ( including Collections) of all Pool Receivables and the Borrower hereby further agrees to take any other action that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to transfer such control . Any proceeds of Pool Receivables received by the Borrower or the Servicer thereafter shall be sent immediately to, or as otherwise instructed by, the Administrative Agent .

 

SECTION 9.04. Enforcement Rights .

 

(a) At any time following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default:

 

(i) the Administrative Agent (at the Borrower ’s expense) may direct the Obligors that payment of all amounts payable under any Pool Receivable is to be made directly to the Administrative Agent or its designee;

 

(ii) the Administrative Agent may instruct the Borrower or the Servicer to give notice of the Secured Parties’ interest in Pool Receivables to each Obligor, which notice shall direct that payments be made directly to the Administrative Agent or its designee (on behalf of the Secured Parties), and the Borrower or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall give such notice at the expense of the Borrower or the Servicer, as the case may be; provided , that if the Borrower or the Servicer, as the case may be, fails to so notify each Obligor within two (2) Business Days following instruction by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent (at the Borrower’s or the Servicer’s, as the case may be, expense) may so notify the Obligors;

85

(iii) the Administrative Agent may request the Servicer to, and upon such request the Servicer shall: (A) assemble all of the records necessary to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security , and transfer or license to a successor Servicer the use of all software necessary to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security , and make the same available to the Administrative Agent or its designee (for the benefit of the Secured Parties ) at a place selected by the Administrative Agent and (B) segregate all cash, checks and other instruments received by it from time to time constituting Collections in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and, promptly upon receipt, remit all such cash, checks and instruments, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of transfer, to the Administrative Agent or its designee;

 

(iv) the Administrative Agent may notify the Collection Account Banks that the Borrower and the Servicer will no longer have any access to the Collection Accounts;

 

(v) the Administrative Agent may (or, at the direction of the Majority Lenders shall) replace the Person then acting as Servicer; and

 

(vi) the Administrative Agent may collect any amounts due from an Originator under the Purchase and Sale Agreement or the Performance Guarantor under the Performance Guaranty .

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent upon an Event of Default are in addition to and not exclusive of the rights and remedies contained herein and under the other Transaction Documents.

 

(b) The Borrower hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), and irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and with full authority in the place and stead of the Borrower , which appointment is coupled with an interest, to take any and all steps in the name of the Borrower and on behalf of the Borrower necessary or desirable, in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent , after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to collect any and all amounts or portions thereof due under any and all Collateral , including endorsing the name of the Borrower on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Collateral . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection, none of the powers conferred upon such attorney-in-fact pursuant to the preceding sentence shall subject such attorney-in-fact to any liability if any action taken by it shall prove to be inadequate or invalid, nor shall they confer any obligations upon such attorney-in-fact in any manner whatsoever.

86

(c) The Servicer hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties), and irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and with full authority in the place and stead of the Servicer, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to take any and all steps in the name of the Servicer and on behalf of the Servicer necessary or desirable, in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent, after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, to collect any and all amounts or portions thereof due under any and all Collateral, including endorsing the name of the Servicer on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Collateral. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection, none of the powers conferred upon such attorney-in-fact pursuant to the preceding sentence shall subject such attorney-in-fact to any liability if any action taken by it shall prove to be inadequate or invalid, nor shall they confer any obligations upon such attorney-in-fact in any manner whatsoever.

 

SECTION 9.05. Responsibilities of the Borrower .

 

(a) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower shall: pay when due any taxes, including any sales taxes payable in connection with the Pool Receivables and their creation and satisfaction. None of the Credit Parties shall have any obligation or liability with respect to any Collateral , nor shall any of them be obligated to perform any of the obligations of the Borrower , the Servicer or any Originator thereunder.

 

(b) GDI hereby irrevocably agrees that if at any time it shall cease to be the Servicer hereunder, it shall act (if the then-current Servicer so requests) as the data-processing agent of the Servicer and, in such capacity, GDI shall conduct the data-processing functions of the administration of the Receivables and the Collections thereon in substantially the same way that GDI conducted such data-processing functions while it acted as the Servicer . In connection with any such processing functions, the Borrower shall pay to GDI its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses from the Borrower’s own funds (subject to the priority of payments set forth in Section 4.01 ).

 

SECTION 9.06. Servicing Fee .

 

(a) Subject to clause (b) below, the Borrower shall pay the Servicer a fee (the “ Servicing Fee ”) equal to 1.00% per annum (the “ Servicing Fee Rate ”) of the daily average aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Pool Receivables. Accrued Servicing Fees shall be payable from Collections to the extent of available funds in accordance with Section 4.01 .

 

(b) If the Servicer ceases to be GDI or an Affiliate thereof, the Servicing Fee shall be the greater of: (i) the amount calculated pursuant to clause (a) above and (ii) an alternative amount specified by the successor Servicer not to exceed 110% of the aggregate reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such successor Servicer in connection with the performance of its obligations as Servicer hereunder .

87

ARTICLE X

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

SECTION 10.01. Events of Default . If any of the following events (each an “ Event of Default ”) shall occur:

 

(a) (i) the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (other than any such failure which would constitute an Event of Default under clause (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (a) ), and such failure, solely to the extent capable of cure, shall continue for ten (10) Business Days, (ii) the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer shall fail to make when due (x) any payment or deposit to be made by it under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document and such failure shall continue unremedied for two (2) Business Days or (iii) GDI shall resign as Servicer, and no successor Servicer reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been appointed;

 

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer (or any of their respective officers) under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any information or report delivered by the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered;

 

(c) the Borrower or the Servicer shall fail to deliver a Monthly Report or Interim Report pursuant to this Agreement, and such failure shall remain unremedied for two (2) Business Days;

 

(d) this Agreement or any security interest granted pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall for any reason cease to create, or for any reason cease to be, a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Collateral, free and clear of any Adverse Claim;

 

(e) the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any Insolvency Proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer (but not instituted by such Person), either such proceeding is not controverted within thirty (30) days after commencement of such proceeding or shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer shall take any corporate or organizational action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this paragraph;

88

(f) (i) the average for three consecutive Fiscal Months of: (A) the Default Ratio shall exceed 2.0%, (B) the Delinquency Ratio shall exceed 8.0% or (C) the Dilution Ratio shall exceed the Dilution Trigger or (ii) the Days’ Sales Outstanding shall exceed 70.0 days;

 

(g) a Change in Control shall occur;

 

(h) a Borrowing Base Deficit shall occur, and shall not have been cured within two (2) Business Days;

 

(i) (i) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any of its Debt when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to such Debt (whether or not such failure shall have been waived under the related agreement); (ii) any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer, or any of their respective Subsidiaries, individually or in the aggregate, shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on (x) any Debt under the Credit Agreement or (y) any of its other Debt that is outstanding in a principal amount of at least $50,000,000 in the aggregate when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement or such agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to such Debt (whether or not such failure shall have been waived under the related agreement); (iii) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under the Credit Agreement or any other agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument relating to any such Debt (as referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph and shall continue after the applicable grace period (not to exceed 30 days), if any, specified in the Credit Agreement or such other agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument (whether or not such failure shall have been waived under the related agreement), if the effect of such event or condition is to give the applicable debtholders the right (whether acted upon or not) to accelerate the maturity of such Debt (as referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph) or to terminate the commitment of any lender thereunder, or (iv) any such Debt (as referred to in clause (i) or (ii) of this paragraph) shall be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), redeemed, purchased or defeased, or an offer to repay, redeem, purchase or defease such Debt shall be required to be made or the commitment of any lender thereunder terminated, in each case before the stated maturity thereof;

 

(j) any “Event of Default” (as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall occur under the Credit Agreement (for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (j) shall not be construed to limit the preceding clause (i) );

 

(k) the Performance Guarantor shall fail to perform any of its obligations under the Performance Guaranty and such failure shall continue unremedied for two (2) Business Days;

89

(l) the Borrower shall fail (x) at any time (other than for ten (10) Business Days following notice of the death or resignation of any Independent Director) to have an Independent Director who satisfies each requirement and qualification specified in Section 8.03(c) of this Agreement for Independent Directors, on the Borrower’s board of directors or (y) to timely notify the Administrative Agent of any replacement or appointment of any director that is to serve as an Independent Director on the Borrower’s board of directors as required pursuant to Section 8.03(c) of this Agreement;

 

(m) either (i) the Internal Revenue Service shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Code with regard to any assets of the Borrower, any Originator or the Parent or (ii) the PBGC shall, or shall indicate its intention to, file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA with regard to any of the assets of the Borrower, the Servicer, any Originator or the Parent;

 

(n) (i) the occurrence of a Reportable Event; (ii) the adoption of an amendment to a Pension Plan that would require the provision of security pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code; (iii) the existence with respect to any Multiemployer Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 431 of the Code or Section 304 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (iv) the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan (v) the incurrence of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Pension Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of any of the Borrower, any Originator, the Servicer, the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from any Multiemployer Plan; (vi) the receipt by any of the Borrower, any Originator, the Servicer, the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or any plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vii) the receipt by the Borrower, any Originator, the Servicer, the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of any notice concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (viii) the occurrence of a prohibited transaction with respect to any of the Borrower, any Originator, the Servicer, the Parent or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates (pursuant to Section 4975 of the Code); (ix) the occurrence or existence of any other similar event or condition with respect to a Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Plan, with respect to each of clause (i) through (ix) , either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or a Borrower Material Adverse Effect;

 

(o) a Material Adverse Effect shall occur and remain unremedied for ten (10) Business Days or a Borrower Material Adverse Effect shall occur;

 

(p) a Purchase and Sale Termination Event shall occur under the Purchase and Sale Agreement;

 

(q) the Borrower shall (x) be required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act or (y) become a “covered fund” within the meaning of the Volker Rule;

 

(r) any material provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall cease to be in full force and effect or any of the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer (or any of their respective Affiliates) shall so state in writing;

90

(s) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or to the extent not covered by a reputable and solvent insurance company) and such judgments and decrees either shall be final and non-appealable or shall not be vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days, and the aggregate amount of all such judgments equals or exceeds $50,000,000 (or solely with respect to the Borrower, $15,325); or

 

(t) a Financial Covenant Event shall occur;

 

then, and in any such event, the Administrative Agent may (or, at the direction of the Majority Lenders shall) by notice to the Borrower (x) declare the Termination Date to have occurred (in which case the Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred), (y) declare the Final Maturity Date to have occurred (in which case the Final Maturity Date shall be deemed to have occurred) and (z) declare the Aggregate Capital and all other Borrower Obligations to be immediately due and payable (in which case the Aggregate Capital and all other Borrower Obligations shall be immediately due and payable); provided that, automatically upon the occurrence of any event (without any requirement for the giving of notice) described in subsection (e) of this Section 10.01 with respect to the Borrower, the Termination Date shall occur and the Aggregate Capital and all other Borrower Obligations shall be immediately due and payable. Upon any such declaration or designation or upon such automatic termination, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies which they may have under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, all other rights and remedies provided after default under the UCC and under other Applicable Law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative. Any proceeds from liquidation of the Collateral shall be applied in the order of priority set forth in Section 4.01 .

 

ARTICLE XI

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

SECTION 11.01. Authorization and Action . Each Credit Party hereby appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties other than those expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents, and no implied obligations or liabilities shall be read into any Transaction Document, or otherwise exist, against the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent does not assume, nor shall it be deemed to have assumed, any obligation to, or relationship of trust or agency with, the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof or any Credit Party except for any obligations expressly set forth herein. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, in no event shall the Administrative Agent ever be required to take any action which exposes the Administrative Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to any provision of any Transaction Document or Applicable Law.

91

SECTION 11.02. Administrative Agent’s Reliance, Etc . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them as Administrative Agent under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Administrative Agent’s servicing, administering or collecting Pool Receivables in the event it replaces the Servicer in such capacity pursuant to Section 9.01 ), in the absence of its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent: (a) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for any Credit Party or the Servicer), independent certified public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (b) makes no warranty or representation to any Credit Party (whether written or oral) and shall not be responsible to any Credit Party for any statements, warranties or representations (whether written or oral) made by any other party in or in connection with this Agreement; (c) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement on the part of any Credit Party or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of any Credit Party; (d) shall not be responsible to any Credit Party for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; and (e) shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in so relying, upon any notice (including notice by telephone), consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by facsimile) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

 

SECTION 11.03. Administrative Agent and Affiliates . With respect to any Credit Extension or interests therein owned by any Credit Party that is also the Administrative Agent, such Credit Party shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Credit Party and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any of its Affiliates may generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof and any Person who may do business with or own securities of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof, all as if the Administrative Agent were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to any other Secured Party.

 

SECTION 11.04. Indemnification of Administrative Agent . Each Lender agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof), ratably according to the respective Percentage of such Lender, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

SECTION 11.05. Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

92

SECTION 11.06. Action or Inaction by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take action under any Transaction Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Lenders and assurance of its indemnification by the Lenders, as it deems appropriate. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document in accordance with a request or at the direction of the Lenders and such request or direction and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all Credit Parties. The Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent agree that unless any action to be taken by the Administrative Agent under a Transaction Document (i) specifically requires the advice or concurrence of all Lenders or (ii) may be taken by the Administrative Agent alone or without any advice or concurrence of any Lender, then the Administrative Agent may take action based upon the advice or concurrence of the Majority Lenders.

 

SECTION 11.07. Notice of Events of Default; Action by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from any Credit Party or the Borrower stating that an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred hereunder and describing such Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default. If the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall promptly give notice thereof to each Lender, whereupon each Lender shall promptly give notice thereof to its respective LC Participant(s). The Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, concerning an Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default or any other matter hereunder as the Administrative Agent deems advisable and in the best interests of the Secured Parties.

 

SECTION 11.08. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Parties . Each Credit Party expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent. Each Credit Party represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent that, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Credit Party and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will continue to make its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Borrower, each Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer and the Pool Receivables and its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to take, or omit, action under any Transaction Document. Except for items expressly required to be delivered under any Transaction Document by the Administrative Agent to any Credit Party, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Credit Party with any information concerning the Borrower, any Originator, the Performance Guarantor or the Servicer that comes into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its directors, officers, agents, employees, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

93

SECTION 11.09. Successor Administrative Agent .

 

(a) The Administrative Agent may, upon at least thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower, the Servicer and each Lender, resign as Administrative Agent. Except as provided below, such resignation shall not become effective until a successor Administrative Agent is appointed by the Majority Lenders as a successor Administrative Agent and has accepted such appointment. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders, within thirty (30) days after the departing Administrative Agent’s giving of notice of resignation, the departing Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Secured Parties, appoint a successor Administrative Agent as successor Administrative Agent. If no successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders within sixty (60) days after the departing Administrative Agent’s giving of notice of resignation, the departing Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Secured Parties, petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor Administrative Agent.

 

(b) Upon such acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties of the resigning Administrative Agent, and the resigning Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Transaction Documents. After any resigning Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article XI and Article XII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent.

 

SECTION 11.10. Structuring Agent . Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Structuring Agent shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement, other than the Structuring Agent’s right to receive fees pursuant to Section 2.03 . Each Credit Party acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on the Structuring Agent in deciding to enter into this Agreement and to take, or omit to take, any action under any Transaction Document.

 

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 12.01. Indemnities by the Borrower .

 

(a) Without limiting any other rights that the Administrative Agent, the Credit Parties, the Affected Persons and their respective assigns, officers, directors, agents and employees (each, a “ Borrower Indemnified Party ”) may have hereunder or under Applicable Law, the Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify each Borrower Indemnified Party from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities (including Attorney Costs) (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “ Borrower Indemnified Amounts ”) arising out of or resulting from this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the use of proceeds of the Credit Extensions or the security interest in respect of any Pool Receivable or any other Collateral; excluding , however , (a) any portion of Borrower Indemnified Amounts to the extent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds that such portion of such Borrower Indemnified Amounts resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Borrower Indemnified Party seeking indemnification and (b) Taxes other than as described in clause (xiv) below or Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim. Without limiting or being limited by the foregoing, the Borrower shall pay on demand (it being understood that if any portion of such payment obligation is made from Collections, such payment will be made at the time and in the order of priority set forth in Section 4.01 ), to each Borrower Indemnified Party any and all amounts necessary to indemnify such Borrower Indemnified Party from and against any and all Borrower Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from any of the following (but excluding Borrower Indemnified Amounts and Taxes described in clause (b) above):

94

(i) any Pool Receivable which the Borrower or the Servicer includes as an Eligible Receivable as part of the Net Receivables Pool Balance but which is not an Eligible Receivable at such time;

 

(ii) any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by the Borrower (or any of its respective officers) under or in connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents, any Monthly Report, any Interim Report or any other information or report delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower pursuant hereto which shall have been untrue or incorrect when made or deemed made;

 

(iii) the failure by the Borrower to comply with any Applicable Law with respect to any Pool Receivable or the related Contract; or the failure of any Pool Receivable or the related Contract to conform to any such Applicable Law;

 

(iv) the failure to vest in the Administrative Agent a first priority perfected security interest in all or any portion of the Collateral, in each case free and clear of any Lien;

 

(v) the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements, financing statement amendments, continuation statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other Applicable Laws with respect to any Pool Receivable and the other Collateral and Collections in respect thereof, whether at the time of any Credit Extension or at any subsequent time;

 

(vi) any dispute, claim or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy) of an Obligor to the payment of any Pool Receivable (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Pool Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from or relating to collection activities with respect to such Pool Receivable;

 

(vii) any failure of the Borrower to perform any of its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof and of each other Transaction Document related to Pool Receivables or to timely and fully comply with the Credit and Collection Policy in regard to each Pool Receivable;

95

(viii) any products liability, environmental or other claim arising out of or in connection with any Pool Receivable or other merchandise, goods or services which are the subject of or related to any Pool Receivable;

 

(ix) the commingling of Collections of Pool Receivables at any time with other funds;

 

(x) any investigation, litigation or proceeding (actual or threatened) related to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the use of proceeds of any Credit Extensions or in respect of any Pool Receivable or other Collateral or any related Contract;

 

(xi) any failure of the Borrower to comply with its covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

 

(xii) any setoff with respect to any Pool Receivable;

 

(xiii) any claim brought by any Person other than a Borrower Indemnified Party arising from any activity by the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower in servicing, administering or collecting any Pool Receivable;

 

(xiv) the failure by the Borrower to pay when due any taxes, including, without limitation, sales, excise or personal property taxes;

 

(xv) any failure of a Collection Account Bank to comply with the terms of the applicable Account Control Agreement or any amounts (including in respect of an indemnity) payable by the Administrative Agent to a Collection Account Bank under any Account Control Agreement;

 

(xvi) any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Pool Receivable (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Pool Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim in each case resulting from the sale of goods or the rendering of services related to such Pool Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish any such goods or services or other similar claim or defense not arising from the financial inability of any Obligor to pay undisputed indebtedness;

 

(xvii) any action taken by the Administrative Agent as attorney-in-fact for the Borrower, any Originator or the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

 

(xviii) the use of proceeds of any Credit Extension or the usage of any Letter of Credit; or

96

(xix) any reduction in Capital as a result of the distribution of Collections if all or a portion of such distributions shall thereafter be rescinded or otherwise must be returned for any reason.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, solely for purposes of the Borrower’s indemnification obligations in clauses (ii) , (iii) , (vii) and (xi) of this Article XII , any representation, warranty or covenant qualified by the occurrence or non-occurrence of a material adverse effect or similar concepts of materiality shall be deemed to be not so qualified.

 

(c) If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable (other than pursuant to the exclusions contained in Section 12.01(a) ) to any Borrower Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Borrower shall contribute to such Borrower Indemnified Party the amount paid or payable by such Borrower Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Borrower and its Affiliates on the one hand and such Borrower Indemnified Party on the other hand in the matters contemplated by this Agreement as well as the relative fault of the Borrower and its Affiliates and such Borrower Indemnified Party with respect to such loss, claim, damage or liability and any other relevant equitable considerations. The reimbursement, indemnity and contribution obligations of the Borrower under this Section shall be in addition to (but without duplication of) any liability which the Borrower may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to each Borrower Indemnified Party, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Borrower and the Borrower Indemnified Parties.

 

(d) Any indemnification or contribution under this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 12.02. Indemnification by the Servicer .

 

(a) The Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Credit Parties, the Affected Persons and their respective assigns, officers, directors, agents and employees (each, a “ Servicer Indemnified Party ”), from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of activities of the Servicer pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, including any judgment, award, settlement, Attorney Costs and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as, “ Servicer Indemnified Amounts ”); excluding (i) any portion of Servicer Indemnified Amounts to the extent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holds that such portion of such Servicer Indemnified Amounts resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Servicer Indemnified Party seeking indemnification, (ii) Taxes other than Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim and (iii) Servicer Indemnified Amounts to the extent the same includes losses in respect of Pool Receivables that are uncollectible solely on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy, lack of creditworthiness or other financial inability to pay of the related Obligor. Without limiting or being limited by the foregoing, the Servicer shall pay on demand, to each Servicer Indemnified Party any and all amounts necessary to indemnify such Servicer Indemnified Party from and against any and all Servicer Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from any of the following (but excluding Servicer Indemnified Amounts described in clauses (i) , (ii) and (iii) above):

97

(i) any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by the Servicer (or any of its respective officers) under or in connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents, any Monthly Report, any Interim Report or any other written information or written report delivered by or on behalf of the Servicer pursuant hereto which shall have been untrue or incorrect when made or deemed made;

 

(ii) the failure by the Servicer to comply with any Applicable Law with respect to any Pool Receivable or the related Contract; or the failure of any Pool Receivable or the related Contract to conform to any such Applicable Law;

 

(iii) the commingling of Collections of Pool Receivables at any time with other funds;

 

(iv) any failure of a Collection Account Bank to comply with the terms of the applicable Account Control Agreement or any amounts (including in respect of an indemnity) payable by the Administrative Agent to a Collection Account Bank under any Account Control Agreement; or

 

(v) any failure of the Servicer to comply with its covenants, obligations and agreements contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

(b) If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable (other than pursuant to the exclusions contained in Section 12.02(a) ) to any Servicer Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold it harmless, then the Servicer shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Servicer Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Servicer and its Affiliates on the one hand and such Servicer Indemnified Party on the other hand in the matters contemplated by this Agreement as well as the relative fault of the Servicer and its Affiliates and such Servicer Indemnified Party with respect to such loss, claim, damage or liability and any other relevant equitable considerations. The reimbursement, indemnity and contribution obligations of the Servicer under this Section shall be in addition to (but without duplication of) any liability which the Servicer may otherwise have, shall extend upon the same terms and conditions to Servicer Indemnified Party, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Servicer and the Servicer Indemnified Parties.

 

(c) Any indemnification or contribution under this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

98

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 13.01. Amendments, Etc .

 

(a) No failure on the part of any Credit Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof shall be effective unless in a writing signed by the Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders (and, in the case of any amendment, also signed by the Borrower), and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that (A) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Servicer, affect the rights or duties of the Servicer under this Agreement; (B) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

 

(i) change (directly or indirectly) the definitions of, Borrowing Base Deficit, Defaulted Receivable, Delinquent Receivable, Eligible Receivable, Facility Limit, Final Maturity Date, Net Receivables Pool Balance or Total Reserves contained in this Agreement, or increase the then existing Concentration Percentage for any Obligor or change the calculation of the Borrowing Base;

 

(ii) reduce the amount of Capital or Interest that is payable on account of any Loan or with respect to any other Credit Extension or delay any scheduled date for payment thereof;

 

(iii) change any Event of Default;

 

(iv) release all or a material portion of the Collateral from the Administrative Agent’s security interest created hereunder;

 

(v) release the Performance Guarantor from any of its obligations under the Performance Guaranty or terminate the Performance Guaranty;

 

(vi) change any of the provisions of this Section 13.01 or the definition of “Majority Lenders”; or

 

(vii) change the order of priority in which Collections are applied pursuant to Section 4.01 .

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) no amendment, waiver or consent shall increase any Lender’s or LC Participant’s Commitment hereunder without the consent of such Lender or LC Participant, as applicable and (B) no amendment, waiver or consent shall reduce any Fees payable by the Borrower to any Lender or delay the dates on which any such Fees are payable, in either case, without the consent of such Lender and (C) no consent with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification of this Agreement shall be required of any Defaulting Lender, except in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 2.05(b) . For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding the foregoing, the definition of “Financial Covenant Event” and Section 10.01(t) may be modified by the Administrative Agent from time to time in accordance with the terms set forth in the definition of “Financial Covenant Event”.

99

SECTION 13.02. Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (which shall include facsimile communication) and faxed or delivered, to each party hereto, at its address set forth under its name on Schedule III hereto or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. Notices and communications by facsimile shall be effective when sent (and shall be followed by hard copy sent by regular mail), and notices and communications sent by other means shall be effective when received.

 

SECTION 13.03. Assignability; Addition of Lenders.

 

(a) Assignment by Lenders . Each Lender may assign to any Eligible Assignee all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment and any Loan or interests therein owned by it); provided , however that

 

(i) except for an assignment by a Lender to either an Affiliate of such Lender or any other Lender, each such assignment shall require the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided , however , that such consent shall not be required if an Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(ii) each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(iii) the amount being assigned pursuant to each such assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment and Acceptance Agreement with respect to such assignment) shall in no event be less than the lesser of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) all of the assigning Lender’s Commitment; and

 

(iv) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement.

 

Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording from and after the effective date specified in such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement, and to the extent that rights and obligations under this Agreement have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (y) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, relinquish such rights and be released from such obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto).

100

(b) Register . The Administrative Agent shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain at its address referred to on Schedule III of this Agreement (or such other address of the Administrative Agent notified by the Administrative Agent to the other parties hereto) a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance Agreement delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, the Commitment of each Lender and the aggregate outstanding Capital (and stated interest) of the Loans of each Lender from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, and the other Credit Parties may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Servicer, the LC Bank and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(c) Procedure . Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement executed and delivered by an assigning Lender and an Eligible Assignee or assignee Lender, the Administrative Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement has been duly completed, (i) accept such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower and the Servicer.

 

(d) Participations . Each Lender may sell participations to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, a “ Participant ”) in or to all or a portion of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitment and the interests in the Loans owned by it); provided , however , that

 

(i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitment to the Borrower hereunder) shall remain unchanged, and

 

(ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties to this Agreement for the performance of such obligations.

 

The Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the LC Bank, the LC Participants, the Borrower and the Servicer shall have the right to continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

(e) Participant Register . Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or its other obligations under this Agreement) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

101

(f) Assignments by Administrative Agent . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Administrative Agent herein shall be assignable by the Administrative Agent and its successors and assigns; provided that in the case of an assignment to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent, so long as no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such assignment shall require the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

(g) Assignments by the Borrower or the Servicer . Neither the Borrower nor, except as provided in Section 9.01 , the Servicer may assign any of its respective rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the LC Bank and each Lender (such consent to be provided or withheld in the sole discretion of such Person).

 

(h) Pledge to a Federal Reserve Bank . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (i) any Lender or any of its respective Affiliates may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its interest in, to and under this Agreement (including, without limitation, rights to payment of Capital and Interest) and any other Transaction Document to secure its obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender , without notice to or the consent of the Borrower, the Servicer, any Affiliate thereof or any Credit Party; provided , however , that that no such pledge shall relieve such assignor of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(i) Pledge to a Security Trustee . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (i) any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its interest in, to and under this Agreement (including, without limitation, rights to payment of Capital and Interest) and any other Transaction Document to a security trustee in connection with the funding by such Person of Loans, without notice to or the consent of the Borrower, the Servicer, any Affiliate thereof or any Credit Party; provided , however , that that no such pledge shall relieve such assignor of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

SECTION 13.04. Costs and Expenses . In addition to the rights of indemnification granted under Section 12.01 hereof, the Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (together with all amendments, restatements, supplements, consents and waivers, if any, from time to time hereto and thereto), including, without limitation, (i) the reasonable Attorney Costs for the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties and any of their respective Affiliates with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates as to their rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and (ii) reasonable accountants’, auditors’ and consultants’ fees and expenses for the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties and any of their respective Affiliates incurred in connection with the administration and maintenance of this Agreement or advising the Administrative Agent or any other Credit Party as to their rights and remedies under this Agreement or as to any actual or reasonably claimed breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay on demand all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable Attorney Costs), of the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates, incurred in connection with the enforcement of any of their respective rights or remedies under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

102

SECTION 13.05. No Proceedings; Limitation on Payments .

 

(a) Each of the Servicer and each Lender and each assignee of a Loan or any interest therein, hereby covenants and agrees that it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Borrower any Insolvency Proceeding until one year and one day after the Final Payout Date; provided , that the Administrative Agent may take any such action in its sole discretion following the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

(b) The provisions of this Section 13.05 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 13.06. Confidentiality .

 

(a) Each of the Borrower and the Servicer covenants and agrees to hold in confidence, and not disclose to any Person, the terms of this Agreement or the Fee Letter (including any fees payable in connection with this Agreement, the Fee Letter or any other Transaction Document or the identity of the Administrative Agent or any other Credit Party), except as the Administrative Agent and each Lender may have consented to in writing prior to any proposed disclosure; provided , however , that it may disclose such information (i) to its Advisors, Representatives, the Initial Investors and the Permitted Holders, (ii) to the extent such information has become available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by or through the Borrower, the Servicer or their Advisors and Representatives or (iii) to the extent it should be (A) required by Applicable Law, or in connection with any legal or regulatory proceeding or (B) requested by any Governmental Authority to disclose such information; provided , that, in the case of clause (iii) above, the Borrower and the Servicer will use reasonable efforts to maintain confidentiality and will (unless otherwise prohibited by Applicable Law) notify the Administrative Agent and the affected Credit Party of its intention to make any such disclosure prior to making such disclosure. Each of the Borrower and the Servicer agrees to be responsible for any breach of this Section by its Representatives and Advisors and agrees that its Representatives and Advisors will be advised by it of the confidential nature of such information and shall agree to comply with this Section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that each of the Borrower, the Servicer and their respective Affiliates may publish a press release or otherwise publicly announce the existence and principal amount of the Commitments under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; provided that the Administrative Agent shall be provided a reasonable opportunity to review such press release or other public announcement prior to its release and provide comment thereon; and provided , further , that no such press release shall name or otherwise identify the Administrative Agent, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates without such Person’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower consents to the publication by the Administrative Agent or any other Credit Party of a tombstone or similar advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

103

(b) Each of the Administrative Agent and each other Credit Party, severally and with respect to itself only, agrees to hold in confidence, and not disclose to any Person, any confidential and proprietary information concerning the Borrower, the Servicer and their respective Affiliates and their businesses or the terms of this Agreement (including any fees payable in connection with this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents), except as the Borrower or the Servicer may have consented to in writing prior to any proposed disclosure; provided , however , that it may disclose such information (i) to its Advisors and Representatives, (ii) to its assignees and Participants and potential assignees and Participants and their respective counsel if they agree in writing to hold it confidential, (iii) to the extent such information has become available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by or through it or its Representatives or Advisors, (iv) at the request of a bank examiner or other regulatory authority or in connection with an examination of any of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or their respective Affiliates or (v) to the extent it should be (A) required by Applicable Law, or in connection with any legal or regulatory proceeding or (B) requested by any Governmental Authority to disclose such information; provided , that, in the case of clause (vi) above, the Administrative Agent and each Lender will use reasonable efforts to maintain confidentiality and will (unless otherwise prohibited by Applicable Law) notify the Borrower and the Servicer of its making any such disclosure as promptly as reasonably practicable thereafter. Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender, severally and with respect to itself only, agrees to be responsible for any breach of this Section by its Representatives and Advisors and agrees that its Representatives and Advisors will be advised by it of the confidential nature of such information and shall agree to comply with this Section.

 

(c) As used in this Section, (i) “ Advisors ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s accountants, attorneys and other confidential advisors and (ii) “ Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates, Subsidiaries, directors, managers, officers, employees, members, investors, financing sources, insurers, professional advisors, representatives and agents; provided that such Persons shall not be deemed to Representatives of a Person unless (and solely to the extent that) confidential information is furnished to such Person.

 

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent not inconsistent with applicable securities laws, each party hereto (and each of its employees, representatives or other agents) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure (as defined in Section 1.6011-4 of the Treasury Regulations) of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to such Person relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

104

SECTION 13.07. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HERETO, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY OTHER CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE PERFECTION, THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR PRIORITY OF THE INTERESTS OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY LENDER IN THE COLLATERAL IS GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK).

 

SECTION 13.08. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart hereof by facsimile or other electronic means shall be equally effective as delivery of an originally executed counterpart.

 

SECTION 13.09. Integration; Binding Effect; Survival of Termination . This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents contain the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof superseding all prior oral or written understandings. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms and shall remain in full force and effect until the Final Payout Date; provided , however , that the provisions of Sections 3.08 , 3.09 , 3.10 , 3.11 , 5.01 , 5.02 , 5.03 , 11.04 , 11.06 , 12.01 , 12.02 , 13.04 , 13.05 , 13.06 , 13.09 , 13.11 and 13.13 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 13.10. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION . (a) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO (I) WITH RESPECT TO THE BORROWER AND THE SERVICER, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION, AND (II) WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION, IN EACH CASE, OF ANY NEW YORK STATE OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY, NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, AND EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING (I) IF BROUGHT BY THE BORROWER, THE SERVICER OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF, SHALL BE HEARD AND DETERMINED, AND (II) IF BROUGHT BY ANY OTHER PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED, IN EACH CASE, IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 13.10 SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT PARTY TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE BORROWER OR THE SERVICER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF OTHER JURISDICTIONS. EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE SERVICER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING. THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.

105

(b) EACH OF THE BORROWER AND THE SERVICER CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES OF SUCH PROCESS TO IT AT ITS ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 13.02 . NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 13.10 SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT PARTY TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

SECTION 13.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, ANY MATTER (WHETHER SOUNDING IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) IN ANY WAY ARISING OUT OF, RELATED TO, OR CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT.

 

SECTION 13.12. Ratable Payments . If any Credit Party, whether by setoff or otherwise, has payment made to it with respect to any Borrower Obligations in a greater proportion than that received by any other Credit Party entitled to receive a ratable share of such Borrower Obligations, such Credit Party agrees, promptly upon demand, to purchase for cash without recourse or warranty a portion of such Borrower Obligations held by the other Credit Parties so that after such purchase each Credit Party will hold its ratable proportion of such Borrower Obligations; provided that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Credit Party, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

SECTION 13.13. Limitation of Liability .

 

(a) No claim may be made by the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof or any other Person against any Credit Party or their respective Affiliates, members, directors, officers, employees, incorporators, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection herewith or therewith; and each of the Borrower and the Servicer hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor. None of the Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates shall have any liability to the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof or any other Person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof in connection with or as a result of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof result from the breach of contract, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Credit Party in performing its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

106

(b) The obligations of the Administrative Agent and each of the other Credit Parties under this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents are solely the corporate obligations of such Person. No recourse shall be had for any obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement or any other Transaction Document against any member, director, officer, employee or incorporator of any such Person.

 

SECTION 13.14. Intent of the Parties . The Borrower has structured this Agreement with the intention that the Loans and the obligations of the Borrower hereunder will be treated under United States federal, and applicable state, local and foreign tax law as debt (the “ Intended Tax Treatment ”). The Borrower, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties agree to file no tax return, or take any action, inconsistent with the Intended Tax Treatment unless required by law. Each assignee and each Participant acquiring an interest in a Credit Extension, by its acceptance of such assignment or participation, agrees to comply with the immediately preceding sentence.

 

SECTION 13.15. USA Patriot Act . Each of the Administrative Agent and each of the other Credit Parties hereby notifies the Borrower and the Servicer that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001) (the “ PATRIOT Act ”), the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, the Originators, the Servicer and the Performance Guarantor, which information includes the name, address, tax identification number and other information regarding the Borrower, the Originators, the Servicer and the Performance Guarantor that will allow the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties to identify the Borrower, the Originators, the Servicer and the Performance Guarantor in accordance with the PATRIOT Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the PATRIOT Act. Each of the Borrower and the Servicer agrees to provide the Administrative Agent and each other Credit Parties, from time to time, with all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act.

 

SECTION 13.16. Right of Setoff . Each Credit Party is hereby authorized (in addition to any other rights it may have), at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, to setoff, appropriate and apply (without presentment, demand, protest or other notice which are hereby expressly waived) any deposits and any other indebtedness held or owing by such Credit Party (including by any branches or agencies of such Credit Party) to, or for the account of, the Borrower or the Servicer against amounts owing by the Borrower or the Servicer hereunder (even if contingent or unmatured); provided that such Credit Party shall notify the Borrower or the Servicer, as applicable, promptly following such setoff.

 

SECTION 13.17. Severability . Any provisions of this Agreement which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

107

SECTION 13.18. Mutual Negotiations . This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are the product of mutual negotiations by the parties thereto and their counsel, and no party shall be deemed the draftsperson of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any provision hereof or thereof or to have provided the same. Accordingly, in the event of any inconsistency or ambiguity of any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, such inconsistency or ambiguity shall not be interpreted against any party because of such party’s involvement in the drafting thereof.

 

SECTION 13.19. Captions and Cross References . The various captions (including the table of contents) in this Agreement are provided solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Agreement to any Section, Schedule or Exhibit are to such Section Schedule or Exhibit to this Agreement, as the case may be, and references in any Section, subsection, or clause to any subsection, clause or subclause are to such subsection, clause or subclause of such Section, subsection or clause.

 

SECTION 13.20. Currency . Each reference in this Agreement to Dollars or to Alternative Currency (the “ relevant currency ”) is of the essence. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the obligation of the Borrower in respect of any amount due in the relevant currency under this Agreement shall, notwithstanding any payment in any other currency (whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise), be discharged only to the extent of the amount in the relevant currency that the Administrative Agent or any Credit Party entitled to receive such payment may, in accordance with normal banking procedures, purchase with the sum paid in such other currency (after any premium and costs of exchange) on the Business Day immediately following the day on which such party receives such payment. If the amount in the relevant currency so purchased for any reason falls short of the amount originally due in the relevant currency, the Borrower shall pay such additional amounts, in the relevant currency, as may be necessary to compensate for the shortfall. Any obligations of the Borrower not discharged by such payment shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, be due as a separate and independent obligation and, until discharged as provided herein, shall continue in full force and effect.

108

SECTION 13.21. Currency Equivalence . If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower on the Borrower Obligations in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “ specified currency ”) into another currency, the parties agree that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the specified currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Borrower in respect of any such sum due to the Administrative Agent or any Credit Party on the Borrower Obligations shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the specified currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent or such Credit Party, as applicable, of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, the Administrative Agent or such Credit Party, as applicable, may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the specified currency with such other currency. If the amount of the specified currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or such Credit Party in the specified currency, the Borrower agrees to the extent such amount was originally due from the Borrower, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or such Credit Party, as the case may be, against such loss, and if the amount of the specified currency so purchased exceeds the amount originally due to the Administrative Agent or such Credit Party in the specified currency, the Administrative Agent or such Credit Party, as the case may be, agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

109

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

  GARDNER DENVER FINANCE II LLC,
as the Borrower
 
     
  By:  /s/ Andrew R. Schiesl  
  Name: Andrew R. Schiesl  
  Title: President  
     
  GARDNER DENVER, INC.,
as the Servicer
 
     
  By:  /s/ Andrew R. Schiesl  
  Name: Andrew R. Schiesl  
  Title: Secretary  

 

Receivables Financing Agreement

S-1
  PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,  
  as Administrative Agent  
     
  By:  /s/ Michael A. Brown  
  Name: Michael A. Brown  
  Title: Managing Director  
     
  PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,  
  as a Lender  
     
  By:  /s/ Michael A. Brown  
  Name: Michael A. Brown  
  Title: Managing Director  
     
  PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,  
  as LC Bank and as an LC Participant  
     
  By:  /s/ Michael A. Brown  
  Name: Michael A. Brown  
  Title: Senior Vice President  

 

Receivables Financing Agreement

S-2

EXHIBIT A
Form of [Loan Request] [LC Request]

[Letterhead of Borrower]

 

[Date]

 

[Administrative Agent]

 

[Lenders]

 

Re: [Loan Request] [LC Request]

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Receivables Financing Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2016 among Gardner Denver Finance II LLC (the “ Borrower ”), Gardner Denver, Inc., as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), the Lenders party thereto, the LC Participants party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as the LC Bank (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used in this [Loan Request] [LC Request] and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement.

 

[This letter constitutes a Loan Request pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Agreement. The Borrower hereby request a Loan in the amount of [$_______] to be made on [_____, 20__]. The proceeds of such Loan should be deposited to [Account number], at [Name, Address and ABA Number of Bank]. After giving effect to such Loan, the Aggregate Capital will be [$_______].]

 

[This letter constitutes an LC Request pursuant to Section 3.02(a) of the Agreement. The Borrower hereby request that the LC Bank issue a Letter of Credit with a face amount of [$][€][£][KRW][_______] on [_____, 20__]. After giving effect to such issuance, (i) the Dollar LC Participation Amount will be $[_______], (ii) the Euro LC Participation Amount will be € [_______], (iii) the Korean Won LC Participation Amount will be KRW [_______] and (iv) the Pounds Sterling LC Participation Amount will be £ [_______].

 

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof, and after giving effect to such Credit Extension, as follows:

 

(i) the representations and warranties of the Borrower and the Servicer contained in Sections 7.01 and 7.02 of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension as though made on and as of such date unless such representations and warranties by their terms refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

 

Exhibit A-1

(ii) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default would result from such Credit Extension;

 

(iii) no Borrowing Base Deficit exists or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension;

 

(iv) the Aggregate Capital plus the Aggregate LC Participation Amount would exceed the Facility Limit; and

 

(v) the Termination Date has not occurred.

Exhibit A-2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this letter by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

  Very truly yours,  
   
  GARDNER DENVER FINANCE II LLC  
     
     
  By:                 
  Name:  
  Title:  
Exhibit A-3

EXHIBIT B
Form of Reduction Notice

 

[Letterhead of Borrower]

 

[Date]

 

[Administrative Agent]

 

[Lenders]

 

Re: Reduction Notice

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Receivables Financing Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2016 among Gardner Denver Finance II LLC, as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), Gardner Denver, Inc., as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), the Lenders party thereto, and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used in this Reduction Notice and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Agreement.

 

This letter constitutes a Reduction Notice pursuant to Section 2.02(d) of the Agreement. The Borrower hereby notifies the Administrative Agent and the Lenders that it shall prepay the outstanding Capital of the Lenders in the amount of [$_______] to be made on [_____, 201_]. After giving effect to such prepayment, the Aggregate Capital will be [$_______] .

 

The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof, and after giving effect to such reduction, as follows:

 

(i) the representations and warranties of the Borrower and the Servicer contained in Sections 7.01 and 7.02 of the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such prepayment as though made on and as of such date unless such representations and warranties by their terms refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date;

 

(ii) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default would result from such prepayment;

 

(iii) no Borrowing Base Deficit exists or would exist after giving effect to such prepayment; and

 

(iv) the Termination Date has not occurred.

Exhibit B-1

In Witness Whereof , the undersigned has executed this letter by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

  Very truly yours,  
     
  GARDNER DENVER FINANCE II LLC  
     
  By:                 
  Name:  
  Title:  
Exhibit B-2

EXHIBIT C
Form of Assignment and Acceptance Agreement

 

Dated as of ___________, 20__

 

Section 1 .

 

Commitment assigned: $[_____]
Assignor’s remaining Commitment: $[_____]
Capital allocable to Commitment assigned: $[_____]
Assignor’s remaining Capital: $[_____]
Interest (if any) allocable to Capital assigned: $[_____]
Interest (if any) allocable to Assignor’s remaining Capital: $[_____]

 

Section 2 .

 

Effective Date of this Assignment and Acceptance Agreement: [__________]

 

Upon execution and delivery of this Assignment and Acceptance Agreement by the assignee and the assignor and the satisfaction of the other conditions to assignment specified in Section 13.03(b) of the Agreement (as defined below), from and after the effective date specified above, the assignee shall become a party to, and, to the extent of the rights and obligations thereunder being assigned to it pursuant to this Assignment and Acceptance Agreement, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under that certain Receivables Financing Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2016 among Gardner Denver Finance II LLC, as Borrower, Gardner Denver, Inc., as Servicer, the Lenders party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, the LC Participants party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent and as the LC Bank (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”).

 

(Signature Pages Follow)

Exhibit C-1
ASSIGNOR: [_________]  
     
  By:     
Name:  
  Title  
     
ASSIGNEE: [_________]  
     
  By:                     
Name:  
  Title:  
     
  [Address]  

 

Accepted as of date first above

written:

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent

 

By:     
Name:  
Title:  

 

,
as Borrower  

 

By:             
Name:  
Title:  
Exhibit C-2

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Letter of Credit Application


(Attached)

Exhibit D-1

EXHIBIT E
Credit and Collection Policy

 

(On file with the Administrative Agent)

Exhibit E-1

EXHIBIT F

Form of Monthly Report

 

(Attached)

Exhibit F-1

EXHIBIT G

Form of Compliance Certificate

 

To: PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent

 

This Compliance Certificate is furnished pursuant to that certain Receivables Financing Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2016 among Gardner Denver Finance II LLC (the “ Borrower ”), Gardner Denver, Inc., as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), the Lenders party thereto, the LC Participants party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as the LC Bank (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:

 

1. I am the duly elected ________________of the Servicer.

 

2. I have reviewed the terms of the Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition of the Borrower during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.

 

3. The examinations described in paragraph 2 above did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default or an Unmatured Event of Default, as each such term is defined under the Agreement, during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or as of the date of this Certificate[, except as set forth in paragraph 5 below].

 

4. Schedule I attached hereto sets forth financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the period referenced on such Schedule I .

 

[5. Described below are the exceptions, if any, to paragraph 3 above by listing, in detail, the nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which Borrower has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event:]

Exhibit G-1

The foregoing certifications are made and delivered this ______ day of ___________________, 20___.

 

[_________]

 

By: 
 
Name: 
 
Title: 
 
Exhibit G-2

SCHEDULE I TO COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

A. Schedule of Compliance as of ___________________, 20__ with Section 8.02(a) of the Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms used in this Compliance Certificate have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

 

This schedule relates to the month ended: __________________.

 

B. The following financial statements of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the period ending on ______________, 20__, are attached hereto:

Exhibit G-3

EXHIBIT H

Closing Memorandum

 

(Attached)

Exhibit H-1

EXHIBIT I

 

Form of Weekly Report

Exhibit I-1

EXHIBIT J

 

Form of Daily Report

Exhibit J-1

EXHIBIT K

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Receivables Financing Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2016 among Gardner Denver Finance II LLC (the “ Borrower ”), Gardner Denver, Inc., as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), the Lenders party thereto, the LC Participants party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as the LC Bank (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03(f) of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:
 
    Name:
    Title:  

 

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

Exhibit K-1

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Receivables Financing Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2016 among Gardner Denver Finance II LLC (the “ Borrower ”), Gardner Denver, Inc., as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), the Lenders party thereto, the LC Participants party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as the LC Bank (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03(f) of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, and (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:
 
    Name:
    Title:  

 

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

Exhibit K-2

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Receivables Financing Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2016 among Gardner Denver Finance II LLC (the “ Borrower ”), Gardner Denver, Inc., as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), the Lenders party thereto, the LC Participants party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as the LC Bank (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03(f) of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:
 
    Name:
    Title:  

 

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

Exhibit K-3

FORM OF U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Receivables Financing Agreement, dated as of May 17, 2016 among Gardner Denver Finance II LLC (the “ Borrower ”), Gardner Denver, Inc., as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), the Lenders party thereto, the LC Participants party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) and as the LC Bank (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.03(f) of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to the Agreement or any other Transaction Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E from each of such partner’s/member’s beneficial owners that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

By:
 
    Name:
    Title:  

 

Date: ________ __, 20[ ]

Exhibit K-3

SCHEDULE I
Commitments

 

Schedule I-1

SCHEDULE II
Lock-Boxes, Collection Accounts and Collection Account Banks

 

Schedule II-1

SCHEDULE III
Notice Addresses

 

(A) in the case of the Borrower, at the following address:

 

Gardner Denver Finance II LLC
222 East Erie Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Telephone: (414) 212-4755
Facsimile: (414) 212-4725
Attention: Benjamin Wilkey

 

with a copy to:

 

Gardner Denver, Inc.
222 East Erie Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Telephone: (414) 212-4755
Facsimile: (414) 212-4725
Attention: Benjamin Wilkey

 

(B) in the case of the Servicer, at the following address:

 

Gardner Denver, Inc.
222 East Erie Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Telephone: (414) 212-4755
Facsimile: (414) 212-4725
Attention: Benjamin Wilkey

 

(C) in the case of the Administrative Agent, at the following address:

 

PNC Bank, National Association

300 Fifth Avenue

11th Floor

Pittsburgh, PA 15222

Telephone: (412) 768-3090

Facsimile: (412) 762-9184

Attention: Robyn Reeher

Schedule III-1

(D) in the case of the LC Bank, at the following address:

PNC Bank, National Association

300 Fifth Avenue

11th Floor

Pittsburgh, PA 15222

Telephone: (412) 768-3090

Facsimile: (412) 762-9184

Attention: Robyn Reeher

 

(E) in the case of any other Person, at the address for such Person specified in the other Transaction Documents; in each case, or at such other address as shall be designated by such Person in a written notice to the other parties to this Agreement.

Schedule III-2

Exhibit 10.10

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated as of July 30, 2013 (the “Agreement”), is among KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Aggregator LP”), KKR Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Aggregator GP”), Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), Gardner Denver, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” and, together with Aggregator LP and Parent, the “Company Entities”), and Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (the “Manager”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings set forth in Section 1 of this Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

A. Gardner Denver, Inc., Parent and Renaissance Acquisition Corp. (“Merger Sub”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 7, 2013 (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which Merger Sub is merged with and into the Company with the Company as the surviving corporation (the “Merger”).

 

B. In connection with the Merger, an Affiliate of the Manager (such Affiliate, the “Investor”) has entered into equity commitment letters with Parent, pursuant to which it has agreed to contribute or cause to be contributed a cash equity investment in Parent.

 

C. The Investor and certain of its Affiliates have entered into an Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Aggregator LP (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Partnership Agreement”), dated as of July 29, 2013, setting forth certain agreements with respect to, among other things, the management of Aggregator LP and transfers of its limited partnership interests in various circumstances.

 

D. In order to finance the Merger and related transactions, the Manager and certain of its Affiliates have assisted Aggregator LP in arranging to sell limited partnership interests to the Investor, certain of its Affiliates and certain co-investors (directly or indirectly through a passive investment vehicle) (the “Equity Offering”).

 

E. In order to finance the Merger, certain of Parent’s Subsidiaries have (i) entered into senior secured credit facilities and (ii) issued senior notes (the “Notes Offering”) (collectively, together with the repayment (via tender or otherwise) of any existing indebtedness of Parent and its Subsidiaries, the “Financings”), which Financings have been facilitated and arranged with the assistance of the Manager or its Affiliates.

 

F. Members of the Company Group from time to time in the future may (i) offer and sell, or cause to be offered and sold, equity or debt securities (such offerings, collectively, the “Subsequent Offerings”), including (a) offerings of shares of capital stock of a member of the Company Group, and/or options to purchase such shares, to employees, directors and consultants of and to a member of the Company Group (any such offering, a “Management Offering”), and (b) one or more offerings of debt securities for the purpose of refinancing any indebtedness of a member of the Company Group or for other corporate purposes, and (ii) repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire certain securities of a member of the Company Group or engage in recapitalization or structural reorganization transactions relating thereto (any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition, recapitalization or reorganization, a “Redemption”), in each case subject to the terms and conditions of the Organizational Documents and any other applicable agreement, which offerings and/or Redemptions are expected to be arranged and facilitated through the services of the Manager or its Affiliates as provided herein and pursuant to the terms of that certain letter agreement between the Manager and Parent, dated as of the date hereof (the “Monitoring Agreement”).

 

G. The parties hereto recognize the possibility that claims might be made against and liabilities incurred by the Investor Parties or their respective related Persons or Affiliates, under applicable securities laws or otherwise in connection with the Transactions or the Securities Offerings, or relating to other actions or omissions of or by members of the Company Group or their Agents, or relating to the provision of financial advisory, investment banking, syndication, monitoring and management consulting services (the “Transaction Services”) to the Company Group by the Manager or its Affiliates, including under that certain letter agreement between KKR Capital Markets LLC and Parent, dated as of the date hereof (the “Syndication Agreement”) and under the letter agreement between the Manager and the Company, dated as of the date hereof (the “Transaction Fee Agreement”) and the parties hereto accordingly wish to provide for the Investor Parties and their respective related Persons and Affiliates to be indemnified in respect of any such claims and liabilities.

 

G. The parties hereto recognize that claims might be made against and liabilities incurred by directors, officers and managers of any member of the Company Group in connection with their acting in their respective capacities, and accordingly wish to provide for such directors, officers and managers to be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law in respect of any such claims and liabilities.

 

H. The parties hereto recognize that the Company Group benefits from the portfolio company oversight provided by each Investor Party and the ability of each investor Party to share internally portfolio company information. The general partner of Aggregator LP and the board of directors of each of Parent and the Company have therefore consented to the Investor Directors sharing any information such Investor Directors receive from any member of the Company Group with officers, directors, members, employees and representatives of the Manager and its Affiliates (other than other portfolio companies) and to the internal use by the Manager and such Affiliates of any information received from any member of the Company Group, subject, however, to the Manager maintaining adequate procedures to prevent such information from bein used in connection with the purchase or sale of securities of members of the Company Group in violation of applicable law.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, and the mutual agreements and covenants and provisions herein set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

I.  Definitions.

 

(a)   “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person, (ii) any officer, director, general partner, limited partner or trustee of any such Person described in clause (i) or (ii). For these purposes, “Control”, including the correlative terms “Controlling”, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”, of any Person shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person (whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, as trustee or executor, or otherwise).

 

(b)   “Agent” means present or past representatives, attorneys, financial or investment advisors, consultants, accountants, investment bankers, commercial bankers, engineers, advisors or other agents.

 

(c)   “Capital Stock” means any and all shares, interests, participations, or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), and any and all warrants, options, or other rights to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.

 

(d)   “Change of Control” means (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Aggregator LP or Parent to any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert), other than to (A) the KKR North America Fund XI L.P. or its Affiliates or (B) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by the Aggregator LP or Parent or their Affiliates or other Person of which a majority of its voting power or other equity securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by Aggregator LP or (ii) a merger, recapitalization or other sale (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) by Aggregator LP or Parent to a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) of equity interests that results in any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert), other than to KKR North America Fund XI L.P. or any of its Affiliates, owning more than 50% of the equity interests of Aggregator LP or Parent (or any resulting company after a merger).

 

(e)   “Claim” means, with respect to any Indemnitee, any claim by or against such Indemnitee involving any Obligation with respect to which such Indemnitee may be entitled to be indemnified by any member of the Company Group under this Agreement.

 

(f)   “Commission” means, collectively, the United. States Securities and Exchange Commission, any similar governing body of a foreign jurisdiction, and any successor entity to the foregoing.

 

(a)   “Company Director Indemnity” means any monitoring, stockholder, indemnification or other agreement the Investor Directors have entered into with any member of the Company Group providing for indemnification and for advancement of expenses for the Investor Directors in connection with their service as a director, manager or member of any member of the Company Group, and the Investor Directors may, in their capacities as directors, managers or members of any member of the Company Group, be indemnified and/or entitled to advancement of expenses under the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, limited liability company operating agreement, limited partnership agreement, any other organizational documents of, or any policies of insurance procured by, the applicable member of the Company Group.

 

(b)   “Company Group” means Aggregator LP, Aggregator GP, Parent and any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than the Manager and its Affiliates to the extent such entities are Affiliates of Aggregator LP, Aggregator GP, Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates solely as a result of an investment in Aggregator LP, Aggregator GP, Parent or the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries), including, for the avoidance of doubt, the entities acquired (directly or indirectly) by Parent in connection with the Merger.

 

(c)   “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d)   “Expenses” means all attorneys’ fees, disbursements and expenses, retainers, court, arbitration and mediation costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, bonds, witness fees, costs of collecting and producing documents, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, appealing or otherwise participating in a Proceeding.

 

(e)   “Indemnitee” means each of the Investor Parties and their respective Affiliates (other than members of the Company Group), their respective successors and assigns, and each of the Investor Parties and their respective Affiliates’ (including the members of the Company Group) directors, officers, managers, partners, members, employees, agents, advisors, consultants, representatives and Controlling Persons of each of them, or of their partners, members and Controlling Persons, and each other Person who is or becomes a director, officer or manager of any member of the Company Group, in each case irrespective of the capacity in which such Person acts.

 

(I)   “Investor Directors” means executives of the Manager or its Affiliates who serve as directors, managers or members of any member of the Company Group, and other Persons (who are not executives of the Manager or its Affiliates) who serve as directors, managers or members of any member of the Company Group as an appointee or designee of any Investor Party.

 

(m)   “Investor Indemnification Agreements” means one or more certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, limited liability company operating agreement, limited partnership agreement and any other organizational document, and insurance policies maintained by each of the Investor Parties providing for, among other things, indemnification of and advancement of expenses for the Investor Directors for, among other things, the same matters that are subject to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement, any Related Document and the Company Director Indemnity.

 

(a)   “Investor Indemnitors” means the Investor Parties and/or their respective Affiliates and Controlling Persons, in their capacity as indemnitors to the Investor Directors under the Investor Indemnification Agreements.

 

(b)   “Investor Parties” means the Manager and its Affiliates (excluding, for purposes of this Agreement, any portfolio companies of the Manager unrelated to the operations of the Company Group).

 

(c)   “Obligations” means, collectively, any and all claims, obligations, liabilities, causes of actions, Proceedings, investigations, judgments, decrees, losses, damages (including punitive and exemplary damages), fees, fines, penalties, amounts paid in settlement, costs and Expenses (including interest, assessments and other charges in connection therewith and disbursements of attorneys, accountants, investment bankers and other professional advisors), in each case whether incurred, arising or existing with respect to third parties or otherwise at any time or from time to time.

 

(d)   “Organizational Documents” means the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or other organizational documents of similar substance and purpose), as may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, of any member of the Company Group.

 

(e)   “Person” means an individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, trust or other entity, including a governmental or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

(f)   “Proceeding” means a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including a claim, demand, discovery request, formal or informal investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, arbitration or other form of alternative dispute resolution, including an appeal from any of the foregoing.

 

(t)   “Related Document” means any agreement, certificate, instrument or other document to which any member of the Company Group may be a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets may be bound or affected from time to time relating in any way to the Transactions or any Securities Offering or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, including without limitation, in each case as the same may be amended from time to time, (i) any registration statement filed by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group with the Commission in connection with the Transactions or any Securities Offering, including all exhibits, financial statements and schedules appended thereto, and any submissions to the Commission in connection therewith, (ii) any prospectus, preliminary, free-writing or otherwise, included in such registration statements or otherwise filed by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group in connection with the Transactions or any Securities Offering or used to offer or confirm sales of their respective securities in any Securities Offering, (iii) any private placement or offering memorandum or circular, information statement or other information or materials distributed by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group or any placement agent or underwriter in connection with the Transactions or any Securities Offering, (iv) any federal, state or foreign securities law or other governmental or regulatory filings or applications made in connection with any Securities Offering, the Transactions or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, (v) any dealer-manager, underwriting, subscription, purchase, stockholders, option or registration rights agreement or plan entered into or adopted by any member of the Company Group in connection with any Securities Offering, (vi) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, recapitalization or reorganization or other agreement entered into by any member of the Company Group in connection with any Redemption, or (vii) any quarterly, annual or current reports or other filing filed, furnished or supplementally provided by any member of the Company Group with or to the Commission or any securities exchange, including all exhibits, financial statements and schedules appended thereto, and any submission to the Commission or any securities exchange in connection therewith.

 

(f)   “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(g)   “Securities Offerings” means the Equity Offering, the Notes Offering, any Management Offering, and any Subsequent Offering.

 

(h)   “Subsidiary” means (i) any corporation or other entity a majority of the Capital Stock of which having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions is at the time owned, directly or indirectly, with power to vote, by Aggregator LP or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Aggregator LP or (ii) a partnership in which Aggregator LP or any direct or indirect Subsidiary is a general partner.

 

(i)   “Transactions” means the Merger, the Equity Offering, the Financings and transactions for which Transaction Services are provided.

 

(y)   “Transaction Services” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

 

(j)   “Unpaid Director Indemnity Amounts” means the amount that the Indemnifying Party fails to indemnify or advance to an Investor Director as required or contemplated by this Agreement, any Related Document or any Company Director Indemnity.

 

2. Indemnification.

 

(a) Each member of the Company Group (each an “Indemnifying Party” and collectively the “Indemnifying Parties”), jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Indemnitee:

 

(i) from and against any and all Obligations, whether incurred by such Indemnitee with respect to third parties or otherwise, in any way resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, based upon or relating to (A) the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable securities or other laws in connection with any Securities Offering, the Financings, any Related Document or any of the transactions contemplated thereby (including, for the avoidance of doubt, indemnification from the Company in respect of any franchise taxes incurred by Parent), (B) any other action or failure to act by any member of the Company Group (or any of their Agents) or any of their predecessors, whether such action or failure has occurred or is yet to occur or any obligation of any member of the Company Group or any of their predecessors or any such Agent, or (C) the performance by the Manager or any of its Affiliates of Transaction Services for any member of the Company Group (whether performed prior to the date hereof, hereafter, pursuant to the Monitoring Agreement, the Syndication Agreement, the Transaction Fee Agreement or otherwise);

 

(ii) to the fullest extent permitted by the law specified herein as governing this Agreement, by the law of the place of organization of an Indemnifying Party, or by any other applicable law in effect as of the date hereof or as amended to increase the scope of permitted indemnification, whichever is greater (except, with respect to any Indemnifying Party, to the extent that such indemnification may be prohibited by the law of the place of organization of such Indemnifying Party), from and against any and all Obligations whether incurred with respect to third parties or otherwise, in any way resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, based upon or relating to (A) the fact that such Indemnitee is or was a director, officer or manager of any member of the Company Group or is or was serving at the request of such entity as a director, officer, manager, member, employee or agent of or advisor or consultant to another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise or (B) any breach or alleged breach by such Indemnitee of his or her fiduciary duty as a director, officer or manager of any member of the Company Group; and

 

(iii) to the fullest extent permitted by the law specified herein as governing this Agreement, by the law of the place of organization of an Indemnifying Party, or by any other applicable law in effect as of the date hereof or as amended to increase the scope of permitted indemnification, whichever is greater (except, with respect to any Indemnifying Party, to the extent that such indemnification may be prohibited by the law of the place of organization of such Indemnifying Party), who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including (i) any action by or in the right of, or relating to, the Company Group and (ii) any past, current or future litigation relating to the Transactions or its equity ownership in the Company Group), by reason of any actions or omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of such Indemnitee’s activities either on behalf of the Company Group or in furtherance of the interests of the Company Group or arising out of or in connection with its purchase and/or ownership of equity interests in the Company Group or its involvement in the Transactions, from and against any and all Obligations; provided, that such Indemnitee was not guilty of fraud, a willful breach of this Agreement or a willful illegal act;

 

in each case including any and all fees, costs and Expenses (including fees and disbursements of attorneys and other professional advisers) incurred by or on behalf of any Indemnitee in asserting, exercising or enforcing any of its rights, powers, privileges or remedies in respect of this Agreement, the Monitoring Agreement, the Syndication Agreement, the Transaction Fee Agreement or any Related Document.

 

(b) Without in any way limiting the foregoing Section 2(a), each of the Indemnifying Parties agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Indemnitee from and against any and all Obligations resulting from, arising out of or in connection with, based upon or relating to liabilities under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other applicable securities or other laws, rules or regulations in connection with (i) the inaccuracy or breach of or default under any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in any Related Document, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Related Document or (iii) any omission or alleged omission to state in any Related Document a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnifying Parties shall not be obligated to indemnify such Indemnitee from and against any such Obligation to the extent that such Obligation arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or omission made in such Related Document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Indemnifying Parties, as the case may be, in an instrument duly executed by such Indemnitee and specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation of such Related Document.

 

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that any Proceeding is initiated by an Indemnitee or any member of the Company Group to enforce or interpret this Agreement or any rights of such Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses (or related Obligations of such Indemnitee) under any member of the Company Group’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or similar organizational documents), any other agreement to which such Indemnitee and any member of the Company Group are party, any vote of directors of any member of the Company Group, the law of incorporation or formation of any member of the Company Group or any other applicable law or any liability insurance policy, the Indemnifying Parties shall indemnify such Indemnitee against all costs and Expenses incurred by such Indemnitee or on such Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding, whether or not such Indemnitee is successful in such Proceeding, except to the extent that the court presiding over such Proceeding determines that material assertions made by such Indemnitee in such proceeding were in bad faith.

 

(k)  (i) Each of the Company Entities acknowledges and agrees that the obligations of the Indemnifying Parties under this Agreement, any Related Document or any Company Director Indemnity to indemnify or advance expenses to any Investor Director for the matters covered thereby shall be the primary source of indemnification and advancement of such Investor Director in connection therewith, and any obligation on the part of any Investor Indemnitor under any Investor Indemnification Agreement to indemnify or advance expenses to such Investor Director shall be secondary to the Indemnifying Party’s obligation and shall be reduced by any amount that the Investor Director may collect as indemnification or advancement from the Indemnifying Party. In the event that the Indemnifying Party fails to indemnify or advance expenses to an Investor Director as required or contemplated by this Agreement, any Related Document or any Company Director Indemnity, and any Investor Indemnitor makes any payment to such Investor Director in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses under any Investor Indemnification Agreement on account of such Unpaid Director Indemnity Amounts, such Investor Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the rights of such Investor Director under this Agreement, any Related Document or any Company Director Indemnity, as the case may be, in respect of such Unpaid Director Indemnity Amounts.

 

(ii) Each of the Company Entities, each as an Indemnifying Party from time to time, agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (A) its obligation to indemnify any Indemnitee under this Agreement, any. Related Documents or any Company Director Indemnity shall include any amounts expended by any Investor Indemnitor under the Investor Indemnification Agreements in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses to any Investor Director in connection with litigation or other proceedings involving his or her service as a director of any member of the Company Group to the extent such amounts expended by such Investor Indemnitor are on account of any Unpaid Director Indemnity Amounts and (B) it shall not be entitled to contribution or indemnification from, or subrogation against, any Investor Indemnitor in respect of amounts expended by it to indemnify or advance expenses to any Investor Director under this Agreement, any Related Documents or any Company Director Indemnity.

 

(e) The rights, indemnities and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights, indemnities or remedies that any party or other Indemnitee may otherwise have by contract, at law or in equity or otherwise, provided that (i) to the extent that any Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified by any Company Entity and by any other Indemnitee or any insurer under a policy procured by any Indemnitee, the obligations of the Company Entity hereunder shall be primary and the obligations of such other Indemnitee or insurer secondary, and (ii) none of the Company Entities shall be entitled to contribution or indemnification from or subrogation against such other Indemnitee or insurer.

 

3.  Contribution.

 

(l)  If for any reason the indemnity provided for in Section 2(a) is unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless any Indemnitee from any of the Obligations covered by such indemnity, then the Indemnifying Parties, jointly and severally, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such Obligation in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative fault of each member of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, in connection with the state of facts giving rise to such Obligation, (ii) if such Obligation results from, arises out of, is based upon or relates to any Transaction or any Securities Offering, the relative benefits received by each member of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, from such Transaction or Securities Offering and (iii) if required by applicable law, any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

(m)  If for any reason the indemnity specifically provided for in Section 2(b) is unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless any Indemnitee from any of the Obligations covered by such indemnity, then the Indemnifying Parties, jointly and severally, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnitee as a result of such Obligation in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative fault of each of the members of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, in connection with the information contained in or omitted from any Related Document, which inclusion or omission resulted in the inaccuracy or breach of or default under any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement therein, or which information is or is alleged to be untrue, required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the relative benefits received by the members of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, from such Transaction or Securities Offering and (iii) if required by applicable law, any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

(n)  For purposes of Section 3(a), the relative fault of each member of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and of an Indemnitee, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, their respective relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct the state of facts giving rise to such Obligation. For purposes of Section 3(b), the relative fault of each of the members of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and of an Indemnitee, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, (i) whether the included or omitted information relates to information supplied by the members of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, or by such Indemnitee, on the other, (ii) their respective relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct such inaccuracy, breach, default, untrue or alleged untrue statement, or omission or alleged omission, and (iii) applicable law. For purposes of Section 3(a) or 3(b), the relative benefits received by each member of the Company Group and their Agents, on the one hand, and an Indemnitee, on the other, shall be determined by weighing the direct monetary proceeds to the Company Group, on the one hand, and such Indemnitee, on the other, from such Transaction or Securities Offering.

 

(d) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to Section 3(a) or 3(b) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in such respective Section. No Indemnifying Party shall be liable under Section 3(a) or 3(b), as applicable, for contribution to the amount paid or payable by any Indemnitee except to the extent and under such circumstances such Indemnifying Party would have been liable to indemnify, defend and hold harmless such Indemnitee under the corresponding Section 2(a) or 2(b), as applicable, if such indemnity were enforceable under applicable law. No Indemnitee shall be entitled to contribution from any Indemnifying Party with respect to any Obligation covered by the indemnity specifically provided for in Section 2(b) in the event that such Indemnitee is finally determined to be guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) in connection with such Obligation and the Indemnifying Parties are not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

4.  Indemnification Procedures.

 

(a) Whenever any Indemnitee shall have actual knowledge of the assertion of a Claim against it, such Indemnitee shall notify the appropriate member of the Company Group in writing of the Claim (the “Notice of Claim”) with reasonable promptness after such Indemnitee has such knowledge relating to such Claim; provided the failure or delay of such Indemnitee to give such Notice of Claim shall not relieve any Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement except to the extent that such omission results in a failure of actual notice to it and it is materially injured as a result of the failure to give such Notice of Claim. The Notice of Claim shall specify all material facts known to such Indemnitee relating to such Claim and the monetary amount or an estimate of the monetary amount of the Obligation involved if such Indemnitee has knowledge of such amount or a reasonable basis for making such an estimate. The Indemnifying Parties shall, at their expense, undertake the defense of such Claim attorneys of their own choosing reasonably satisfactory in all respects to such Indemnitee, subject to the right of such Indemnitee to undertake such defense as hereinafter provided. An Indemnitee may participate in such defense with counsel of such lndemnitee’s choosing at the expense of the Indemnifying Parties. In the event that the Indemnifying Parties do not undertake the defense of the Claim within a reasonable time after such Indemnitee has given the Notice of Claim, or in the event that such Indemnitee shall in good faith determine that the defense of any claim by the Indemnifying Parties is inadequate or may conflict with the interest of any Indemnitee (including Claims brought by or on behalf of any member of the Company Group), such Indemnitee may, at the expense of the Indemnifying Parties and after giving notice to the Indemnifying Parties of such action, undertake the defense of the Claim and compromise or settle the Claim, all for the account of and at the risk of the Indemnifying Parties. In the defense of any Claim against an Indemnitee, no Indemnifying Party shall, except with the prior written consent of such Indemnitee, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that includes any injunctive or other non-monetary relief or any payment of money by such Indemnitee, or that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the Person or Persons asserting such Claim to such Indemnitee of an unconditional release from all liability on any of the matters that are the subject of such Claim and an acknowledgement that such Indemnitee denies all wrongdoing in connection with such matters. The Indemnifying Parties shall not be obligated to indemnify an Indemnitee against amounts paid in settlement of a Claim if such settlement is effected by such Indemnitee without the prior written consent of Parent (on behalf of all Indemnifying Parties), which shall not be unreasonably withheld. In each case, each Indemnitee seeking indemnification hereunder will cooperate with the Indemnifying Parties, so long as an Indemnifying Party is conducting the defense of the Claim, in the preparation for and the prosecution of the defense of such Claim, including making available evidence within the control of such Indemnitee, as the case may be, and persons needed as witnesses who are employed by such Indemnitee, as the case may be, in each case as reasonably needed for such defense and at cost, which cost, to the extent reasonably incurred, shall be paid by the Indemnifying Parties.

 

(b) An Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnifying Parties in writing of the amount requested for advances (“Notice of Advances”). The Indemnifying Parties hereby agree to advance reasonable costs and Expenses incurred by any Indemnitee in connection with any Claim (but not for any Claim initiated or brought voluntarily by an Indemnitee other than a Proceeding pursuant to Section 2(c)) in advance of the final disposition of such Claim without regard to whether such Indemnitee will ultimately be entitled to be indemnified for such costs and expenses upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnitee to repay amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined in a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Indemnifying Parties as authorized by this Agreement. The Indemnifying Parties shall make payment of such advances no later than 10 days after the receipt of the Notice of Advances

 

(d) An Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnifying Parties in writing of the amount of any Claim actually paid by such Indemnitee (the “Notice of Payment”). The amount of any Claim actually paid by such Indemnitee shall bear simple interest at the rate equal to the JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. prime rate as of the date of such payment plus 2% per annum, from the date the Indemnifying Parties receive the Notice of Payment to the date on which any Indemnifying Party shall repay the amount of such Claim plus interest thereon to such Indemnitee. The Indemnifying Parties shall make indemnification payments to such Indemnitee no later than 30 days after receipt of the Notice of Payment.

 

(a)   Independent Legal Counsel. If there has not been a Change in Control, independent legal counsel shall be selected by the board of directors of Parent and approved by such Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If there has been a Change in Control, independent legal counsel shall be selected by such Indemnitee and approved by Parent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Indemnifying Parties shall pay the fees and expenses of such independent legal counsel and indemnify such independent legal counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to its engagement.

 

5. Certain Covenants.

 

(o)  The rights of each Indemnitee to be indemnified under any other agreement, document, certificate or instrument or applicable law are independent of and in addition to any rights of such Indemnitee to be indemnified under this Agreement and, to the extent applicable, subject to Section 2(d). The rights of each Indemnitee and the obligations of the Indemnifying Parties hereunder shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnitee. Following the Transactions, each of the Company Entities, and each of their corporate successors, shall implement and maintain in full force and effect any and all corporate charter and by-law (or similar organizational document) provisions that may be necessary or appropriate to enable it to carry out its obligations hereunder to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including a provision of its certificate of incorporation (or similar organizational document) eliminating liability of a director for breach of fiduciary duty to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as amended from time to time. So long as Parent or any other member of the Company Group maintains liability insurance for any directors, officers, employees or agents of any such Person, the Indemnifying Parties shall ensure that each Indemnitee serving in such capacity is covered by such insurance in such a manner as to provide such Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of Parent’s and the Company Group’s then current directors and officers.

 

(p)  Each of Aggregator LP, Parent and the Company hereby agrees that it will not amend (and will cause each other member of the Company Group not to amend) any Company Director Indemnity as in effect on the date hereof to alter the rights of any Investor Director in any manner that would alter any Investor Director’s rights with respect to conduct pre-dating the date of any such amendment without the consent of the Manager.

 

6.  Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by certified or registered mail (first class postage prepaid and return receipt requested), telecopier, overnight courier or hand delivery, as follows:

 

(a)    If to Aggregator LP, to:

 

c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200

New York, New York 10019

Attention: David Sorkin, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 750-0003

 

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017
Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.
Fax: (212) 455-2502

 

(b)   If to any other member of the Company Group:

 

Renaissance Parent Corp.

c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

9 West 57 th Street, Suite 4200

New York, New York 10019

Facsimile: (212) 750-0003

Attn: David Sorkin, Esq.

 

with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017
Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.
Fax: (212) 455-2502

 

(c) If to the Manager, to:

 

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200
New York, New York 10019
Attention: David Sorkin, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 750-0003

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017
Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.
Fax: (212) 455-2502

 

or to such other address or such other person as the Company Entities or the Manager shall have designated by notice to the other parties hereto. All communications hereunder shall be effective upon receipt by the party to which they are addressed.

 

7.  Governing Law; Jurisdiction, Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including validity, interpretation and effect, by the law of the State of New York, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws to the extent such principles would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally (a) agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding brought by any party hereto arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be brought in any court of the State of New York or Federal District Court for the Southern District of New York located in the City, County and State of New York (each, a “New York Court”), (b) waives, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding brought in a New York Court, and any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in a New York Court has been brought in an inconvenient forum, (c) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York Court in any suit, action or proceeding and (d) ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT THAT SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT. With respect to clause (d) of the immediately preceding sentence, each of the parties hereto acknowledges and certifies that (i) no representative, agent or attorney of any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the waiver contained therein, (ii) it understands and has considered the implications of such waiver, (iii) it makes such waiver voluntarily and (iv) it has been induced to enter into this Agreement by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications contained in this Section 7. No Indemnifying Party shall seek any order of a court or other governmental authority that would prohibit or otherwise interfere with the performance of any of the Indemnifying Parties’ advancement, indemnification and other obligations under this Agreement.

 

8.   Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

1.   Successors; Binding Effect. Each Indemnifying Party will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and assets of such Indemnifying Party, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Manager and its counsel, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that such Indemnifying Party would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each party hereto and its successors and permitted assigns, and each other Indemnitee, but neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder shall be assigned, whether by operation of law or otherwise, by Parent, Aggregator LP or the Company without the prior written consent of the Manager.

 

2.   Miscellaneous. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement is not intended to confer any right or remedy hereunder upon any Person other than (i) each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and (ii) each other Indemnitee and, with respect to the provisions of Section 5(b), the Investor Directors, all of whom are intended to be third party beneficiaries thereof. No amendment, modification, supplement or discharge of this Agreement, and no waiver hereunder shall be valid and binding unless set forth in writing and duly executed by the party or other Indemnitee against whom enforcement of the amendment, modification, supplement or discharge is sought. Neither the waiver by any of the parties hereto or any other Indemnitee of a breach of or a default under any of the provisions of this Agreement, nor the failure by any party hereto or any other Indemnitee on one or more occasions, to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any right, powers or privilege hereunder, shall be construed as a waiver of any other breach or default of a similar nature, or as a waiver of any provisions hereof, or any rights, powers or privileges hereunder. Subject to Section 2(d) hereof, the rights, indemnities and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights, indemnities or remedies that any party or other Indemnitee may otherwise have by contract, at law or in equity or otherwise. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

11.  Information. Each of Aggregator LP, Parent and the Company hereby consents to the Investor Directors sharing any information such Investor Directors receive from any member of the Company Group with officers, directors, members, employees and representatives of the Manager and its Affiliates (other than other portfolio companies) and to the internal use by the Manager and its Affiliates of any information received from any member of the Company Group, subject, however, to the Manager maintaining adequate procedures to prevent such information from being used in connection with the purchase or sale of securities of any member of the Company Group in violation of applicable law.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

17

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

    KOHLBERG KRAVIS ROBERTS & CO. L.P.
     
  By:          /s/ William Janetschek
    Name: William Janetschek
    Title:  CFO

 

Indemnification Agreement – Signature Page

 
    KKR RENAISSANCE AGGREGATOR L.P.
     
    By: KKR Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC,
its general partner,
     
  By:          /s/ William Janetschek
    Name: William Janetschek
    Title:  CFO

 

Indemnification Agreement – Signature Page

 
    Renaissance Parent Corp.
     
  By:          /s/ Josh Weisenbeck
    Name: Josh Weisenbeck
    Title:  Vice President

 

Indemnification Agreement – Signature Page

 
    KKR RENAISSANCE AGGREGATOR GP LLC
     
  By:          /s/ William Janetschek
    Name: William Janetschek
    Title:  Vice President

 

Indemnification Agreement – Signature Page

 
    GARDNER DENVER, INC.
     
  By:          /s/ Michael M. Larsen
    Name: Michael M. Larsen
    Title:  President, Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer

 

Indemnification Agreement – Signature Page

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

July 30, 2013

 

Renaissance Parent Corp.
c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
9 West 57th St., Suite 4200
New York, New York 10019

 

Re: Transaction Fee Letter

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter serves to confirm the retention by Renaissance Parent Corp. (the “ Company ”) of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (“ Sponsor ”) to provide structuring and financial services to the Company and its affiliates, as follows:

 

1.                   In consideration for our consultation services rendered in connection with the transactions contemplated in the Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated as of March 7, 2013, by and among the Company, Gardner Denver, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Renaissance Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “ Transaction ”), the Company agrees to pay to Sponsor a one-time transaction fee payable in cash, in an amount equal to $22,575,331 payable concurrently with the completion of the Transaction. All amounts paid pursuant to this Section 1 shall be paid in the respective proportions and to the respective bank accounts designated by Sponsor and shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

2.                   In addition to any fees that may be payable to us under this agreement, the Company also agrees to reimburse us and our affiliates, from time to time upon request, for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred, including unreimbursed expenses incurred to the date hereof, in connection with the Transaction, including travel expenses and fees and expenses of any independent professionals and organizations, including independent accountants, outside legal counsel and consultants.

 

3.                   Any advice or opinions provided by us may not be disclosed or referred to publicly or to any third party (other than the Company’s or any of its affiliate’s legal, tax, financial or other advisors), except in accordance with our prior written consent.

 

4.                   We shall act as an independent contractor, with duties solely to the Company. The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights or remedies under or by reason of this agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the parties acknowledge that nothing in this agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any present or future holders of any securities of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any present or future creditor of the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this agreement or any performance hereunder.

 

 
2

 

5.                   This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

6.                   This agreement shall continue in effect unless amended or terminated by mutual consent of the Company and Sponsor.

 

7.                   Each party hereto represents and warrants that the execution and delivery of this agreement by such party has been duly authorized by all necessary action of such party.

 

8.                   If any term or provision of this agreement or the application thereof shall, in any jurisdiction and to any extent, be invalid and unenforceable, such term or provision shall be ineffective, as to such jurisdiction, solely to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable any remaining terms or provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such term or provision in any other jurisdiction. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto waive any provision of law that renders any term or provision of this agreement invalid or unenforceable in any respect.

 

9.                   Each party hereto waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) related to or arising out of our retention pursuant to, or our performance of the services contemplated by this agreement.

 

10.               The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the services provided by Sponsor hereunder are being provided subject to the terms of the Indemnification Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Company, Gardner Denver, Inc., the Sponsor and the other parties thereto (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Indemnification Agreement ”).

 

11.               Any notices or other communications required or permitted by this agreement will be sufficiently given if delivered personally or sent by facsimile with confirmed receipt, or by overnight courier, addressed as follows or to such other address of which the parties may have given written notice:

 

if to Sponsor:

 

Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Peter Stavros

Facsimile: (212) 750-0003

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 455-2502

 

 
3

 

if to the Company:

 

Renaissance Parent Corp.
c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.
9 West 57th Street, Suite 4200

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Peter Stavros
Facsimile: (212) 750-0003

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 455-2502

 

12.               It is expressly understood that the foregoing Sections 2 through 5 and 8 through 13 in their entirety, survive any termination of this agreement.

 

13.               This agreement may be executed in counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original agreement, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

 
4

 

If the foregoing sets forth the understanding between us, please so indicate on the enclosed signed copy of this letter in the space provided therefor and return it to us, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement among us.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  KOHLBERG KRAVIS ROBERTS & CO. L.P.
     
     
  By: /s/ William Janetschek
  Name: William Janetschek
  Title: CFO

 

 
5

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:
 
         RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.
  By: /s/ Josh Weisenbeck                                
    Name: Josh Weisenbeck
    Title: Vice President

 

 

 
 

Exhibit 10.13

 

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT

 

This Management Stockholder’s Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [P], 2013 (the “Effective Date”) between Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned person (the “Management Stockholder”) (the Company and the Management Stockholder being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Parties”). All capitalized terms not immediately defined are hereinafter defined in Section 6(b) of this Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 7, 2013 (the “Merger Agreement”), among Gardner Denver, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GDI”), the Company and Renaissance Acquisition Corp. (“Merger Sub”), on July 30, 2013, GDI was merged with and into Merger Sub, with GDI as the surviving corporation (the “Merger”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, certain investment funds and entities affiliated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (the “Sponsor”) contributed certain funds to KKR Renaissance Aggregator LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Parent”), which is the parent entity of the Company, in exchange for limited partnership interests therein;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, the Management Stockholder has been selected by the Company (i) to be permitted to subscribe for and purchase [40] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) from the Company for an aggregate amount of $[.] in cash (such subscribed for and purchased Common Stock, the “Purchased Stock”); and/or (ii) to receive options to subscribe for and purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Options”) pursuant to the terms set forth below and the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Affiliates (the “Option Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement (the “Stock Option Agreement”), it being understood that any grant of options will occur at a future date and at such time the Option Plan will be provided, and the Stock Option Agreement will be entered into by and between the Company and the Management Stockholder; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is one of several other agreements (“Other Management Stockholders Agreements”) which concurrently with the execution hereof or in the future will be entered into between the Company and other persons who are or will be key employees of or key advisors to the Company or one of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Other Management Stockholders”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. Issuance of Purchased Stock.

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Management Stockholder hereby subscribes for and shall purchase, as of the Effective Date, and the Company shall issue and deliver to the Management Stockholder as of the Effective Date, the number of shares of Purchased Stock at a per share purchase price (the “Base Price”), in each case as set forth on Schedule I hereto, which Base Price is equal to the effective per share purchase price paid by the Investors for the shares of the Company in connection with the Merger.

 

 

 

(b) The Company shall have no obligation to issue and sell any Purchased Stock to any Person who (i) is a resident or citizen of a state or other jurisdiction in which the issuance and sale of the Common Stock to him or her would constitute a violation of the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdiction or (ii) is not an employee or director of or senior advisor to the Company or its subsidiaries as of the Effective Date.

 

2. Management Stockholder’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements.

 

(a) The Management Stockholder agrees and acknowledges that he or she will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of (any of the foregoing acts being referred to herein as a “transfer”) any shares of Purchased Stock and, at the time of exercise, Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (“Option Stock”; together with all Purchased Stock and any other Common Stock otherwise acquired and/or held by the Management Stockholder Entities as of or after the date hereof, “Stock”), except as otherwise provided for in this Section 2(a) and Section 3 hereof. If the Management Stockholder is an Affiliate of the Company, the Management Stockholder also agrees and acknowledges that he or she will not transfer any shares of the Stock unless:

 

(i) the transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “Act”), and in compliance with applicable provisions of state securities laws; or

 

(i)     (A) counsel for the Management Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act and (B) if the Management Stockholder is a citizen or resident of any country other than the United States, or the Management Stockholder desires to effect any transfer in any such country, counsel for the Management Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company to the effect that such transfer will comply with the securities laws of such jurisdiction.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any of the following transfers of Stock are deemed to be in compliance with the Act, applicable provisions of state securities laws and this Agreement (including without limitation any restrictions or prohibitions herein) and no opinion of counsel is required in connection therewith: (1) a transfer made pursuant to or permitted by Sections 3 (including transfers in a Proposed Sale (as defined in Section 1(a) of the Sale Participation Agreement) pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement), 4, 5 or 8 hereof, (2) a transfer (x) upon the death or Disability of the Management Stockholder to the Management Stockholder’s Estate or (y) to the executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, immediate family members, or beneficiaries of the Management Stockholder or other Person who has become a holder of Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that it is expressly understood that any such transferee shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (3) a transfer made after the Effective Date in compliance with the federal securities laws to a Management Stockholder’s Trust; provided that such transfer is made expressly subject to this Agreement and that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof as a “Management Stockholder” with respect to the representations and warranties and other obligations of this Agreement; and provided further that it is expressly understood and agreed that if such Management Stockholder’s Trust at any point includes any Person other than the Management Stockholder, his or her spouse (or ex-spouse), or his or her lineal descendants (including adopted children) such that it fails to meet the definition thereof as set forth in Section 6(b), such transfer shall no longer be deemed in compliance with this Agreement and shall be subject to 3(d) below, or (4) a transfer made by the Management Stockholder, with the Board’s approval, which approval shall be in the sole discretion of the Board.

 

2

 

 

(b) The certificate (or certificates) representing the Stock, if any, shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT BETWEEN RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP. (THE “COMPANY”) AND THE MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER NAMED ON THE FACE HEREOF OR THE SALE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUCH MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER AND KKR RENAISSANCE AGGREGATOR L.P., IN EACH CASE DATED AS OF JULY 30, 2013 (COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY).”

 

(a) The Management Stockholder acknowledges that he or she has been advised that (i) no shares of Stock have been subscribed for and/or acquired by him or her in the context of a Public Offering, (ii) the shares of the Stock are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Act inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a Public Offering and that under the Act (including applicable regulations) the Stock may be resold without registration under the Act only in certain limited circumstances, (iii) a restrictive legend in the form heretofore set forth shall be placed on the certificates (if any) representing the Stock, and (iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Stock is subject to restrictions on transfer and appropriate stop transfer restrictions will be issued to the Company’s transfer agent with respect to the Stock.

 

(b)       Subject at all times to the limitations and restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, if any shares of the Stock are to be disposed of in accordance with Rule 144 under the Act or otherwise, the Management Stockholder shall promptly notify the Company of such intended disposition and shall deliver to the Company at or prior to the time of such disposition such customary documentation as the Company may reasonably request in connection with such sale and take any customary actions reasonably requested by the Company prior to such sale and, in the case of a disposition pursuant to Rule 144, shall deliver to the Company an executed copy of any notice on Form 144 required to be filed with the SEC.

 

3

 

 

(e)   Subject at all times to the limitations and restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Management Stockholder agrees that, if any shares of the Stock are offered to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act in a firm commitment underwritten Public Offering, the Management Stockholder will not effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of the Stock not covered by such registration statement, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 or any swap or other economic arrangement that transfers to another Person any of the economic consequences of owning the Stock, from the time of the receipt of a notice from the Company that the Company has filed or imminently intends to file such registration statement until (i) 180 days (or such shorter period as may be (A) consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters or (B) applicable to Parent, subject to the determination of the managing underwriter or underwriters that providing such shorter period to the Management Stockholder pursuant this clause (B) would not adversely affect the success of such offering) in the case of the Initial Public Offering and (ii) 90 days (or such shorter period as may be (x) consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any or (y) applicable to the Management Stockholder, subject to the determination of the managing underwriter or underwriters that providing such shorter period to the Management Stockholder pursuant this clause (y) would not adversely affect the success of such offering) in the case of any other Public Offering after the date of the prospectus (or prospectus supplement if the offering is made pursuant to a “shelf’ registration) pursuant to which such Public Offering shall be made, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company, plus an extension period, which shall be no longer than 17 days, as may be proposed by the managing underwriter to address FINRA regulations regarding the publishing of research, or such lesser period as is required by the managing underwriter. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2(e) shall not apply to any transfer permitted by clause 2 or 3 of Section 2(a), provided that the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein.

 

(1) The Management Stockholder represents and warrants that (i) with respect to the Purchased Stock and Option Stock, the Management Stockholder has reviewed or will review (in the case of Options and Option Stock) the documents and information provided to him relating to such Stock, certain of which documents set forth the rights, preferences and restrictions relating to the Options and the Stock underlying the Options and (ii) the Management Stockholder has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information, the Company, and the business and prospects of the Company which the Management Stockholder deems necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to the Management Stockholder’s investment in the Stock and to verify the information contained in the information received as indicated in this Section 2(f), and the Management Stockholder has relied solely on such information.

 

(g) The Management Stockholder further represents and warrants that (i) the Management Stockholder’s financial condition is such that the Management Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Stock for an indefinite period of time and has adequate means for providing for the Management Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, (ii) the Management Stockholder can afford to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Stock, (iii) the Management Stockholder understands and has taken cognizance of all risk factors related to the investment in the Stock, (iv) the Management Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Management Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Management Stockholder’s purchase of the Stock as contemplated by this Agreement, and (v) with respect to the Purchased Stock, such Purchased Stock is being acquired by the Management Stockholder for his or her own account, not as nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof in violation of the Act or other applicable securities laws, and the Management Stockholder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Purchased Stock in violation of the Act or other applicable securities laws.

 

4

 

 

3. Transferability of Stock.

 

(a) The Management Stockholder agrees that he or she will not transfer any shares of Stock at any time during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the later to occur of (1) the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date and (2) the consummation of an Initial Public Offering; provided, however, that during such period, the Management Stockholder may transfer shares of Stock pursuant to one of the following exceptions: (i) transfers permitted by Sections 4 or 5; (ii) transfers permitted by clause (2), (3) or (4) of Section 2(a); (iii) a sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act filed by the Company upon the proper exercise of registration rights of such Management Stockholder under Section 8 (excluding any registration on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form); (iv) transfers permitted pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement; (v) transfers approved by the Board in writing (such approval being in the sole discretion of the Board); or (vi) transfers to the Company or its designee (any such exception, a “Peuiiitted Transfer”).

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Section 3(a) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no transfer of any shares of Stock shall be made unless such transfer complies with or is exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and all applicable state and foreign securities and other laws, and the Management Stockholder shall have provided an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company that no registration of such shares under the Act or applicable state or foreign securities laws is required in connection with such transfer and any other matters reasonably requested by the Company; provided that no such opinion shall be required to be provided to the Company in the case of a Permitted Transfer pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (vi) of Section 3(a).

 

(d) No transfer of any shares of Stock in violation hereof shall be made or recorded on the books of the Company, and any such transfer shall be void ab initio and of no effect.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Parent may, at any time and from time to time, waive in writing the restrictions on transfers contained in Section 3(a), whether such waiver is made prior to or after the transferee has effected or committed to effect the transfer. Any transfers made pursuant to such waiver or which are later made subject to such a waiver shall, as of the date of the waiver and at all times thereafter, not be deemed to violate any applicable restrictions on transfers contained in this Agreement.

 

5

 

 

4. Management Stockholder’s Right to Resell Stock to the Company.

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, if the Management Stockholder’s service to the Company terminates as a result of the death or Disability of the Management Stockholder, then the applicable Management Stockholder Entities shall, for 365 days (the “Put Period”) following the date of such termination for death or Disability, have the right to sell to the Company, and the Company shall be required to purchase, on one occasion, part or all of the shares of Purchased Stock (as indicated by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities in the Redemption Notice pursuant to Section 4(b)) then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date.

 

(b) In the event the applicable Management Stockholder Entities intend to exercise their rights pursuant to Section 4(a), such Management Stockholder Entities shall send written notice to the Company, at any time during the Put Period, of their intention to sell shares of Stock in exchange for the payment referred to in Section 4(a) and shall indicate the number of shares of Stock to be sold (the “Redemption Notice”). The completion of the purchases shall take place at the principal office of the Company on no later than the twentieth Business Day (such date to be determined by the Company) after the giving of the Redemption Notice. The applicable Repurchase Price shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, at the option of the Company, of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Management Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized representative of such Person.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4 to the contrary, if there exists and is continuing a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company under any loan, guarantee or other agreement under which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has borrowed money or if the repurchase referred to in Section 4(a) (or Section 5 below, as the case may be) would result in a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company under any such agreement or if a repurchase would reasonably be expected to be prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) (or if the Company reincorporates in another state, the business corporation law of such state) or any federal or state securities laws or regulations (each such occurrence being an “Event”), the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase any of the Stock from the applicable Management Stockholder Entities to the extent it would cause any such default or would be so prohibited by the Event for cash but instead, with respect to such portion with respect to which cash settlement is prohibited, may satisfy its obligations with respect to the Management Stockholder Entities’ exercise of their rights under Section 4(a) by delivering to the applicable Management Stockholder Entity a note with a principal amount equal to the amount payable under this Section 4 that was not paid in cash, having terms acceptable to the Company’s (and its Affiliate’s, as applicable) lenders and permitted under the Company’s (and its Affiliate’s, as applicable) debt instruments but which in any event (i) shall be mandatorily repayable promptly and to the extent that an Event no longer prohibits the payment of cash to the applicable Management Stockholder Entity pursuant to this Agreement; and (ii) shall bear interest at an annual rate equal to the effective rate of interest in respect of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2021. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 4(d), if an Event exists and is continuing for one hundred and 180 days after the date of the Redemption Notice, the Management Stockholder Entities shall be permitted by written notice to rescind any Redemption Notice with respect to that portion of the Stock repurchased by the Company from the Management Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Section 4 with the note described in the foregoing sentence, and such repurchase shall be rescinded; provided that, upon such rescission, such note shall be immediately canceled without any action on the part of the Company or the Management Stockholder Entities, and notwithstanding anything herein or in such note to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any amounts of principal or interest thereunder.

 

6

 

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, except that any payment obligation of the Company that has arisen prior to the expiration of this Section 4 shall remain in full force and effect until satisfied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 4.

 

. The Company’s Option to Purchase Stock and Options of the Management Stockholder Upon Certain Events.

 

(a) Termination for Cause by the Company and other Call Events. If(i) the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) is terminated by the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) for Cause or (ii) the Management Stockholder Entities effect a transfer of Stock (or Options) that is prohibited under this Agreement (or the Stock Option Agreements, as applicable) after notice from the Company of such impermissible transfer and a reasonable opportunity to cure such transfer, which is not so cured (each event described above, a “Section 5(a) Call Event”), then:

 

(A) With respect to Purchased Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of the shares of such Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date;

 

(B)   With respect to Stock other than Purchased Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of such shares of Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to the lesser of (I) the applicable price per share paid by such Management Stockholder Entities for such Stock and (II) the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date; and

 

7

 

 

(C)   All outstanding and unexercised Options (whether or not vested) shall automatically be terminated without any payment in respect thereof.

 

(b) Termination without Cause by the Company, Termination by the Management Stockholder with Good Reason, and Termination due to death or Disability. If the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) is terminated (i) by the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) without Cause (other than due to death or Disability), (ii) by the Management Stockholder with Good Reason or (iii) due to the Management Stockholder’s death or Disability (each event described above, a “Section 5(b) Call Event”) then:

 

(C)   With respect to Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of the shares of such Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date;

 

(D) With respect to any outstanding and vested Options, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of such exercisable vested Options held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities for an amount equal to the product of (x) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date of a share of Option Stock underlying such Options over the Option Exercise Price and (y) the number of Exercisable Option Shares, which vested Options shall be terminated in exchange for such payment. In the event the Company elects to repurchase under this Section 5(b)(B) and with respect to an Option the foregoing Option Excess Price is zero or a negative number, such Option shall be automatically terminated without any payment in respect thereof; and

 

(E)   With respect to unvested Options, all outstanding unvested Options shall automatically be terminated without any payment in respect thereof.

 

(c) Termination Without Good Reason by the Management Stockholder (other than due to death or Disability). If the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) is terminated by the Management Stockholder without Good Reason (other than due to his or her death or Disability) (a “Section 5(c) Call Event”), then:

 

(F)   With respect to Purchased Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of the shares of such Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date;

 

(G) With respect to Stock other than Purchased Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of the shares of Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to the lesser of (I) the applicable price per share paid by such Management Stockholder Entities for such Stock and (II) the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date;

 

8

 

 

(D) With respect to any outstanding and vested Options, the Company may, at its sole election, terminate such Options without any payment in respect thereof; and

 

(H) With respect to unvested Options, all outstanding unvested Options shall automatically be terminated without any payment in respect thereof.

 

(d)   Call Notice. The Company shall have a period (the “Call Period”) of 180 days from the date of any Call Event (or, if later, with respect to a Section 5(a) Call Event specified in Section 5(a)(ii), the date after discovery of, and the applicable cure period for, an impermissible transfer constituting such Call Event) in which to give notice in writing to the Management Stockholder of its election to exercise its rights and obligations pursuant to this Section 5 (“Repurchase Notice”). The completion of the purchases pursuant to the foregoing shall take place at the principal office of the Company no later than 45 Business Days (or such longer period as may be required to comply with applicable law) after the giving of the Repurchase Notice. The applicable Repurchase Price (including any payment with respect to the Options as described in this Section 5) shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Management Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased and appropriate documents canceling the Options so terminated, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized representative.

 

(d)   Use of Note to Satisfy Call Payment; Termination of Call Right. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5 to the contrary, if there exists and is continuing any Event, the Company will, to the extent it has exercised its rights to purchase Stock pursuant to this Section 5, in order to complete the purchase of any Stock pursuant to this Section 5, deliver to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (i) a cash payment for any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 that would not cause an Event and (ii) a note having the same terms as those provided in Section 4(c) above with a principal amount equal to the amount payable, but not paid in cash, pursuant to this Section 5 due to the Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event exists and is continuing for 180 days from the date of the Call Event, the proposed repurchase of that portion of the Stock to be repurchased by the Company from the Management Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Section 5 with the note described in the foregoing sentence shall immediately and automatically terminate and the Company shall have no further rights or obligations under this Section 5.

 

(e)   Expiration of this Section 5. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, except that any payment obligation of the Company that has arisen prior to the expiration of this Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect until satisfied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 5.

 

9

 

 

6.      Adjustment of Repurchase Price; Definitions.

 

(f) Adjustment of Repurchase Price. In determining the applicable repurchase price of the Stock and Options, as provided for in Sections 4 and 5, above, appropriate adjustments shall be made for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations, or any other adjustment in the number of outstanding shares of Stock in order to maintain, as nearly as practicable, the intended operation of the provisions of Sections 4 and 5.

 

(g) Definitions. Terms used herein and as listed below shall be defined as follows:

 

“Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof.

 

“Affiliate” means with respect to any Person, any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person.

 

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

“Annual Incentive Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Good Reason.”

 

“Base Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) hereof.

 

“Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any calendar day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required to close.

 

“Call Events” shall mean, collectively, Section 5(a) Call Events, Section 5(b) Call Events, and Section 5(c) Call Events.

 

“Call Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(d) hereof.

 

“Cause” shall mean, with respect to a Management Stockholder: (i) a material breach by the Management Stockholder of the terms of the Company’s policies, the terms of which have previously been provided to such Management Stockholder; (ii) any act of theft, misappropriation, embezzlement, fraud or similar conduct by the Management Stockholder involving the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) the Management Stockholder’s failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful instructions given to the Management Stockholder by the Board (or any committee thereof) in connection with the performance of the Management Stockholder’s duties for the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) Business Days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Management Stockholder by the Company (the “Cure Period”); (iv) any damage of a material nature to the business or property of the Company or any Affiliate caused by Management Stockholder’s willful or grossly negligent conduct which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured); (v) any intentional misconduct by the Management Stockholder which is reasonably likely to be materially damaging to the Company without a reasonable good faith belief by the Management Stockholder that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (vi) the conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud by the Management Stockholder; or (vii) a knowing and material breach of this Agreement or the Management Stockholder’s other written agreements with the Company (including, without limitation, the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 23(a) of this Agreement) which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured). A termination for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given the Management Stockholder written notice of its intention to terminate for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and has given Management Stockholder the Cure Period within which to respond.

 

10

 

 

“Change in Control” means (i) the sale (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, Parent or Gardner Denver, Inc. to any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert), other than to (x) the Sponsor or one or more of its controlled Affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by Parent, the Company or their respective controlled Affiliates; or (ii) a merger, recapitalization, or other sale by the Company, the Sponsor, or any of their respective Affiliates, to a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) of Common Stock that results in more than 50% of the Common Stock of the Company (or any resulting company after a merger) being held by a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) that does not include (x) the Sponsor or its controlled Affiliates or (y) an employee benefit plan (or trust fixating a part thereof) maintained by Parent, the Company or their respective controlled Affiliates; and in any event of clause (i) or (ii), which results in the Sponsor and its controlled Affiliates or such employee benefit plan ceasing to hold the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board.

 

“Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

“Confidential Information” shall mean all non-public information concerning trade secret, know-how, software, developments, inventions, processes, technology, designs, the financial data, strategic business plans or any proprietary or confidential information, documents or materials in any form or media, including any of the foregoing relating to research, operations, finances, current and proposed products and services, vendors, customers, advertising and marketing, and other non-public, proprietary, and confidential infoiniation of the Restricted Group; provided that any such information shall not be “Confidential Infattnation” to the extent (i) the disclosure of such information is legally required to comply with applicable law or legal process or government agency or self-regulatory body request, so long as the disclosing party uses commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the infolination and discloses only that portion of the information as is, based on the advice of the disclosing party’s counsel, legally required, or (ii) it becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard in violation of Section 23.

 

11

 

 

“controlled by” shall mean, with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the voting power or other equity securities of a Person, which results in the ability to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors of such Person.

 

“Cure Period” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Cause.”

 

“Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(e) hereof.

 

“Disability” shall mean “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable.

 

“Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

“Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c) hereof.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor section thereto).

 

“Exercisable Option Shares” shall mean the shares of Common Stock that, at the time that the Repurchase Notice is delivered, could be purchased by the Management Stockholder upon exercise of his or her then outstanding and exercisable Options.

 

“Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on any given date, as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board.

 

“FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or any successor body thereto.

 

“Good Reason” shall mean, with respect to a Management Stockholder: (i) a material adverse change in the Management Stockholder’s position causing it to be of materially less stature, responsibility, or authority or the assignment to the Management Stockholder of any material duties inconsistent with the customary duties of the Management Stockholder’s position, in each case without the Management Stockholder’s written consent (provided that if, after an Initial Public Offering, the Company or its successor entity ceases to be a publicly traded entity, such fact shall not constitute a change in the Management Stockholder’s existing position), (ii) the relocation of the offices at which the Management Stockholder is principally employed to a location which is more than 50 miles from the offices at which the Management Stockholder is principally employed immediately prior to such relocation, or (iii) a reduction, without the Management Stockholder’s written consent, in the Management Stockholder’s base salary or the target bonus amount the Management Stockholder is eligible to earn under the Company’s current annual incentive plan or any successor or replacement annual incentive plan that the Company adopts (such current plan or any such successor or replacement plan, the “Annual Incentive Plan”); provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to guarantee the Management Stockholder’s bonus for any year if the applicable perfoltnance targets are not met; and provided further, that it shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder if the Company makes an appropriate pro rata adjustment to the applicable bonus and targets under the Annual Incentive Plan in the event of a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

12

 

 

Unless the Management Stockholder provides written notification of an event described in clauses 0 or 0 above within ninety (90) days after the Management Stockholder knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any such event, the Management Stockholder shall be deemed to have consented thereto and such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. If the Management Stockholder provides such written notification to the Company (or such subsidiary of the Company as may be specified in the Stock Option Agreement), the Company shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt of such notice to effect a cure of the event described therein and, upon cure thereof by the Company to the reasonable satisfaction of the Management Stockholder, such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any event described in clauses 0 or 0 above must be an event that would result in a material negative change in the Management Stockholder’s employment relationship with the Company and thus effectively constitute an involuntary termination of employment for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Group” shall mean “group,” as such terns is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

“Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d).


“Investor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

 

“Initial Public Offering” means the first firm commitment underwritten offering of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8 or any similar form) under the Act or other applicable securities laws.

 

“Management Stockholder” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

“Management Stockholder Entities” shall mean the Management Stockholder’s Trust, the Management Stockholder, and the Management Stockholder’s Estate, collectively.

 

“Management Stockholder’s Estate” shall mean the conservators, guardians, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, or beneficiaries of the Management Stockholder.

 

“Management Stockholder’s Trust” shall mean a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, private foundation, or custodianship, the beneficiaries of which may include only the Management Stockholder, his or her spouse (or ex-spouse), or his or her lineal descendants (including adopted) or, if at any time after any such transfer there shall be no then living spouse or lineal descendants, then to the ultimate beneficiaries of any such trust or to the estate of a deceased beneficiary.

 

“Options” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

13

 

 

“Option Excess Price” shall mean the aggregate amount paid or payable by the Company in respect of Exercisable Option Shares, as determined pursuant to Section 5(b)(13).

 

“Option Exercise Price” shall mean the then-current per share exercise price of the shares of Common Stock covered by the applicable Options.

 

“Option Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Option Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Other Management Stockholders” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Other Management Stockholders Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Parent” shall have the meaning set forth in the second “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

“Permitted Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

“Permitted Transferee” shall mean any Person who is a transferee of Stock pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

 

“Person” shall mean “person,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

“Piggyback Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

“Piggyback Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

“Proposed Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

“Public Offering” shall mean the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to a registration statement under the Act which has been declared effective by the SEC (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor or similar form).

 

“Purchased Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Put Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

“Redemption Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b) hereof.

 

“Registration Rights Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

“Repurchase Calculation Date” shall mean (i) prior to the occurrence of a Public Offering, the last day of the month preceding the month in which the date of repurchase occurs, and (ii) on and after the occurrence of a Public Offering, the closing trading price on the date immediately preceding the date of repurchase.

 

14

 

 

“Repurchase Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

“Repurchase Price” shall mean the amount to be paid in respect of the Stock and Options to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4 or 5.

 

“Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

“Restricted Group” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof.

 

“Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain sale participation agreement entered into by and between the Management Stockholder and Parent, dated as of the date hereof.

 

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Sponsor” shall have the meaning set forth in the second “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof

 

“Stock Option Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

“transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof

 

7. The Company’s Representations and Warranties and Covenants.

 

(f)   The Company represents and warrants to the Management Stockholder that (i) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Company and is enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, (ii) the Stock, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and the other agreements contemplated hereby, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and (iii) the Base Price is equal to the effective per share purchase price paid by the Investors for the shares of the Company in connection with the Merger.

 

(g)   If the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, to the extent required from time to time to enable the Management Stockholder to sell shares of Stock, subject to compliance with the provisions hereof without registration under the Exchange Act within the limitations of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 7(b), the Company may de-register under Section 12 of the Exchange Act if it is then permitted to do so pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and, in such circumstances, shall not be required hereby to file any reports which may be necessary in order for Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation under the Act to be available. Nothing in this Section 7(b) shall be deemed to limit in any manner the restrictions on transfers of Stock contained in this Agreement.

 

15

 

 

8.      “Piggyback” Registration Rights. Effective after the occurrence of the Initial Public Offering:

 

(h) The Parties agree to be bound by all of the terms, conditions, and obligations of the Registration Rights Agreement as they relate to the exercise of piggyback registration rights set forth in Sections 3(c), 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 11 (but not Section 11(1)) of the Registration Rights Agreement entered into by and among the Company and the investors party thereto (such Registration Rights Agreement, the “Registration Rights Agreement” and such piggyback registration rights, the “Piggyback Rights”), as in effect on the date hereof (subject, with respect to any such Management Stockholder provided Piggyback Rights, only to any amendments thereto to which such Management Stockholder has agreed in writing to be bound) and, if any of the investors named therein or their transferees (each, an “Investor”) or Parent are selling Common Stock, the Management Stockholder shall have all of the rights and privileges of the Piggyback Rights (including, without limitation, any rights to indemnification and/or contribution from the Company and/or Parent or the Investors, as applicable), in each case as if the Management Stockholder were an original party to the Registration Rights Agreement, subject to applicable and customary underwriter restrictions; provided that at no time shall the Management Stockholder have any rights to request registration under Section 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement. All Stock purchased or otherwise held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be “Registrable Securities” as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. Effective after the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering, if any of the Investors are selling stock in a circumstance in which the Management Stockholder would not have Piggyback Rights, the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 3(a) shall be waived with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to such Piggyback Rights if such sale by the Investors had resulted in the Management Stockholder having Piggyback Rights.

 

(i)   In the event of a sale of Common Stock by Parent or any of the Investors in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will promptly notify the Management Stockholder Entities in writing (a “Piggyback Notice”) of any proposed registration (a “Proposed Registration”), which Piggyback Notice shall include: the principal terms and conditions of the proposed registration, including (i) the number of the shares of Common Stock to be sold, (ii) the fraction expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the holders of Registrable Securities by the total number of shares held by the holders of Registrable Securities selling the shares of Common Stock, (iii) the proposed per share purchase price (or an estimate thereof), and (iv) the proposed date of sale. If within 15 days of the receipt by the Management Stockholder Entities of such Piggyback Notice, the Company receives from the applicable Management Stockholder Entities a written request (a “Request”) to register shares of Stock held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities (which Request will be irrevocable unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Management Stockholder, if any, and the Company), shares of Stock will be so registered as provided in this Section 8; provided, however, that for each such registration statement only one Request, which shall be executed by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities, may be submitted for all Registrable Securities held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities.

 

16

 

 

(c)   The maximum number of shares of Stock which will be registered pursuant to a Request will be the lower of (i) the number of shares of Stock then held by the Management Stockholder Entities, including all shares of Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities are then entitled to acquire under an unexercised Option to the extent then exercisable, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Stock being sold by holders of Registrable Securities and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Stock owned by all holders of Registrable Securities and (ii) the maximum number of shares of Stock which the Company can register in connection with such Request in the Proposed Registration without adverse effect on the offering in the view of the managing underwriters (reduced pro rata as more fully described in Section 8(d) below).

 

(h)   If a Proposed Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Stock offered in such Public Offering as contemplated by the Company, then, unless the managing underwriter advises that marketing factors require a different allocation, the Company will include in the Proposed Registration (i) first, 100% of the shares of Stock the Company proposes to sell and (ii) second, to the extent of the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, the number of shares of Stock which the selling holders of Registrable Securities, the Management Stockholder Entities and all Other Management Stockholders and any other Persons who are entitled to piggyback or incidental registration rights in respect of Stock (together, the “Holders”) have requested to be included in the Proposed Registration, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all requesting Holders on the basis of the relative number of shares of Stock then held by each such Holder (including upon exercise of all exercisable Options) (provided that any shares thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder’s request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner).

 

(i)    Upon delivering a Request a Management Stockholder having Piggyback Rights pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 8 will, if requested by the Company, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney having customary teiins and in foini and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company with respect to the shares of Stock to be registered pursuant to this Section 8 (a “Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney”). The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Management Stockholder will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates (to the extent applicable) representing such shares of Stock (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly executed stock powers in blank) and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Management Stockholder’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on the Management Stockholder’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein.

 

17

 

 

(f)   The Management Stockholder agrees that he or she will execute such other reasonable customary agreements as the Company may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this Section 8, including reasonable and customary lock-up agreements; provided that the other holders who are members of management and are selling securities pursuant to such registration are subject to similar agreements.

 

(j)   Notwithstanding Section 11(1) of the Registration Rights Agreement, this Section 8 will terminate on the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) with respect to each Management Stockholder, on the date on which such Management Stockholder ceases to own any Registrable Securities.

 

9.       Rights to Negotiate Repurchase Price. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the Company from purchasing, redeeming, or otherwise acquiring for value shares of Stock or Options from the Management Stockholder, at any time, upon such terms and conditions, and for such price, as may be mutually agreed upon in writing between the Parties, whether or not at the time of such purchase, redemption, or acquisition circumstances exist which specifically grant the Company the right to purchase, or the Management Stockholder the right to sell, shares of Stock or any Options under the terms of this Agreement; provided that no such purchase, redemption, or acquisition shall be consummated, and no agreement with respect to any such purchase, redemption, or acquisition shall be entered into, without the prior approval of the Board.

 

1.       Covenant Regarding 83(b) Election. Except as the Company may otherwise agree in writing, the Management Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that the Management Stockholder will make an election provided pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-2 with respect to any Stock other than Purchased Stock acquired under this Agreement; and the Management Stockholder further covenants and agrees that he or she will furnish the Company with copies of the forms of election the Management Stockholder files within thirty (30) days after the date hereof, and within thirty (30) days after each exercise of the Management Stockholder’s Options and with evidence that each such election has been filed in a timely manner.

 

2.       Notice of Change of Beneficiary. Immediately prior to any transfer of Stock to a Management Stockholder’s Trust, the Management Stockholder shall provide the Company with a copy of the instruments creating the Management Stockholder’s Trust and with the identity of the beneficiaries of the Management Stockholder’s Trust. The Management Stockholder shall notify the Company as soon as practicable prior to any change in the identity of any beneficiary of the Management Stockholder’s Trust.

 

3.       Recapitalizations, etc.

 

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Stock or the Options, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any capital stock, partnership units, or any other security evidencing ownership interests in any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or substitution of the Stock or the Options by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, merger, consolidation, or otherwise. In the event of any of the foregoing occurrences or a conversion or exchange pursuant to Section 12(b), all references in this Agreement, the Sale Participation Agreement, the Option Plan, and any Stock Option Agreement to shares of Common Stock (including Purchased Stock and Option Stock), Option Exercise Prices, any other per share purchase price of Common Stock, and any similar terms contained herein or therein shall refer to such shares and prices as the same may be adjusted, exchanged, or converted in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

18

 

 

(b)  Prior to and in connection with an Initial Public Offering, the Company may effect, and may require the Management Stockholder to require the Management Stockholder Entities to participate in, any recapitalization or restructuring transaction or transactions in connection with which the Common Stock is converted or exchanged, pro rata, into or for new equity securities, the terms and conditions of which (i) shall preserve the limited liability of the Management Stockholder Entities with respect to such new equity securities, (ii) shall substantially preserve in all material respects the economic interest, priority, and other rights and privileges of the Management Stockholder Entities with respect to such new equity securities, and (iii) shall not impose any liabilities on the Management Stockholder Entities.

 

13 .       Management Stockholder’s Employment by the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement entered into by the Company and the Management Stockholder contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement (subject to, and except as set forth in, the applicable provisions of any employment agreement entered into by and between the Management Stockholder and the Company or any of its subsidiaries) (i) obligates the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to employ the Management Stockholder in any capacity whatsoever or (ii) prohibits or restricts the Company (or any such subsidiary) from terminating the employment of the Management Stockholder at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, and the Management Stockholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor any other Person has made any representations or promises whatsoever to the Management Stockholder concerning the Management Stockholder’s employment or continued employment by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

4 .       Binding Effect. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. In the case of a transferee permitted under Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) (other than clauses (i), (iii), (iv) or (vi) thereof) hereof, such transferee shall be deemed the Management Stockholder hereunder; provided, however, that no transferee (including without limitation, transferees referred to in Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) hereof) shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such transferee has delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder or with respect hereto.

 

5 .       Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified by a written instrument signed by the Company at any time upon notice to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities party hereto; provided that any amendment of this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement that materially disadvantages the Management Stockholder Entities shall not be effective as to such Management Stockholder Entities unless and until such Management Stockholder Entities have consented thereto in writing.

 

19

 

 

16 .       Closing. Except as otherwise provided herein, the closing of each purchase and sale of shares of Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall take place at the principal office of the Company on the tenth (10th) Business Day following delivery of the notice by either Party to the other of its exercise of the right to purchase or sell such Stock hereunder.

 

6.       Further Undertakings. To the extent the Management Stockholder shall at any time be entitled to vote with respect to the Common Stock owned by it, the Management Stockholder shall undertake to vote or, as the case may be, to be voted, its Common Stock (i) on the occasion of any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company held (by way of a meeting or passed by written resolutions) for the purpose of approving the issuance, purchase (and authorization of the Board to purchase, as the case may be), and/or redemption by the Company of Common Stock, if and to the extent such an issuance, purchase, and/or redemption is made in accordance with, or for the purpose of, this Agreement, (ii) in general in favor of any resolutions of the shareholders of the Company proposed at any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company which may be necessary to give effect to the provisions or intents of this Agreement, waiving any convening notice to any such general meeting of shareholders, and (iii) in the event of any ambiguity or conflict arising between the terms of this Agreement and those of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, vote in favor of any resolutions proposed at any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company held for the purpose of amending the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation to eliminate any such ambiguity or conflict.

 

7.       Applicable Law; Jurisdiction; Arbitration; Legal Fees.

 

(k) The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

(l)   In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(m) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Management Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company, its subsidiaries, the Sponsor, and any of their respective Affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive or other relief in order to enforce the covenant not to compete, covenant not to solicit, and/or confidentiality covenants as set forth in Section 23(a) of this Agreement.

 

20

 

 

(d) In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each Party shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

19.      Assignability of Certain Rights by the Company. The Company shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights or obligations to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 hereof; provided that no such assignment shall relieve the Company from its obligations thereunder.

 

20.      Miscellaneous.

 

(c)   In this Agreement, all references to “dollars” or “$” are to United States dollars and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

(d)   If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, void or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect.

 

21.      Withholding. The Management Stockholder Entities acknowledge that as of the date of this Agreement, none of the Company or its subsidiaries shall have any obligations to withhold from any payments that could be due to any of the Management Stockholder Entities under this Agreement any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment; provided that the Management Stockholder Entities hereby grant the Company or its subsidiaries the right to deduct from any cash payment made under this Agreement to the applicable Management Stockholder Entities any federal, state or local income or other taxes that may in the future be required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment, if applicable.

 

22.      Notices. All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows:

 

(a) If to the Company or Parent, to it at the following address:

 

c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Peter Stavros

Telecopy: (212) 750-0003

 

With a copy to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.
Telecopy: (212) 455-2502

 

21

 

 

(b) If to the Management Stockholder, to the Management Stockholder at the address set forth below under the Management Stockholder’s signature; or at such other address as either Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other;

 

23. Confidential Information; Covenant Not to Compete; Covenant Not to Solicit.

 

(a) In consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement with the Management Stockholder, the Management Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees effective as of the date of the Management Stockholder’s commencement of employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, without the Company’s prior written consent, the Management Stockholder shall not, directly or indirectly:

 

(i)    at any time during or after the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, disclose any Confidential Information pertaining to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the Sponsor or any of its respective Affiliates, except when required by law or while employed by the Company or its subsidiaries for the benefit of the Company;

 

(ii)    at any time during the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter as a proprietor, investor, director, officer, employee, substantial stockholder, consultant, or partner (whether individually or through any majority-owned entity), compete with the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Restricted Group”) in any geographic area where any member of the Restricted Group creates, manufactures, produces, sells, leases, rents, licenses, or otherwise provides products or services (and for the avoidance of doubt, the Management Stockholder will be considered to so compete to the extent the Management Stockholder solicits customers or clients of the Restricted Group in a manner which competes with the Restricted Group); provided, that, for the purpose of this Section 23(a)(ii), the “business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries” shall mean the business of the design, manufacture, distribution and marketing of air and gas compressors, blowers, pumps and fluid transfer systems and related activities, and any other business activity in which the Company and its subsidiaries may, after the date of this agreement, become engaged, or take substantial steps to engage; or

 

(i)      at any time during the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter (A) individually or through an agent solicit, offer employment to, or hire for the benefit of anyone other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or the Sponsor or its Affiliates, any person who is, or has been at any time during the twelve (12) months immediately preceding the time of such solicitation, offer, or hiring, employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or (B) individually or through an agent, solicit or encourage to cease to work with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or the Sponsor or its Affiliates, any consultant or independent contractor then under contract with the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

22

 

 

(iv)    at any time during the Management Stockholder’s employment with the Company and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, disparage or make any public statement concerning the Company, the Sponsor or any of their respective subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of Section 23(a)(ii), the Management Stockholder may, directly or indirectly (A) own, solely as an investment, securities of any Person which may compete with the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which are publicly traded on a national or regional stock exchange or quotation system or on the over-the-counter market if the Management Stockholder (I) is not a controlling Person of, or a member of a group which controls, such Person and (II) does not, directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such Person; and/or (B) provide services for a subsidiary, division, or other entity of a person or entity, which either through another subsidiary or division competes with the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries as described in clause (ii) above, so long as the Management Stockholder does not, directly or as a service provider to the subsidiary, division, or entity for which the Management Stockholder is providing services, so compete.

 

(b) Notwithstanding clause (a) above, if at any time a court holds that the restrictions stated in such clause (a) are unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope, or geographic area detennined to be reasonable under such circumstances by such court will be substituted for the stated period, scope, or area. Because the Management Stockholder’s services are unique and because the Management Stockholder has had access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages will be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without the posting of a bond or other security).

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

23

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  KKR RENAISSANCE AGGREGATOR LP
     
  By: KKR Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC, its General Partner
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[Signature page to Management Stockholder’s Agreement]

 

 

 

  MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDER:
   
  By:  
  Name:  
     
  ADDRESS:  
     
     
     

 

[Signature page to Management Stockholder’s Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Schedule I

 

PURCHASED STOCK

 

Number of shares of Purchased Stock:

 

Base Price:

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

DIRECTOR STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT

 

This Director Stockholder’s Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [40], 2013 (the “Effective Date”) between Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned person (the “Director Stockholder”) (the Company and the Director Stockholder being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Parties”). All capitalized terms not immediately defined are hereinafter defined in Section 6(b) of this Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 7, 2013 (the “Merger Agreement”), among Gardner Denver, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“GDI”), the Company and Renaissance Acquisition Corp. (“Merger Sub”), on July 30, 2013, GDI was merged with and into Merger Sub, with GDI as the surviving corporation (the “Merger”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, certain investment funds and entities affiliated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (the “Sponsor”) contributed certain funds to KKR Renaissance Aggregator LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Parent”), which is the parent entity of the Company, in exchange for limited partnership interests therein;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, the Director Stockholder has been selected by the Company (i) to be permitted to subscribe for and purchase [r] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) from the Company for an aggregate amount of $[.] in cash (such subscribed for and purchased Common Stock, the “Purchased Stock”) and/or (ii) to receive options to subscribe for and purchase shares of Common Stock (the “Options”) pursuant to the terms set forth below and the terms of the Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Affiliates (the “Option Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement (the “Stock Option Agreement”), it being understood that any grant of options will occur at a future date and at such time the Option Plan will be provided, and the Stock Option Agreement will be entered into by and between the Company and the Director Stockholder; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is one of several other agreements (“Other Stockholders Agreements”) which concurrently with the execution hereof or in the future will be entered into between the Company and other persons who are or will be key employees of or key advisors to the Company or one of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Other Management Stockholders”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.        Issuance of Purchased Stock.

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Director Stockholder hereby subscribes for and shall purchase, as of the Effective Date, and the Company shall issue and deliver to the Director Stockholder as of the Effective Date, the number of shares of Purchased Stock at a per share purchase price (the “Base Price”), in each case as set forth on Schedule I hereto, which Base Price is equal to the effective per share purchase price paid by the Investors for the shares of the Company in connection with the Merger.

 

 

 

 

 

(b) The Company shall have no obligation to issue and sell any Purchased Stock to any Person who (i) is a resident or citizen of a state or other jurisdiction in which the issuance and sale of the Common Stock to him or her would constitute a violation of the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdiction or (ii) is not an employee or director of or senior advisor to the Company or its subsidiaries as of the Effective Date.

 

2. Director Stockholder’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements.

 

(a) The Director Stockholder agrees and acknowledges that he or she will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of (any of the foregoing acts being referred to herein as a “transfer”) any shares of Purchased Stock and, at the time of exercise, Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (“Option Stock”, together with all Purchased Stock and any other Common Stock otherwise acquired and/or held by the Director Stockholder Entities as of or after the date hereof, “Stock”), except as otherwise provided in this Section 2(a) and Section 3 hereof. If the Director Stockholder is an Affiliate of the Company, the Director Stockholder also agrees and acknowledges that he or she will not transfer any shares of the Stock unless:

 

(i)   the transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “Act”), and in compliance with applicable provisions of state securities laws; or

 

(i)     (A) counsel for the Director Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act and (B) if the Director Stockholder is a citizen or resident of any country other than the United States, or the Director Stockholder desires to effect any transfer in any such country, counsel for the Director Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company to the effect that such transfer will comply with the securities laws of such jurisdiction.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any of the following transfers of Stock are deemed to be in compliance with the Act and this Agreement (including without limitation any restrictions or prohibitions herein) and no opinion of counsel is required in connection therewith: (1) a transfer made pursuant to Sections 3 (including transfers in a Proposed Sale (as defined in Section 1(a) of the Sale Participation Agreement) pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement), 4, 5 or 8 hereof, (2) a transfer (x) upon the death or Disability of the Director Stockholder to the Director Stockholder’s Estate or (y) to the executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, immediate family members, or beneficiaries of a Person who has become a holder of Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that it is expressly understood that any such transferee shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (3) a transfer made after the Effective Date in compliance with the federal securities laws to a Director Stockholder’s Trust; provided that such transfer is made expressly subject to this Agreement and that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof as a “Director Stockholder” with respect to the representations and warranties and other obligations of this Agreement; and provided further that it is expressly understood and agreed that if such Director Stockholder’s Trust at any point includes any Person other than the Director Stockholder, his or her spouse (or ex-spouse), or his or her lineal descendants (including adopted children) such that it fails to meet the definition thereof as set forth in Section 6(b), such transfer shall no longer be deemed in compliance with this Agreement and shall be subject to 3(c) below, or (4) a transfer made by the Director Stockholder, with the Board’s approval, which approval shall be in the sole discretion of the Board.

 

  2

 

 

 

(b)   The certificate (or certificates) representing the Stock, if any, shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE DIRECTOR STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT BETWEEN RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP. (THE “COMPANY”) AND THE DIRECTOR STOCKHOLDER NAMED ON THE FACE HEREOF OR THE SALE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUCH DIRECTOR STOCKHOLDER AND KKR RENAISSANCE AGGREGATOR L.P., N EACH CASE DATED AS OF JULY 30, 2013 (COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY) AND ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, OR OTHER FOREIGN COMPANY AND SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

(a)    The Director Stockholder acknowledges that he or she has been advised that (i) no shares of Stock have been subscribed for and/or acquired by him or her in the context of a Public Offering, (ii) the shares of the Stock are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Act inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a Public Offering and that under the Act (including applicable regulations) the Stock may be resold without registration under the Act only in certain limited circumstances, (iii) a restrictive legend in the form heretofore set forth shall be placed on the certificates (if any) representing the Stock, and (iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Stock is subject to restrictions on transfer and appropriate stop transfer restrictions will be issued to the Company’s transfer agent with respect to the Stock.

 

(b)   Subject at all times to the limitations and restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, if any shares of the Stock are to be disposed of in accordance with Rule 144 under the Act or otherwise, the Director Stockholder shall promptly notify the Company of such intended disposition and shall deliver to the Company at or prior to the time of such disposition such customary documentation as the Company may reasonably request in connection with such sale and take any customary actions reasonably requested by the Company prior to such sale and, in the case of a disposition pursuant to Rule 144, shall deliver to the Company an executed copy of any notice on Form 144 required to be filed with the SEC.

 

  3

 

 

 

(c)    Subject at all times to the limitations and restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Director Stockholder agrees that, if any shares of the Stock are offered to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (other than registration of securities issued on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form), the Director Stockholder will not effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of the Stock not covered by such registration statement, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 or any swap or other economic arrangement that transfers to another Person any of the economic consequences of owning the Stock, from the time of the receipt of a notice from the Company that the Company has filed or imminently intends to file such registration statement until (1) 180 days (or such shorter period as may be (A) consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters or (B) applicable to Parent, subject to the determination of the managing underwriter or underwriters that providing such shorter period to the Director Stockholder pursuant this clause (B) would not adversely affect the success of such offering) in the case of the Initial Public Offering and (ii) 90 days (or in an underwritten offering such shorter period as may be (x) consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any or (y) applicable to the Director, subject to the determination of the managing underwriter or underwriters that providing such shorter period to the Director Stockholder pursuant this clause (y) would not adversely affect the success of such offering) in the case of any other Public Offering after the date of the prospectus (or prospectus supplement if the offering is made pursuant to a “shelf’ registration) pursuant to which such Public Offering shall be made, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company, plus an extension period, which shall be no longer than 17 days, as may be proposed by the managing underwriter to address FINRA regulations regarding the publishing of research, or such lesser period as is required by the managing underwriter.

 

(f)    The Director Stockholder represents and warrants that (i) with respect to the Purchased Stock and Option Stock, the Director Stockholder has received and reviewed or will receive and review (in the case of Options and Option Stock) the available information relating to such Stock, including having received and reviewed the documents related thereto, certain of which documents set forth the rights, preferences and restrictions relating to the Options and the Stock underlying the Options and (ii) the Director Stockholder has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information, the Company, and the business and prospects of the Company which the Director Stockholder deems necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to the Director Stockholder’s investment in the Stock and to verify the information contained in the information received as indicated in this Section 2(f), and the Director Stockholder has relied solely on such information.

 

(d)   The Director Stockholder further represents and warrants that (i) the Director Stockholder’s financial condition is such that the Director Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Stock for an indefinite period of time and has adequate means for providing for the Director Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, (ii) the Director Stockholder can afford to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Stock, (iii) the Director Stockholder understands and has taken cognizance of all risk factors related to the investment in the Stock, (iv) the Director Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Director Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Director Stockholder’s purchase of the Stock as contemplated by this Agreement, and (v) with respect to the Purchased Stock, such Purchased Stock is being acquired by the Director Stockholder for his or her own account, not as nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof in violation of the Act or other applicable securities laws, and the Director Stockholder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Purchased Stock in violation of the Act or other applicable securities laws.

 

  4

 

 

 

3. Transferability of Stock.

 

(e)    The Director Stockholder agrees that he or she will not transfer any shares of Stock at any time during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the later to occur of (1) the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date and (2) the consummation of the Initial Public Offering; provided, however, that the Director Stockholder may transfer shares of Stock pursuant to one of the following exceptions: (i) transfers permitted by Sections 4 or 5; (ii) transfers permitted by clauses (2), (3) and (4) of Section 2(a); (iii) a sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act filed by the Company upon the proper exercise of registration rights of such Director Stockholder under Section 8 (excluding any registration on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form); (iv) transfers permitted pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement; (v) transfers approved by the Board in writing (such approval being in the sole discretion of the Board); or (vi) transfers to the Company or its designee (any such exception, a “Permitted Transfer”).

 

(f)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Section 3(a) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

(g)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no transfer of any shares of Stock shall be made unless such transfer complies with all applicable federal, state, and other foreign securities and other laws, and the Management Stockholder shall have provided evidence of such fact reasonably acceptable to the Company, including, without limitation, an opinion of counsel that no registration of such shares under federal or state or other applicable foreign securities laws and other laws is required in connection with such transfer and any other matters reasonably requested by the Company; provided that no such opinion shall be required to be provided to the Company in the case of a Permitted Transfer pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (vi) of Section 3(a).

 

(h)   No transfer of any shares of Stock in violation hereof shall be made or recorded on the books of the Company, and any such transfer shall be void ab initio and of no effect.

 

(i)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Parent may, at any time and from time to time, waive in writing the restrictions on transfers contained in Section 3(a), whether such waiver is made prior to or after the transferee has effected or committed to effect the transfer. Any transfers made pursuant to such waiver or which are later made subject to such a waiver shall, as of the date of the waiver and at all times thereafter, not be deemed to violate any applicable restrictions on transfers contained in this Agreement.

 

4. Director Stockholder’s Right to Resell Stock to the Company.

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, if the Director Stockholder’s service on the Board terminates as a result of the death or Disability of the Director Stockholder, then the applicable Director Stockholder Entities shall, for 365 days (the “Put Period”) following the date of such teimination for death or Disability, have the right to sell to the Company, and the Company shall be required to purchase, on one occasion, part or all of the shares of Stock then held by the applicable Director Stockholder at a per share price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date.

 

  5

 

 

 

(b) In the event the applicable Director Stockholder Entities intend to exercise their rights pursuant to Section 4(a), such Director Stockholder shall send written notice to the Company, at any time during the Put Period, of their intention to sell shares of Stock in exchange for the payment referred to in Section 4(a) and shall indicate the number of shares of Stock to be sold (the “Redemption Notice”). The completion of the purchases shall take place at the principal office of the Company on no later than the twentieth Business Day (such date to be determined by the Company) after the giving of the Redemption Notice. The applicable Repurchase Price shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Director Stockholder Entities, at the option of the Company, of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the applicable Director Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Director Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Director Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized representative of such Person.

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4 to the contrary, if there exists and is continuing a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company under any loan, guarantee or other agreement under which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has borrowed money or if the repurchase referred to in Section 4(a) (or Section 5 below, as the case may be) would result in a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company under any such agreement or if a repurchase would reasonably be expected to be prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) or any federal or state securities laws or regulations (or if the Company reincorporates in another state, the business corporation law of such state) (each such occurrence being an “Event”), the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase any of the Stock from the applicable Director Stockholder Entities to the extent it would cause any such default or would be so prohibited by the Event for cash but instead, with respect to such portion with respect to which cash settlement is prohibited, may satisfy its obligations with respect to the Director Stockholder Entities’ exercise of their rights under Section 4(a) by delivering to the applicable Director Stockholder Entity a note with a principal amount equal to the amount payable under this Section 4 that was not paid in cash, having terms acceptable to the Company’s (and its Affiliate’s, as applicable) lenders and permitted under the Company’s (and its Affiliate’s, as applicable) debt instruments but which in any event (i) shall be mandatorily repayable promptly and to the extent that an Event no longer prohibits the payment of cash to the applicable Director Stockholder Entity pursuant to this Agreement; and (ii) shall bear interest at an annual rate equal to the effective rate of interest in respect of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2021. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 4(d), if an Event exists and is continuing for one hundred and 180 days after the date of the Redemption Notice, the Director Stockholder Entities shall be permitted by written notice to rescind any Redemption Notice with respect to that portion of the Stock repurchased by the Company from the Director Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Section 4 with the note described in the foregoing sentence, and such repurchase shall be rescinded; provided that, upon such rescission, such note shall be immediately canceled without any action on the part of the Company or the Director Stockholder Entities, and notwithstanding anything herein or in such note to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any amounts of principal or interest thereunder.

 

  6

 

 

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, except that any payment obligation of the Company that has arisen prior to the expiration of this Section 4 shall remain in full force and effect until satisfied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 4.

 

5. The Company’s Option to Purchase Stock and Options of the Director Stockholder Upon Certain Events.

 

(a) Certain Call Events. If (i) the Director Stockholder’s services with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) are ceased by the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) for Cause or (ii) the Director Stockholder effects a transfer of Stock (or Options) that is prohibited under this Agreement (or the Stock Option Agreements, as applicable), after notice from the Company of such impermissible transfer and a reasonable opportunity to cure such transfer which is not so cured (each event described above, a “Section 5(a) Call Event”), then:

 

(A) With respect to Purchased Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of the shares of such Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date;

 

(B) With respect to Stock other than Purchased Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of such shares of Stock then held by the Director Stockholder at a per share purchase price equal to the lesser of (I) the applicable price per share paid by such Director Stockholder for such Stock and (II) the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date; and

 

(C) All outstanding and unexercised Options (whether or not vested) shall automatically be terminated without any payment in respect thereof.

 

(b) Other Call Events. If the Director Stockholder’s services with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) are ceased for any reason that is not a Section 5(a) Call Event (each event described above, a “Section 5(b) Call Event”), then:

 

(A) With respect to Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of the shares of Stock then held by the applicable Director Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date; and

 

  7

 

 

 

(B)          With respect to any outstanding and vested Options, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of such exercisable vested Options held by the applicable Director Stockholder Entities for an amount equal to the product of (x) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date of a share of Option Stock underlying such Options over the Option Exercise Price and (y) the number of Exercisable Option Shares, which vested Options shall be terminated in exchange for such payment. In the event the Company elects to repurchase under this Section 5(b)(B) and with respect to an Option the foregoing Option Excess Price is zero or a negative number, such Option shall be automatically terminated without any payment in respect thereof; and

 

(A)         With respect to unvested Options, all outstanding unvested Options shall automatically be terminated without any payment in respect thereof.

 

(c) Call Notice. The Company shall have a period (the “Call Period”) of 180 days from the date of any Call Event (or, if later, with respect to a Section 5(a) Call Event specified in Section 5(a)(ii), the date after discovery of, and the applicable cure period for, an impermissible transfer constituting such Call Event) in which to give notice in writing to the Director Stockholder of its election to exercise its rights and obligations pursuant to this Section 5 (“Repurchase Notice”). The completion of the purchases pursuant to the foregoing shall take place at the principal office of the Company no later than 45 Business Days (or such longer period as may be required to comply with applicable law) after the giving of the Repurchase Notice. The applicable Repurchase Price (including any payment with respect to the Options as described in this Section 5) shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Director Stockholder Entities of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the applicable Director Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Director Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased and appropriate documents canceling the Options so terminated, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Director Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized representative.

 

(b) Use of Note to Satisfy Call Payment; Termination of Call Right. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5 to the contrary, if there exists and is continuing any Event, the Company will, to the extent it has exercised its rights to purchase Stock pursuant to this Section 5, in order to complete the purchase of any Stock pursuant to this Section 5, deliver to the applicable Director Stockholder Entities (i) a cash payment for any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 that would not cause an Event and (ii) a note having the same terms as those provided in Section 4(c) above with a principal amount equal to the amount payable, but not paid in cash, pursuant to this Section 5 due to the Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event exists and is continuing for 180 days from the date of the Call Event, the proposed repurchase of that portion of the Stock to be repurchased by the Company from the Director Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Section 5 with the note described in the foregoing sentence shall immediately and automatically terminate and the Company shall have no further rights or obligations under this Section 5.

 

  8

 

 

 

(e) Expiration of this Section 5. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, except that any payment obligation of the Company that has arisen prior to the expiration of this Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect until satisfied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 5.

 

6. Adjustment of Repurchase Price; Definitions.

 

(c) Adjustment of Repurchase Price. In determining the applicable repurchase price of the Stock and Options, as provided for in Sections 4 and 5, above, appropriate adjustments shall be made for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations, or any other adjustment in the number of outstanding shares of Stock in order to maintain, as nearly as practicable, the intended operation of the provisions of Sections 4 and 5.

 

(d) Definitions. Terms used herein and as listed below shall be defined as follows:

 

“Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof.

 

“Affiliate” means with respect to any Person, any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person.

 

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

“Base Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) hereof.

 

“Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any calendar day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required to close.

 

“Call Events” shall mean, collectively, Section 5(a) Call Events and Section 5(b) Call Events.

 

“Call Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

“Call Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

“Cause” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in any consulting agreement in effect at the time of cessation of services between the Director Stockholder and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates; or, if there is no such consulting agreement at that time, “Cause” shall mean, with respect to a Director Stockholder: (i) the Director Stockholder’s continued failure to substantially perform the Director Stockholder’s duties as a director and/or advisor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness), which continues beyond ten (10) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Director Stockholder by the Company (the “Cure Period”); (ii) willful dishonesty in the performance of the Director Stockholder’s duties as a director and/or advisor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates; (iii) the Director Stockholder’s indictment, conviction, or plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of a crime constituting (A) a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or (B) a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud by the Director Stockholder; (iv) the Director Stockholder’s willful malfeasance or willful misconduct in connection with the Director Stockholder’s duties as a director and/or advisor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any act or omission that is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates, (v) any action in breach of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement; or (vi) the Director Stockholder’s willful breach of the terms of any of the Company’s policies. A cessation of services for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given the Director Stockholder written notice of its intention to cease the Director Stockholder’s services for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and, if applicable, has given Director Stockholder the Cure Period within which to respond.

 

  9

 

 

 

“Change in Control” means (i) the sale (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, Parent or Gardner Denver, Inc. to any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert), other than to (x) the Sponsor or one or more of its controlled Affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by Parent, the Company or their respective controlled Affiliates; or (ii) a merger, recapitalization, or other sale by the Company, the Sponsor, or any of their respective Affiliates, to a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) of Common Stock that results in more than 50% of the Common Stock of the Company (or any resulting company after a merger) being held by a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) that does not include (x) the Sponsor or its controlled Affiliates or (y) an employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by Parent, the Company or their respective controlled Affiliates; and in any event of clause (i) or (ii), which results in the Sponsor and its Affiliates or such employee benefit plan ceasing to hold the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board.

 

“Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph. “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

“Confidential Information” shall mean all non-public information concerning trade secret, know-how, software, developments, inventions, processes, technology, designs, the financial data, strategic business plans or any proprietary or confidential information, documents or materials in any form or media, including any of the foregoing relating to research, operations, finances, current and proposed products and services, vendors, customers, advertising and marketing, and other non-public, proprietary, and confidential information of the Restricted Group; provided that any such information shall not be “Confidential Information” to the extent (i) the disclosure of such information is legally required to comply with applicable law or legal process or government agency or self-regulatory body request, so long as the disclosing party uses commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the information and discloses only that portion of the information as is, based on the advice of the disclosing party’s counsel, legally required, or (ii) it becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard in violation of Section 23.

 

  10

 

 

 

“controlled by” shall mean, with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the voting power or other equity securities of a Person, which results in the ability to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors of such Person.

 

“Cure Period” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Cause.”

 

“Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) hereof.

 

“Director Stockholder” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

“Director Stockholder Entities” shall mean the Director Stockholder’s Trust, the Director Stockholder, and the Director Stockholder’s Estate, collectively.

 

“Director Stockholder’s Estate” shall mean the conservators, guardians, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, or beneficiaries of the Director Stockholder.

 

“Director Stockholder’s Trust” shall mean a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, private foundation, or custodianship, the beneficiaries of which may include only the Director Stockholder, his or her spouse (or ex-spouse), or his or her lineal descendants (including adopted) or, if at any time after any such transfer there shall be no then living spouse or lineal descendants, then to the ultimate beneficiaries of any such trust or to the estate of a deceased beneficiary.

 

“Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any consulting agreement between the Director Stockholder and the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or, if there is no such consulting agreement or no such term defined therein, “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the then-current long-term disability plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable.

 

“Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

“Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(d) hereof.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor section thereto).

 

“Exercisable Option Shares” shall mean the shares of Common Stock that, at the time that the Repurchase Notice is delivered, could be purchased by the Management Stockholder upon exercise of his or her then outstanding and exercisable Options.

 

“Fair Market Value” shall mean the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on any given date, as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board.

 

“FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or any successor body thereto.

 

  11

 

 

 

“Group” shall mean “group,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

“Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) hereof.


“Investor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

 

“Initial Public Offering” means the first firm commitment underwritten offering of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8 or any similar form) under the Act or other applicable securities laws.

 

“Options” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Option Excess Price” shall mean the aggregate amount paid or payable by the Company in respect of Exercisable Option Shares, as determined pursuant to Section 5(b)(B).

 

“Option Exercise Price” shall mean the then-current per share exercise price of the shares of Common Stock covered by the applicable Options.

 

“Option Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Option Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Other Management Stockholders” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Other Stockholders Agreements” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Parent” shall have the meaning set forth in the second “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

“Permitted Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

“Permitted Transferee” shall mean any Person who is a transferee of Stock pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

 

“Person” shall mean “person,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

“Piggyback Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

“Piggyback Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

“Proposed Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

“Public Offering” shall mean the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to a registration statement under the Act which has been declared effective by the SEC (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor or similar foitn).

 

  12

 

 

 

“Purchased Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Put Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

“Redemption Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b) hereof.

 

“Registration Rights Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

“Repurchase Calculation Date” shall mean (i) prior to the occurrence of a Public Offering, the last day of the month preceding the month in which the date of repurchase occurs, and (ii) on and after the occurrence of a Public Offering, the closing trading price on the date immediately preceding the date of repurchase.

 

“Repurchase Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

“Repurchase Price” shall mean the amount to be paid in respect of the Stock and Options to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4 or 5.

 

“Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

“Restricted Group” shall mean, collectively, the Company, its subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates.

 

“Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain sale participation agreement entered into by and between the Director Stockholder and Parent, dated as of the date hereof.

 

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Sponsor” shall have the meaning set forth in the second “whereas” paragraph.

 

“Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Stock Option Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

“transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Transfer Restriction Waiver” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

    7. The Company’s Representations and Warranties and Covenants.

 

(a) The Company represents and warrants to the Director Stockholder that (i) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Company and is enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, and (ii) the Stock, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and the other agreements contemplated hereby, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

  13

 

 

 

 

(b) If the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, to the extent required from time to time to enable the Director Stockholder to sell shares of Stock, subject to compliance with the provisions hereof without registration under the Exchange Act within the limitations of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 7(b), the Company may de-register under Section 12 of the Exchange Act if it is then permitted to do so pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and, in such circumstances, shall not be required hereby to file any reports which may be necessary in order for Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation under the Act to be available. Nothing in this Section 7(b) shall be deemed to limit in any manner the restrictions on transfers of Stock contained in this Agreement.

 

8.        “Piggyback” Registration Rights. Effective after the occurrence of the Initial Public Offering:

 

(a) The Parties agree to be bound by all of the terms, conditions, and obligations of the Registration Rights Agreement as they relate to the exercise of piggyback registration rights set forth in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 11 (but not Section 11(1)) of the Registration Rights Agreement entered into by and among the Company and the investors party thereto (such Registration Rights Agreement, the “Registration Rights Agreement” and such piggyback registration rights, the “Piggyback Rights”), as in effect on the date hereof (subject, with respect to any such Director Stockholder provided Piggyback Rights, only to any amendments thereto to which such Director Stockholder has agreed in writing to be bound) and, if any of the investors named therein or their transferees (each, an “Investor”) or Parent are selling Common Stock, the Director Stockholder shall have all of the rights and privileges of the Piggyback Rights (including, without limitation, any rights to indemnification and/or contribution from the Company and/or Parent or the Investors, as applicable), in each case as if the Director Stockholder were an original party to the Registration Rights Agreement, subject to applicable and customary underwriter restrictions; provided that at no time shall the Director Stockholder have any rights to request registration under Section 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement; provided further that in lieu of the Piggyback Rights in connection with any Public Offering in which such rights would otherwise be available, the Board, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 3(a) with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to such Piggyback Rights in connection with such Public Offering (a “Transfer Restriction Waiver”). All Stock purchased or otherwise held by the applicable Director Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be “Registrable Securities” as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. Effective after the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering, if any of the Investors are selling stock in a circumstance in which the Director Stockholder would not have Piggyback Rights (other than in connection with a Transfer Restriction Waiver), the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 3(a) shall be waived with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to such Piggyback Rights if such sale by the Investors had resulted in the Director Stockholder having Piggyback Rights.

 

  14

 

 

 

(c) In the event of a sale of Common Stock by Parent or any of the Investors in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, unless the Board shall have determined to effect a Transfer Restriction Waiver in which case the provisions of Section 8(h) shall apply, the Company will promptly notify the Director Stockholder Entities in writing (a “Piggyback Notice”) of any proposed registration (a “Proposed Registration”), which Piggyback Notice shall include: the principal terms and conditions of the proposed registration, including (i) the number of the shares of Common Stock to be sold, (ii) the fraction expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the holders of Registrable Securities by the total number of shares held by the holders of Registrable Securities selling the shares of Common Stock, (iii) the proposed per share purchase price (or an estimate thereof), and (iv) the proposed date of sale. If within 15 days of the receipt by the Director Stockholder Entities of such Piggyback Notice, the Company receives from the applicable Director Stockholder Entities a written request (a “Request”) to register shares of Stock held by the applicable Director Stockholder Entities (which Request will be irrevocable unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Director Stockholder, if any, and the Company), shares of Stock will be so registered as provided in this Section 8; provided, however, that for each such registration statement only one Request, which shall be executed by the applicable Director Stockholder Entities, may be submitted for all Registrable Securities held by the applicable Director Stockholder Entities.

 

(e) The maximum number of shares of Stock which will be registered pursuant to a Request will be the lower of (i) the number of shares of Stock then held by the Director Stockholder Entities, including all shares of Stock which the Director Stockholder Entities are then entitled to acquire under an unexercised Option to the extent then exercisable, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Stock being sold by holders of Registrable Securities and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Stock owned by all holders of Registrable Securities and (ii) the maximum number of shares of Stock which the Company can register in connection with such Request in the Proposed Registration without adverse effect on the offering in the view of the managing underwriters (reduced pro rata as more fully described in Section 8(d) below.

 

(f)   If a Proposed Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Stock offered in such Public Offering as contemplated by the Company, then, unless the managing underwriter advises that marketing factors require a different allocation, the Company will include in the Proposed Registration (i) first, 100% of the shares of Stock the Company proposes to sell and (ii) second, to the extent of the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, the number of shares of Stock which the selling holders of Registrable Securities, the Director Stockholder Entities and all Other Director Stockholders and any other Persons who are entitled to piggyback or incidental registration rights in respect of Stock (together, the “Holders”) have requested to be included in the Proposed Registration, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all requesting Holders on the basis of the relative number of shares of Stock then held by each such Holder (including upon exercise of all exercisable Options) (provided that any shares thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder’s request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner).

 

  15

 

 

 

(e)    Upon delivering a Request a Director Stockholder having Piggyback Rights pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 8 will, if requested by the Company, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney having customary terms and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company with respect to the shares of Stock to be registered pursuant to this Section 8 (a “Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney”). The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Director Stockholder will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates (to the extent applicable) representing such shares of Stock (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly executed stock powers in blank) and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Director Stockholder’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on the Director Stockholder’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein.

 

(j)     The Director Stockholder agrees that he or she will execute such other reasonable customary agreements as the Company may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this Section 8, including reasonable and customary lock-up agreements.

 

(k)   Notwithstanding Section 11(1) of the Registration Rights Agreement, this Section 8 will terminate on the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) with respect to each Director Stockholder, on the date on which such Director Stockholder ceases to own any Registrable Securities.

 

(l)     If the Board shall have elected to effect the Transfer Restriction Waiver in lieu of Piggyback Rights in accordance with Section 8(a), the Company will notify the Director Stockholder on or promptly following the completion of the Public Offering giving rise to the Transfer Restriction Waiver, which notice shall include: (i) the number of shares of Common Stock sold by Parent and the Investors in such Public Offering and (ii) the number of shares of Stock to which the waiver of transfer restrictions shall apply. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions in Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement will apply to such shares of Stock notwithstanding the Transfer Restriction Waiver.

 

9. Rights to Negotiate Repurchase Price. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the Company from purchasing, redeeming, or otherwise acquiring for value shares of Stock or Options from the Director Stockholder, at any time, upon such terms and conditions, and for such price, as may be mutually agreed upon in writing between the Parties, whether or not at the time of such purchase, redemption, or acquisition circumstances exist which specifically grant the Company the right to purchase, or the Director Stockholder the right to sell, shares of Stock or any Options under the terms of this Agreement; provided that no such purchase, redemption, or acquisition shall be consummated, and no agreement with respect to any such purchase, redemption, or acquisition shall be entered into, without the prior approval of the Board.

 

  16

 

 

 

10. Covenant Regarding 83(b) Election. Except as the Company may otherwise agree in writing, the Director Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that the Director Stockholder will make an election provided pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-2 with respect to any Stock other than Purchased Stock acquired under this Agreement; and the Director Stockholder further covenants and agrees that he or she will furnish the Company with copies of the forms of election the Director Stockholder files within thirty (30) days after the date hereof, and within thirty (30) days after each exercise of the Director Stockholder’s Options and with evidence that each such election has been filed in a timely manner.

 

11. Notice of Change of Beneficiary. Immediately prior to any transfer of Stock to a Director Stockholder’s Trust, the Director Stockholder shall provide the Company with a copy of the instruments creating the Director Stockholder’s Trust and with the identity of the beneficiaries of the Director Stockholder’s Trust. The Director Stockholder shall notify the Company as soon as practicable prior to any change in the identity of any beneficiary of the Director Stockholder’s Trust.

 

12. Recapitalizations, etc.

 

(a)     The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Stock or the Options, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any capital stock, partnership units, or any other security evidencing ownership interests in any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or substitution of the Stock or the Options by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, merger, consolidation, or otherwise. In the event of any of the foregoing occurrences or a conversion or exchange pursuant to Section 12(b), all references in this Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, the Option Plan, and any Stock Option Agreement to shares of Common Stock (including Purchased Stock and Option Stock), Option Exercise Prices, any other per share purchase price of Common Stock, and any similar terms contained herein or therein shall refer to such shares and prices as the same may be adjusted, exchanged, or converted in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

(b)     Prior to and in connection with an Initial Public Offering, the Company may effect, and may require the Director Stockholder to require the Director Stockholder Entities to participate in, any recapitalization or restructuring transaction or transactions in connection with which the Common Stock is converted or exchanged, pro rata, into or for new equity securities, the terms and conditions of which (i) shall preserve the limited liability of the Director Stockholder Entities with respect to such new equity securities and (ii) shall substantially preserve in all material respects the economic interest, priority, and other rights and privileges of the Director Stockholder Entities with respect to such new equity securities.

 

13. Director Stockholder’s Employment by, or Service Relationship with, the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement entered into by the Company and the Director Stockholder contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement (subject to, and except as set forth in, the applicable provisions of any employment or consulting agreement entered into by and between the Director Stockholder and the Company or any of its subsidiaries) (i) obligates the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to employ or continue the service relationship with the Director Stockholder in any capacity whatsoever or (ii) prohibits or restricts the Company (or any such subsidiary) from terminating the employment of, or ceasing the service relationship with, the Director Stockholder at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, and the Director Stockholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor any other Person has made any representations or promises whatsoever to the Director Stockholder concerning the Director Stockholder’s employment or continued employment by, or service relationship or continued service relationship with, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

  17

 

 

 

14.          Binding Effect. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns. In the case of a transferee permitted under Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) (other than clauses (iii), (iv), or (vi) thereof) hereof, such transferee shall be deemed the Director Stockholder hereunder; provided, however, that no transferee (including without limitation, transferees referred to in Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) hereof) shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such transferee has delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder or with respect hereto.

 

1.    Amendment. This Agreement may be amended by the Company at any time upon notice to the Director Stockholder thereof; provided that any amendment of this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement that materially disadvantages the Director Stockholder shall not be effective as to the Director Stockholder unless and until the Director Stockholder has consented thereto in writing.

 

2.    Closing. Except as otherwise provided herein, the closing of each purchase and sale of shares of Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall take place at the principal office of the Company on the tenth (10th) Business Day following delivery of the notice by either Party to the other of its exercise of the right to purchase or sell such Stock hereunder.

 

3.    Further Undertakings. To the extent the Director Stockholder shall at any time be entitled to vote with respect to the Common Stock owned by it, the Director Stockholder shall undertake to vote or, as the case may be, cause to be voted, its Common Stock (i) on the occasion of any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company held (by way of a meeting or passed by written resolutions) for the purpose of approving the issuance, purchase (and authorization of the Board to purchase, as the case may be), and/or redemption by the Company of Common Stock, if and to the extent such an issuance, purchase, and/or redemption is made in accordance with, or for the purpose of, this Agreement, (ii) in general in favor of any resolutions of the shareholders of the Company proposed at any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company which may be necessary to give effect to the provisions or intents of this Agreement, waiving any convening notice to any such general meeting of shareholders, and (iii) in the event of any ambiguity or conflict arising between the terms of this Agreement and those of the Certificate of Incorporation, vote in favor of any resolutions proposed at any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company held for the purpose of amending the Certificate of Incorporation to eliminate any such ambiguity or conflict.

 

  18

 

 

 

18. Applicable Law; Jurisdiction; Arbitration; Legal Fees.

 

(a)    The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)   In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Director Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company, its subsidiaries, the Sponsor, and any of their respective Affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive or other relief in order to enforce the covenant not to solicit and/or confidentiality covenants as set forth in Section 23(a) of this Agreement.

 

(d)   In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each Party shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

19. Assignability of Certain Rights by the Company. The Company shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights or obligations to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 hereof; provided that no such assignment shall relieve the Company from its obligations thereunder.

 

20. Miscellaneous.

 

(e)    In this Agreement, all references to “dollars” or “$” are to United States dollars and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

(f)    If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, void or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect.

 

21. Withholding. The Director Stockholder Entities acknowledge that as of the date of this Agreement, none of the Company or its subsidiaries shall have any obligations to withhold from any payments that could be due to any of the Director Stockholder Entities under this Agreement any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment; provided that the Director Stockholder Entities hereby grant the Company or its subsidiaries the right to deduct from any cash payment made under this Agreement to the applicable Director Stockholder Entities any federal, state or local income or other taxes that may in the future be required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment, if applicable.

 

  19

 

 

 

22. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows:

 

(g)   If to the Company or Parent, to it at the following address:

 

c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Peter Stavros

Telecopy: (212) 750-0003

 

With a copy to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017
Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.
Telecopy: (212) 455-2502

 

(h)   If to the Director Stockholder, to the Director Stockholder at the address set forth below under the Director Stockholder’s signature; or at such other address as either Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other;

 

23. Confidential Information; Covenant Not to Solicit; Covenant Not to Induce Any Customer to Cease Doing Business.

 

(a) In consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement with the Director Stockholder, the Director Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees effective as of the date of the Director Stockholder’s commencement of providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries, without the Company’s prior written consent, the Director Stockholder shall not, directly or indirectly:

 

(i)   at any time during or after the Director Stockholder’s providing services, or cessation of services, to the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates, disclose any Confidential Information pertaining to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the Sponsor or any of its respective Affiliates, except when required by law or while providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries for the benefit of the Company;

 

(ii) at any time while providing services to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates and for a period of eighteen (18) months after the date of cessation of services to the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates, (A) individually or through an agent solicit, offer employment to, or hire for the benefit of anyone other than the Company, the Sponsor, or their respective subsidiaries or Affiliates, any person who is, or has been at any time during the last twelve (12) months preceding the time of the solicitation, offer, or hiring, employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) individually or through an agent, solicit or encourage to cease to work with the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates any consultant or independent contractor then under contract with the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or (C) individually or through an agent induce or attempt to induce any customer of the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates;

 

  20

 

 

 

(iii) at any time during the Director Stockholder’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, disparage or make any public statement concerning the Company, the Sponsor, or any of their respective subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

(c)    Notwithstanding clause (a) above, if at any time a court holds that the restrictions stated in such clause (a) are unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope, or geographic area determined to be reasonable under such circumstances by such court will be substituted for the stated period, scope, or area. Because the Director Stockholder’s services are unique and because the Director Stockholder has had access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages will be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without the posting of a bond or other security).

 

(m) In the event that the Director Stockholder breaches any of the provisions of Section 23(a), in addition to all other remedies that may be available to the Company, the Director Stockholder’s Stock shall be treated in the same manner as if the Director Stockholder’s services had been terminated for Cause by the Company, and the Director Stockholder shall be required to pay to the Company any amounts actually paid to him or her by the Company in respect of any repurchase by the Company of any Options or Option Stock held by such Director Stockholder; provided that with respect to Options, the Director Stockholder shall be required to pay to the Company only such amounts on a net after-tax basis.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

  21

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

     
  RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

     
  KKR RENAISSANCE AGGREGATOR LP
   
  By: KKR Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC, its General Partner
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature page to Director Stockholder’s Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

     
  DIRECTOR STOCKHOLDER
     
  By:  
  Name:  

 

  ADDRESS:
   
   
   
   
  The above-signed represents that he/she is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D as amended, under the Act.

 

[Signature page to Director Stockholder’s Agreement]

 

 

 

  

 

Schedule I

 

PURCHASED STOCK

 

Number of shares of Purchased Stock:

 

Base Price: $5.00 per share

 

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

ADVISOR STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT

 

This Advisor Stockholder’s Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October [●], 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) between Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned person (the “ Advisor Stockholder ”) (the Company and the Advisor Stockholder being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ”). All capitalized terms not immediately defined are hereinafter defined in Section 6(b) of this Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 7, 2013 (the “ Merger Agreement ”), among Gardner Denver, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ GDI ”), the Company and Renaissance Acquisition Corp. (“ Merger Sub ”), on July 30, 2013, GDI was merged with and into Merger Sub, with GDI as the surviving corporation (the “ Merger ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, certain investment funds and entities affiliated with Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. (the “ Sponsor ”) contributed certain funds to KKR Renaissance Aggregator LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Parent ”), which is the parent entity of the Company, in exchange for limited partnership interests therein;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger, the Advisor Stockholder has been selected by the Company (i) to be permitted to subscribe for and purchase 60,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) from the Company for an aggregate amount of $300,000 in cash (such subscribed for and purchased Common Stock, the “ Purchased Stock ”) and/or (ii) to receive options to subscribe for and purchase shares of Common Stock (the “ Options ”) pursuant to the terms set forth below and the terms of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Subsidiaries (the “ Option Plan ”) and the Stock Option Agreement (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”), it being understood that any grant of options will occur at a future date and at such time the Option Plan will be provided, and the Stock Option Agreement will be entered into by and between the Company and the Advisor Stockholder; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is one of several other agreements (“ Other Stockholders Agreements ”) which concurrently with the execution hereof or in the future will be entered into between the Company and other persons who are or will be key employees of or key advisors to the Company or one of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Other Management Stockholders ”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, to implement the foregoing and in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1.      Issuance of Purchased Stock .

 

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Advisor Stockholder hereby subscribes for and shall purchase, as of the Effective Date, and the Company shall issue and deliver to the Advisor Stockholder as of the Effective Date, the number of shares of Purchased Stock at a per share purchase price (the “ Base Price ”), in each case as set forth on Schedule I hereto, which Base Price is equal to the effective per share purchase price paid by the Investors for the shares of the Company in connection with the Merger.

 

 

 

 

(b)   The Company shall have no obligation to issue and sell any Purchased Stock to any Person who (i) is a resident or citizen of a state or other jurisdiction in which the issuance and sale of the Common Stock to him or her would constitute a violation of the securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdiction or (ii) is not an employee or director of or senior advisor to the Company or its subsidiaries as of the Effective Date.

 

2.      Advisor Stockholder’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements .

 

(a)    The Advisor Stockholder agrees and acknowledges that he or she will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of (any of the foregoing acts being referred to herein as a “ transfer ”) any shares of Purchased Stock and, at the time of exercise, Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (“ Option Stock ”, together with all Purchased Stock and any other Common Stock otherwise acquired and/or held by the Advisor Stockholder Entities as of or after the date hereof, “ Stock ”), except as otherwise provided in this Section 2(a) and Section 3 hereof. If the Advisor Stockholder is an Affiliate of the Company, the Advisor Stockholder also agrees and acknowledges that he or she will not transfer any shares of the Stock unless:

 

(i)     the transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “ Act ”), and in compliance with applicable provisions of state securities laws; or

 

(ii)    (A) counsel for the Advisor Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act and (B) if the Advisor Stockholder is a citizen or resident of any country other than the United States, or the Advisor Stockholder desires to effect any transfer in any such country, counsel for the Advisor Stockholder (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion or other advice reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company to the effect that such transfer will comply with the securities laws of such jurisdiction.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any of the following transfers of Stock are deemed to be in compliance with the Act and this Agreement (including without limitation any restrictions or prohibitions herein) and no opinion of counsel is required in connection therewith: (1) a transfer made pursuant to Sections 3 (including transfers in a Proposed Sale (as defined in Section 1(a) of the Sale Participation Agreement) pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement), 4, 5 or 8 hereof, (2) a transfer (x) upon the death or Disability of the Advisor Stockholder to the Advisor Stockholder’s Estate or (y) to the executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, immediate family members, or beneficiaries of a Person who has become a holder of Stock in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that it is expressly understood that any such transferee shall be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (3) a transfer made after the Effective Date in compliance with the federal securities laws to an Advisor Stockholder’s Trust; provided that such transfer is made expressly subject to this Agreement and that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions hereof as a “Advisor Stockholder” with respect to the representations and warranties and other obligations of this Agreement; and provided   further that it is expressly understood and agreed that if such Advisor Stockholder’s Trust at any point includes any Person other than the Advisor Stockholder, his or her spouse (or ex-spouse), or his or her lineal descendants (including adopted children) such that it fails to meet the definition thereof as set forth in Section 6(b), such transfer shall no longer be deemed in compliance with this Agreement and shall be subject to 3(c) below, or (4) a transfer made by the Advisor Stockholder, with the Board’s approval, which approval shall be in the sole discretion of the Board.

 

  2

 

 

(b)   The certificate (or certificates) representing the Stock, if any, shall bear the following legend:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS SUCH TRANSFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, OR OTHER DISPOSITION COMPLIES WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE ADVISOR STOCKHOLDER’S AGREEMENT BETWEEN RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP. (THE “COMPANY”) AND THE ADVISOR STOCKHOLDER NAMED ON THE FACE HEREOF OR THE SALE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUCH ADVISOR STOCKHOLDER AND KKR RENAISSANCE AGGREGATOR L.P. , IN EACH CASE DATED AS OF JULY 30, 2013 (COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY) AND ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, OR OTHER FOREIGN COMPANY AND SECURITIES LAWS.”

 

(c)    The Advisor Stockholder acknowledges that he or she has been advised that (i) no shares of Stock have been subscribed for and/or acquired by him or her in the context of a Public Offering, (ii) the shares of the Stock are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Act inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a Public Offering and that under the Act (including applicable regulations) the Stock may be resold without registration under the Act only in certain limited circumstances, (iii) a restrictive legend in the form heretofore set forth shall be placed on the certificates (if any) representing the Stock, and (iv) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Stock is subject to restrictions on transfer and appropriate stop transfer restrictions will be issued to the Company’s transfer agent with respect to the Stock.

 

(d)   Subject at all times to the limitations and restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, if any shares of the Stock are to be disposed of in accordance with Rule 144 under the Act or otherwise, the Advisor Stockholder shall promptly notify the Company of such intended disposition and shall deliver to the Company at or prior to the time of such disposition such customary documentation as the Company may reasonably request in connection with such sale and take any customary actions reasonably requested by the Company prior to such sale and, in the case of a disposition pursuant to Rule 144, shall deliver to the Company an executed copy of any notice on Form 144 required to be filed with the SEC.

 

  3

 

 

(e)    Subject at all times to the limitations and restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, the Advisor Stockholder agrees that, if any shares of the Stock are offered to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (other than registration of securities issued on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form), the Advisor Stockholder will not effect any public sale or distribution of any shares of the Stock not covered by such registration statement, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 or any swap or other economic arrangement that transfers to another Person any of the economic consequences of owning the Stock, from the time of the receipt of a notice from the Company that the Company has filed or imminently intends to file such registration statement until (i) 180 days (or such shorter period as may be (A) consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters or (B) applicable to Parent, subject to the determination of the managing underwriter or underwriters that providing such shorter period to the Advisor Stockholder pursuant this clause (B) would not adversely affect the success of such offering) in the case of the Initial Public Offering and (ii) 90 days (or in an underwritten offering such shorter period as may be (x) consented to by the managing underwriter or underwriters, if any or (y) applicable to the Director, subject to the determination of the managing underwriter or underwriters that providing such shorter period to the Advisor Stockholder pursuant this clause (y) would not adversely affect the success of such offering) in the case of any other Public Offering after the date of the prospectus (or prospectus supplement if the offering is made pursuant to a “shelf” registration) pursuant to which such Public Offering shall be made, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Company, plus an extension period, which shall be no longer than 17 days, as may be proposed by the managing underwriter to address FINRA regulations regarding the publishing of research, or such lesser period as is required by the managing underwriter.

 

(f)    The Advisor Stockholder represents and warrants that (i) with respect to the Purchased Stock and Option Stock, the Advisor Stockholder has received and reviewed or will receive and review (in the case of Options and Option Stock) the available information relating to such Stock, including having received and reviewed the documents related thereto, certain of which documents set forth the rights, preferences and restrictions relating to the Options and the Stock underlying the Options and (ii) the Advisor Stockholder has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information, the Company, and the business and prospects of the Company which the Advisor Stockholder deems necessary to evaluate the merits and risks related to the Advisor Stockholder’s investment in the Stock and to verify the information contained in the information received as indicated in this Section 2(f), and the Advisor Stockholder has relied solely on such information.

 

(g)   The Advisor Stockholder further represents and warrants that (i) the Advisor Stockholder’s financial condition is such that the Advisor Stockholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Stock for an indefinite period of time and has adequate means for providing for the Advisor Stockholder’s current needs and personal contingencies, (ii) the Advisor Stockholder can afford to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Stock, (iii) the Advisor Stockholder understands and has taken cognizance of all risk factors related to the investment in the Stock, (iv) the Advisor Stockholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Advisor Stockholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Advisor Stockholder’s purchase of the Stock as contemplated by this Agreement, and (v) with respect to the Purchased Stock, such Purchased Stock is being acquired by the Advisor Stockholder for his or her own account, not as nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof in violation of the Act or other applicable securities laws, and the Advisor Stockholder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Purchased Stock in violation of the Act or other applicable securities laws.

 

  4

 

 

3.      Transferability of Stock .

 

(a)    The Advisor Stockholder agrees that he or she will not transfer any shares of Stock at any time during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the later to occur of (1) the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date and (2) the consummation of the Initial Public Offering; provided , however , that the Advisor Stockholder may transfer shares of Stock pursuant to one of the following exceptions: (i) transfers permitted by Sections 4 or 5; (ii) transfers permitted by clauses (2), (3) and (4) of Section 2(a); (iii) a sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act filed by the Company upon the proper exercise of registration rights of such Advisor Stockholder under Section 8 (excluding any registration on Form S-8, S-4 or any successor or similar form); (iv) transfers permitted pursuant to the Sale Participation Agreement; (v) transfers approved by the Board in writing (such approval being in the sole discretion of the Board); or (vi) transfers to the Company or its designee (any such exception, a “ Permitted Transfer ”).

 

(b)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Section 3(a) shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

 

(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no transfer of any shares of Stock shall be made unless such transfer complies with all applicable federal, state, and other foreign securities and other laws, and the Management Stockholder shall have provided evidence of such fact reasonably acceptable to the Company, including, without limitation, an opinion of counsel that no registration of such shares under federal or state or other applicable foreign securities laws and other laws is required in connection with such transfer and any other matters reasonably requested by the Company; provided that no such opinion shall be required to be provided to the Company in the case of a Permitted Transfer pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (vi) of Section 3(a).

 

(d)   No transfer of any shares of Stock in violation hereof shall be made or recorded on the books of the Company, and any such transfer shall be void ab initio and of no effect.

 

(e)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Parent may, at any time and from time to time, waive in writing the restrictions on transfers contained in Section 3(a), whether such waiver is made prior to or after the transferee has effected or committed to effect the transfer. Any transfers made pursuant to such waiver or which are later made subject to such a waiver shall, as of the date of the waiver and at all times thereafter, not be deemed to violate any applicable restrictions on transfers contained in this Agreement.

 

  5

 

 

4.      Advisor Stockholder’s Right to Resell Stock to the Company .

 

(a)    Except as otherwise provided herein, if the Advisor Stockholder’s service on the Board terminates as a result of the death or Disability of the Advisor Stockholder, then the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities shall, for 365 days (the “ Put Period ”) following the date of such termination for death or Disability, have the right to sell to the Company, and the Company shall be required to purchase, on one occasion, part or all of the shares of Stock then held by the applicable Advisor Stockholder at a per share price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date.

 

(b)   In the event the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities intend to exercise their rights pursuant to Section 4(a), such Advisor Stockholder shall send written notice to the Company, at any time during the Put Period, of their intention to sell shares of Stock in exchange for the payment referred to in Section 4(a) and shall indicate the number of shares of Stock to be sold (the “ Redemption Notice ”). The completion of the purchases shall take place at the principal office of the Company on no later than the twentieth Business Day (such date to be determined by the Company) after the giving of the Redemption Notice. The applicable Repurchase Price shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities, at the option of the Company, of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Advisor Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized representative of such Person.

 

(c)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4 to the contrary, if there exists and is continuing a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company under any loan, guarantee or other agreement under which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company has borrowed money or if the repurchase referred to in Section 4(a) (or Section 5 below, as the case may be) would result in a default or an event of default on the part of the Company or any Affiliate of the Company under any such agreement or if a repurchase would reasonably be expected to be prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”) or any federal or state securities laws or regulations (or if the Company reincorporates in another state, the business corporation law of such state) (each such occurrence being an “ Event ”), the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase any of the Stock from the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities to the extent it would cause any such default or would be so prohibited by the Event for cash but instead, with respect to such portion with respect to which cash settlement is prohibited, may satisfy its obligations with respect to the Advisor Stockholder Entities’ exercise of their rights under Section 4(a) by delivering to the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entity a note with a principal amount equal to the amount payable under this Section 4 that was not paid in cash, having terms acceptable to the Company’s (and its Affiliate’s, as applicable) lenders and permitted under the Company’s (and its Affiliate’s, as applicable) debt instruments but which in any event (i) shall be mandatorily repayable promptly and to the extent that an Event no longer prohibits the payment of cash to the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entity pursuant to this Agreement; and (ii) shall bear interest at an annual rate equal to the effective rate of interest in respect of Gardner Denver, Inc.’s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2021. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 4(d), if an Event exists and is continuing for one hundred and 180 days after the date of the Redemption Notice, the Advisor Stockholder Entities shall be permitted by written notice to rescind any Redemption Notice with respect to that portion of the Stock repurchased by the Company from the Advisor Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Section 4 with the note described in the foregoing sentence, and such repurchase shall be rescinded; provided that, upon such rescission, such note shall be immediately canceled without any action on the part of the Company or the Advisor Stockholder Entities, and notwithstanding anything herein or in such note to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any amounts of principal or interest thereunder.

 

  6

 

 

(d)   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) the consummation of an Initial Public Offering, except that any payment obligation of the Company that has arisen prior to the expiration of this Section 4 shall remain in full force and effect until satisfied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 4.

 

5.       The Company’s Option to Purchase Stock and Options of the Advisor Stockholder Upon Certain Events

 

(a)   Certain Call Events . If (i) the Advisor Stockholder’s services with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) are ceased by the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) for Cause or (ii) the Advisor Stockholder effects a transfer of Stock (or Options) that is prohibited under this Agreement (or the Stock Option Agreements, as applicable), after notice from the Company of such impermissible transfer and a reasonable opportunity to cure such transfer which is not so cured (each event described above, a “ Section 5(a) Call Event ”), then:

 

(A) With respect to Purchased Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of the shares of such Stock then held by the applicable Management Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date;

 

(B)  With respect to Stock other than Purchased Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of such shares of Stock then held by the Advisor Stockholder at a per share purchase price equal to the lesser of (I) the applicable price per share paid by such Advisor Stockholder for such Stock and (II) the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date; and

 

(C)  All outstanding and unexercised Options (whether or not vested) shall automatically be terminated without any payment in respect thereof.

 

(b)   Other Call Events. If the Advisor Stockholder’s services with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates) are ceased for any reason that is not a Section 5(a) Call Event (each event described above, a “ Section 5(b) Call Event ”), then:

 

(A) With respect to Stock, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of the shares of Stock then held by the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities at a per share purchase price equal to Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date; and

 

  7

 

 

(B)  With respect to any outstanding and vested Options, the Company may purchase (or cause one or more of its Affiliates to purchase) all or any portion of such exercisable vested Options held by the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities for an amount equal to the product of (x) the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value on the Repurchase Calculation Date of a share of Option Stock underlying such Options over the Option Exercise Price and (y) the number of Exercisable Option Shares, which vested Options shall be terminated in exchange for such payment. In the event the Company elects to repurchase under this Section 5(b)(B) and with respect to an Option the foregoing Option Excess Price is zero or a negative number, such Option shall be automatically terminated without any payment in respect thereof; and

 

(C)  With respect to unvested Options, all outstanding unvested Options shall continue to vest per the terms of such Options unless the Company exercises its rights under Section 5(b)(B), in which case all unvested Options shall vest immediately and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5(b)(B).

 

(c)    Call Notice . The Company shall have a period (the “ Call Period ”) of 180 days from the date of any Call Event (or, if later, with respect to a Section 5(a) Call Event specified in Section 5(a)(ii), the date after discovery of, and the applicable cure period for, an impermissible transfer constituting such Call Event) in which to give notice in writing to the Advisor Stockholder of its election to exercise its rights and obligations pursuant to this Section 5 (“ Repurchase Notice ”). The completion of the purchases pursuant to the foregoing shall take place at the principal office of the Company no later than 45 Business Days (or such longer period as may be required to comply with applicable law) after the giving of the Repurchase Notice. The applicable Repurchase Price (including any payment with respect to the Options as described in this Section 5) shall be paid by delivery to the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities of a certified bank check or checks in the appropriate amount payable to the order of each of the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities (or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, if the Advisor Stockholder Entities provide to the Company wire transfer instructions) against delivery of certificates or other instruments representing the Stock so purchased and appropriate documents canceling the Options so terminated, appropriately endorsed or executed by the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities or any duly authorized representative.

 

(d)   Use of Note to Satisfy Call Payment; Termination of Call Right . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5 to the contrary, if there exists and is continuing any Event, the Company will, to the extent it has exercised its rights to purchase Stock pursuant to this Section 5, in order to complete the purchase of any Stock pursuant to this Section 5, deliver to the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities (i) a cash payment for any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 5 that would not cause an Event and (ii) a note having the same terms as those provided in Section 4(c) above with a principal amount equal to the amount payable, but not paid in cash, pursuant to this Section 5 due to the Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event exists and is continuing for 180 days from the date of the Call Event, the proposed repurchase of that portion of the Stock to be repurchased by the Company from the Advisor Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Section 5 with the note described in the foregoing sentence shall immediately and automatically terminate and the Company shall have no further rights or obligations under this Section 5.

 

  8

 

 

(e)    Expiration of this Section 5 . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of the earlier of (i) a Change in Control and (ii) the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, except that any payment obligation of the Company that has arisen prior to the expiration of this Section 5 shall remain in full force and effect until satisfied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 5.

 

6.      Adjustment of Repurchase Price; Definitions .

 

(a)    Adjustment of Repurchase Price . In determining the applicable repurchase price of the Stock and Options, as provided for in Sections 4 and 5, above, appropriate adjustments shall be made for any stock dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations, or any other adjustment in the number of outstanding shares of Stock in order to maintain, as nearly as practicable, the intended operation of the provisions of Sections 4 and 5.

 

(b)   Definitions . Terms used herein and as listed below shall be defined as follows:

 

Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i) hereof.

 

Affiliate ” means with respect to any Person, any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person.

 

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Base Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1(a) hereof.

 

Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any calendar day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required to close.

 

Call Events ” shall mean, collectively, Section 5(a) Call Events and Section 5(b) Call Events.

 

Call Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Call Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

  9

 

 

Cause ” shall mean “Cause” as such term may be defined in any consulting agreement in effect at the time of cessation of services between the Advisor Stockholder and the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates; or, if there is no such consulting agreement at that time, “Cause” shall mean, with respect to an Advisor Stockholder: (i) the Advisor Stockholder’s continued failure to substantially perform the Advisor Stockholder’s duties as a director and/or advisor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness), which continues beyond ten (10) days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Advisor Stockholder by the Company (the “ Cure Period ”); (ii) willful dishonesty in the performance of the Advisor Stockholder’s duties as a director and/or advisor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates; (iii) the Advisor Stockholder’s indictment, conviction, or plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of a crime constituting (A) a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or (B) a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud by the Advisor Stockholder; (iv) the Advisor Stockholder’s willful malfeasance or willful misconduct in connection with the Advisor Stockholder’s duties as a director and/or advisor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any act or omission that is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates, (v) any action in breach of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement; or (vi) the Advisor Stockholder’s willful breach of the terms of any of the Company’s policies. A cessation of services for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given the Advisor Stockholder written notice of its intention to cease the Advisor Stockholder’s services for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and, if applicable, has given Advisor Stockholder the Cure Period within which to respond.

 

Change in Control ” means (i) the sale (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, Parent or Gardner Denver, Inc. to any Person (or group of Persons acting in concert), other than to (x) the Sponsor or one or more of its controlled Affiliates or (y) any employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by Parent, the Company or their respective controlled Affiliates; or (ii) a merger, recapitalization, or other sale by the Company, the Sponsor, or any of their respective Affiliates, to a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) of Common Stock that results in more than 50% of the Common Stock of the Company (or any resulting company after a merger) being held by a Person (or group of Persons acting in concert) that does not include (x) the Sponsor or its controlled Affiliates or (y) an employee benefit plan (or trust forming a part thereof) maintained by Parent, the Company or their respective controlled Affiliates; and in any event of clause (i) or (ii), which results in the Sponsor and its Affiliates or such employee benefit plan ceasing to hold the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board.

 

Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Confidential Information ” shall mean all non-public information concerning trade secret, know-how, software, developments, inventions, processes, technology, designs, the financial data, strategic business plans or any proprietary or confidential information, documents or materials in any form or media, including any of the foregoing relating to research, operations, finances, current and proposed products and services, vendors, customers, advertising and marketing, and other non-public, proprietary, and confidential information of the Restricted Group; provided that any such information shall not be “Confidential Information” to the extent (i) the disclosure of such information is legally required to comply with applicable law or legal process or government agency or self-regulatory body request, so long as the disclosing party uses commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the information and discloses only that portion of the information as is, based on the advice of the disclosing party’s counsel, legally required, or (ii) it becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard in violation of Section 23.

 

  10

 

 

controlled by ” shall mean, with respect to the relationship between or among two or more Persons, the ownership, directly or indirectly, of a majority of the voting power or other equity securities of a Person, which results in the ability to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors of such Person.

 

Cure Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Cause.”

 

Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) hereof.

 

Advisor Stockholder ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Advisor Stockholder Entities ” shall mean the Advisor Stockholder’s Trust, the Advisor Stockholder, and the Advisor Stockholder’s Estate, collectively.

 

Advisor Stockholder’s Estate ” shall mean the conservators, guardians, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees, or beneficiaries of the Advisor Stockholder.

 

Advisor Stockholder’s Trust ” shall mean a partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, private foundation, or custodianship, the beneficiaries of which may include only the Advisor Stockholder, his or her spouse (or ex-spouse), or his or her lineal descendants (including adopted) or, if at any time after any such transfer there shall be no then living spouse or lineal descendants, then to the ultimate beneficiaries of any such trust or to the estate of a deceased beneficiary.

 

Disability ” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any consulting agreement between the Advisor Stockholder and the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or, if there is no such consulting agreement or no such term defined therein, “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the then-current long-term disability plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable.

 

Effective Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(d) hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any successor section thereto).

 

Exercisable Option Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock that, at the time that the Repurchase Notice is delivered, could be purchased by the Management Stockholder upon exercise of his or her then outstanding and exercisable Options.

 

  11

 

  

Fair Market Value ” shall mean the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on any given date, as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board.

 

FINRA ” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or any successor body thereto.

 

Group ” shall mean “group,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Holders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) hereof.

 

Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

 

Initial Public Offering ” means the first firm commitment underwritten offering of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8 or any similar form) under the Act or other applicable securities laws.

 

Options ” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

Option Excess Price ” shall mean the aggregate amount paid or payable by the Company in respect of Exercisable Option Shares, as determined pursuant to Section 5(b)(B).

 

Option Exercise Price ” shall mean the then-current per share exercise price of the shares of Common Stock covered by the applicable Options.

 

Option Plan ” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

Option Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Other Management Stockholders ” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

 

Other Stockholders Agreements ” shall have the meaning set forth in the fourth “whereas” paragraph.

 

Parent ” shall have the meaning set forth in the second “whereas” paragraph.

 

Parties ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph.

 

Permitted Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

 

Permitted Transferee ” shall mean any Person who is a transferee of Stock pursuant to a Permitted Transfer.

 

Person ” shall mean “person,” as such term is used for purposes of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Piggyback Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

  12

 

 

 “ Piggyback Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Proposed Registration ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Public Offering ” shall mean the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to a registration statement under the Act which has been declared effective by the SEC (other than a registration statement on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor or similar form).

 

Purchased Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

Put Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

 

Redemption Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b) hereof.

 

Registration Rights Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

Repurchase Calculation Date ” shall mean (i) prior to the occurrence of a Public Offering, the last day of the month preceding the month in which the date of repurchase occurs, and (ii) on and after the occurrence of a Public Offering, the closing trading price on the date immediately preceding the date of repurchase.

 

Repurchase Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.

 

Repurchase Price ” shall mean the amount to be paid in respect of the Stock and Options to be purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4 or 5.

 

Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(b) hereof.

 

Restricted Group ” shall mean, collectively, the Company, its subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates.

 

Sale Participation Agreement ” shall mean that certain sale participation agreement entered into by and between the Advisor Stockholder and Parent, dated as of the date hereof.

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Sponsor ” shall have the meaning set forth in the second “whereas” paragraph.

 

Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Stock Option Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the third “whereas” paragraph.

 

transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Transfer Restriction Waiver ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) hereof.

 

  13

 

 

7.      The Company’s Representations and Warranties and Covenants .

 

(a)    The Company represents and warrants to the Advisor Stockholder that (i) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Company and is enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, and (ii) the Stock, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and the other agreements contemplated hereby, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(b)   If the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder, to the extent required from time to time to enable the Advisor Stockholder to sell shares of Stock, subject to compliance with the provisions hereof without registration under the Exchange Act within the limitations of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 7(b), the Company may de-register under Section 12 of the Exchange Act if it is then permitted to do so pursuant to the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and, in such circumstances, shall not be required hereby to file any reports which may be necessary in order for Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation under the Act to be available. Nothing in this Section 7(b) shall be deemed to limit in any manner the restrictions on transfers of Stock contained in this Agreement.

 

8.      “Piggyback” Registration Rights . Effective after the occurrence of the Initial Public Offering:

 

(a)    The Parties agree to be bound by all of the terms, conditions, and obligations of the Registration Rights Agreement as they relate to the exercise of piggyback registration rights set forth in Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 11 (but not Section 11(l)) of the Registration Rights Agreement entered into by and among the Company and the investors party thereto (such Registration Rights Agreement, the “ Registration Rights Agreement ” and such piggyback registration rights, the “ Piggyback Rights ”), as in effect on the date hereof (subject, with respect to any such Advisor Stockholder provided Piggyback Rights, only to any amendments thereto to which such Advisor Stockholder has agreed in writing to be bound) and, if any of the investors named therein or their transferees (each, an “ Investor ”) or Parent are selling Common Stock, the Advisor Stockholder shall have all of the rights and privileges of the Piggyback Rights (including, without limitation, any rights to indemnification and/or contribution from the Company and/or Parent or the Investors, as applicable), in each case as if the Advisor Stockholder were an original party to the Registration Rights Agreement, subject to applicable and customary underwriter restrictions; provided that at no time shall the Advisor Stockholder have any rights to request registration under Section 3 of the Registration Rights Agreement; provided further that in lieu of the Piggyback Rights in connection with any Public Offering in which such rights would otherwise be available, the Board, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 3(a) with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to such Piggyback Rights in connection with such Public Offering (a “ Transfer Restriction Waiver ”). All Stock purchased or otherwise held by the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be “Registrable Securities” as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. Effective after the occurrence of an Initial Public Offering, if any of the Investors are selling stock in a circumstance in which the Advisor Stockholder would not have Piggyback Rights (other than in connection with a Transfer Restriction Waiver), the restrictions on transfer contained in Section 3(a) shall be waived with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to such Piggyback Rights if such sale by the Investors had resulted in the Advisor Stockholder having Piggyback Rights.

 

  14

 

 

(b)   In the event of a sale of Common Stock by Parent or any of the Investors in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, unless the Board shall have determined to effect a Transfer Restriction Waiver in which case the provisions of Section 8(h) shall apply, the Company will promptly notify the Advisor Stockholder Entities in writing (a “ Piggyback Notice ”) of any proposed registration (a “ Proposed Registration ”), which Piggyback Notice shall include: the principal terms and conditions of the proposed registration, including (i) the number of the shares of Common Stock to be sold, (ii) the fraction expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by the holders of Registrable Securities by the total number of shares held by the holders of Registrable Securities selling the shares of Common Stock, (iii) the proposed per share purchase price (or an estimate thereof), and (iv) the proposed date of sale. If within 15 days of the receipt by the Advisor Stockholder Entities of such Piggyback Notice, the Company receives from the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities a written request (a “ Request ”) to register shares of Stock held by the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities (which Request will be irrevocable unless otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Advisor Stockholder, if any, and the Company), shares of Stock will be so registered as provided in this Section 8; provided , however , that for each such registration statement only one Request, which shall be executed by the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities, may be submitted for all Registrable Securities held by the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities.

 

(c)    The maximum number of shares of Stock which will be registered pursuant to a Request will be the lower of (i) the number of shares of Stock then held by the Advisor Stockholder Entities, including all shares of Stock which the Advisor Stockholder Entities are then entitled to acquire under an unexercised Option to the extent then exercisable, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Stock being sold by holders of Registrable Securities and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Stock owned by all holders of Registrable Securities and (ii) the maximum number of shares of Stock which the Company can register in connection with such Request in the Proposed Registration without adverse effect on the offering in the view of the managing underwriters (reduced pro rata as more fully described in Section 8(d) below.

 

(d)   If a Proposed Registration involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in the Proposed Registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering, so as to be likely to have an adverse effect on the price, timing or distribution of the shares of Stock offered in such Public Offering as contemplated by the Company, then, unless the managing underwriter advises that marketing factors require a different allocation, the Company will include in the Proposed Registration (i) first, 100% of the shares of Stock the Company proposes to sell and (ii) second, to the extent of the number of shares of Stock requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of such managing underwriter, can be sold without having the adverse effect referred to above, the number of shares of Stock which the selling holders of Registrable Securities, the Advisor Stockholder Entities and all Other Advisor Stockholders and any other Persons who are entitled to piggyback or incidental registration rights in respect of Stock (together, the “ Holders ”) have requested to be included in the Proposed Registration, such amount to be allocated pro rata among all requesting Holders on the basis of the relative number of shares of Stock then held by each such Holder (including upon exercise of all exercisable Options) (provided that any shares thereby allocated to any such Holder that exceed such Holder’s request will be reallocated among the remaining requesting Holders in like manner).

 

  15

 

 

(e)    Upon delivering a Request an Advisor Stockholder having Piggyback Rights pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 8 will, if requested by the Company, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney having customary terms and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company with respect to the shares of Stock to be registered pursuant to this Section 8 (a “ Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ”). The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that the Advisor Stockholder will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates (to the extent applicable) representing such shares of Stock (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly executed stock powers in blank) and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Advisor Stockholder’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on the Advisor Stockholder’s behalf with respect to the matters specified therein.

 

(f)    The Advisor Stockholder agrees that he or she will execute such other reasonable customary agreements as the Company may reasonably request to further evidence the provisions of this Section 8, including reasonable and customary lock-up agreements.

 

(g)   Notwithstanding Section 11(l) of the Registration Rights Agreement, this Section 8 will terminate on the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Change in Control and (ii) with respect to each Advisor Stockholder, on the date on which such Advisor Stockholder ceases to own any Registrable Securities.

 

(h)   If the Board shall have elected to effect the Transfer Restriction Waiver in lieu of Piggyback Rights in accordance with Section 8(a), the Company will notify the Advisor Stockholder on or promptly following the completion of the Public Offering giving rise to the Transfer Restriction Waiver, which notice shall include: (i) the number of shares of Common Stock sold by Parent and the Investors in such Public Offering and (ii) the number of shares of Stock to which the waiver of transfer restrictions shall apply. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions in Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement will apply to such shares of Stock notwithstanding the Transfer Restriction Waiver.

 

9.     Rights to Negotiate Repurchase Price . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to restrict or prohibit the Company from purchasing, redeeming, or otherwise acquiring for value shares of Stock or Options from the Advisor Stockholder, at any time, upon such terms and conditions, and for such price, as may be mutually agreed upon in writing between the Parties, whether or not at the time of such purchase, redemption, or acquisition circumstances exist which specifically grant the Company the right to purchase, or the Advisor Stockholder the right to sell, shares of Stock or any Options under the terms of this Agreement; provided  that no such purchase, redemption, or acquisition shall be consummated, and no agreement with respect to any such purchase, redemption, or acquisition shall be entered into, without the prior approval of the Board.

 

  16

 

 

10.  Covenant Regarding 83(b) Election . Except as the Company may otherwise agree in writing, the Advisor Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees that the Advisor Stockholder will make an election provided pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.83-2 with respect to any Stock other than Purchased Stock acquired under this Agreement; and the Advisor Stockholder further covenants and agrees that he or she will furnish the Company with copies of the forms of election the Advisor Stockholder files within thirty (30) days after the date hereof, and within thirty (30) days after each exercise of the Advisor Stockholder’s Options and with evidence that each such election has been filed in a timely manner.

 

11.  Notice of Change of Beneficiary . Immediately prior to any transfer of Stock to an Advisor Stockholder’s Trust, the Advisor Stockholder shall provide the Company with a copy of the instruments creating the Advisor Stockholder’s Trust and with the identity of the beneficiaries of the Advisor Stockholder’s Trust. The Advisor Stockholder shall notify the Company as soon as practicable prior to any change in the identity of any beneficiary of the Advisor Stockholder’s Trust.

 

12.  Recapitalizations, etc.

 

(a)    The provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Stock or the Options, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any capital stock, partnership units, or any other security evidencing ownership interests in any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or substitution of the Stock or the Options by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, liquidation, reclassification, merger, consolidation, or otherwise. In the event of any of the foregoing occurrences or a conversion or exchange pursuant to Section 12(b), all references in this Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, the Option Plan, and any Stock Option Agreement to shares of Common Stock (including Purchased Stock and Option Stock), Option Exercise Prices, any other per share purchase price of Common Stock, and any similar terms contained herein or therein shall refer to such shares and prices as the same may be adjusted, exchanged, or converted in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

(b)   Prior to and in connection with an Initial Public Offering, the Company may effect, and may require the Advisor Stockholder to require the Advisor Stockholder Entities to participate in, any recapitalization or restructuring transaction or transactions in connection with which the Common Stock is converted or exchanged, pro rata, into or for new equity securities, the terms and conditions of which (i) shall preserve the limited liability of the Advisor Stockholder Entities with respect to such new equity securities and (ii) shall substantially preserve in all material respects the economic interest, priority, and other rights and privileges of the Advisor Stockholder Entities with respect to such new equity securities.

 

  17

 

 

13.  Advisor Stockholder’s Employment by, or Service Relationship with, the Company . Nothing contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement entered into by the Company and the Advisor Stockholder contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement (subject to, and except as set forth in, the applicable provisions of any employment or consulting agreement entered into by and between the Advisor Stockholder and the Company or any of its subsidiaries) (i) obligates the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to employ or continue the service relationship with the Advisor Stockholder in any capacity whatsoever or (ii) prohibits or restricts the Company (or any such subsidiary) from terminating the employment of, or ceasing the service relationship with, the Advisor Stockholder at any time or for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, and the Advisor Stockholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that neither the Company nor any other Person has made any representations or promises whatsoever to the Advisor Stockholder concerning the Advisor Stockholder’s employment or continued employment by, or service relationship or continued service relationship with, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.

 

14.  Binding Effect . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns. In the case of a transferee permitted under Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) (other than clauses (iii), (iv), or (vi) thereof) hereof, such transferee shall be deemed the Advisor Stockholder hereunder; provided , however , that no transferee (including without limitation, transferees referred to in Section 2(a) or Section 3(a) hereof) shall derive any rights under this Agreement unless and until such transferee has delivered to the Company a valid undertaking and becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement is intended to or shall confer upon any Person other than the Parties any rights or remedies hereunder or with respect hereto.

 

15.  Amendment . This Agreement may be amended by the Company at any time upon notice to the Advisor Stockholder thereof; provided that any amendment of this Agreement or the Registration Rights Agreement that materially disadvantages the Advisor Stockholder shall not be effective as to the Advisor Stockholder unless and until the Advisor Stockholder has consented thereto in writing.

 

16.  Closing . Except as otherwise provided herein, the closing of each purchase and sale of shares of Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall take place at the principal office of the Company on the tenth (10th) Business Day following delivery of the notice by either Party to the other of its exercise of the right to purchase or sell such Stock hereunder.

 

17.  Further Undertakings . To the extent the Advisor Stockholder shall at any time be entitled to vote with respect to the Common Stock owned by it, the Advisor Stockholder shall undertake to vote or, as the case may be, cause to be voted, its Common Stock (i) on the occasion of any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company held (by way of a meeting or passed by written resolutions) for the purpose of approving the issuance, purchase (and authorization of the Board to purchase, as the case may be), and/or redemption by the Company of Common Stock, if and to the extent such an issuance, purchase, and/or redemption is made in accordance with, or for the purpose of, this Agreement, (ii) in general in favor of any resolutions of the shareholders of the Company proposed at any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company which may be necessary to give effect to the provisions or intents of this Agreement, waiving any convening notice to any such general meeting of shareholders, and (iii) in the event of any ambiguity or conflict arising between the terms of this Agreement and those of the Certificate of Incorporation, vote in favor of any resolutions proposed at any general meeting of the shareholders of the Company held for the purpose of amending the Certificate of Incorporation to eliminate any such ambiguity or conflict.

 

  18

 

 

18.  Applicable Law; Jurisdiction; Arbitration; Legal Fees .

 

(a)   The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)   In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(c)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Advisor Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Company, its subsidiaries, the Sponsor, and any of their respective Affiliates shall be entitled to injunctive or other relief in order to enforce the covenant not to solicit and/or confidentiality covenants as set forth in Section 23(a) of this Agreement.

 

(d)   In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each Party shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

19.  Assignability of Certain Rights by the Company . The Company shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights or obligations to purchase shares of Stock pursuant to Sections 4 and 5 hereof; provided that no such assignment shall relieve the Company from its obligations thereunder.

 

20.  Miscellaneous .

 

(a)    In this Agreement, all references to “dollars” or “$” are to United States dollars and the masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

(b)   If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, void or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect.

 

21.  Withholding . The Advisor Stockholder Entities acknowledge that as of the date of this Agreement, none of the Company or its subsidiaries shall have any obligations to withhold from any payments that could be due to any of the Advisor Stockholder Entities under this Agreement any federal, state or local income or other taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment; provided that the Advisor Stockholder Entities hereby grant the Company or its subsidiaries the right to deduct from any cash payment made under this Agreement to the applicable Advisor Stockholder Entities any federal, state or local income or other taxes that may in the future be required by law to be withheld with respect to such payment, if applicable.

 

  19

 

 

22.  Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows:

 

(a)   If to the Company or Parent, to it at the following address:

 

c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. 

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200 

New York, New York 10019 

Attention: Peter Stavros 

Telecopy:  (212) 750-0003

 

With a copy to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP 

425 Lexington Avenue 

New York, New York 10017 

Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq. 

Telecopy: (212) 455-2502

 

(b)   If to the Advisor Stockholder, to the Advisor Stockholder at the address set forth below under the Advisor Stockholder’s signature; or at such other address as either Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other;

 

23.  Confidential Information; Covenant Not to Solicit; Covenant Not to Induce Any Customer to Cease Doing Business .

 

(a)    In consideration of the Company entering into this Agreement with the Advisor Stockholder, the Advisor Stockholder hereby covenants and agrees effective as of the date of the Advisor Stockholder’s commencement of providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries, without the Company’s prior written consent, the Advisor Stockholder shall not, directly or indirectly:

 

(i)    at any time during or after the Advisor Stockholder’s providing services, or cessation of services, to the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates, disclose any Confidential Information pertaining to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the Sponsor or any of its respective Affiliates, except when required by law or while providing services to the Company or its subsidiaries for the benefit of the Company;

 

  20

 

 

(ii)   at any time while providing services to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates and for a period of eighteen (18) months after the date of cessation of services to the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates, (A) individually or through an agent solicit, offer employment to, or hire for the benefit of anyone other than the Company, the Sponsor, or their respective subsidiaries or Affiliates, any person who is, or has been at any time during the last twelve (12) months preceding the time of the solicitation, offer, or hiring, employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) individually or through an agent, solicit or encourage to cease to work with the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates any consultant or independent contractor then under contract with the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates, or (C) individually or through an agent induce or attempt to induce any customer of the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or its subsidiaries or Affiliates;

 

(iii) at any time during the Advisor Stockholder’s employment with the Company or its subsidiaries and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, disparage or make any public statement concerning the Company, the Sponsor, or any of their respective subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

(b)   Notwithstanding clause (a) above, if at any time a court holds that the restrictions stated in such clause (a) are unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope, or geographic area determined to be reasonable under such circumstances by such court will be substituted for the stated period, scope, or area. Because the Advisor Stockholder’s services are unique and because the Advisor Stockholder has had access to Confidential Information, the parties hereto agree that money damages will be an inadequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company or its successors or assigns may, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without the posting of a bond or other security).

 

(c)    In the event that the Advisor Stockholder breaches any of the provisions of Section 23(a), in addition to all other remedies that may be available to the Company, the Advisor Stockholder’s Stock shall be treated in the same manner as if the Advisor Stockholder’s services had been terminated for Cause by the Company, and the Advisor Stockholder shall be required to pay to the Company any amounts actually paid to him or her by the Company in respect of any repurchase by the Company of any Options or Option Stock held by such Advisor Stockholder; provided that with respect to Options, the Advisor Stockholder shall be required to pay to the Company only such amounts on a net after-tax basis.

 

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

  21

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.
   
  By:  
       
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  KKR Renaissance aggregator lp
   
  By:  KKR Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC, its General Partner
     
  By:  
       
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[Signature page to Advisor Stockholder’s Agreement] 

 

 

 

 

 

  ADVISOR STOCKHOLDER
   
  By:  
     
  Name:  

 

  ADDRESS:
     
     
     
  ☐ The above-signed represents that he/she is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D as amended, under the Act.

  

[Signature page to Advisor Stockholder’s Agreement] 

 

 

 

 

Schedule I

  

PURCHASED STOCK

 

Number of shares of Purchased Stock: 60,000

 

Base Price: $5.00 per share

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.16

 

DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of the date indicated on Schedule A hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), is made by and between Renaissance Parent Corp., a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is a non-employee member of the board of directors of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”). Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in Article I shall have the meaning set forth in the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Subsidiaries, as such Plan may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee as an incentive for increased efforts during his term of office with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

 

Section 1.1.            Cause

 

Cause ” shall mean, with respect to an Optionee: (i) the Optionee’s continued failure to substantially perform the Optionee’s duties as a director and/or advisor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness), which continues beyond ten (10) Business Days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Optionee by the Company (the “ Cure Period ”); (ii) willful dishonesty in the performance of the Optionee’s duties as a director and/or advisor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates; (iii) the Optionee’s indictment, conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud by the Optionee; (iv) the Optionee’s willful malfeasance or willful misconduct in connection with the Optionee’s duties as a director and/or advisor of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates or any act or omission that is materially injurious to the financial condition or the business reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or Affiliates; (v) any action in breach of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Director Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement; or (vi) the Optionee’s willful breach of the terms of any of the Company’s policies. A termination for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given the Optionee written notice of its intention to terminate for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and, if applicable, has given the Optionee the Cure Period within which to respond.

 

 

 

Section 1.2.            Director Stockholder’s Agreement

 

“Director Stockholder’s Agreement” shall mean that certain Director Stockholder’s Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

 

Section 1.3.            Disability

 

“Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any Other Relevant Agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or, if there is no such agreement or no such term defined therein, “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable.

 

Section 1.4.            Option

 

“Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule A hereof opposite the term Total Option Grant, as granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.5.           Sale Participation Agreement

 

“Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain Sale Participation Agreement between the Optionee and KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.

 

ARTICLE II

 

GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

Section 2.1.            Grant of Options

 

For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the Option, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2.            Exercise Price

 

Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price of the Shares covered by the Option (the “ Exercise Price ”) shall be as set forth on Schedule A hereof, which shall be the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

 

Section 2.3.            No Guarantee of Employment or Retention of Services

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in any service relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the service of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Optionee’s service agreement with or offer letter from the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

2

 

 

Section 2.4.            Certain Adjustments to Options

 

The Option shall be subject to, and the Company, the Committee and the Optionee shall have such rights as are specified under, the adjustment provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

Section 3.1.            Commencement of Exercisability

 

(a)          So long as the Optionee continues to provide services to the Company or any other Service Recipients, either as a member of the Board or otherwise, through each applicable vesting date specified below, the Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 20% of the Shares subject to such Option on the last day of each of the Fiscal Years 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

(b)           Effect of Change in Control . Notwithstanding any of Section 3.1(a) above, immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Time Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Time Option; and

 

(c)           Forfeiture of Unvested Options on Cessation of Service . No Option shall become exercisable as to any additional Shares following the cessation of the Optionee’s services to the Company and all Service Recipients for any reason and any Option that is unexercisable as of the date of such cessation of service shall immediately expire without payment therefor.

 

Section 3.2.            Expiration of Option

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or Section 6 of the Director Stockholder’s Agreement, the Optionee may not exercise any vested portion of the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)          The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

(b)          The first anniversary of the date of the cessation of the Optionee’s services to the Company and all Service Recipients, if cessation occurs by reason of the Optionee’s death or Disability;

 

(c)          Immediately upon the date of the cessation of the Optionee’s services to the Company and all Service Recipients for Cause;

 

(d)          One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of the cessation of the Optionee’s services to the Company and all Service Recipients for any reason not specified in Section 3.2(b) or (c) above;

 

(e)          The date the Option is terminated pursuant to Section 4 or 5 of the Director Stockholder’s Agreement; or

 

(f)          Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, immediately or on such date established, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

 

3

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Section 4.1.            Person Eligible to Exercise

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise an Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option may, prior to the time when an Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 4.2.            Partial Exercise

 

Any exercisable portion of an Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole Shares only.

 

Section 4.3.            Manner of Exercise

 

An Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Company at the addresses set out in Schedule B all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:

 

(a)          Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;

 

(b)          Full payment (in cash by wire transfer, if the Optionee so elects in the notice of exercise through the withholding of Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Stock Option in a manner that is compliant with applicable law or other form of payment if agreed by the Company) of the Exercise Price for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

(c)          Solely if and to the extent applicable law requires the Company to withhold any tax payments in respect of the Optionee’s exercise of the Option or portion thereof at the time of such exercise, full payment (in cash by wire transfer or, if vested Options are being exercised during the exercise periods specified in either of Section 3.2(b) or 3.2(d), as applicable, or if otherwise so agreed by the Company, through the withholding of Shares in the same manner as provided in Section 4.3(b) above) to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

(d)          A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the Shares are being acquired for his own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under (i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) the Director Stockholder’s Agreement, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act, if applicable and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and

 

4

 

 

(e)          In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the option.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it, to the extent required under Section 2 of the Director Stockholder’s Agreement, to the effect that any subsequent transfer of shares acquired on exercise of an Option does not violate the Act or other applicable laws, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such shares. Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of this Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act and/or other applicable laws, and such registration is then effective in respect of such shares.

 

Section 4.4.            Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates/Registration of Issuance of Shares

 

The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of an Option, or any portion thereof, may be either non-issued and/or previously authorized but unissued shares to the extent legally permitted or issued shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares when issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased and as the case may be subscribed for (if certified, or if not certified, register the issuance of such shares on its books and records) upon the exercise of an Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a)          The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(b)          The execution by the Optionee of the Director Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement if the Optionee is not already a party to such agreements; and

 

(c)          The payment in full to the Company of the Exercise Price for the Shares for which the Option is exercised as provided in Section 4.3(b).

 

          As soon as practicable after fulfillment of the conditions in this Section 4.4, the Company shall issue the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option to the Optionee (either by delivery of a certificate for such Shares, or if not certificated by registering the issuance of such Shares on its books and records) and shall enter the Optionee’s ownership of such Shares into the register of registered shares of the Company.

 

Section 4.5.            Rights as Stockholder

 

The holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (in case of issuance of new Shares) and/or the Shares have otherwise been recorded in the register of registered shares of the Company as owned by such holder (and then only to the extent such Shares are held directly by the holder).

 

5

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1.            Administration

 

The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2.            Option Not Transferable

 

Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 5.3.            Notices

 

All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows: Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Board, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him. Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3.

 

Section 5.4.            Titles; Pronouns

 

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

6

 

 

Section 5.5.            Applicability of Plan, Director Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement

 

The Option and the Shares issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Director Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Option and such Shares.

 

Section 5.6.            Amendment

 

Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7.            Governing Law

 

The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8.            Dispute Resolution

 

In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each party hereto shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

[ Signatures on next pages .]

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

  Renaissance Parent Corp.
     
By:   

 

Name:   

 

Title:   

 

[Signature Page of Director Stock Option Agreement]

 

 

 

OPTIONEE:

 

_____________________________________

 

ADDRESS:

 

_____________________________________

 

_____________________________________

 

[Signature Page of Director Stock Option Agreement]

 

 

 

Schedule A to the Director Stock Option Agreement

 

Grant Date :    
     
Exercise Price of Options : $ per share
     
Total Option Grant :   Shares

 

C- 1

 

 

Schedule B to the Director Stock Option Agreement: Notice of Exercise

 

A. To the Company

 

Renaissance Parent Corp.

c/o Gardner Denver, Inc.

1500 Liberty Ridge Drive

Suite 3000

Wayne, PA 19087

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (610) 249-2095

 

C- 2

 

 

Exhibit 10.17 

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of the date indicated on Schedule B hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), is made by and between Renaissance Parent Corp., a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”). Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in Article I shall have the meaning set forth in the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Subsidiaries, as such Plan may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee as an incentive for increased efforts during his term of office with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I 


DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

 

Section 1.1.             Cause

 

Cause ” shall mean, with respect to an Optionee: (i) a material breach by the Optionee of the terms of the Company’s policies, the terms of which have previously been provided to such Optionee; (ii) any act of theft, misappropriation, embezzlement, fraud or similar conduct by the Optionee involving the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) the Optionee’s failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful instructions given to the Optionee by the Board (or any committee thereof) in connection with the performance of the Optionee’s duties for the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) Business Days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Optionee by the Company (the “ Cure Period ”); (iv) any damage of a material nature to the business or property of the Company or any Affiliate caused by Optionee’s willful or grossly negligent conduct which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured); (v) any intentional misconduct by the Optionee which is reasonably likely to be materially damaging to the Company without a reasonable good faith belief by the Optionee that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (vi) the conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud by the Optionee; or (vii) a knowing and material breach of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or the Optionee’s other written agreements with the Company which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured). A termination for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given the Optionee written notice of its intention to terminate for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and has given the Optionee the Cure Period within which to respond.

 

 

 

Section 1.2.              Disability

 

“Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any Other Relevant Agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or, if there is no such agreement or no such term defined therein, “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable.

 

Section 1.3.            EBITDA

 

“EBITDA” shall have the meaning as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.4.             Fiscal Year

 

“Fiscal Year” shall mean each of the fiscal years of the Company set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.5.              Good Reason

 

“Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material adverse change in the Optionee’s position causing it to be of materially less stature, responsibility, or authority or the assignment to the Optionee of any material duties inconsistent with the customary duties of the Optionee’s position, in each case without the Optionee’s written consent (provided that if, after an Initial Public Offering, the Company or its successor entity ceases to be a publicly traded entity, such fact shall not constitute a change in the Optionee’s existing position), (ii) the relocation of the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed to a location which is more than 50 miles from the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed immediately prior to such relocation, or (iii) a reduction, without the Optionee’s written consent, in the Optionee’s base salary or the target bonus amount the Optionee is eligible to earn under the Company’s current annual incentive plan or any successor or replacement annual incentive plan that the Company adopts (such current plan or any such successor or replacement plan, the “ Annual Incentive Plan ”); provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to guarantee the Optionee’s bonus for any year if the applicable performance targets are not met; and provided further, that it shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder if the Company makes an appropriate pro rata adjustment to the applicable bonus and targets under the Annual Incentive Plan in the event of a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

Unless the Optionee provides written notification of an event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above within ninety (90) days after the Optionee knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any such event, the Optionee shall be deemed to have consented thereto and such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. If the Optionee provides such written notification to the Company (or such subsidiary of the Company as may be specified in the Stock Option Agreement), the Company shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt of such notice to effect a cure of the event described therein and, upon cure thereof by the Company to the reasonable satisfaction of the Optionee, such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above must be an event that would result in a material negative change in the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company and thus effectively constitute an involuntary termination of employment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 

2

 

 

Section 1.6.             Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

“Management Stockholder’s Agreement” shall mean that certain Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

 

Section 1.7.            Option

 

“Option” shall mean the aggregate of the Time Option and the Performance Option, as granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.8.            Performance Option

 

“Performance Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Performance Option.

 

Section 1.9.           Sale Participation Agreement

 

“Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain Sale Participation Agreement between the Optionee and KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.

 

Section 1.10.          Sponsor IRR

 

“Sponsor IRR” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the cumulative internal rate of return of the Sponsor (which in no circumstances includes any fees paid to the Sponsor or expenses reimbursed to the Sponsor from time to time (“ Sponsor Fees ”)) on the Sponsor’s aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment, determined on a fully diluted basis, assuming inclusion of all Shares underlying all then outstanding Time Options and Performance Options.

 

Section 1.11.          Sponsor MOIC

 

“Sponsor MOIC” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the result obtained by dividing (i) the cash consideration received by the Sponsor (other than any Sponsor Fees) as of the Change in Control by (ii) the aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment.

 

Section 1.12.          Time Option

 

“Time Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Time Option.

 

3

 

 

ARTICLE II


GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

Section 2.1.           Grant of Options

 

For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the following Stock Options: (a) the Time Option and (b) the Performance Option, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2.            Exercise Price

 

Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price of the Shares covered by the Option (the “Exercise Price”) shall be as set forth on Schedule B hereof, which shall be the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

 

Section 2.3.            No Guarantee of Employment

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service relationship of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Optionee’s employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or offer letter provided by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to the Optionee.

 

Section 2.4.            Certain Adjustments to Stock Options

 

The Option shall be subject to, and the Company, the Committee and the Optionee shall have such rights as are specified under, the adjustment provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE III


PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

Section 3.1.            Commencement of Exercisability

 

(a)       So long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipients through each applicable vesting date specified below, the Option shall become exercisable pursuant to the following schedules:

 

(i)                   Time Option . The Time Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 20% of the Shares subject to such Option on the last day of each of the Fiscal Years 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

(ii)                  Performance Option .

 

(A) If the Company achieves the applicable EBITDA targets as set forth for each of the Fiscal Years 2014 through 2018 as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (each an “ Annual Performance Target ”), then the Performance Option shall be eligible to become vested and exercisable with respect to 20% of the Shares subject to such Option at the end of each such Fiscal Year.

 

4

 

 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Annual Performance Target is not achieved in a particular Fiscal Year (a “ Missed Year ”), then that 20% portion of the Performance Option that was eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the Company’s failure to achieve its Annual Performance Target in the Missed Year shall nevertheless also vest and become exercisable at the end of any subsequent Fiscal Year if at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year, the Cumulative Performance Target set forth on Schedule A for such Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded. Any part of the Performance Option that does not vest pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A) or (B) shall remain outstanding as an unvested Option subject to vesting pursuant to Section 3.1(b) until such Option otherwise terminates pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)             Effect of Change in Control . Notwithstanding any of Section 3.1(a) above:

 

(i)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Time Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Time Option; and

 

(ii)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Performance Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Performance Option, but only if , and to the extent that, as a result of such Change in Control, the Sponsor has achieved a Sponsor IRR of 22.5% and a Sponsor MOIC of 2.5x.

 

(c)             Forfeit of Unvested Options on Termination of Employment . No Option shall become exercisable as to any additional Shares following the termination of employment of the Optionee for any reason and any Option that is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s termination of employment shall immediately expire without payment therefor.

 

Section 3.2.            Expiration of Option

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or Section 6 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, the Optionee may not exercise any vested portion of the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)       The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

(b)       The first anniversary of the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability;

 

(c)       Immediately upon the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients for Cause;

 

5

 

 

(d)       Thirty (30) days after the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee without Good Reason (except due to the Optionee’s death or Disability);

 

(e)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients without Cause (except due to death or Disability);

 

(f)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee for Good Reason;

 

(g)       The date the Option is terminated pursuant to Section 4 or 5 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement; or

 

(h)       Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, immediately or on such date established, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV 


EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Section 4.1.            Person Eligible to Exercise

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise an Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option may, prior to the time when an Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 4.2.            Partial Exercise

 

Any exercisable portion of an Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole Shares only.

 

Section 4.3.            Manner of Exercise

 

An Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Company at the addresses set out in Schedule C all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:

 

(a)       Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;

 

(b)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer, if the Optionee so elects in the notice of exercise through the withholding of Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Stock Option in a manner that is compliant with applicable law or other form of payment if agreed by the Company) of the Exercise Price for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

6

 

 

(c)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer or, if vested Options are being exercised during the exercise periods specified in any of Sections 3.2(b), (e) or (f), as applicable, or if otherwise so agreed by the Company, through the withholding of Shares in the same manner as provided in Section 4.3(b) above) to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

(d)       A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the Shares are being acquired for his own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under (i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act, if applicable and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and

 

(e)       In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the option.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it, to the extent required under Section 3 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, to the effect that any subsequent transfer of shares acquired on exercise of an Option does not violate the Act or other applicable laws, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such shares. Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of this Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act and/or other applicable laws, and such registration is then effective in respect of such shares.

 

Section 4.4.            Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates/Registration of Issuance of Shares

 

The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of an Option, or any portion thereof, may be either non-issued and/or previously authorized but unissued shares to the extent legally permitted or issued shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares when issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased and as the case may be subscribed for (if certified, or if not certified, register the issuance of such shares on its books and records) upon the exercise of an Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a)       The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(b)       The execution by the Optionee of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement if the Optionee is not already a party to such agreements; and

 

7

 

 

(c)       The payment in full to the Company of the Exercise Price for the Shares for which the Option is exercised as provided in Section 4.3(c)

 

          As soon as practicable after fulfillment of the conditions in this Section 4.4, the Company shall issue the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option to the Optionee (either by delivery of a certificate for such Shares, or if not certificated by registering the issuance of such Shares on its books and records) and shall enter the Optionee’s ownership of such Shares into the register of registered shares of the Company.

 

Section 4.5.           Rights as Stockholder

 

The holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (in case of issuance of new Shares) and/or the Shares have otherwise been recorded in the register of registered shares of the Company as owned by such holder (and then only to the extent such Shares are held directly by the holder).

 

ARTICLE V


MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1.            Administration

 

The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2.            Option Not Transferable

 

Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 5.3.            Notices

 

All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows: Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Board, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him. Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3.

 

8

 

  

Section 5.4.            Titles; Pronouns

 

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

Section 5.5.            Applicability of Plan, Management Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement

 

The Option and the Shares issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Option and such Shares.

 

Section 5.6.            Amendment

 

Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7.            Governing Law

 

The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8.            Dispute Resolution

 

In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each party hereto shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

[ Signatures on next pages .]

 

9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.  

   

       Renaissance Parent Corp .

     

  By: 
     
  Name: 
     
  Title:

 

 

[Signature Page of Stock Option Agreement]

 

 

 

  OPTIONEE:
   
   
  ADDRESS:
   
   
   
   

 

[Signature Page of Stock Option Agreement]

  

 

 

Schedule A to the Stock Option Agreement  

Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets

 

The Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets are based on the Company’s achievement of the following EBITDA targets for the following Fiscal Years:

 

Fiscal Year Annual Performance Target Cumulative Performance Target
2014 $452,000,000 N/A
2015 $530,000,000 $982,000,000
2016 $ $
2017 $ $
2018 $ $

 

“EBITDA” shall mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus transaction, management and/or similar fees paid to the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates. The Board may, following consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “Executive”), in its discretion, adjust the calculation of EBITDA to reflect, to the extent not contemplated in the management plan, any extraordinary or one-time events, including, without limitation, acquisitions, divestitures, major capital investment programs, changes in accounting standards, stock expense related to the issuance of Options, or other extraordinary or unusual events or occurrences, or any costs or expenses incurred during such period relating to environmental remediation, litigation or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Closing Date. Without limiting the foregoing, if the Company makes an acquisition in any year, the Annual Performance Target for such year and the Cumulative Performance Target, if any, for such year and subsequent years will be adjusted fairly and appropriately, in consultation with the Executive, which adjustment may reflect the amount of EBITDA in the plan for the target presented to the Board at the time the acquisition is approved by the Board. Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets may also be fairly and appropriately adjusted by the Board, in consultation with the Executive, for any divestitures, major capital investment programs and any change in GAAP promulgated by accounting standard setters. In the event that any of the foregoing action is taken, such adjustment shall reflect the amount deemed reasonably necessary by the Board, in the exercise of its good faith judgment to accurately reflect the effect such event has on such Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets. The intent of such adjustments is to keep the probability of achieving the Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets the same as if the event triggering such adjustment had not occurred. The Board will use reasonable efforts to provide that the determination of any necessary adjustment shall be made within 60 days following the completion or closing of such event.

 

C- 1

 

 

Schedule B to the Stock Option Agreement

 

Grant Date :  
   
Exercise Price of Options : $5.00 per share
   
Option Grants :  
   
Total Option Grant: Shares
   
Aggregate number of Shares  
for which the Time Option granted hereunder is  
exercisable: 50% of total Option Grant
   
Aggregate number of Shares  
for which the Performance Option  
granted hereunder is exercisable: 50% of total Option Grant

 

C- 2

 

  

Schedule C to the Stock Option Agreement: Notice of Exercise

 

A. To the Company

 

Renaissance Parent Corp.

c/o Gardner Denver, Inc.

1500 Liberty Ridge Drive

Suite 3000

Wayne, PA 19087

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (610) 249-2095

 

C- 1

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of the date indicated on Schedule B hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), is made by and between Renaissance Parent Corp., a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”). Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in Article I shall have the meaning set forth in the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Subsidiaries, as such Plan may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee as an incentive for increased efforts during his term of office with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I


DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

 

Section 1.1.            Cause

 

Cause ” shall mean, with respect to an Optionee: (i) a material breach by the Optionee of the terms of the Company’s policies, the terms of which have previously been provided to such Optionee; (ii) any act of theft, misappropriation, embezzlement, fraud or similar conduct by the Optionee involving the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) the Optionee’s failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful instructions given to the Optionee by the Board (or any committee thereof) in connection with the performance of the Optionee’s duties for the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) Business Days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Optionee by the Company (the “ Cure Period ”); (iv) any damage of a material nature to the business or property of the Company or any Affiliate caused by Optionee’s willful or grossly negligent conduct which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured); (v) any intentional misconduct by the Optionee which is reasonably likely to be materially damaging to the Company without a reasonable good faith belief by the Optionee that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (vi) the conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud by the Optionee; or (vii) a knowing and material breach of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or the Optionee’s other written agreements with the Company which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured). A termination for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given the Optionee written notice of its intention to terminate for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and has given the Optionee the Cure Period within which to respond.

 

     

 

 

Section 1.2.            Disability

 

“Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any Other Relevant Agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or, if there is no such agreement or no such term defined therein, “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable.

 

Section 1.3.             EBITDA

 

“EBITDA” shall have the meaning as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.4.             Fiscal Year

 

“Fiscal Year” shall mean each of the fiscal years of the Company set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.5.             Good Reason

 

“Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material adverse change in the Optionee’s position causing it to be of materially less stature, responsibility, or authority or the assignment to the Optionee of any material duties inconsistent with the customary duties of the Optionee’s position, in each case without the Optionee’s written consent (provided that if, after an Initial Public Offering, the Company or its successor entity ceases to be a publicly traded entity, such fact shall not constitute a change in the Optionee’s existing position), (ii) the relocation of the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed to a location which is more than 50 miles from the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed immediately prior to such relocation, or (iii) a reduction, without the Optionee’s written consent, in the Optionee’s base salary or the target bonus amount the Optionee is eligible to earn under the Company’s current annual incentive plan or any successor or replacement annual incentive plan that the Company adopts (such current plan or any such successor or replacement plan, the “ Annual Incentive Plan ”); provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to guarantee the Optionee’s bonus for any year if the applicable performance targets are not met; and provided further, that it shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder if the Company makes an appropriate pro rata adjustment to the applicable bonus and targets under the Annual Incentive Plan in the event of a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

Unless the Optionee provides written notification of an event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above within ninety (90) days after the Optionee knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any such event, the Optionee shall be deemed to have consented thereto and such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. If the Optionee provides such written notification to the Company (or such subsidiary of the Company as may be specified in the Stock Option Agreement), the Company shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt of such notice to effect a cure of the event described therein and, upon cure thereof by the Company to the reasonable satisfaction of the Optionee, such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above must be an event that would result in a material negative change in the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company and thus effectively constitute an involuntary termination of employment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 

    2  

 

 

Section 1.6.             Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

“Management Stockholder’s Agreement” shall mean that certain Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

 

Section 1.7.             Option

 

“Option” shall mean the aggregate of the Time Option and the Performance Option, as granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.8.             Performance Option

 

“Performance Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Performance Option.

 

Section 1.9.             Sale Participation Agreement

 

“Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain Sale Participation Agreement between the Optionee and KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.

 

Section 1.10.             Sponsor IRR

 

“Sponsor IRR” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the cumulative internal rate of return of the Sponsor (which in no circumstances includes any fees paid to the Sponsor or expenses reimbursed to the Sponsor from time to time (“ Sponsor Fees ”)) on the Sponsor’s aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment, determined on a fully diluted basis, assuming inclusion of all Shares underlying all then outstanding Time Options and Performance Options.

 

Section 1.11.             Sponsor MOIC

 

“Sponsor MOIC” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the result obtained by dividing (i) the cash consideration received by the Sponsor (other than any Sponsor Fees) as of the Change in Control by (ii) the aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment.

 

Section 1.12.             Time Option

 

“Time Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Time Option.

 

    3  

 

 

ARTICLE II


GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

Section 2.1.            Grant of Options

 

For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the following Stock Options: (a) the Time Option and (b) the Performance Option, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2.            Exercise Price

 

Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price of the Shares covered by the Option (the “ Exercise Price ”) shall be as set forth on Schedule B hereof, which shall be the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

 

Section 2.3.            No Guarantee of Employment

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service relationship of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Optionee’s employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or offer letter provided by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to the Optionee.

 

Section 2.4.            Certain Adjustments to Stock Options

 

The Option shall be subject to, and the Company, the Committee and the Optionee shall have such rights as are specified under, the adjustment provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE III


PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

Section 3.1.             Commencement of Exercisability

 

(a)       So long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipients through each applicable vesting date specified below, the Option shall become exercisable pursuant to the following schedules:

 

(i)             Time Option . The Time Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 25% of the Shares subject to such Option on the last day of each of the Fiscal Years 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

(ii)           Performance Option .

 

(A) If the Company achieves the applicable EBITDA targets as set forth for each of the Fiscal Years 2015 through 2018 as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (each an “ Annual Performance Target ”), then the Performance Option shall be eligible to become vested and exercisable with respect to 25% of the Shares subject to such Option at the end of each such Fiscal Year; provided, that the Performance Option in respect of Fiscal Year 2015 shall be treated as a Time Option.

 

    4  

 

 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Annual Performance Target is not achieved in a particular Fiscal Year (a “ Missed Year ”), then that 25% portion of the Performance Option that was eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the Company’s failure to achieve its Annual Performance Target in the Missed Year shall nevertheless also vest and become exercisable at the end of any subsequent Fiscal Year if at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year, the Cumulative Performance Target set forth on Schedule A for such Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded. Any part of the Performance Option that does not vest pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A) or (B) shall remain outstanding as an unvested Option subject to vesting pursuant to Section 3.1(b) until such Option otherwise terminates pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)          Effect of Change in Control . Notwithstanding any of Section 3.1(a) above:

 

(i)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Time Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Time Option; and

 

(ii)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Performance Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Performance Option, but only if , and to the extent that, as a result of such Change in Control, the Sponsor has achieved a Sponsor IRR of 22.5% and a Sponsor MOIC of 2.5x.

 

(c)        Forfeit of Unvested Options on Termination of Employment . No Option shall become exercisable as to any additional Shares following the termination of employment of the Optionee for any reason and any Option that is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s termination of employment shall immediately expire without payment therefor. For the purposes of this Agreement, if the termination of the Optionee’s employment is subject to a notice period, the date such notice is given will be deemed to be the Optionee’s termination date.

 

Section 3.2.             Expiration of Option

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or Section 6 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, the Optionee may not exercise any vested portion of the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)       The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

(b)       The first anniversary of the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability;

 

    5  

 

 

(c)       Immediately upon the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients for Cause;

 

(d)       Thirty (30) days after the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee without Good Reason (except due to death or Disability);

 

(e)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients without Cause (except due to death or Disability);

 

(f)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee for Good Reason;

 

(g)       The date the Option is terminated pursuant to a Change in Control or Section 4 or 5 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement; or

 

(h)       Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, immediately or on such date established, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV


EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Section 4.1.             Person Eligible to Exercise

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise an Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option may, prior to the time when an Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 4.2.             Partial Exercise

 

Any exercisable portion of an Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole Shares only.

 

Section 4.3.             Manner of Exercise

 

An Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Company at the addresses set out in Schedule C all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:

 

(a)       Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;

 

(b)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer, if the Optionee so elects in the notice of exercise through the withholding of Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Stock Option in a manner that is compliant with applicable law or other form of payment if agreed by the Company) of the Exercise Price for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

    6  

 

 

(c)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer or, if vested Options are being exercised during the exercise periods specified in any of Sections 3.2(b), (e) or (f), as applicable, or if otherwise so agreed by the Company, through the withholding of Shares in the same manner as provided in Section 4.3(b) above) to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

(d)       A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the Shares are being acquired for his own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under (i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act, if applicable and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and

 

(e)       In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the option.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it, to the extent required under Section 3 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, to the effect that any subsequent transfer of shares acquired on exercise of an Option does not violate the Act or other applicable laws, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such shares. Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of this Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act and/or other applicable laws, and such registration is then effective in respect of such shares.

 

Section 4.4.             Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates/Registration of Issuance of Shares

 

The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of an Option, or any portion thereof, may be either non-issued and/or previously authorized but unissued shares to the extent legally permitted or issued shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares when issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased and as the case may be subscribed for (if certified, or, if not certified, register the issuance of such shares on its books and records) upon the exercise of an Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a)       The obtaining of approval other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

    7  

 

 

(b)       The execution by the Optionee of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement if the Optionee is not already a party to such agreements; and

 

(c)       The payment in full to the Company of the Exercise Price for the Shares for which the Option is exercised as provided in Section 4.3(c)

 

 As soon as practicable after fulfillment of the conditions in this Section 4.4, the Company shall issue the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option to the Optionee (either by delivery of a certificate for such Shares, or if not certificated by registering the issuance of such Shares on its books and records) and shall enter the Optionee’s ownership of such Shares into the register of registered shares of the Company.

  

Section 4.5.             Rights as Stockholder

 

The holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (in case of issuance of new Shares) and/or the Shares have otherwise been recorded in the register of registered shares of the Company as owned by such holder (and then only to the extent such Shares are held directly by the holder).

 

ARTICLE V


MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1.             Administration

 

The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2.             Option Not Transferable

 

Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

    8  

 

 

Section 5.3.             Notices

 

All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one (1) Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows: Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Board, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him. Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3.

 

Section 5.4.             Titles; Pronouns

 

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

Section 5.5.             Applicability of Plan, Management Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement; Forfeiture upon Failure to Accept

 

The Option and the Shares issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Option and such Shares. By accepting the Option (including through electronic means), the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth in the Plan, this Agreement, and the Company’s policies, as in effect from time to time, relating to the Plan. The Optionee’s rights under the Option will lapse thirty (30) days from the Grant Date, and the Option will be forfeited on such date if the Optionee shall not have accepted this Agreement by such date.

 

Section 5.6.             Amendment

 

Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7.             Governing Law

 

The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8.             Dispute Resolution

 

In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each party hereto shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

    9  

 

 

[ Signatures on next pages .]

 

    10  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

  Renaissance Parent Corp.
     
  By:    
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

[Signature Page of Stock Option Agreement]  

 

     

 

 

  OPTIONEE:
   
  Vicente Reynal
   
  ADDRESS:
   
   

   

[Signature Page of Stock Option Agreement]

 

     

 

 

Schedule A to the Stock Option Agreement

Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets

 

The Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets are based on the Company’s achievement of the following EBITDA targets for the following Fiscal Years:

 

Performance
Targets
2016 2017 2018
EBITDA $550,000,000  $  $
Cumulative Target    $  $

  

“EBITDA” shall mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus transaction, management and/or similar fees paid to the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates. The Board may, following consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”), in its discretion, adjust the calculation of EBITDA to reflect, to the extent not contemplated in the management plan, any extraordinary or one-time events, including, without limitation, acquisitions, divestitures, major capital investment programs, changes in accounting standards, stock expense related to the issuance of Options, or other extraordinary or unusual events or occurrences, or any costs or expenses incurred during such period relating to environmental remediation, litigation or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Closing Date. Without limiting the foregoing, if the Company makes an acquisition in any year, the Annual Performance Target for such year and the Cumulative Performance Target, if any, for such year and subsequent years will be adjusted fairly and appropriately, in consultation with the CEO, which adjustment may reflect the amount of EBITDA in the plan for the target presented to the Board at the time the acquisition is approved by the Board. Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets may also be fairly and appropriately adjusted by the Board, in consultation with the CEO, for any divestitures, major capital investment programs and any change in GAAP promulgated by accounting standard setters. In the event that any of the foregoing action is taken, such adjustment shall reflect the amount deemed reasonably necessary by the Board, in the exercise of its good faith judgment to accurately reflect the effect such event has on such Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets. The intent of such adjustments is to keep the probability of achieving the Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets the same as if the event triggering such adjustment had not occurred. The Board will use reasonable efforts to provide that the determination of any necessary adjustment shall be made within 60 days following the completion or closing of such event.

 

 

  C- 1  

 

 

Schedule B to the Stock Option Agreement

 

Grant Date :    
     
Exercise Price of Options : $6.50  
     
Option Grants :    
     
Total Option Grant:   Shares
     
Aggregate number of Shares for which the Time Option granted hereunder is exercisable: 50% of total Option Grant
     
Aggregate number of Shares for which the Performance Option granted hereunder is exercisable: 50% of total Option Grant

 

  C- 2  

 

 

Schedule C to the Stock Option Agreement: Notice of Exercise

 

A. To the Company

 

Renaissance Parent Corp.  

c/o Gardner Denver, Inc.

222 East Erie Street, Suite 500 

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attention: General Counsel

 

  C- 1  

 

 

Exhibit 10.19 

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of the date indicated on Schedule B hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), is made by and between Renaissance Parent Corp., a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”). Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in Article I shall have the meaning set forth in the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Subsidiaries, as such Plan may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee as an incentive for increased efforts during his term of office with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

 

Section 1.1.            Cause

 

Cause ” shall mean, with respect to an Optionee: (i) a material breach by the Optionee of the terms of the Company’s policies, the terms of which have previously been provided to such Optionee; (ii) any act of theft, misappropriation, embezzlement, fraud or similar conduct by the Optionee involving the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) the Optionee’s failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful instructions given to the Optionee by the Board (or any committee thereof) in connection with the performance of the Optionee’s duties for the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) Business Days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Optionee by the Company (the “ Cure Period ”); (iv) any damage of a material nature to the business or property of the Company or any Affiliate caused by Optionee’s willful or grossly negligent conduct which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured); (v) any intentional misconduct by the Optionee which is reasonably likely to be materially damaging to the Company without a reasonable good faith belief by the Optionee that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (vi) the conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud by the Optionee; or (vii) a knowing and material breach of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or the Optionee’s other written agreements with the Company which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured). A termination for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given the Optionee written notice of its intention to terminate for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and has given the Optionee the Cure Period within which to respond.

 

 

 

 

Section 1.2.            Disability

 

“Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any Other Relevant Agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or, if there is no such agreement or no such term defined therein, “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable.

 

Section 1.3.            EBITDA

 

“EBITDA” shall have the meaning as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.4.            Fiscal Year

 

“Fiscal Year” shall mean each of the fiscal years of the Company set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.5.            Good Reason

 

“Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material adverse change in the Optionee’s position causing it to be of materially less stature, responsibility, or authority or the assignment to the Optionee of any material duties inconsistent with the customary duties of the Optionee’s position, in each case without the Optionee’s written consent (provided that if, after an Initial Public Offering, the Company or its successor entity ceases to be a publicly traded entity, such fact shall not constitute a change in the Optionee’s existing position), (ii) the relocation of the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed to a location which is more than 50 miles from the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed immediately prior to such relocation, or (iii) a reduction, without the Optionee’s written consent, in the Optionee’s base salary or the target bonus amount the Optionee is eligible to earn under the Company’s current annual incentive plan or any successor or replacement annual incentive plan that the Company adopts (such current plan or any such successor or replacement plan, the “ Annual Incentive Plan ”); provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to guarantee the Optionee’s bonus for any year if the applicable performance targets are not met; and provided further, that it shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder if the Company makes an appropriate pro rata adjustment to the applicable bonus and targets under the Annual Incentive Plan in the event of a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

Unless the Optionee provides written notification of an event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above within ninety (90) days after the Optionee knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any such event, the Optionee shall be deemed to have consented thereto and such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. If the Optionee provides such written notification to the Company (or such subsidiary of the Company as may be specified in the Stock Option Agreement), the Company shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt of such notice to effect a cure of the event described therein and, upon cure thereof by the Company to the reasonable satisfaction of the Optionee, such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above must be an event that would result in a material negative change in the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company and thus effectively constitute an involuntary termination of employment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 

  2

 

 

Section 1.6.            Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

“Management Stockholder’s Agreement” shall mean that certain Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

 

Section 1.7.            Option

 

“Option” shall mean the aggregate of the Time Option and the Performance Option, as granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.8.            Performance Option

 

“Performance Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Performance Option.

 

Section 1.9.            Sale Participation Agreement

 

“Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain Sale Participation Agreement between the Optionee and KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.

 

Section 1.10.          Sponsor IRR

 

“Sponsor IRR” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the cumulative internal rate of return of the Sponsor (which in no circumstances includes any fees paid to the Sponsor or expenses reimbursed to the Sponsor from time to time (“ Sponsor Fees ”)) on the Sponsor’s aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment, determined on a fully diluted basis, assuming inclusion of all Shares underlying all then outstanding Time Options and Performance Options.

 

Section 1.11.          Sponsor MOIC

 

“Sponsor MOIC” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the result obtained by dividing (i) the cash consideration received by the Sponsor (other than any Sponsor Fees) as of the Change in Control by (ii) the aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment.

 

Section 1.12.          Time Option

 

“Time Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Time Option.

 

  3

 

 

ARTICLE II


GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

Section 2.1.           Grant of Options

 

For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the following Stock Options: (a) the Time Option and (b) the Performance Option, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2.           Exercise Price

 

Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price of the Shares covered by the Option (the “Exercise Price”) shall be as set forth on Schedule B hereof, which shall be the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

 

Section 2.3.           No Guarantee of Employment

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service relationship of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Optionee’s employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or offer letter provided by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to the Optionee.

 

Section 2.4.           Certain Adjustments to Stock Options

 

The Option shall be subject to, and the Company, the Committee and the Optionee shall have such rights as are specified under, the adjustment provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE III


PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

Section 3.1.           Commencement of Exercisability

 

(a)           So long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipients through each applicable vesting date specified below, the Option shall become exercisable pursuant to the following schedules:

 

(i)                Time Option . The Time Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 33.3% of the Shares subject to such Option on the last day of each of the Fiscal Years 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

(ii)               Performance Option .

 

(A) If the Company achieves the applicable EBITDA targets as set forth for each of the Fiscal Years 2016 through 2018 as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (each an “ Annual Performance Target ”), then the Performance Option shall be eligible to become vested and exercisable with respect to 33.3% of the Shares subject to such Option at the end of each such Fiscal Year; provided that:

 

  4

 

 

1) In the event that that Annual Performance Target in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 is not achieved, but the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 is at least $              , then one-quarter (1/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2017, and with respect of the remaining three-quarters (3/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 (the “ Unvested 2017 Options ”), one-half (1/2) of the such Unvested 2017 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2019 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2019 is at least $              , and one-half (1/2) of the Unvested 2017 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2020 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2020 is at least $              ; provided , that if the Cumulative Performance Target in respect of a subsequent Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded, then any unvested portion of the Unvested 2017 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year; and

 

2) in the event that that Annual Performance Target in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 is not achieved, but the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 is at least $              , then one-quarter (1/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2018, and with respect of the remaining three-quarters (3/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 (the “ Unvested 2018 Options ”), one-half (1/2) of the such Unvested 2018 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2019 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2019 is at least $              , and one-half (1/2) of the Unvested 2018 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2020 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2020 is at least $              ; provided , that if the Cumulative Performance Target in respect of a subsequent Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded, then any unvested portion of the Unvested 2018 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year.

 

  5

 

 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Annual Performance Target is not achieved in a particular Fiscal Year (a “ Missed Year ”), then that 33.3% portion of the Performance Option that was eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the Company’s failure to achieve its Annual Performance Target in the Missed Year shall nevertheless also vest and become exercisable at the end of any subsequent Fiscal Year if at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year, the Cumulative Performance Target set forth on Schedule A for such Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded. Any part of the Performance Option that does not vest pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A) or (B) shall remain outstanding as an unvested Option subject to vesting pursuant to Section 3.1(b) until such Option otherwise terminates pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)            Effect of Change in Control . Notwithstanding any of Section 3.1(a) above:

 

(i)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Time Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Time Option; and

 

(ii)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Performance Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Performance Option, but only if , and to the extent that, as a result of such Change in Control, the Sponsor has achieved a Sponsor IRR of 22.5% and a Sponsor MOIC of 2.5x.

 

(c)             Forfeit of Unvested Options on Termination of Employment . No Option shall become exercisable as to any additional Shares following the termination of employment of the Optionee for any reason and any Option that is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s termination of employment shall immediately expire without payment therefor. For the purposes of this Agreement, if the termination of the Optionee’s employment is subject to a notice period, the date such notice is given will be deemed to be the Optionee’s termination date.

 

Section 3.2.             Expiration of Option

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or Section 6 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, the Optionee may not exercise any vested portion of the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)       The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

(b)       The first anniversary of the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability;

 

(c)       Immediately upon the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients for Cause;

 

(d)       Thirty (30) days after the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee without Good Reason (except due to death or Disability);

 

  6

 

 

(e)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients without Cause (except due to death or Disability);

 

(f)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee for Good Reason;

 

(g)       The date the Option is terminated pursuant to a Change in Control or Section 4 or 5 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement; or

 

(h)       Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, immediately or on such date established, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV


EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Section 4.1.           Person Eligible to Exercise

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise an Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option may, prior to the time when an Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 4.2.           Partial Exercise

 

Any exercisable portion of an Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole Shares only.

 

Section 4.3.           Manner of Exercise

 

An Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Company at the addresses set out in Schedule C all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:

 

(a)       Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;

 

(b)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer, if the Optionee so elects in the notice of exercise through the withholding of Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Stock Option in a manner that is compliant with applicable law or other form of payment if agreed by the Company) of the Exercise Price for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

(c)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer or, if vested Options are being exercised during the exercise periods specified in any of Sections 3.2(b), (e) or (f), as applicable, or if otherwise so agreed by the Company, through the withholding of Shares in the same manner as provided in Section 4.3(b) above) to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

  7

 

 

(d)       A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the Shares are being acquired for his own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under (i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act, if applicable and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and

 

(e)       In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the option.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it, to the extent required under Section 3 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, to the effect that any subsequent transfer of shares acquired on exercise of an Option does not violate the Act or other applicable laws, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such shares. Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of this Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act and/or other applicable laws, and such registration is then effective in respect of such shares.

 

Section 4.4.           Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates/Registration of Issuance of Shares

 

The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of an Option, or any portion thereof, may be either non-issued and/or previously authorized but unissued shares to the extent legally permitted or issued shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares when issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased and as the case may be subscribed for (if certified, or if not certified, register the issuance of such shares on its books and records) upon the exercise of an Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a)       The obtaining of approval other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(b)       The execution by the Optionee of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement if the Optionee is not already a party to such agreements; and

 

(c)       The payment in full to the Company of the Exercise Price for the Shares for which the Option is exercised as provided in Section 4.3(c)

 

  8

 

 

 As soon as practicable after fulfillment of the conditions in this Section 4.4, the Company shall issue the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option to the Optionee (either by delivery of a certificate for such Shares, or if not certificated by registering the issuance of such Shares on its books and records) and shall enter the Optionee’s ownership of such Shares into the register of registered shares of the Company.

 

Section 4.5.           Rights as Stockholder

 

The holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (in case of issuance of new Shares) and/or the Shares have otherwise been recorded in the register of registered shares of the Company as owned by such holder (and then only to the extent such Shares are held directly by the holder).

 

ARTICLE V


MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1.           Administration

 

The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2.           Option Not Transferable

 

Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 5.3.           Notices

 

All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows: Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Board, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him. Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3.

 

  9

 

 

Section 5.4.           Titles; Pronouns

 

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

Section 5.5.           Applicability of Plan, Management Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement; Forfeiture upon Failure to Accept

 

The Option and the Shares issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Option and such Shares. By accepting the Option (including through electronic means), the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth in the Plan, this Agreement, and the Company’s policies, as in effect from time to time, relating to the Plan. The Optionee’s rights under the Option will lapse thirty (30) days from the Grant Date, and the Option will be forfeited on such date if the Optionee shall not have accepted this Agreement by such date.

 

Section 5.6.           Amendment

 

Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7.           Governing Law

 

The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8.           Dispute Resolution

 

In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each party hereto shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

[ Signatures on next pages .]

 

  10

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto. 

     
  Renaissance Parent Corp.

 

  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

[Signature Page of Stock Option Agreement] 

 

 

 

 

  OPTIONEE:  
     
     
  [Name]  
     
  ADDRESS:  
     
     
     
     

   

[Signature Page of Stock Option Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Schedule A to the Stock Option Agreement 

Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets

 

The Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets are based on the Company’s achievement of the following EBITDA targets for the following Fiscal Years:

 

Performance
Targets
2016 2017 2018
EBITDA $400,000,000 $ $
Cumulative Target   $ $

 

“EBITDA” shall mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus transaction, management and/or similar fees paid to the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates. The Board may, following consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”), in its discretion, adjust the calculation of EBITDA to reflect, to the extent not contemplated in the management plan, any extraordinary or one-time events, including, without limitation, acquisitions, divestitures, major capital investment programs, changes in accounting standards, stock expense related to the issuance of Options, or other extraordinary or unusual events or occurrences, or any costs or expenses incurred during such period relating to environmental remediation, litigation or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Closing Date. Without limiting the foregoing, if the Company makes an acquisition in any year, the Annual Performance Target for such year and the Cumulative Performance Target, if any, for such year and subsequent years will be adjusted fairly and appropriately, in consultation with the CEO, which adjustment may reflect the amount of EBITDA in the plan for the target presented to the Board at the time the acquisition is approved by the Board. Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets may also be fairly and appropriately adjusted by the Board, in consultation with the CEO, for any divestitures, major capital investment programs and any change in GAAP promulgated by accounting standard setters. In the event that any of the foregoing action is taken, such adjustment shall reflect the amount deemed reasonably necessary by the Board, in the exercise of its good faith judgment to accurately reflect the effect such event has on such Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets. The intent of such adjustments is to keep the probability of achieving the Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets the same as if the event triggering such adjustment had not occurred. The Board will use reasonable efforts to provide that the determination of any necessary adjustment shall be made within 60 days following the completion or closing of such event.

 

 C- 1

 

 

Schedule B to the Stock Option Agreement

 

Grant Date : May 10, 2016      
       
Exercise Price of Options :   $6.50  
       
Option Grants :      
       
Total Option Grant:   Shares  
       
Aggregate number of Shares
for which the Time Option granted hereunder is
exercisable:
  50% of total Option Grant  
       
Aggregate number of Shares
for which the Performance Option
granted hereunder is exercisable:
  50% of total Option Grant  

    

 

 C- 2

 

 

Schedule C to the Stock Option Agreement: Notice of Exercise

 

A. To the Company

 

Renaissance Parent Corp.  

c/o Gardner Denver, Inc. 

222 East Erie Street, Suite 500 

Milwaukee, WI 53202 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 C- 1

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT FOR NON-U.S. OPTIONEES

 

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of the date indicated on Schedule B hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), is made by and between Renaissance Parent Corp., a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”). Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in Article I shall have the meaning set forth in the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Subsidiaries, as such Plan may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee as an incentive for increased efforts during his term of office with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I


DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

 

Section 1.1.            Cause

 

Cause ” shall mean, with respect to an Optionee: (i) a material breach by the Optionee of the terms of the Company’s policies, the terms of which have previously been provided to such Optionee; (ii) any act of theft, misappropriation, embezzlement, fraud or similar conduct by the Optionee involving the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) the Optionee’s failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful instructions given to the Optionee by the Board (or any committee thereof) in connection with the performance of the Optionee’s duties for the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) Business Days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Optionee by the Company (the “ Cure Period ”); (iv) any damage of a material nature to the business or property of the Company or any Affiliate caused by Optionee’s willful or grossly negligent conduct which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured); (v) any intentional misconduct by the Optionee which is reasonably likely to be materially damaging to the Company without a reasonable good faith belief by the Optionee that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (vi) the conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud by the Optionee; or (vii) a knowing and material breach of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or the Optionee’s other written agreements with the Company which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured). A termination for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given the Optionee written notice of its intention to terminate for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and has given the Optionee the Cure Period within which to respond.

 

 

 

Section 1.2.            Disability

 

“Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any Other Relevant Agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, or, if there is no such agreement or no such term defined therein, “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, as applicable.

 

Section 1.3.            EBITDA

 

“EBITDA” shall have the meaning as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.4.            Fiscal Year

 

“Fiscal Year” shall mean each of the fiscal years of the Company set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.5.            Good Reason

 

“Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material adverse change in the Optionee’s position causing it to be of materially less stature, responsibility, or authority or the assignment to the Optionee of any material duties inconsistent with the customary duties of the Optionee’s position, in each case without the Optionee’s written consent (provided that if, after an Initial Public Offering, the Company or its successor entity ceases to be a publicly traded entity, such fact shall not constitute a change in the Optionee’s existing position), (ii) the relocation of the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed to a location which is more than 50 miles from the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed immediately prior to such relocation, or (iii) a reduction, without the Optionee’s written consent, in the Optionee’s base salary or the target bonus amount the Optionee is eligible to earn under the Company’s current annual incentive plan or any successor or replacement annual incentive plan that the Company adopts (such current plan or any such successor or replacement plan, the “ Annual Incentive Plan ”); provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to guarantee the Optionee’s bonus for any year if the applicable performance targets are not met; and provided further, that it shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder if the Company makes an appropriate pro rata adjustment to the applicable bonus and targets under the Annual Incentive Plan in the event of a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

Unless the Optionee provides written notification of an event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above within ninety (90) days after the Optionee knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any such event, the Optionee shall be deemed to have consented thereto and such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. If the Optionee provides such written notification to the Company (or such subsidiary of the Company as may be specified in the Stock Option Agreement), the Company shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt of such notice to effect a cure of the event described therein and, upon cure thereof by the Company to the reasonable satisfaction of the Optionee, such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above must be an event that would result in a material negative change in the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company and thus effectively constitute an involuntary termination of employment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 

2

 

 

Section 1.6.            Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

“Management Stockholder’s Agreement” shall mean that certain Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

 

Section 1.7.            Option

 

“Option” shall mean the aggregate of the Time Option and the Performance Option, as granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.8.            Performance Option

 

“Performance Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Performance Option.

 

Section 1.9.            Sale Participation Agreement

 

“Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain Sale Participation Agreement between the Optionee and KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.

 

Section 1.10.          Sponsor IRR

 

“Sponsor IRR” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the cumulative internal rate of return of the Sponsor (which in no circumstances includes any fees paid to the Sponsor or expenses reimbursed to the Sponsor from time to time (“ Sponsor Fees ”)) on the Sponsor’s aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment, determined on a fully diluted basis, assuming inclusion of all Shares underlying all then outstanding Time Options and Performance Options.

 

Section 1.11.           Sponsor MOIC

 

“Sponsor MOIC” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the result obtained by dividing (i) the cash consideration received by the Sponsor (other than any Sponsor Fees) as of the Change in Control by (ii) the aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment.

 

Section 1.12.          Time Option

 

“Time Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Time Option.

 

3

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

Section 2.1.            Grant of Options

 

For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the following Stock Options: (a) the Time Option and (b) the Performance Option, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2.            Exercise Price

 

Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price of the Shares covered by the Option (the “ Exercise Price ”) shall be as set forth on Schedule B hereof, which shall be the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

 

Section 2.3.            No Guarantee of Employment

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service relationship of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever.

 

Section 2.4.            Certain Adjustments to Stock Options

 

The Option shall be subject to, and the Company, the Committee and the Optionee shall have such rights as are specified under, the adjustment provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

Section 3.1.            Commencement of Exercisability

 

(a)       So long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipients through each applicable vesting date specified below, the Option shall become exercisable pursuant to the following schedules:

 

(i)                 Time Option . The Time Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 20% of the Shares subject to such Option on the last day of each of the Fiscal Years 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020 respectively.

 

(ii)                Performance Option .

 

(A) If the Company achieves the applicable EBITDA targets as set forth for each of the Fiscal Years 2016 through 2020 as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (each an “ Annual Performance Target ”), then the Performance Option shall be eligible to become vested and exercisable with respect to 20% of the Shares subject to such Option at the end of each such Fiscal Year.

 

4

 

 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Annual Performance Target is not achieved in a particular Fiscal Year (a “ Missed Year ”), then that 20% portion of the Performance Option that was eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the Company’s failure to achieve its Annual Performance Target in the Missed Year shall nevertheless also vest and become exercisable at the end of any subsequent Fiscal Year if at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year, the Cumulative Performance Target set forth on Schedule A for such Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded. Any part of the Performance Option that does not vest pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A) or (B) shall remain outstanding as an unvested Option subject to vesting pursuant to Section 3.1(b) until such Option otherwise terminates pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)             Effect of Change in Control . Notwithstanding any of Section 3.1(a) above:

 

(i)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Time Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Time Option; and

 

(ii)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Performance Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Performance Option, but only if , and to the extent that, as a result of such Change in Control, the Sponsor has achieved a Sponsor IRR of 22.5% and a Sponsor MOIC of 2.5x.

 

(c)            Forfeit of Unvested Options on Termination of Employment . No Option shall become exercisable as to any additional Shares following the termination of employment of the Optionee for any reason and any Option that is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s termination of employment shall immediately expire without payment therefor. For the purposes of this Agreement, if the termination of the Optionee’s employment is subject to a notice period, the date such notice is given will be deemed to be the Optionee’s termination date.

 

Section 3.2.            Expiration of Option

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or Section 6 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, the Optionee may not exercise any vested portion of the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)       The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

(b)       The first anniversary of the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability;

 

(c)       Immediately upon the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients for Cause;

 

5

 

 

(d)       Thirty (30) days after the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee without Good Reason (except due to death or Disability);

 

(e)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients without Cause (except due to death or Disability);

 

(f)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee for Good Reason;

 

(g)       The date the Option is terminated pursuant to a Change in Control or Section 4 or 5 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement; or

 

(h)       Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, immediately or on such date established, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Section 4.1.            Person Eligible to Exercise

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise an Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option may, prior to the time when an Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 4.2.            Partial Exercise

 

Any exercisable portion of an Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole Shares only.

 

Section 4.3.            Manner of Exercise

 

An Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Company at the addresses set out in Schedule C all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:

 

(a)       Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;

 

(b)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer, if the Optionee so elects in the notice of exercise through the withholding of Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Stock Option in a manner that is compliant with applicable law or other form of payment if agreed by the Company) of the Exercise Price for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

6

 

 

(c)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer or, if vested Options are being exercised during the exercise periods specified in any of Sections 3.2(b), (e) or (f), as applicable, or if otherwise so agreed by the Company, through the withholding of Shares in the same manner as provided in Section 4.3(b) above) to satisfy the Tax-Related Items (as defined in Section 4.5 below) with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

(d)       A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the Shares are being acquired for his own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under (i) the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act, if applicable and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and

 

(e)       In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the Option.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it, to the extent required under Section 3 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, to the effect that any subsequent transfer of shares acquired on exercise of an Option does not violate the Act or other applicable laws, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such shares. Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of this Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act and/or other applicable laws, and such registration is then effective in respect of such shares.

 

Section 4.4.            Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates/Registration of Issuance of Shares

 

The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of an Option, or any portion thereof, may be either non-issued and/or previously authorized but unissued shares to the extent legally permitted or issued shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares when issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased and as the case may be subscribed for (if certified, or if not certified, register the issuance of such shares on its books and records) upon the exercise of an Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a)       The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(b)       The execution by the Optionee of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement if the Optionee is not already a party to such agreements; and

 

7

 

 

(c)       The payment in full to the Company of the Exercise Price for the Shares for which the Option is exercised as provided in Section 4.3(c).

 

         As soon as practicable after fulfillment of the conditions in this Section 4.4, the Company shall issue the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option to the Optionee (either by delivery of a certificate for such Shares, or if not certificated by registering the issuance of such Shares on its books and records) and shall enter the Optionee’s ownership of such Shares into the register of registered shares of the Company.

 

Section 4.5.           Responsibility for Taxes

 

Regardless of any action the Company or the Service Recipients take with respect to any or all income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to the Optionee’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to the Optionee (“ Tax-Related Items ”), the Optionee acknowledges that the ultimate liability for all Tax-Related Items is and remains the Optionee’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Service Recipients. The Optionee further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Service Recipients (1) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Options, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or exercise of the Options, the delivery of Shares upon exercise of the Options, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired under the Plan and the receipt of any dividends; and (2) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the Options or any aspect of the Options to reduce or eliminate the Optionee’s liability for Tax-Related Items or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if the Optionee has become subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Grant Date and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Optionee acknowledges that the Company and/or the Service Recipients (or the Subsidiary or Affiliate formerly employing or retaining the Optionee, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

 

Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, the Optionee will pay or make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or the Service Recipients to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, the Optionee authorizes the Company and/or the Service Recipients, or their respective agents, at their discretion, to satisfy the obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items by one or a combination of the following:

 

(a)       withholding from the Optionee’s wages or other cash compensation paid to the Optionee by the Company and/or the Service Recipients; or

 

(b)       withholding from proceeds of the sale of Shares delivered upon exercise of the Options either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company (on the Optionee’s behalf pursuant to this authorization); or

 

(c)       withholding of Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise of the Options.

 

Depending on the withholding method, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding amounts or other applicable withholding rates, including maximum applicable rates, in which case the Optionee will receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the Common Stock equivalent. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in Shares, for tax purposes, the Optionee is deemed to have been issued the full number of Shares subject to the exercised Options, notwithstanding that a number of the Shares are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items due as a result of any aspect of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

8

 

 

Finally, the Optionee shall pay to the Company or the Service Recipients any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or the Service Recipients may be required to withhold or account for as a result of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by the means previously described. The Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares or the proceeds of the sale of Shares, if the Optionee fails to comply with the Optionee’s obligations in connection with the Tax-Related Items.

 

Section 4.6.            Rights as Stockholder

 

The holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (in case of issuance of new Shares) and/or the Shares have otherwise been recorded in the register of registered shares of the Company as owned by such holder (and then only to the extent such Shares are held directly by the holder).

 

ARTICLE V

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1.            Administration

 

The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2.            Option Not Transferable

 

Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 5.3.            Notices

 

All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows: Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Board, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him. Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3.

 

9

 

 

Section 5.4.            Nature of Grant

 

In accepting the Option, the Optionee acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

(a)       the Plan is established voluntarily by the Company, it is discretionary in nature and it may be modified, amended, suspended or terminated by the Company at any time;

 

(b)       the grant of the Options is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants, or benefits in lieu of Options, even if Options have been granted in the past;

 

(c)       all decisions with respect to future grants of Options, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

 

(d)       the Options and the Shares subject to the Options are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(e)       the Optionee is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(f)       the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including, without limitation, calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

(g)       the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted with certainty;

 

(h)       if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(i)       if the Optionee exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

 

(j)       no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Options resulting from termination of the Optionee’s employment or other service relationship (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Optionee is employed or the terms of the Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which the Optionee is otherwise not entitled, the Optionee irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or the Service Recipients, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, its Subsidiaries, Affiliates and the Service Recipients from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, the Optionee shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim;

 

(k)       for purposes of the Option, the Optionee’s employment or service relationship will be considered terminated as of the date the Optionee is no longer actively providing services to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Optionee is employed or the terms of the Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) the Optionee’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., the Optionee’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Optionee is employed or the terms of the Optionee’s employment agreement, if any); and (ii) the period (if any) during which the Optionee may exercise the Option after such termination of the Optionee’s employment or service relationship will commence as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Optionee is employed or terms of the Optionee’s employment agreement, if any; the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Optionee is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Option grant (including whether the Optionee may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

 

10

 

 

(l)       unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the shares of the Company; and

 

(m)       neither the Company, the Service Recipients nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between the Optionee’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to the Optionee pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise.

 

Section 5.5.            No Advice Regarding Grant .

 

The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, or the Optionee’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. The Optionee is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.          

 

Section 5.6.            Data Privacy

 

The Optionee hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of the Optionee’s personal data as described in this Agreement and any other Option materials by and among, as applicable, the Service Recipients, the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Optionee’s participation in the Plan.

 

The Optionee understands that the Company and the Service Recipients may hold certain personal information about the Optionee, including, but not limited to, the Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“ Data ”).

 

The Optionee understands that Data will be transferred to any third parties assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Optionee understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Optionee’s country. The Optionee understands that he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. The Optionee authorizes the Company, its Subsidiaries, Affiliates, the Service Recipients and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. The Optionee understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Optionee’s participation in the Plan. The Optionee understands that he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, the Optionee understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If the Optionee does not consent, or later seeks to revoke his or her consent, the Optionee’s employment status or service and career with the Service Recipients will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing the Optionee’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Options or other equity awards to Optionee or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, the Optionee understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect the Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of the Optionee’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, the Optionee understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

11

 

 

Section 5.7.            Titles; Pronouns

 

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

Section 5.8.            Applicability of Plan, Management Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement; Forfeiture upon Failure to Accept

 

The Option and the Shares issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Option and such Shares. By accepting the Option (including through electronic means), the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth in the Plan, this Agreement, and the Company’s policies, as in effect from time to time, relating to the Plan. Unless otherwise provided in the grant notice, the Optionee’s rights under the Option will lapse thirty (30) days from the Grant Date, and the Option will be forfeited on such date if the Optionee shall not have accepted this Agreement by such date.

 

Section 5.9.            Amendment

 

Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.

 

Section 5.10.          Governing Law

 

The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

12

 

 

Section 5.11.          Dispute Resolution

 

In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each party hereto shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

Section 5.12.          Severability

 

The provisions of this Agreement are severable and if any one or more provisions are determined to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions shall nevertheless be binding and enforceable.

 

Section 5.13.          Waiver

 

The Optionee acknowledges that a waiver by the Company of breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement, or of any subsequent breach of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.14.          Language

 

If the Optionee has received the Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

Section 5.15.          Electronic Delivery and Acceptance

 

The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to current or future participation in the Plan by electronic means. The Optionee hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

Section 5.16.          Appendix

 

Notwithstanding any provisions in this Agreement, for Optionees who reside or transfer to a jurisdiction outside the United States or are or become otherwise subject to the laws of a country other than the United States, the Option shall be subject to the additional terms and conditions set forth in Appendix I for the Optionee’s country, if any. If the Optionee relocates to one of the countries included in Appendix I after the Grant Date, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to the Optionee, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. For the avoidance of doubt, Appendix I constitutes part of this Agreement.

 

13

 

 

Section 5.17.          Imposition of Other Requirements

 

The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on the Optionee’s participation in the Plan, on the Options and on any Shares acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require the Optionee to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

 

[Signatures on next pages.]

 

14

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto. 

       
    Renaissance Parent Corp.
     
    By:  
       
    Name:  
       
    Title:  

 

[Signature Page of Stock Option Agreement]

 

 

 

     
    OPTIONEE:
     
    [Name]
     
    ADDRESS:
     
     

 

[Signature Page of Stock Option Agreement]

 

 

 

APPENDIX I

 

COUNTRY-SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

Terms and Conditions

 

This Appendix I includes special terms and conditions applicable to Optionees who reside in the countries below. These terms and conditions are in addition to, or, if so indicated, in place of, the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement.

 

If the Optionee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Optionee is currently working, is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes or transfers employment and/or residency between countries after the Grant Date, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, determine to what extent the additional terms and conditions included herein will apply to the Optionee .

 

Notifications

 

This Appendix I also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which the Optionee should be aware with respect to the Optionee’s participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of May 2014. Such laws are often complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that the Optionee not rely on the information noted herein as the only source of information relating to the consequences of the Optionee’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time the Optionee acquires Shares or sells Shares acquired under the Plan.

 

In addition, the information is general in nature and may not apply to the Optionee’s particular situation, and the Company is not in a position to assure the Optionee of any particular result. Accordingly, the Optionee is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws in the Optionee’s country may apply to his or her situation.

 

Finally, if the Optionee is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Optionee is currently working, is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes or transfers employment and/or residency between countries after the Grant Date, the information contained herein may not be applicable in the same manner to the Optionee.

 

Australia

 

This scheme is a scheme to which Subdivision 83A-C of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1997 applies (subject to the conditions in that Act).

 

Austria

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information . If the Optionee holds Shares obtained through the Plan outside of Austria, the Optionee must submit a report to the Austrian National Bank. An exemption applies if the value of the Shares as of any given quarter does not meet or exceed €30,000,000 or as of December 31 does not meet or exceed €5,000,000. If the former threshold is exceeded, quarterly obligations are imposed, whereas if the latter threshold is exceeded, annual reports must be given. The annual reporting date is as of December 31 and the deadline for filing the annual report is January 31 of the following year.

 

I- 1

 

 

When Shares are sold, there may be exchange control obligations if the cash received is held outside Austria. If the transaction volume of all the Optionee’s accounts abroad meets or exceeds €3,000,000, the movements and balances of all accounts must be reported monthly, as of the last day of the month, on or before the fifteenth day of the following month.

 

Bahrain

 

No country-specific terms apply.

 

Belgium

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Tax Considerations . The Optionee will receive a separate offer letter, acceptance/rejection form and undertaking in addition to the Agreement. The Optionee should refer to the offer letter for a more detailed description of the tax consequences of choosing to accept the Option.

 

Notifications

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . The Optionee is required to report any security ( e.g., Shares acquired under the Plan) or bank accounts (including brokerage accounts) opened and maintained outside Belgium on his or her annual tax return.

 

Brazil

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Compliance with the Law . In accepting the grant of the Options, the Optionee acknowledges his or her agreement to comply with applicable Brazilian laws and to pay any and all applicable tax associated with the Options and the sale of the Shares acquired under the Plan.

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information . If the Optionee is a resident or domiciled in Brazil, he or she will be required to submit an annual declaration of assets and rights held outside of Brazil to the Central Bank of Brazil if the aggregate value of such assets and rights is equal to or greater than U.S.$100,000. Assets and rights that must be reported include Shares.

 

Canada

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Effect of Termination of Service . The following provision replaces Section 5.4(k) of the Agreement in its entirety:

 

(k)       for purposes of the Option, the Optionee’s employment or service relationship will be considered terminated as of the earlier of (a) the date that the Optionee is no longer actively providing services, or (b) the date upon which the Optionee receives a notice of termination (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Optionee is employed or the terms of the Optionee’s employment agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or determined by the Company, (i) the Optionee’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., the Optionee’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Optionee is employed or the terms of the Optionee’s employment agreement, if any); and (ii) the period (if any) during which the Optionee may exercise the Option after such termination of the Optionee’s employment or service relationship will commence as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where the Optionee is employed or terms of the Optionee’s employment agreement, if any; the Committee shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when the Optionee is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Option grant (including whether the Optionee may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

 

I- 2

 

 

The following provisions will apply if the Optionee is a resident of Québec:

 

English Language Provision . The parties acknowledge that it is their express wish that the present Agreement, as well as all documents, notices and legal proceedings entered into, given or instituted pursuant hereto or relating directly or indirectly hereto, be drawn up in English.

 

Les parties reconnaissent avoir exigé la rédaction en anglais de la présente convention, ainsi que de tous documents, avis et procédures judiciaires, exécutés, donnés ou intentés en vertu de, ou liés directement ou indirectement à, la présente convention.

 

Data Privacy . This provision supplements Section 5.6 of the Agreement:

 

The Optionee hereby authorizes the Company and the Company’s representatives to discuss with and obtain all relevant information from all personnel, professional or not, involved in the administration and operation of the Plan. The Optionee further authorizes the Company, any related company and the administrator of the Plan to disclose and discuss the Plan with their advisors. The Optionee further authorizes the Company and any related company to record such information and to keep such information in the Optionee’s employee file.

 

Notifications

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . The Optionee is required to report any foreign property (including Options and Shares) on form T1135 (Foreign Income Verification Statement) if the total value of the foreign property exceeds C$100,000 at any time in the year. The form must be filed by April 30 of the following year. The Optionee is advised to consult with his or her personal legal advisor to ensure compliance with applicable reporting obligations.

 

Czech Republic

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information . The Czech National Bank (“ CNB ”) may require the Optionee to fulfill certain notification duties in relation to the Shares acquired under the Plan and the opening and maintenance of a foreign account. However, because exchange control regulations change frequently and without notice, the Optionee should consult his or her personal legal advisor prior to exercising the Options to ensure compliance with current regulations. It is the Optionee’s responsibility to comply with applicable Czech exchange control laws.

 

I- 3

 

 

Finland

 

No country-specific terms apply.

 

France

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Consent to Receive Information in English . By accepting the Options, the Optionee confirms having read and understood the Plan and the Agreement, including all terms and conditions included therein, which were provided in the English language. The Optionee accepts the terms of those documents accordingly.

 

En acceptant cette Options, le Titulaire des Options confirme avoir lu et compris le Plan et le Contrat y relatifs, incluant tous leurs termes et conditions, qui ont été transmis en langue anglaise. Le Titulaire des Options accepte les dispositions de ces documents en connaissance de cause.

 

Notifications

 

Tax Notification . The Options are not intended to qualify for favorable tax or social security treatment in France.

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . If the Optionee holds Shares outside of France or maintains a foreign bank account, then the Optionee is required to report such to the French tax authorities when filing his or her annual tax return.

 

Germany

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information . Cross-border payments in excess of €12,500 must be reported monthly to the German Federal Bank. If the Optionee uses a German bank to transfer a cross-border payment in excess of €12,500 in connection with the sale of Shares acquired under the Plan or the receipt of dividends paid on such shares, the Optionee must complete the appropriate report. In addition, the Optionee must report on an annual basis, Shares that exceed 10% of the total shares or voting capital of the Company.

 

Hong Kong

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Sale of Shares . In the event the Option vests and is exercised within six months of the Grant Date, the Optionee agrees that the Optionee will not dispose of any Shares acquired prior to the six-month anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

Notifications

 

SECURITIES LAW WARNING : The Option and Shares issued at exercise do not constitute a public offering of securities under Hong Kong law and are available only to employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates. The Agreement, the Plan and other incidental Option documentation have not been prepared in accordance with and are not intended to constitute a “prospectus” for a public offering of securities under the applicable securities legislation in Hong Kong, nor has the Option documentation been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. The Option is intended only for the personal use of each eligible employee and may not be distributed to any other person. If the Optionee is in any doubt about any of the contents of the Agreement or the Plan, the Optionee should obtain independent professional advice.

 

I- 4

 

 

India

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information . The Optionee understands that he or she must repatriate to India any proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired under the Plan within 90 days of receipt. The Optionee must obtain a foreign inward remittance certificate (“ FIRC ”) from the bank where the foreign currency is deposited and maintain the FIRC as evidence of the repatriation of funds in the event the Reserve Bank of India or the Service Recipients requests proof of repatriation.

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . The Optionee is required to declare foreign bank accounts and any foreign financial assets (including Shares acquired under the Plan and, possibly, Options) in the Optionee’s annual tax return.

 

Indonesia

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information . If the Optionee remits funds into or out of Indonesia ( e.g., the Exercise Price, proceeds from the sale of Shares), the Indonesian Bank through which the transaction is made will submit a report on the transaction to the Bank of Indonesia for statistical reporting purposes. For transactions of U.S.$10,000 or more, a description of the transaction must be included in the report. Although the bank through which the transaction is made is required to make the report, the Optionee must complete a “Transfer Report Form.” The Transfer Report Form will be provided to the Optionee by the bank through which the transaction is made.

 

Italy

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Data Privacy. The following provision replaces Section 5.6 of the Agreement in its entirety.

 

The Optionee understands that the Company and the Service Recipients may hold certain personal information about the Optionee, including the Optionee’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Optionee’s favor, for the exclusive purpose of managing and administering the Plan (“ Data ”).

 

The Optionee also understands that providing the Company with the Optionee’s Data is necessary for the performance of the Agreement and that the Optionee’s refusal to provide such Data would make it impossible for the Company to perform its contractual obligations and may affect the Optionee’s ability to participate in the Plan. The Controller of personal data processing is Gardner Denver Inc. with registered offices at 222 East Erie Street, Suite 500, Milwaukee, WI 53202, United States of America, and, pursuant to Legislative Decree no. 196/2003, its representative in Italy is Gardner Denver S.r.l. with registered offices at Via Tevere, 6, Lonate Pozzolo, 21015 Varese, Italy. The Optionee understands that the Optionee’s Data will not be publicized, but it may be transferred to banks, other financial institutions or brokers and/or their agents involved in the management and administration of the Plan. The Optionee further understands that the Company and/or any subsidiary will transfer Data amongst themselves as necessary for the purpose of implementation, administration and management of Optionee’s participation in the Plan, and that the Company and/or any subsidiary may each further transfer Data to third parties assisting the Company in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, including any requisite transfer to a broker or another third party with whom the Optionee may elect to deposit any shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement. Such recipients may receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing Optionee’s participation in the Plan. The Optionee understands that these recipients may be located in the European Economic Area, or elsewhere, such as the United States or Asia. Should the Company exercise its discretion in suspending all necessary legal obligations connected with the management and administration of the Plan, it will delete the Optionee’s Data as soon as it has accomplished all the necessary legal obligations connected with the management and administration of the Plan.

 

I- 5

 

 

The Optionee understands that Data processing related to the purposes specified above shall take place under automated or non-automated conditions, anonymously when possible, that comply with the purposes for which Data is collected and with confidentiality and security provisions as set forth by applicable Italian data privacy laws and regulations, with specific reference to Legislative Decree no. 196/2003.

 

The processing activity, including communication, the transfer of Optionee’s Data abroad, including outside of the European Economic Area, as herein specified and pursuant to applicable Italian data privacy laws and regulations, does not require the Optionee’s consent thereto as the processing is necessary to performance of contractual obligations related to implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The Optionee understands that, pursuant to Section 7 of the Legislative Decree no. 196/2003, the Optionee has the right to, including but not limited to, access, delete, update, ask for rectification of the Optionee’s Data and stop, for legitimate reason, the Data processing. Furthermore, the Optionee is aware that Optionee’s Data will not be used for direct marketing purposes. In addition, the Data provided can be reviewed and questions or complaints can be addressed by contacting Optionee’s human resources department.

 

Plan Document Acknowledgement . In accepting the Option, the Optionee acknowledges that he or she has received a copy of the Plan and the Agreement and has reviewed the Plan and the Agreement, including the Appendix I, in their entirety and fully understands and accepts all provisions of the Plan and the Agreement, including the Appendix I.

 

The Optionee further acknowledges that he or she has read and specifically and expressly approves the following sections of the Agreement: Expiration of Option; Responsibility for Taxes; Governing Law; Dispute Resolution; Nature of Grant; Language; and the Data Privacy section included in this Appendix I.

 

Notifications

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . If the Optionee is an Italian resident and holds investments or financial assets outside of Italy ( e.g., cash, Options, Shares) during any fiscal year which may generate income taxable in Italy (or if the Optionee is the beneficial owner of such an investment or asset even if the Optionee does not directly hold the investment or asset), the Optionee is required to report such investments or assets on his or her annual tax return for such fiscal year (on UNICO Form, RW Schedule, or on a special form if the Optionee is not required to file a tax return).

 

I- 6

 

 

Japan

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information . If the Optionee remits more than ¥30 million for the purchase of Shares in a single transaction, the Optionee must file a Payment Report with the Ministry of Finance (through the Bank of Japan or the bank carrying out the transaction). The precise reporting requirements vary depending on whether the relevant payment is made through a bank in Japan. If the Optionee intends to acquire Shares whose value exceeds ¥100 million in a single transaction, the Optionee must also file a Report Concerning Acquisition of Shares (“ Securities Acquisition Report ”) with the Ministry of Finance through the Bank of Japan within 20 days of acquiring the Shares. The forms to make these reports can be acquired from the Bank of Japan.

 

A Payment Report is required independently from a Securities Acquisition Report. Therefore, if the total amount that the Optionee pays upon a one-time transaction for exercising the Option and acquiring Shares exceeds ¥100 million, the Optionee must file both a Payment Report and a Securities Acquisition Report.

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . The Optionee is required to report details of any assets held outside of Japan as of December 31 st (including Shares acquired under the Plan), to the extent such assets have a total net fair market value exceeding ¥50 million. Such report will be due by March 15th each year. The Optionee should consult with his or her personal tax advisor as to whether the reporting obligation applies to the Optionee and whether the Optionee will be required to report details of his or her outstanding Options, as well as Shares, in the report.

 

Netherlands

 

No country-specific terms apply.

 

Poland

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information . Polish residents are obliged to file quarterly reports to the National Bank of Poland with information on transactions and balances regarding their rights to Shares (such as Options) and Shares if the total value (calculated individually or together with other assets/liabilities possessed abroad) exceeds PLN 7 million.

 

Polish residents also are required to transfer funds through a bank account in Poland if the transferred amount in any single transaction exceeds a specified threshold (currently €15,000). Polish residents are required to store documents connected with foreign exchange transactions for a period of five years from the date the exchange transaction was made.

 

Republic of Korea

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information . If the Optionee remits funds out of South Korea to purchase Shares under the Plan, the remittance must be “confirmed” by a foreign exchange bank in South Korea. This is an automatic procedure, i.e., the bank does not need to “approve” the remittance, and it should take no more than a single day to process. The Optionee likely will need to present to the bank processing the transaction the following supporting documents evidencing the nature of the remittance: (i) the Agreement; (ii) the Plan; and (iii) the Optionee’s certificate of employment. This confirmation is not necessary for cashless exercises since there is no remittance out of South Korea .

 

I- 7

 

 

In addition, if the Optionee realizes U.S.$500,000 or more from the sale of Shares in a single transaction, Korean exchange laws require the Optionee to repatriate the proceeds to Korea within eighteen months of the sale.

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . If the Optionee is a Korean resident, the Optionee must declare all of his or her foreign financial accounts (e.g., non-Korean bank accounts, brokerage accounts, etc.) to the Korean tax authority and file a report with respect to such accounts if the value of such accounts exceeds KRW 1 billion (or an equivalent amount in foreign currency). The Optionee should consult with his or her personal tax advisor to determine the Optionee’s personal reporting obligations.

 

Singapore

 

Notifications

 

Securities Law Notice . The Option is being granted pursuant to the “Qualifying Person” exemption under section 273(1)(f) of the Singapore Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289, 2006 Ed.) (“ SFA ”). The Plan has not been lodged or registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. The Optionee should note that the Option is subject to section 257 of the SFA and the Optionee will not be able to make any subsequent sale in Singapore of the Shares acquired through the exercise of the Options or any offer of such sale in Singapore unless such sale or offer is made pursuant to the exemptions under Part XIII Division (1) Subdivision (4) (other than section 280) of the SFA.

 

Director Notification Obligation . If the Optionee is a director, associate director or shadow director of a Singapore Subsidiary or Affiliate, the Optionee is subject to certain notification requirements under the Singapore Companies Act. Among these requirements is an obligation to notify the Singaporean Subsidiary or Affiliate in writing when the Optionee receives an interest ( e.g ., Shares) in the Company or any related companies. In addition, the Optionee must notify the Singapore Subsidiary or Affiliate when the Optionee sells Shares of the Company or any related company (including when the Optionee sells Shares acquired through the exercise of his or her Options). These notifications must be made within two Business Days of acquiring or disposing of any interest in the Company or any related company. In addition, a notification must be made of the Optionee’s interests in the Company or any related company within two Business Days of becoming a director.

 

South Africa

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Responsibility for Taxes . The following provision supplements Section 4.5 of the Agreement:

 

By accepting the Option, the Optionee agrees that, immediately upon exercise of the Option, he or she will notify the Service Recipients of the amount of any gain realized. If the Optionee fails to advise the Service Recipients of the gain realized upon exercise, he or she may be liable for a fine. The Optionee will be solely responsible for paying any difference between the actual tax liability and the amount withheld by the Service Recipients.

 

I- 8

 

 

Notifications

 

Tax Clearance Certificate for Cash Exercises. If the Optionee exercises the Option using a cash exercise method, the Optionee must obtain and provide to the Service Recipients, or any third party designated by the Service Recipients or the Company, a Tax Clearance Certificate (with respect to Foreign Investments) bearing the official stamp and signature of the Exchange Control Department of the South African Revenue Service (“ SARS ”). The Optionee must renew this Tax Clearance Certificate every twelve months, or such other period as may be required by the SARS. If the Optionee exercises by a cashless exercise method whereby no funds are remitted out of South Africa, no Tax Clearance Certificate is required.

 

Exchange Control Information. The Optionee should consult his or her personal advisor to ensure compliance with applicable exchange control regulations in South Africa; as such regulations are subject to frequent change. The Optionee is responsible for ensuring compliance with all exchange control laws in South Africa.

 

Spain

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Labor Law Acknowledgment . This provision supplements Section 5.4 of the Agreement:

 

In accepting the Option, the Optionee acknowledges that he or she consents to participation in the Plan and has received a copy of the Plan.

 

The Optionee understands and agrees that, as a condition of the grant of the Option, the Optionee’s termination of employment or service for any reason (including for the reasons listed below) will automatically result in the forfeiture and loss of that portion of the Option that may have been granted to the Optionee and that was not vested on the date of termination of the Optionee’s employment or service.

 

In particular, unless otherwise provided in the Agreement, the Optionee understands and agrees that the unvested portion of the Option will be cancelled without entitlement to the underlying Shares or to any amount as indemnification if the Optionee terminates employment or service by reason of, including, but not limited to: resignation, death, disability, retirement, disciplinary dismissal adjudged to be with Cause, disciplinary dismissal adjudged or recognized to be without Cause, individual or collective layoff on objective grounds, whether adjudged to be with Cause or adjudged or recognized to be without Cause, material modification of the terms of employment under Article 41 of the Workers’ Statute, relocation under Article 40 of the Workers’ Statute, Article 50 of the Workers’ Statute, unilateral withdrawal by the Service Recipients, and under Article 10.3 of Royal Decree 1382/1985.

 

Furthermore, the Optionee understands that the Company has unilaterally, gratuitously and in its sole discretion decided to grant Options under the Plan to individuals who may be employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates throughout the world. The decision is a limited decision that is entered into upon the express assumption and condition that any grant will not economically or otherwise bind the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate on an ongoing basis. Consequently, the Optionee understands that the Option is granted on the assumption and condition that the Option and the Shares issued upon exercise of the Option shall not become a part of any employment contract (either with the Company or a Service Recipient) and shall not be considered a mandatory benefit, salary for any purposes (including severance compensation) or any other right whatsoever. In addition, the Optionee understands that the grant of the Option would not be made to the Optionee but for the assumptions and conditions referred to above; thus, the Optionee acknowledges and freely accepts that should any or all of the assumptions be mistaken or should any of the conditions not be met for any reason, then any grant of Options shall be null and void.

 

I- 9

 

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information . To participate in the Plan, the Optionee agrees to comply with exchange control regulations in Spain. The acquisition of Shares under the Plan must be declared for statistical purposes to the Dirección General de Comercio e Inversiones (the “ DGCI ”). Because the Optionee will not acquire the Shares through the use of a Spanish financial institution, the Optionee agrees to make the declaration by filing a D-6 form with the DGCI. Generally, the D-6 form must be filed each January while the Shares are owned. In addition, the sale of Shares must also be declared on D-6 form filed with the DGCI in January, unless the sale proceeds exceed the applicable threshold (currently €1,502,530), in which case, the filing is due within one month after the sale.

 

When receiving foreign currency payments derived from the ownership of Shares (e.g., sale proceeds) exceeding €50,000, the Optionee agrees to inform the financial institution receiving the payment of the basis upon which such payment is made. The Optionee will need to provide the institution with the following information: (i) the Optionee’s name, address, and fiscal identification number; (ii) the name and corporate domicile of the Company; (iii) the amount of the payment; the currency used; (iv) the country of origin; (v) the reasons for the payment; and (vi) further information that may be required.

 

Further, the Optionee is required to electronically declare to the Bank of Spain any foreign accounts (including brokerage accounts held abroad), any foreign instruments (including Shares acquired under the Plan), and any transactions with non-Spanish residents (including any payments of Shares made to the Optionee pursuant to the Plan) if the balances in such accounts together with the value of such instruments as of December 31, or the volume of transactions with non-Spanish residents during the prior or current year, exceed €1,000,000. Once the €1,000,000 threshold has been surpassed in either respect, the Optionee will generally be required to report all foreign accounts, foreign instruments and transactions with non-Spanish residents, even if the relevant threshold has not been crossed for an individual item. Generally, the Optionee will only be required to report on an annual basis (by January 20 of each year); however, if the balances in the Optionee’s foreign accounts together with value of his or her foreign instruments or the volume of transactions with non-Spanish residents exceed €100,000,000, more frequent reporting will be required.

 

Foreign Asset/Account Reporting Information . To the extent that the Optionee holds rights or assets (e.g., cash or Shares held in a bank or brokerage account) outside of Spain with a value in excess of €50,000 per type of right or asset as of December 31 each year, the Optionee is required to report information on such rights and assets on his or her tax return for such year (or at any time during the year in which the Optionee sells or disposes of such right or asset). After such rights or assets are initially reported, the reporting obligation will only apply for subsequent years if the value of any previously-reported rights or assets increases by more than €20,000. The Optionee should consult with his or her personal tax and legal advisors to ensure compliance with applicable reporting obligations.

 

Sweden

 

No country-specific terms apply.

 

I- 10

 

 

Switzerland

 

Notifications

 

Securities Law Notice . The grant of the Option and participation in the Plan is considered a private offering in Switzerland; therefore, the offer is not subject to registration in Switzerland.

 

Thailand

 

Notifications

 

Exchange Control Information . If the Optionee remits funds out of Thailand to purchase Shares, it is the Optionee’s responsibility to comply with any applicable exchange control laws. Under current exchange control regulations, the Optionee may remit funds out of Thailand up to U.S.$1,000,000 per year to purchase Shares (and otherwise invest in securities abroad) by submitting an application to an authorized agent, ( i.e., a commercial bank authorized by the Bank of Thailand to engage in the purchase, exchange and withdrawal of foreign currency). The application includes the Foreign Exchange Transaction Form, a letter describing the Option, and a copy of the Plan and related documents. If Optionee uses a cashless method of exercise that does not involve remitting any funds out of Thailand, this requirement does not apply.

 

When the Optionee sells Shares issued to Optionee at exercise of the Option, if the amount of Optionee’s proceeds is U.S.$50,000 or more, the Optionee must (i) specifically report the inward remittance to the Bank of Thailand on a foreign exchange transaction form, and (ii) immediately repatriate all cash proceeds to Thailand and then convert such proceeds to Thai Baht within 360 days of repatriation. If the Optionee fails to comply with these obligations, the Optionee may be subject to penalties assessed by the Bank of Thailand. The Optionee should consult his or her personal advisor before taking action with respect to remittance of proceeds from the sale of Shares into Thailand. The Optionee is responsible for ensuring compliance with all exchange control laws in Thailand.

 

United Arab Emirates

 

Notifications

 

Securities Law Notice . This Agreement, the Plan, and other incidental communication materials are intended for distribution only to employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates for the purposes of an employee compensation or reward scheme.

 

The Dubai International Financial Centre, Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority and or the Central Bank has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with this statement. Neither the Ministry of Economy nor the Dubai Department of Economic Development have approved this statement nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and have no responsibility for it.

 

The securities to which this statement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities.

 

If the Optionee does not understand the contents of the Agreement or the Plan, he or she should consult an authorized financial adviser.

 

I- 11

 

 

United Kingdom

 

Terms and Conditions

 

Responsibility for Taxes . The following provision supplement Section 4.5 of the Agreement and applies if the Shares are considered readily convertible assets under U.K. law at the time of exercise:

 

The Optionee agrees that if the Service Recipients or the Company does not withhold or otherwise collect the full amount of income tax that the Optionee owes due to the vesting or exercise of the Options or the release, assignment or cancellation of the Options from the Optionee within 90 days of the end of the U.K. tax year during which the event giving rise to the income tax liability occurs or such other period as required by U.K. law (the “ Due Date ”), then the amount that should have been withheld or collected shall constitute a loan owed by the Optionee to the Service Recipients, effective on the Due Date. The Optionee agrees that the loan will bear interest at the then-current Official Rate of Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs (the “ HMRC ”) and it will be immediately due and repayable by the Optionee and the Company and/or the Service Recipients may recover it at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 4.5 of the Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Optionee is an officer or executive director (as within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act), the terms of the provision above will not apply. In the event that the Optionee is an officer or executive director and income tax is not collected from or paid by the Optionee by the Due Date, the amount of any uncollected income tax may constitute a benefit to the Optionee on which additional income tax and National Insurance Contributions (“ NICs ”) may be payable. The Optionee understands that he or she will be responsible for reporting any income tax and NICs due on this additional benefit directly to HMRC under the self-assessment regime and for reimbursing the Company and/or the Service Recipients (as appropriate) the value of any employee NICs due on this additional benefit, which the Company and/or the Service Recipients may recover at any time thereafter by any of the means referred to in Section 4.5 of the Agreement.

 

Section 431 Election . It shall be a term of the Options that the Optionee shall jointly with the Service Recipients enter into the joint election within Section 431 of the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (“ ITEPA 2003 ”) prior to delivery of the Shares in respect of computing any tax charge on the acquisition of “Restricted Securities” (as defined in Sections 423 and 424 of ITEPA 2003), and that the Optionee will not revoke any such election at any time. This election will be to treat the Shares the Optionee acquires upon exercise as if they were not Restricted Securities (for U.K. tax purposes only). If the Optionee does not enter into the 431 Election in accordance with these instructions, the Company may, in its sole discretion, refuse to deliver Shares upon exercise of the Options.

 

I- 12

 

 

Schedule A to the Stock Option Agreement  

Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets

 

The Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets are based on the Company’s achievement of the following EBITDA targets for the following Fiscal Years:

 

Performance Targets 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
EBITDA $400,000,000 $ $ $ $
Cumulative Target   $ $ $ $

 

“EBITDA” shall mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus transaction, management and/or similar fees paid to the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates. The Board may, following consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”), in its discretion, adjust the calculation of EBITDA to reflect, to the extent not contemplated in the management plan, any extraordinary or one-time events, including, without limitation, acquisitions, divestitures, major capital investment programs, changes in accounting standards, stock expense related to the issuance of Options, or other extraordinary or unusual events or occurrences, or any costs or expenses incurred during such period relating to environmental remediation, litigation or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Closing Date. Without limiting the foregoing, if the Company makes an acquisition in any year, the Annual Performance Target for such year and the Cumulative Performance Target, if any, for such year and subsequent years will be adjusted fairly and appropriately, in consultation with the CEO, which adjustment may reflect the amount of EBITDA in the plan for the target presented to the Board at the time the acquisition is approved by the Board. Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets may also be fairly and appropriately adjusted by the Board, in consultation with the CEO, for any divestitures, major capital investment programs and any change in GAAP promulgated by accounting standard setters. In the event that any of the foregoing action is taken, such adjustment shall reflect the amount deemed reasonably necessary by the Board, in the exercise of its good faith judgment to accurately reflect the effect such event has on such Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets. The intent of such adjustments is to keep the probability of achieving the Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets the same as if the event triggering such adjustment had not occurred. The Board will use reasonable efforts to provide that the determination of any necessary adjustment shall be made within 60 days following the completion or closing of such event.

 

A- 1

 

 

Schedule B to the Stock Option Agreement

   
Grant Date :             May 10, 2016  
   
Exercise Price of Options : $6.50
   
Option Grants :  
   
Total Option Grant: Shares
   
Aggregate number of Shares  
for which the Time Option granted hereunder is  
exercisable: 50% of total Option Grant
   
Aggregate number of Shares  
for which the Performance Option  
granted hereunder is exercisable: 50% of total Option Grant

 

B- 1

 

 

Schedule C to the Stock Option Agreement: Notice of Exercise

 

A. To the Company

 

Renaissance Parent Corp.  

c/o Gardner Denver, Inc. 

222 East Erie Street, Suite 500 

Milwaukee, WI 53202 

Attention: General Counsel

 

C- 1

 

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of the date indicated on Schedule B hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), is made by and between Renaissance Parent Corp., a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”). Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in Article I shall have the meaning set forth in the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Subsidiaries, as such Plan may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee as an incentive for increased efforts during his term of office with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I


DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

 

Section 1.1.             Cause

 

Cause ” shall mean, with respect to an Optionee: (i) a material breach by the Optionee of the terms of the Company’s policies, the terms of which have previously been provided to such Optionee; (ii) any act of theft, misappropriation, embezzlement, fraud or similar conduct by the Optionee involving the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) the Optionee’s failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful instructions given to the Optionee by the Board (or any committee thereof) in connection with the performance of the Optionee’s duties for the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) Business Days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Optionee by the Company (the “ Cure Period ”); (iv) any damage of a material nature to the business or property of the Company or any Affiliate caused by Optionee’s willful or grossly negligent conduct which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured); (v) any intentional misconduct by the Optionee which is reasonably likely to be materially damaging to the Company without a reasonable good faith belief by the Optionee that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (vi) the conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud by the Optionee; or (vii) a knowing and material breach of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or the Optionee’s other written agreements with the Company which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured). A termination for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given the Optionee written notice of its intention to terminate for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and has given the Optionee the Cure Period within which to respond.

  

     

 

 

Section 1.2.             Disability

 

“Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any Other Relevant Agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or, if there is no such agreement or no such term defined therein, “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable.

 

Section 1.3.             EBITDA

 

“EBITDA” shall have the meaning as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.4.             Fiscal Year

 

“Fiscal Year” shall mean each of the fiscal years of the Company set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.5.             Good Reason

 

“Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material adverse change in the Optionee’s position causing it to be of materially less stature, responsibility, or authority or the assignment to the Optionee of any material duties inconsistent with the customary duties of the Optionee's position, in each case without the Optionee’s written consent (provided that if, after an Initial Public Offering, the Company or its successor entity ceases to be a publicly traded entity, such fact shall not constitute a change in the Optionee’s existing position), (ii) the relocation of the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed to a location which is more than 50 miles from the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed immediately prior to such relocation, or (iii) a reduction, without the Optionee’s written consent, in the Optionee’s base salary or the target bonus amount the Optionee is eligible to earn under the Company’s current annual incentive plan or any successor or replacement annual incentive plan that the Company adopts (such current plan or any such successor or replacement plan, the “ Annual Incentive Plan ”); provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to guarantee the Optionee’s bonus for any year if the applicable performance targets are not met; and provided further, that it shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder if the Company makes an appropriate pro rata adjustment to the applicable bonus and targets under the Annual Incentive Plan in the event of a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

Unless the Optionee provides written notification of an event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above within ninety (90) days after the Optionee knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any such event, the Optionee shall be deemed to have consented thereto and such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. If the Optionee provides such written notification to the Company (or such subsidiary of the Company as may be specified in the Stock Option Agreement), the Company shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt of such notice to effect a cure of the event described therein and, upon cure thereof by the Company to the reasonable satisfaction of the Optionee, such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above must be an event that would result in a material negative change in the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company and thus effectively constitute an involuntary termination of employment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

  

    2  

 

 

Section 1.6.             Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

“Management Stockholder’s Agreement” shall mean that certain Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

 

Section 1.7.             Option

 

“Option” shall mean the aggregate of the Time Option and the Performance Option, as granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.8.             Performance Option

 

“Performance Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Performance Option.

 

Section 1.9.             Sale Participation Agreement

 

“Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain Sale Participation Agreement between the Optionee and KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.

 

Section 1.10.             Sponsor IRR

 

“Sponsor IRR” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the cumulative internal rate of return of the Sponsor (which in no circumstances includes any fees paid to the Sponsor or expenses reimbursed to the Sponsor from time to time (“ Sponsor Fees ”)) on the Sponsor’s aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment, determined on a fully diluted basis, assuming inclusion of all Shares underlying all then outstanding Time Options and Performance Options.

 

Section 1.11.             Sponsor MOIC

 

“Sponsor MOIC” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the result obtained by dividing (i) the cash consideration received by the Sponsor (other than any Sponsor Fees) as of the Change in Control by (ii) the aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment.

 

Section 1.12.             Time Option

 

“Time Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Time Option.

 

    3  

 

 

ARTICLE II


GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

Section 2.1.             Grant of Options

 

For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the following Stock Options: (a) the Time Option and (b) the Performance Option, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2.             Exercise Price

 

Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price of the Shares covered by the Option (the “Exercise Price”) shall be as set forth on Schedule B hereof, which shall be the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

 

Section 2.3.             No Guarantee of Employment

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service relationship of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Optionee’s employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or offer letter provided by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to the Optionee.

 

Section 2.4.             Certain Adjustments to Stock Options

 

The Option shall be subject to, and the Company, the Committee and the Optionee shall have such rights as are specified under, the adjustment provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE III


PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

Section 3.1.              Commencement of Exercisability

 

(a)       So long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipients through each applicable vesting date specified below, the Option shall become exercisable pursuant to the following schedules:

 

(i)                   Time Option . The Time Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 20% of the Shares subject to such Option on the last day of each of the Fiscal Years 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

 

(ii)                  Performance Option .

 

(A) If the Company achieves the applicable EBITDA targets as set forth for each of the Fiscal Years 2016 through 2020 as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (each an “ Annual Performance Target ”), then the Performance Option shall be eligible to become vested and exercisable with respect to 20% of the Shares subject to such Option at the end of each such Fiscal Year; provided that:

 

    4  

 

 

1) In the event that the Annual Performance Target in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 is not achieved, but the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 is at least $ , then one-quarter (1/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2017, and with respect to the remaining three-quarters (3/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 (the “ Unvested 2017 Options ”), one-half (1/2) of such Unvested 2017 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2019 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2019 is at least $ and one-half (1/2) of the Unvested 2017 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2020 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2020 is at least $ ; provided , that if the Cumulative Performance Target in respect of a subsequent Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded, then any unvested portion of the Unvested 2017 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year; and

 

2) in the event that the Annual Performance Target in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 is not achieved, but the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 is at least $ , then one-quarter (1/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2018, and with respect to the remaining three-quarters (3/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 (the “ Unvested 2018 Options ”), one-half (1/2) of such Unvested 2018 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2019 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2019 is at least $ and one-half (1/2) of the Unvested 2018 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2020 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2020 is at least $ ; provided , that if the Cumulative Performance Target in respect of a subsequent Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded, then any unvested portion of the Unvested 2018 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year.

 

    5  

 

 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Annual Performance Target is not achieved in a particular Fiscal Year (a “ Missed Year ”), then that 20% portion of the Performance Option that was eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the Company’s failure to achieve its Annual Performance Target in the Missed Year shall nevertheless also vest and become exercisable at the end of any subsequent Fiscal Year if at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year, the Cumulative Performance Target set forth on Schedule A for such Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded. Any part of the Performance Option that does not vest pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A) or (B) shall remain outstanding as an unvested Option subject to vesting pursuant to Section 3.1(b) until such Option otherwise terminates pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(b)          Effect of Change in Control . Notwithstanding any of Section 3.1(a) above:

 

(i)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Time Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Time Option; and

 

(ii)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Performance Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Performance Option, but only if , and to the extent that, as a result of such Change in Control, the Sponsor has achieved a Sponsor IRR of 22.5% and a Sponsor MOIC of 2.5x.

 

(c)          Forfeit of Unvested Options on Termination of Employment . No Option shall become exercisable as to any additional Shares following the termination of employment of the Optionee for any reason and any Option that is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s termination of employment shall immediately expire without payment therefor. For the purposes of this Agreement, if the termination of the Optionee’s employment is subject to a notice period, the date such notice is given will be deemed to be the Optionee’s termination date.

 

Section 3.2.             Expiration of Option

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or Section 6 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, the Optionee may not exercise any vested portion of the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:

 

(a)       The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

(b)       The first anniversary of the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability;

 

(c)       Immediately upon the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients for Cause;

 

(d)       Thirty (30) days after the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee without Good Reason (except due to death or Disability);

 

    6  

 

 

(e)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients without Cause (except due to death or Disability);

 

(f)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee for Good Reason;

 

(g)       The date the Option is terminated pursuant to a Change in Control or Section 4 or 5 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement; or

 

(h)       Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, immediately or on such date established, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV


EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Section 4.1.             Person Eligible to Exercise

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise an Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option may, prior to the time when an Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 4.2.             Partial Exercise

 

Any exercisable portion of an Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole Shares only.

 

Section 4.3.             Manner of Exercise

 

An Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Company at the addresses set out in Schedule C all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:

 

(a)       Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;

 

(b)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer, if the Optionee so elects in the notice of exercise through the withholding of Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Stock Option in a manner that is compliant with applicable law or other form of payment if agreed by the Company) of the Exercise Price for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

(c)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer or, if vested Options are being exercised during the exercise periods specified in any of Sections 3.2(b), (e) or (f), as applicable, or if otherwise so agreed by the Company, through the withholding of Shares in the same manner as provided in Section 4.3(b) above) to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

    7  

 

 

(d)       A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the Shares are being acquired for his own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under (i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act, if applicable and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and

 

(e)       In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the option.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it, to the extent required under Section 3 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, to the effect that any subsequent transfer of shares acquired on exercise of an Option does not violate the Act or other applicable laws, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such shares. Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of this Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act and/or other applicable laws, and such registration is then effective in respect of such shares.

 

Section 4.4.             Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates/Registration of Issuance of Shares

 

The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of an Option, or any portion thereof, may be either non-issued and/or previously authorized but unissued shares to the extent legally permitted or issued shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares when issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased and as the case may be subscribed for (if certified, or if not certified, register the issuance of such shares on its books and records) upon the exercise of an Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

(a)       The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(b)       The execution by the Optionee of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement if the Optionee is not already a party to such agreements; and

 

(c)       The payment in full to the Company of the Exercise Price for the Shares for which the Option is exercised as provided in Section 4.3(c).

 

    8  

 

 

 As soon as practicable after fulfillment of the conditions in this Section 4.4, the Company shall issue the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option to the Optionee (either by delivery of a certificate for such Shares, or if not certificated by registering the issuance of such Shares on its books and records) and shall enter the Optionee's ownership of such Shares into the register of registered shares of the Company.

 

Section 4.5.               Rights as Stockholder

 

The holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (in case of issuance of new Shares) and/or the Shares have otherwise been recorded in the register of registered shares of the Company as owned by such holder (and then only to the extent such Shares are held directly by the holder).

 

ARTICLE V


MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1.             Administration

 

The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2.             Option Not Transferable

 

Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 5.3.             Notices

 

All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows: Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Board, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him. Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3.

 

    9  

 

 

Section 5.4.             Titles; Pronouns

 

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

Section 5.5.             Applicability of Plan, Management Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement; Forfeiture upon Failure to Accept

 

The Option and the Shares issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Option and such Shares. By accepting the Option (including through electronic means), the Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms, conditions, and restrictions set forth in the Plan, this Agreement, and the Company’s policies, as in effect from time to time, relating to the Plan. The Optionee’s rights under the Option will lapse thirty (30) days from the Grant Date, and the Option will be forfeited on such date if the Optionee shall not have accepted this Agreement by such date.

 

Section 5.6.             Amendment

 

Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7.             Governing Law

 

The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8.             Dispute Resolution

 

In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each party hereto shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

[ Signatures on next pages .]

 

    10  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

       
  RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.

 

  By:    
       
  Name:      
       
  Title:    

 

[Signature Page of Stock Option Agreement]

 

     

 

 

  OPTIONEE:
   
  [Name]
   
  ADDRESS:
   
   

 

[Signature Page of Stock Option Agreement]

 

     

 

 

Schedule A to the Stock Option Agreement

Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets

 

The Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets are based on the Company’s achievement of the following EBITDA targets for the following Fiscal Years:

  

Performance
Targets
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
EBITDA $400,000,000 $ $ $ $
Cumulative Target   $ $ $ $

 

“EBITDA” shall mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus transaction, management and/or similar fees paid to the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates. The Board may, following consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”), in its discretion, adjust the calculation of EBITDA to reflect, to the extent not contemplated in the management plan, any extraordinary or one-time events, including, without limitation, acquisitions, divestitures, major capital investment programs, changes in accounting standards, stock expense related to the issuance of Options, or other extraordinary or unusual events or occurrences, or any costs or expenses incurred during such period relating to environmental remediation, litigation or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Closing Date. Without limiting the foregoing, if the Company makes an acquisition in any year, the Annual Performance Target for such year and the Cumulative Performance Target, if any, for such year and subsequent years will be adjusted fairly and appropriately, in consultation with the CEO, which adjustment may reflect the amount of EBITDA in the plan for the target presented to the Board at the time the acquisition is approved by the Board. Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets may also be fairly and appropriately adjusted by the Board, in consultation with the CEO, for any divestitures, major capital investment programs and any change in GAAP promulgated by accounting standard setters. In the event that any of the foregoing action is taken, such adjustment shall reflect the amount deemed reasonably necessary by the Board, in the exercise of its good faith judgment to accurately reflect the effect such event has on such Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets. The intent of such adjustments is to keep the probability of achieving the Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets the same as if the event triggering such adjustment had not occurred. The Board will use reasonable efforts to provide that the determination of any necessary adjustment shall be made within 60 days following the completion or closing of such event.


  C- 1  

 

  

Schedule B to the Stock Option Agreement

 

Grant Date : [●]    
     
Exercise Price of Options : $7.00  
     
Option Grants :    
     
Total Option Grant:   Shares
     
Aggregate number of Shares for which the Time Option granted hereunder is exercisable: 50% of total Option Grant
     
Aggregate number of Shares for which the Performance Option granted hereunder is exercisable: 50% of total Option Grant

 

  C- 2  

 

 

Schedule C to the Stock Option Agreement: Notice of Exercise

 

A. To the Company

 

Renaissance Parent Corp.

c/o Gardner Denver, Inc.

222 East Erie Street, Suite 500

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attention: General Counsel

 

  C- 1  

 

Exhibit 10.22

 

Renaissance Parent Corp.

 

[Date]

 

[Name] 

[Address]

 

Re:        Performance Options

 

Dear [Name] :

 

Reference is made to your Stock Option Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, as applicable, (the “ Award Agreement ”) with Renaissance Parent Corp. (the “ Company ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms under Award Agreement. For purposes of this Letter Agreement, “Performance Options” shall mean “Performance SARs” if the Award Agreement is a Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

 

The Award Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.           The Annual Performance Targets as set forth on Schedule A to the Award Agreement in respect of fiscal years 2016, 2017 and 2018 are hereby amended to be $400,000,000, $ and  $ , respectively, and the Cumulative Performance Targets in respect of fiscal years 2016, 2017 and 2018 are hereby amended to be $ , $ and $ , respectively.

 

2.           Without limiting any vesting that would occur as a result of achievement of the Annual Performance Target or Cumulative Performance Target in any Fiscal Year, or otherwise upon a Change in Control, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the Award Agreement:

 

(a)       In the event that that Annual Performance Target in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 is not achieved, but the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 is at least $           , then one-quarter (1/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2017, and with respect of the remaining three-quarters (3/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2017 (the “ Unvested 2017 Options ”), one-half (1/2) of the such Unvested 2017 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2019 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2019 is at least $           , and one-half (1/2) of the Unvested 2017 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2020 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2020 is at least $           ; provided , that if the Cumulative Performance Target in respect of a subsequent Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded, then any unvested portion of the Unvested 2017 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year; and

 

(b)       In the event that that Annual Performance Target in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 is not achieved, but the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 is at least $           , then one-quarter (1/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2018, and with respect of the remaining three-quarters (3/4) of the Performance Options eligible to vest in respect of Fiscal Year 2018 (the “ Unvested 2018 Options ”), one-half (1/2) of the such Unvested 2018 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2019 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2019 is at least $           , and one-half (1/2) of the Unvested 2018 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of Fiscal Year 2020 if the Company’s EBITDA in respect of Fiscal Year 2020 is at least $           ; provided , that if the Cumulative Performance Target in respect of a subsequent Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded, then any unvested portion of the Unvested 2018 Options shall vest and become exercisable at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year.

 

 

 

 

Except as specifically set forth in this Letter Agreement, the terms and conditions of your Award Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

  Sincerely,  
       
    Renaissance Parent Corp.  
       
       
    By:  
    Title:  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.23

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

  

THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of the date indicated on Schedule B hereto (the “ Grant Date ”), is made by and between Renaissance Parent Corp., a corporation existing under the laws of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) and the individual whose name is set forth on the signature page hereof, who is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Optionee ”). Any capitalized terms herein not otherwise defined in Article I shall have the meaning set forth in the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Subsidiaries, as such Plan may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to carry out the Plan, the terms of which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and its shareholders to grant the Option provided for herein to the Optionee as an incentive for increased efforts during his term of office with the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and has advised the Company thereof and instructed the undersigned officers to issue said Option;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I


DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever the following terms are used in this Agreement, they shall have the meaning specified below unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

 

Section 1.1.             Cause

 

Cause ” shall mean, with respect to an Optionee: (i) a material breach by the Optionee of the terms of the Company’s policies, the terms of which have previously been provided to such Optionee; (ii) any act of theft, misappropriation, embezzlement, fraud or similar conduct by the Optionee involving the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) the Optionee’s failure to act in accordance with any specific lawful instructions given to the Optionee by the Board (or any committee thereof) in connection with the performance of the Optionee’s duties for the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, which continues beyond ten (10) Business Days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Optionee by the Company (the “ Cure Period ”); (iv) any damage of a material nature to the business or property of the Company or any Affiliate caused by Optionee’s willful or grossly negligent conduct which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured); (v) any intentional misconduct by the Optionee which is reasonably likely to be materially damaging to the Company without a reasonable good faith belief by the Optionee that such conduct was in the best interests of the Company; (vi) the conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud by the Optionee; or (vii) a knowing and material breach of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement or the Optionee’s other written agreements with the Company which continues beyond the Cure Period (to the extent that, in the Board’s reasonable judgment, such breach can be cured). A termination for Cause shall be effective when the Company has given the Optionee written notice of its intention to terminate for Cause, describing those acts or omissions that are believed to constitute Cause, and has given the Optionee the Cure Period within which to respond.

 

     

 

 

Section 1.2.             Disability

 

“Disability” shall mean “Disability” as such term is defined in any Other Relevant Agreement between the Optionee and the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or, if there is no such agreement or no such term defined therein, “Disability” for purposes of eligibility for benefits under the long-term disability plan of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, as applicable.

 

Section 1.3.             EBITDA

 

“EBITDA” shall have the meaning as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.4.             Fiscal Year

 

“Fiscal Year” shall mean each of the fiscal years of the Company set forth on Schedule A attached hereto.

 

Section 1.5.             Good Reason

 

“Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material adverse change in the Optionee’s position causing it to be of materially less stature, responsibility, or authority or the assignment to the Optionee of any material duties inconsistent with the customary duties of the Optionee’s position, in each case without the Optionee’s written consent (provided that if, after an Initial Public Offering, the Company or its successor entity ceases to be a publicly traded entity, such fact shall not constitute a change in the Optionee’s existing position), (ii) the relocation of the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed to a location which is more than 50 miles from the offices at which the Optionee is principally employed immediately prior to such relocation, or (iii) a reduction, without the Optionee’s written consent, in the Optionee’s base salary or the target bonus amount the Optionee is eligible to earn under the Company’s current annual incentive plan or any successor or replacement annual incentive plan that the Company adopts (such current plan or any such successor or replacement plan, the “ Annual Incentive Plan ”); provided, however, that nothing herein shall be construed to guarantee the Optionee’s bonus for any year if the applicable performance targets are not met; and provided further, that it shall not constitute Good Reason hereunder if the Company makes an appropriate pro rata adjustment to the applicable bonus and targets under the Annual Incentive Plan in the event of a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

Unless the Optionee provides written notification of an event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above within ninety (90) days after the Optionee knows or has reason to know of the occurrence of any such event, the Optionee shall be deemed to have consented thereto and such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. If the Optionee provides such written notification to the Company (or such subsidiary of the Company as may be specified in the Stock Option Agreement), the Company shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt of such notice to effect a cure of the event described therein and, upon cure thereof by the Company to the reasonable satisfaction of the Optionee, such event shall no longer constitute Good Reason for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any event described in clauses (i) or (ii) above must be an event that would result in a material negative change in the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company and thus effectively constitute an involuntary termination of employment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 

    2  

 

 

Section 1.6.             Investment Option

 

“Investment Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Investment Option.

 

Section 1.7.             Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

“Management Stockholder’s Agreement” shall mean that certain Management Stockholder’s Agreement between the Optionee and the Company.

 

Section 1.8.             Option

 

“Option” shall mean the aggregate of the Time Option, the Performance Option, and the Investment Option as granted under Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Section 1.9.             Performance Option

 

“Performance Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Performance Option.

 

Section 1.10.           Sale Participation Agreement

 

“Sale Participation Agreement” shall mean that certain Sale Participation Agreement between the Optionee and KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.

 

Section 1.11.           Sponsor IRR

 

“Sponsor IRR” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the cumulative internal rate of return of the Sponsor (which in no circumstances includes any fees paid to the Sponsor or expenses reimbursed to the Sponsor from time to time (“ Sponsor Fees ”)) on the Sponsor’s aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment, determined on a fully diluted basis, assuming inclusion of all Shares underlying all then outstanding Time Options, Performance Options, and Investment Options.

 

Section 1.12.           Sponsor MOIC

 

“Sponsor MOIC” shall mean, as of a Change in Control, the result obtained by dividing (i) the cash consideration received by the Sponsor (other than any Sponsor Fees) as of the Change in Control by (ii) the aggregate amount of cash invested in (and the initial gross asset value of any property (other than money) contributed to) the Company by the Sponsor, directly or indirectly, from time to time in respect of such investment.

  

Section 1.13.           Time Option

 

“Time Option” shall mean the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, all or any part of an aggregate of the number of Shares set forth on Schedule B hereof opposite the term Time Option.

 

    3  

 

 

ARTICLE II


GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

Section 2.1.            Grant of Options

 

For good and valuable consideration, on and as of the Grant Date, the Company irrevocably grants to the Optionee the following Stock Options: (a) the Time Option, (b) the Performance Option and (c) the Investment Option, in each case on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

Section 2.2.            Exercise Price

 

Subject to Section 2.4, the exercise price of the Shares covered by the Option (the “Exercise Price”) shall be as set forth on Schedule B hereof, which shall be the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

 

Section 2.3.            No Guarantee of Employment

 

Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the employ or service relationship of the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, which are hereby expressly reserved, to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, subject to the applicable provisions of, if any, the Optionee’s employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or offer letter provided by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate to the Optionee.

 

Section 2.4.            Certain Adjustments to Stock Options

 

The Option shall be subject to, and the Company, the Committee and the Optionee shall have such rights as are specified under, the adjustment provisions of Sections 8 and 9 of the Plan, as applicable.

 

ARTICLE III


PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

 

Section 3.1.              Commencement of Exercisability

 

(a)       So long as the Optionee continues to be employed by the Company or any other Service Recipients through each applicable vesting date specified below, the Option shall become exercisable pursuant to the following schedules:

 

(i)              Time Option . The Time Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 20% of the Shares subject to such Option on the last day of each of the Fiscal Years 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

(ii)             Performance Option .

 

(A) If the Company achieves the applicable EBITDA targets as set forth for each of the Fiscal Years 2014 through 2018 as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto (each an “ Annual Performance Target ”), then the Performance Option shall be eligible to become vested and exercisable with respect to 20% of the Shares subject to such Option at the end of each such Fiscal Year.

 

    4  

 

 

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Annual Performance Target is not achieved in a particular Fiscal Year (a “ Missed Year ”), then that 20% portion of the Performance Option that was eligible to vest but failed to vest due to the Company’s failure to achieve its Annual Performance Target in the Missed Year shall nevertheless also vest and become exercisable at the end of any subsequent Fiscal Year if at the end of such subsequent Fiscal Year, the Cumulative Performance Target set forth on Schedule A for such Fiscal Year is achieved or exceeded. Any part of the Performance Option that does not vest pursuant to Section 3.1(a)(ii)(A) or (B) shall remain outstanding as an unvested Option subject to vesting pursuant to Section 3.1(b) until such Option otherwise terminates pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(iii)        Investment Option . The Investment Option shall become vested and exercisable with respect to 100% of the Shares subject to such Option on the 180 th day following the date of the commencement of the Optionee’s employment with Gardner Denver, Inc. provided the Optionee remains employed by Gardner Denver, Inc. through such date.

 

(b)           Effect of Change in Control . Notwithstanding any of Section 3.1(a) above:

 

(i)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Time Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Time Option;

 

(ii)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Performance Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Performance Option, but only if , and to the extent that, as a result of such Change in Control, the Sponsor has achieved a Sponsor IRR of 22.5% and a Sponsor MOIC of 2.5x; and

 

(iii)       immediately prior to any Change in Control, any then unvested portion of the Investment Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable as to 100% of the Shares subject to such Investment Option.

 

(c)           Forfeit of Unvested Options on Termination of Employment . No Option shall become exercisable as to any additional Shares following the termination of employment of the Optionee for any reason and any Option that is unexercisable as of the Optionee’s termination of employment shall immediately expire without payment therefor.

 

Section 3.2.            Expiration of Option

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 5 or Section 6 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, the Optionee may not exercise any vested portion of the Option to any extent after the first to occur of the following events:

 

    5  

 

 

(a)       The tenth anniversary of the Grant Date;

 

(b)       The first anniversary of the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment with the Company and all Service Recipients, if the Optionee’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability;

 

(c)       Immediately upon the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients for Cause;

 

(d)       Thirty (30) days after the date of the termination of the Optionee’s employment by the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee without Good Reason (except due to the Optionee’s death or Disability);

 

(e)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment by the Company and all Service Recipients without Cause (except due to death or Disability);

 

(f)       One-hundred eighty (180) days after the date of an Optionee’s termination of employment with the Company and all Service Recipients by the Optionee for Good Reason;

 

(g)       The date the Option is terminated pursuant to Section 4 or 5 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement; or

 

(h)       Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, immediately or on such date established, if the Committee so determines pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE IV


EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

Section 4.1.            Person Eligible to Exercise

 

During the lifetime of the Optionee, only the Optionee (or his or her duly authorized legal representative) may exercise an Option or any portion thereof. After the death of the Optionee, any exercisable portion of an Option may, prior to the time when an Option becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2, be exercised by his personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

Section 4.2.            Partial Exercise

 

Any exercisable portion of an Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to the time when the Option or portion thereof becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2; provided , however , that any partial exercise shall be for whole Shares only.

 

Section 4.3.            Manner of Exercise

 

An Option, or any exercisable portion thereof, may be exercised solely by delivering to the Company at the addresses set out in Schedule C all of the following prior to the time when the Option or such portion becomes unexercisable under Section 3.2:

 

    6  

 

 

(a)       Notice in writing signed by the Optionee or the other person then entitled to exercise the Option or portion thereof, stating that the Option or portion thereof is thereby exercised, such notice complying with all applicable rules established by the Committee;

 

(b)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer, if the Optionee so elects in the notice of exercise through the withholding of Shares (any such Shares valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) otherwise issuable upon the exercise of the Stock Option in a manner that is compliant with applicable law or other form of payment if agreed by the Company) of the Exercise Price for the Shares with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

(c)       Full payment (in cash by wire transfer or, if vested Options are being exercised during the exercise periods specified in any of Sections 3.2(b), (e) or (f), as applicable, or if otherwise so agreed by the Company, through the withholding of Shares in the same manner as provided in Section 4.3(b) above) to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation with respect to which such Option or portion thereof is exercised;

 

(d)       A bona fide written representation and agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, signed by the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof, stating that the Shares are being acquired for his own account, for investment and without any present intention of distributing or reselling said shares or any of them except as may be permitted under (i) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and then applicable rules and regulations thereunder and (ii) the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, and that the Optionee or other person then entitled to exercise such Option or portion thereof will indemnify the Company against and hold it free and harmless from any loss, damage, expense or liability resulting to the Company if any sale or distribution of the shares by such person is contrary to the representation and agreement referred to above; provided , however , that the Committee may, in its reasonable discretion, take whatever additional actions it deems reasonably necessary to ensure the observance and performance of such representation and agreement and to effect compliance with the Act, if applicable and any other federal or state securities laws or regulations; and

 

(e)       In the event the Option or portion thereof shall be exercised pursuant to Section 4.1 by any person or persons other than the Optionee, appropriate proof of the right of such person or persons to exercise the option.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may require an opinion of counsel acceptable to it, to the extent required under Section 3 of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement, to the effect that any subsequent transfer of shares acquired on exercise of an Option does not violate the Act or other applicable laws, and may issue stop-transfer orders covering such shares. Share certificates evidencing stock issued on exercise of this Option shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the provisions of subsection (d) above and the agreements herein. The written representation and agreement referred to in subsection (d) above shall, however, not be required if the shares to be issued pursuant to such exercise have been registered under the Act and/or other applicable laws, and such registration is then effective in respect of such shares.

 

Section 4.4.            Conditions to Issuance of Stock Certificates/Registration of Issuance of Shares

 

The Shares deliverable upon the exercise of an Option, or any portion thereof, may be either non-issued and/or previously authorized but unissued shares to the extent legally permitted or issued shares, which have then been reacquired by the Company. Such shares when issued shall be fully paid and nonassessable. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for Shares purchased and as the case may be subscribed for (if certified, or if not certified, register the issuance of such shares on its books and records) upon the exercise of an Option or portion thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

    7  

 

 

(a)       The obtaining of approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its reasonable and good faith discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

 

(b)       The execution by the Optionee of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement if the Optionee is not already a party to such agreements; and

 

(c)       The payment in full to the Company of the Exercise Price for the Shares for which the Option is exercised as provided in Section 4.3(c)

 

 As soon as practicable after fulfillment of the conditions in this Section 4.4, the Company shall issue the Shares deliverable upon the exercise of the Option to the Optionee (either by delivery of a certificate for such Shares, or if not certificated by registering the issuance of such Shares on its books and records) and shall enter the Optionee’s ownership of such Shares into the register of registered shares of the Company.

  

Section 4.5.               Rights as Stockholder

 

The holder of an Option shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Option or any portion thereof unless and until such Shares shall have been issued by the Company to such holder (in case of issuance of new Shares) and/or the Shares have otherwise been recorded in the register of registered shares of the Company as owned by such holder (and then only to the extent such Shares are held directly by the holder).

 

ARTICLE V


MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1.            Administration

 

The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and this Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Committee shall be final and binding upon the Optionee, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Option. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan and this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2.            Option Not Transferable

 

Neither the Option nor any interest or right therein or part thereof shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of the Optionee or his successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect; provided, however, that this Section 5.2 shall not prevent transfers by will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

    8  

 

 

Section 5.3.            Notices

 

All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing. Any notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon electronic confirmation of facsimile, (ii) one Business Day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery, and (iii) five (5) Business Days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case as follows: Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company shall be addressed to the Company in care of its Board, and any notice to be given to the Optionee shall be addressed to him at the address given beneath his signature hereto. By a notice given pursuant to this Section 5.3, either party may hereafter designate a different address for notices to be given to him. Any notice, which is required to be given to the Optionee, shall, if the Optionee is then deceased, be given to the Optionee’s personal representative if such representative has previously informed the Company of his status and address by written notice under this Section 5.3.

 

Section 5.4.            Titles; Pronouns

 

Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement. The masculine pronoun shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular the plural, where the context so indicates.

 

Section 5.5.            Applicability of Plan, Management Stockholder’s Agreement and Sale Participation Agreement

 

The Option and the Shares issued to the Optionee upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Management Stockholder’s Agreement and the Sale Participation Agreement, to the extent applicable to the Option and such Shares.

 

Section 5.6.            Amendment

 

Subject to Section 10 of the Plan, this Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the parties hereto, which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7.            Governing Law

 

The laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be performed entirely in such state shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

 

    9  

 

 

Section 5.8.            Dispute Resolution

 

In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York, United States. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each party hereto shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

[ Signatures on next pages .]

 

    10  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

 

  Renaissance Parent Corp.
     
  By:  /s/ Joshua Weisenbeck
     
  Name:  Joshua Weisenbeck
     
  Title:  Vice President

 

[Signature Page of Stock Option Agreement]

   

     

 

 

Schedule A to the Stock Option Agreement

Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets

 

The Annual and Cumulative Performance Targets are based on the Company’s achievement of the following EBITDA targets for the following Fiscal Years:

 

Fiscal Year Annual Performance Target Cumulative Performance Target
2014 $456,000,000 N/A
2015 $534,700,000 $990,700,000
2016 $ $
2017 $ $
2018 $ $

  

“EBITDA” shall mean earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization plus transaction, management and/or similar fees paid to the Sponsor and/or its Affiliates. The Board may, following consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”), in its discretion, adjust the calculation of EBITDA to reflect, to the extent not contemplated in the management plan, any extraordinary or one-time events, including, without limitation, acquisitions, divestitures, major capital investment programs, changes in accounting standards, stock expense related to the issuance of Options, or other extraordinary or unusual events or occurrences, or any costs or expenses incurred during such period relating to environmental remediation, litigation or other disputes in respect of events and exposures that occurred prior to the Closing Date. Without limiting the foregoing, if the Company makes an acquisition in any year, the Annual Performance Target for such year and the Cumulative Performance Target, if any, for such year and subsequent years will be adjusted fairly and appropriately, in consultation with the CEO, which adjustment may reflect the amount of EBITDA in the plan for the target presented to the Board at the time the acquisition is approved by the Board. Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets may also be fairly and appropriately adjusted by the Board, in consultation with the CEO, for any divestitures, major capital investment programs and any change in GAAP promulgated by accounting standard setters. In the event that any of the foregoing action is taken, such adjustment shall reflect the amount deemed reasonably necessary by the Board, in the exercise of its good faith judgment to accurately reflect the effect such event has on such Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets. The intent of such adjustments is to keep the probability of achieving the Annual Performance Targets and Cumulative Performance Targets the same as if the event triggering such adjustment had not occurred. The Board will use reasonable efforts to provide that the determination of any necessary adjustment shall be made within 60 days following the completion or closing of such event.

 

     

 

  

Schedule B

 

MASTER SIGNATURE PAGE

 

COUNTERPART TO INVESTMENT DOCUMENTS

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereby agree to be a party to each of the following agreements as a “Management Stockholder” or “optionee”, as applicable, as of the date of such agreements:

 

1.       Management Stockholder’s Agreement

 

2.       Sale Participation Agreement

 

3.       Option Agreement

 

Signature: /s/ Andy Schiesl  
  Andy Schiesl  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Schedule C to the Stock Option Agreement

 

Grant Date : March 7, 2014
   
Exercise Price of Options : $5.00 per share
   
Option Grants :  
   
Total Option Grant: 704,216 Shares
   
Aggregate number of Shares for which the Time Option granted hereunder is exercisable: 322,108 Shares
   
Aggregate number of Shares for which the Performance Option granted hereunder is exercisable: 322,108 Shares
   
Aggregate number of Shares for which the Investment Option granted hereunder is exercisable: 60,000 Shares

 

     

 

 

Schedule D to the Stock Option Agreement: Notice of Exercise

 

A. To the Company

 

Renaissance Parent Corp.

c/o Gardner Denver, Inc.

1500 Liberty Ridge Drive

Suite 3000

Wayne, PA 19087

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (610) 249-2095

 

  C- 1  

 

Exhibit 10.24

 

SALE PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT

 

KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P.
9 West 57 th Street, 42 nd Floor
New York, NY 10019

 

  [           ], 2013

 

To: The Person whose name is
set forth on the signature page hereof

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

You have entered into a Management Stockholder’s Agreement or Director Stockholder’s Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between Renaissance Parent Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and you (the “Stockholder’s Agreement”) relating to (i) the purchase/subscription by you of Purchased Stock; and/or (ii) the grant by the Company to you of options (“Options”) to purchase/subscribe for Common Stock. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Stockholder’s Agreement. KKR Renaissance Aggregator L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Investor Holdings”), which is the parent entity of the Company, hereby agrees with you as follows pursuant to the tel ins of this Sale Participation Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of the Effective Date:

 

1. (a) In the event that at any time on or after the Effective Date, Investor Holdings or any of its Affiliates proposes to sell directly for cash or any other consideration any Common Stock owned by Investor Holdings or any such Affiliate, in any transaction other than (x) a Public Offering or (y) a sale, directly or indirectly, to an Affiliate of Investor Holdings, then, unless Investor Holdings is entitled to and does exercise the drag-along rights pursuant to Section 8 below and the Drag Transaction is consummated, Investor Holdings will notify the applicable Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities, as the case may be, in writing (a “Notice”) of such proposed sale (a “Proposed Sale”) specifying the principal terms and conditions of the Proposed Sale, including (i) the number of shares of Common Stock to be included in the Proposed Sale, (ii) the percentage of the outstanding Common Stock at the time the Notice is given that is represented by the number of shares of Common Stock to be included in the Proposed Sale, (iii) the price per share of Common Stock subject to the Proposed Sale, including a description of any pricing formulae and of any non-cash consideration sufficiently detailed to permit valuation thereof, (iv) the Tag Along Sale Percentage (as defined below), (v) the name and address of the Person or Persons to whom the offered Common Stock is proposed to be sold, and (vi) if known, the date of the Proposed Sale.

 

2

 

(b) If, within ten (10) Business Days after the delivery of Notice under Section 1(a) (the “Exercise Period”), Investor Holdings receives from a Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity, as applicable, a written request (a “Request”) to include an amount of Common Stock held by such Person in the Proposed Sale (which Request shall be irrevocable except (i) as set forth in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section 1 below or (ii) if otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity and Investor Holdings), then the Common Stock held by the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities, including shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities are then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of Options, to the extent such Option is then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale (not in any event to exceed the Tag Along Sale Percentage multiplied by the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities plus all shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities are then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of Options, to the extent such Option is then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale) will be so included as provided herein; provided that only one Request, which shall be executed by the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities, as applicable, may be delivered with respect to any Proposed Sale. Promptly after the execution of the sale agreement entered into in connection with the Proposed Sale (the “Sale Agreement”), Investor Holdings will furnish the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities with a copy of such Sale Agreement, if any. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Tag Along Sale Percentage” shall mean the fraction, expressed as a percentage, determined by dividing the number of Common Stock to be purchased from Investor Holdings and any of its Affiliates in the Proposed Sale by the total number of Common Stock owned directly or indirectly by Investor Holdings and all of its Affiliates. In any Request, a Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity, as applicable, shall be entitled to elect whether the Common Stock to be sold by such Person in the Proposed Sale shall consist of (x) Purchased Stock owned by such Person and/or (y) shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities, as applicable, are then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of Options, to the extent such Option is then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale, or the amounts of securities referenced in each of (x) or (y) to be included in the Proposed Sale, or any preference to be given to securities referenced in either of (x) or (y) as compared to the other in any Proposed Sale. Subject to the other limitations set forth in this Agreement, Investor Holdings agrees to be bound by, and effectuate, any election made in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence to the extent reasonably practical and not otherwise detrimental to the Proposed Sale.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any of the economic terms of the Proposed Sale change in a manner that is materially less favorable to the selling Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities, as applicable, than those described in the Notice, including without limitation if the per share price will be less than the per share price disclosed in the Notice, Investor Holdings will provide written notice thereof to each Management Stockholder Entity and Director Stockholder Entity who has made a Request and each such Person will then be given an opportunity to withdraw the offer contained in such holder’s Request (by providing prompt (and in any event within five (5) Business Days or, if the proposed closing with respect to the Proposed Sale is to occur within five (5) Business Days or less, no later than three (3) Business Days prior to such closing) written notice of such withdrawal to Investor Holdings), whereupon such withdrawing Person will be released from all obligations thereunder.

 

3

 

(d) If Investor Holdings does not complete the Proposed Sale by the end of the 180th day following the date of the effectiveness of the Notice, each selling Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity, as applicable, may elect to be released from all obligations under the applicable Request by notifying Investor Holdings in writing of its desire to so withdraw. Upon receipt of that withdrawal notice, the Notice of the relevant Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity shall be null and void, and it will then be necessary for a separate Notice to be furnished, and the terms and provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 1 separately complied with, in order to consummate such Proposed Sale pursuant to this Section 1, unless the failure to complete such Proposed Sale resulted from any failure by any selling Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity, as applicable, to comply with the terms of this Section 1.

 

2. (a) The number of shares of Common Stock that the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities will be permitted to include in a Proposed Sale pursuant to a Request will be the lesser of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that such Management Stockholder Entities have offered to sell in the Proposed Sale as set forth in the Request (which shall be based upon such Management Stockholder Entities’ Tag Along Sale Percentage) and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock determined by multiplying (A) the number of shares of Common Stock that the purchaser in the Proposed Sale has agreed to purchase by (B) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock owned by the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities, as applicable, plus all shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities are then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of Options, to the extent such Option is then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock owned by the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities, as applicable, and all other Persons participating in such sale as tag-along sellers pursuant to Other Management Stockholder Agreements, Other Stockholder Agreements or other agreements (all such participants, the “Tag Along Sellers”) plus all shares of Common Stock which the Tag Along Sellers are then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of Options, to the extent such Options are then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale, plus all shares of Common Stock owned by Investor Holdings and all of its Affiliates. For purposes of the foregoing, each Management Stockholder Entity shall be eligible to conditionally exercise its exercisable Options through, at the Management Stockholder Entity’s election, withholding an aggregate number of shares of Common Stock subject to such exercisable Options having a fair market value equal to the aggregate exercise price and minimum withholding for taxes due in respect of such exercise, with the completion of such exercise being subject to the completion of the Proposed Sale.

 

4

 

(b) If one or more Tag Along Sellers elect not to include the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which such holders would have been peimitted to include in a Proposed Sale pursuant to Section 2(a) (such non-included shares, the “Eligible Shares”), then each of Investor Holdings and the remaining Tag Along Sellers, or any of them, will have the right to sell in the Proposed Sale a number of additional shares of its Common Stock equal to its pro rata portion of the number of Eligible Shares, based on the relative number of shares of Common Stock then held by each such holder plus all shares of Common Stock which such holder is then entitled to acquire under any unexercised portion of Options, to the extent such Options are then exercisable or would become exercisable as a result of the consummation of the Proposed Sale; provided that such additional shares of Common Stock which any such holder or holders propose to sell shall not be included in any calculation made pursuant to Section 2(a) for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Common Stock which the Management Stockholder Entities will be permitted to include in a Proposed Sale. Investor Holdings will have the right to sell in the Proposed Sale additional shares of Common Stock owned by it equal to the number, if any, of remaining Eligible Shares which will not be included in the Proposed Sale pursuant to the foregoing.

 

3. Except as may otherwise be provided herein, shares of Common Stock subject to a Request will be included in a Proposed Sale pursuant hereto and in any agreements with purchasers relating thereto on the same terms and subject to the same conditions applicable to the shares of Common Stock which Investor Holdings proposes to sell in the Proposed Sale. Such terms and conditions shall include, without limitation: the sale price; the payment of fees, commissions and expenses; the provision of, and customary representations and warranties as to, information reasonably requested by Investor Holdings covering matters regarding the Management Stockholder Entities’ or Director Stockholder Entities’ (as applicable) ownership of shares; and the provision of requisite indemnification on a several but not joint basis; provided that any indemnification provided by the Management Stockholder Entities or the Director Stockholder Entities, as applicable, shall, with respect to each claim for indemnification made against the sellers, be paid by the sellers pro rata in proportion with the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold; provided, further, that no Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity shall be required to indemnify any Person for an amount, in the aggregate, in excess of the net cash proceeds received by such Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity in such Proposed Sale. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, if the consideration payable for shares of Common Stock is securities and the acquisition of such securities by a Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity would reasonably be expected to be prohibited under applicable U.S., foreign, or state securities laws, such Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the value of any such securities such Management Stockholder Entity would otherwise be entitled to receive.

 

1. Upon delivering a Request, the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities, as applicable, will, if requested by Investor Holdings, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Investor Holdings with respect to the shares of Common Stock which are to be sold by the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities pursuant hereto (a “Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney”). The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will contain customary provisions and will provide, among other things, that the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities, as applicable, will deliver to and deposit in custody with the custodian and attorney-in-fact named therein a certificate or certificates (if such shares are certificated) representing such shares of Common Stock (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof) and irrevocably appoint said custodian and attorney-in-fact as the Management Stockholder Entities’ or Director Stockholder Entities’ (as applicable) agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney on such Persons’ behalf with respect to the matters specified therein (including without any limitation to make any entry in any books of the Company if such shares of Common Stock are in registered form).

 

5

 

5. The Management Stockholder Entities’ or Director Stockholder Entities’ (as applicable) right pursuant hereto to participate in a Proposed Sale shall be contingent on such Persons’ material compliance with each of the provisions hereof and such Persons’ respective willingness to execute such documents in connection therewith as may be reasonably requested by Investor Holdings.

 

2. Notwithstanding any terms to the contrary in this Agreement, only full shares of Common Stock are transferable under this Agreement. In case a number of shares of Common Stock as determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement contains a fraction of a share of Common Stock, such number shall be reduced to the nearest number of full shares of Common Stock.

 

3. If the consideration to be paid in exchange for shares of Common Stock in a Proposed Sale pursuant to Section 1 includes any securities, and the receipt thereof by a Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity would require under applicable law (a) the registration or qualification of such securities or of any Person as a broker or dealer or agent with respect to such securities or (b) the provision to any selling Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity of any information regarding the Company, its subsidiaries, such securities, or the issuer thereof that would not be required to be delivered in an offering solely to a limited number of “accredited investors” under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder, such Management Shareholder Entity shall not, subject to the following sentence, have the right to sell shares of Common Stock in such proposed sale. In such event, Investor Holdings shall have the right to cause to be paid to such selling Management Shareholder Entity in lieu thereof, against surrender of the shares of Common Stock which would have otherwise been sold by such selling Management Shareholder Entity to the prospective buyer in the Proposed Sale, an amount in cash equal to the value of any such securities such Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity would otherwise be entitled to receive.

 

4. (a) If Investor Holdings or any of its Affiliates (including Parent) that owns shares of Common Stock proposes to transfer, directly or indirectly, a number of shares of Common Stock the sale of which would result in a Change in Control, taking into account all interests being dragged hereunder and under any other agreement containing similar rights (such Person or Persons to whom such shares would be transferred, the “Drag-Along Purchaser”), then if requested by Investor Holdings, the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities (as applicable) shall be required to sell a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by such Persons (including shares of Common Stock underlying exercisable Options) multiplied by the Tag Along Sale Percentage (such transaction, a “Drag Transaction”).

 

6

 

(b) Shares of Common Stock held by the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities (as applicable) included in a Drag Transaction will be included in any agreements with the Drag-Along Purchaser relating thereto on the same terms and subject to the same conditions applicable to the shares of Common Stock which Investor Holdings or any of its Affiliates propose to sell in the Drag Transaction. Such terms and conditions shall include: (i) the pro rata reduction of the number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by Investor Holdings and the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities (as applicable) to be included in the Drag Transaction if required by the Drag-Along Purchaser, (ii) the sale price, (iii) the payment of fees, commissions, and expenses, (iv) the provision of, and representation and warranty as to, information reasonably requested by Investor Holdings covering matters regarding the Management Stockholder Entities’ or Director Stockholder Entities’ ownership of shares, and (v) the provision of requisite indemnification on a several but not joint basis; provided that any indemnification provided by the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities, as applicable, shall, with respect to each indemnification claim made against the sellers, be paid by the sellers pro rata in proportion with the total number of shares of Common Stock to be sold by all sellers; provided, further, that no Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity shall be required to indemnify any Person for an amount, in the aggregate, in excess of the net cash proceeds received by such Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity in such Proposed Sale.

 

(c) Your pro rata share of any indemnity amount to be paid by you and the other Company stockholders pursuant to Paragraph 3 or 8(b) shall be based upon the number of shares of Common Stock intended to be transferred by the Management Stockholder Entities or Director Stockholder Entities (as applicable) plus the number of shares of Common Stock you would have the right to acquire under any unexercised portion of an Option which is then vested or would become vested as a result of the Proposed Sale or Drag Transaction, assuming that you received a payment in respect of such Option.

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, if the consideration payable for shares of Common Stock is securities and the acquisition of such securities by a Management Stockholder Entity or Director Stockholder Entity would reasonably be expected to be prohibited under applicable U.S., foreign, or state securities laws, such Person shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the value of any such securities such Person would otherwise be entitled to receive.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event the Sponsor and/or the limited partners of Parent propose to sell limited partnership units in Parent that would result in a Change in Control of the Company, you agree that appropriate provisions shall be made (and you shall take any reasonable actions required in connection therewith) in order to permit, if contemplated by the purchaser, the purchase of your shares of Common Stock on a pro rata basis similar to the terms provided herein for a sale by Investor Holdings of Common Stock.

 

9. The obligations of Investor Holdings hereunder shall extend only to you and transferees of Permitted Transfers (“Permitted Transferees”), and none of the Management Stockholder Entities’ or Director Stockholder Entities’ successors or assigns, with the exception of any Permitted Transferee and only with respect to the Common Stock acquired by such Permitted Transferee pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, shall have any rights pursuant hereto.

 

1. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect on the occurrence of the earlier of (a) the consummation of an Initial Public Offering and (b) a Change in Control, except that any obligations of the Parties that have arisen prior to the expiration of this Agreement or in connection with such Initial Public Offering or Change in Control shall remain in full force and effect until satisfied in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof.

 

11. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to such party’s address as set forth below or at such other address or to such other person as the party shall have furnished to each other party in writing in accordance with this provision:

 

If to Investor Holdings or the Company, at the following addresses:

 

c/o Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P.

9 West 57th St., Suite 4200

New York, New York 10019

Attention: Peter Stavros

Facsimile: (212) 750-0003

 

with a copy to:

 

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017
Attention: Sean Rodgers, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 455-2502

 

If to you, at the address set forth on the corresponding signature page hereto;

 

If to your Management Stockholder’s Estate, Management Stockholder’s Trust, Director Stockholder’s Estate or Director Stockholder’s Trust, to the address provided to the Company by such entity.

 

8

 

5. The laws of the State of New York shall govern the interpretation, validity, and performance of the terms of this Agreement. In the event of any controversy among the parties hereto arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement which cannot be settled amicably by the parties, such controversy shall be finally, exclusively, and conclusively settled by mandatory arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the American Arbitration Association rules, by a single independent arbitrator. Such arbitration process shall take place in New York, New York. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon all parties hereto and shall be rendered pursuant to a written decision, which contains a detailed recital of the arbitrator’s reasoning. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall bear its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives any right that it may have had to bring an action in any court, domestic or foreign, or before any similar domestic or foreign authority with respect to this Agreement. In the event of any arbitration or other disputes with regard to this Agreement or any other document or agreement referred to herein, each Party shall pay its own legal fees and expenses, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator.

 

13. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6. It is the understanding of the undersigned that you are aware that no Proposed Sale is contemplated and that such a sale may never occur.

 

7. This Agreement may be amended or modified by Investor Holdings by any time upon written notice to you thereof; provided that any amendment or modification (i) that materially disadvantages you shall not be effective unless and until you have consented thereto in writing and (ii) that disadvantages you in more than a de minimus way but less than a material way shall require the consent of the Compensation Committee of the Board (or, if no such committee is appointed, the Board), and you hereby expressly agree to be bound by any such amendment.

 

[Signatures on following pages]

 

If the foregoing accurately sets forth our agreement, please acknowledge your acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  KKR RENAISSANCE AGGREGATOR L.P.
     
  By: KKR Renaissance Aggregator GP LLC
     
  By:
 
  Name:  
  Title:  
 

Accepted and agreed as of the date first above written.

 

By:
 
 
Name:    
     
Address:
 
 
     
   
   
   
 

  Exhibit 10.25

 

  

 

April 17, 2015

  

(BY E-MAIL)

Mr. Vicente Reynal

 

Dear Vicente,

 

This letter confirms my offer to you to join Gardner Denver, Inc. (“ GDI ”) as the Chief Executive Officer of the Industrials Group, reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer of GDI.

 

This offer is contingent upon successful completion of a background check and pre-employment drug screening with acceptable results. Our Corporate Human Resources Department will contact you to arrange the drug screening.

 

The terms of GDI’s offer include the following:

 

1. Duties : While employed hereunder, you will perform such duties as are assigned to you in your capacity as Chief Executive Officer of the Industrials Group of GDI by the Chief Executive Officer of GDI, devoting your full business time and attention to the business and affairs of GDI.

 

2. Start Date : Your employment with GDI will commence May 4, 2015 (the “ Start Date ”).

 

3. Location : This position is initially based in Simmern, Germany (the “ Expat Period ”), subject to such business travel as may be reasonably required to perform your duties with GDI. During the Expat Period, GDI will provide you with a corporate apartment in Simmern, Germany or the surrounding area. Following the Expat Period, your work location will be relocated to Milwaukee, Wisconsin or other such U.S. location as mutually agreed by you and GDI.

 

4. Salary : While employed hereunder, your annual base salary will be $500,000.00, paid on a semi-monthly basis (or otherwise in accordance with the normal payroll practices of GDI as in effect from time time).

 

5. Sign-On Bonus : On the six month anniversary of the Start Date, you will be paid a lump sum cash bonus equal to $300,000.00, so long as you remain employed in good standing with GDI at such time.

 

6. Management Incentive Plan Bonus Program : Beginning with GDI’s 2015 fiscal year and for each fiscal year you are employed hereunder, you will be eligible to participate in the Gardner Denver, Inc. Management Incentive Plan annual bonus program (the “ MIP ”). Your target annual incentive opportunity under the MIP for each fiscal year will be 100% of your annual base salary as in effect for the given fiscal year (the “ Target Bonus ”). Your actual annual cash incentive award may over- or under-earn your target annual incentive opportunity, depending on GDI’s performance against its goals. Your annual bonus in respect of GDI’s 2015 year (the “ 2015 Bonus ”) will be based on GDI’s actual performance during such year, prorated based on the period of time during which you were employed by GDI in 2015; provided, that the 2015 Bonus will be at least equal to the Target Bonus, prorated based on the period of time during which you were employed by GDI in 2015.

 

     

 

 

Vicente Reynal

April 17, 2015

Page 2

  

The specific performance objectives and measures for your annual incentive opportunity will be defined and reviewed for each fiscal year and your annual incentive award will be calculated, approved, and paid after financial results for the given fiscal year have been finalized, all in accordance with the terms of the MIP.

 

7. Investment in Parent Holding Company; Long-Term Incentive Program : See attached Addendum A for details regarding your opportunity to invest in, and receive a long-term incentive award in respect of, the common stock of Renaissance Parent Corp., our parent holding company.

 

8. Retirement Plans : While employed hereunder, you will be eligible to participate in GDI’s retirement savings plans, based on the then current company policy.

  

9. Health and Welfare Insurance Coverage : While employed hereunder, you also will be eligible for other benefits coverage, including medical, dental, and life insurance and disability along with a comprehensive wellness program for your health & well-being. A brief summary of these benefit programs as currently in effect will be provided to you. The Gardner Denver benefits plan coverage year begins on April 1 st and ends on March 31 st of each calendar year. GDI shall, if you elect to receive health insurance continuation coverage under COBRA from your previous employer, reimburse you for the cost of such health insurance continuation coverage premiums that you procure during the period beginning on your termination of employment from your previous employer and the date that you are eligible to enroll in the GDI health plans (which eligibility will occur on or shortly following your Start Date).

 

10. Expatriate Benefits : During the Expat Period, you will be entitled to receive expatriate benefits that are substantially similar to the benefits described on Schedule I hereto (the “ Expat Benefits ”), in each case, to the extent such benefits are available through GDI’s existing benefit plans and policies. To the extent that GDI does not maintain or provide any such benefits under its existing plans or policies, in lieu of adopting a new plan or policy, GDI may elect to provide you with a cash payment in an amount substantially equivalent to the cost of such benefit.

 

11. Tax Equalization : During the Expat Period, you will be entitled to tax equalization on your cash compensation and Expat Benefits, based on U.S. federal and state rates applicable assuming you were a resident of Milwaukee, Wisconsin; provided , that the annual cost to GDI of such tax equalization shall not exceed $275,000.

 

     

 

 

Vicente Reynal

April 17, 2015 

Page 3

 

12. Severance Arrangements : If GDI terminates your employment without Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (each as defined in the management equity agreements referenced in Addendum A hereto), and subject to your continued compliance with the restrictive covenants (as provided in the management equity agreements), GDI will:

 

a. provide you with continued payment over a 12-month period (the “ Severance Period ”) of the sum of (x) your annual base salary and (y) the annual incentive award under the MIP, if any, earned in respect of the GDI fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the termination date occurs (but if such date occurs in the first fiscal year of your employment, such amount will equal the Target Bonus), payable in substantially equal monthly installments over the Severance Period (the “ Severance Payment ”); and

 

b. so long as you timely elect to continue to participate in GDI’s health insurance plan under COBRA, provide you with continued coverage under GDI’s health insurance plan on the same basis as actively employed employees of GDI for the 12 months following the date your employment terminates (or, if earlier, through the date you become employed by another employer and eligible for health insurance coverage at such employer) (such provision of coverage, the “ Benefit Continuation ”).

 

Receipt of the above severance payments and benefits is contingent on your execution (without revocation) of a waiver and release agreement in a form customarily used by GDI; in the event that commencement of payment of the Severance Payment could begin in one of two calendar years, depending upon GDI’s receipt of such executed waiver, payment of the Severance Payment will begin in the second calendar year, in compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“ Section 409A ”).

  

c. Upon any termination of your employment, you will receive, by no later than they second payroll date following your termination date, any unpaid payments of base salary previously earned but unpaid through such date, and other payments and benefits under applicable employee benefit plans or programs to which you are entitled pursuant to the terms of such plans or programs.

 

13. Miscellaneous : GDI shall be entitled to withhold from the payment of any compensation and provision of any benefit under this offer letter such amounts as may be required by applicable law, including without limitation for purposes of the payment of payroll and income taxes. This offer letter and any dispute hereunder shall be interpreted and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to rules relating to conflicts of law. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this offer letter that cannot be resolved by you and GDI shall be submitted to a single arbitrator who shall be a retired judge with substantial experience in arbitrating executive compensation disputes, in accordance with the dispute resolution provisions of the GDI Executive Severance Policy.

 

14. Other Conditions : This offer of employment, and your continued employment hereunder, is further conditioned upon your signed agreement to, and ongoing compliance with, any code of conduct, business ethics and proprietary information agreements customarily required to be signed by new employees of GDI.

 

     

 

 

Vicente Reynal

April 17, 2015

Page 4

 

By signing and accepting this offer of employment, you represent and warrant that: (i) you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other legal obligation with any person, company or business enterprise that may be an impediment to your employment with, or your providing services to, GDI as its employee; (ii) you have not and shall not bring onto company premises, or use in the course of your employment with GDI, any confidential or proprietary information of another person, company or business enterprise to whom you previously provided services; and (iii) you are not relying on any representations, promises or agreements not expressly contained in this offer letter. You further agree to keep this offer, its terms and any confidential or proprietary information of GDI, its parent holding company or any of their affiliates that you may acquire during the process of receiving and negotiating this offer, confidential.

 

[ Signatures on next page .]

 

     

 

 

Vicente Reynal

April 17, 2015

Page 5

 

Vicente, I am very excited about the prospect of your acceptance of this offer to become a part of the Gardner Denver corporate team. I am confident you can make a positive contribution to our goal of growing the Company into a more profitable organization.

 

Please acknowledge your acceptance of this offer and your agreement to the terms and conditions of this letter, under which you will be employed with GDI, by signing and dating this letter on the space provided below and emailing a PDF back to me.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Peter Stavros____

Peter Stavros

Director

Gardner Denver, Inc.

 

I have read and accept this offer of employment and agree to the terms and conditions.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

 

/s/ Vincente Reynal  
Vicente Reynal  

 

4-17-15  
Date  

 

     

 

 

Summary of Executive’s Expatriate Benefits

 

Benefit Description
Cash Benefit :

COLA: $26,000 per year

Housing Allowance: €5,000 per month

 

School Expenses :

Employer payment or reimbursement for tuition of dependent children to international school.

 

School Transportation :

Employer payment or reimbursement for school-sponsored transportation of dependent children to international school (approximately EUR 1,800 per dependent child).

 

Taxes :

Reimbursement for expenses related to tax preparation performed by Deloitte or other similar tax preparation firm.

 

Company Car :

Per GDI policy, with a car provided to be a similar class of vehicle to a BMW Gran Turismo.

 

Storage :

Reimbursement for expenses incurred for storage of household goods in the U.S. while abroad.

 

Travel Expenses :

Reimbursement for business class travel to U.S. or comparable location for Executive and his immediate family once per year.

 

 

 
 

 

PRIVILEGED & CONFIDENTIAL April __, 2015

 

ADDENDUM A—VICENTE REYNAL

 

Equity Target

 

Long-Term Incentive Program:

Investment: It is expected that Executive will, subject to satisfaction of applicable securities laws requirements, invest a minimum of $2,000,000 into the common stock of Renaissance Parent Corp. (“ Holdings ”).

 

Long-Term Incentive Program: A long term incentive plan (“ LTI Plan ”) has been established to give members of management at Gardner Denver, Inc. (“ GDI ”) the opportunity to share in the value appreciation of GDI. Though the grant of 1,432,188 options in Holdings with a strike price at then-current fair market value of Holdings’ shares, the intended goal of this LTI Plan is to provide the Executive with the opportunity (although not the guarantee) to earn pre-tax proceeds (net of the strike price) in respect of such value appreciation of up to and potentially more than USD $15 million. 1

 

The LTI Plan grants to Executive are in the form of options to purchase shares of Holdings stock, 50% of which are subject to time vesting and 50% are subject to performance vesting. The time vesting options vest 25% each year on the last day of each of Holdings’ fiscal years from 2015 through 2018. The performance vesting options vest 25% per year as of the last day of each of Holdings’ fiscal years from 2015 through 2018 provided the GDI achieves annual EBITDA targets; provided, however, that the 2015 performance vesting options will be treated as time vesting options such that the 2015 performance vesting options will vest subject only to Executive’s continued employment through the last day of the 2015 fiscal year.

 

Any options and Holdings stock Executive acquires are subject to the LTI Plan terms and other terms contained in management equity agreements with Holdings and the Investors. These terms include, generally, transfer restrictions, company call rights, tagalong and dragalong rights, and restrictive covenants (including covenants not to disclose confidential information at any time, and while employed and for certain post-employment periods, not to solicit employees or customers and not to compete with the business of GDI).

 

 

 

 

 

1 Assuming a certain exit value is achieved in 2018. Details of a corresponding financial forecast and exit multiple assumption will be presented separately. Actual value appreciation could be lesser or greater than amount stated above, depending upon performance of GDI and market factors.

 

 
 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.26

 

 

November 19, 2015

 

(BY E-MAIL)

Mr. Vicente Reynal

 

Dear Vicente,

 

This letter confirms the terms of your promotion to Chief Executive Officer of Gardner Denver, Inc. (“ GDI ”), Reference is made to the Offer Letter between you and GDI, dated as of April 17, 2015 (the “Offer Letter”)

 

1. Title and Duties : As of January 1, 2016 (the “Effective Date”) you will assume the role of Chief Executive Officer of GDI, while continuing to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Gardner Denver Industrial Group (the “Industrial Group”). Initially, you will devote the vast majority of your time to the performance of duties in your capacity as Chief Executive Officer of the Industrial Group. At a date to be mutually agreed between you and the board of directors of GDI (the “Board”), you will transition to devoting more of your business time and attention to the performance of duties as the Chief Executive Officer of GDI (the “CEO Transition”). It is anticipated that the CEO Transition will occur at a time when the near-term objectives for the Industrial Group have been achieved and a potential successor to you as the Chief Executive Officer of the Industrial Group has been identified and has developed an initial track record of success in the Industrial Group.

 

2. Salary : As of the Effective Date, your annual base salary will be increased $750,000.00, paid on a semi-monthly basis (or otherwise in accordance with the normal payroll practices of GDI as in effect from time to time.

 

3. 2016 Bonus : Your annual bonus in respect of the 2016 fiscal year will be based on the achievement of certain performance goals comparable to those that typically would be assigned to the Chief Executive Officer of the Industrial Group. However, following the CEO Transition, your annual bonus will transition to be based on the actual performance of GDI to reflect your additional responsibilities with GDI.

 

4. Long-Term Incentive Program : See attached Addendum A for details regarding your opportunity to receive an additional long-term incentive award in form of options to purchase, the common stock of Renaissance Parent Corp., our parent holding company.

 

Except as modified herein, the terms of your Offer Letter shall remain in effect during your employment with GDI.

 

 
 

Vicente Reynal 

November 19, 2015 

Page 2

 

 

Vicente, we are so pleased to have you as apart of our team. Congratulations on your promotion. We have high aspirations for you and for Gardner Denver under your leadership.

 

Please acknowledge your acceptance and agreement to the terms and conditions of this letter by signing and dating this letter on the space provided below and emailing a PDF back to me.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Peter Stavros  
   
Peter Stavros  
Director  
Gardner Denver, Inc.  
   

  

 
I have read and accept this offer of employment and agree to the terms and conditions.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED: 

 

/s/ Vicente Reynal  
Vicente Reynal  
   
November 20, 2015  
Date  

 

 
 

 

PRIVILEGED & CONFIDENTIAL

 

Addendum A—Vicente Reynal

 

Equity Target

 

Long-Term Incentive Program:

 



 

In connection with Executive’s promotion to Chief Executive Officer of GDI, the Executive will be entitled to receive a grant of options in Renaissance Parent Corp. (“ Holdings ”) with a strike price at then-current fair market value of Holdings’ shares, the intended goal of which is to provide the Executive with the opportunity (although not the guarantee) to earn pre-tax proceeds (net of the strike price) in respect of the value appreciation of GDI of up to and potentially more than USD $10 million. 1

 

This grant of options to purchase shares of Holdings stock wll be 50% time vested and 50% performance vested. The time vesting options vest 33% each year on the last day of each of Holdings’ fiscal years from 2016 through 2018. The performance vesting options vest 33% per year as of the last day of each of Holdings’ fiscal years from 2016 through 2018 provided the GDI achieves annual EBITDA targets

 

Any options and Holdings stock Executive acquires are subject to Holdings’ 2013 Stock Incentive Plan terms and other terms contained in management equity agreements. These terms include, generally, transfer restrictions, company call rights, tagalong and dragalong rights, and restrictive covenants (including covenants not to disclose confidential information at any time, and while employed and for certain post-employment periods, not to solicit employees or customers and not to compete with the business of GDI).

 


1 Assuming a certain exit value is achieved in 2018. Details of a corresponding financial forecast and exit multiple assumption will be presented separately. Actual value appreciation could be lesser or greater than amount stated above, depending upon performance of GDI and market factors.

 

 

 
 

Exhibit 10.27

 

 

November 18, 2015

 

(BY E-MAIL)

Mr. Todd Herndon

 

Dear Todd,

 

This letter confirms my offer to you to join Gardner Denver, Inc. (“ GDI ”) as the Chief Financial Officer of the Industrials Group of GDI (“ GDI Industrials ”), reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer of GDI Industrials.

 

This offer is contingent upon successful completion of a background check and pre-employment drug screening with acceptable results. Our Corporate Human Resources Department will contact you to arrange the drug screening.

 

The terms of GDI’s offer include the following:

 

1. Duties : While employed hereunder, you will perform such duties as are assigned to you in your capacity as Chief Financial Officer of GDI Industrials by the Chief Executive Officer of GDI Industrials, devoting your full business time and attention to the business and affairs of GDI.

 

2. Start Date : Your employment with GDI will commence January 17, 2016 (the “ Start Date ”).

 

3. Location : This position is based in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, subject to such business travel as may be reasonably required to perform your duties with GDI.

 

4. Salary : While employed hereunder, your annual base salary will be USD $350,000.00, paid on a semi-monthly basis (or otherwise in accordance with the normal payroll practices of GDI as in effect from time time).

 

5. Management Incentive Plan Bonus Program : Beginning with GDI’s 2016 fiscal year and for each fiscal year you are employed hereunder, you will be eligible to participate in the Gardner Denver, Inc. Management Incentive Plan annual bonus program (the “ MIP ”). Your target annual incentive opportunity under the MIP for each fiscal year will be 100% of your annual base salary as in effect for the given fiscal year (the “ Target Bonus ”). Your actual annual cash incentive award may over- or under-earn your target annual incentive opportunity, depending on GDI’s performance against its goals.

 

The specific performance objectives and measures for your annual incentive opportunity will be defined and reviewed for each fiscal year and your annual incentive award will be calculated, approved, and paid after financial results for the given fiscal year have been finalized, all in accordance with the terms of the MIP.

 

 
 

 

Todd Herndon

November 18, 2015

Page 2

 

 

 

6. Investment in Parent Holding Company; Long-Term Incentive Program : See attached Addendum A for details regarding your opportunity to invest in, and receive a long-term incentive award in respect of, the common stock of Renaissance Parent Corp., our parent holding company.

 

7. Retirement Plans : While employed hereunder, you will be eligible to participate in GDI’s retirement savings plans, based on the then current company policy.

 

8. Health and Welfare Insurance Coverage : While employed hereunder, you also will be eligible for other benefits coverage, including medical, dental, and life insurance and disability along with a comprehensive wellness program for your health & well-being. A brief summary of these benefit programs as currently in effect will be provided to you. The Gardner Denver benefits plan coverage year begins on April 1 st and ends on March 31 st of each calendar year. GDI shall, if you elect to receive health insurance continuation coverage under COBRA from your previous employer, reimburse you for the cost of such health insurance continuation coverage premiums that you procure during the period beginning on your termination of employment from your previous employer and the date that you are eligible to enroll in the GDI health plans (which eligibility will occur on or shortly following your Start Date).

 

9. Vacation : You will be eligible for 5 weeks of vacation per year.

 

10. Severance Arrangements : If GDI terminates your employment without Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (each as defined in the management equity agreements referenced in Addendum A hereto), and subject to your continued compliance with the restrictive covenants (as provided in the management equity agreements), GDI will:

 

a. provide you with continued payment over a 12-month period (the “ Severance Period ”) of your annual base salary, payable in substantially equal monthly installments over the Severance Period (the “ Severance Payment ”); and

 

b. so long as you timely elect to continue to participate in GDI’s health insurance plan under COBRA, provide you with continued coverage under GDI’s health insurance plan on the same basis as actively employed employees of GDI for the 12 months following the date your employment terminates (or, if earlier, through the date you become employed by another employer and eligible for health insurance coverage at such employer) (such provision of coverage, the “ Benefit Continuation ”).

 

 
 

 

Todd Herndon

November 18, 2015

Page 3

 

 

Receipt of the above severance payments and benefits is contingent on your execution (without revocation) of a waiver and release agreement in a form customarily used by GDI; in the event that commencement of payment of the Severance Payment could begin in one of two calendar years, depending upon GDI’s receipt of such executed waiver, payment of the Severance Payment will begin in the second calendar year, in compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“ Section 409A ”).

 

c. Upon any termination of your employment, you will receive, by no later than the second payroll date following your termination date, any unpaid payments of base salary previously earned but unpaid through such date, and other payments and benefits under applicable employee benefit plans or programs to which you are entitled pursuant to the terms of such plans or programs.

 

11. Miscellaneous : GDI shall be entitled to withhold from the payment of any compensation and provision of any benefit under this offer letter such amounts as may be required by applicable law, including without limitation for purposes of the payment of payroll and income taxes. This offer letter and any dispute hereunder shall be interpreted and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to rules relating to conflicts of law. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this offer letter that cannot be resolved by you and GDI shall be submitted to a single arbitrator who shall be a retired judge with substantial experience in arbitrating executive compensation disputes, in accordance with the dispute resolution provisions of the GDI Executive Severance Policy.

 

12. Other Conditions : This offer of employment, and your continued employment hereunder, is further conditioned upon your signed agreement to, and ongoing compliance with, any code of conduct, business ethics and proprietary information agreements customarily required to be signed by new employees of GDI.

 

By signing and accepting this offer of employment, you represent and warrant that: (i) you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other legal obligation with any person, company or business enterprise that may be an impediment to your employment with, or your providing services to, GDI as its employee; (ii) you have not and shall not bring onto company premises, or use in the course of your employment with GDI, any confidential or proprietary information of another person, company or business enterprise to whom you previously provided services; and (iii) you are not relying on any representations, promises or agreements not expressly contained in this offer letter. You further agree to keep this offer, its terms and any confidential or proprietary information of GDI, its parent holding company or any of their affiliates that you may acquire during the process of receiving and negotiating this offer, confidential.

 

[ Signatures on next page .]

 

 
 

 

Todd Herndon

November 18, 2015

Page 4

 

 

 

Todd, I am very excited about the prospect of your acceptance of this offer to become a part of the Gardner Denver corporate team. I am confident you can make a positive contribution to our goal of growing the Company into a more profitable organization.

 

Please acknowledge your acceptance of this offer and your agreement to the terms and conditions of this letter, under which you will be employed with GDI, by signing and dating this letter on the space provided below and emailing a PDF back to me.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Peter Stavros  
   
Peter Stavros  
Director  
Gardner Denver, Inc.  
   

  

 
I have read and accept this offer of employment and agree to the terms and conditions.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED: 

 

/s/ Todd Herndon  
Todd Herndon  
   
November 20, 2015  
Date  

 

 

 
 

 

PRIVILEGED & CONFIDENTIAL

 

Addendum A— Todd Herndon

 

Equity Target

 

Investment; Long-Term Incentive Program: Investment: It is expected that Executive will, subject to satisfaction of applicable securities laws requirements, invest a minimum of $1.0 million into the common stock of Renaissance Parent Corp. (“ Holdings ”) no later than two months following Executive’s Start Date. Such investment will be at the appraised value of the common stock of Holdings as of the date of Executive’s investment, which may be higher or lower than the appraised value of the common stock of Holdings as of Executive’s Start Date.
  Long-Term Incentive Program: A long term incentive plan (“ LTI Platt ”) has been established to give members of management at Gardner Denver, Inc. (“ GDI ”) the opportunity to share in the value appreciation of GDI. Through the grant of options in Holdings with a strike price at then-current fair market value of Holdings’ shares, the intended goal of this LTI Plan is to provide the Executive with the opportunity (although not the guarantee) to earn pre-tax proceeds (net of the strike price) in respect of such value appreciation of up to and potentially more than USD $8.0 million. 1
  The LTI Plan grants to Executive are in the form of options to purchase shares of Holdings stock, 50% of which are subject to time vesting and 50% are subject to performance vesting. The time vesting options vest as to one-third (rounded to the nearest whole share) each year on the last day of each of Holdings’ fiscal years from 2016 through 2018. The performance vesting options vest as to one-third (rounded to the nearest whole share) per year as of the last day of each of Holdings’ fiscal years from 2016 through 2018 provided that GDI achieves annual EBITDA targets.
  Any options and Holdings stock Executive acquires are subject to the LTI Plan terns and other terms contained in management equity agreements with Holdings and the Investors. These terms include, generally, transfer restrictions, company call rights, tagalong and dragalong rights, and restrictive covenants (including covenants not to disclose confidential information at any time, and while employed and for certain post-employment periods, not to solicit employees or customers and not to compete with the business of GDI).

1 Assuming a certain exit value is achieved in 2018. Details of a corresponding financial forecast and exit multiple assumption will be presented separately. Actual value appreciation could be lesser or greater than amount stated above, depending upon performance of GDI and market factors. GDI makes no representations as to financial performance

 

 
 

Exhibit 10.28

September 2, 2016

(BY E-MAIL)
Mr. Todd Herndon

Dear Todd,

This letter confirms my offer regarding your promotion to the position of Chief Financial Officer for Gardner Denver, Inc., reporting directly to me as the Chief Executive Officer of the company.  It is understood that you will also continue in your role as Chief financial Officer of the Industrials Group of the company.

Your promotion will be effective on October 1, 2016.  Between now and then you will work with the current CFO of the company to transition his duties.

In consideration of your promotion, your base salary will be increased to the annual rate of $400,000 starting on October 1, 2016, and paid on a semi-monthly basis (or otherwise in accordance with the normal payroll practices of GDI as in effect from time to time).  All other terms of your employment will remain the same as outlined in your November 18, 2015, offer letter.

You will also receive an additional long-term incentive award in respect of the common stock of Renaissance Parent Corp.  The details of this award have been communicated to you in a separate document.

Todd, I am very excited about you taking on the Chief Financial Officer role.  I look forward to working with you closely to achieve the business and financial goals of the company.  Please acknowledge your acceptance of this offer and your agreement to the terms of this letter by signing and dating this letter on the space provided below and emailing a PDF back to me.

Sincerely,

/s/ Vincente Reynal
 
Vicente Reynal
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
Gardner Denver, Inc.
 
ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
 
Todd Herndon
 
   
/s/ Todd Herndon
 
Signature
 
   
September 8, 2016
 
Date
 

 

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 10.29

 

RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.

 

June 9, 2013

 

Mr. Patrick Bennett

 

Dear Mr. Bennett;

 

This will serve to confirm our recent discussion regarding our offer to you to join Gardner Denver, Inc. (“ GDI ”) as the President of Thomas Industries, Inc. (“ Thomas ”), a subsidiary of GDI, subject to the completion of the acquisition (the “ Acquisition ”) of GDI by Renaissance Parent Corp. (“ Holdings ”), a holding company controlled by affiliates of Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. (the “ Investors ”) on or before December 31, 2013. Below please find the terms and conditions that will govern your employment with GDI:

 

1. Employment Start Date . Your employment hereunder will commence on the closing date of the Acquisition (your “ Start Date ”), and will continue until either party hereto terminates such employment upon written notice to the other party, subject to the provisions of paragraph 7 below; provided that you will provide GDI with at least 60 days advance written notice of any voluntary termination of your employment hereunder.

 

2. Duties and Reporting : While employed hereunder, you will perform such duties as are assigned to you in your capacity as President of Thomas by the Chief Executive Officer of GDI (“ CEO ”), devoting your full attention to the business and affairs of Thomas. Your principal work location will be in Germany with an office at our Wayne, Pennsylvania global headquarters, subject to such business travel as may be reasonably required to perform your duties hereunder.

 

3. Salary . While employed hereunder, your initial annual rate of base salary will be EUR 275,000, subject to increase at the discretion of the CEO (the “ Base Salary ”). Such Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of GDI. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon commencement of your employment hereunder, we may, at our election, choose to increase your Base Salary to EUR 300,000 in lieu of providing the car allowance referenced in paragraph 6 below.

 

4. Annual Bonus . While employed hereunder, you will be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus in respect of each fiscal year of GDI occurring during the Term (“ Annual Bonus ”) pursuant to the terms of a bonus plan as may be amended from time to time (the “ Bonus Plan ”), with an annualized aggregate target Annual Bonus opportunity equal to 65% of your Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”), although your Annual Bonus may exceed your Target Bonus based on certain annual performance measures to be determined at a later time. The Bonus Plan will provide that the Annual Bonus will be earned and payable, subject in part to Thomas’s achievement of Thomas performance targets and in part to GDI’s achievement of GDI performance targets, to be established annually by the Board of Directors of GDI, and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Bonus Plan.

 

5. Investment in Holdings; Long-Term Incentive (“LTI”) Program .

 

a. It is expected that you will, subject to satisfaction of applicable securities laws requirements, invest into the common stock of Holdings (the “ Common Stock ”) in an amount that is meaningful to you. The purchase price will be based on the Investors’ cost of acquiring the common stock of GDI in the Acquisition.

  

1
 

b. A long term incentive plan will be established to give you the opportunity to share in the value appreciation, following the Start Date, of GDI. The intended goal of this LTI program will be to provide you with the opportunity (although not the guarantee) to earn pre-tax proceeds in respect of such value appreciation of USD $8 million [1] . It is expected that the LTI grants to Executive will be in the form of options to purchase shares of Common Stock. The options will be granted under a program to be established by Holdings, on terms that are customary to option plans established by the Investors, and will include vesting subject to continued employment and the achievement by GDI, Thomas, and the Investors of certain performance targets.

 

c. Any Common Stock you acquire through investment in equity and upon exercise of the Options will be subject to customary terms contained in management equity agreements maintained by the Investors with their portfolio company management teams. These terms include, generally, transfer restrictions, company call rights, tagalong and dragalong rights, and restrictive covenants (including covenants not to disclose confidential information at any time, and while employed and for certain post-employment periods, not to solicit employees or customers and not to compete with the business of Thomas and GDI). Details regarding the LTI Program, as well as the management equity agreement terms, will be provided as they are finalized by the Investors for the GDI management as a whole.

 

6. Benefits and Perquisites . While employed hereunder, you will be provided with coverage under all retirement and welfare benefit and perquisite programs, and paid time off/vacation, that GDI makes available to its senior management from time to time, and an annual car allowance.

 

7. Severance Arrangements . If GDI terminates your employment without Cause or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (each as will be defined in the management equity agreements referenced above) in accordance with paragraph 1 above, and subject to your continued compliance with the restrictive covenants referenced in paragraph 5 above, GDI will:

 

a. provide you with continued payment over an 18-month period (the “ Severance Period ”) of the sum of (x) your then Base Salary and (y) the Annual Bonus, if any, earned in respect of the GDI fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the termination date occurs (but if such date occurs in the first fiscal year of your employment, such Annual Bonus will equal the Target Bonus), payable in substantially equal monthly installments over the Severance Period (the “ Severance Payment ”); and

 

b. so long as you timely elect to continue to participate in GDI’s health insurance plan under COBRA, provide you with continued coverage under GDI’s health insurance plan on the same basis as actively employed employees of GDI for the 18 months following the date your employment terminates (or, if earlier, through the date you become employed by another employer and eligible for health insurance coverage at such employer) (such provision of coverage, the “ Benefit Continuation ”).

 

Receipt of the above severance payments and benefits is contingent on your execution (without revocation) of a waiver and release agreement in a form customarily used by GDI; in the event that commencement of payment of the Severance Payment could begin in one of two calendar years, depending upon GDI’s receipt of such executed waiver, payment of the Severance Payment will begin in the second calendar year, in compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“ Section 409A ”).

 

 

 

1 Assuming a certain exit value is achieved in 2018. Details of a corresponding financial forecast and exit multiple assumption will be presented separately.

 

2
 

c. Upon any termination of your employment, you will receive, by no later than they second payroll date following your termination date, any unpaid payments of Base Salary previously earned but unpaid through such date, and other payments and benefits under applicable employee benefit plans or programs to which you are entitled pursuant to the terms of such plans or programs.

 

8. Taxes .

 

a. GDI shall be entitled to withhold from the payment of any compensation and provision of any benefit under this agreement such amounts as may be required by applicable law, including without limitation for purposes of the payment if payroll and income taxes.

 

b. For purposes of Section 409A, each payment made under this agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of the Section 409A, and references herein to your “termination of employment” and “termination date” shall refer to your “separation from service” with GDI, and the date thereof, respectively, within the meaning of Section 409A. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to you under this agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to you in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Additionally, to the extent that your receipt of any payments or in-kind benefits from GDI or its affiliates must be delayed pursuant to this paragraph due to your status as a “specified employee” as such term is defined under Section 409A, (i) the payment of all or any portion of the Severance Payment that is required to be delayed six months from the date of your separation from service shall be so delayed, and all such delayed installment payments shall be paid in a lump sum payment on the first business day following the expiration of such six-month period and (ii) with respect to the Benefit Continuation, you may elect to instead purchase and receive such benefits during the period in which the provision of benefits would otherwise be delayed by paying GDI (or its affiliates) for the fair market value of such benefits (as determined by GDI in good faith) during such period. Any amounts paid by you pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be reimbursed to you as described above on the date that is six months following your separation from service. If GDI fails to make any payment, either intentionally or unintentionally, within the time period specified in this agreement, but the payment is made within the same calendar year, such payment will be treated as made within the time period specified in this agreement pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.409A 3(d).

 

9. Dispute Resolution; Governing Law .

 

a. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this agreement or the breach of this agreement that cannot be resolved by you and GDI, including any dispute as to the calculation of your benefits or any payments hereunder, shall be submitted to a single arbitrator who shall be a retired judge with substantial experience in arbitrating executive compensation disputes. The parties shall jointly select the arbitrator, or if they are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after the arbitration is initiated, then the American Arbitration Association (AAA) shall select the arbitrator in accordance with its commercial rules. Arbitration shall occur in the metropolitan area of the city in which you are primarily employed in accordance with the procedures of the AAA, which arbitration shall be a binding and conclusive settlement of any such claims or disputes. Discovery shall be limited to two days of depositions for each of the parties and one exchange of documents. All hearings of testimony and all arbitration proceedings shall be completed within ninety (90) days of the selection of the arbitrator. Each party shall bear the costs of any legal fees which may be incurred by it in respect of enforcing its respective rights under this agreement, subject to the awarding of fees by the arbitrator.

 

b. This agreement and any dispute hereunder shall be construed, interpreted and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to rules relating to conflicts of law.

 

3
 

10. Conditions . This offer of employment, and any employment pursuant to this offer, is conditioned upon the following:

 

· Your signed agreement to, and ongoing compliance with, any code of conduct, business ethics and proprietary information agreements customarily required to be signed by new employees of GDI.

 

· Your consent to and the receipt by GDI of satisfactory results of background checks. Until you have been informed in writing by GDI that such checks have been completed and the results satisfactory, you should defer reliance on this offer.

 

By signing and accepting this offer of employment, you represent and warrant that: (i) except with respect to such obligations by which you are bound as referenced in paragraph 3 of that certain letter agreement entered into by you with Mold-Master Europa GmbH dated 24 th May, 2013 (copies of which you have provided to us and of which we hereby confirm receipt) , you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other legal obligation with any person, company or business enterprise that may be an impediment to your employment with, or your providing services to, GDI as its employee; (ii) you have not and shall not bring onto company premises, or use in the course of your employment with GDI, any confidential or proprietary information of another person, company or business enterprise to whom you previously provided services; and (iii) you are not relying on any representations, promises or agreements not expressly contained in this agreement.

 

This agreement and all obligations hereunder (other than as such obligations relate to the issuance of Common Stock and the grant of Options referenced above) may be assigned by Holdings to GDI upon the closing of the Acquisition.

 

If the foregoing terms and conditions are acceptable and agreed to by you, please sign on the line provided below to signify such acceptance and agreement and return the executed copy to the undersigned.

 

Sincerely,

  

/s/ Peter M. Stavros  
Name: Peter M. Stavros
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer, Renaissance Parent Corp.
   
   

  

Accepted and agreed this 11 th day of July, 2013.

  

/s/ Patrick Bennett  
Patrick Bennett  

 

 
 

Exhibit 10.30

 

RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.

 

August 15, 2013

 

Mr. Patrick Bennett

 

Dear Patrick;

 

This letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) will serve to confirm our recent discussion regarding the treatment of your equity in the event of a future sale of 100% of the common stock of Thomas Industries, Inc. or all of its business and assets (the “ Sale of Thomas ”), a subsidiary of Gardner Denver, Inc. (“ GDI ”), to an third party unaffiliated with Renaissance Parent Corp. (“ Holdings ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in your Stock Option Agreement dated as of December 18, 2013 made by and between Holdings and you (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”).

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of your Stock Option Agreement, if at a future date, GDI enters into a definitive transaction agreement which would result in the Sale of Thomas, provided that you are still employed by GDI as of the closing date of such sale (“ Closing Date ”) and following the Closing Date, your employment with GDI will cease due to your continuing employment with the acquiror in the Sale of Thomas thereafter, you and GDI hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Treatment of Unvested Time Options . Upon the Closing Date, all of your unvested Time Options shall become immediately vested and exercisable, as if the provisions of Section 3.1(b)(i) of the Stock Option Agreement applied on such date.

 

2. Treatment of Unvested Performance Options . Upon the Closing Date, all of your then unvested Performance Options shall become immediately vested and exercisable, as if the provisions of Section 3.1(b)(ii) of the Stock Option Agreement applied on such date.

 

3. Exercisability of Options . The termination of your employment with GDI as described above will, on the Closing Date, be treated as a termination of your employment without Cause by Holdings and GDI for all purposes under the Stock Option Agreement; except that Section 3.2(e) of the Stock Option Agreement is hereby amended, effective immediately prior to the Closing Date and subject to the completion of the Sale of Thomas, the 180-day period referenced therein is extended to the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

4. Certain Call Rights . Holdings hereby confirms that, effective immediately prior to the Closing Date and subject to the completion of the Sale of Thomas, Holdings shall not exercise its rights under Section 5(b) of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement in connection with the termination of your employment with GDI as described above.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided above, your Stock Option Agreement and the Management Stockholder’s Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

Sections 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, and 5.8 of your Stock Option Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement. This Agreement is personal to you and, without the prior written consent of GDI, shall not be assignable by you.

 

If the foregoing terms are acceptable and agreed to by you, please sign on the line provided below to signify such acceptance and agreement and return the executed copy to the undersigned.

 

 
 

Sincerely,  
   
/s/ Brandon Brahm  
Name: Brandon Brahm  
Title: Director  
   
Accepted and agreed this 15th day of August , 2013.  
   
/s/ Patrick Bennett  
Patrick Bennett  

 

2
 

Exhibit 10.31

 

 

 

November 25, 2013

 

(BY E-MAIL)

Mr. Andy Schiesl

 

Dear Andy,

 

This letter confirms my offer to you to join Gardner Denver, Inc. (“ GDI ”) as its General Counsel, reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer of GDI.

 

This offer is contingent upon successful completion of a background check, pre-employment drug screening with acceptable results, and proof of your right to work in the United States on your first day of employment. Leslie Safran, from the Corporate Human Resources Department, will contact you to arrange the drug screening.

 

The terms of GDI’s offer include the following:

 

1. Duties : While employed hereunder, you will perform such duties as are assigned to you in your capacity as General Counsel of GDI by the Chief Executive Officer of GDI, devoting your full business time and attention to the business and affairs of GDI.

 

2. Salary : While employed hereunder, your annual base salary will be $450,000, paid on a semi-monthly basis (or otherwise in accordance with the normal payroll practices of GDI as in effect from time time). You will be eligible for your first salary review during our annual salary planning process in April 2014.

 

3. Signing Bonus : You will be paid a lump sum cash bonus equal to $111,317 (the “ Signing Bonus ”), payable in March 2014 at such time as annual bonuses are paid in respect of the 2013 fiscal year, so long as you remain employed in good standing with GDI at such time. In the event that you resign for any reason or are terminated by GDI for Cause (as defined in GDI’s long-term incentive plan) prior to the first anniversary of your Start Date (defined below), you will promptly reimburse GDI the full amount of the Signing Bonus.

 

4. Management Incentive Plan Bonus Program : Beginning with GDI’s 2014 fiscal year and for each fiscal year you are employed hereunder, you will be eligible to participate in the Gardner Denver, Inc. Management Incentive Plan, annual bonus program, subject to the terms and conditions of such plan as in effect from time to time (the “ MIP ”). Your target annual incentive opportunity under the MIP for each fiscal year will be 75% of your annual base salary as in effect for the given fiscal year. Your actual annual cash incentive award may over- or under-earn your target annual incentive opportunity, depending on GDI’s performance against its goals.

 

 
 

 

Andy Schiesl

November 25, 2013

Page 2

 

 

The specific performance objectives and measures for your annual incentive opportunity will be defined and reviewed for each fiscal year and your annual incentive award will be calculated, approved, and paid after financial results for the given fiscal year have been finalized, all in accordance with the terms of the MIP.

 

5. Long-Term Incentive Program : See attached Addendum A for details regarding your opportunity to receive a long-term incentive award in respect of, the common stock of Renaissance Parent Corp., our parent holding company.

 

6. Retirement Plans : While employed hereunder, you will be eligible to participate in GDI’s retirement savings plans, based on the then current company policy.

 

7. Health and Welfare Insurance Coverage : While employed hereunder, you also will be eligible for other benefits coverage, including medical, dental, and life insurance and disability along with a comprehensive wellness program for your health & well-being. A brief summary of these benefit programs as currently in effect will be provided to you. The Gardner Denver benefits plan coverage year begins on April 1 st and ends on March 31 st of each calendar year.

 

8. Location : This position is based in Milwaukee, WI, subject to such business travel as may be reasonably required to perform your duties with GDI.

 

9. Vacation : You will be entitled to such number of vacation/paid time off days as are provided to executives of GDI generally under the applicable policy; provided , however , that you will in all events be entitled to take vacation from January 2, 2014 until January 12, 2014, in connection with your wedding and honeymoon.

 

10. Start Date : Your employment with GDI will commence on December 16, 2013 or such earlier date mutually agreed on by the parties (“ Start Date ”).

 

11. At-Will Employment; Executive Severance Policy : Your employment with GDI is at-will, and as such you or GDI may terminate your employment hereunder at any time upon written notice to the other party; provided that if GDI terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason (as such terms are defined in GDI’s long term incentive plan), GDI will:

 

(i) Pay over a 12-month period (the “ Severance Period ”) in equal installments the sum of (x) base salary and (y) the MIP bonus earned in respect of the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the termination date occurs, if any (but if such date occurs in the first fiscal year of Executive’s employment, such MIP bonus will be the Executive’s target annual incentive opportunity under the MIP); and

 

(ii) So long as Executive elects COBRA, provide Executive with continued coverage under GDI’s health insurance plan on the same basis as actively employed employees of GDI through the Severance Period (or, if earlier, through the date Executive becomes employed by another employer and eligible for health insurance at such employer). Payment of all amounts referenced above will be subject to your execution of a release of claims against GDI and certain other requirements, all pursuant to the terms of the GDI Executive Severance Policy. Note the GDI Executive Severance Policy shall govern in the event of any conflicts between its terms and those of this offer letter; provided, however, that nothing in such policy (including any future amendments to such policy) will reduce the severance benefits described in this paragraph 11.

 

 
 

 

Andy Schiesl

November 25, 2013

Page 3

 

 

12. Miscellaneous : GDI shall be entitled to withhold from the payment of any compensation and provision of any benefit under this offer letter such amounts as may be required by applicable law, including without limitation for purposes of the payment of payroll and income taxes. This offer letter and any dispute hereunder shall be interpreted and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to rules relating to conflicts of law. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this offer letter that cannot be resolved by you and GDI shall be submitted to a single arbitrator who shall be a retired judge with substantial experience in arbitrating executive compensation disputes, in accordance with the dispute resolution provisions of the GDI Executive Severance Policy.

 

13. Other Conditions : This offer of employment, and your continued employment hereunder, is further conditioned upon your signed agreement to, and ongoing compliance with, any code of conduct, business ethics and proprietary information agreements customarily required to be signed by new employees of GDI.

 

By signing and accepting this offer of employment, you represent and warrant that: (i) you are not subject to any pre-existing contractual or other legal obligation with any person, company or business enterprise that may be an impediment to your employment with, or your providing services to, GDI as its employee; (ii) you have not and shall not bring onto company premises, or use in the course of your employment with GDI, any confidential or proprietary information of another person, company or business enterprise to whom you previously provided services; and (iii) you are not relying on any representations, promises or agreements not expressly contained in this offer letter. You further agree to keep this offer, its terms and any confidential or proprietary information of GDI, its parent holding company or any of their affiliates that you may acquire during the process of receiving and negotiating this offer, confidential.

 

[ Signatures on next page .]

 

 
 

 

Andy Schiesl

November 25, 2013

Page 4

 

 

Andy, I am very excited about the prospect of your acceptance of this offer to become a part of the Gardner Denver corporate team. I am confident you can make a positive contribution to our goal of growing the Company into a more profitable organization.

 

Please acknowledge your acceptance of this offer by signing and dating this letter on the space provided below and emailing a PDF back to me, with a copy to Leslie Safran, Vice President and Corporate HR Business Partner at leslie.safran@gardnerdenver.com

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Timothy W. Sullivan  
   
Timothy W. Sullivan  
President & CEO  
Gardner Denver, Inc.  
   

  

 
I have read and accept this offer of employment and agree to the terms and conditions.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED: 

 

/s/ Andy Schiesl  

Andy Schiesl 

 
   
November 25, 2013  
Date  

 

 

 
 

 

PRIVILEGED & CONFIDENTIAL

 

Addendum A—Andy Schiesl

 

Equity Target

 

Long-Term Incentive Program:

 



 

Long-Term Incentive Program : A long term incentive plan (“ LTI Plan ”) has been established to give members of management at Gardner Denver, Inc. (“ GDI ”) the opportunity to share in the value appreciation of GDI. The intended goal of this LTI Plan is to provide the Executive with the opportunity (although not the guarantee) to earn pre-tax proceeds (net of the strike price of the LTI Plan grants referenced below) in respect of such value appreciation of up to and potentially more than USD $6 million 1 .

 

The LTI Plan grants to Executive will be in the form of options to purchase 534,216 shares of Holdings stock (the “ Long-Term Options”), 50% of which will be subject to time vesting and 50% will be subject to performance vesting. The time vesting Long-Term Options will vest 20% each year on the last day of each of Holdings’ fiscal years from 2014 through 2018. The performance vesting Long-Term Options will vest 20% per year as of the last day of each of Holdings’ fiscal years from 2014 through 2018 provided the GDI achieves annual EBITDA targets.

 

Additionally, to make Executive whole for certain equity awards and the 2013 cash bonus from his prior employer he will forfeit upon his resignation therefrom, Executive will be granted options to purchase 60,000 shares (assuming an exercise price of $5.00 per share) of Holdings stock (the “ Short-Term Options ”). The Short-Term Options will vest in full on the 180 th day following Executive’s Start Date (as defined in the offer letter to which this Addendum A is attached), so long as Executive remains employed with GDI through such date.

 

Both the Long-Term Options and the Short-Term Options will have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of Holdings stock on the date of grant (the “ FMV ”) (which is expected to be $5.00, the same per share purchase price paid by KKR for its Holdings stock). In the event that the FMV is greater than $5.00, subject to Executive accepting the Options promptly, Holdings will grant Executive an additional number of Options, in Holdings’ discretion, that will make Executive whole for any such increase.

 

The Long-Term Options, Short-Term Options and any Holdings stock Executive acquires will be subject to the LTI Plan terms and other terms contained in management equity agreements with Holdings and the investors thereto; provided that the Short-Term Options shall be treated as investment stock for purposes of the management equity agreements (i.e., company call rights generally are always at fair market value). These terms include, generally, transfer restrictions, company call rights, tag-along and drag-along rights, and restrictive covenants (including covenants not to disclose confidential information at any time, and while employed and for certain post-employment periods, not to solicit employees or customers and not to compete with the business of GDI).

 


1 Assuming a certain exit value is achieved in 2018. Details of a corresponding financial forecast and exit multiple assumption will be presented separately.

 

 

 
 

Exhibit 10.32
 
 
CompAir Drucklufttechnik
 
Zweigniederlassung der
 
Gardner Denver Deutschland GmbH
   
 
Argenthaler Straße 11
 
D-55469 Simmern/Hunsrück
   
 
Telefon +49 (0) 6761 832-0
 
Fax        +49 (0) 6761 832-408
   
 
www.compair.com
 
eitsvertrag / Employment Contract
 
zwischen / between
CompAir Drucklufttechnik – Zweigniederlassung der Gardner Denver Deutschland GmbH
 
Argenthaler Straße 11, 55469 Simmern
 
– nachfolgend auch „Arbeitgeber“ genannt / hereinafter also referred to as „Employer“ –
und / and
Enrique Miñarro Viseras , 2A The Orchard, Marlow, SL7 3EF, United Kingdom
 
– nachfolgend auch „Mitarbeiter“ genannt  / hereinafter also referred to as „Employee“ –

 
§ 1 Beginn und Aufgabenbereich
§ 1 Commencement and Field of Duties
(1)
Der Mitarbeiter wird ab dem 10.05.2016
 
als VP/GM EMEA Region (Vice President/General Manager Europe, Middle East, Africa)
 
im Betrieb des Arbeitgebers in Simmern
 
als leitender Angestellter eingestellt.
The Employee will be employed as a Managerial employee ( “leitender Angestellter” )  as from May 10, 2016
 
as VP/GM EMEA Region (Vice President/General Manager Europe, Middle East, Africa) in the division Department at the Employer’s plant in Simmern.
(2)
Seine Hauptaufgaben ergeben sich aus der als Anlage 1 beigefügten Arbeitsplatzbeschreibung. Der Mitarbeiter ist verpflichtet, zur Erfüllung seiner Aufgaben im Wirtschaftsraum Europa, Naher Osten und Afrika zu reisen sowie an der Sitz der Muttergesellschaft in den USA.
The job description, which is attached to this Contract as Exhibit 1 , provides for a description of the main tasks he shall fulfill. In order to fulfill his tasks the Employee is obliged to travel in the economic region Europe, Middle East and Africa as well as to the USA.
(3)
Der Arbeitgeber behält sich vor, unter Berücksichtigung der Interessen des Mitarbeiters
 
-            dem Mitarbeiter bei gleicher Tätigkeit andere seinen Kenntnissen und Fähigkeiten entsprechende gleichwertige Aufgaben zuzuweisen
 
-            dem Mitarbeiter einen anderen Arbeitsort außerhalb des Betriebs in Simmern zuzuweisen und/oder
 
-            dem Mitarbeiter eine andere seinen Kenntnissen und Fähigkeiten entsprechende Tätigkeit zuzuweisen, sofern diese im Verhältnis zur bisherigen Tätigkeit mindestens gleichwertig ist.
The Employer reserves the right to assign to the Employee, taking into account his interests,
 
-            different equivalent tasks (within the same job) that are in accordance with his knowledge and abilities
 
-            a different place of work outside the plant in Simmern and/or
 
-            a different job that is in accordance with his knowledge and abilities, provided that this job is at least on a par with the previous job.
 
 
(4)
Der Mitarbeiter ist verpflichtet, auf Anordnung des Arbeitgebers im Rahmen des Arbeitsverhältnisses auch Urlaubs-/Krankheitsvertretungen auszuführen, ohne dass er bei der Vertretung einer höher bezahlten Arbeitskraft Anspruch auf höhere Vergütung hat.
If required by business needs, the employee shall also replace other employees due to their illness or vacation absence without entitlement for a higher pay in case the missing employee is paid higher.

Seite 1 von 14
 

 
 
 
§ 2 Arbeitszeit
 
 
§ 2 Working Hours
(1)
Die regelmäßige Arbeitszeit beträgt – exklusive Pausenzeiten – 40 Stunden wöchentlich. Beginn und Ende der Arbeitszeit und der Pausen richten sich nach den betrieblichen Arbeitszeitregelungen in der jeweils gültigen Fassung.
The regular working time is 40 hours per week – exclusive of any break times. Start and end of the regular working time as well as breaks comply with the company’s working time regulation, as amended from time to time.
(2)
Bei betrieblicher Notwendigkeit ist der Mitarbeiter verpflichtet, in gesetzlich zulässigem Umfang auch Überstunden und Mehrarbeit zu leisten sowie an Samstagen, Sonn- und Feiertagen zu arbeiten. Eine betriebliche Notwendigkeit liegt vor
 
           zur Einhaltung von Fertigstellungsterminen oder Fristen,
 
           zur Abdeckung vorübergehender Arbeitsspitzen,
 
           zur Wahrnehmung von Terminen, die aufgrund Vorgaben Dritter (Kunden, Lieferanten o.ä.) oder der mangelnden Verfügbarkeit anderer Arbeitnehmer Überstunden bedingen,
 
           zur Abdeckung sonstigen nicht planbaren Personalbedarfs, insbesondere in Vertretungssituationen oder
 
           im Falle sonstiger betrieblicher Erfordernisse, die im Einzelfall auch unter Berücksichtigung der Interessen der Arbeitnehmer die Anordnung vorübergehender Überstunden rechtfertigen.
If required by business needs (e.g., in case of delays occurring during the performance of tasks, absences of colleagues such as sickness or annual leave or any other increase in workload), the Employee shall also work overtime and extra time and work on Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays within the legally permissible limits.   Operational requirements shall be given in the event that
 
           time limits or dates for completion of work must be met;
 
           temporary work peaks must be covered;
 
           meetings must be attended which cause Overtime based on the instruction of third parties (customers, suppliers etc.) or based on the lack of availability of other employees;
 
           other, non-foreseeable staff requirements must be covered, in particular in stand-in situations; or
 
           other operational reasons require and justify the instruction of temporary Overtime even if taking into account the interests of the Employee.
 
 
 
§ 3 Vergütung
 
 
§ 3 Remuneration
(1)
Der Mitarbeiter erhält ein festes Brutto-Jahresgehalt in Höhe von
 
EUR 275.000,00 (für volle 12 Monate),
 
zahlbar in zwölf Monatsraten zu je EUR   22.916,67 brutto   jeweils   zum Monatsende. Die Zahlung des festen Brutto-Jahresgehalts erfolgt, sofern keine Zeiten ohne gesetzliche Zahlungsverpflichtungen entstehen.
 
Durch dieses Gehalt sind auch etwaige unter Beachtung der nach § 3 ArbZG zulässigen Höchstarbeitszeit geleistete Überstunden des Mitarbeiters sowie im gesetzlich zulässigen Rahmen erbrachte Mehrarbeit i. S. d. § 1 Abs. 2 abgegolten; dies gilt auch dann, wenn die Überstunden bzw. Mehrarbeit im gesetzlich zulässigen Rahmen an Samstagen, Sonn- oder Feiertagen erbracht werden. Gehaltsüberprüfungen finden entsprechend den betrieblichen Regelungen statt.
The Employee shall be paid a fixed annual salary in the gross amount of
 
EUR 275,000.00 (for 12 full months),
 
payable in twelve monthly installments in the gross amount of EUR 22,916.67 at   the end of each month. The fixed gross annual salary shall be paid as long as there are no periods involved that are not subject to statutory payment obligations.
 
This salary shall also cover any overtime, which the Employee works within the legally permissible maximum working time pursuant to § 3 German Working Time Act, as well as excess work, which the Employee does within the legally permissible limits, pursuant to § 1 para. 2; this shall also apply when the overtime and excess work is done on a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday within the legally permissible limits. Salary reviews will take place according to company practice.
(2)
Der Mitarbeiter erhält, sofern sein Arbeitsverhältnis am 31.07.2016 (Stichtag) noch besteht, eine einmalige Bonuszahlung für die Unterzeichnung des Arbeitsvertrages zur Belohnung seiner Betriebstreue in Höhe von EUR 425.000,00 brutto. Die Auszahlung erfolgt mit dem Augustgehalt 2016. Der Mitarbeiter ist verpflichtet, die einmalige Bonuszahlung zurückzuzahlen, wenn das Arbeitsverhältnis aufgrund eigener Kündigung des Mitarbeiters (ohne dass dieser sich durch ein Verhalten des Arbeitgebers hierzu veranlasst sehen durfte) oder aufgrund außerordentlicher oder verhaltensbedingter Kündigung des Arbeitgebers aus einem von ihm zu vertretenden Grund innerhalb von sechs Monaten nach der Auszahlung endet. Die Rückzahlungsverpflichtung gilt entsprechend, wenn das Arbeitsverhältnis innerhalb des genannten Zeitraums durch Aufhebungsvertrag beendet wird und Anlass des Aufhebungsvertrags ein Recht des Arbeitgebers zur außerordentlichen oder verhaltensbedingten Kündigung oder ein Aufhebungsbegehren des Mitarbeiters (ohne dass dieser sich durch ein Verhalten des Arbeitgebers hierzu veranlasst sehen durfte) ist.
The Employee will receive a lump sum cash bonus in the amount of EUR 425,000.00 gross in the event that the employment relationship still persists at July 31, 2016 with respect to signing the employment contract and to reward his loyalty to the firm. The payment is made with the payment of the salary for August 2016. The employee is obliged to repay the bonus in case the employment relationship ends within six months after the pay-out of the bonus due to his own dismissal (in case he may not feel compelled by conduct of the Employer) or due to a dismissal by the Employer for good cause or due to the conduct of the Employee. The repayment obligation also applies if the employment relationship ends by a termination agreement and the occasion of the termination agreement is a right of the Employer to terminate for good cause or due to the conduct of the Employee or a cancellation request of the Employee (in case he may not feel compelled by conduct of the Employer).

Seite 2 von 14
 

(3)
Der Mitarbeiter nimmt an dem Management Incentive Programm („MIP“) des Arbeitgebers teil und hat die Möglichkeit beginnend ab dem Geschäftsjahr 2016 und in jedem nachfolgenden Geschäftsjahr und unter den Voraussetzungen des jeweils gültigen Management Incentive Programms, insbesondere bei Erreichen der dort geregelten Ziele, eine jährliche Leistungsprämie von bis zu 45 Prozent seines festen Brutto-Jahresgehalts nach (1) zu erhalten. Bei unterjährigem Beginn oder Ende des Arbeitsverhältnisses errechnet sich die Leistungsprämie entsprechend zeitanteilig.
Beginning with the Employer’s 2016 fiscal year and for each subsequent fiscal year, the Employee is eligible to earn an annual cash incentive award under the Employer’s Management Incentive Plan (“MIP”), subject to the terms and conditions of such plan as in effect from time to time, particularly in achieving the objectives regulated therein, in the amount of up to 45 percent of his fixed annual salary according to (1). Should the employment begin or end during the year, the annual cash bonus shall be pro-rated accordingly.
(4)
Der Mitarbeiter nimmt an dem Management Equity Programm („MEP“) der Gardner Denver, Inc. teil, das unter den jeweils gültigen Voraussetzungen die Möglichkeit enthält, Optionsrechte zu erhalten oder Investitionen in die Muttergesellschaft der Gardner Denver, Inc., die Renaissance Parent Corp., zu tätigen.
The Employee is eligible to participate in the Management Equity Program (“MEP”) of Gardner Denver, Inc., which includes option grants and the opportunity to invest in the parent holding company of Gardner Denver, Inc. (Renaissance Parent Corp.), subject to the terms of such program.
(5)
Der Mitarbeiter kann gemäß der Voraussetzungen der Umzugsrichtlinie des Arbeitgebers (Relocation Policy) eine Umzugskostenbeihilfe erhalten. Dazu werden der Arbeitgeber und der Mitarbeiter eine separate Umzugskostenbeihilfevereinbarung abschließen. Endet das Arbeitsverhältnis innerhalb von 24 Monaten nach dem Tag des Umzugs, so hat der Mitarbeiter die Umzugskostenbeihilfe an den Arbeitgeber  zurückzuzahlen. Die Rückzahlungsverpflichtung reduziert sich um 1/24 der zu erstattenden Umzugskosten für jeden Monat, den das Arbeitsverhältnis innerhalb der zweijährigen Bindungsdauer bestanden hat. Die Rückzahlungsverpflichtung besteht nur, wenn das Arbeitsverhältnis durch Eigenkündigung des Mitarbeiters, die nicht von einem arbeitgeberseitig zu vertretenden wichtigen Grund getragen ist, oder durch arbeitgeberseitige verhaltensbedingte Kündigung beendet wird.
The Employee is eligible for relocation benefits according to the Relocation Policy of the Employer. For this, Employer and Employee will close a separate relocation agreement. The Employee is obliged to repay the relocation benefits in case the employment relationship ends within 24 months after the date of the move. The repayment obligation will be reduced by 1/24 for each month the employment relationship has existed within the two-year period. The repayment obligation only exists if the employment relationship ends by a dismissal of the Employee, which is not induced by good cause on Employer’s responsibility, or by a dismissal of the Employer due to the conduct of the Employee.
(6)
Im ersten Jahr des Bestands des Arbeitsverhältnisses erhält der Mitarbeiter einen Jahreszuschuss für Schulkosten in Höhe von EUR 46.000,00. In den darauffolgenden Jahren erhält der Mitarbeiter einen solchen Zuschuss in Höhe von EUR 35.000,00 jährlich. Bei unterjährigem Beginn oder Ende des Arbeitsverhältnisses errechnet sich der Zuschuss entsprechend zeitanteilig. Sofern Steuern hierauf anfallen sollten, trägt diese der Mitarbeiter.
The Employer provides international school assistance in the amount of EUR 46,000.00 in the first year of the employment relationship. For each subsequent year the employer provides international school assistance in the amount of EUR 35,000.00. In case of beginning or ending of the employment during the year, the annual assistance shall be pro-rated accordingly. Should this payment cause any tax burden, these will have to be born by the Employee alone.

Seite 3 von 14
 

(7)
Der Mitarbeiter hat alle Entgeltabrechnungen und –zahlungen unverzüglich zu überprüfen sowie zu viel bezahlte Bezüge anzuzeigen und zurückzuzahlen. Er kann sich auf den Einwand der Entreicherung nicht berufen, wenn er die Überzahlung erkannt hat oder hätte erkennen müssen oder wenn die Überzahlung auf Umständen beruht, die er zu vertreten hat.
The Employee shall verify any salary invoices and payments without delay as well as report and refund any overpayments.  The Employee shall not be entitled to raise the objection of the loss of enrichment, if he recognized or should have recognized the overpayment or if the overpayment is due to circumstances which the Employee is responsible for.
 
 
 
 
 
§ 4 Dienstwagen
 
 
§ 4 Company Car
 
Das Unternehmen stellt dem Mitarbeiter einen Dienstwagen (basierend auf der Gardner Denver Car Policy) zur Erfüllung seiner dienstlichen Aufgaben und auch zur privaten Nutzung zur Verfügung. Das Recht zur privaten Nutzung kann durch den Arbeitgeber widerrufen werden, wenn das Arbeitsverhältnis gekündigt und der Mitarbeiter wirksam von der Arbeitspflicht freigestellt ist oder wenn das Arbeitsverhältnis ruht (z. B. Elternzeit). Im Falle der Ausübung des Widerrufsrechts steht dem Mitarbeiter kein Entschädigungsanspruch für die nicht mehr bestehende Nutzungsmöglichkeit zu.
 
Die Bestimmungen über die Dienstwagengewährung werden im Übrigen im KFZ-Überlassungsvertrag sowie in den jeweiligen betrieblichen Regelungen gesondert geregelt. Die Versteuerung des geldwerten Vorteils erfolgt aufgrund der jeweils gültigen steuerlichen Vorschriften und ist vom Mitarbeiter zu leisten.
 
Alternativ zur Gestellung eines Dienstwagens, der auch privat genutzt werden kann, zahlt der Arbeitgeber einen monatlichen Brutto-Zuschuss in Höhe von EUR XXX.
The Employer provides a company car (based on Gardner Denver Car Policy) to the Employee for the performance of his official duties and for private usage. The Employer may revoke the right to use the company car for private purposes if both party has given notice of termination of employment to the other party and if the Employer has effectively released the Employee from his work duties or if the employment relationship has been suspended (e.g. parental leave). If the Employer makes use of the right of revocation, the Employee shall not be entitled to any claim for compensation for the loss of further use of the car.
 
The regulations regarding the provision of a company car will be specified in the Vehicle Usage Agreement as well as in the respective operative regulations. Taxation of a benefit in kind shall be handled on the basis of applicable fiscal regulations and shall be paid by the Employee.
 
Alternatively and in lieu of a company car, which can also be used for private purposes by the employee, the employer will grant a monthly gross amount as a car allowance of EUR XXX.
 
 
 
 
 
§ 5 Wegfall und Freiwilligkeit von Vergütungsbestandteilen
 
 
§ 5 Cessation and Voluntariness of Elements of Remuneration
(1)
Auf Vergütungsbestandteile, die dem Mitarbeiter aus einem bestimmten Grund, z. B. wegen besonderer Arbeitsbedingungen oder bestimmter Sonderaufgaben, gewährt werden, hat der Mitarbeiter keinen Anspruch mehr, wenn der Grund für die Gewährung des betreffenden Vergütungsbestandteils entfällt.
The Employee shall no longer be entitled to such elements of remuneration that were granted to him for a specific reason, e.g. due to particular working conditions or the assignment of specific tasks, if the specific reason for the grant of the respective element of remuneration ceases to exist.
(2)
Bei nicht aufgrund zwingend anwendbarer Bestimmungen geleisteten Gratifikationen, Prämien und anderen Einmalzahlungen des Arbeitgebers, die nicht Bestandteil des laufenden monatlichen Arbeitsentgelts sind, handelt es sich auch ohne besonderen Hinweis stets um freiwillige Leistungen des Arbeitgebers, auf die – auch bei wiederholter Gewährung – kein Rechtsanspruch besteht, weder für die Gegenwart noch für die Zukunft.   Der Arbeitgeber behält sich vor, jedes Jahr neu zu entscheiden, ob und in welcher Höhe derartige Leistungen gewährt werden.
Bonuses, premiums and other single payments that are granted by the Employer but not based on mandatory provisions and that are not part of the running monthly remuneration are always – even without any special note – voluntary payments made by the Employer.  The Employee does not have any legal claim for these voluntary payments, neither at present nor for the future; this shall also apply in case of recurring payments.   The Employer reserves the right to decide each year whether, and in what amount, it awards such voluntary payments.

Seite 4 von 14
 

(3)
Betriebliche Sonderleistungen des Arbeitgebers oder sonstige Vergünstigungen, die aus sozialen Gründen gewährt werden, sind ebenfalls freiwillige Leistungen, auf die – auch bei wiederholter Gewährung – kein Rechtsanspruch besteht, weder für die Gegenwart noch für die Zukunft.
Operational special payments made by the Employer or any other benefits granted for social reasons are voluntary payments as well.  The Employee does not have any legal claim for these voluntary payments, neither at present nor for the future; this shall also apply in case of recurring payments.
 
 
 
§ 6 Urlaub
 
 
§ 6 Vacation
(1)
Der Urlaub beträgt im Falle der Verteilung der Arbeitszeit auf 5 Arbeitstage pro Woche 30 Arbeitstage pro Kalenderjahr (gesetzlicher Urlaubsanspruch von 20 Arbeitstagen pro Jahr zuzüglich eines vertraglichen Urlaubsanspruchs von 10 Arbeitstagen pro Jahr).
In case the working time is allocated to 5 working days per week, the Employee shall be entitled to an annual vacation of 30 working days (statutory leave entitlement of 20 working days per year and additional contractual leave entitlement of 10 working days per year).
(2)
Bei unterjährigem Beginn oder unterjähriger Beendigung des Arbeitsverhältnisses hat der Mitarbeiter für das betreffende Kalenderjahr lediglich Anspruch auf 1/12 des Jahresurlaubs (bestehend aus gesetzlichen Urlaub und vertraglichem Urlaub) pro vollen Monat des Arbeitsverhältnisses, soweit dadurch nicht der gesetzliche Mindesturlaubsanspruch nach §§ 3, 5 BUrlG berührt wird.
If the term of this Employment Contract begins or expires at any time other than the beginning or the end of a calendar year, the Employee shall only be entitled to 1/12 of the annual vacation (consisting of the statutory and the contractual vacation entitlement) per full month of employment, as far as the statutory minimum claim for vacation pursuant to § 3 and § 5 Federal Holiday with Pay Act is not affected.
(3)
Die zeitliche Festlegung des Urlaubs ist mit dem Vorgesetzten rechtzeitig abzustimmen. Mit der Urlaubserteilung erfüllt die Gesellschaft zunächst den Anspruch des Mitarbeiters auf den gesetzlichen Mindesturlaub, dann einen gegebenenfalls bestehenden Anspruch auf gesetzlichen Zusatzurlaub. Erst nach vollständiger Erfüllung des gesetzlichen Mindesturlaubsanspruchs und eines etwaigen Anspruchs auf gesetzlichen Zusatzurlaub wird der vertragliche Mehrurlaub erteilt.
The timing of vacation shall be agreed with the competent superior in due time. By granting vacation the Company first fulfils the minimum statutory vacation entitlement, followed by an entitlement to statutory additional vacation, if any. Only upon complete fulfilment of the minimum statutory vacation entitlement and the statutory additional vacation, if any, the contractual vacation entitlement shall be granted.
(4)
Das Urlaubsjahr ist das Kalenderjahr. Der Urlaub muss bis spätestens 31. Dezember des laufenden Jahres genommen werden. Bis zu diesem Zeitpunkt nicht genommener Urlaub verfällt grundsätzlich entschädigungslos; dies gilt für den vertraglichen Urlaubsanspruch auch dann, wenn der Urlaub wegen Krankheit bis zu diesem Zeitpunkt nicht genommen werden konnte. Lediglich der gesetzliche Urlaubsanspruch nach dem BUrlG, der wegen Krankheit bis zu diesem Zeitpunkt nicht genommen werden konnte, verfällt nicht bereits zu diesem Zeitpunkt, sondern erst zum 31. März des darauffolgenden, d. h. übernächsten Kalenderjahres.
The year of vacation is the calendar year.  Vacation must be taken by December 31 of the current year.  Vacation, which was not taken until this date, generally lapses without any compensation due; this shall also apply to the contractual vacation entitlement, even if this vacation could not be taken by then due to illness.  Only the statutory vacation according to the Federal Holiday with Pay Act that could not be taken until then due to illness shall not already lapse at that time but only on March 31 of the subsequent year, i.e. of the year, which follows the following year.
 
 
 
§ 7 Probezeit, Beendigung und Ruhen des Arbeitsverhältnisses
 
 
§ 7 Probationary Period, Termination and Suspension of the Employment Relationship
 
Seite 5 von 14
 

 
(1)
Dieser Vertrag wird auf unbestimmte Zeit geschlossen. Die ersten 6 Monate des Arbeitsverhältnisses gelten als Probezeit. Während der Probezeit kann das Arbeitsverhältnis beidseitig mit einer Frist von 4 Wochen zum Monatsende gekündigt werden.
This Employment Contract is entered into for an indefinite period of time. The first 6 months of the employment relationship are treated as probationary period. During the probationary period either Party can terminate the Employment Contract under observance of a notice period of 4 weeks effective to end of a month.
(2)
Eine ordentliche Kündigung vor Beginn des Arbeitsverhältnisses ist ausgeschlossen.
The Employment Contract cannot be terminated with due notice prior to its commencement.
(3)
Es gilt eine Kündigungsfrist von 3 Monaten zum Ende eines Kalendermonats. Jede gesetzliche Verlängerung der für den Arbeitgeber geltenden Kündigungsfrist zugunsten des Mitarbeiters gilt in gleicher Weise auch zugunsten des Arbeitgebers im Falle einer Kündigung des Mitarbeiters.
Notice period of 3 months taking effect at the end of a calendar month. Any statutory extension of the notice period that applies in favor of the Employee in case the Employer gives notice of termination to the Employee shall equally apply in favor of the Employer in case the Employee gives notice of termination to the Employer.
(4)
Das Recht zur fristlosen Kündigung aus wichtigem Grund bleibt unberührt. Eine unwirksame fristlose Kündigung gilt als ordentliche Kündigung zum nächstmöglichen zulässigen Termin.
The right to terminate the employment with immediate effect for an important reason remains unaffected.  An invalid termination with immediate effect shall be regarded as regular termination as from the next possible permitted time.
(5)
Der Arbeitgeber ist berechtigt, den Mitarbeiter ab Ausspruch einer Kündigung durch eine der Parteien bis zum Ablauf der Kündigungsfrist und gegebenenfalls im Rahmen eines eventuell geltend gemachten Weiterbeschäftigungsanspruchs bis zum rechtskräftigen Abschluss eines etwaigen Rechtsstreits über die Wirksamkeit der Kündigung ganz oder teilweise widerruflich oder unwiderruflich von der Arbeitspflicht freizustellen. Vergütungsansprüche bleiben dem Mitarbeiter während der Freistellung erhalten, soweit die gesetzlichen Voraussetzungen des Annahmeverzuges gemäß § 615 BGB erfüllt sind. Während der Freistellung findet – mit Ausnahme der Resturlaubszeiten – auch § 615 Satz 2 BGB Anwendung. Eine unwiderrufliche Freistellung erfolgt unter Anrechnung der dem Mitarbeiter eventuell noch zustehenden Urlaubsansprüche, wobei der Urlaub zu Beginn der Freistellungsphase gewährt wird, soweit dem keine schutzwürdigen Belange des Mitarbeiters entgegenstehen. Das gesetzliche Wettbewerbsverbot gilt in jedem Falle bis zur rechtlichen Beendigung des Arbeitsverhältnisses.
The Employer shall have the right to release the Employee from his work duties in part or in whole, revocably or irrevocably, as soon as either Party gave notice of termination to the other Party until the expiration of the notice period and, if applicable, in connection with a claim for further employment that the Employee may have asserted, until the final and absolute conclusion of a possible legal dispute regarding the effectiveness of the termination. The Employee‘s entitlement to remuneration during the period of release shall remain unaffected, provided that the statutory requirements for default of acceptance pursuant to Section 615 German Civil Code are met.  Section 615 2 nd sentence German Civil Code shall also apply during the period of release except for periods of remaining vacation.  In case of an irrevocable release, the period of release shall be set off against any remaining vacation entitlement; vacation will be granted at the beginning of the period of release, unless this affects interests of the Employee worthy of protection.  The statutory prohibition of competition will at any rate continue to apply until the employment legally terminates.
(6)
Der voran stehende Absatz gilt entsprechend bei anderen Streitigkeiten über den Fortbestand des Arbeitsverhältnisses.
The preceding paragraph shall apply accordingly to any other disputes on the further existence of the employment relationship.
(7)
Das Arbeitsverhältnis endet ohne Kündigung mit Ablauf des Monats, in dem der Mitarbeiter die für ihn maßgebliche Regelaltersgrenze für den Bezug der gesetzlichen Altersrente erreicht hat, oder in dem Zeitpunkt, ab dem der Mitarbeiter eine Altersrente, gleich aus welchem Rechtsgrund, bezieht. Das Arbeitsverhältnis endet ebenfalls ohne Kündigung mit Ablauf des Monats, indem dem Mitarbeiter der Bescheid eines Rentenversicherungsträgers über eine unbefristete Rente wegen vollständiger Erwerbsminderung zugeht, wenn der Mitarbeiter nicht vor Ablauf der Widerspruchsfrist seinen Antrag zurücknimmt oder auf eine Rente auf Zeit einschränkt, bei späterem Beginn des entsprechenden Rentenbezugs jedoch erst mit Ablauf des dem Rentenbeginn vorhergehenden Tages.
The employment relationship shall terminate, without the need of a formal notice of termination, at the end of the month, in which the Employee achieves his regular retirement age for payment of the statutory old-age pension, or at the time when the Employee receives an old-age pension, irrespective of the legal basis. The employment relationship shall also terminate, without the need of a formal notice of termination, at the end of the month, in which the Employee receives the pension approval certificate of a Pensions Regulatory Authority regarding the grant of an indefinite annuity for complete reduction in earning capacity, unless the Employee withdraws his application prior to the expiration of the opposition period or reduces his application to a temporary annuity; if the annuity payments start only at a later date, the employment relationship terminates only at the end of the day preceding the day when the annuity payments starts.

Seite 6 von 14
 

(8)
Das Arbeitsverhältnis ruht während des Bezugs von Arbeitslosengeld sowie ab dem Zeitpunkt, indem dem Mitarbeiter der Bescheid eines Rentenversicherungsträgers über eine Rente auf Zeit wegen vollständiger Erwerbsminderung zugeht, für die Dauer des Rentenbezugs. Das Recht, das Arbeitsverhältnis nach Maßgabe der gesetzlichen Regelungen zu kündigen, bleibt hiervon unberührt.
The employment relationship shall be suspended as long as the Employee receives unemployment benefits as well as from the time, when the Employee receives the pension approval certificate of a Pensions Regulatory Authority regarding the grant of a temporary annuity for complete reduction in earning capacity, for the duration of the annuity payments. The right to terminate the employment relationship in accordance with the statutory provisions shall remain unaffected thereby.
(9)
Der Mitarbeiter hat den Arbeitgeber unverzüglich über den Zugang eines Rentenbescheids oder den Bezug von Arbeitslosengeld zu unterrichten.
The Employee shall inform the Employer without delay about the receipt of any pension approval certificate or the receipt of unemployment benefits.
 
 
 
§ 8 Arbeitsverhinderung
 
 
§ 8 Incapacity for Work
(1)
Jede Arbeitsverhinderung ist, sobald sie dem Mitarbeiter bekannt ist, dem Arbeitgeber unter Angabe der Gründe (z. B. Krankheit) und der voraussichtlichen Dauer sowie ggf. der Adresse eines vom Wohnsitz abweichenden Aufenthaltsortes unverzüglich mitzuteilen. Gleiches gilt, wenn die Arbeitsverhinderung länger als erwartet andauert.
The Employee shall report any incapacity for work to the Employer without delay as soon as the incapacity has become known to him, specifying the reason (e.g. illness) and the expected duration as well as, if applicable, the precise whereabouts if different from the Employee’s residence.  The same shall apply if the incapacity for work persists longer than expected.
(2)
Im Falle der Arbeitsunfähigkeit wegen Krankheit hat der Mitarbeiter außerdem auch die hierfür geltenden besonderen gesetzlichen und betrieblichen Mitteilungs- und Nachweispflichten zu erfüllen.
In case of incapacity for work owing to illness, the Employee shall also meet the applicable specific statutory and company’s obligations to furnish information and proof.
(3)
Entgeltfortzahlung wird nach den gesetzlichen Bestimmungen gewährt. Solange der Mitarbeiter seinen Mitteilungs- und Nachweispflichten nicht nachkommt, ist der Arbeitgeber unter den Voraussetzungen des § 7 EFZG berechtigt, die Fortzahlung des Arbeitsentgeltes zu verweigern.
The Employer shall continue to pay the remuneration as determined by German law.  As long as the Employee fails to comply with his obligations to furnish information and proof, the Employer shall have the right to refuse continued payment of remuneration in accordance with Section 7 of the Act on Continued Remuneration.
 
 
 
§ 9 Ärztliche Untersuchung
 
 
§ 9 Medical Examination
(1)
Der Mitarbeiter ist verpflichtet, sich auf Verlangen des Arbeitgebers einer ärztlichen Untersuchung zu unterziehen, wenn Zweifel an der gesundheitlichen Eignung des Mitarbeiters für die ihm obliegenden Tätigkeiten bestehen oder der Arbeitgeber ein sonstiges berechtigtes Interesse an einer ärztlichen Untersuchung hat. Der Arbeitgeber trägt die Kosten dieser Untersuchung, wenn diese nicht von einem Dritten übernommen werden.
At the Employer’s request, the Employee shall undergo a medical examination, if there are doubts about the Employee’s physical and/or mental aptitude for the work duties that he shall fulfill or if the Employer has any other legitimate interest in a medical examination.  The Employer shall bear the costs of this medical examination, unless they are covered by a third party.
(2)
Der Arbeitgeber ist berechtigt, die Untersuchung durch einen Arbeitsmediziner zu verlangen.
The Employer shall have the right to require the examination by an occupational health physician.

Seite 7 von 14
 

(3)
Der Mitarbeiter ist verpflichtet, den Arbeitgeber über die Ergebnisse der Untersuchung zu unterrichten, soweit sie die Frage der gesundheitlichen Eignung des Mitarbeiters für die ihm obliegenden Tätigkeiten betreffen. Auf Verlangen des Arbeitgebers ist der Mitarbeiter weiterhin verpflichtet, den behandelnden Arzt insoweit von der Schweigepflicht zu entbinden, als es um die Frage der gesundheitlichen Eignung des Mitarbeiters für die ihm obliegende Tätigkeit geht.
The Employee shall inform the Employer about the results of such examination as far as they concern the Employee’s physical and/or mental aptitude for the work duties that he shall fulfill.  Furthermore, at the Employer’s request the Employee shall release the examining physician of the professional obligation not to disclose any confidential medical communication, as far as the Employee’s physical and/or mental aptitude for the work duties that he shall fulfill is concerned.
 
 
 
§ 10 Arbeitsmittel / Informations- und Kommunikationstechnik; Verschwiegenheits- und Herausgabepflichten
 
 
§ 10 Work Equipment / Information and Communication Technology; Obligations of Secrecy and to Return
(1)
Dem Mitarbeiter ist es untersagt, Software des Arbeitgebers oder Software, für die der Arbeitgeber eine Lizenz besitzt, zu kopieren und/oder auf Computern des Arbeitgebers Software ohne vorherige Zustimmung des Arbeitgebers zu installieren.
The Employee shall not copy any software of the Employer or software licensed by the Employer; he shall not install any software on the Employer’s computers without the Employer’s prior approval.
(2)
Der Mitarbeiter darf Mittel der Informations- und Kommunikationstechnik des Arbeitgebers (z. B. Internet und E-Mail-System) ausschließlich nach Maßgabe erteilter Weisungen des Arbeitgebers nutzen; soweit danach eine Nutzung zu privaten Zwecken nicht ausdrücklich gestattet ist, ist sie untersagt.
The Employee is allowed to use the Employer’s means of information and communication technology (e.g. Internet and e-mail system) exclusively according to the instructions of the Employer; insofar as the use for private purposes is not explicitly allowed according to these instructions, the use for private purposes is prohibited.
(3)
Der Mitarbeiter hat über alle ihm zur Kenntnis gelangenden Angelegenheiten des Arbeitgebers Stillschweigen zu bewahren, soweit es sich um Betriebs- und Geschäftsgeheimnisse handelt. Dies gilt auch für solche Tatsachen, die der Arbeitgeber als vertraulich bezeichnet oder bei denen aus den Umständen ersichtlich ist, dass sie gegenüber Dritten nicht offenbart werden dürfen.
The Employee shall keep in confidence all matters affecting the Employer that he may become aware of as far as they concern company or business secrets.  This shall also apply to any facts that the Employer characterized as confidential or where it is obvious under the prevailing circumstances that they should not be disclosed to third parties.
(4)
Die Verschwiegenheitspflicht erstreckt sich auch auf die im dritten Absatz dieses § 10 bezeichneten Angelegenheiten anderer Unternehmen, mit denen der Arbeitgeber rechtlich, organisatorisch oder wirtschaftlich verbunden ist oder mit denen er in geschäftlichem Kontakt steht.
The obligation of secrecy shall also apply to matters as described in the 3rd paragraph of this Section 10 if they concern other companies to which the Employer is legally, organizationally or economically affiliated or maintains business relations.
(5)
Die Verschwiegenheitspflicht umfasst auch den Inhalt dieses Vertrages, soweit der Mitarbeiter nicht aufgrund gesetzlicher Vorschriften zu entsprechenden Angaben verpflichtet ist.
The obligation of secrecy shall also apply to the content of this Contract, unless the Employee is obligated to provide information based on statutory provisions.
(6)
Die in Absatz 3 bis 5 dieses § 10 geregelten Verschwiegenheitspflichten des Mitarbeiters bestehen – unbeschadet weitergehender gesetzlicher Vorschriften – auch nach Beendigung des Arbeitsverhältnisses fort; der Mitarbeiter darf die geheim zu haltenden Tatsachen auch nicht durch Weitergabe an Dritte verwerten.
The Employee’s obligations of secrecy as stipulated in paras. 3 to 5 of this Section 10 shall continue to apply beyond the termination of the Employment Contract – without prejudice to farther reaching statutory provisions; the Employee shall not utilize the facts that are to be kept in confidence by passing them on to third parties either.
(7)
Ein Verstoß gegen eine der in den Absätzen 3 bis 6 genannten Pflichten stellt einen wichtigen Grund dar, der den Arbeitgeber zur außerordentlichen Kündigung des Arbeitsverhältnisses zwischen den Parteien berechtigt. Übt der Arbeitgeber dieses Recht zur außerordentlichen Kündigung nicht aus, so berührt dies das Recht zur außerordentlichen Kündigung in einem Wiederholungsfall nicht.
A breach of one of the obligations outlined in Paragraphs 3 to 6 constitutes important cause, which shall entitle the Employer to issue an extraordinary termination of the employment contract between the parties. If the Employer does not exercise this right to extraordinary termination, this shall not affect the right to extraordinary termination in the event such a breach is repeated.

Seite 8 von 14
 

(8)
Der Mitarbeiter ist verpflichtet, alle seine dienstlichen Tätigkeiten betreffenden Schriftstücke, Informationsträger und sonstigen Unterlagen – auch soweit es sich um seine persönlichen Aufzeichnungen, die Geschäftsvorgänge betreffen, handelt – als ihm anvertrautes Eigentum des Arbeitgebers sorgfältig zu behandeln und aufzubewahren und sie dem Arbeitgeber auf dessen Verlangen jederzeit, spätestens aber bei Beendigung des Arbeitsverhältnisses zurückzugeben; das gilt auch für Abschriften, Vervielfältigungen, gespeicherte Daten und Gegenstände. Dem Mitarbeiter steht daran kein Zurückbehaltungsrecht zu. Geschäftliche Unterlagen dürfen nur zu geschäftlichen Zwecken verwendet werden. Das Anfertigen von Abschriften, Auszügen oder Kopieren von Geschäftsunterlagen – auch EDV-technischer Art – ist nur für dienstliche Zwecke zulässig.
The Employee shall handle with care as property of the Employer that has been entrusted to him all documents, data carriers and other records concerning his work for the Employer – even if they are his personal recordings regarding business processes – and maintain them in safe keeping as well as return them to the Employer on demand at any time, however, upon the termination of the employment relationship at the latest; this shall also apply to any copies, replications, saved data and objects.  The Employee shall have no right of retention over any such records and objects.  Business records shall be used only for business purposes.  It is not permitted to make copies or extracts or duplicates of business records – including those of EDP-technical nature – for purposes other than business purposes.
(98)
Auf Verlangen des Arbeitgebers ist der Mitarbeiter verpflichtet, schriftlich zu versichern, dass er solche Unterlagen, sei es im Original oder in Kopie, nicht mehr besitzt und auch nicht an Dritte weitergegeben hat.
At the Employer’s request, the Employee shall assure in writing that he is no longer in possession of such documents – be they in original or copy – and has not passed them on to any third party.
(10)
Andere Vereinbarungen der Parteien oder Erklärungen des Mitarbeiters bezüglich Geheimhaltungspflichten bleiben unberührt; dies gilt insbesondere soweit sie zusätzliche Pflichten des  Mitarbeiters begründen.
Any other agreements of the Parties or declarations of the Employee regarding obligations of secrecy shall remain unaffected, in particular as far as they create any additional obligations of the Employee.
 
 
 
§ 11 Erfindungen und andere Schöpfungen
 
 
§ 11 Inventions and other Creations
(1)
Der Mitarbeiter hat während der Dauer des Arbeitsverhältnisses gemachte Erfindungen – auch nicht dienstlicher Art – dem Arbeitgeber unverzüglich mitzuteilen. Im Übrigen gelten für Arbeitnehmererfindungen die gesetzlichen Bestimmungen.
The Employee shall inform the Employer without delay of any inventions made during the term of the employment relationship – also of unofficial nature.  Apart from this, the statutory provisions shall apply to inventions of the Employee.
(2)
Soweit nicht das Arbeitnehmererfindungsgesetz einschlägig ist, stehen alle Arbeitsergebnisse automatisch dem Arbeitgeber zu. Dies gilt unabhängig davon, ob sie von dem Mitarbeiter allein oder zusammen mit anderen Arbeitnehmern erarbeitet wurden. Gleiches gilt für Ergebnisse, die zwar nicht auf einen unmittelbaren Arbeitsauftrag zurückzuführen sind, aber mit dem Tätigkeitsbereich des Mitarbeiters zusammenhängen.
As far as the Law on Employee Inventions is not applicable, the Employer shall automatically have a right to all work results. This shall apply irrespective of whether or not the result was produced by the Employee alone or jointly with other employees.  The same shall apply to results that are not directly attributable to a work order but that are connected with the Employee’s scope of functions.
(3)
Soweit der Mitarbeiter Urheberrechte  oder andere nicht übertragbare Schutzrechte an Arbeitsergebnissen erwirbt, überträgt er bereits hiermit alle diesbezüglichen ausschließlichen, zeitlich, räumlich und inhaltlich unbeschränkten Nutzungs- und Verwertungsrechte hinsichtlich aller bekannten Nutzungs- und Verwertungsarten auf den Arbeitgeber, insbesondere das Recht zur Vervielfältigung, Verbreitung (auch in digitalisierter Form), der öffentlichen Wiedergabe und der Vorführung sowie das Recht zur Vornahme von Bearbeitungen, anderen Umgestaltungen und Verfilmungen. Dies gilt insbesondere, ungeachtet der Übertragungs- und Trägertechniken, für Printmedien, Rundfunk, Film und/oder digitale Medien (z. B. Telekommunikations- und Datendienste, z. B. Online-Dienste sowie Datenbanken und elektronische Trägermedien, z. B. magnetische, optische, magneto-optische und elektronische Trägermedien wie CD-ROM und Disketten). Dies schließt die Befugnis des Arbeitgebers ein, ohne gesonderte Zustimmung für jeden Einzelfall Nutzungs- oder Verwertungsrechte ganz oder teilweise auf andere zu übertragen oder anderen Nutzungs- oder Verwertungsrechte einzuräumen. Ansprüche des Mitarbeiters für die Übertragung dieser Rechte auf den Arbeitgeber sind durch das arbeitsvertragliche Entgelt abgegolten; diese Vergütung schließt auch die Nutzungserfolge und die Verwertungserlöse insbesondere aus Verkäufen und/oder Lizenzverträgen mit Dritten ein. Weitergehende Vergütungsansprüche sind ausgeschlossen. Höchstvorsorglich verzichtet der Mitarbeiter auf etwaige Vergütungsansprüche für die Rechtsübertragung, es sei denn nach deutschem Recht ist zwingend eine zusätzliche Vergütung vorgeschrieben. Die Übertragung der obengenannten Rechte bleibt von der Beendigung des Arbeitsverhältnisses unberührt.
 
Der Mitarbeiter ist nicht berechtigt, seine Arbeitsergebnisse direkt oder indirekt zu verwerten.
Should the Employee acquire copyrights or other non-transferable protective rights to work results, the Employee already herewith assigns all related exclusive use and exploitation rights to the Employer with respect to all known manners of use and exploitation, which are not limited in their application with regard to time, territory and content, in particular but not limited to the right of reproduction, the right of distribution (also digitalized), of public reproduction and of performance and the right of development, other modifications, and film rights.  This shall especially apply to print media, radio, film and/or digital media (e.g., telecommunications and data services, e.g., online services, databases, and electronic media carriers, e.g., magnetic, optical, magnetic-optical and electronic media carriers such as CD-ROM and discs), regardless of carrier and transmission technology.  This shall include the authority of the Employer to transfer use or exploitation rights in whole or in part to others or grant others the right of use or exploitation without separate consent for every individual case.  Any claims of the Employee resulting from the transfer of such rights to the Employer shall be deemed compensated for by the contractual remuneration; such remuneration shall also cover any proceeds resulting from the use and any other proceeds of the exploitation, especially from sales and/or license agreements with third parties.  The Employee shall not have any further claims for remuneration.  As a matter of precaution, the Employee hereby waives any claims to remuneration regarding the transfer of rights, unless German Law mandatorily provides for additional remuneration. The transfer of the above-mentioned rights shall remain unaffected by the expiration of the employment relationship.
 
The Employee is not entitled to directly or indirectly utilise his work results.

Seite 9 von 14
 

 
 
 
§ 12 Wettbewerbsverbot, Nebentätigkeit
 
 
§ 12 Prohibition of Competition, Contractual Penalty, Secondary Employment
(1)
Solange das Arbeitsverhältnis besteht, darf der Mitarbeiter im Geschäftszweig des Arbeitgebers oder der verbundenen Unternehmen und auf verwandten Gebieten weder für eigene noch für fremde Rechnung Geschäfte machen oder ein Handelsgewerbe im Geschäftszweig des Arbeitsgebers betreiben. Es ist ihm auch untersagt, sich an einem anderen Unternehmen, das sich auf diesen Gebieten betätigt, unmittelbar oder mittelbar zu beteiligen, für ein solches tätig zu werden oder ein solches Unternehmen in sonstiger Weise zu fördern. Das Gleiche gilt für Unternehmen, mit denen der Arbeitgeber in Geschäftsbeziehungen steht. Der Erwerb und das Halten von bis zu 5 % der Stimm- und Gewinnbezugsrechte an börsennotierten Gesellschaften sind jedoch gestattet.
As long as the employment relationship persists, the Employee may not engage in any activity in the branch of business of the Employer or its related companies or in related areas for his own account or for the account of a third party. He shall also be prohibited from establishing commerce in the Employer’s line of business. Furthermore, he may not ‑ directly or indirectly ‑ hold a participation in a company, which is active in the same line of business as the Employer or its related companies, and may not work for such a company or support it in any other way. The same shall apply to enterprises, which have business relationships with the Employer. The Employee shall be entitled, however, to acquire and to hold up to 5% of the voting and profit distribution rights of listed companies.
(2)
Im Übrigen dürfen Nebentätigkeiten ‑ gleich ob selbstständige oder unselbständige - nur mit vorheriger schriftlicher Zustimmung des Arbeitgebers ausgeübt werden. Hat der Mitarbeiter dem Arbeitgeber schriftlich die beabsichtigte Nebentätigkeit unter Angabe von Art, Ort und Dauer angezeigt und stehen sachliche Gründe (z. B. Beeinträchtigung der Arbeitsleistungen des Mitarbeiters, Beeinträchtigung sonstiger Interessen des Arbeitgebers) der Aufnahme der Nebentätigkeit nicht entgegen, wird der Arbeitgeber unverzüglich zustimmen. Der Arbeitgeber kann seine Zustimmung befristet oder unter einem Widerrufsvorbehalt erteilen.   Die Zustimmung ist jederzeit, gegebenenfalls unter Einhaltung einer angemessenen Frist, widerruflich, sofern eine Beeinträchtigung des Arbeitsverhältnisses eintritt.
Apart from this, secondary employments ‑ whether self-employed or as an employee ‑ shall be permitted only with the prior written approval of the Employer.  If the Employee informed the Employer in writing of the envisaged activity, specifying type, place and duration, and if there are no objective reasons (e.g. impairment to the services rendered by the Employee, impairment of any other interests of the Employer) opposed to this activity, the Employer will immediately give its approval.  The Employer is entitled to give the approval only for a limited period of time or subject to the right of revocation.   The consent is subject to revocation at any time if an adverse effect of the employment relationship appears, observing a reasonable notice period, if applicable.

Seite 10 von 14
 

 
§ 13 Vertragsstrafe
§ 13 Contract Penalty
(1)
In folgenden Fällen kann der Arbeitgeber von dem Mitarbeiter eine Vertragsstrafe verlangen:
 
·            falls der Mitarbeiter gegen die Verschwiegenheitsverpflichtungen des § 10 Absätze 3 bis 6 verstößt,
 
·            falls der Mitarbeiter gegen das Wettbewerbsverbot des § 12 Absatz 1 verstößt.
The Employer may require the Employee to pay a contract penalty in the following cases:
 
·            if the Employee breaches the confidentiality obligation pursuant to Section 10, Paragraphs 3 to 6
 
·            if the Employee breaches the non-competition clause pursuant to Section 12 Para. 2, Paragraph 1.
(2)
Die Vertragsstrafe fällt nur an, wenn der Mitarbeiter schuldhaft, d.h. fahrlässig oder vorsätzlich gehandelt hat.
The contract penalty shall only be applied if the Employee has acted in a culpable, i.e. negligent or intentional, manner.
(3)
Für jeden Fall der Zuwiderhandlung gegen die Verschwiegenheitsverpflichtungen oder gegen das Wettbewerbsverbot gemäß Absatz 2 hat der Mitarbeiter eine Vertragsstrafe in Höhe von einem Bruttomonatsgehalt zu zahlen. Im Fall eines Dauerverstoßes (verbotene Beteiligung an einem Konkurrenzunternehmen oder Aufnahme einer unselbständigen oder selbständigen Tätigkeit für ein Konkurrenzunternehmen von jeweils länger als einem Monat) wird die Vertragsstrafe für jeden angefangenen Monat neu verwirkt. Die Vertragsstrafe ist in ihrer Höhe auf ein Drittel des Bruttojahresgehalts gemäß § 3 Absatz 1 pro Monat und insgesamt auf maximal zwei Bruttojahresgehälter gemäß § 3 Absatz 1 begrenzt. Die Geltendmachung eines darüber hinausgehenden Schadens bleibt vorbehalten.
The Employee shall be liable to pay a contractual penalty in the amount of one month’s gross salary for every breach of the confidentiality obligation or the competition ban under the 2nd Paragraph.  In case of a continuing breach (prohibited interest in a competing company or start of independent or employment-based activity for a competing company for a period exceeding more than one month) the penalty shall be due anew for each separate month, or part thereof, that the breach continues.  The amount of the contract penalty shall be limited to one third of the gross annual salary pursuant to Section 3 Paragraph 1 per month and as a total to a maximum of two gross annual salaries pursuant to Section 3 Paragraph 1. Company‘s claim for damage compensation above and beyond such penalty remains unaffected.
 
 
 
§ 14 Abtretung und Verpfändung, Pfändungen
 
 
§ 14 Assignment and Pledge, Garnishments
 
Die Abtretung und Verpfändung von Vergütungsansprüchen des Mitarbeiters an Dritte ist ausgeschlossen.
Assignment and pledge of claims of the Employee for remuneration to third parties shall be prohibited.
 
 
 
§ 15 Persönliche Daten
 
 
§ 15 Personal Data
(1)
Änderungen persönlicher Daten, die für das Arbeitsverhältnis von Bedeutung sein können, insbesondere Änderungen der Anschrift und des Familienstandes, sind unverzüglich mitzuteilen.
Changes of personal data that may be significant for the employment relationship, in particular changes of address and marital status, shall be reported without delay.
(2)
Der Mitarbeiter stimmt hiermit der Erhebung, Verarbeitung und Nutzung seiner Daten unter Einschluss von personenbezogenen Daten zu, soweit sie im Rahmen der Zweckbestimmung des Arbeitsverhältnisses erfolgen, insbesondere der Durchführung und Abwicklung des Arbeitsverhältnisses dienen. Das Einverständnis des Mitarbeiters erstreckt sich auch darauf, dass diese Daten Dritten, insbesondere anderen Niederlassungen von Gardner Denver oder anderen Konzernunternehmen zum Zwecke der Weiterverarbeitung im Rahmen der vorstehend geschilderten Zweckbestimmung überlassen werden.
The Employee herewith agrees to the collection, processing and usage of his date including personal data in accordance with the purposes of the employment relationship, in particular the purpose of the performance and processing of the employment relationship.  This consent of the Employee shall also cover the transfer of such data to third parties, particularly other branch offices of Gardner Denver or other group companies for further processing in accordance with the purposes described above.

Seite 11 von 14
 

 
 
 
§ 16 Gruppenunfallversicherung
 
 
§ 16 Group Accident Insurance
 
Der Mitarbeiter wird für die Dauer des Arbeitsverhältnisses in die gängige Gruppenunfallversicherung des Unternehmens zu den jeweils gültigen Bedingungen aufgenommen und dafür als Exempt Employee eingestuft.
Furthermore, for the duration of the employment, the Employee will be included in the standard Group Accident Insurance of the Company on the usual terms, as amended, and categorized as Exempt Employee for this purpose.
 
 
 
§ 17 Ausschlussfrist
 
 
§ 17 Preclusion Period
 
Alle Ansprüche aus dem Arbeitsverhältnis und solche, die mit dem Arbeitsverhältnis in Verbindung stehen, sind innerhalb von drei Monaten nach Fälligkeit gegenüber der anderen Vertragspartei schriftlich geltend zu machen. Ansprüche, die nicht innerhalb dieser Frist geltend gemacht werden, sind verwirkt. Ausgenommen von dieser Ausschlussfrist sind nur Haftungsansprüche aus vorsätzlichen Schädigungen, sowie arbeitnehmerseitige Ansprüche auf den gesetzlichen Mindestlohn gemäß Mindestlohngesetz.
All claims, which are based on the employment or are connected with it, must be asserted in writing vis-à-vis the other party within a period of three months after the due date. Claims, which are not asserted in due time, shall forfeit. This term of exclusion shall not apply, however, to liability claims resulting from willful causation of damages, and claims of the Employee according to the German Minimum Wage Law.
 
 
 
§ 18 Aufhebung früherer Vereinbarungen; Vertragsänderungen; Nebenabreden; anwendbares Recht; Vertragssprache; Begriffsverwendung
 
 
§ 18 Cancellation of previous Agreements;  Amendments to the Contract; Subsidiary Agreements; Applicable Law; Contractual language; Use of Terms
(1)
Eventuelle frühere schriftliche oder mündliche Vereinbarungen zwischen den Parteien werden mit diesem Vertrag vollständig aufgehoben und abgelöst.
All potential prior written or verbal agreements between the Parties shall be entirely cancelled and replaced by this Contract.
(2)
Änderungen und Ergänzungen dieses Vertrags durch individuelle Vertragsabreden i. S. d. § 305 b BGB sind formlos wirksam. Im Übrigen bedürfen Änderungen und Ergänzungen des Vertrags der Schriftform; mündliche Vereinbarungen über die Aufhebung dieses Schriftformerfordernisses sind nichtig.
Changes and amendments to this Agreement based on individual binding agreements in terms of § 305 b German Civil Code do not require a specific form. Apart from this, however, changes and amendments to the Contract must be in written form; verbal agreements on the cancellation of this written form requirement are invalid.
(3)
Mündliche Nebenabreden sind nicht getroffen worden.
There are no verbal subsidiary agreements of any kind agreed.
(4)
Für das Arbeitsverhältnis gelten ergänzend die jeweils gültigen Arbeitsanordnungen und Richtlinien (policies und directives) sowie der Verhaltenskodex des Betriebes, in dem der Mitarbeiter regelmäßig eingesetzt ist.
Additional to this Employment Contract effective work orders as well as policies and directives and the Code of Conduct of the specific location where the employee is deployed regularly, apply.
(5)
Auf diesen Vertrag findet das Recht der Bundesrepublik Deutschland Anwendung.
This Contract is subject to German law.
(6)
Dieser Vertrag ist in deutscher und englischer Sprache geschlossen. Bei Widersprüchen ist der deutsche Vertragstext maßgeblich.
This Contract is concluded in the German and English languages. In case of any discrepancy, the German wording shall prevail.
(7)
Ausschließlich aus Gründen der besseren Lesbarkeit wird in diesem Vertrag einheitlich der männliche Begriff „Mitarbeiter“ verwendet; damit ist keinerlei Diskriminierung von Mitarbeiterinnen verbunden.
Only for reasons of improved readability this Contract consistently provides for the masculine term “Employee”; this does in no way involve any discrimination of female employees.

Seite 12 von 14
 

 
 
 
§ 19 Teilunwirksamkeit
 
 
§ 19 Partial Invalidity
 
Sollten einzelne Bestimmungen dieses Vertrages unwirksam sein, wird hierdurch die Wirksamkeit des übrigen Vertrages nicht berührt. Die unwirksame Bestimmung ist durch eine Regelung zu ersetzen, die dem Zweck der weggefallenen Bestimmung am nächsten kommt.
Should individual provisions of this agreement be invalid, it shall be without prejudice to the validity of the other provisions. The invalid provision shall be replaced by a provision, which most closely effects the purpose of the invalid provision.
 
 
 
§ 20 Wahrung der Interessen des Arbeitgebers
 
 
§ 20 Protecting the Interests of the Employer
(1)
Der Mitarbeiter hat die Interessen des Arbeitgebers wahrzunehmen und in jeder Hinsicht zu fördern.
The Employee shall represent the interests of the Employer and promote them in all respects.
(2)
Geschäftliche Verbindungen mit Lieferanten, Kunden und sonstigen Geschäftspartnern dürfen nicht zum persönlichen Vorteil genutzt werden. Informationen aus dem geschäftlichen Bereich dürfen nicht privat genutzt werden. Im Interessenbereich des Arbeitgebers dürfen Privatgeschäfte nicht vorgenommen werden.
The Employee shall not use business contacts with suppliers, customers and other business partners for his personal benefit. Information from business transactions shall not be used for private purposes.  No private business transactions shall be carried out within the Employer’s sphere of interest.
(3)
Nicht geringfügige Geschenke oder andere Vorteile von Personen, die mit dem Arbeitgeber in Geschäftsverbindung stehen oder eine solche anstreben, darf der Mitarbeiter nicht annehmen. Im Zweifelsfall  dürfen Geschenke und Vorteile nur nach vorheriger schriftlicher Zustimmung des Arbeitgebers angenommen werden. Der Mitarbeiter ist verpflichtet, etwaige Angebote von Geschenken und anderen Vorteilen dem Arbeitgeber unverzüglich mitzuteilen.
The Employee shall not accept any gifts or other benefits, which are not of minimal value, from persons having or striving for a business relationship with the Employer.  In case of doubt, the Employee shall accept gifts and benefits only with the prior written consent of the Employer.  The Employee is obligated to report any offers of gifts and other benefits to the Employer without delay.
 
 
 
§ 21 Hinweis auf die Einhaltung des Allgemeinen Gleichbehandlungsgesetzes (AGG)
 
 
§ 21 Information on Compliance with the General Equal Treatment Act (AGG)
 
Ziel des Arbeitgebers ist es, jede Benachteiligung, die sich aus Gründen der Rasse oder wegen der ethnischen Herkunft, des Geschlechts, der Religion, der Weltanschauung, einer Behinderung, des Alters oder der sexuellen Identität ergibt, zu verhindern bzw. zu beseitigen. Aus diesem Grund fordert der Arbeitgeber von allen seinen Mitarbeitern, Benachteiligungen und Diskriminierungen betreffend die o. g. Kriterien zu unterlassen. Sollten solche Benachteiligungen oder Belästigungen trotzdem auftreten, wird der Arbeitgeber mit entsprechenden Maßnahmen reagieren und solche Fälle für die Zukunft verhindern. Mitarbeiter, die diskriminierende Äußerungen oder Handlungen vornehmen, müssen mit Disziplinarmaßnahmen, wie z. B. Ermahnungen, Abmahnungen, und Versetzungen sowie in besonders schwerwiegenden Fällen mit der Kündigung ihres Arbeitsverhältnisses, rechnen.
The objective of the Employer is to prevent and eliminate all forms of discrimination based on race or ethnic origin, gender, religion and philosophy of life, handicap, age or sexual identity. For this reason, the Employer demands from all employees to refrain from any discrimination regarding the above-mentioned criteria.  Should such discrimination or harassment occur nonetheless, the Employer will react to this by taking respective action and prevent such cases for the future.  Employees involved in discriminatory remarks and actions will have to face disciplinary measures, e.g. admonitions, warnings, and transfers and, in particularly serious cases, the termination of their employment relationship.

Seite 13 von 14
 

Simmern, den
 
   
CompAir Drucklufttechnik –
 
Zweigniederlassung der
 
Gardner Denver Deutschland GmbH
 
   
/s/ Thomas Kurth                    /s/ E. Franz                         
Thomas Kurth
ppa. E. Franz
Geschäftsführer
Financial Director
   
(Arbeitgeber / Employer)
 
   
 
           ,  den. 29-Apr-2016  
    
/s/ Enrique Minarro Viseras                 
Enrique Minarro Viseras
 
   
(Mitarbeiter / Employee)
 
   
 
 
Seite 14 von 14
 

Exhibit 10.33

 

March 16, 2016

 

Dear Enrique Miñarro Viseras,

 

This letter confirms my offer to you to join Gardner Denver Deutschland GmbH (the “Company”) as the VP/GM EMEA Region, reporting directly to myself, CEO, Gardner Denver Industrials Group (the “Manager”).

 

This offer is contingent upon successful completion of a background check, pre-employment drug screening with acceptable results, and proof of your right to work in the European Union or Germany on your first day of employment.

 

The terms of this offer include the following:

 

1. Salary : Your annual base salary will be €275,000 paid in accordance with normal payroll practices of the company. You will be eligible for your first salary review during our annual salary planning process in April 2017.

 

2. Sign-on Bonus : On or about two months following the Date of Hire, you will be paid a lump sum cash bonus in the amount of €425,000, so long as you remain continuously employed in good standing with GDI through such date; provided that if your employment with GDI terminates for any reason, other than a termination by GDI without cause, prior to your first employment anniversary, you shall be required to repay the sign-on bonus to GDI.

 

3. Management Incentive Plan Bonus Program : Beginning with the Company’s 2016 fiscal year and for each subsequent fiscal year, you will be eligible to earn an annual cash incentive award under the GDI’s Management Incentive Plan, subject to the terms and conditions of such plan as in effect from time to time (the “MIP”). Your target annual incentive opportunity under the MIP for each fiscal year will be 45% of your annual base salary as in effect for the given fiscal year. Your actual annual cash incentive award may be greater or lesser than your target annual incentive opportunity, depending on the Company’s performance against its goals and otherwise as may be provided under the MIP. For 2016, your bonus will be prorated based on your Date of Hire.

 

The specific performance objectives and measures for your annual incentive opportunity will be defined and reviewed for each fiscal year, and your annual incentive award will be calculated, approved, and paid after financial results for the given fiscal year have been finalized, all in accordance with the terms of the MIP.

 

4. Management Equity Program : You are eligible to participate in GDI’s Management Equity Program (the “MEP”), which includes option grants and the opportunity to invest in Gardner Denver’s parent holding company, Renaissance Parent Corp., subject to the terms of such program. Following the commencement of your employment with the Company, you will receive more information about the MEP.

 

 
 

 

Enrique Viseras

March 16, 2016

Page 2

  

5. Benefits : During the term of your employment with the Company hereunder, you may be eligible to participate in such benefit plans, practices, policies, and programs as the Company may implement from time to time (including health and welfare insurance coverage), subject to the Company’s prevailing policies, terms, and conditions.

 

6. Location : This position is based in Simmern, Germany. subject to such business travel as may be reasonably required to perform your duties.

 

7. Relocation Benefits : You will be eligible for relocation benefits. The Relocation Policy, your schedule of benefits and a Relocation Agreement will be provided to you under separate cover. Your benefits under the relocation program will be contingent upon your signing the Relocation Agreement. As set forth in the Agreement, should you voluntarily terminate your employment within two (2) years of your Date of Hire, you will be obligated to repay all company-paid relocation reimbursements and expenses, including tax assistance.

 

8. Company Car : The Employer provides a company car (based on Gardner Denver Car Policy) to the employee for the performance of his official duties and for private usage.

 

9. International School Assistance : The employer provides international school assistance of €46,000 in year 1, normalizing to £35,000 thereafter.

 

10. Vacation : You will be eligible for 30 days of vacation per year. For 2016, your vacation entitlement will be prorated based on your Date of Hire.

 

11. Date of Hire : Your employment with the Company will commence on May 10, 2016.

 

Enrique, I am very excited about the prospect of your acceptance of this offer to become a part of the Gardner Denver team. I am confident you can make a positive contribution to our goal of growing the Company into a more profitable organization.

 

Sincerely,

 

Vicente Reynal
CEO, Gardner Denver & Industrials Group

 

Signatures on next page

 

 
 

 

Enrique Viseras

March 16, 2016

Page 3

 

 

I have read and accept this offer of employment and agree to the terms and conditions

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

 

/s/ Enrique Miñarro Viseras
Enrique Miñarro Viseras

 

March 21, 2016
Date

 

 
 

 

PRIVILEGED & CONFIDENTIAL

 

Addendum A— Enrique Viseras

 

Management Equity Program

 

Investment : It is expected that you will, subject to satisfaction of applicable securities laws requirements, invest a minimum of USD $60,000 into the common stock of Renaissance Parent Corp. (“ Holdings ”).

 

Long-Term Incentive Program: A long term incentive plan (“ LTI Plan ”) has been established to give members of management at Gardner Denver, Inc. (“ GDI ”) the opportunity to share in the value appreciation of GDI. The intended goal of this LTI Plan is to provide the you with the opportunity (although not the guarantee) to earn pre-tax proceeds (net of the exercise price of the LTI Plan grants referenced below) in respect of such value appreciation of up to and potentially more than USD $3,000,000 . 1

 

The LTI Plan grants are in the form of options to purchase shares of Holdings stock, 50% of which are subject to time vesting and 50% are subject to performance vesting. The time vesting options vest 20% each year on the last day of each of Holdings’ fiscal years from 2016 through 2020. The performance vesting options vest 20% per year as of the last day of each of Holdings’ fiscal years from 2016 through 2020 provided the GDI achieves annual EBITDA targets. All such options will have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of Holdings stock on the date of grant.

 

Any options and Holdings stock you acquire are subject to the LTI Plan terms and other terms contained in management equity agreements with Holdings and the Investors. These terms include, generally, transfer restrictions, company call rights, tagalong and dragalong rights, and restrictive covenants (including covenants not to disclose confidential information at any time, and while employed and for certain post-employment periods, not to solicit employees or customers and not to compete with the business of GDI).

 


1 Assuming a certain equity value is achieved in 2020. Details of a corresponding financial forecast and equity value assumptions will be presented separately. Actual value appreciation could be lesser or greater than amount stated above, depending upon performance of GDI and market factors.

 

 
 

Exhibit 10.34

 

SEPARATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

This Separation and Release Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated September 21, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), confirms the following understandings and agreements between Gardner Denver, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Jeff Likosar (hereinafter referred to as “ you ” or “ your ”).

 

In consideration of the promises set forth herein, you and the Company agree as follows:

 

1.              Employment Status and Separation Payments .

 

(a)                 You acknowledge your separation from employment and all directorships with the Company and its direct and indirect parent(s), subsidiaries, and affiliates (collectively, with the Company, the “ Company Group ”) effective as of September 30, 2016 (the “ Termination Date ”), and after the Termination Date you will not represent yourself as being an employee, officer, agent or representative of the Company or any other member of the Company Group. With respect to your employment offer letter from Renaissance Parent Corp. (the “ Parent ”), dated as of January 31, 2014 (the “ Offer Letter ”), as well as your participation in the Parent’s LTI Program (as described in the Offer Letter), your termination of employment described herein will be treated as a termination without “Cause” for all purposes thereunder.

 

(b)                (i) In consideration of the release contained in paragraph 2 hereof, as well as your other obligations under this Agreement, and your execution of the release and waiver of claims attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ Termination Date Release ”) on or following the Termination Date, but on or prior to the expiration of the Review Period (as such term is defined in the Termination Date Release, and (ii) subject to the Termination Date Release becoming effective in accordance with its terms on the Release Effective Date (as defined in the Termination Date Release), you will be provided the payments set forth on Schedule I , attached hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any monthly installment of such payments would otherwise occur prior to the Release Effective Date, any such amount shall be deferred and paid together with the next monthly installment following the Release Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you engage in any conduct that would constitute “Cause” for purposes of your Offer Letter prior to the Termination Date, you shall not be entitled to any portion of the Consideration (as defined in paragraph 3 hereof).

 

(c)                 As of the Termination Date, none of your non-elective contribution amounts under the Gardner Denver, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan were vested. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees that it will pay to you an amount equal to such unvested amount, grossed-up to take into account federal and state income taxes. Such amount (the “ Contribution Amount ”) shall be paid to you as set forth on Schedule I , attached hereto.

 

(d)                The Company will also reimburse you for reasonable and customary business expenses incurred prior to the Termination Date pursuant to the terms of the Company’s business expense policy; provided that you submit a completed expense reimbursement form and supporting documentation no later than thirty (30) days following the Termination Date.

 

(e)                 You acknowledge and agree that the payment(s) and other benefits provided pursuant to this paragraph 1 are in full discharge of any and all liabilities and obligations of the Company or any other member of the Company Group to you, monetarily or with respect to employee benefits or otherwise, including but not limited to any and all obligations arising under any alleged written or oral employment agreement, policy, plan or procedure of the Company or any other member of the Company Group and/or any alleged understanding or arrangement between you and the Company or any other member of the Company Group (other than claims for accrued and vested benefits under an employee benefit, insurance, or pension plan of the Company or any other member of the Company Group (excluding any employee benefit plan providing severance or similar benefits), subject to the terms and conditions of such plan(s)).

 

 
 

2.              Release and Waiver of Claims .

 

(a)                 As used in this Agreement, the term “claims” will include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, in law, equity or otherwise.

 

(b)                For and in consideration of the payments and benefits described in paragraph 1 above, and other good and valuable consideration, you, for and on behalf of yourself and your heirs, administrators, executors and assigns, effective the date hereof, do fully and forever release, remise and discharge the Company, and any other member of the Company Group, together with their respective current and former officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders, fiduciaries, counsel, employees and agents (collectively, and with the Company, the “ Company Parties ”) from any and all claims whatsoever up to the date hereof which you had, may have had, or now have against the Company Parties, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including any claim arising out of or attributable to your employment or the termination of your employment with the Company or arising out of or relating to the Offer Letter, whether for tort, breach of express or implied employment contract, intentional infliction of emotional distress, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law dealing with discrimination based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual orientation. The parties intend the release contained herein to be a general release of any and all claims to the fullest extent permissible by law.

 

(c)                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be a waiver of: (i) your rights with respect to payment of amounts under this Agreement, (ii) your right to benefits due to terminated employees under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any other member of the Company Group in which you participated (excluding any severance or similar plan or policy), in accordance with the terms thereof (including you rights to elect COBRA coverage), (iii) any claims that cannot be waived by law including, without limitation any claims filed with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the U.S. Department of Labor; or (iv) your right of indemnification as provided by, and in accordance with the terms of, the Company’s by-laws or a Company insurance policy providing such coverage, as any of such may be amended from time to time.

 

(d)                You acknowledge and agree that by virtue of the foregoing, you have waived any relief available to you (including without limitation, monetary damages, equitable relief and reinstatement) under any of the claims and/or causes of action waived in this paragraph 2. Therefore you agree that you will not accept any award or settlement from any source or proceeding (including but not limited to any proceeding brought by any other person or by any government agency) with respect to any claim or right waived in this Agreement.

 

- 2 -
 

3.              Knowing and Voluntary Waiver . You expressly acknowledge and agree that you:

 

(a)                 Are able to read the language, and understand the meaning and effect, of this Agreement;

 

(b)                Have no physical or mental impairment of any kind that has interfered with your ability to read and understand the meaning of this Agreement or its terms, and that you are not acting under the influence of any medication, drug or chemical of any type in entering into this Agreement;

 

(c)                 Are specifically agreeing to the terms of the release contained in this Agreement because the Company has agreed to provide you the Total Severance Payment and the Benefit Continuation (each as set forth on Schedule I attached hereto) (collectively, the “ Consideration ”), which the Company has agreed to provide because of your agreement to accept it in full settlement of all possible claims you might have or ever had, and because of your execution of this Agreement;

 

(d)                Were advised to consult with your attorney regarding the terms and effect of this Agreement; and

 

(e)                 Have signed this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily.

 

4.              No Suit . You represent and warrant that you have not previously filed, and to the maximum extent permitted by law agree that you will not file, a complaint, charge or lawsuit against any of the Company Parties regarding any of the claims released herein. If, notwithstanding this representation and warranty, you have filed or file such a complaint, charge or lawsuit, you agree that you shall cause such complaint, charge or lawsuit to be dismissed with prejudice and shall pay any and all costs required in obtaining dismissal of such complaint, charge or lawsuit, including without limitation the attorneys’ fees of any of the Company Parties against whom you have filed such a complaint, charge, or lawsuit.

 

5.              No Re-Employment . You hereby agree to waive any and all claims to re-employment with the Company or any other member of the Company Group. You affirmatively agree not to seek further employment with the Company or any other member of the Company Group.

 

6.              Successors and Assigns . The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of your heirs, executors, administrators, legal personal representatives and assigns and shall be binding upon your heirs, executors, administrators, legal personal representatives and assigns.

 

7.              Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, such provision shall be of no force and effect. The illegality or unenforceability of such provision, however, shall have no effect upon and shall not impair the enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

- 3 -
 

8.              Non-Disparagement .

 

(a)                 You agree that you will make no disparaging or defamatory comments regarding any member of the Company Group, Kohlberg Kravis & Roberts & Co. L.P. and its affiliates, or their respective current or former directors, officers or employees in any respect or make any comments concerning any aspect of your relationship with any member of the Company Group or the conduct or events which precipitated your termination of employment from any member of the Company Group.

 

(b)                The Company agrees to promptly instruct each officer and director of the Company to refrain from making any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding you in any respect or make any comments concerning any aspect of your relationship with any member of the Company Group or the conduct or events which precipitated your termination of employment from any member of the Company Group.

 

(c)                 Notwithstanding this paragraph 8, you and the Company will be entitled to describe in general terms your responsibilities and roles while employed by the Company, that you and the Company mutually agreed to terminate your employment with the Company and the key factors that motivated you to agree to the termination of your employment (provided that you only make factually accurate statements with respect to such factors and you in discussing such factors you do not say anything disparaging or defamatory regarding any member of the Company Group). Your obligations and those of the Company under this paragraph 8 shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of a court or governmental agency.

 

9.              Cooperation .

 

(a)                 You agree that you will provide reasonable cooperation to the Company and/or any other member of the Company Group and its or their respective counsel in connection with any investigation, administrative proceeding or litigation relating to any matter that occurred during your employment in which you were involved or of which you have knowledge. The Company agrees to reimburse you for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred at the request of the Company with respect to your compliance with this paragraph.

 

(b)                You agree that, in the event you are subpoenaed by any person or entity (including, but not limited to, any government agency) to give testimony or provide documents (in a deposition, court proceeding or otherwise) which in any way relates to your employment by the Company and/or any other member of the Company Group, you will give prompt notice of such request to the Company’s General Counsel, Andy Schiesl (or his/her successor or designee) and will make no disclosure until the Company and/or the other member of the Company Group have had a reasonable opportunity to contest the right of the requesting person or entity to such disclosure.

 

10.            Continuing Obligations . You acknowledge, that in accordance with the terms of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement between you and Parent, dated as of March 19, 2014, you are subject to certain restrictive covenants provided therein, and agree to comply at all time with the terms and conditions contained therein.

 

- 4 -
 

11.             Confidentiality . The terms and conditions of this Agreement are and shall be deemed to be confidential, and shall not be disclosed by you or the Company to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the other party, except if required by law, and to your or the Company’s, as applicable, accountants, financial advisors attorneys and/or immediate family, provided that, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, rule, code or regulation, they agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Agreement.

 

12.             Return of Property . You agree that you will promptly return to the Company all property belonging to the Company and/or any other member of the Company Group, including but not limited to all proprietary and/or confidential information and documents (including any copies thereof) in any form belonging to the Company, Blackberry, computer, keys, card access to the building and office floors, Employee Handbook, phone card, computer user name and password, disks and/or voicemail code; provided, that you shall be entitled to retain your cell phone, iPad and laptop once all proprietary and/or confidential information and documents belonging to the Company have been removed from such devices. Your cell phone account will be transferred to you promptly following the Termination Date. You further acknowledge and agree that the Company shall have no obligation to provide the Consideration referred to in paragraph 1 above unless and until you have returned all items requested by the Company to be returned within ten (10) days of such request.

 

13.             Non-Admission . Nothing contained in this Agreement will be deemed or construed as an admission of wrongdoing or liability on the part of you or any member of the Company Group.

 

14.             Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto regarding the termination of your employment. This Agreement supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, correspondence, communications, understandings and agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to amend or alter any rights or obligations relating to your equity holdings in Parent, which will expressly survive the execution of this Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

15.             Taxes . The Company may withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income, employment, and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law. You acknowledge and represent that the Company has not provided any tax advice to you in connection with this Agreement and have been advised by the Company to seek tax advice from your own tax advisors regarding this Agreement and payments and benefits that may be made to you pursuant to this Agreement.

 

16.             Governing Law; Jurisdiction . EXCEPT WHERE PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW, THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THAT STATE. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

 

- 5 -
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth below.

  

  GARDNER DENVER, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Andy Schiesl
    Name: Andy Schiesl
    Title: Vice President

 

    /s/ Jeff Likosar
    Jeff Likosar
    Dated: September 21, 2016
     
     

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

  

RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.  
     
By: /s/ Andy Schiesl  
  Name: Andy Schiesl  
  Title: Assistance Secretary  

 

 
 

Schedule I

 

Schedule of Severance Payments

 

Total Severance Payment Calculation :

 

Severance Amount $1,100,000.00
   
Payment in lieu of NEC Contribution Amount $76,231.00
   
Total Severance Amount $1,176,231.00

 

Timing of Total Severance Payment :

 

The Total Severance Payment will be paid over a 12-month period in equal monthly installments commencing on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Termination Date (the “ Severance Period ”); provided , however, that any installment that would otherwise be paid prior to the Release Effective Date shall be deferred until the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date.

 

Benefit Continuation :

 

Subject to a timely election of COBRA continuation coverage and your continued payment of the COBRA premiums, during the twelve month period following the Termination Date (or such earlier time that you commence employment with another employer and are eligible for health insurance coverage at such employer), reimbursement of the COBRA premiums paid by you, less the amount of the premiums that you would have paid under the Company’s health insurance plan had you remained actively employed with the Company.

 

Taxes :

 

All severance payments and benefits are subject to applicable withholdings per paragraph 15 of the Separation and Release Agreement to which this Schedule is attached.

 

Treatment of Equity :

 

In accordance with the terms of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Subsidiaries and the Management Stockholder’s Agreement dated as of March 19, 2014 (collectively, the “ Grant Documents ”), all of your Options that are not vested as of the Termination Date will be forfeited without consideration as of the Termination Date. With respect to your Options that are vested as of the Termination Date, each vested Option shall be cancelled and, in consideration of such cancellation, you will receive a payment in respect of each vested Option so cancelled equal to the excess, if any, between the current Fair Market Value (as defined in the Grant Documents) over (y) the exercise price per share of such vested Option, less applicable withholding taxes (the “ Option Cancellation Payment ”). The Option Cancellation Payment shall be paid to you within 90 days of the Termination Date.

 

Each share of Purchased Stock (as defined in the Grant Documents) that you hold as of the Termination Date shall be forfeited, and in consideration of such forfeiture, you will receive a payment in respect of each share of Purchased Stock equal to the current Fair Market Value (the “ Purchased Stock Payment ”). The Purchased Sock Payment shall be paid to you within 90 days the Termination Date.

 

- 7 -
 

 

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

 

As used in this agreement (the “ Release of Claims ”), the term “claims” will include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, in law, equity or otherwise. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Release Agreement, delivered to me September 21, 2016, and to which this Release of Claims is attached as an Exhibit (the “ Separation Agreement ”).

 

For and in consideration of the payments and benefits described in the Separation Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration (collectively, the “ Consideration ”), I, for and on behalf of myself and my heirs, administrators, executors and assigns, effective the date hereof, do fully and forever release, remise and discharge the Company, and any other member of the Company Group, together with their respective current and former officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders, fiduciaries, counsel, employees and agents (collectively, and with the Company, the “ Company Parties ”) from any and all claims whatsoever up to the date hereof which I had, may have had, or now have against the Company Parties, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including any claim arising out of or attributable to my employment or the termination of my employment with the Company or otherwise, whether for (by way of example only) tort, breach of express or implied employment contract, intentional infliction of emotional distress, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation, or the common law, dealing with employment, including, but not limited to, discrimination in employment based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual orientation. This release of claims includes, but is not limited to, all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ ADEA ”), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Family Medical Leave Act, and the Equal Pay Act, each as may be amended from time to time, and all other federal, state and local laws, the common law and any other purported restriction on an employer’s right to terminate the employment of employees. I intend the release contained herein to be a general release of any and all claims to the fullest extent permissible by law.

 

I acknowledge and agree that as of the date I execute this Release of Claims, I have no knowledge of any facts or circumstances that give rise or could give rise to any claims under any of the laws listed in the preceding paragraph.

 

By executing this Release of Claims, I specifically release all claims relating to my employment and its termination under ADEA, a United States federal statute that, among other things, prohibits discrimination on the basis of age in employment and employee benefit plans.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Release of Claims shall be a waiver of: (i) my rights with respect to the Consideration, (ii) my rights to benefits due to terminated employees under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any other member of the Company Group in which you participated (excluding any severance or similar plan or policy), in accordance with the terms thereof (including you rights to elect COBRA coverage), and (iii) any claims that cannot be waived by law including, without limitation any claims filed with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the U.S. Department of Labor, or claims under the ADEA that arise after the date of this Release of Claims.

 

- 8 -
 

I acknowledge and agree that by virtue of the foregoing, I have waived any relief available to me (including without limitation, monetary damages, equitable relief and reinstatement) under any of the claims and/or causes of action waived in this Release of Claims. Therefore I agree that I will not accept any award or settlement from any source or proceeding (including but not limited to any proceeding brought by any other person or by any government agency) with respect to any claim or right waived in this Release of Claims.

 

I represent and warrant that I have not previously filed any complaint, charge or lawsuit against any of the Company Parties regarding any of the claims released herein.

 

I expressly acknowledge and agree that I:

 

· Am able to read the language, and understand the meaning and effect, of this Release of Claims;

 

· Have no physical or mental impairment of any kind that has interfered with my ability to read and understand the meaning of this Release of Claims or its terms, and that I am not acting under the influence of any medication, drug or chemical of any type in entering into this Release of Claims;

 

· Am specifically agreeing to the terms of the release contained in this Release of Claims because the Company has agreed to pay me the Consideration, which the Company has agreed to provide because of my agreement to accept it in full settlement of all possible claims I might have or ever had, and because of my execution of this Release of Claims;

 

· Acknowledge that but for your execution of this Release of Claims, I would not be entitled to the Consideration;

 

· Understand that, by entering into this Release of Claims, I do not waive rights or claims under ADEA that may arise after the date I execute this Release of Claims;

 

· Had or could have until October 12, 2016 (the “ Review Period ”), which is twenty one days following my receipt of the Separation Agreement and this Release of Claims, in which to review and consider this Release of Claims, and that if I execute this Release of Claims prior to the expiration of the Review Period, I have voluntarily and knowingly waived the remainder of the Review Period;

 

· Was advised to consult with my attorney regarding the terms and effect of this Release of Claims; and

 

· Have signed this Release of Claims knowingly and voluntarily.

 

- 9 -
 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Release of Claims will not become effective or enforceable prior to the expiration of the period of seven (7) calendar days following the date of its execution by me (the “ Revocation Period ”), during which time I may revoke my acceptance of this Release of Claims by notifying the Company, in writing, delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, marked for the attention of its General Counsel, Andy Schiesl. To be effective, such revocation must be received by the Company on or prior to the seventh (7 th ) calendar day following the execution of this Release of Claims. Provided that the Release of Claims is executed and I do not revoke it during the Revocation Period, the eighth (8 th ) day following the date on which this Release of Claims is executed shall be its effective date (the Release Effective Date ”) . I acknowledge and agree that if I revoke this Release of Claims during the Revocation Period, this Release of Claims will be null and void and of no effect, and neither the Company nor any other member of the Company Group will have any obligations to pay me the Consideration.

 

The provisions of this Release of Claims shall be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, legal personal representatives, and assigns. If any provision of this Release of Claims shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void, or unenforceable, such provision shall be of no force or effect. The illegality or unenforceability of such provision, however, shall have no effect upon and shall not impair the enforceability of any other provision of this Release of Claims.

 

EXCEPT WHERE PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW, THIS RELEASE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THAT STATE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. I HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS RELEASE.

 

  /s/ Jeff Likosar
  Jeff Likosar
     
  Dated: 9/30/16

 

- 10 -
 

 

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

 

As used in this agreement (the “Release of Claims”), the term “claims” will include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, in law, equity or otherwise. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Release Agreement, delivered to me September 21, 2016 (the “Separation Agreement”).

 

For and in consideration of the payments and benefits described in the Separation Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration (collectively, the “Consideration”), I, for and on behalf of myself and my heirs, administrators, executors and assigns, effective the date hereof, do fully and forever release, remise and discharge the Company, and any other member of the Company Group, together with their respective current and former officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders, fiduciaries, counsel, employees and agents (collectively, and with the Company, the “Company Parties”) from any and all claims whatsoever up to the date hereof which I had, may have had, or now have against the Company Parties, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including any claim arising out of or attributable to my employment or the termination of my employment with the Company or otherwise, whether for (by way of example only) tort, breach of express or implied employment contract, intentional infliction of emotional distress, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation, or the common law, dealing with employment, including, but not limited to, discrimination in employment based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual orientation. This release of claims includes, but is not limited to, all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Family Medical Leave Act, and the Equal Pay Act, each as may be amended from time to time, and all other federal, state and local laws, the common law and any other purported restriction on an employer’s right to terminate the employment of employees. I intend the release contained herein to be a general release of any and all claims to the fullest extent permissible by law.

 

I acknowledge and agree that as of the date I execute this Release of Claims, I have no knowledge of any facts or circumstances that give rise or could give rise to any claims under any of the laws listed in the preceding paragraph.

 

By executing this Release of Claims, I specifically release all claims relating to my employment and its termination under ADEA, a United States federal statute that, among other things, prohibits discrimination on the basis of age in employment and employee benefit plans.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Release of Claims shall be a waiver of: (i) my rights with respect to the Consideration, (ii) my rights to benefits due to terminated employees under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any other member of the Company Group in which you participated (excluding any severance or similar plan or policy), in accordance with the terms thereof (including you rights to elect COBRA coverage), and (iii) any claims that cannot be waived by law including, without limitation any claims filed with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the U.S. Department of Labor, or claims under the ADEA that arise after the date of this Release of Claims.

 

 
 

I acknowledge and agree that by virtue of the foregoing, I have waived any relief available to me (including without limitation, monetary damages, equitable relief and reinstatement) under any of the claims and/or causes of action waived in this Release of Claims. Therefore I agree that I will not accept any award or settlement from any source or proceeding (including but not limited to any proceeding brought by any other person or by any government agency) with respect to any claim or right waived in this Release of Claims.

 

I represent and warrant that I have not previously filed any complaint, charge or lawsuit against any of the Company Parties regarding any of the claims released herein.

 

I expressly acknowledge and agree that I:

 

Am able to read the language, and understand the meaning and effect, of this Release of Claims;

 

Have no physical or mental impairment of any kind that has interfered with my ability to read and understand the meaning of this Release of Claims or its terms, and that I am not acting under the influence of any medication, drug or chemical of any type in entering into this Release of Claims;

 

Am specifically agreeing to the terms of the release contained in this Release of Claims because the Company has agreed to pay me the Consideration, which the Company has agreed to provide because of my agreement to accept it in full settlement of all possible claims I might have or ever had, and because of my execution of this Release of Claims;

 

Acknowledge that but for your execution of this Release of Claims, I would not be entitled to the Consideration;

 

Understand that, by entering into this Release of Claims, I do not waive rights or claims under ADEA that may arise after the date I execute this Release of Claims;

 

Had or could have until October 12, 2016 (the “Review Period”), which is twenty one days following my receipt of the Separation Agreement and this Release of Claims, in which to review and consider this Release of Claims, and that if I execute this Release of Claims prior to the expiration of the Review Period, I have voluntarily and knowingly waived the remainder of the Review Period;

 

Was advised to consult with my attorney regarding the terms and effect of this Release of Claims; and

 

Have signed this Release of Claims knowingly and voluntarily.

 

 
 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Release of Claims will not become effective or enforceable prior to the expiration of the period of seven (7) calendar days following the date of its execution by me (the “Revocation Period”), during which time I may revoke my acceptance of this Release of Claims by notifying the Company, in writing, delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, marked for the attention of its General Counsel, Andy Schiesl. To be effective, such revocation must be received by the Company on or prior to the seventh (7 th ) calendar day following the execution of this Release of Claims. Provided that the Release of Claims is executed and I do not revoke it during the Revocation Period, the eighth (8 th ) day following the date on which this Release of Claims is executed shall be its effective date (the “Release Effective Date”). I acknowledge and agree that if I revoke this Release of Claims during the Revocation Period, this Release of Claims will be null and void and of no effect, and neither the Company nor any other member of the Company Group will have any obligations to pay me the Consideration.

 

The provisions of this Release of Claims shall be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, legal personal representatives, and assigns. If any provision of this Release of Claims shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void, or unenforceable, such provision shall be of no force or effect. The illegality or unenforceability of such provision, however, shall have no effect upon and shall not impair the enforceability of any other provision of this Release of Claims.

 

EXCEPT WHERE PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW, THIS RELEASE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THAT STATE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. I HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS RELEASE.

 

  /s/ Jeff Likosar
  Jeff Likosar
   
  9/21/16
  Dated:

 

 
 

Exhibit 10.35

 

 

SEPARATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

This Separation and Release Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated October 6, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), confirms the following understandings and agreements between Gardner Denver, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Saeid Rahimian (hereinafter referred to as “ you ” or “ your ”).

 

In consideration of the promises set forth herein, you and the Company agree as follows:

 

1.                   Employment Status and Separation Payments .

 

(a)                 You acknowledge your separation from employment and all directorships with the Company and its direct and indirect parent(s), subsidiaries, and affiliates (collectively, with the Company, the “ Company Group ”) effective as of October 31, 2016 (the “ Termination Date ”), and after the Termination Date you will not represent yourself as being an employee, officer, agent or representative of the Company or any other member of the Company Group. With respect to your employment offer letter from Renaissance Parent Corp. (the “ Parent ”), dated as of June 2, 2013 (the “ Offer Letter ”), as well as your participation in the Parent’s LTI Program (as described in the Offer Letter), your termination of employment described herein will be treated as a termination without “Cause” for all purposes thereunder.

 

(b)                (i) In consideration of the release contained in paragraph 3 hereof, as well as your other obligations under this Agreement, and your execution and delivery of the release and waiver of claims attached as Exhibit A hereto (the “ Termination Date Release ”) on or following the Termination Date, but on or prior to the expiration of the Review Period (as such term is defined in the Termination Date Release), and (ii) subject to the Termination Date Release becoming effective in accordance with its terms on the Release Effective Date (as defined in the Termination Date Release), you will be provided with the payments and benefits described in Section 8 of the Offer Letter, payable in accordance with the terms set forth on Schedule I , attached hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any monthly installment of such payments (as defined in the Offer Letter) would otherwise occur prior to the Release Effective Date (as defined in the Termination Date Release), any such amount shall be deferred and paid together with the next monthly installment following the Release Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you engage in any conduct that would constitute “Cause” for purposes of your Offer Letter prior to the Termination Date, you shall not be entitled to any portion of the Consideration (as defined in paragraph 4 hereof).

 

(c)                 You currently hold options to purchase shares of common stock of Parent (the “ Options ”). Subject to your compliance with paragraph 2 below, the Options will remain outstanding and continue to vest in accordance with their terms through December 31, 2016 (the “ 2016 Option Treatment ”).

 

(d)                The Company will also reimburse you for reasonable and customary business expenses incurred prior to the Termination Date pursuant to the terms of the Company’s business expense policy; provided that you submit a completed expense reimbursement form and supporting documentation no later than thirty (30) days following the Termination Date.

 

 
 

(e)                 You acknowledge and agree that the payment(s) and other benefits provided pursuant to this paragraph 1 are in full discharge of any and all liabilities and obligations of the Company or any other member of the Company Group to you, monetarily or with respect to employee benefits or otherwise, including but not limited to any and all obligations arising under any alleged written or oral employment agreement, policy, plan or procedure of the Company or any other member of the Company Group and/or any alleged understanding or arrangement between you and the Company or any other member of the Company Group (other than claims for accrued and vested benefits under an employee benefit, insurance, or pension plan of the Company or any other member of the Company Group (excluding any employee benefit plan providing severance or similar benefits), subject to the terms and conditions of such plan(s)).

 

2.                   Pre & Post Termination Date . If you terminate your employment with the Company for any reason prior to the Termination Date, such termination will not be deemed “Good Reason” for purposes of your Offer Letter regardless of the circumstances of the termination, and you will not receive, and will have no right to receive, any portion of the Consideration (as defined below). From the Termination Date through December 31, 2016, as an express condition to your receipt of the 2016 Option Treatment, you will (i) provide reasonable assistance, as requested from time to time by the company, with respect to the business of the Energy Group of the Company, (ii) assist with the transition of your role as requested from time to time by the company, and (iii) provide such other services and advice on such other matters involving the business of the Company as may reasonably be requested by the Company.

 

3.                   Release and Waiver of Claims .

 

(a)                 As used in this Agreement, the term “claims” will include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, in law, equity or otherwise.

 

(b)                For and in consideration of the payments and benefits described in paragraph 1 above, and other good and valuable consideration, you, for and on behalf of yourself and your heirs, administrators, executors and assigns, effective the date hereof, do fully and forever release, remise and discharge the Company, and any other member of the Company Group, together with their respective current and former officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders, fiduciaries, counsel, employees and agents (collectively, and with the Company, the “ Company Parties ”) from any and all claims whatsoever up to the date hereof which you had, may have had, or now have against the Company Parties, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including any claim arising out of or attributable to your employment or the termination of your employment with the Company or arising out of or relating to the Offer Letter, whether for tort, breach of express or implied employment contract, intentional infliction of emotional distress, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law dealing with discrimination based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual orientation. The parties intend the release contained herein to be a general release of any and all claims to the fullest extent permissible by law.

 

- 2 -
 

(c)                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be a waiver of: (i) your rights with respect to payment of amounts under this Agreement, (ii) your right to benefits due to terminated employees under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any other member of the Company Group in which you participated (excluding any severance or similar plan or policy), in accordance with the terms thereof (including you rights to elect COBRA coverage), (iii) any claims that cannot be waived by law including, without limitation any claims filed with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the U.S. Department of Labor; or (iv) your right of indemnification as provided by, and in accordance with the terms of, the Company’s by-laws or a Company insurance policy providing such coverage, as any of such may be amended from time to time.

 

(d)                You acknowledge and agree that by virtue of the foregoing, you have waived any relief available to you (including without limitation, monetary damages, equitable relief and reinstatement) under any of the claims and/or causes of action waived in this paragraph 3. Therefore you agree that you will not accept any award or settlement from any source or proceeding (including but not limited to any proceeding brought by any other person or by any government agency) with respect to any claim or right waived in this Agreement.

 

4.                   Knowing and Voluntary Waiver . You expressly acknowledge and agree that you:

 

(a)                 Are able to read the language, and understand the meaning and effect, of this Agreement;

 

(b)                Have no physical or mental impairment of any kind that has interfered with your ability to read and understand the meaning of this Agreement or its terms, and that you are not acting under the influence of any medication, drug or chemical of any type in entering into this Agreement;

 

(c)                 Are specifically agreeing to the terms of the release contained in this Agreement because the Company has agreed to provide you the Severance Payment (as defined in the Offer Letter) the Benefit Continuation (as defined in the Offer Letter) and the 2016 Option Treatment (collectively, the “ Consideration ”), which the Company has agreed to provide because of your agreement to accept it in full settlement of all possible claims you might have or ever had, and because of your execution of this Agreement;

 

(d)                Were advised to consult with your attorney regarding the terms and effect of this Agreement; and

 

(e)                 Have signed this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily.

 

- 3 -
 

5.                   No Suit . You represent and warrant that you have not previously filed, and to the maximum extent permitted by law agree that you will not file, a complaint, charge or lawsuit against any of the Company Parties regarding any of the claims released herein. If, notwithstanding this representation and warranty, you have filed or file such a complaint, charge or lawsuit, you agree that you shall cause such complaint, charge or lawsuit to be dismissed with prejudice and shall pay any and all costs required in obtaining dismissal of such complaint, charge or lawsuit, including without limitation the attorneys’ fees of any of the Company Parties against whom you have filed such a complaint, charge, or lawsuit.

 

6.                   No Re-Employment . You hereby agree to waive any and all claims to re-employment with the Company or any other member of the Company Group. You affirmatively agree not to seek further employment with the Company or any other member of the Company Group.

 

7.                   Successors and Assigns . The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of your heirs, executors, administrators, legal personal representatives and assigns and shall be binding upon your heirs, executors, administrators, legal personal representatives and assigns.

 

8.                   Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, such provision shall be of no force and effect. The illegality or unenforceability of such provision, however, shall have no effect upon and shall not impair the enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

9.                   Non-Disparagement .

 

(a)                 You agree that you will make no disparaging or defamatory comments regarding any member of the Company Group, Kohlberg Kravis & Roberts & Co. L.P. and its affiliates, or their respective current or former directors, officers or employees in any respect or make any comments concerning any aspect of your relationship with any member of the Company Group or the conduct or events which precipitated your termination of employment from any member of the Company Group.

 

(b)                The Company agrees to promptly instruct each officer and director of the Company to refrain from making any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding you in any respect or make any comments concerning any aspect of your relationship with any member of the Company Group or the conduct or events which precipitated your termination of employment from any member of the Company Group.

 

(c)                 Notwithstanding this paragraph 9, you and the Company will be entitled to describe in general terms your responsibilities and roles while employed by the Company and that you and the Company mutually agreed to terminate your employment with the Company. Your obligations and those of the Company under this paragraph 9 shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation or order of a court or governmental agency.

 

10.               Cooperation .

 

(a)                 You agree that you will provide reasonable cooperation to the Company and/or any other member of the Company Group and its or their respective counsel in connection with any investigation, administrative proceeding or litigation relating to any matter that occurred during your employment in which you were involved or of which you have knowledge. The Company agrees to reimburse you for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred at the request of the Company with respect to your compliance with this paragraph.

 

- 4 -
 

(b)                You agree that, in the event you are subpoenaed by any person or entity (including, but not limited to, any government agency) to give testimony or provide documents (in a deposition, court proceeding or otherwise) which in any way relates to your employment by the Company and/or any other member of the Company Group, you will give prompt notice of such request to the Company’s General Counsel, Andy Schiesl (or his/her successor or designee) and will make no disclosure until the Company and/or the other member of the Company Group have had a reasonable opportunity to contest the right of the requesting person or entity to such disclosure.

 

11.               Continuing Obligations . You acknowledge, that in accordance with the terms of the Management Stockholder’s Agreement between you and Parent, dated as of December 18, 2013, you are subject to certain restrictive covenants provided therein, and agree to comply at all time with the terms and conditions contained therein.

 

12.               Confidentiality . The terms and conditions of this Agreement are and shall be deemed to be confidential, and shall not be disclosed by you or the Company to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the other party, except if required by law, and to your or the Company’s, as applicable, accountants, attorneys and/or immediate family, provided that, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, rule, code or regulation, they agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Agreement.

 

13.               Return of Property . You agree that you will promptly return to the Company all property belonging to the Company and/or any other member of the Company Group, including but not limited to all proprietary and/or confidential information and documents (including any copies thereof) in any form belonging to the Company, keys, card access to the building and office floors, Employee Handbook, phone card, computer user name and password, disks and/or voicemail code; provided, however, you will be allowed to retain your cell phone, ipad and computer after such devices have been reviewed and wiped by the Company’s IT department. You further acknowledge and agree that the Company shall have no obligation to provide the Consideration referred to in paragraph 1 above unless and until you have returned all items requested by the Company to be returned within ten (10) days of such request.

 

14.               Non-Admission . Nothing contained in this Agreement will be deemed or construed as an admission of wrongdoing or liability on the part of you or any member of the Company Group.

 

- 5 -
 

15.               Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto regarding the termination of your employment. This Agreement supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, correspondence, communications, understandings and agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to amend or alter any rights or obligations relating to your equity holdings in Parent, which will expressly survive the execution of this Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

16.               Taxes . The Company may withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income, employment, and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law. You acknowledge and represent that the Company has not provided any tax advice to you in connection with this Agreement and have been advised by the Company to seek tax advice from your own tax advisors regarding this Agreement and payments and benefits that may be made to you pursuant to this Agreement.

 

17.               Governing Law; Jurisdiction . EXCEPT WHERE PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW, THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THAT STATE. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

 

- 6 -
 

* * *

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date set forth below.

 

  GARDNER DENVER, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Andrew Schiesl
    Name: Andrew Schiesl
    Title: Vice President
     
  /s/ Saeid Rahimian
  Saeid Rahimian
  Dated: October 6, 2016
     

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

RENAISSANCE PARENT CORP.  
     
By: /s/ Andrew Schiesl  
Name: Andrew Schiesl  
Title:    

- 7 -
 

Schedule I

 

Schedule of Payments and Benefits

 

Severance Payment:

 

Severance Payment $1,333,333

 

Timing of Severance Payment:

 

The Severance Payment will be paid over an 20-month period in equal monthly installments commencing on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Termination Date (the “ Severance Period ”); provided , however, that any installment that would otherwise be paid prior to the Release Effective Date shall be deferred until the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the Release Effective Date.

 

Benefit Continuation:

 

Subject to a timely election of COBRA continuation coverage, COBRA continuation coverage under the Company’s health insurance plan on the same basis as actively employed employees of the Company for 20 months from the Termination Date (or such earlier time that you commence employment with another employer and are eligible for health insurance coverage at such employer). If for any reason the Company is prohibited by law from providing such continuation coverage, it will provide you the cash equivalent of such coverage, paid on a monthly basis at the same time the installments of the Severance Period are paid.

 

Taxes:

 

All severance payments and benefits are subject to applicable withholdings per paragraph 16 of the Separation and Release Agreement to which this Schedule is attached.

 

Treatment of Equity :

 

In accordance with the terms of the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of Renaissance Parent Corp. and its Subsidiaries and the Management Stockholder’s Agreement dated as of December 18, 2013 (collectively, the “ Grant Documents ”), all of your Options that are not vested as of the Termination Date will be forfeited without consideration as of the Termination Date. With respect to your Options that are vested as of the Termination Date, each vested Option shall be cancelled and, in consideration of such cancellation, you will receive a payment in respect of each vested Option so cancelled equal to the excess, if any, between the current Fair Market Value (as defined in the Grant Documents) over (y) the exercise price per share of such vested Option, less applicable withholding taxes (the “ Option Cancellation Payment ”). The Option Cancellation Payment shall be paid to by March 31, 2017.

 

- 8 -
 

Each share of Purchased Stock (as defined in the Grant Documents) that you hold as of the Termination Date shall be forfeited, and in consideration of such forfeiture, you will receive a payment in respect of each share of Purchased Stock equal to the current Fair Market Value (the “ Purchased Stock Payment ”). The Purchased Sock Payment shall be paid to you on the first regular payroll date following the Release Effective Date.

 

Outplacement Services:

 

The Company will pay for outplacement services with RiseSmart Outplacement Services at the executive/Premier package level for a period of 12 months.

 

- 9 -
 

EXHIBIT A

 

RELEASE OF CLAIMS

 

As used in this agreement (the “ Release of Claims ”), the term “claims” will include all claims, covenants, warranties, promises, undertakings, actions, suits, causes of action, obligations, debts, accounts, attorneys’ fees, judgments, losses and liabilities, of whatsoever kind or nature, in law, equity or otherwise. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Release Agreement, delivered to me [DATE ] (the “ Separation Agreement ”).

 

For and in consideration of the payments and benefits described in the Separation Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration (collectively, the “ Consideration ”), I, for and on behalf of myself and my heirs, administrators, executors and assigns, effective the date hereof, do fully and forever release, remise and discharge the Company, and any other member of the Company Group, together with their respective current and former officers, directors, partners, members, shareholders, fiduciaries, counsel, employees and agents (collectively, and with the Company, the “ Company Parties ”) from any and all claims whatsoever up to the date hereof which I had, may have had, or now have against the Company Parties, for or by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever, including any claim arising out of or attributable to my employment or the termination of my employment with the Company or otherwise, whether for (by way of example only) tort, breach of express or implied employment contract, intentional infliction of emotional distress, wrongful termination, unjust dismissal, defamation, libel or slander, or under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation, or the common law, dealing with employment, including, but not limited to, discrimination in employment based on age, race, sex, national origin, handicap, religion, disability or sexual orientation. This release of claims includes, but is not limited to, all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ ADEA ”), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Family Medical Leave Act, and the Equal Pay Act, each as may be amended from time to time, and all other federal, state and local laws, the common law and any other purported restriction on an employer’s right to terminate the employment of employees. I intend the release contained herein to be a general release of any and all claims to the fullest extent permissible by law.

 

I acknowledge and agree that as of the date I execute this Release of Claims, I have no knowledge of any facts or circumstances that give rise or could give rise to any claims under any of the laws listed in the preceding paragraph.

 

By executing this Release of Claims, I specifically release all claims relating to my employment and its termination under ADEA, a United States federal statute that, among other things, prohibits discrimination on the basis of age in employment and employee benefit plans.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Release of Claims shall be a waiver of: (i) my rights with respect to the Consideration, (ii) my rights to benefits due to terminated employees under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any other member of the Company Group in which you participated (excluding any severance or similar plan or policy), in accordance with the terms thereof (including you rights to elect COBRA coverage), and (iii) any claims that cannot be waived by law including, without limitation any claims filed with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the U.S. Department of Labor, or claims under the ADEA that arise after the date of this Release of Claims.

 

- 10 -
 

I acknowledge and agree that by virtue of the foregoing, I have waived any relief available to me (including without limitation, monetary damages, equitable relief and reinstatement) under any of the claims and/or causes of action waived in this Release of Claims. Therefore I agree that I will not accept any award or settlement from any source or proceeding (including but not limited to any proceeding brought by any other person or by any government agency) with respect to any claim or right waived in this Release of Claims.

 

I represent and warrant that I have not previously filed any complaint, charge or lawsuit against any of the Company Parties regarding any of the claims released herein.

 

I expressly acknowledge and agree that I:

 

· Am able to read the language, and understand the meaning and effect, of this Release of Claims;

 

· Have no physical or mental impairment of any kind that has interfered with my ability to read and understand the meaning of this Release of Claims or its terms, and that I am not acting under the influence of any medication, drug or chemical of any type in entering into this Release of Claims;

 

· Am specifically agreeing to the terms of the release contained in this Release of Claims because the Company has agreed to pay me the Consideration, which the Company has agreed to provide because of my agreement to accept it in full settlement of all possible claims I might have or ever had, and because of my execution of this Release of Claims;

 

· Acknowledge that but for your execution of this Release of Claims, I would not be entitled to the Consideration;

 

· Understand that, by entering into this Release of Claims, I do not waive rights or claims under ADEA that may arise after the date I execute this Release of Claims;

 

· Had or could have until [DATE] (the “ Review Period ”), which is twenty one days following my receipt of the Separation Agreement and this Release of Claims, in which to review and consider this Release of Claims, and that if I execute this Release of Claims prior to the expiration of the Review Period, I have voluntarily and knowingly waived the remainder of the Review Period;

 

· Was advised to consult with my attorney regarding the terms and effect of this Release of Claims; and

 

· Have signed this Release of Claims knowingly and voluntarily.

 

- 11 -
 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Release of Claims will not become effective or enforceable prior to the expiration of the period of seven (7) calendar days following the date of its execution by me (the “ Revocation Period ”), during which time I may revoke my acceptance of this Release of Claims by notifying the Company, in writing, delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, marked for the attention of its General Counsel, Andy Schiesl. To be effective, such revocation must be received by the Company on or prior to the seventh (7 th ) calendar day following the execution of this Release of Claims. Provided that the Release of Claims is executed and I do not revoke it during the Revocation Period, the eighth (8 th ) day following the date on which this Release of Claims is executed shall be its effective date (the Release Effective Date ”) . I acknowledge and agree that if I revoke this Release of Claims during the Revocation Period, this Release of Claims will be null and void and of no effect, and neither the Company nor any other member of the Company Group will have any obligations to pay me the Consideration.

 

The provisions of this Release of Claims shall be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, legal personal representatives, and assigns. If any provision of this Release of Claims shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void, or unenforceable, such provision shall be of no force or effect. The illegality or unenforceability of such provision, however, shall have no effect upon and shall not impair the enforceability of any other provision of this Release of Claims.

 

EXCEPT WHERE PREEMPTED BY FEDERAL LAW, THIS RELEASE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW AND THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN THAT STATE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. I HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS RELEASE.

 

  /s/ Saeid Rahimian
  Saeid Rahimian
   
  Dated:   October 6, 2016
     

 

- 12 -
 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Entity Name Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Gardner Denver Industries Pty Ltd. Australia
CompAir GmbH Austria
Gardner Denver Austria GmbH Austria
Gardner Denver Intl Ltd., Mid East Reg Rep Office Bahrain
Gardner Denver Belgium Finance BVBA Belgium
Gardner Denver Belgium NV Belgium
Gardner Denver Brasil Industria E Comercio de Maquinas Ltda. Brazil
Gardner Denver Nash Brasil Industria E Comercio De Bombas Ltda Brazil
Gardner Denver Canada Corp Canada
CompAir International Trading (Shanghai) Co Ltd China
Gardner Denver Machinery (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. China
Gardner Denver Nash Machinery Ltd. China
Gardner Denver Thomas Pneumatic Systems (Wuxi) Co., Ltd. China
ILMVAC Trading (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. China
Robuschi Fluid Technology (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. China
Shanghai CompAir Compressors Co Ltd China
Gardner Denver CZ + SK sro Czech Republic
Tamrotor Kompressorit OY Finland
Gardner Denver Oy Finland
GD Investment KY Finland
Gardner Denver France SAS France
Darius Real Estate GmbH & Co KG Germany
Emco Wheaton Gmbh Germany
Gardner Denver Bad Neustadt Real Estate GmbH & Co KG Germany
Gardner Denver Deutschland GmbH Germany
Gardner Denver Finance Inc & Co KG Germany
Gardner Denver Kirchhain Real Estate GmbH & Co KG Germany
Gardner Denver Schopfheim GmbH Germany
Gardner Denver Schopfheim Real Estate GmbH & Co KG Germany
Gardner Denver Thomas GmbH (f/k/a ILMVAC GmbH) Germany
Gardner Denver Thomas Real Estate GmbH & Co KG Germany
GD German Holdings GmbH Germany
GD German Holdings II GmbH Germany
Innovative Laborsysteme GmbH Germany
TIWR Real Estate GmbH & Co. KG Germany
Zinsser Analytic GmbH Germany

 

 
 

Gardner Denver Hong Kong Ltd Hong Kong
Gardner Denver Engineered Products India Private Limited India
Gardner Denver Italy Holdings S.r.L. Italy
Gardner Denver S.r.l. Italy
Garo Dott. Ing. Roberto Gabbioneta S.p.A. Italy
Gardner Denver Japan, Ltd. Japan
CompAir (Hankook) Korea Co. Ltd. Korea
CompAir Korea Ltd Korea
Gardner Denver Korea, Ltd. Korea
GD Global Holdings I S.a.r.l. Luxembourg
GD Global Holdings II S.a.r.l. (Lux) Luxembourg
GD Industrial Products Malaysia SDN. BHD. Malaysia
Gardner Denver Nederland BV Netherlands
GD Global Holdings CV Netherlands
GD International Holdings C.V. Netherlands
Robuschi Benelux B.V. Netherlands
Tamrotor Marine Comp AS Norway Norway
Gardner Denver Polska Sp z.o.o. Poland
CompAir Far East Pte Ltd. Singapore
Gardner Denver Nash Singapore Pte Ltd Singapore
Gardner Denver Slovakia, s.r.o. Sloavkia
CompAir South Africa (SA) (Pty) Ltd. South Africa
Gardner Denver Ltd. (South Africa) South Africa
Gardner Denver Iberica, SL Spain
Gardner Denver Sweden AB Sweden
Gardner Denver Schweiz AG Switzerland
Gardner Denver Taiwan Ltd. Taiwan
Gardner Denver (Thailand) Co. Ltd. Thailand
Gardner Denver FZE United Arab Emirates
CompAir Acquisition (No. 2) Ltd. United Kingdom
CompAir Acquisition Ltd. United Kingdom
CompAir BroomWade Ltd. United Kingdom
CompAir Finance Ltd. United Kingdom
CompAir Holdings Limited United Kingdom
CompAir Holman Ltd United Kingdom
Gardner Denver Group Svcs Ltd United Kingdom
Gardner Denver Holdings Limited United Kingdom
Gardner Denver Industries Ltd. United Kingdom
Gardner Denver International Ltd. United Kingdom
Gardner Denver Ltd. United Kingdom
GD Aria Holdings #2 Limited United Kingdom

 

 
 

GD Aria Holdings Limited United Kingdom
GD Aria Investments Limited United Kingdom
GD First UK Ltd United Kingdom
GD Global Holdings UK II Ltd. United Kingdom
ILMVAC (UK) Ltd. United Kingdom
Shanghai Compressors & Blowers Ltd. United Kingdom
Tri-Continent Scientific, Inc. USA
Gardner Denver Finance II LLC USA
Gardner Denver Holdings Inc. USA
Gardner Denver International, Inc. USA
Gardner Denver Nash LLC USA
Gardner Denver Oberdorfer Pumps, Inc USA
Gardner Denver Thomas, Inc. USA
Gardner Denver, Inc. USA
GD Aria US Finance #2 LLC “LLC2” USA
GD Aria US Finance LLC “LLC1” USA
LeRoi International Inc USA
Renaissance Parent Corp. USA
Robuschi USA Inc USA
Thomas Industries, Inc. USA
Gardner Denver Petroleum Pumps, LLC USA
Emco Wheaton USA Inc USA
Zinsser NA, Inc. USA

 

 
 

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 28, 2017 relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Gardner Denver Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (formerly Renaissance Parent Corp.) appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

February 28, 2017